As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 30, 2017June 13, 2019

Registration No. 333-          

 

 

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORMS-4

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

 

APX Group Holdings, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware

(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

7380

(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number)

46-1304852

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

4931 North 300 West

Provo, Utah 84604

(801) 377-9111

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including

area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

APX Group, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware

(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

7380

(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number)

20-4658652

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

4931 North 300 West

Provo, Utah 84604

(801) 377-9111

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including

area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

APX Group Holdings, Inc. APX Group, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) (State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
7380 7380
(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number) (Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number)
46-1304852 20-4658652
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

4931 North 300 West

Provo, Utah 84604

(801)377-9111

 

4931 North 300 West

Provo, Utah 84604

(801)377-9111

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including

area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including

area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

SEE TABLE OF ADDITIONAL REGISTRANTS

 

 

Shawn J. Lindquist

Chief Legal Officer

APX Group Holdings, Inc.

4931 North 300 West

Provo, Utah 84604

(801)377-9111

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

With a copy to:

Igor Fert

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP

425 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10017-3954

(212)455-2000

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed exchange offer: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement is declared effective.

If the securities being registered on this Form are being offered in connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with General Instruction G, check the following box.  ☐

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, anon-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer   Accelerated filer 
Non-accelerated filer ☒  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)  Smaller reporting company 
   Emerging growth company 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.  ☐

If applicable, place an X in the box to designate the appropriate rule provision relied upon in conducting this transaction:

Exchange Act Rule13e-4(i) (Cross Border Issuer Tender Offer)  ☐

Exchange Act Rule14d-1(d) (Cross Border Third Party Tender Offer)  ☐

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of
Securities to be Registered
 Amount
to be
Registered
 Proposed
Maximum
Offering
Price Per Note
 Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price(1)
 Amount of
Registration Fee

7.625% Senior Notes due 2023

 $400,000,000 100% $400,000,000 $46,360

Guarantees of 7.625% Senior Notes due 2023(2)

 N/A N/A N/A N/A(3)

 

 

 

Title of Each Class of
Securities to be Registered
 Amount
to be
Registered
 

Proposed

Maximum
Offering Price
Per Note

 Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price (1)
 Amount of
Registration Fee

8.50% Senior Secured Notes due 2024

 $225,000,000.00 100% $225,000,000.00 $27,270.00

Guarantees of 8.50% Senior Secured Notes due 2024 (2)

 N/A N/A N/A N/A(3)

 

 

(1)

Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee under Rule 457(f) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

(2)

See inside facing page for table of registrant guarantors.

(3)

Pursuant to Rule 457(n) under the Securities Act, no separate filing fee is required for the guarantees.

 

 

The Registrants hereby amend this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrants shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Additional Registrant Guarantors

 

Exact Name of Registrant

Guarantor as Specified in its

Charter (or Other Organizational

Document)

  State or Other
Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or
Organization
  I.R.S.
Employer

Identification
Number
  Primary Standard
StandardIndustrial
IndustrialClassification Code
Classification
Code Number
  

Address, Including Zip

Code, and


Telephone Number,

Including Area
Code,

of Registrant

Guarantor’s
Principal

Executive Offices

313 Aviation, LLC

  Utah  80-0872606  7380  

4931 North 300 West

Provo, Utah 84604

(801)377-9111

Vivint, Inc.

  Utah  20-3754038  7380  

4931 North 300 West

Provo, Utah 84604

(801)377-9111

Vivint Purchasing, LLC

  Utah  45-2644263  7380  

4931 North 300 West

Provo, Utah 84604

(801)377-9111

AP AL LLC

  Delaware  26-3670401  7380  

4931 North 300 West

Provo, Utah 84604

(801)377-9111

Vivint Wireless, Inc.

  Delaware  80-0917588  7380  

4931 North 300 West

Provo, Utah 84604

(801)377-9111

Farmington IP LLC

  Delaware  38-3926661  7380  

4931 North 300 West

Provo, Utah 84604

(801)377-9111

IPR LLC

  Delaware  38-3944718  7380  

4931 North 300 West

Provo, Utah 84604

(801)377-9111

Smartrove Inc.

  Delaware  46-0581286  7380  

4931 North 300 West

Provo, Utah 84604

(801)377-9111

Smart Home Pros, Inc.

  Utah  26-2819709  7380  

491 South 1325 W #3-4,

Orem UT 84058

(801)377-9111

Space Monkey, LLC

  Delaware  38-3937398  7380  

4931 North 300 West

Provo, Utah 84604

(801)377-9111

Vivint FireWild, LLC

  Delaware  46-4644442  7380  

4931 North 300 West

Provo, Utah 84604

(801)377-9111

Vivint Group, Inc.

  Delaware  61-1750524  7380  

4931 North 300 West

Provo, Utah 84604

(801)377-9111

Vivint Louisiana LLC

  Louisiana  37-1719559  7380  

1701 Old Minden Rd., Suite 32,

Bossier City,LA 71111

(844)318-3354


The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not issue the exchange notes in the exchange offer until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state or jurisdiction where such offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion, dated August 30, 2017June 13, 2019

 

LOGO

APX Group, Inc.

Offer to Exchange

 

 

$400,000,000225,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 7.625%8.50% Senior Secured Notes due 20232024 (the “exchange notes”), which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), for any and all outstanding $400,000,000$225,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 7.625%8.50% Senior Secured Notes due 20232024 that were issued on AugustMay 10, 20172019 (the “outstanding 20232024 notes”). The exchange notes and the outstanding 20232024 notes are collectively referred to herein as the “notes.”

The exchange notes will be fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, on a senior secured basis, by APX Group Holdings, Inc., our parent company, and each of our existing and future material wholly-owned U.S. restricted subsidiaries to the extent such entities guarantee indebtedness under our revolving credit facility or our other indebtedness or indebtedness of any subsidiary guarantor as described herein.

We are conducting the exchange offer in order to provide you with an opportunity to exchange your unregistered outstanding 20232024 notes for freely tradeable exchange notes that have been registered under the Securities Act.

 

 

The Exchange Offer

 

We will exchange all outstanding 20232024 notes that are validly tendered and not validly withdrawn for an equal principal amount of exchange notes that are freely tradeable.

 

You may withdraw tenders of outstanding 20232024 notes at any time prior to the expiration date of the exchange offer.

 

The exchange offer expires at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                , 2017 which is the 21st business day after the date of this prospectus.

The exchange offer expires at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                 , 2019 which is the 21st business day after the date of this prospectus.

 

The exchange of outstanding 20232024 notes for exchange notes in the exchange offer will not be a taxable event for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

The terms of the exchange notes to be issued in the exchange offer are substantially identical to the outstanding 20232024 notes, except that the exchange notes will be freely tradeable.

Results of the Exchange Offer:

 

The exchange notes may be sold in theover-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions or through a combination of such methods. We do not plan to list the exchange notes on a national market.

All untendered outstanding 20232024 notes will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in such outstanding 20232024 notes and in the indenture governing the notes. In general, the outstanding 20232024 notes may not be offered or sold, unless registered under the Securities Act, except pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. Other than in connection with the exchange offer, we do not currently anticipate that we will register the outstanding 20232024 notes under the Securities Act.

 

 

You should carefully consider the “Risk Factors” beginning on page 11 of this prospectus before participating in the exchange offer.

Each broker dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker dealer in connection with resales of exchange notes received in exchange for outstanding 20232024 notes where such outstanding 20232024 notes were acquired as a result of market making activities or other trading activities.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of the exchange notes to be distributed in the exchange offer or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The date of this prospectus is                 , 2017.2019.


We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information other than that contained in this prospectus, and we do not take any responsibility for, and cannot provide any assurance as to the reliability of, any information other than the information contained in this prospectus. This prospectus may be used only for the purposes for which it has been published and no person has been authorized to give any information not contained herein. We are not making an offer of these securities in any state where the offer is not permitted.

i


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Forward-Looking Statements

   iiiii 

Market, Ranking and Other Industry Data

   iiiv 

Trademarks

   iiiv 

Basis of Presentation

   iiiv 

Prospectus Summary

   1

Summary Historical Financial Information

10 

Risk Factors

   11 

Use of Proceeds

   3444 

Capitalization

   3545 

Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Information

   3646 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

   3947 

Business

   7179 

Management

   8494 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

   110124 

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

   113127 

Description of the Notes

   119130 

The Exchange Offer

   189217 

Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

   199227 

Certain ERISA Considerations

   200228 

Plan of Distribution

   202230 

Legal Matters

   203231 

Experts

   203231 

Where You Can Find More Information

   203231 

 

iii


FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus includes forward-looking statements regarding, among other things, our plans, strategies and prospects, both business and financial. These statements are based on the beliefs and assumptions of our management. Although we believe that our plans, intentions and expectations reflected in or suggested by these forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot assure you that we will achieve or realize these plans, intentions or expectations. Forward-looking statements are inherently subject to risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Generally, statements that are not historical facts, including statements concerning our possible or assumed future actions, business strategies, events or results of operations, are forward-looking statements. These statements may be preceded by, followed by or include the words “believes,” “estimates,” “expects,” “projects,” “forecasts,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “seeks,” “plans,” “scheduled,” “anticipates” or “intends” or similar expressions. Forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus include, but are not limited to, statements about our ability to:

accelerate adoption of our smart home solution;

establish and grow through new subscriber acquisition channels;

increase brand awareness;

meet customer expectations and address key friction points for smart home adoption and use;

expand our ecosystem with third-party and proprietary devices;

reduce subscriber attrition;

lower net subscriber acquisition costs;

improve unit economics and grow subscription revenues per subscriber over time

increase new subscriber originations, customer usage, and customer satisfaction;

develop, design, and sell our own Smart Home Services that are differentiated from those of our competitors;

attract, train and retain an effective sales force and other key personnel;

upgrade and maintain our information technology systems;

acquire and protect intellectual property;

meet future liquidity requirements and comply with restrictive covenants related to our long-term indebtedness;

enhance our future operating and financial results;

comply with laws and regulations applicable to our business; and

successfully defend litigation brought against us.

Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of performance. You should not put undue reliance on these statements which speak only as of the date hereof. You should understand that the following important factors, in addition to those discussed in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus, could affect our future results and could cause those results or other outcomes to differ materially from those expressed or implied in our forward-looking statements:

 

risks of the securitysmart home and smart homesecurity industry, including risks of and publicity surrounding the sales, subscriber origination and retention process;

 

the highly competitive nature of the securitysmart home and smart homesecurity industry and product introductions and promotional activity by our competitors;

iii


litigation, complaints, product liability claims and/or adverse publicity;

 

litigation, complaints or adverse publicity;

the impact of changes in consumer spending patterns, consumer preferences, local, regional, and national economic conditions, crime, weather, demographic trends and employee availability;

 

adverse publicity and product liability claims;

increases and/or decreases in utility and other energy costs, increased costs related to utility or governmental requirements;

 

cost increases or shortages in securitysmart home and smart homesecurity technology products or components;

 

the introduction of unsuccessful new products and services;Smart Home Services;

 

privacy and data protection laws, privacy or data breaches, or the loss of data; and

 

the impact to our business, results of operations, financial condition, regulatory compliance and customer experience of the Vivint Flex Pay (as defined below) plan and the Best Buy Smart Home powered by Vivint program.our ability to successfully compete in retail sales channels.

In addition, the origination and retention of new subscribers will depend on various factors, including, but not limited to, market availability, subscriber interest, the availability of suitable components, the negotiation of acceptable contract terms with subscribers, local permitting, licensing and regulatory compliance and our ability to manage anticipated expansion and to hire, train and retain personnel, the financial viability of subscribers and general economic conditions.

These and other factors that could cause actual results to differ from those implied by the forward-looking statements in this prospectus are more fully described in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. The risks described in “Risk Factors” are not exhaustive. Other sections of this prospectus describe additional factors that could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. New risk factors emerge from time to time and it is not possible for us to predict all such risk factors, nor can we assess the impact of all such risk factors on our business or the extent to which any factor or combination of factors may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements. All forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the foregoing cautionary statements. We undertake no obligations to update or revise publicly any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

In addition, statements that “we believe” and similar statements reflect our beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based upon information available to us as of the date such statements are made, and while we believe such information forms a reasonable basis for such statements, such information may be limited or incomplete, and our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all potentially available relevant information. These statements are inherently uncertain and you are cautioned not to unduly rely upon these statements.

 

iiiv


MARKET, RANKING AND OTHER INDUSTRY DATA

Market, ranking and industry data used throughout this prospectus, including statements regarding subscriber acquisition costs, attrition and adoption rates, is based on the good faith estimates of management, which in turn are based upon management’s review of internal surveys, independent industry surveys and publications, including reports by Strategy Analytics, ABI Research and Barnes Associates and other third party researchparties and publicly available information. Although we believe that these third-party sources are reliable, we do not guarantee the accuracy or completeness of this information, and neither we nor the initial purchasers have independently verified this information. Similarly, internal company surveys, while believed by us to be reliable, have not been verified by any independent sources.

TRADEMARKS

Vivint and related marks are registered trademarks or trademark applications of, or are otherwise owned or used by, Vivint, Inc. Any trademarks, trade names or service marks of other companies appearing herein = are, to our knowledge, the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, the trademarks, service marks and trade names referred to in this prospectus may appear without the®, TM or SM symbols, but the absence of such references does not indicate the registration status of the trademarks, service marks and trade names and is not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the right of the applicable licensor to such trademarks, service marks and trade names.

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

On November 16, 2012, APX Group, Inc. and two of its historical affiliates, V Solar Holdings, Inc. (“Solar”) and 2GIG Technologies, Inc. (“2GIG”), were acquired by an investor group (collectively, the “Investors”) comprised of certain investment funds affiliated with Blackstone Capital Partners VI L.P. (“Blackstone” or the “Sponsor”), and certainco-investors and management investors. This acquisition was accomplished through certain mergers and related reorganization transactions (collectively, the “Merger” and, together with certain related financing transactions, the “Transactions”) pursuant to which each of APX Group, Inc., Solar and 2GIG became indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries of 313 Acquisition LLC (“Acquisition LLC”), an entity wholly-owned by the Investors. Upon the consummation of the Merger, APX Group, Inc. and 2GIG became consolidated subsidiaries of APX Group Holdings, Inc. (“Holdings”Holdings,” or “Parent Guarantor”), which in turn is wholly-owned by Vivint Smart Home, Inc. (f/k/a APX Parent Holdco, Inc. (“Parent Holdco”), which in turn is owned by Acquisition LLC, and Solar became a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of Acquisition LLC. As of December 31, 2018, Acquisition LLC controls Vivint Smart Home, Inc., which, in turn, owned 100% of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of Parent Guarantor, which, in turn owned 100% of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of APX Parent Holdco,Group, Inc. Acquisition LLC, Vivint Smart Home, Inc. and Parent Guarantor have no independent operations and were formed for the purpose of facilitating the Merger.

Unless the context suggests otherwise, references in this prospectus to “Vivint®,” the “Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to the Parent Guarantor and its subsidiaries, including 2GIG to the date of the 2GIG Sale (as defined below).subsidiaries. References to the “Issuer” refer to APX Group, Inc., exclusive of its subsidiaries. References to “Parent Guarantor” refer to Holdings, exclusive of its subsidiaries.

Our results of operations included in this prospectus include the results of operations of 2GIG up throughOn April 1, 2013 which was the date we completed the sale of 2GIG and its subsidiary (the “2GIG Sale”) to Nortek, Inc. (“Nortek”). In connection with the 2GIG Sale, we entered into a five-year supply agreement with 2GIG, pursuant to which they will beare the exclusive provider of our control panel requirements, subject to certain exceptions as provided in the supply agreement. Due to our continuing involvement with 2GIG under the supply agreement, it iswas not considered a discontinued operation. 2GIG doesAs a result of the Transactions, while Solar was a variable interest entity through the date of Solar’s initial public offering in October 2014, we have not and willbeen its primary beneficiary since after the date of the Transactions. Accordingly, Solar has not provide any credit support for anybeen required to be included in the consolidated financial statements of our indebtedness, including indebtedness incurred under our revolving credit facility, our 6.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2019 (the “2019 notes”), our 8.75% Senior Notes due 2020 (the “2020 notes”), our 8.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2022 (the “private placement notes”), our 7.875% Senior Secured Notes due

iii


2022 (the “2022 notes” and, together with the private placement notes andCompany in periods following the 2019 notes,date of the “existing senior secured notes” and, the existing senior secured notes together with the 2020 notes and the outstanding 2023 notes, the “existing notes”) or the exchange notes.Transactions.

Unless specified otherwise, amounts in this prospectus are presented in U.S. dollars.

Defined terms in the financial statements contained in this prospectus have the meanings ascribed to them in the financial statements.

 

ivv


PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Because it is a summary, it may not contain all of the information that may be important to you. To understand this exchange offer fully, you should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the information set forth under the heading “Risk Factors” and our financial statements. Before participating in the exchange offer, you should read the discussion under “Basis of Presentation” above for the definition of certain terms used in this prospectus and a description of certain transactions and other matters described in this prospectus.

Company Overview

We are one of the largest companies in North America focused on deliveringa smart home technology company. Our mission is to redefine the home experience through intelligently designed cloud-enabled solutions delivered to every home by people who care. Our brand name, Vivint, represents “to live intelligently”, and security products and services.our solutions help our subscribers do just that.

Creating a true smart home experience requires anend-to-end platform designed to drive broad consumer adoption. Our fully integrated smart home platform offers subscribers a comprehensive suiteis comprised of products and services to remotely control, monitor and manage their homes using any Internet-connected smart device. Unlike many otherthe following five pillars: (1) our Smart Home Operating System, (2) ourAI-driven smart home companies that focus only onautomation and assistance software, Vivint Assist, (3) our portfolio of proprietary, internally developed smart devices, (4) our curated yet extensible partner-neutral ecosystem, and (5) our people delivering tech-enabled premium services, including consultative selling, equipmentprofessional installation, and software, subscriber origination or servicing, we are a vertically integratedsupport.

Our leading smart home company, owningplatform had over 1.4 million subscribers and managed over 20 millionin-home devices, processing over 1.3 billion home activity events each day, as of March 31, 2019. Using our solution, subscribers are able to interact with all aspects of their home with their voice or any mobile device-anytime, anywhere. They can engage with people at their front door; view live and recorded video inside and outside their home; control thermostats, locks, lights, and garage doors; and proactively manage the entire customer lifecycle including sales, professional installation, service, monitoring, billingcomings and customer support. We believe thatgoings of family, friends, and strangers. Our subscribers engage with our proven business model, along with 18 years of experience installing integrated solutions, we are well positioned to continue to lead the large and growing smart home market. We offer homeowners a customized smart home that integrates a wide variety of smart home and security products. We seek to deliver a quality subscriber experience through a combination of innovative products and services and a commitment to customer service, which together with our focus on originating high-quality new subscribers, has enabled us to achieve attrition rates we believe are historically at industry averages, while continuing to see increased sales per subscriber of our smart home products and services. Through our established underwriting criteria and compensation structure, we have built a portfolio ofapps approximately 1,215,000 subscribers in North America, with an average credit score of 712, as of June 30, 2017. Over 95% of our revenues during the six months ended June 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively, consisted of contractually committed revenues, which have historically resulted in predictable and consistent operating results.seven times per day on average.

Corporate Information

APX Group, Inc. was incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware on April 5, 2006. Our principal executive offices are located at 4931 North 300 West, Provo, Utah 84604, and our telephone number is(801) 377-9111.



The Exchange Offer

The following summary is provided solely for your convenience and is not intended to be complete. You should read the full text and more specific details contained elsewhere in this prospectus for a more detailed description of the notes.

 

General

On AugustMay 10, 2017,2019, the Issuer issued in a private offering $400,000,000$225,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 7.625%8.50% Senior Secured Notes due 2023.2024.

 

 In connection with the private offering, the Issuer and the guarantors of the outstanding 20232024 notes entered into a registration rights agreement with the initial purchasers pursuant to which they agreed, among other things, to complete the exchange offer on or prior to May 7, 2018.10, 2020. You are entitled to exchange in the exchange offer your outstanding 20232024 notes for exchange notes which are identical in all material respects to the outstanding 20232024 notes except:

 

the exchange notes have been registered under the Securities Act;

 

the exchange notes are not entitled to any registration rights which are applicable to the outstanding 20232024 notes under the registration rights agreement; and

 

the additional interest provisions of the registration rights agreement are not applicable.

 

The Exchange Offer

The Issuer is offering to exchange $400,000,000$225,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 7.625%8.50% Senior Secured Notes due 20232024 which have been registered under the Securities Act for any and all of its existing unregistered 7.625%8.50% Senior Secured Notes due 20232024 that were issued on AugustMay 10, 2017.2019.

 

 You may only exchange outstanding 20232024 notes in a minimum principal amount of $2,000 or in integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

 

Resale

Based on an interpretation by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) set forth inno-action letters issued to third parties, we believe that the exchange notes issued pursuant to the exchange offer in exchange for outstanding 20232024 notes may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by you (unless you are our “affiliate” within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided that:

 

you are acquiring the exchange notes in the ordinary course of your business; and

 

you have not engaged in, do not intend to engage in, and have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, a distribution of the exchange notes.

 



 

If you are a broker-dealer and receive exchange notes for your own account in exchange for outstanding 20232024 notes that you acquired as a



result of market-making activities or other trading activities, you must acknowledge that you will deliver this prospectus in connection with any resale of the exchange notes. See “Plan of Distribution.”

 

 Any holder of outstanding 20232024 notes who:

 

is our affiliate;

 

does not acquire exchange notes in the ordinary course of its business; or

 

tenders its outstanding 20232024 notes in the exchange offer with the intention to participate, or for the purpose of participating, in a distribution of exchange notes;

 

 cannot rely on the position of the staff of the SEC enunciated inMorgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated (available June 5, 1991) andExxon Capital Holdings Corporation (available May 13, 1988), as interpreted in the SEC’s letter to Shearman & Sterling (available July 2, 1993), or similarno-action letters and, in the absence of an exemption therefrom, must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of the exchange notes.

 

Expiration Date

The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                , 2017,2019, which is the 21st business day after the date of this prospectus, unless extended by the Issuer. The Issuer does not currently intend to extend the expiration date.

 

Withdrawal

You may withdraw the tender of your outstanding 20232024 notes at any time prior to the expiration of the exchange offer. The Issuer will return to you any of your outstanding 20232024 notes that are not accepted for any reason for exchange, without expense to you, promptly after the expiration or termination of the exchange offer.

 

Interest on the exchange notes and the outstanding 20232024 notes

The exchange notes will bear interest at the rate per annum set forth on the cover page of this prospectus from the most recent date to which interest has been paid on the outstanding 20232024 notes. The interest will be payable semi-annually on MarchMay 1 and SeptemberNovember 1, commencing on MarchNovember 1, 2018.2019. No interest will be paid on outstanding 20232024 notes following their acceptance for exchange.

 

Conditions to the Exchange Offer

The exchange offer is subject to customary conditions, which the Issuer may waive.

 

 See “The Exchange Offer—Conditions to the Exchange Offer.”

 

Procedures for Tendering Outstanding 2023 Notes2024 notes

If you wish to participate in the exchange offer, you must complete, sign and date the accompanying letter of transmittal, or a facsimile of



 

such letter of transmittal, according to the instructions contained in this prospectus and the letter of transmittal. You must then mail or otherwise deliver the letter of transmittal, or a facsimile of such letter of transmittal, together with the outstanding 20232024 notes and any other required documents, to the exchange agent at the address set forth on the cover page of the letter of transmittal.

 

 If you hold outstanding 20232024 notes through The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) and wish to participate in the exchange offer, you must comply with the Automated Tender Offer Program procedures of DTC, by which you will agree to be bound by the letter of transmittal. By signing or agreeing to be bound by the letter of transmittal, you will represent to us that, among other things:

 

you are not our “affiliate” within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act or, if you are our affiliate, that you will comply with any applicable registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act;

 

you do not have an arrangement or understanding with any person or entity to participate in the distribution of the exchange notes;

 

you are acquiring the exchange notes in the ordinary course of your business; and

 

if you are a broker-dealer that will receive exchange notes for your own account in exchange for outstanding 20232024 notes that were acquired as a result of market-making activities, that you will deliver a prospectus, as required by law, in connection with any resale of such exchange notes.

 

Special Procedures for Beneficial Owners

If you are a beneficial owner of outstanding 20232024 notes that are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee, and you wish to tender those outstanding 20232024 notes in the exchange offer, you should contact the registered holder promptly and instruct the registered holder to tender those outstanding 20232024 notes on your behalf. If you wish to tender on your own behalf, you must, prior to completing and executing the letter of transmittal and delivering your outstanding 20232024 notes, either make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the outstanding 20232024 notes in your name or obtain a properly completed bond power from the registered holder. The transfer of registered ownership may take considerable time and may not be able to be completed prior to the expiration date.

 

Guaranteed Delivery Procedures

If you wish to tender your outstanding 20232024 notes and your outstanding 20232024 notes are not immediately available or you cannot deliver your outstanding 20232024 notes, the letter of transmittal or any other required documents, or you cannot comply with the applicable procedures under DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program for



transfer of book-entry interests, prior to the expiration date, you must



tender your outstanding 20232024 notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in this prospectus under “The Exchange Offer—Guaranteed Delivery Procedures.”

 

Effect on Holders of Outstanding 2023 Notes2024 notes

As a result of the making of, and upon acceptance for exchange of all validly tendered outstanding 20232024 notes pursuant to the terms of the exchange offer, the Issuer and the guarantors will have fulfilled a covenant under the registration rights agreement. Accordingly, there will be no increase in the interest rate on the outstanding 20232024 notes under the circumstances described in the registration rights agreement. If you do not tender your outstanding 20232024 notes in the exchange offer, you will continue to be entitled to all the rights and limitations applicable to the outstanding 20232024 notes as set forth in the indenture governing the outstanding 20232024 notes, except the Issuer and the guarantors will not have any further obligation to you to provide for the exchange and registration of the outstanding 20232024 notes under the registration rights agreement. To the extent that outstanding 20232024 notes are tendered and accepted in the exchange offer, the trading market for remaining outstanding 20232024 notes that are not so tendered and exchanged could be adversely affected.

 

Consequences of Failure to Exchange

All untendered outstanding 20232024 notes will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in the outstanding 20232024 notes and in the indenture governing the outstanding 20232024 notes. In general, the outstanding 20232024 notes may not be offered or sold unless registered under the Securities Act, except pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. Other than in connection with the exchange offer, the Issuer and the guarantors do not currently anticipate that they will register the outstanding 20232024 notes under the Securities Act.

 

Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

The exchange of outstanding 20232024 notes for exchange notes in the exchange offer will not be a taxable event for U.S. federal income tax purposes. See “Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.”

 

Use of Proceeds

We will not receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of exchange notes in the exchange offer. See “Use of Proceeds.”



The Exchange Notes

The terms of the exchange notes are identical in all material respects to the terms of the outstanding 20232024 notes, except that the exchange notes will not contain terms with respect to transfer restrictions or additional interest upon a failure to fulfill certain of our obligations under the registration rights agreement. The exchange notes will evidence the same debt as the outstanding 20232024 notes. The exchange notes will be governed by the same indenture under which the outstanding 20232024 notes were issued. The exchange notes will be treated as a single class with the existing registered 20232024 notes and the outstanding 20232024 notes and will have the same terms as those of the existing registered 20232024 notes. The following summary is not intended to be a complete description of the terms of the exchange notes. For a more detailed description of the notes, see “Description of the Notes.”

 

Issuer

APX Group, Inc.

 

Notes Offered

$400.0225.0 million aggregate principal amount of 7.625%8.50% Senior Secured Notes due 2023.2024.

 

Maturity Date

SeptemberNovember 1, 2023

2024, or on such earlier date as a result of the operation of certain springing maturity date provisions. See “Description of the Notes—Principal, Maturity and Interest.”

 

Interest

The exchange notes will accrue interest at a rate of 7.625%8.50% per annum, payable on MarchMay 1 and SeptemberNovember 1 of each year, commencing on MarchNovember 1, 2018.2019.

 

Guarantees

The exchange notes will be fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, on a senior secured basis, by Parent Guarantor and each of our existing and future material wholly-owned U.S. restricted subsidiaries to the extent such entities guarantee indebtedness under our revolving credit facility, term loan facility or certain of our other indebtedness or indebtedness of any subsidiary guarantor as described herein. Our existing and future foreign subsidiaries are not expected to guarantee the exchange notes. These guarantees are subject to release under specified circumstances. See “Description of the Notes—Guarantees.”

 

Ranking

The exchange notes and the guarantees thereof will be our and our guarantors’ senior obligations and will rank (without giving effect to security interests):

 

equally in right of payment with all of our and the guarantors’ existing and future senior obligations;

 

senior in right of payment to any of our and our guarantors’ subordinated indebtedness; and

 

structurally subordinated to all existing and future liabilities (including trade payables) of our subsidiaries that do not guarantee the exchange notes.

 

 

The exchange notes and the guarantees thereof will effectively rank behind the claims of holders of “superpriority” obligations, including



interest, due under our revolving credit facility, and up to an additional $60.0 million of “superpriority” obligations that we may incur in the future, in respect of proceeds from the enforcement of remedies or other realization of collateral. See “Description of the Notes—Intercreditor Agreement.” The exchange notes will also be effectively subordinated to any existing or future indebtedness that is secured by liens on assets that do not constitute a part of the collateral securing the notes to the extent of the value of such assets.

Collateral

The exchange notes and the guarantees thereof will be effectively subordinatedsecured, together with our existing senior secured notes and borrowings under our revolving credit facility and our term loan facility, on a first-priority lien basis by substantially all of the assets of Parent Guarantor, the Issuer, and any existing and future subsidiary guarantors, including all of the capital stock of the Issuer and each restricted subsidiary (which, in rightthe case of paymentforeign subsidiaries, will be limited to our65% of the capital stock of each first-tier foreign subsidiary), subject to certain exceptions and the guarantors’ secured indebtedness,permitted liens, as described in this prospectus.

The Trustee is a party to the extentintercreditor and collateral agency agreement between the collateral agent for our revolving credit facility, our term loan facility and our existing senior secured notes as to the relative priorities of their respective security interests in the collateral and certain other matters relating to the administration of such security interests (the “intercreditor agreement”). Under the terms of the security documents and/or intercreditor agreement, the proceeds of any collection, sale, disposition or other realization of collateral received in connection with the exercise of remedies (including distributions of cash, securities or other property on account of the value of the collateral securing such indebtedness.



Asin a bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar proceedings) will be applied first to repay “superpriority” obligations, including up to $288.2 million of June 30, 2017, after giving effect to the August 2017 issuance and sale of the outstanding 2023 notes and the use of proceeds therefrom and the amendment and restatement of the credit agreement governingborrowings under our revolving credit facility, (collectively,and any additional “superpriority” borrowings that we may incur in the “August 2017 Financing Transactions”),future in an amount not to exceed $60.0 million. See “Description of the Notes—Intercreditor Agreement” and “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to the Notes and Our Indebtedness—Your right to take enforcement action with respect to the liens securing the notes is limited in certain circumstances, and you will receive the proceeds from such enforcement only after “superpriority” obligations under the revolving credit facility and any incremental facilities have been paid in full.”

we would have had $2,783.1 million aggregate principal amount of total indebtedness outstanding;

we would have had $1,453.1 million aggregate principal amount of senior secured indebtedness outstanding consisting of $1,439.4 million of existing senior secured notes and $13.7 million of capital lease obligations; and

we would have had up to $315.7 million of availability to incur secured indebtedness under our revolving credit facility (after giving effect to $8.7 million of outstanding letters of credit).

 

 Before intercompany eliminations, revenues

No appraisal of the value of the collateral has been made in connection with this exchange offer, and the value of the collateral in the event of liquidation may be materially different from our non-guarantor Subsidiaries were approximately $30.7 million, or 7.4%its book value. The fair market value of the collateral is subject to fluctuations based on factors that include, among others, the condition of our total revenues, duringindustry, the six months ended June 30, 2017. Asability to sell the collateral in an orderly sale, general economic conditions and the availability of June 30, 2017, before intercompany eliminations, liabilitiesbuyers. The amount to be



received upon a sale of the collateral would also be dependent on numerous factors, including, but not limited to, the actual fair market value of the collateral at such time and the timing and the manner of the sale. By its nature, portions of the collateral may be illiquid and may have no readily ascertainable market value. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the collateral can be sold in a short period of time or in an orderly manner. In addition, in the event of a bankruptcy, your ability to realize upon any of the collateral may be subject to certain bankruptcy law limitations. See “Description of the Notes—Collateral.”

Some of our non-guarantor Subsidiaries were approximately $124.5 million,assets are excluded from the collateral, as described in “Description of the Notes—Excluded Assets.”

In addition, the collateral will not include any capital stock of any affiliate of Holdings or 4.0%the Issuer to the extent that the pledge of such capital stock results in our total liabilities.being required to file separate financial statements of such affiliate with the SEC, and any such capital stock that triggers such a requirement to file financial statements of such affiliate with the SEC will automatically be released from the collateral. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any such capital stock that is excluded as collateral securing the exchange notes as a result of such requirement will not be excluded from the collateral securing our revolving credit facility or term loan facility.

 

Optional Redemption

We may, at our option, redeem at any time and from time to time prior to SeptemberMay 1, 2019,2021, some or all of the exchange notes at 100% of their principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest to but excluding the redemption date plus the applicable “make-whole premium” described under “Description of the Notes—Optional Redemption.” Prior to May 1, 2021, during any 12 month period, we also may, at our option, redeem at any time and from time to time up to 10% of the aggregate principal amount of the exchange notes issued under the indenture governing the exchange notes (including any additional notes issued thereunder) at a price equal to 103% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, to but excluding the redemption date. From and after SeptemberMay 1, 2019,2021, we may, at our option, redeem at any time and from time to time some or all of the exchange notes at the applicable redemption prices set forth in this prospectus. In addition, on or prior to SeptemberMay 1, 2019,2021, we may, at our option, redeem up to 35%40% of the notes issued under the indenture governing the exchange notes (including any additional notes issued thereunder) with the proceeds from certain equity offerings at the redemption price listed under “Description of the Notes—Optional Redemption.”

 

Change of Control Offer

Upon the occurrence of a change of control (as defined in the indenture governing the exchange notes), if we do not redeem the exchange notes, you will have the right, as holders of the exchange notes, to require us to repurchase some or all of your exchange notes



at 101% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest to but excluding the repurchase date. See “Description of the Notes—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of Control.”

 



Asset Sale Proceeds

If the Issuer or its restricted subsidiaries engage in asset sales, the Issuer generally must either invest the net proceeds from such asset sales in its business within a specific period of time, prepay certain of its or its restricted subsidiaries’ debt or make an offer to purchase a principal amount of the exchange notes with the specified excess net proceeds, subject to certain exceptions. The purchase price of the exchange notes will be 100% of their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest to but excluding the payment date, if any. For more information, see “Description of the Notes—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales.”

 

Certain Covenants

The indenture governing the exchange notes contains covenants that, among other things, limit our ability and the ability of certain of our subsidiaries to:

 

incur or guarantee additional debt or issue disqualified stock or preferred stock;

 

pay dividends and make other distributions on, or redeem or repurchase, capital stock;

 

make certain investments;

 

incur certain liens;

 

enter into transactions with affiliates;

 

merge or consolidate;

 

enter into agreements that restrict the ability of restricted subsidiaries to make dividends or other payments to the Issuer;

 

designate restricted subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries; and

 

transfer or sell assets.

 

 These covenants are subject to a number of important limitations and exceptions. During any period in which the exchange notes have an investment grade rating from each ofboth Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) and Standard and Poor’sS&P Global Ratings (“S&P”) and no default has occurred and is continuing under the Indenture that governs the exchange notes, the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to certain of these covenants. See “Description of the Notes—Certain Covenants.”

 

Use of Proceeds

We will not receive any proceeds from the exchange offer. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

Trading Market

The exchange notes will generally be freely transferable (subject to certain restrictions discussed in “The Exchange Offer”) but there can



be no assurance as to the development or liquidity of any market for the exchange notes. We do not intend to apply for a listing of the exchange notes on any securities exchange or automated dealer quotation system.

 



Governing Law

The exchange notes will be governed by the laws of the State of New York.

Risk Factors

You should carefully consider the information set forth under the section entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 11 of this prospectus as well as the other information contained in this prospectus before participating in the exchange offer.



SUMMARY HISTORICAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The summary historical consolidated financial information and other data presented below for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, and the summary consolidated balance sheet and other data as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. The summary consolidated balance sheet and other data as of December 31, 2014 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus.

The summary historical consolidated financial information presented below as of June 30, 2017 and for each of the six month periods ended June 30, 2017 and June 30, 2016 have been derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited financial data presented have been prepared on a basis consistent with our audited consolidated financial statements. In the opinion of management, such unaudited financial data reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal and recurring adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the results for those periods. The results of operations for the interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year or any future period.

The summary consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” as well as our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included in this prospectus.

   Six months ended  Year ended 
   June 30,
2017
  June 30,
2016
  December 31,
2016
  December 31,
2015
  December 31,
2014
 
         (in thousands) 

Statement of Operations Data:

      

Total revenue

  $417,479  $355,060  $757,907  $653,721  $563,677 

Total costs and expenses

   464,469   391,608   829,009   762,396   657,546 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Loss from operations

   (46,990  (36,548  (71,102  (108,675  (93,869

Other expenses:

      

Interest expense

   (108,639  (92,865  (197,965  (161,339  (147,511

Interest income

   104   23   432   90   1,455 

Other (expenses) income

   (10,197  (4,753  (7,255  (8,832  1,779 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations before income taxes

   (165,722  (134,143  (275,890  (278,756  (238,146

Income tax expense

   1,151   672   67   351   514 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net loss

   (166,873  (134,815  (275,957  (279,107  (238,660

Balance Sheet Data (at period end):

      

Cash

  $1,470  $121,406  $43,520  $2,559  $10,807 

Working capital (deficit)

   (134,086  (29,647  (80,170  (120,952  (51,569

Adjusted working capital (deficit) (excluding cash and capital lease obligation)

   (126,825  (142,998  (113,893  (115,895  (56,827

Total assets

   2,715,971   2,591,558   2,547,662   2,303,644   2,255,586 

Total debt

   2,611,225   2,381,320   2,486,700   2,138,112   1,835,068 

Total shareholders’ (deficit) equity

  $(409,849 $(136,376 $(245,182 $(76,993 $224,486 

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(1)

   NM   NM   NM   NM   NM 

(1)The ratio of earnings to fixed charges is calculated by dividing the sum of earnings (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes and fixed charges, by fixed charges. Fixed charges include interest expense on all indebtedness, amortization of debt issuance fees and interest expense on operating leases. Earnings were deficient in all periods presented to cover fixed charges by the following amounts:

   Six months ended   Year ended 
   June 30,
2017
   June 30,
2016
   December 31,
2016
   December 31,
2015
   December 31,
2014
 
           (in thousands) 
  $(165,722  $(134,143  $(275,890  $(278,756  $(238,146



RISK FACTORS

You should carefully consider the following risk factors and all other information contained in this prospectus before participating in the exchange offer. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only risks facing us and your investment in the exchange notes. Additional risks and uncertainties that we are unaware of, or those we currently deem immaterial, also may become important factors that affect us. The following risks could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, cash flows or results of operations.

Risks Related to the Exchange Offer

If you choose not to exchange your outstanding 20232024 notes in the exchange offer, the transfer restrictions currently applicable to your outstanding 20232024 notes will remain in force and the market price of your outstanding 20232024 notes could decline.

If you do not exchange your outstanding 20232024 notes for exchange notes in the exchange offer, then you will continue to be subject to the transfer restrictions on the outstanding 20232024 notes as set forth in the offering memorandum distributed in connection with the private offering of the outstanding 20232024 notes.In general, the outstanding 20232024 notes may not be offered or sold unless they are registered or exempt from registration under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws.Except as required by the registration rights agreement, we do not intend to register resales of the outstanding 20232024 notes under the Securities Act.

The tender of outstanding 20232024 notes under the exchange offer will reduce the remaining principal amount of the outstanding 20232024 notes, which may have an adverse effect upon and increase the volatility of, the market price of the outstanding 20232024 notes due to reduction in liquidity.

Your ability to transfer the exchange notes may be limited by the absence of an active trading market, and an active trading market may not develop for the notes.

We cannot assure you as to the development or liquidity of any trading market for the exchange notes.The liquidity of any market for the exchange notes will depend on a number of factors, including:

 

the number of holders of exchange notes;

 

our operating performance and financial condition;

 

the market for similar securities;

 

the interest of securities dealers in making a market in the exchange notes; and

 

prevailing interest rates.

Historically, the market fornon-investment grade debt has been subject to disruptions that have caused substantial volatility in the prices of securities similar to the exchange notes.The market, if any, for the exchange notes may face similar disruptions that may adversely affect the prices at which you may sell your exchange notes.Therefore, you may not be able to sell your exchange notes at a particular time and the price that you receive when you sell may not be favorable.

Risks Related To Our Business and Industry

Our industry is highly competitive.

We operate in a highly competitive industryindustry. We face competition from large residential security companies that have or may have greater capital and other resources than usWe also face, and may in the future face, competition from other providers of information and communication products and services, including cable and

telecommunications companies, Internet service providers, large technology companies singular experience companies, industrial and

smart hardware companies, and others that may have greater capital and resources than uswe do. We also face competition from large residential security companies that have or may have greater capital and other resources than us. Competitors that are larger in scale and have greater resources may benefit from greater economies of scale and other lower costs that permit them to offer more favorable terms to consumers (including lower service costs) than we offer, causing such consumers to choose to enter into contracts with such competitorscompetitors. For instance, cable and telecommunications companies are expanding into the smart home and security industries and are bundling their existing offerings with automation and monitored security servicesservices. In some instances, it appears that certain components of such bundled offerings are significantly underpriced and, in effect, subsidized by the rates charged for the other product or services offered by these companiescompanies. These bundled pricing alternatives may influence subscribers’ desire to subscribe to our services at rates and fees we consider appropriateappropriate. These competitors may also benefit from greater name recognition and superior advertising, marketing, promotional and other resourcesresources. To the extent that such competitors utilize any competitive advantages in markets where our business is more highly concentrated, the negative impact on our business may increase over timetime. In addition to potentially reducing the number of new subscribers we are able to originate, increased competition could also result in increased subscriber acquisition costs and higher attrition rates that would negatively impact us over time. The benefit offered to larger competitors from economies of scale and other lower costs may be magnified by an economic downturn in which subscribers put a greater emphasis on lower cost products or services. In addition, we face competition from regional competitors that concentrate their capital and other resources in targeting local markets.

We also face potential competition from improvements in do-it-yourself, (“DIY”) or DIY, systems, which enable consumers to install their own systems and monitor and control their home environment throughover the Internet text messages, emails or similar communications, without third-party involvement or the need for a subscription agreement. Continued pricingagreement with a service provider. Improvements in these systems may result in more subscribers choosing to take on the responsibility for installation, maintenance, and management of connected home systems themselves. In addition, consumers may prefer individual device solutions that provide more narrowly targeted functionality instead of a more comprehensive integrated smart home solution. Pricing pressure or improvements in technology and shifts in consumer preferences towards DIY systemsand/or individual solutions could adversely impact our subscriber base or pricing structure and have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Cable and telecommunications companies actively targeting the smart home market and expanding into the monitored security space, and large technology companies expanding into the smart home market could result in pricing pressure, a shift in customersubscriber preferences towards the services of these companies and a reduction in our market share. Continued pricing pressure from these competitors or failure to achieve pricing based on the competitive advantages previously identified above could prevent us from maintaining competitive price points for our products and services resulting in lost customerssubscribers or in our inability to attract new customerssubscribers and have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We rely on long-term retention of subscribers and subscriber attrition can have a material adverse effect on our results.

We incur significant upfront costs to originate new subscribers. Accordingly, our long-term performance is dependent on our subscribers remaining with us for several years after the initial 36 to 60 month term of their contracts. A significant reason for attrition occurs when subscribers move and do not reconnect. Subscriber moves are impacted by changes in the housing market. See “—Our“-Our business is subject to macroeconomic, microeconomic and demographic factors that may negatively impact our results of operations.” Some other factors that can increase subscriber attrition include problems experienced with the quality of our products or services, unfavorable general economic conditions, adverse publicity and the preference for lower pricing of competitors’ products and services. In addition, we generally experience an increased level of subscriber cancellations in the months surrounding the expiration of such subscribers’ initial contract term. If we fail to retain our subscribers for a sufficient period of time, our profitability, business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially and adversely affected. Our inability to retain subscribers for a

long term could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, cash flows or results of operations.

In addition, we amortize or depreciate our capitalized subscriber acquisition costs based on the estimated life of the subscriber relationship. If attrition rates rise significantly, we may be required to accelerate the amortization of expenses or the depreciation of assets related to such subscribers or to impair such assets, which could adversely impact our reported GAAP financial results.

Litigation, complaints or adverse publicity or unauthorized use of our brand name could negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

From time to time, we engage in the defense of, and may in the future be subject to, certain investigations, claims and lawsuits arising in the ordinary course of our business. For example, we have been named as defendants in putative class actions alleging violations of wage and hour laws, the Telephone Consumer Protection Act, common law privacy and consumer protection laws. From time to time our subscribers have communicated and may in the future communicate complaints to organizations such as the Better Business Bureau, regulators, law enforcement or the media. Any resulting actions or negative subscriber sentiment or publicity could reduce the volume of our new subscriber originations or increase attrition of existing subscribers. Any of the foregoing may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, cash flows or results of operations.

Given our relationship with Vivint Solar and the fact that Vivint Solar uses our registered trademark, “Vivint”, in its name pursuant to a licensing agreement, our subscribers and potential subscribers may associate us with any problems experienced with Vivint Solar or adverse publicity related to Vivint Solar’s business. Because we have no control over Vivint Solar, weWe may not be able to take remedial action to cure any issues Vivint Solar has with its customers,subscribers, and our trademark, brand and reputation may be adversely affected.

Unauthorized use of our brand name by third parties may also adversely affect our business and reputation, including the perceived quality and reliability of our Products and Services. We rely on trademark law, internal policies and agreements with our employees, subscribers, business partners and others to protect the value of our brand name. Despite our precautions, we cannot provide assurance that those procedures are sufficiently effective to protect against unauthorized third-party use of our brand name. We may not be successful in investigating, preventing or prosecuting all unauthorized third-party use of our brand name. Future litigation with respect to such unauthorized use could also result in substantial costs and diversion of our resources. These factors could adversely affect our reputation, business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We are highly dependent on our ability to attract, train and retain an effective sales force and other key personnel.

Our business is highly dependent on our ability to attract, train and retain an effective sales force, especially for our peak April through August sales season. In addition, because sales representatives become more productive as they gain experience, retaining those individuals is very important for our success. If we are unable to attract, train and retain an effective sales force, our business, financial condition, cash flows or results of operations could be adversely affected. In addition, our business is dependent on our ability to attract and retain other key personnel in other critical areas of our business. If we are unable to attract and retain key personnel in our business, it could adversely affect our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

Our operations depend upon third-party providers of telecommunication services providers to transmit signals totechnologies and from our subscribers.services.

Our operations depend upon third-party cellular and other telecommunications providers to communicate signals to and from our subscribers in a timely, cost-efficient and consistent manner. The failure of one or more of these providers to transmit and communicate signals in a timely manner could affect our ability to provide services to our subscribers. There can be no assurance that third-party telecommunications providers and signal-processing centers will continue to transmit and communicate signals to or from our third-party providers and the monitoring stations without disruption. Any such disruption, particularly one of a prolonged duration, could have a material adverse effect on our business. In addition, failure to renew contracts with existing providers or to contract with other providers on commercially acceptable terms or at all may adversely impact our business.

Certain elements of our operating model have historically relied on our subscribers’ continued selection and use of traditional landline telecommunications to transmit signals to and from our subscribers. There is a growing trend for consumers to switch to the exclusive use of cellular, satellite or Internetinternet communication technology in their homes, and telecommunication providers may discontinue their landline services in the future. In addition, many of our subscribers who use cellular communication technology for their systems use products that rely on older 2G technology,and 3G technologies, and certain telecommunication providers have discontinued 2G services in certain markets, and these and other telecommunication providers are expected to discontinue 2G and 3G services in other markets in the future. The discontinuation of landline, 2G, 3G and any other services by telecommunications providers in the future would require our subscriber’s system to be upgraded to alternative, and potentially more expensive, technologies. This could increase our subscriber attrition rates and slow our new subscriber originations. To

maintain our subscriber base that uses components that are or could become obsolete, we may be required to upgrade or implement new technologies, including by offering to subsidize the replacement of subscribers’ outdated systems at our expense. Any such upgrades or implementations could require significant capital expenditures and also divert management’s attention and other important resources away from our customer service and new subscriber origination efforts.

We depend on third-party providers of internet access services that may impair, degrade or otherwise block our services that could lead to additional expenses or loss of users.

Our interactive services are accessed through the Internetinternet and our security monitoring services are increasingly delivered using Internetinternet-based technologies. In addition, our distributed cloud storage solution, including the Vivint Smart Drive, is dependent upon Internetinternet services for shared storage. Some providers of broadband access may take measures that affect their customers’subscribers’ ability to use these products and services, such as degrading the quality of the data packets we transmit over their lines, giving those packets low priority, giving other packets higher priority than ours, blocking our packets entirely or attempting to charge their customerssubscribers more for using our services or terminating the customer’ssubscriber’s contract. There continues to be some uncertainty regarding whether suppliers of broadband Internet access in the U.S. have a legal obligation to allow their customers to access services such as ours without interference. In addition, the

The Federal Communications Commission (“FCC”) recently adopted netreleased an order that became effective on June 11, 2018, that repeals most of the rules that the agency previously had in place that prevented providers of broadband internet access services from impairing, degrading or blocking services provided by third parties to us. The prior rules prohibiting impairment, degradation and blocking, are commonly referred to as “network neutrality” rules. Numerous parties have appealed the FCC order which is before the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia. We cannot predict whether the FCC order will be upheld, reversed or remanded, nor the timing of the appellate court’s resolution of the appeal.

Following the adoption of the FCC’s order reversing the network neutrality rules, a number of states have passed network neutrality laws. The laws vary by state both in substance and in scope. There is legal uncertainty as to whether states have authority to pass laws that would conflict with the recent FCC order due to the interstate nature of internet communications and for other reasons. We cannot predict whether state laws that are interpreted to conflict with the FCC’s order will survive judicial scrutiny if challenged.

The largest providers of broadband internet access services have publicly stated that network neutrality rules are not required as they would not engage in some of the practices that the rules prohibit. While it is difficult to predict what would occur in the absence of such rules, it is possible that as a result of the lack of network neutrality rules, we could incur greater operating expenses which could harm our results of operations. While we think it is unlikely and that other laws may impact some aspectsbe implicated should broadband internet access providers affirmatively interfere with the delivery of our business. Because these rules are new, we do not yet know the impact they may haveservices that rely on our business. Interferencebroadband internet connections, interference with our services or higher charges to customers by broadband internet access service providers for using our products and services could cause us to lose existing subscribers, impair our ability to attract new subscribers and materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

In addition, telecommunication

Changes in laws or regulations that impact our underlying providers of telecommunications services could adversely impact our business

Telecommunications service providers are subject to extensive regulation in the markets where we operate or may expand in the future. Changes in the applicable laws or regulations affecting telecommunication services could require us to change the way we operate, which could increase costs or otherwise disrupt our operations, which in turn could adversely affect our business, financial condition, cash flows or results of operations.

We must successfully upgrade and maintain our information technology systems.

We rely on various information technology systems to manage our operations. We are currently implementing modifications and upgrades to these systems, and have replaced certain of our legacy systems with successor systems with new functionality.

There are inherent costs and risks associated with modifying or changing these systems and implementing new systems, including potential disruption of our internal control structure, substantial capital expenditures, additional administration and operating expenses, retention of sufficiently skilled personnel to implement and operate the new systems, demands on management time and other risks and costs of delays or difficulties in transitioning to new systems or of integrating new systems into our current systems. For example, we encountered issues associated with the implementation of our integrated customer resource management, or CRM, system in 2014, which resulted in an immaterial error in our financial statements for the quarter ended June 30, 2014. This error was corrected during the quarter ended September 30, 2014. As a result of the issues encountered associated with the CRM implementation, we also issued a significant number of billing-related subscriber credits during the year ended December 31, 2014, which reduced our revenue. While management makes effortsseeks to identify and remediate issues, we can provide no assurance that our identification and remediation efforts will be successful or that we will not encounter additional issues as we complete the implementation of these and other systems. In addition, our information technology system implementations may not result in productivity improvements at a level that outweighs the costs of implementation, or at all. The implementation of new information technology systems may also cause disruptions in our business operations and have an adverse effect on our business, cash flows and operations.

Privacy and data protection concerns, and laws, and regulations relating to privacy, or data breaches, or the loss of dataprotection and information security could have a material adverse effect on our business.

In the course of our operations, we gather, process, transmit and store subscriber information, including personal, payment, credit and other confidential and private information. We may use some of this information for operational and marketing purposes in accordance withthe course of operating our privacy and data protection policies. We also rely on proprietary and commercially available systems, software, tools and monitoring to protect against unauthorized use or access of such information.business.

Our collection, retention, transfer and use of this information are regulatedgoverned by privacyU.S. and data protectionforeign laws and regulations relating to privacy, data protection and information security, industry standards and protocols. protocols or it may be asserted that such industry standards or protocols apply to us. The regulatory framework for privacy and information security issues worldwide is rapidly evolving and is likely to remain uncertain for the foreseeable future. In North America, federal and various state and provincial governmental bodies and agencies have adopted or are considering adopting laws and regulations limiting, or laws and regulations regarding the collection, distribution, use, disclosure, storage, and security of certain categories of information. Some of these requirements include obligations of companies to notify individuals of security breaches involving particular personal information, which could result from exploitation of a vulnerability in our systems or services or breaches experienced by our service providers and/or partners. For example, the State of California recently enacted the California Consumer Privacy ACT (“CCPA”), which will be effective in January 2020. The CCPA expands the scope of what is considered “personal information” and creates new data access andopt-out rights for consumers, which may create new requirements for us and other companies that operate in California. We are also subject to state and federal laws and regulations regarding telemarketing and other telephonic communications and state and federal laws regarding unsolicited commercial emails, as well as regulations relating to automated telemarketing calls, texts or SMS messages.

Many jurisdictions have established their own data security and privacy legal and regulatory frameworks with which we or our vendors or partners must comply to the extent our operations expand into these geographies or the laws and regulations in these frameworks otherwise may be interpreted to apply to us. Laws and regulations in these jurisdictions apply broadly to the collection, use, storage, disclosure and security of data that identifies or may be used to identify or locate an individual, such as names, email addresses and, in some jurisdictions, Internet Protocol addresses. We also are bound by contractual requirements relating to privacy, data protection and information security, and may agree to additional contractual requirements addressing these matters from time to time.

Our compliance with these various requirements increases our operating costs, and additional laws, regulations, standards or protocols (or new interpretations of existing laws, and regulations)regulations, standards or protocols) in these areas may further increase our operating costs and adversely affect our ability to effectively market our Products and Services. In view of new or modified legal obligations relating to privacy, data protection or information security, or any changes in their interpretation, we may find it necessary or desirable to fundamentally change our business activities and practices or to expend significant resources to modify our products and services. Ourservices and otherwise adapt to these changes. We may be unable to make such changes and modifications in a commercially reasonable manner or at all, and our ability to develop new services and features could be limited.

Further, our failure or perceived failure to comply with any of these laws, regulations, standards, protocols or protocolsother obligations could result in a loss of subscriber data, fines, sanctions and other liabilities and additional restrictions on our collection, transfer or use of subscriber data. In addition, our failure to comply with any of these laws, regulations, standards, protocols or protocolsother obligations could result in a material adverse effect on our reputation, subscriber attrition, new subscriber origination, financial condition, cash flows or results of operations.

If our security controls are breached or unauthorized or inadvertent access to subscriber information or other data is otherwise obtained, our services may be perceived as insecure, we may lose existing subscribers or fail to attract new subscribers, our business may be harmed, and we may incur significant liabilities.

Use of our solutions involves the storage, transmission and processing of personal, payment, credit and other confidential and private information of our subscribers, and may in certain cases permit access to our subscribers’ homes or property or help secure them. We also maintain and process other confidential and proprietary information in our business, including our employees’ and contractors’ personal information and confidential business information. We rely on proprietary and commercially available systems, software, tools and monitoring to protect against unauthorized use or access of the information we process and maintain. Our services and the networks and information systems we utilize in our business are at risk for breaches as a result of third-party action, employee, vendor or partner error, malfeasance, or other factors. For example, we have experienced instances of our employees, contractors and other third parties improperly accessing our and/or our subscribers’ systems and information in violation of our internal policies and procedures.

Criminals and other nefarious actors are using increasingly sophisticated methods, including cyber-attacks, phishing, social engineering and other illicit acts to capture, access or alter various types of information, relating to subscribers, to engage in illegal activities such as fraud and identity theft, and to expose and exploit potential security and privacy vulnerabilities in corporate systems and web sites. Unauthorized intrusion into the portions of our systems and networks and data storage devices that process and store subscriber confidential and private information, or the loss of such information or the deployment of malware or other harmful code to our services or our networks or systems, may result in negative consequences.consequences including the actual or alleged malfunction of our products or services. In addition, third parties, including our partners and vendors, could also be a sourcesources of security riskrisks to us in the event of a failure of their own security systems and infrastructure. Moreover,The threats we cannot be certain thatand our partners and vendors face continue to evolve and are difficult to predict due to advances in criminalcomputer capabilities, new discoveries in the field of cryptography and new and sophisticated methods used by criminals.

There can be no assurances that our defensive measures will prevent cyber-attacks or that we will discover network or system intrusions or other developmentsbreaches on a timely basis or at all. We cannot be certain that we will not suffer a compromise or breach of the technology protecting the systems or networks that house or access our products and services.services or on which we or our partners or vendors process or store personal information or other sensitive information or data, or that any such incident will not be believed or reported to have occurred. Any such actual or perceived compromises or breaches to the systems, or unauthorized access to, or acquisition or loss of, data, whether suffered by us, our partners andor vendors, or other third parties, orwhether as a result of employee error or malfeasance or otherwise, could harm our business. They could, for example, cause interruptions in operations, loss of data, loss of confidence in our services and products, and damage to our reputation, and could limit the adoption of our services and products. They could also subject us to costs, regulatory investigations and orders, litigation, contract damages, indemnity demands and other liabilities and materially and adversely affect our subscriber base, sales, revenues and profits, whichprofits. Any of these could, in turn, could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, cash flows or results of operations.

Further, if a high profile security breach occurs with respect to another provider of smart home solutions, our subscribers and potential subscribers may lose trust in the security of our services or in the smart home space generally, which could adversely impact our ability to retain existing subscribers or attract new ones. Even in the absence of any security breach, subscriber concerns about security, privacy or data protection may deter them from using our service. Our errors and omissions insurance policies covering certain security and privacy damages and claim expenses may not be sufficient to compensate for all potential liability. Although we maintain cyber liability insurance, we cannot be certain that our coverage will be adequate for liabilities actually incurred or that insurance will continue to be available to us on economically reasonable terms, or at all.

Our Vivint Flex Pay plan is a new business model that may subject us to additional risks.

In 2017, we introduced a new program (“Vivint Flex Pay”) that allowed subscribers to finance the purchase of their Products and related installation through our Vivint Flex Pay plan. Under Vivint Flex Pay we offer to our qualified subscribers an opportunity to finance through a third party the purchase of Products and related installation used in connection with our Smart Home Services. We offer certain of our subscribers who do not qualify for third party financing the opportunity to finance their purchase of Products and related installation under a RIC, which is financed by us. Under Vivint Flex Pay, subscribers pay separately for the Products and our Smart Home Services. As an alternative to the financing offered under these programs, subscribers are able to purchase the Products by check, ACH, credit or debit card, and pay in full at the time of installation.

There can be no assurance that the Vivint Flex Pay plan will be successful. If this plan is not favorably received by subscribers or is otherwise not performing as intended by us, it could have an adverse effect on our business, subscriber growth rate, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, reductions in consumer lending and/or the availability of consumer credit under the Vivint Flex Pay plan could limit the number of subscribers with the financial means to purchase the Products and thus limit the number of subscribers who are able to subscribe to our Smart Home Services. There is no assurance that our current provider of installment loans, Citizens Bank, N.A., or any other companies that may in the future offer financing to our subscribers will continue to provide subscribers with access to credit or that credit limits under such arrangements will be sufficient. In addition, a severe disruption in the global financial markets could impact the providers of installment loans under the Vivint Flex Pay plan and such instability could also affect the ability of subscribers to access financing under the Vivint Flex Pay plan or otherwise. Such restrictions or limitations on the availability of consumer credit or unfavorable reception of the Vivint Flex Pay plan by potential subscribers could have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

In addition, the Vivint Flex Pay plan subjects us to additional regulatory requirements and compliance obligations. In particular, the Vivint Flex Pay plan may require that we be licensed as a lender in certain jurisdictions in which we operate. We may face the risk of increased consumer complaints, potential supervision, examinations or enforcement actions by federal and state licensing and regulatory agencies and/or penalties for

violation of financial services, consumer protections and other applicable laws and regulations. We currently offer RICs in all of the jurisdictions in which we operate and therefore are subject to regulation by state and local authorities for the use of RICs. We provide intensive training to our employees regarding sales practices and the content of our RICs and strive to comply in all material respects with these laws; however, we cannot be certain that our employees will abide by our policies and applicable laws, which violations could have a material and adverse impact on our business. We also offer RICs to our Canadian subscribers, and as a result are subject to additional regulatory requirements in Canada. In the future, we may elect to offer installment loans and other financial services products similar to the Consumer Financing Program directly to qualified subscribers. If we elect to offer such financial services directly, this may further expand our regulatory and compliance obligations. In addition, as Vivint Flex Pay evolves, we may become subject to additional regulatory requirements and compliance obligations.

We are subject to payment related risks.

We accept payments using a variety of methods, including check, credit card, debit card, direct debit from customer’ssubscriber’s bank account and consumer invoicing. For existing and future payment options we offer to our customers,subscribers, we may become subject to additional regulations, compliance requirements and fraud. For certain payment methods, including credit and debit cards, we pay interchange and other fees, which may increase over time and raise our operating costs and lower profitability. We rely on third parties to provide payment-processing services, including the processing of credit cards, debit cards and electronic checks, and it could disrupt our business if these companies become unwilling or unable to provide these services to us. We are also subject to payment card association operating rules, including data security rules, certification requirements and rules governing electronic funds transfers, which could change or be reinterpreted to make it difficult or impossible for us to comply. If we fail to comply with these rules or requirements, or if our data security systems are breached or compromised, we may be liable for card issuing banks’ costs, subject to fines and higher transaction fees, and lose our ability to accept credit and debit card payments from our customers,subscribers, process electronic funds transfers, or facilitate other types of online payments, and our business and operating results could be adversely affected. See “—Privacy and data protection concerns, and laws and regulations relating to privacy, or data breaches, or the loss of dataprotection and information security, could have a material adverse effect on our business.business” and “—If our security controls are breached or unauthorized or inadvertent access to subscriber information or other data is otherwise obtained, our services may be perceived as insecure, we may lose existing subscribers or fail to attract new subscribers, our business may be harmed, and we may incur significant liabilities.

We may fail to obtain or maintain necessary licenses or otherwise fail to comply with applicable laws and regulations.

Our business focuses on contracts and transactions with residential subscribers and therefore is subject to a variety of laws, regulations and licensing requirements that govern our interactions with residential consumers, including those pertaining to privacy and data security, consumer financial and credit transactions, home improvements, warranties anddoor-to-door solicitation. We are a licensed service provider in each market where such licensure is required and we are responsible for every subscriber installation. Our business may become subject to additional such requirements in the future. In certain jurisdictions, we are also required to obtain licenses or permits to comply with standards governing marketing and sales efforts, installation of equipment or servicing of subscribers, monitoring station employee selection and training and to meet certain standards in the conduct of our business. Although we believe weThese laws and regulations are in material compliancedynamic and subject to potentially differing interpretations, and various legislative and regulatory bodies may expand current laws or regulations, or enact new laws and regulations, regarding these matters. We strive to comply with all applicable laws and regulations and licensing requirements, in the eventrelating to our interactions with residential subscribers. It is possible, however, that these laws, regulations or licensing requirements change, we may be requiredinterpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent from one jurisdiction to modifyanother and may conflict with other rules or our operationspractices. Ournon-compliance with any such law or regulations could also expose us to utilize resourcesclaims, proceedings, litigation and investigations by private parties and regulatory authorities, as well as substantial fines and negative publicity, each of which may materially and adversely affect our business. We have incurred, and

will continue to maintain compliance with such laws and regulations. Our failureincur, significant expenses to comply with such laws and regulations, or licensing requirements as may be in effect from timeand increased regulation of matters relating to timeour interactions with residential consumers could require us to modify our operations and incur significant additional expenses, which could have a materialan adverse effect on us.

our business, financial condition and results of operations. If we expand the scope of our products or services, or our operations in new markets, we may be required to obtain additional licenses and otherwise maintain compliance with additional laws, regulations or licensing requirements.

NewChanges in these laws or regulations or their interpretation, as well as new laws, regulations or licensing requirements which may be enacted, that could have an adverse effect on us.dramatically affect how we do business, acquire subscribers, and manage and use information we collect from and about current and prospective subscribers and the costs associated therewith. For example, certain U.S. municipalities have adopted, or are considering adopting, laws, regulations or policies aimed at reducing the number of false alarms, including: (i)(1) subjecting companies to fines or penalties for transmitting false alarms, (ii)(2) imposing fines on subscribers for false alarms or (iii)(3) imposing limitations on law enforcement response. These measures could adversely affect our future operations and business by increasing our costs, reducing customersubscriber satisfaction or affecting the public perception of the effectiveness of our products and services. In addition, federal, state and local governmental authorities have considered, and may in the future consider, implementing consumer protection rules and regulations, which could impose significant constraints on our sales channels.

Regulations have been issued by the Federal Trade Commission, (“FTC”),or FTC, FCC, and Canadian Radio-Television and Telecommunications Commission, (“CRTC”)or CRTC that place restrictions ondirect-to-home marketing, telemarketing, email marketing and general sales practices. These restrictions include, but are not limited to, limitations on methods of communication, requirements to maintain a “do not call” list, cancellation rights and required training for personnel to comply with these restrictions.

The FTC regulates both general sales practices and telemarketing specifically and has broad authority to prohibit a variety of advertising or marketing practices that may constitute “unfair or deceptive acts or practices.” The CRTC has enforcement authority under the Canadian Anti-Spam Law, (“CASL”),or CASL, which prohibits the sending of commercial emails without prior consent of the consumerrecipient or an existing business relationship and sets forth rules governing the sending of commercial emails. CASL allows for a private right of action for the recovery of damages or provides for enforcement by CRTC permitting the recovery of significant civil penalties, costs and attorneys’ fees in the event that regulations are violated. ChangesSimilarly, most of the statutes and regulations in the United States allow a private right of action for the recovery of damages or provide for enforcement by the FTC, state attorneys general or state agencies permitting the recovery of significant civil or criminal penalties, costs and attorneys’ fees in the event that regulations are violated. Any new or changed laws, regulations or licensing requirements, or the interpretation of such laws, regulations or licensing requirements could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows or results of operations. We strive to comply with all such applicable regulations, but cannot assure you that we or third parties that we may rely on for telemarketing, email marketing and other lead generation activities will be in compliance with all applicable regulations at all times. Although our contractual arrangements with such third parties expressly require them to comply with all such regulations and to indemnify us for their failure to do so, we cannot assure you that the FTC, FCC, CRTC, private litigants or others will not attempt to hold us responsible for any unlawful acts conducted by such third parties or that we could successfully enforce or collect upon such indemnities. Additionally, certain FCC rulings and/or FTC enforcement actions may support the legal position that we may be held vicariously liable for the actions of third parties, including any telemarketing violations by our independent, third party authorized dealers that are performed without our authorization or that are otherwise prohibited by our policies. Both the FCC and the FTC have relied on certain actions to support the notion of vicarious liability, including but not limited to, the use of the company brand or trademark, the authorization or approval of telemarketing scripts or the sharing of consumer prospect lists. Changes in such regulations or the interpretation thereof that further restrict such activities could result in a material reduction in the number of leads for our business and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

The policies of the U.S. Government may adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Certain changes in U.S. social, political, regulatory and economic conditions or in laws and policies governing foreign trade, manufacturing, development and investment could adversely affect our business. General trade tensions between the U.S. and China escalated in 2018, with three rounds of U.S. tariffs on Chinese goods taking effect in July, August, and September 2018, each followed by a round of retaliatory Chinese tariffs on U.S. goods. If duties on existing tariffs are raised or if additional tariffs are announced, many of our inbound products to the United States would be subject to tariffs assessed in the cost of goods as imported. If these duties are imposed on such products, we may be required to raise our prices, which may result in the loss of subscribers and harm our operating performance. Alternatively, we may seek to shift production outside of China, resulting in additional costs and disruption to our operations. Additionally, the current administration continues to signal that it may alter trade agreements and terms between China and the United States, including limiting trade with China, and may impose additional tariffs on imports from China.

On December 22, 2017, the U.S. President signed into law the “Tax Cuts and Jobs Act” (the “Act”). Among other changes, the Act imposes limitations on the deductibility of interest. Moreover, the effects of the Act are not yet entirely clear and will depend on, among other things, additional regulatory and administrative guidance, as well as any statutory technical corrections that are subsequently enacted, which could have an adverse effect on the U.S. federal income taxation of our and our subsidiaries’ operations.

While there is currently a substantial lack of clarity and uncertainty around the likelihood, timing and details of any such policies and reforms, such policies and reforms may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and the value of our securities.

Increased adoption of laws purporting to characterize certain charges in our subscriber contracts as unlawful, may adversely affect our operations.

If a subscriber cancels prior to the end of the initial term of the contract, other than in accordance with the contract, we may, under the terms of the subscriber contract, charge the subscriber the amount that would have been paid over the remaining term of the contract. Several states have adopted, or are considering adopting, laws restricting the charges that can be imposed upon contract cancellation prior to the end of the initial contract term. Such initiatives could negatively impact our business and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows or results of operations. Adverse rulings regarding these matters could increase legal exposure to subscribers against whom such charges have been imposed and the risk that certain subscribers may seek to recover such charges from us through litigation or otherwise. In addition, the costs of defending such litigation and enforcement actions could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows or results of operations.

Our new productsProducts and servicesServices may not be successful.

We launched our first smart home productsProducts and servicesServices beginning in April 2011. We2010. Since that time we have launched our wireless Internet service on a limited basis during 2013 and our proprietary Vivint Smart Home Cloud solution and new SkyControl panel in early 2014. In 2014, we also began offering a distributed cloud storage solution, including the Vivint Smart Drive, on a limited basis. In 2015, we launched our doorbell camera.number of other offerings. We anticipate launching additional productsProducts and servicesServices in the future. These productsProducts and servicesServices and the new productsProducts and servicesServices we may launch in the future may not be well-received by our subscribers, may not help us to generate new subscribers, may adversely affect the attrition rate of existing subscribers, may increase our subscriber acquisition costs and may increase the costs to service our subscribers. For example, during the year ended December 31, 2015 we recorded restructuring and asset impairment charges for our Wireless Internet business totaling $59.2 million, which included $53.2resulted in $52.5 million of asset impairment charges related to write downs of our network assets, subscriber acquisition costs, certain intellectual property and goodwill and $6.0$5.1 million in net restructuring charges related to employee severance and termination benefits as well as write offs of certain vendor contracts. Any profits we may generate from these or other new products or services may be lower than profits generated from our other productsProducts and servicesServices and may not be sufficient for us to recoup our development or subscriber acquisition costs incurred. New productsProducts and servicesServices may also have lower gross margins, particularly to the extent that they do not fully utilize

our existing infrastructure. In addition, new productsProducts and servicesServices may require increased operational expenses or subscriber acquisition costs and present new and difficult technological and intellectual property challenges that may subject us to claims or complaints if subscribers experience service disruptions or failures or other quality issues. To the extent our new productsProducts and servicesServices are not successful, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows or results of operations.

Our recently announced Vivint Flex Pay plan is a new business model thatretail strategy may subject us to additional risks.

In JanuaryHistorically, we have primarily originated subscribers through ourdirect-to-home and inside sales channels. However, in 2017 we developed a new strategy to enter into the retail channel in order to expand our reach to the broad consumer market. For example, on May 4, 2017, we announced the introduction of the “Vivint Flex Pay” plan. Under this plan, we (i) launched the Consumer Financing Programan agreement with Best Buy, pursuant to which we offerthe parties had agreed to our qualified customers an opportunity to finance the purchase ofjointly market and sell smart home products and related installation (the “Products”) usedservices. In July 2018, as part of certain cost reduction initiatives, the goal of which was to reduce certain of our general and administrative, subscriber service, and sales support fixed costs, we agreed in principle to end theco-branded Best Buy Smart Home by Vivint arrangement and in December 2018 we formally terminated our relationship with Best Buy. We continue to explore other retail strategy opportunities and may devote significant management attention, significant capital and other resources in connection with our smart homesuch efforts. However, despite these efforts and security services (“Services”) and (ii) offer Retail Installment Contracts (“RICs”) with respect to the purchase of Products to certain of our customers who doexpenses, we may not qualify for the Consumer Financing Program. Under the Vivint Flex Pay plan, customers pay separately for the Products and Vivint’s smart home and security services. Alternatively, customers arebe able to purchase the Products with cash or credit card.

There can be no assurance that the Vivint Flex Pay plan will be successful. If this plan is not favorably received by customers or is otherwise not performing as intended by us, it could have an adverse effect onestablish retail distribution channels for our business, subscriber growth rate, financial conditionproducts and results of operations. In addition, reductions in consumer lending and/or the availability of consumer credit under the Vivint Flex Pay plan could limit the number of customers with the financial means to purchase the Products and thus limit the number of customers who are able to subscribe to our smart home and security services. There is no assurance that our exclusive provider of installment loans, Citizens Bank, N.A. (“Citizens”), or other companies will continue to provide customers with access to credit or that credit limits under such arrangements will be sufficient. Such restrictions or limitations on the availability of consumer credit or unfavorable reception of the Vivint Flex Pay plan by potential customers could have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

In addition, the Vivint Flex Pay plan subjects us to additional regulatory requirements and compliance obligations. We may face the risk of increased consumer complaints, potential supervision, examinations or enforcement actions by federal and state licensing and regulatory agencies and/or penalties for violation of financial services, consumer protections and other applicable laws and regulations. We will also offer RICs to our Canadian customers, and as a result will be subject to additional regulatory requirements in Canada. In the future, we may elect to offer installment loans and other financial services products similar to the Consumer Financing Program directly to qualified customers. If we elect to offer such financial services directly, this may further expand our regulatory and compliance obligations.

The technology we employ may become obsolete, which could require significant capital expenditures.

Our industry is subject to continual technological innovation. Our productsProducts and servicesServices interact with the hardware and software technology of systems and devices located at our subscribers’ property. We may be required to implement new technologies or adapt existing technologies in response to changing market conditions, subscriber preferences, industry standards or inability to secure necessary intellectual property licenses, which could require significant capital expenditures. It is also possible that one or more of our competitors could develop a significant technicaltechnological advantage that allows them to provide additional or superior products or services, or to lower their price for similar products or services, that could put us at a competitive disadvantage. Our inability to adapt to changing technologies, market conditions or subscriber preferences in a timely manner could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows or results of operations.

Our future operating and financial results are uncertain.

Prior growth rates in revenues and other operating and financial results should not be considered indicative of our future performance. Our future performance and operating results depend on, among other things: (i)(1) our ability to renew and/or upgrade contracts with existing subscribers and maintain customersubscriber satisfaction with existing subscribers; (ii)subscribers, (2) our ability to generate new subscribers, including our ability to scale the number of new subscribers generated through inside sales and other channels; (iii)channels, (3) our ability to increase the density of our subscriber base for existing service locations or continue to expand into new geographic markets; (iv)markets, (4) our ability to successfully develop and market new and innovative productsProducts and services; (v)Services, (5) the level of product, service and price competition; (vi)competition, (6) the degree of saturation in, and our ability to further penetrate, existing markets; (vii)markets, (7) our ability to manage growth, revenues, origination or acquisition costs of new subscribers and attrition rates, the cost of servicing our existing subscribers and general and administrative costs;costs and (viii)(8) our ability to attract, train and retain qualified employees. If our future operating and financial results suffer as a result of any of the other reasons mentioned above, or any other reasons, there could be a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows or results of operations.

There can be no assurance that we will be able to achieve or maintain profitability or positive cash flow from operations.

Our ability to generate future positive operating results and cash flows depends, in part, on our ability to generate new subscribers in a cost effective manner, while minimizing attrition of existing subscribers. New subscriber acquisitions play a particularly important role in our financial model as they not only increase our

future operating cash flows, but also help to replace the cash flows lost as a result of subscriber attrition. If we are unable to cost-effectively generate new subscribers or retain our existing subscribers, our business, operating results and financial condition would be materially adversely affected. In addition, to drive our growth, we have made significant upfront investments in subscriber acquisition costs, as well as technology and infrastructure to support our growing subscriber base. As a result of these investments, we have incurred losses and used significant amounts of cash to fund operations. As our business scales, we expect recurring revenue to increase due to growth in our total subscribers. If such increase occurs, a greater percentage of our net acquisition costs for new subscribers may be funded through revenues generated by our existing subscriber base. We also expect the number of new subscribers to decrease as a percentage of our total subscribers as our business scales, which we believe, along with the expected growth in recurring revenue, will improve operating results and operating cash flows over time. Our ability to improve our operating results and cash flows, however, is subject to a number of risks and uncertainties and there can be no assurance that we will achieve such improvements. To the extent the number of new subscribers does not decrease as a percentage of our total subscribers or we do not reduce the percentage of our revenue used to support new investments, we will continue to incur losses and require a significant amount of cash to fund our operations, which in turn could have a material adverse effect on our business, cash flows, operating results and financial condition.

Our business is subject to macroeconomic, microeconomiceconomic and demographic factors that may negatively impact our results of operations.

Our business is generally dependent on national, regional and local economic conditions. Historically, both the U.S. and worldwide economies have experienced cyclical economic downturns, some of which have been prolonged and severe. These economic downturns have generally coincided with, and contributed to, increased energy costs, concerns about inflation, slower economic activity, decreased consumer confidence and spending, reduced corporate profits and capital spending, adverse business conditions and liquidity concerns. These conditions and concerns result in a decline in business and consumer confidence and increased unemployment.

Where disposable income available for discretionary spending is reduced (due to, for example, higher housing, energy, interest or other costs or where the perceived wealth of subscribers has decreased) and disruptions in the financial markets adversely impact the availability and cost of credit, our business may experience increased attrition rates, a reduced ability to originate new subscribers and reduced consumer demand.

For instance, recoveries in the housing market increase the occurrence of relocations which may lead to subscribers disconnecting service and not contracting with us in their new homes. We cannot predict the timing or duration of any economic slowdown or the timing or strength of a subsequent economic recovery, worldwide, or in the specific markets where our subscribers are located.

Furthermore, any deterioration in new construction and sales of existing single-family homes could reduce opportunities to originate new subscribers and increase attrition among our existing subscribers. Such downturns in the economy in general, and the housing market in particular may negatively affect our business.

In addition, unfavorable shifts in population and other demographic factors may cause us to lose subscribers as people migrate to markets where we have little or no presence, or if the general population shifts into a less desirable age, geographic or other demographic group from our business perspective.

Our inside sales channel dependsand retail channels depend on third parties and other sources that we do not control to generate leads that we then convert into subscribers. If our third party partners and lead generators are not successful in generating leads for our inside sales channel,and retail sales channels, if the quality of those leads deteriorates, or if we are unable to generate leads through other sources that are cost effective and successfully convert into customers,subscribers, it could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, cash flows or and results of operations.

Also, our subscribers consist largely of homeowners, who are subject to economic, credit, financial and other risks, as applicable. These risks could materially and adversely affect a subscriber’s ability to make required payments to us on a timely basis. Any such decrease or delay in subscriber payments may have a

material adverse effect on us. As a result of financial distress, subscribers may apply for relief under bankruptcy and other laws relating to creditors’ rights. In addition, subscribers may be subject to involuntary application of such bankruptcy and other laws relating to creditors’ rights. The bankruptcy of a subscriber could adversely affect our ability to collect payments, to protect our rights and otherwise realize the value of our contract with the subscriber. This may occur as a result of, among other things, application of the automatic stay, delays and uncertainty in the bankruptcy process and potential rejection of such subscriber contracts. Our subscribers’ inability to pay, whether as a result of economic or credit issues, bankruptcy or otherwise, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, cash flows or and results of operations.

The outcome of the U.S. presidential election and the policies of the incoming administration may impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

On January 20, 2017, Donald J. Trump became president of the United States. While it is uncertain at this time how the results of the U.S. 2016 presidential and other elections could affect our business, President Trump has questioned certain existing and proposed trade agreements, such as the North American Free Trade Agreement, and withdrawn from others such as the Trans-Pacific Partnership. President Trump has also raised the possibility of greater restrictions on trade generally and significant increases on tariffs on goods imported into the United States, particularly from China.

Changes in U.S. social, political, regulatory and economic conditions or in laws and policies governing foreign trade, manufacturing, development and investment could adversely affect our business. For example, the imposition of tariffs or other trade barriers with other countries, particularly with China, could increase our costs and reduce the competitiveness of our product and service offerings. In addition, according to publicly released statements, a top legislative priority of the Trump administration and of Republicans in the House of Representatives may be significant reform of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including significant changes to taxation of business entities.

While there is currently a substantial lack of clarity around the likelihood, timing and details of any such policies and reforms, such policies and reforms may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and the value of its securities.

We depend on a limited number of suppliers to provide our productsProducts and services.Services. Our product suppliers, in turn, rely on a limited number of suppliers to provide significant components and materials used in our products. A change in our existing preferred supply arrangements or a material interruption in supply of products or third party services could increase our costs or prevent or limit our ability to accept and fill orders for our products and services.

We provide our services through a panel installed at the premises of our subscribers. As of December 31, 2016, approximately 57% of our installed panels were SkyControl panels, 40% were 2GIG Go!Control panels,

and 3% were other panels. Since early 2014, our primary panel installed has been the SkyControl panel. The 2GIG Go!Control panel was our primary panel for subscribers from 2010 through early 2014. In fiscal 2013, we completed the 2GIG Sale. In connection with the 2GIG Sale, we retained sole ownership of the intellectual property and exclusive rights with respect to the SkyControl panel and certain peripheral equipment. The proprietary equipment is a critical component of our current product and service offerings and we expect it to remain a critical component of our future service offerings. In addition, we entered into a five-year supply agreement with 2GIG, pursuant to which they are the exclusive provider of our control panel requirements, subject to certain exceptions. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of the initial term of this supply agreement, there can be no assurance that we will be able to renew our supply arrangements with 2GIG on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Any adverse change in, or the cessation of, the relationship between us and 2GIG could expose us to a significant increase in equipment costs.

In addition to 2GIG, we obtain important components of our systems from several other suppliers. Should 2GIG or such other suppliers cease to manufacture the products we purchase from them or become unable to timely deliver these products in accordance with our requirements, or should such other suppliers choose not to do business with us, we may be required to locate alternative suppliers. We also rely on a number of sole or limited source suppliers for critical components of our solution. In particular we rely on Alpha Networks Inc. for our indoor cameras. Replacing this sole source supplier or our limited source suppliers could require the expenditure of significant resources and time to redesign and resource these products. In addition, any financial or other difficulties our suppliers face may have negative effects on our business. We may be unable to locate alternate suppliers on a timely basis or to negotiate the purchase of control panels or other equipment on favorable terms, if at all. In addition, our equipment suppliers, in turn, depend upon a limited number of outside unaffiliated suppliers for key components and materials used in our control panels and other equipment. If any of these suppliers cease to or are unable to provide components and materials in sufficient quantity and of the requisite quality, especially during our summer selling season when a large percentage of our new subscriber originations occur, and if there are not adequate alternative sources of supply, we could experience significant delays in the supply of control panels and other equipment. Any such delay in the supply of control panels and other equipment of the requisite quality could adversely affect our ability to originate subscribers and cause our subscribers not to continue, renew or upgrade their contracts or to choose not to purchase such products or services from us. This would result in delays in or loss of future revenues and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows or results of operations. Also, if previously installed components and materials were found to be defective, we might not be able to recover the costs associated with the recall, repair or replacement of such products, across our installed customersubscriber base, and the diversion of personnel and other resources to address such issues could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, cash flows or results of operations.

Currency fluctuations could materially and adversely affect us and we have not hedged this risk.

Historically, a portion of our revenue has been denominated in Canadian Dollars. For the sixthree months ended June 30, 2017,March 31, 2019, before intercompany eliminations, approximately $30.7$17.8 million of our revenues were denominated in Canadian Dollars. As of June 30, 2017, $172.7March 31, 2019, $246.5 million of our total assets and $124.5$217.4 million of our total liabilities were denominated in Canadian Dollars. In the future, we expect to continue generating revenue denominated in Canadian Dollars and other foreign currencies. Accordingly, we may be materially and adversely affected by currency fluctuations in the U.S. Dollar versus these currencies. Weaker foreign currencies relative to the U.S. Dollar may result in lower levels of reported revenues with respect to foreign currency-denominated subscriber contracts, net income, assets, liabilities and accumulated other comprehensive income on our U.S. Dollar-denominated financial statements. We have not historically hedged against this exposure. Foreign exchange rates are influenced by many factors outside of our control, including but not limited to: changing supply and demand for a particular currency, monetary policies of governments (including exchange-control programs, restrictions on local exchanges or markets and limitations on foreign investment in a country

or on investment by residents of a country in other countries), changes in balances of payments and trade, trade restrictions and currency devaluations and revaluations. Also, governments may from time to time intervene in the currency markets, directly and by regulation, to influence prices directly. As such, these events and actions are unpredictable. The resulting volatility in the exchange rates for the other currencies could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

We rely on certain third-party providers of licensed software and services integral to the operations of our business.

Certain aspects of the operation of our business depend on third-party software and service providers. We rely on certain software technology that we license from third parties and use in our products and services to perform key functions and provide critical functionality. For example, our subscribers with Go!Control panels utilize technology hosted by Alarm.com to access their systems remotely through a smart phone application or through web interface. With regard to licensed software technology, we are, to a certain extent, dependent upon the ability of third parties to maintain, enhance or develop their software and services on a timely and cost-effective basis, to meet industry technological standards and innovations to deliver software and services that are free of defects or security vulnerabilities, and to ensure their software and services are free from disruptions or interruptions. Further, these third-party services and software licenses may not always be available to us on commercially reasonable terms or at all.

If our agreements with third-party software or services vendors are not renewed or the third-party software or services become obsolete, fail to function properly, are incompatible with future versions of our products or services, are defective or otherwise fail to address our needs, there is no assurance that we would be able to replace the functionality provided by the third-party software or services with software or services from alternative providers. Furthermore, even if we obtain licenses to alternative software or services that provide the functionality we need, we may be required to replace hardware installed at our monitoring stations and at our subscribers’ homes, including security system control panels and peripherals, to affect our integration of or migration to alternative software products. Any of these factors could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, cash flows or results of operations.

We are highly dependent on the proper and efficient functioning of our computer, databack-up, information technology, telecom and processing systems, platform and our redundant monitoring stations.

Our ability to keep our business operating is highly dependent on the proper and efficient operation of our computer systems, information technology systems, telecom systems, data-processingdata- processing systems and subscriber software platform. Although we have redundant central monitoring facilities,back-up computer and power systems and disaster recovery tests, if there is a catastrophic event, natural disaster, security breach, negligent or intentional act by an employee or other extraordinary event, we may be unable to provide our subscribers with uninterrupted services.

Furthermore, because computer and databack-up and processing systems are susceptible to malfunctions and interruptions, we cannot guarantee that we will not experience service failures in the future. A significant or large-scale malfunction or interruption of any computer or databack-up and processing system could adversely affect our ability to keep our operations running efficiently and respond to alarm system signals. We do not have a backup system for our subscriber software platform. If a malfunction results in a wider or sustained disruption, it could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, financial condition, cash flows or results of operations.

We are subject to unionization and labor and employment laws and regulations, which could increase our costs and restrict our operations in the future.

Currently, nonea very small minority of our employees are represented by a union. Attempts may be made to organize all or part of our employee base. As we continue to grow, and enter different regions, unions may make further attempts to organize all or part of our employee base. If somemore or all of our workforce were to become unionized, and the terms of the collective bargaining agreement were significantly different from our current compensation arrangements, it could increase our costs and adversely impact our profitability. Additionally, responding to such organization attempts could distractdistracts our management and result

results in increased legal and other professional fees; and, potential labor union contracts could put us at increased risk of labor strikes and disruption of our operations.

Our business is subject to a variety of employment laws and regulations and may become subject to additional such requirements in the future. Although we believe we are in material compliance with applicable

employment laws and regulations, in the event of a change in requirements, we may be required to modify our operations or to utilize resources to maintain compliance with such laws and regulations. Moreover, we may be subject to various employment-related claims, such as individual or class actions or government enforcement actions relating to alleged employment discrimination, employee classification and related withholding, wage-hour, labor standards or healthcare and benefit issues. Our failure to comply with applicable employment laws and regulations and related legal actions against us, may affect our ability to compete or have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows or results of operations.

The loss of our senior management could disrupt our business.

Our senior management is important to the success of our business because there is significant competition for executive personnel with experience in the smart home and security industry and our sales channels. As a result of this need and the competition for a limited pool of industry-based executive experience, we may not be able to retain our existing senior management. In addition, we may not be able to fill new positions or vacancies created by expansion or turnover. Moreover, with the exception of our Chief Executive Officer, weWe do not and do not currently expect to have in the future “key person” insurance on the lives of any other member of our senior management. The loss of any member of our senior management team without retaining a suitable replacement (either from inside or outside our existing management team) could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows or results of operations.

If we are unable to acquire necessary intellectual property or adequately protect our intellectual property, we could be competitively disadvantaged.

Our intellectual property, including our patents, trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets and other proprietary rights, constitutes a significant part of our value. Our success depends, in part, on our ability to protect our proprietary technology, brands and other intellectual property against dilution, infringement, misappropriation and competitive pressure by defending our intellectual property rights. To protect our intellectual property rights, we rely on a combination of patent, trademark, copyright and trade secret laws of the U.S.,United States, Canada and other countries as well as contract provisions.and a combination of confidentiality procedures, contractual provisions and other methods, all of which offer only limited protection. In addition, we make efforts to acquire rights to intellectual property necessary for our operations. However, there can be no assurance that these measures will be successful in any given case, particularly in those countries where the laws do not protect our proprietary rights as fully as in the United States.

We own a portfolio of issued U.S. patents and pending U.S. and foreign patent applications that relate to a variety of smart home, security and wireless Internet technologies utilized in our business. We may file additional patent applications in the future in the United States and internationally. The process of obtaining patent protection is expensive and time-consuming, and we may not be able to prosecute all necessary or desirable patent applications at a reasonable cost or in a timely manner all the way through to the successful issuance of a patent. We may choose not to seek patent protection for certain innovations and may choose not to pursue patent protection in certain jurisdictions. In addition, issuance of a patent does not guarantee that we have an absolute right to practice the patented invention.

If we fail to acquire necessary intellectual property rights or adequately protect or assert our intellectual property rights, competitors may dilute our brands or manufacture and market similar products and services or convert our subscribers, which could adversely affect our market share and results of operations. We may not receive patents or trademarks for all our pending patent and trademark applications, and existing or future patents or licenses may not provide competitive advantages for our products and services. Furthermore, it is possible that our patent applications may not issue as granted patents, that the scope of our issued patents will be insufficient or not have the coverage originally sought, and that our issued patents will not provide us with any competitive

advantages. Our competitors may challenge, invalidate or avoid the application of our existing or future intellectual property rights that we receiveobtain or license. In addition, patent rights may not prevent our competitors from developing, using or selling products or services that are similar to or address the same market as our products and services. The loss of protection for our intellectual property rights could reduce the market value of our brands and our products and services, reduce new subscriber originations or upgrade sales to existing subscribers, lower our profits, and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows or results of operations.

Our policy is to require our employees that were hired to develop material intellectual property included in our products to execute written agreements in which they assign to us their rights in potential inventions and other intellectual property created within the scope of their employment (or, with respect to consultants and service providers, their engagement to develop such intellectual property), but we cannot assure you that we have adequately protected our rights in every such agreement or that we have executed an agreement with every such party. Finally, in order to benefit from the protection of patents and other intellectual property rights, we must monitor and detect infringement, misappropriation or other violations of our intellectual property rights and pursue infringement, misappropriation or other claims in certain circumstances in relevant jurisdictions, all of which are costly and time-consuming. As a result, we may not be able to obtain adequate protection or to effectively enforce our issued patents or other intellectual property rights.

In addition to patents and registered trademarks, we rely on trade secret rights, copyrights and other rights to protect our unpatented proprietary intellectual property and technology. Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary technologies and our intellectual property rights, unauthorized parties, including our employees, consultants, service providers or subscribers, may attempt to copy aspects of our products or obtain and use our trade secrets or other confidential information. We generally enter into confidentiality agreements with our employees and third parties that have access to our material confidential information, and generally limit access to and distribution of our proprietary information and proprietary technology through certain procedural safeguards. These agreements may not effectively prevent unauthorized use or disclosure of our intellectual property or technology, could be breached or otherwise may not provide meaningful protection for our trade secrets andknow-how related to the design, manufacture or operation of our products and may not provide an adequate remedy in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure. We cannot assure you that the steps taken by us will prevent misappropriation of our intellectual property or technology or infringement of our intellectual property rights. Competitors may independently develop technologies or products that are substantially equivalent or superior to our solutions or that inappropriately incorporate our proprietary technology into their products or they may hire our former employees who may misappropriate our proprietary technology or misuse our confidential information. In addition, if we expand the geography of our service offerings, the laws of some foreign countries where we may do business in the future do not protect intellectual property rights and technology to the same extent as the laws of the United States, and these countries may not enforce these laws as diligently as government agencies and private parties in the United States.

From time to time, legal action by us may be necessary to enforce our patents and other intellectual property rights, to protect our trade secrets, to determine the validity and scope of the intellectual property rights of others or to defend against claims of infringement, misappropriation or invalidity. Such litigation could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and could negatively affect our business, operating results and financial condition. If we are unable to protect our intellectual property and technology, we may find ourselves at a competitive disadvantage to others who need not incur the additional expense, time and effort required to create the innovative products that have enabled us to be successful to date.

From time to time, we are subject to claims for infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating the intellectual property rights of others, and will be subject to such claims in the future, which could have an adverse effect on our business and operations.

We cannot be certain that our products and services or those of third parties that we incorporate into our offerings do not and will not infringe the intellectual property rights of others. Many of our competitors and

others may now and in the future have significantly larger and more mature patent portfolios than we have. We have been in the past, and may be in the future, subject to claims based on allegations of infringement, misappropriation or other violations of the intellectual property rights of others, including litigation brought by special purpose or so-called “non-practicing”so-called“non-practicing” entities that focus solely on extracting royalties and settlements by enforcing intellectual property rights.rights and against whom our patents may therefore provide little or no deterrence or protection. Regardless of

their merits, intellectual property claims divert the attention of our personnel and are often time-consuming and expensive. In addition, to the extent claims against us are successful, we may have to pay substantial monetary damages (including, for example, treble damages if we are found to have willfully infringed patents and increased statutory damages if we are found to have willfully infringed copyrights) or discontinue or modify certain products or services that are found to infringe another party’s rights or enter into licensing agreements with costly royalty payments. Defending against claims of infringement, misappropriation or other violation or being deemed to be infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating the intellectual property rights of others could impair our ability to innovate, develop, distribute and sell our current and planned products and services. We have in the past and will continue in the future to seek one or more licenses to continue offering certain products or services, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows or results of operations.

In some cases, we indemnify our channel partners against claims that our products infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate the intellectual property rights of third parties. Such claims could arise out of our indemnification obligation with our channel partners andend-subscribers, whom we typically indemnify against such claims. Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by the discovery process. Although claims of this kind have not materially affected our business to date, there can be no assurance material claims will not arise in the future.

Although third parties may offer a license to their technology or other intellectual property, the terms of any offered license may not be acceptable, and the failure to obtain a license or the costs associated with any license could cause our business, financial condition and results of operations to be materially and adversely affected. In addition, some licenses may benon-exclusive, and therefore our competitors may have access to the same technology licensed to us. If a third party does not offer us a license to its technology or other intellectual property on reasonable terms, or at all, we could be enjoined from continued use of such intellectual property. As a result, we may be required to develop alternative,non-infringing technology, which could require significant time (during which we could be unable to continue to offer our affected products, subscriptions or services), effort, and expense and may ultimately not be successful. Furthermore, a successful claimant could secure a judgment or we may agree to a settlement that prevents us from distributing certain products, providing certain subscriptions or performing certain services or that requires us to pay substantial damages, royalties or other fees. Any of these events could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

InOur solutions contain third-party open source software components, and failure to comply with the past,terms of the underlying open source software licenses could restrict our ability to sell our products and subscriptions.

Certain of our solutions contain software modules licensed to us by third-party authors under “open source” licenses. The use and distribution of open source software may entail greater risks than the use of third-party commercial software, as open source licensors generally do not provide warranties or other contractual protections regarding infringement claims or the quality of the code.

Some open source licenses contain requirements that we make available source code for modifications or derivative works we create based upon the type of open source software we use. If we combine our proprietary software with open source software in a certain manner, we could, under certain open source licenses, be required to release the source code of our proprietary software to the public. This would allow our competitors to create similar products with lower development effort and time and ultimately could result in a loss of sales for us.

Although we monitor our use of open source software and try to ensure that none is used in a manner that would require us to disclose our proprietary source code or that would otherwise breach the terms of an open source agreement, the terms of many open source licenses have identified material weaknessesnot been interpreted by U.S. courts, and there is a risk that these licenses could be construed in ways that could impose unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to commercialize solutions incorporating such software. Moreover, we cannot assure you that our processes for controlling our use of open source software in our internal control oversolutions will be effective. From time to time, we may face claims from third parties asserting ownership of, or demanding release of, the open source software or derivative works that we developed using such software (which could include our proprietary source code), or otherwise seeking to enforce the terms of the applicable open source license. These claims could result in litigation. If we are held to have breached the terms of an open source software license, we could be required to seek licenses from third parties to continue offering our products on terms that are not economically feasible, tore-engineer our products, to discontinue the sale of our products ifre- engineering could not be accomplished on a timely or cost-effective basis, or to make generally available, in source code form, our proprietary code, any of which could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial reporting. condition.

If we fail to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting at a reasonable assurance level, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results, which could have a material adverse effect on our operations, investor confidence in our business and the trading prices of our securities.

In connection with the preparation and audit of our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2014, we along with our independent registered public accounting firm identified a material weakness in the internal control over our financial reporting. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of a company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

The material weakness we identified related to deficiencies in the completeness and effectiveness of our Information Technology General Control (“ITGC”) environment and the controls associated with our year end financial close process, including review of the classification of items within the statement of cash flows. The deficiencies with our year end financial close process, included insufficient reviews of account reconciliations and journal entries, resulting in a number of audit adjustments, primarily in the areas of (1) capitalized subscriber acquisition costs, (2) inventory and (3) accrued expenses. The deficiencies also resulted in a restatement of our consolidated statements of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 and the periods from November 17, 2012 through December 31, 2012 (“Successor”) and January 1, 2011 through November 16, 2012 (“Predecessor”).

We believe we have fully remediated this material weakness related to the controls in our financial statement close process. The remediation included, but was not limited to, expanding technical accounting skill sets, enhancing reconciliation and review procedures, and adding additional information technology system related controls.

If additional material weaknesses in our internal controls are discovered, in the future, they may adversely affect our ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information timely and accurately and, as a result, our financial statements may contain material misstatements or omissions.

In addition, it is possible that control deficiencies could be identified by our management or by our independent registered public accounting firm in the future or may occur without being identified. Such a failure could result in regulatory scrutiny, and cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial condition, lead to a default under our indebtedness and otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flow or results of operations.

Product or serviceService defects or shortfalls in customersubscriber service could have an adverse effect on us.

Our inability to provide products, servicesProducts, Services or customersubscriber service in a timely manner or defects with our products or services, including products and services of third parties that we incorporate into our offerings, could adversely affect our reputation and subject us to claims or litigation. In addition, our inability to meet subscribers’ expectations with respect to our products, servicesProducts, Services or customersubscriber service could increase attrition rates or affect our ability to generate new subscribers and thereby have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flow or results of operations.

We are exposed to greater risk of liability for employee acts or omissions or system failure, than may be inherent in other businessesbusinesses.

The nature of the productsProducts and servicesServices we provide potentially exposes us to greater risks of liability for employee acts or omissions or system failures than may be inherent in other businesses. If subscribers believe that they incurred losses as a result of our action or inaction, the subscribers (or their insurers) have and could in the future bring claims against us. Although our service contracts contain provisions limiting our liability for such claims, no assurance can be given that these limitations will be enforced, and the costs of such litigation or the related settlements or judgments could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition. In addition, there can be no assurance that we are adequately insured for these risks. Certain of our insurance policies and the laws of some states may limit or prohibit insurance coverage for punitive or certain other types of damages or liability arising from gross negligence. If significant uninsured damages are assessed against us, the resulting liability could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows or results of operations.

Future transactions could pose risks.

We frequently evaluate strategic opportunities both within and outside our existing lines of business. We expect from time-to-timetime to time to pursue additional business opportunities and may decide to eliminate or acquire certain businesses, products or services. For example, in August 2014, we acquired Space Monkey, a distributed cloud storage technology solution company. Such acquisitions or dispositions could be material. There are various risks and uncertainties associated with potential acquisitions and divestitures, including: (i)(1) availability of financing; (ii)financing, (2) difficulties related to integrating previously separate businesses into a single unit, including product and service offerings, distribution and operational capabilities and business cultures; (iii)cultures, (3) general business disruption; (iv)disruption, (4) managing the integration process; (v)process, (5) diversion of management’s attention fromday-to-day operations; (vi) operations, (6) assumption of costs and liabilities of an acquired business, including unforeseen or contingent liabilities or liabilities in excess of the amounts estimated; (vii)estimated, (7) failure to realize anticipated benefits and synergies, such as cost savings and revenue enhancements; (viii)enhancements, (8) potentially substantial costs and expenses associated with acquisitions and dispositions; (ix)dispositions, (9) failure to retain and motivate key employees;employees and (x)(10) difficulties in applying our internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures to an acquired business. Any or all of these risks and uncertainties, individually or collectively, could have material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flow or results of operations. We can offer no assurance that any such strategic opportunities will prove to be successful. Among other negative effects, our pursuit of such opportunities could cause our cost of investment in new subscribers to grow at a faster rate than our recurring revenue and fees collected at the time of installation. Additionally, any new product or service offerings could require developmental investments or have higher cost structures than our current arrangements, which could reduce operating margins and require more working capital.capital

Goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets represent a significant portion of our total assets, and we may never realize the full value of our intangible assets.

As of June 30, 2017,March 31, 2019, we had approximately $1.3$1.1 billion of goodwill and identifiable intangible assets, excluding deferred financing costs.assets. Goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets are recorded at fair value on the date of acquisition. In addition, as of June 30, 2017,March 31, 2019, we had $1,170.3 million$1.1 billion of subscriber acquisitioncapitalized contract costs, net. We review such assets for impairment at least annually. Impairment may result from, among other things, deterioration in performance, adverse market conditions, adverse changes in applicable laws or regulations, including changes that restrict the activities of or affect the productsProducts and servicesServices we offer, challenges to the validity of certain intellectual property, reduced sales of certain products or services incorporating intellectual property, increased attrition and a variety of other factors. The amount of any quantified impairment must be expensed immediately as a charge to results of operations. Depending on future circumstances, it is possible that we may never realize the full value of our intangible assets. Any future determination of impairment of goodwill or other identifiable intangible assets could have a material adverse effect on our financial position and results of operations.

Insurance policies may not cover all of our operating risks and a casualty loss beyond the limits of our coverage could negatively impact our business.

We are subject to all of the operating hazards and risks normally incidental to the provision of our products and services and business operations. In addition to contractual provisions limiting our liability to subscribers and third parties, we maintain insurance policies in such amounts and with such coverage and deductibles as required by law and that we believe are reasonable and prudent. See “—We“-We are exposed to greater risk of liability for employee acts or omissions or system failure, than may be inherent in other businesses.” Nevertheless, such insurance may not be adequate to protect us from all the liabilities and expenses that may arise from claims for personal injury, death or property damage arising in the ordinary course of our business and current levels of insurance may not be able to be maintained or available at economical prices. If a significant liability claim is brought against us that is not covered by insurance, then we may have to pay the claim with our own funds, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows or results of operations.

Our business is concentrated in certain markets.

Our business is concentrated in certain markets. As of DecemberMarch 31, 2016,2019, subscribers in Texas and California represented approximately 18%19% and 8%9%, respectively, of our total subscriber base. Accordingly, our business and results of operations are particularly susceptible to adverse economic, weather and other conditions in such markets and in other markets that may become similarly concentrated.

Catastrophic events may disrupt our business.

Unforeseen events, or the prospect of such events, including war, terrorism and other international conflicts, public health issues including health epidemics or pandemics and natural disasters such as fire, hurricanes, earthquakes, tornados or other adverse weather and climate conditions, whether occurring in the U.S.,United States, Canada or elsewhere, could disrupt our operations, disrupt the operations of suppliers or subscribers or result in political or economic instability. These events could reduce demand for our products and services, make it difficult or impossible to receive equipment from suppliers or impair our ability to deliver products and services to customerssubscribers on a timely basis. Any such disruption could damage our reputation and cause subscriber attrition. We could be subject to claims or litigation with respect to losses caused by such disruptions. Our property and business interruption insurance may not cover a particular event at all or be sufficient to fully cover our losses.

If the insurance industry changes its practice of providing incentives to homeowners for the use of residential electronic security services, we may experience a reduction in new subscriber growth or an increase in our subscriber attrition rate.

Some insurers provide a reduction in premium rates for insurance policies written on homes that have monitored electronic security systems. There can be no assurance that insurance companies will continue to offer these rate reductions. If these incentives were reduced or eliminated, homeowners who otherwise may not feel the need for our products or services would be removed from our potential subscriber pool, which could hinder the growth of our business, and existing subscribers may choose to cancel or not renew their contracts, which could increase our attrition rates. In either case, our results of operations and growth prospects could be adversely affected.

The Issuer is a holding company and its principal asset is its ownership of the capital stock of its subsidiaries; accordingly, the Issuer is dependent upon distributions from its subsidiaries to make payments in respect of the notes and to pay taxes and any other expenses.

The Issuer is a holding company and its principal asset is its ownership of the capital stock of its subsidiaries. The Issuer has no independent means of generating revenue. The Issuer intends to cause its subsidiaries to make distributions to the Issuer following the consummation of the Transactions in amounts

sufficient to make payments in respect of the notes and the Issuer’s other outstanding indebtedness. To the extent that the Issuer needs funds and its subsidiaries are unable or otherwise restricted from making such distributions under applicable law or regulation, the Issuer’s liquidity and financial condition would be adversely affected and the Issuer may be unable to satisfy its obligations under the notes or under its other indebtedness.

Affiliates of the Sponsor own substantially all of the equity interests in us and may have conflicts of interest with us or the holders of the exchange notes in the future.

As a result of the Merger, the Sponsor owns a substantial majority of our capital stock and has the ability to elect a majority of our board of directors. As a result, affiliates of the Sponsor have control over our decisions to enter into any corporate transaction and will have the ability to prevent any transaction that requires the approval of stockholders regardless of whether holders of the notes believe that any such transactions are in their own best interests. For example, affiliates of the Sponsor could cause us to make acquisitions that increase the amount of our indebtedness or to sell assets or businesses, or could cause us to issue additional capital stock or declare dividends. So long as the Sponsor continues to indirectly own a significant amount of the outstanding shares of our common stock, affiliates of the Sponsor will continue to be able to strongly influence or effectively control our decisions. Our existing debt agreements and the credit agreement governing our revolving credit facility permit us to pay advisory and other fees, dividends and make other restricted payments to the Sponsor under certain circumstances and the Sponsor or its affiliates may have an interest in our doing so. During the year ended December 31, 2016, we made payments to affiliates of the Sponsor of $0.9 million.

The Sponsor is in the business of making investments in companies and may from time to time acquire and hold interests in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us or that supply us with goods and services. The Sponsor may also pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. The holders of the notes should consider that the interests of the Sponsor and other Investors may differ from their interests in material respects. See “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management,” “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions, and Director Independence,” “Description of the Notes.”

We have recorded net losses in the past and we may experience net losses in the future.

Although we have achieved profitability on an Adjusted EBITDA basis, weWe have recorded consolidated net losses in each of the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2018 as well as each of the previous three years ended December 31, 2016,2018, and we may likely continue to record net losses in future periods.

The nature of our business requires the application of complex revenue and expense recognition rules and the current legislative and regulatory environment affecting generally accepted accounting principles is uncertain. Significant changes in current principles could affect our financial statements going forward and changes in financial accounting standards or practices may cause adverse, unexpected financial reporting fluctuations and harm our operating results.

The accounting rules and regulations that we must comply with are complex and subject to interpretation by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, (“FASB”),or FASB, the SEC and various bodies formed to promulgate and interpret appropriate accounting principles. Recent actions and public comments from the FASB and the SEC have focused on the integrity of financial reporting and internal controls. In addition, many companies’ accounting policies are being subject to heightened scrutiny by regulators and the public. Further, the accounting rules and regulations are continually changing in ways that could materially impact our financial statements. For example, in May 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) ASUNo. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), as amended, which will supersedesuperseded nearly all existing revenue recognition guidance. Although the new standard permits early adoption, the effective date of the new revenue standard is our first quarter of fiscal 2018. We do not plan to early adopt, and accordingly, we will adoptadopted the new standard effective January 1, 2018. The new standard permits adoption either by using (i) a full retrospective approach for

all periods presented in the period of adoption or (ii)2018 utilizing a modified retrospective approach with the cumulative effect of initially applying the new standard recognized at the date of initial application and providing certain additional disclosures. We currently plan to adopt using the modified retrospective approach; however, a final decision regarding the adoption method has not been made at this time. Our final determination will depend on a number of factors such as the significance of the impact of the new standard on our financial results, system readiness and our ability to accumulate and analyze the information necessary to assess the impact on prior period financial statements, as necessary. While we continue to assess the potential impacts, under the new standards there is the potential for significant impacts to the accounting for recurring, service and other sales and activation fee revenues and accounting for subscriber acquisition costs. The application of this new guidance may result in a change in the timing and pattern of revenue recognition including the retrospective recognition of revenue in historical periods that may negatively affect our future revenue trend, which, despite no change in associated cash flows, could have a material adverse effect on our net income. We cannot predict the impact of future changes to accounting principles or our accounting policies on our financial statements going forward, which could have a significant effect on our reported financial results, and could affect the reporting of transactions completed before the announcement of the change. In addition, if we were to change our critical accounting estimates, including those related to the recognition of recurring revenue and other revenue sources, our operating results could be significantly affected.

Risks Relating to the Notes and Our Indebtedness

Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition and prevent us from fulfilling our obligations under the notes.

Net cash interest paid for the yearsthree months ended March 31, 2019 and the year ended December 31, 2016 and 20152018 related to our indebtedness (excluding finance or capital leases) totaled $188.1$36.3 million and $144.9$236.7 million, respectively. Our net cash used in operating activities for the yearsthree months ended DecemberMarch 31, 2016 and 2015,2019 before these interest payments, was $177.6 million and $110.4 million, respectively.$6.7 million. Our net cash from operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2018, before these interest payments, was $16.2 million. Accordingly, our net cash provided by operating activities for each of the yearsthree months ended March 31, 2019 and the year ended December 31, 2016 and 20152018 was insufficient to cover these interest payments.

Under the terms of our existing indebtedness, we are not required to make principal payments prior to scheduled maturity. As of June 30, 2017,March 31, 2019, after giving effect to the August 2017 Financing Transactions,offering of the outstanding 2024 notes and the use of proceeds thereof, we had approximately $2,783.1$3,106.3 million aggregate principal amount of total debt outstanding, $1,453.1$2,252.0 million of which was secured debt, which requires significant interest and principal payments. Subject to the limits contained in the agreements governing our existing indebtedness and the notes , we may be able to incur substantial additional debt from time to time to finance working capital, capital expenditures, investments or acquisitions, or for other purposes. If we do so, the risks related to our high level of debt could increase. Specifically, our high level of debt could have important consequences to the holders of the notes, including the following:

 

making it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to the notes and our other debt;

 

limiting our ability to obtain additional financing to fund future working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or other general corporate requirements;

 

requiring a substantial portion of our cash flows to be dedicated to debt service payments instead of other purposes, thereby reducing the amount of cash flows and future borrowings available for working capital, capital expenditures (including subscriber acquisition costs), acquisitions and other general corporate purposes;

 

increasing our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;

 

exposing us to the risk of increased interest rates as certain of our borrowings are at variable rates of interest;

 

limiting our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in the industry in which we compete;

 

placing us at a disadvantage compared to other, less leveraged competitors; and

 

increasing our cost of borrowing.

We may be able to incur significant additional indebtedness in the future.

Despite our current level of indebtedness, we may be able to incur substantially more debt and enter into other transactions, which could further exacerbate the risks to our financial condition described above. As of June 30, 2017, after giving effect to the August 2017 Financing Transactions,March 31, 2019, we had $315.7up to $249.7 million of availability to incur secured indebtedness under the revolving credit facility (after(including $15.4 million of Series D Revolving Commitments which terminated effective April 1, 2019 and after giving effect to $8.7$13.9 million of outstanding letters of credit)credit and $40.0 million of borrowings). We will be permitted to add, inIn addition to the foregoing availability under the revolving credit facility, we are permitted to incur incremental facilities under the revolving credit facility in an aggregate principal amount of up to $225.0 million, and we are permitted to incur incremental facilities under the term loan facility based on pro forma compliance with specified leverage levels, in each case subject to certain conditions being satisfied, of whichsatisfied. Under both the term loan facility and the revolving credit facility, up to $60.0 million may be incurred on the same “superpriority” basis as the revolving credit facility. Moreover, although the debt agreements governing our existing indebtedness contain restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness and entering into certain types of other transactions, these restrictions are subject to a number of qualifications and exceptions. Additional indebtedness incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. These restrictions also do not prevent us from

incurring obligations, such as trade payables, that do not constitute indebtedness as defined under our debt instruments. To the extent new debt is added to our current debt levels, the substantial leverage risks described in the previous risk factor would increase.

In addition, the exceptions to the restrictive covenants permit us to enter into certain other transactions. Accordingly, subject to market conditions, we opportunistically seek to access the credit and capital markets from time to time, whether to refinance or retire our existing indebtedness, for the investment in and operation of our business, or for other general corporate purposes. Such transactions may take the form of new or amended senior secured credit facilities, including term or revolving loans, secured or unsecured notes and/or other instruments or indebtedness. These transactions may result in an increase in our total indebtedness, secured indebtedness and/or debt service costs.

Our variable rate indebtedness subjects us to interest rate risk, which could cause our indebtedness service obligations to increase significantly.

Borrowings under our revolving credit facility and term loan facility are at variable rates of interest and expose us to interest rate risk. If interest rates increase, our debt service obligations on the variable rate indebtedness would increase even though the amount borrowed remained the same, and our net income and cash flows, including cash available for servicing our indebtedness, would correspondingly decrease. Our variable rate indebtedness uses LIBOR as a benchmark for establishing the interest rate. LIBOR is the subject of recent national, international and other regulatory guidance and proposals for reform. In the event that LIBOR is phased out as is currently expected, the term loan credit agreement provides that the Company and the administrative agent thereunder may amend the term loan credit agreement to replace the LIBOR definition included therein with a successor rate based on prevailing market convention. In the event no such successor rate has yet been established as market convention, the Company and the administrative agent under the term loan credit agreement may select a different rate which is reasonably practicable for the administrative agent to administer subject to receiving consent, within 15 business days of notice of such change, from lenders holding at least a majority of the aggregate principal amount of term loans then outstanding under the term loan credit agreement. The consequences of these developments cannot be entirely predicted, but could include an increase in the interest cost of our variable rate indebtedness.

We may be unable to service our indebtedness, including the notes.

Our ability to make scheduled payments on and to refinance our indebtedness, including the notes, depends on and is subject to our financial and operating performance, which in turn is affected by general and regional economic, financial, competitive, business and other factors beyond our control, including the availability of financing in the international banking and capital markets. We cannot assure you that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations or that future borrowings will be available to us in an amount sufficient to enable us to service our debt, including the notes, to refinance our debt or to fund our other liquidity needs (including funding subscriber acquisition costs). Moreover, the Issuer is a holding company and accordingly is dependent upon distributions from its subsidiaries to make payments in respect of the notes. See “—Risks Related to Our Business—The Issuer is a holding company and its principal asset is its ownership of the capital stock of its subsidiaries; accordingly, the Issuer is dependent upon distributions from its subsidiaries to make payments in respect of the notes and to pay taxes and any other expenses.”

If we are unable to meet our debt service obligations or to fund our other liquidity needs, we will need to restructure or refinance all or a portion of our debt, including the notes, which could cause us to default on our debt obligations and impair our liquidity. Any refinancing of our indebtedness could be at higher interest rates and may require us to comply with more onerous covenants that could further restrict our business operations.

Moreover, in the event of a default, the holders of our indebtedness, including the notes and borrowings under our revolving credit facility and our term loan facility, could elect to declare all the funds borrowed to be due and payable, together with accrued and unpaid interest. The lenders under our revolving credit facility could also elect to terminate their commitments thereunder and cease making further loans, and the lenders under both our revolving credit facility and our term loan facility could institute foreclosure proceedings against their collateral, and we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation. If we breach our covenants under our revolving credit facility,

facilities, we would be in default under our revolvingthe applicable credit facility. The lenders could exercise their rights, as described above, and we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation.

The debt agreements governing our existing indebtedness and the notes impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us and our subsidiaries, which may prevent us from capitalizing on business opportunities.

The debt agreements governing our existing indebtedness and the notes impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us. These restrictions limit our ability to, among other things:

 

incur or guarantee additional debt or issue disqualified stock or preferred stock;

 

pay dividends and make other distributions on, or redeem or repurchase, capital stock;

 

make certain investments;

 

incur certain liens;

 

enter into transactions with affiliates;

 

merge or consolidate;

 

materially change the nature of our business;

amend, prepay, redeem or purchase certain subordinated debt;

enter into agreements that restrict the ability of restrictedcertain subsidiaries to make dividends or other payments to the Issuer; and

 

designate restricted subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries; and

transfer or sell assets.

In addition, our revolving credit facility requires that we maintain a consolidated first lien net leverage ratio of not more than 5.35 to 1.0 on the last day of each applicable test period.

As a result of these restrictions, we are limited as to how we conduct our business and we may be unable to raise additional debt or equity financing to compete effectively or to take advantage of new business opportunities. The terms of any future indebtedness we may incur could include more restrictive covenants. We cannot assure you that we will be able to maintain compliance with these covenants in the future and, if we fail to do so, that we will be able to obtain waivers from the lenders and/or amend the covenants.

Our failure to comply with the restrictive covenants described above as well as other terms of our existing indebtedness and/or the terms of any future indebtedness from time to time could result in an event of default, which, if not cured or waived, could result in our being required to repay these borrowings before their due date. If we are forced to refinance these borrowings on less favorable terms or cannot refinance these borrowings, our results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.

Our failure to comply with the agreements relating to our outstanding indebtedness, including as a result of events beyond our control, could result in an event of default that could materially and adversely affect our results of operations and our financial condition.

If there were an event of default under any of the agreements relating to our outstanding indebtedness, the holders of the defaulted debt could cause all amounts outstanding with respect to that debt to be due and payable immediately. We cannot assure you that our assets or cash flows would be sufficient to fully repay borrowings under our outstanding debt instruments if accelerated upon an event of default. Further, if we are unable to repay, refinance or restructure our indebtedness under our secured debt, the holders of such debt could proceed against the collateral securing that indebtedness. In addition, any event of default or declaration of acceleration under one debt instrument could also result in an event of default under one or more of our other debt instruments.

Claims of holders of the notes will be structurally subordinated to claims of creditors of certain of our subsidiaries that will not guarantee the notes.

The notes will not be guaranteed by certain of our existing and future subsidiaries, including all of ournon-U.S. subsidiaries. Accordingly, claims of holders of the notes will be structurally subordinated to the claims of creditors of thesenon-guarantor subsidiaries, including trade creditors and will not be satisfied from the assets of thesenon-guarantor subsidiaries until their creditors are paid in full. Before intercompany eliminations, and after giving effect to the August 2017 Financing Transactions, revenues from ournon-guarantor subsidiaries were approximately $30.7$17.8 million, or 7.4%6.4% of our total revenues, during the sixthree months ended June 30, 2017.March 31, 2019. As of June 30, 2017,March 31, 2019, before intercompany eliminations, and after giving effect to the August 2017 Financing Transactions, liabilities of ournon-guarantor subsidiaries were approximately $124.5$217.4 million, or 4.0%5.3% of our total liabilities. Our guarantor subsidiaries also guarantee our existing notes and any indebtedness incurred under our revolving credit facility and our term loan facility. All obligations of ournon-guarantor subsidiaries will have to be satisfied before any of the assets of such subsidiaries would be available for distribution, upon liquidation or otherwise, to us or a guarantor of the notes. The debt agreements governing our existing indebtedness and the notes permit these subsidiaries to incur certain additional debt and do not limit their ability to incur other liabilities that are not considered indebtedness under such agreements.

Federal and state statutes may allow courts, under specific circumstances, to void the notes, the guarantees and the guarantees,security interests, subordinate claims in respect of the notes, the guarantees and the guaranteessecurity interests and/or require holders of the notes to return payments received from us.

Under federal bankruptcy laws and comparable provisions of state fraudulent transfer laws, the notes, the guarantees and the guaranteessecurity interests, could be voided, or claims in respect of the notes, the guarantees and the guarantees,security interests, could be subordinated to all of our other debt, if the issuance of the notes, a guarantee or a guaranteegrant of security was found to have been made for less than reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration and we or the guarantors, at the time we incurred the indebtedness evidenced by the notes or guarantees:

 

were insolvent or rendered insolvent by reason of such indebtedness;

 

were engaged in, or about to engage in, a business or transaction for which our or such guarantor’s remaining assets constituted unreasonably small capital; or

 

intended to incur, or believed that we or such guarantor would incur, debts beyond our or such guarantor’s ability to repay such debts as they mature.

A court might also void the issuance of the notes, a guaranty or a guarantygrant of security, without regard to the above factors, if the court found that we issued the notes or the guarantors entered into the applicable guaranty or security agreements with actual intent to hinder, delay or defraud our or their respective creditors.

As a general matter, value is given for a transfer or an obligation if, in exchange for the transfer or obligation, property is transferred or a valid antecedent debt is satisfied. A court would likely find that we or a guarantor did not receive reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration for the notes or the guarantees and the security agreements, respectively, if we or a guarantor did not substantially benefit directly or indirectly from the issuance of the notes. Specifically, it may be asserted (and a court may consequently determine) that the guarantors incurred their guarantees for our benefit and did not themselves receive a direct or indirect benefit from the issuance of the notes, such that they incurred the obligations under the note guarantees or granted the liens for less than reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration. Therefore, a court could void the obligations under the guarantees (and the related security interests), subordinate them to the applicable guarantor’s other debt or take other action detrimental to the holders of the notes. If a court were to void the issuance of the notes, the guarantees or the guarantees,related security agreements, you would no longer have a claim against us or the guarantors.guarantors or, in the case of the security agreements, a claim with respect to the related collateral. Sufficient funds to repay the notes may not be available from other sources, including the remaining guarantors, if any; accordingly, in the event of a finding that a fraudulent transfer or conveyance occurred, you may not receive any repayment on the notes. In addition, the court might direct you to repay any amounts that you already received from us or the guarantors or, with respect to the notes, any guarantee or any guarantee.the collateral.

In addition, any payment by us or a guarantor pursuant to the notes or the guarantees made at a time when we or a guarantor were subsequently found to be insolvent could be voided as a preferential transfer and required to be returned to us or a guarantor or to a fund for the benefit of our or the guarantor’s creditors if such payment is made to an insider within aone-year period prior to a bankruptcy filing or within 90 days for any outside party and such payment would give the creditors more than such creditors would have received in a hypothetical liquidation under Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended (the “Bankruptcy Code”).

The measures of insolvency for purposes of these fraudulent and preferential transfer laws will vary depending upon the law applied in any proceeding to determine whether a fraudulent or preferential transfer has occurred. Generally, however, we or a guarantor would be considered insolvent if:

 

the sum of our or such guarantor’s debts, including contingent liabilities, were greater than the fair value of all our assets;

 

the present fair saleable value of our or such guarantor’s assets were less than the amount that would be required to pay our or such guarantor’s probable liability on existing debts, including contingent liabilities, as they become absolute and mature; or

 

we or a guarantor could not pay our or such guarantor’s debts as they become due.

On the basis of historical financial information, recent operating history and other factors, we or the guarantors believe that, after giving effect to the indebtedness incurred in the offering of the outstanding 20232024 notes and the application of the proceeds therefrom, we will not be insolvent, will not have unreasonably small capital for the business in which we or the guarantors’ are engaged or about to engage in and will not have incurred debts beyond our or the guarantors’ ability to pay such debts as they mature. There can be no assurance, however, as to what standard a court would apply in making such determinations or that a court would agree with our conclusions in this regard or, regardless of the standard that a court uses, that it would not determine that we or a guarantor were indeed insolvent on that date; that any payments to the holders of the notes (including under the guarantees) did not constitute preferences, fraudulent transfers or conveyances on other grounds; or that the issuance of the notes and the guarantees would not be subordinated to any issuer’s or any guarantor’s other debt.

The indenture governing the notes contains a “savings clause,” which limits the liability of each guarantor on its guarantee to the maximum amount that such guarantor can incur without risk that its guarantee will be subject to avoidance as a fraudulent transfer or otherwise. We cannot assure you that this limitation will protect such guarantees from fraudulent transfer or any other challenges or, if it does, that the remaining amount due and collectible under the guarantees would suffice, if necessary, to pay the notes in full when due. Accordingly, this provision may not be effective to protect those guarantees from being voided under fraudulent transfer law or otherwise, or may reduce that guarantor’s obligation to an amount that effectively makes its guarantee worthless. In Official Committee of Unsecured Creditors of TOUSA, Inc. v Citicorp North America, Inc., the U.S. Bankruptcy Court in the Southern District of Florida held that a savings clause similar to the savings clause that is included in the indenture governing the notes was unenforceable. As a result, the subsidiary guarantees were found to be fraudulent conveyances. The United States Court of Appeals for the Eleventh Circuit affirmed the liability findings of the Bankruptcy Court without ruling directly on the enforceability of savings clauses generally. If the TOUSA bankruptcy court decision was followed by other courts, the risk that the guarantees would be deemed fraudulent conveyances would be significantly increased.

Finally, as a court of equity, the bankruptcy court may subordinate the claims in respect of the notes or the guarantees to other claims against us or the guarantors under the principle of equitable subordination, if the court determines that: (i) the holders of the notes engaged in some type of inequitable conduct; (ii) such inequitable conduct resulted in injury to our other creditors or conferred an unfair advantage upon the holder of the notes; and (iii) equitable subordination is not inconsistent with the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code.

Because each guarantor’s liability under its guarantees may be reduced to zero, avoided or released under certain circumstances, holders of notes may not receive any payments from some or all of the guarantors.

Holders of notes have the benefit of the guarantees of the guarantors. However, the guarantees by the guarantors are limited to the maximum amount that the guarantors are permitted to guarantee under applicable law. As a result, a guarantor’s liability under its guarantee could be reduced to zero, depending upon the amount of other obligations of such guarantor. Further, under the circumstances discussed more fully above, a court under federal and state fraudulent conveyance and transfer statutes could void the obligations under a guarantee or further subordinate it to all other obligations of the guarantor. See “—Federal and state statutes may allow courts, under specific circumstances, to void the notes, the guarantees and the guarantees,security interests, subordinate claims in respect of the notes, the guarantees and the guaranteessecurity interests and/or require holders of the notes to return payments received from us.” In addition, you will lose the benefit of a particular guarantee if it is released under certain circumstances described under “Description of the Notes—Guarantees.”

We may not be able to finance a change of control offer required by the indenture.

Upon a change of control, as defined under the indenture governing the notes, you will have the right to require us to offer to purchase all of the notes then outstanding at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount of the notes, plus accrued interest. In order to obtain sufficient funds to pay the purchase price of the outstanding notes, we expect that we would have to refinance the notes. We cannot assure you that we would be able to refinance the notes on reasonable terms, if at all. Our failure to offer to purchase all outstanding notes or to purchase all validly tendered notes would be an event of default under the indenture governing the notes. Such an event of default may cause the acceleration of our other debt, including debt under our revolving credit facility and our term loan facility. Our future debt also may contain restrictions on repayment requirements with respect to specified events or transactions that constitute a change of control under the indenture governing the notes.

Certain important corporate events, such as leveraged recapitalizations, may not, under the indenture governing the notes, constitute a “change of control” that would require us to repurchase the notes, notwithstanding the fact that such corporate events could increase the level of our indebtedness or otherwise adversely affect our capital structure, credit ratings or the value of the notes. In addition, the definition of change of control in the indenture governing the notes includes a phrase relating to the sale of “all or substantially all” of our assets. There is no precise established definition of the phrase “substantially all” under applicable law. Accordingly, the ability of a holder of notes to require us to repurchase its notes as a result of a sale of less than all our assets to another person may be uncertain. See “Description of the Notes—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of Control.”

A lowering or withdrawal of the ratings assigned to our debt securities by rating agencies may adversely affect the market price or liquidity of the notes.

Our debt currently has anon-investment grade rating, and there can be no assurances that any rating assigned will remain for any given period of time or that a rating will not be lowered or withdrawn entirely by a rating agency if, in that rating agency’s judgment, future circumstances relating to the basis of the rating, such as adverse changes, so warrant. Credit ratings are not recommendations to purchase, hold or sell the notes, and may be revised or withdrawn at any time. Additionally, credit ratings may not reflect the potential effect of risks relating to the structure or marketing of the notes. If any credit rating initially assigned to the notes is subsequently lowered or withdrawn for any reason, you may not be able to resell your notes without a substantial discount.

If the notes are rated investment grade by both Standard & Poor’sS&P and Moody’s, certain covenants contained in the indenture governing the notes will be suspended, and holders of the notes will lose the protection of these covenants unless and until the notes subsequently fall back below investment grade.

The indenture governing the notes contains certain covenants that will be suspended for so long as the notes are rated investment grade by both Standard & Poor’sS&P and Moody’s. These covenants restrict the Issuer’s and its restricted subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things:

 

incur additional indebtedness or issue preferred stock;

make distributions or other restricted payments;

 

sell capital stock or other assets;

 

engage in transactions with affiliates; and

 

designate our subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries.

Because these restrictions will not apply when the notes are rated investment grade, we will be able to incur additional debt and consummate transactions that may impair our ability to satisfy our obligations with respect to the notes. In addition, we will not have to make certain offers to repurchase the notes.

Your right to take enforcement action with respect to the liens securing the notes is limited in certain circumstances, and you will receive the proceeds from such enforcement only after “superpriority” obligations under the revolving credit facility and any incremental facilities have been paid in full.

The notes are unsecured and effectively junior to our secured indebtedness, including ourexisting senior secured notes, the notes and borrowings under our revolving credit facility, to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such secured indebtedness.

Ourindebtedness and other obligations under our senior notes will be unsecured and will be effectively junior to our secured indebtedness to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such secured indebtedness. Borrowings under our revolving credit facility and our term loan facility will be secured by first-priority liens on the same collateral. Under the terms of the security documents and/or intercreditor agreement, however, the proceeds of any collection, sale, disposition or other realization of collateral received in connection with the exercise of remedies (including distributions of cash, securities or other property on account of the value of the collateral in a bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar proceedings) will be applied first to repay “superpriority” obligations, including borrowings under our revolving credit facility (including any refinancing thereof) and additional “superpriority” borrowings that we may incur in the future under the incremental facilities in an amount not to exceed $60.0 million (including any post-petition interest with respect thereto), before the lenders under our term loan facility and the holders of the existing senior secured notes and the notes receive any proceeds. As of March 31, 2019, we had $249.7 million available (including $15.4 million of Series D Revolving Commitments which terminated effective April 1, 2019 and after giving effect to $13.9 million of outstanding letters of credit and $40.0 million in borrowings) for future borrowing under our revolving credit facility. As a result, the claims of holders of the notes to such proceeds will effectively rank behind the claims, including interest, of holders of “superpriority” obligations under our revolving credit facility. See “Description of Other Indebtedness—Revolving Credit Facility—Ranking” and “Description of the Notes—Intercreditor Agreement.” We are permitted to add, in addition to the revolving credit facility and our term loan facility, incremental facilities, of which up to $60.0 million may be incurred on the same “superpriority” basis as the revolving credit facility, with the balance available to be incurred on apari passu basis with the existing senior secured notes and the notes . If you (or the applicable trustee on your behalf) receive any proceeds as a result of an enforcement of security interests or the guarantees prior to the satisfaction of the claims of those that are superior or ratable with those of the notes, you (or the trustee on your behalf) will be required to turn over such proceeds until superior claims are satisfied and until ratable claims are equally satisfied. Accordingly, you will recover less from the proceeds of an enforcement of interests in the collateral than you otherwise would have. As a result of these and other provisions governing the guarantees and the collateral and in the security documents, you may not be able to recover any amounts under the guarantees or the collateral in the event of a default on the notes.

The terms of the security documents and/or intercreditor agreement contain provisions restricting the rights of holders of the notes to take enforcement or other action with respect to the liens securing such notes in certain circumstances (including if we or a guarantor filed for bankruptcy). These provisions will generally provide that the trustee for the notes and the agents for the lenders under the revolving credit facility and our term loan facility and/or holders of indebtedness incurred under the incremental facilities on the same “superpriority” basis as the revolving credit facility must generally engage in certain consultative processes before enforcing the liens securing the notes. Conflicts of interest and disagreements could arise between the holders of the notes, or between the trustee acting on behalf of the holders of the notes, the agents for the lenders under the term loan facility and the agents for the lenders under the revolving credit facility and/or holders of indebtedness incurred under the incremental facilities on the same “superpriority” basis as the revolving credit facility. For example, in an enforcement proceeding, lenders under the revolving credit facility and/or other holders of “superpriority”

secured indebtedness may likely be more concerned with quickly recovering amounts sufficient to repay such indebtedness than with maximizing the recovery of claims of other holders of first priority liens on the same collateral, including those of holders of the notes. Such conflicts of interest and disagreements could limit or delay the ability of the holders of the notes to enforce their liens. Delays in the enforcement could decrease or eliminate recovery values. In addition, because the obligations to the lenders under the revolving credit facility and/or other holders of “superpriority” secured indebtedness arise under different agreements and contractual arrangements than the obligations to the holders of the notes, it is possible that holders of such “superpriority” indebtedness would be placed in a separate class from other holders of secured indebtedness, including holders of the notes, in a bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar proceeding. Such separate classification may occur even though the security documents and intercreditor agreement will not provide an independent or senior lien to the holders of such “superpriority” indebtedness relative to that of holders of the notes. Other factors, such as the valuation of the collateral securing our secured indebtedness, may also bear on the determination of whether such separate classification will occur. Such separate class treatment of holders of “superpriority” indebtedness could adversely impact the recovery of holders of the notes in any such proceeding.

Finally, the holders of the notes will not have any independent power to enforce, or have recourse to, any of the security documents or to exercise any rights or powers arising under the security documents and intercreditor agreement except through the collateral agent. By accepting the notes, you will be deemed to have agreed to these restrictions. As a result of these restrictions, holders of the notes will have limited remedies and recourse against us and the guarantors in the event of a default.

The imposition of certain permitted liens could materially and adversely affect the value of the collateral securing the notes.

The collateral securing the notes will also be subject to liens permitted under the terms of the agreements governing our existing secured indebtedness. The existence of any permitted liens could materially adversely affect the value of the collateral that could be realized by the holders of the notes as well as the ability of the collateral agent to realize or foreclose on such collateral. The collateral securing the notes may also secure future indebtedness and other obligations of ours on a superior orpari passu basis to the extent permitted by the indenture and the security documents and as a result your rights to the collateral would be diluted by any increase in the indebtedness secured on a superior orpari passu basis by the collateral securing the notes. See “—Your right to take enforcement action with respect to the liens securing the notes is limited in certain circumstances, and you will receive the proceeds from such enforcement only after “superpriority” obligations under the revolving credit facility and any incremental facilities have been paid in full.”

Holders of the notes may not be able to fully realize the value of their liens.

The security interests and liens for the benefit of holders of the notes may be released without such holders’ consent in specified circumstances. In particular, to the extent the collateral agent for the lenders under our revolving credit facility and/or our term loan facility or the collateral agent for the holders of other superior orparipassu indebtedness subject to the intercreditor agreement releases any liens in connection with foreclosure on or other exercise of remedies with respect to the collateral (to the extent such exercise of remedies is permitted under the terms of the intercreditor agreement), the lien on such collateral securing the notes will also be released. As a result, we cannot assure holders of the notes that the notes will continue to be secured by a substantial portion of our assets. In addition, the capital stock of our subsidiaries will be excluded from the collateral to the extent liens thereon would trigger reporting obligations under Rule3-16 of RegulationS-X, which requires financial statements from any company whose securities are collateral if its book value or market value, whichever is greater, would exceed 20% of the principal amount of the senior secured notes secured thereby.

Moreover, the collateral agent may need to evaluate the impact of potential liabilities before determining to foreclose on collateral consisting of real property because secured creditors that take ownership of or operate real property under certain circumstances may be held liable under environmental laws for the costs of remediating or preventing the release or threatened release of hazardous substances at such real property. Consequently, the

collateral agent may decline to foreclose on such collateral or exercise remedies available in respect thereof if it does not receive indemnification to its satisfaction from the holders of the notes.

In addition, all or a portion of the collateral may be released:

to enable the sale, transfer or other disposal of such collateral in a transaction not prohibited under the indenture governing the notes or the credit agreements governing our revolving credit facility and our term loan facility, including the sale of assets in accordance with the asset sale covenant in the indenture governing the notes and the sale of any entity in its entirety that owns or holds such collateral;

with respect to collateral held by a guarantor, upon the release of such guarantor from its guarantee; and

to the extent required pursuant to the terms of the intercreditor agreement.

In addition, the guarantee of a subsidiary guarantor will be released in connection with a sale of such subsidiary guarantor in a transaction not prohibited by the indenture governing the notes or upon certain other events described in the “Description of the Notes.” See “Description of the Notes—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales.”

The indenture governing the notes also permits us to designate one or more of our restricted subsidiaries that is a guarantor of the notes as an unrestricted subsidiary. If we designate a subsidiary guarantor as an unrestricted subsidiary, all of the liens on any collateral owned by such subsidiary or any of its subsidiaries and any guarantees of the notes by such subsidiary or any of its subsidiaries will be released under the indenture. Designation of a subsidiary as unrestricted will reduce the aggregate value of the collateral securing the notes to the extent that liens on the assets of the unrestricted subsidiary and its subsidiaries are released. In addition, the creditors of the unrestricted subsidiary and its subsidiaries will have a senior claim on the assets of such unrestricted subsidiary and its subsidiaries.

The collateral may not be valuable enough to satisfy all the obligations secured by such collateral.

The notes will be secured on a first-priority lien basis (subject to certain exceptions and permitted liens) by substantially all of the assets of Parent Guarantor,our and the Issuer, and any existing and future subsidiary guarantors,guarantors’ assets, including all of the capital stock of the Issuer and each restricted subsidiary (which, in the case of foreign subsidiaries, will be limited to 65% of the capital stock of each first-tier foreign subsidiary). In addition, certain categories of assets are excluded from the collateral securing the notes and the guarantees. See “Description of the Notes—Excluded Assets”. The actual value of the collateral at any time will depend upon market and other economic conditions. As of March 31, 2019, the book value of our total tangible assets (calculated by deducting approximately $1,071.0 million of goodwill and intangible assets from our total assets), was approximately $1,522.4 million.

In addition, under the terms of the security documents and/or intercreditor agreement, the proceeds of any collection or other realization of collateral received in connection with the exercise of remedies will be applied first to repay “superpriority” obligations, including borrowings under our revolving credit facility and up to an additional “superpriority” borrowings that we may incur in the future under the incremental facilities in an amount not to exceed $60.0 million, before the holders of the notes receive such proceeds. See “—Your right to take enforcement action with respect to the liens securing the notes is limited in certain circumstances, and you will receive the proceeds from such enforcement only after “superpriority” obligations under the revolving credit facility and any incremental facilities have been paid in full.” As of March 31, 2019, we had $249.7 million available (including $15.4 million of Series D Revolving Commitments which terminated effective April 1, 2019 and after giving effect to $13.9 million of outstanding letters of credit and $40.0 million in borrowings) for future borrowing under our revolving credit facility. We are effectively subordinatedpermitted to add incremental facilities, of which up to $60.0 million may be incurred on the same “superpriority” basis as the revolving credit facility, with the balance available to be incurred on apari passu basis with the existing senior secured notes and the notes. Any grant of additional liens on the collateral securing the notes would further dilute the value of the lien on such collateral securing the notes.

Moreover, the asset sale covenant and the definition of asset sale in the indenture governing the notes has a number of significant exceptions pursuant to which we will be able to sell collateral securing the notes without being required to reinvest the proceeds of such sale into assets that will comprise collateral or to make an offer to the holders of the notes to repurchase such notes.

The value of the pledged assets in the event of a liquidation will depend upon market and economic conditions, the availability of buyers and similar factors. No independent appraisals of any of the pledged property have been prepared by or on behalf of us in connection with this exchange offering. Accordingly, we cannot assure holders of the notes that the proceeds of any sale of the pledged assets following an acceleration to maturity with respect to the notes would be sufficient to satisfy, or would not be substantially less than, amounts due on the notes and the other debt secured thereby. If the proceeds of any sale of the pledged assets were not sufficient to repay all amounts due on the notes, the holders of the notes (to the extent their notes were not repaid from the proceeds of the sale of the pledged assets) would have only an unsecured claim against our remaining assets. By their nature, some or all of the pledged assets may be illiquid and may have no readily ascertainable market value. Likewise, we cannot assure holders of the notes that the pledged assets will be saleable or, if saleable, that there will not be substantial delays in their liquidation. To the extent that liens, rights and easements granted to third parties encumber assets located on property owned by us or constitute subordinate liens on the pledged assets, those third parties may have or may exercise rights and remedies with respect to the property subject to such encumbrances (including rights to require marshalling of assets) that could adversely affect the value of the pledged assets located at that site and the ability of the collateral agent to realize or foreclose on the pledged assets at that site.

In addition, the indenture governing the notes permits us to issue additional secured indebtednessdebt, including debt secured equally and ratably by the same assets pledged for the benefit of the holders of the notes. This could reduce amounts payable to holders of the notes from the proceeds of any sale of the collateral.

The value of the collateral securing the notes may not be sufficient to secure post-petition interest, fees and expenses.

In the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or similar proceeding against us, holders of the notes will only be entitled to post-petition interest, fees and expenses under the Bankruptcy Code to the extent ofthat the value of their security interest in the collateral is greater than theirpre-bankruptcy claim. Holders of the notes that have a security interest in collateral with a value equal or less than theirpre-bankruptcy claim will not be entitled to post-petition interest, fees and expenses under the Bankruptcy Code. In addition, holders of the notes will not be entitled to adequate protection on account of the under-secured portion of their claims. No appraisal of the fair market value of the collateral has been prepared in connection with this exchange offer and we therefore cannot assure you that the value of the noteholders’ interest in the collateral equals or exceeds the principal amount of the notes. See “—The collateral may not be valuable enough to satisfy all the obligations secured by such collateral.”

Certain significant assets will be excluded from the collateral.

Certain assets are excluded from the collateral securing the notes as described under “Description of the Notes—Excluded Assets” including, among other things, any assets held by foreign and unrestricted subsidiaries, any assets in real property (including leaseholds) other than fee interests having a value in excess of certain amounts, as well as other exclusions. In addition, the collateral will not include any capital stock of a subsidiary of the Issuer, to the extent that the pledge of such capital stock results in our being required to file separate financial statements of such subsidiary with the SEC, and any such capital stock that triggers such a requirement to file financial statements of such subsidiary of the Issuer with the SEC would be automatically released from the collateral. IfThe value of this excluded collateral is significant and in certain circumstances may be pledged to other lenders. Additionally, we are not required to create or perfect liens in assets where we reasonably determine that such creation or perfection would be considered excessive in view of the benefits obtained therefrom by the holders of the notes (including material adverse tax consequences). See “Description of the Notes—Excluded

Assets.” We will in most cases have control over the collateral, and the sale of particular assets by us could reduce the pool of assets securing the notes and the guarantees.

The collateral documents allow us to remain in possession of, retain exclusive control over, freely operate, and collect, invest and dispose of any income from, the collateral securing the notes and the guarantees. In addition, we will not be required to comply with all or any portion of Section 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “Trust Indenture Act”) if we determine, in good faith based on advice of counsel, that, under the terms of that Section and/or any interpretation or guidance as to the meaning thereof of the SEC and its staff, including “no action” letters or exemptive orders, all or such portion of Section 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act is inapplicable to the released collateral. For example, so long as no default or event of default under the indenture would result therefrom and such transaction would not violate the Trust Indenture Act, we may, among other things, without any release or consent by the applicable trustee, conduct ordinary course activities with respect to collateral, such as selling, factoring, abandoning or otherwise disposing of collateral and making ordinary course cash payments (including repayments of indebtedness). With respect to such releases, we must deliver to the collateral agent, from time to time, an officers’ certificate to the effect that all releases and withdrawals during the precedingsix-month period in which no release or consent of the collateral agent was obtained in the ordinary course of our business were not prohibited by the indenture.

Bankruptcy laws may limit the ability of holders of the notes to realize value from the collateral.

The right of the collateral agent to foreclose upon, repossess and dispose of the pledged assets upon the occurrence of an event of default occursunder the indenture governing the notes is likely to be significantly impaired (or at a minimum delayed) by applicable bankruptcy law if a bankruptcy case were to be commenced by or against us before the collateral agent repossessed and disposed of the pledged assets. For example, under the Bankruptcy Code, pursuant to the automatic stay imposed upon the bankruptcy filing, a secured creditor is prohibited from repossessing its security from a debtor in a bankruptcy case, or from disposing of security repossessed from such debtor or creating, perfecting or enforcing any lien against a debtor, or taking other actions to levy against a debtor, without prior bankruptcy court approval (which may not be given under the facts and circumstances of any particular situation). Moreover, the Bankruptcy Code permits the debtor to continue to retain and to use collateral (including cash collateral) and to provide liens senior to the lien of the collateral agent in respect of the notes to secure indebtedness incurred after the commencement of a bankruptcy case even though the debtor is in default under the applicable debt instruments, provided that the secured creditor is given “adequate protection.” The meaning of the term “adequate protection” may vary according to circumstances (and is within the discretion of the bankruptcy court), but it is intended in general to protect the value of the secured creditor’s interest in the collateral and may include cash payments or the granting of additional security, if and at such times as the court in its discretion determines, for any diminution in the value of the collateral as a result of the automatic stay of repossession or disposition or any use of the collateral by the debtor during the pendency of the bankruptcy case. Generally, adequate protection payments, in the form of interest or otherwise, are not required to be paid by a debtor to a secured creditor unless the bankruptcy court determines that the value of the secured creditor’s interest in the collateral is declining during the pendency of the bankruptcy case. In addition, the bankruptcy court may determine not to provide cash payments as adequate protection to the holders of the notes if, among other possible reasons, the bankruptcy court determines that the fair market value of the collateral with respect to the notes on the date of the bankruptcy filing was less than the then-current principal amount of the notes. Furthermore, due to the imposition of the automatic stay, the lack of a precise definition of the term “adequate protection” and the broad discretionary powers of a bankruptcy court, it is impossible to predict (1) whether or when payments under the notes could be made following commencement of a bankruptcy case or the length of any delay in making such payments, (2) whether or when the collateral agent could or would repossess or dispose of the pledged assets or (3) whether or to what extent holders of the notes would be compensated for any delay in payment or loss of value of the pledged assets through the requirement of “adequate protection.”

Furthermore, any disposition of the collateral during a bankruptcy case outside of the ordinary course of our business would also require prior approval from the bankruptcy court (which may not be given under the facts and circumstances of any particular situation).

The intercreditor agreement will also prohibit the holders of the notes from objecting following the filing of a bankruptcy petition to certain matters regarding the collateral that have been consented to by the lenders under the revolving credit facility, or under the debt agreements governing our senior secured notes, the holders of such senior secured indebtedness will have a prior right to our assets, to the exclusion of the holders of our notes, even if we are in defaulttake certain actions with respect to such notes. In that event, our assets would first be usedthe collateral without the consent thereof.

The collateral is subject to repay in full all indebtedness and other obligations secured by them (including all amounts outstandingcasualty risks.

We are obligated under the credit agreements governing our revolving credit facility and our term loan facility to at all times cause all the senior secured notes),pledged assets to be properly insured and kept insured against loss or damage by fire or other hazards to the extent that such properties are usually insured by corporations operating in the same or similar business. There are, however, some losses, including losses resulting from terrorist acts that may be either uninsurable or not economically insurable, in allwhole or in part. As a portionresult, we cannot assure holders of the notes that the insurance proceeds will compensate us fully for our losses. If there is a total or partial loss of any of the pledged assets, being unavailablewe cannot assure holders of the notes that the proceeds received by us in respect thereof will be sufficient to satisfy all the secured obligations, including the notes.

In the event of a total or partial loss to any of the mortgaged properties, certain items of equipment and inventory may not be easily replaced. Accordingly, even though there may be insurance coverage, the extended period needed to manufacture replacement units or inventory could cause significant delays.

Rights of holders of the notes in the collateral may be adversely affected by the failure to perfect security interests in the collateral.

Applicable law requires that a security interest in certain tangible and intangible assets can only be properly perfected and its priority retained through certain actions undertaken by the secured party. The liens in the collateral securing the notes may not be perfected with respect to the claims of the notes if the collateral agent was not able to take the actions necessary to perfect any of these liens on or prior to the issue date of the notes.

In addition, applicable law requires that certain property and rights acquired after the grant of a general security interest, such as real property, equipment subject to a certificate of title and certain proceeds, can only be perfected at the time such property and rights are acquired and identified. We and the guarantors have limited obligations to perfect the security interest of the holders of the notes in specified collateral. There can be no assurance that the trustee or the collateral agent for the notes will monitor, or that we will inform such trustee or collateral agent of, the future acquisition of property and other unsecured indebtedness. Therefore,rights that constitute collateral, and that the necessary action will be taken to properly perfect the security interest in such after-acquired collateral. Neither the trustee nor the collateral agent for the notes has an obligation to monitor the acquisition of additional property or rights that constitute collateral or the perfection of any security interest. Such failure may result in the eventloss of any distributionthe security interest in the collateral or paymentthe priority of our assetsthe security interest in favor of the notes against third parties.

Even if liens on collateral acquired in the future are properly perfected, such liens may (as described further herein) potentially be avoidable as a preference or otherwise in any foreclosure, dissolution, winding-up, liquidation, reorganization,bankruptcy case under certain circumstances. If the Issuer or otherany guarantor were to become subject to a bankruptcy proceeding, any liens recorded or perfected or any mortgages delivered after the issue date of the notes would face a greater risk of being invalidated or avoided than if they had been recorded, perfected or delivered on the issue date of the notes. Liens recorded or perfected or any mortgages delivered after such issue date may be treated under bankruptcy law as if they were delivered to secure previously existing indebtedness. In bankruptcy proceedings commenced within 90 days of lien perfection or mortgage delivery, a lien or mortgage given to secure previously existing debt is significantly more likely to be avoided as a preference by the bankruptcy court than if delivered and promptly recorded on the original issue date. Accordingly, if the Issuer or a guarantor were to file for bankruptcy protection and the liens had been perfected or the mortgages had been delivered less than 90 days before commencement of such bankruptcy proceeding, or not yet perfected or delivered at all, the liens or mortgages securing the notes may be especially subject to challenge as a result of having not been perfected or delivered on or before the issue date of the notes. To the extent that such challenge succeeded, you would lose the benefit of the security that the collateral was intended to provide.

Any future pledge of collateral or guarantee might be avoidable by a trustee in bankruptcy.

Any security interests or guarantees issued after the issue date of the notes may be treated under bankruptcy law as if they were delivered to secure or guarantee previously existing indebtedness. Any future pledge of collateral or future issuance of a guarantee in favor of the holders of the notes, will participateincluding pursuant to security documents or guarantees delivered in connection therewith after the date the notes are issued, may be avoidable as a preference or otherwise if, among other circumstances, (i) the pledgor or guarantor is insolvent at the time of the pledge or the issuance of the guarantee, (ii) the pledge or the issuance of the guarantee permits the holders of the notes to receive a greater recovery in a hypothetical Chapter 7 case than if the pledge or guarantee had not been given, and (iii) a bankruptcy case in respect of the pledgor or guarantor is commenced within 90 days following the pledge or the perfection thereof or the issuance of the guarantee (as applicable), or, in certain circumstances, a longer period. Accordingly, if the Issuer or any guarantor were to file for bankruptcy protection after the issue date of the notes and (1) any liens not granted on the issue date of the notes had been perfected, or (2) any guarantees not issued on the issue date of the notes (as applicable) had been issued, less than 90 days before commencement of such bankruptcy case, such liens or guarantees are more likely to be avoided as a preference by the bankruptcy court than if delivered and promptly recorded on the issue date of the notes (even if the liens perfected or other guarantees issued on the issue date of the notes would no longer be subject to such risk). To the extent that the grant of any such mortgage or other security interest and/or guarantee is avoided as a preference or otherwise, holders of the notes would lose the benefit of the mortgage or security interest and/or guarantee (as applicable).

Pledges of equity interests in our remaining assets ratably with each other and with all holders of our unsecured indebtedness that is deemed toforeign subsidiaries may not be enforceable under the laws of the same classjurisdictions where such foreign subsidiaries are organized.

Part of the security for the repayment of the notes consists of a pledge of the capital stock of or equity interests in certain foreign subsidiaries (with capital stock of such foreign subsidiaries capped at 65%). Although such pledges are granted under security documents governed by U.S. law, some foreign jurisdictions may not recognize such security interests as such notes, and potentially with allenforceable. Consequently, the collateral agent may be unable to exercise remedies against the equity interests in foreign subsidiaries.

In the event of our other general creditors, based upon the respective amounts owed to each holdera bankruptcy of us or creditor. In any of the foregoing events, we cannot assure youguarantors, holders of the notes may be deemed to have an unsecured claim to the extent that there will be sufficient assets to pay amounts due on the notes. As a result, holdersour obligations in respect of such notes may receive less, ratably, than holdersexceed the fair market value of secured indebtedness.the collateral securing such notes.

AsIn any bankruptcy proceeding with respect to us or any of June 30, 2017, after giving effectthe guarantors, it is possible that the bankruptcy trustee, thedebtor-in-possession or competing creditors will assert that the fair market value of the collateral with respect to the August 2017 Financing Transactions,notes on the date of the bankruptcy filing was less than the then-current principal amount of the notes and other obligations secured on apari passu basis with the related guarantees rank effectively junior to approximately $1,453.1 million of secured indebtedness, and we had an additional $315.7 million (after giving effect to $8.7 million of outstanding letters of credit) of unutilized capacity under our revolving credit facility. We will be permitted to add,notes. Upon a finding by the bankruptcy court that the notes are under-collateralized, the claims in additionthe bankruptcy proceeding with respect to the revolving credit facility, incremental facilities, subject to certain conditions being satisfied. The credit agreement governing our revolving credit facilitynotes would be bifurcated between a secured claim and an unsecured claim, and the indenture governingunsecured claim would not be entitled to the benefits of security in the collateral. Other consequences of a finding of under-collateralization would be, among other things, a lack of entitlement on the part of the notes will also permit us to incur additionalreceive post-petition interest, fees and expenses and a lack of entitlement on the part of the unsecured portion of the notes to receive “adequate protection” under federal bankruptcy laws. In addition, if any payments of post-petition interest, fees and expenses had been made at the time of such a finding of under-collateralization, those payments could be recharacterized by the bankruptcy court as a reduction of the principal amount of the secured indebtedness.claim with respect to the notes.

USE OF PROCEEDS

We will not receive any proceeds from the issuance of the exchange notes in the exchange offer. The exchange offer is intended to satisfy our obligations under the registration rights agreement that we entered into in connection with the private offering of the outstanding 20232024 notes. As consideration for issuing the exchange notes as contemplated in this prospectus, we will receive in exchange a like principal amount of outstanding 20232024 notes, the terms of which are identical in all material respects to the exchange notes, except that the exchange notes will not contain terms with respect to transfer restrictions or additional interest upon a failure to fulfill certain of our obligations under the registration rights agreement. The outstanding 20232024 notes that are surrendered in exchange for the exchange notes will be retired and cancelled and cannot be reissued. As a result, the issuance of the exchange notes will not result in any change in our capitalization.

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of June 30, 2017,March 31, 2019, on a historical basis and on an as adjusted basis after giving effect to the August 2017 Financing Transactions.issuance of the outstanding 2024 notes and the redemption of the 8.75% Senior Notes due 2020. This table should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,”Operations”, as well as our audited consolidated financial statements and unaudited condensed interim financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The information set forth below does not give effect to any transactions that we have entered into since August 10, 2017.

  As of June 30, 2017(1)   As of March 31, 2019 (1) 
  Actual   As Adjusted   Actual   As Adjusted 
  (in thousands)   (in thousands) 

Cash and cash equivalents(3)(1)

  $1,470    $151,470   $3,691   $3,691 
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Existing Debt(2):

    

Revolving Credit Facility(3)

  $100,000   $—   

6.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2019(4)

   419,465    269,465 

8.75% Senior Notes due 2020

   930,000    930,000 

Existing Debt (2):

    

Revolving Credit Facility (3)

  $40,000   $40,000 

Term Loan Facility

   805,950    805,950 

8.750% Senior Notes due 2020

   679,299    454,299 

8.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2022

   270,000    270,000    270,000    270,000 

7.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2022

   900,000    900,000    900,000    900,000 

7.625% Senior Notes due 2023

   —      400,000 

Capital leases

   13,680    13,680 

7.625% Senior Notes due 2024

   400,000    400,000 

8.50% Senior Secured Notes due 2024

   —      225,000 

Finance leases

   11,066    11,066 
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total debt

   2,633,145    2,783,145    3,106,315    3,106,315 

Total stockholders’ deficit

   (409,849   (409,849   (1,484,364   (1,484,364
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total capitalization

  $2,223,296    $2,373,296   $1,621,951   $1,621,951 
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

(1)

All information in the table above is as of June 30, 2017March 31, 2019 and does not reflect cash provided or used, changes in outstanding debt or other activity since June 30, 2017.March 31, 2019. As adjusted cash and cash equivalents does not reflect any issue premiumpremiums, discounts, fees or expenses from the August 2017 Financing Transactions, including the premium associated with the redemption of the 2019offering of the outstanding 2024 notes.

(2)

Amounts reflect the aggregate principal amount of debt and do not reflect any premium,premiums, discounts or unamortized deferred financing costs, including the premium associated with the redemption of the 2019 notes.costs.

(3)

Consists of a $324.3$303.6 million revolving credit facility with maturities through 2021, of which $315.7$249.7 million remained available as of June 30, 2017 (afterMarch 31, 2019 (including $15.4 million of Series D Revolving Commitments which terminated effective April 1, 2019 and after giving effect to $8.7$13.9 million of letters of credit outstanding)outstanding and $40.0 million in borrowings).

(4)Gives effect to the use of proceeds from the August 2017 Financing Transactions to redeem $150.0 million aggregate principal amount of our existing 2019 notes.

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following selected historical consolidated financial information and other data set forth below should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our historical consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto contained elsewhere in this prospectus.

As a result of the Merger, the selected historical consolidated financial information and other data set forth below are presented on two bases of accounting and are not necessarily comparable: January 1, 2012 through November 16, 2012 (the “Predecessor Period” or “Predecessor” as context requires) and November 17, 2012 through December 31, 2016 (the “Successor Period” or “Successor” as context requires), which relate to the period preceding the Merger and the period succeeding the Merger, respectively. The selected historical consolidated financial information and other data set forth below for the Predecessor Period are presented for APX Group, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, including variable interest entities. The selected historical consolidated financial information and other data set forth below for the Successor Period reflect the Merger presenting the financial position and results of operations of APX Group Holdings, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. The financial position and results of operations of the Successor are not comparable to the financial position and results of operations of the Predecessor due to the Merger and the basis of presentation of purchase accounting as compared to historical cost in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 805 Business Combinations.

The selected historical consolidated financial information and other data presented below for the years ended December 31, 2016, 20152018, 2017 and 20142016 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 20162018 and 20152017 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. The selected historical consolidated financial information and other data presented below for the years ended December 31, 20132015 and 20122014 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2014, 20132016, 2015 and 2012 (Successor)2014 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements which are not included in this prospectus. The selected historical consolidated financial information and other data of the Predecessor are presented for the Issuer and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, as well as Solar, 2GIG and their respective subsidiaries. The selected historical consolidated financial information and other data of the Successor Period from November 17, 2012 through December 31, 2012 reflect the Merger presenting the financial position and results of operations of Parent Guarantor and wholly-owned subsidiaries. The financial position and results of the Successor are not comparable to the financial position and results of the Predecessor due to the Merger and the application of purchase accounting in accordance with ASC 805Business Combinations.

The selected consolidated financial data as of June 30, 2017March 31, 2019 and for the sixthree months ended June 30, 2017March 31, 2019 and June 30, 2016March 31, 2018 have been derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. The unaudited financial data presented have been prepared on a basis consistent with our audited consolidated financial statements. In the opinion of management, such unaudited financial data reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal and recurring adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the results for those periods. The results of operations for the interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year or any future period.

The historical financial information for the Predecessor Period from January 1, 2012 through November 16, 2012 included in this prospectus includes the results of Solar, which commenced operations in early 2011. As a result of the Transactions, while Solar was a variable interest entity through the date of Solar’s initial public offering in October 2014, we have not been its primary beneficiary since after the date of the Transactions. Accordingly, Solar has not been required to be included in the consolidated financial statements of the Company in periods following the date of the Transactions. The historical financial information included in this prospectus include the results of 2GIG up through April 1, 2013, which was the date we completed the 2GIG Sale to Nortek. Solar and 2GIG do not, and will not, provide any credit support for any indebtedness of the Issuer, including

indebtedness incurred under our revolving credit facility, the existing notes, the outstanding 2022 notes or the exchange or the notes.

  Successor  Predecessor 
  Six months ended  Year ended    
  June 30,
2017
  June 30,
2016
  December 31,
2016
  December 31,
2015
  December 31,
2014
  December 31,
2013
  Period from
November 17,
through
December 31,
2012
  Period from
January 1,
through
November 16,
2012
 
        (in thousands) 

Statement of Operations Data:

          

Total revenue

 $417,479  $355,060  $757,907  $653,721  $563,677  $500,908  $57,606  $397,570 

Total costs and expenses

  464,469   391,608   829,009   762,396   657,546   555,788   85,799   440,563 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(Loss) Income from operations

  (46,990  (36,548  (71,102  (108,675  (93,869  (54,880  (28,193  (42,993

Other expenses:

          

Interest expense

  (108,639  (92,865  (197,965  (161,339  (147,511  (114,476  (12,645  (106,620

Interest income

  104   23   432   90   1,455   1,493   4   61 

Gain on 2GIG Sale

  —     —     —     —     —     46,866   —     —   

Other (expenses) income

  (10,197  (4,753  (7,255  (8,832  1,779   76   (171  (122
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations before income taxes

  (165,722  (134,143  (275,890  (278,756  (238,146  (120,921  (41,005  (149,674

Income tax expense (benefit)

  1,151   672   67   351   514   3,592   (10,903  4,923 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net loss from continuing operations

  (166,873  (134,815  (275,957  (279,107  (238,660  (124,513  (30,102  (154,597

Discontinued operations:

          

Loss from discontinued operations

  —     —     —     —     —     —     —     (239
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net loss

  (166,873  (134,815  (275,957  (279,107  (238,660  (124,513  (30,102  (154,836

Net (loss) income attributable to non-controlling interests

  —     —     —     —     —     —     —     (1,319
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to APX Group Holdings, Inc.

  (166,873  (134,815 $(275,957 $(279,107 $(238,660 $(124,513 $(30,102  N/A 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Net loss attributable to APX Group, Inc.

  N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A  $(153,517
          

 

 

 

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(1)

  NM   NM   NM   NM   NM   NM   NM   N/A 
  

Balance Sheet Data (at period end):

          

Cash and cash equivalents

 $1,470  $121,406  $43,520  $2,559  $10,807  $261,905  $8,090   N/A 

Working capital (deficit)

  (134,086)   (29,647  (80,170  (120,952  (51,569  187,781   (32,834  N/A 

Adjusted working capital (deficit) (excluding cash and capital lease obligation)

  (126,825)   (142,998  (113,893  (115,895  (56,827  (69,925  (36,923  N/A 

Total assets

  2,715,971   2,591,558   2,547,662   2,303,644   2,255,586   2,370,544   2,104,926   N/A 

Total debt

  2,611,225   2,381,320   2,486,700   2,138,112   1,835,068   1,708,159   1,282,578   N/A 

Total shareholders’ equity (deficit)

 $(409,849 $(136,376 $(245,182 $(76,993 $224,486  $490,243  $679,279   N/A 

  Three Months ended,  Year ended, 
  March 31,
2019
  March 31,
2018
  December 31,
2018 (1)
  December 31,
2017
  December 31,
2016
  December 31,
2015
  December 31,
2014
 
  (in thousands) 

Statement of Operations Data:

       

Total revenue

 $276,249  $246,597  $1,050,441  $881,983  $757,907  $653,721  $563,677 

Total costs and expenses

  304,227   318,228   1,292,500   1,037,476   829,009   762,396   657,546 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Loss from operations

  (27,978  (71,631  (242,059  (155,493  (71,102  (108,675  (93,869

Other expenses:

       

Interest expense

  (63,748  (58,790  (245,214  (225,772  (197,965  (161,339  (147,511

Interest income

  23   31   425   130   432   90   1,455 

Other income (expenses)

  2,246   45,240   17,323   (27,986  (7,255  (8,832  1,779 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Loss from operations before income taxes

  (89,457  (85,150  (469,525  (409,121  (275,890  (278,756  (238,146

Income tax (benefit) expense

  (301  (433  (1,611  1,078   67   351   514 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net loss

 $(89,156 $(84,717 $(467,914 $(410,199 $(275,957 $(279,107 $(238,660
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance Sheet Data:

       

Cash

 $3,691  $3,473  $12,773  $3,872  $43,520  $2,559  $10,807 

Working capital

  (356,267  (220,130  (340,038  (162,406  (80,170  (120,952  (51,569

Adjusted working capital deficit (excluding cash and capital or finance lease obligation)

  (352,844  (212,966  (345,068  (155,664  (113,893  (115,895  (56,827

Total assets

  2,593,392   2,519,295   2,524,491   2,868,847   2,547,662   2,303,644   2,255,586 

Total debt

  3,084,090   2,838,380   3,045,195   2,820,297   2,486,700   2,138,112   1,835,068 

Total shareholders’ (deficit) equity

 $(1,484,364 $(1,022,235 $(1,396,601 $(653,526 $(245,182 $(76,993 $224,486 

 

(1)The ratio

Includes the impact of earningsadopting Topic 606. See Note 3 “Revenue and Capitalized Contract Costs” in the accompanying notes to fixed charges is calculated by dividingconsolidated financial statements for additional information related to the sumimpact of earnings (loss) from continuing operations before income taxesadopting this standard and fixed charges, by fixed charges. Fixed charges include interest expense on all indebtedness, amortizationa discussion of debt issuance feesour updated policies related to revenue recognition and interest expense on operating leases. Earnings were deficient in all periods presentedaccounting for costs to cover fixed charges by the following amounts:obtain and fulfill a customer contract.

Successor  Predecessor 
Six months ended  Year ended     
June 30,
2017
  June 30,
2016
  December 31,
2016
  December 31,
2015
  December 31,
2014
  December 31,
2013
  Period from
November 17,
through
December 31,
2012
   Period from
January 1,
through
November 16,
2012
 
      (in thousands) 
$(165,722 $(134,143 $(275,890 $(278,756 $(238,146 $(120,921 $(40,789  $(149,668

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis provides information which management believes is relevant to an assessment and understanding of the Company’s consolidated results of operations and financial condition. The discussion should be read in conjunction with “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Information” and the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. For a discussion of the Company’s financial condition and results of operation for the year ended December 31, 2016, see Part II. Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in the Company’s Annual Report on Form10-K/A for the year ended December 31, 2018. This discussion contains forward-looking statements and involves numerous risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to, those described in “Risk Factors.” Actual results may differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements. Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” to “we”, “us”, “our”, and “the Company” are intended to mean the business and operations of APX Group Holdings, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries.

Business Overview

We are a smart home technology company. Our purpose-built platform has all the components required to deliver on the promise of a true smart home experience. Our smart home platform is comprised of the following five pillars: (1) our Smart Home Operating System, (2) ourAI-driven smart home automation and assistance software, Vivint Assist, (3) our portfolio of proprietary, internally developed smart devices, (4) our curated yet extensible partner-neutral ecosystem, and (5) our people delivering tech-enabled premium services, including consultative selling, professional installation, and support.

We were founded by our CEO Todd Pedersen in 1999 and have grown to become one of the largest companiessmart home solutions providers in North America with over 1.4 million subscribers as of March 31, 2019, managing over 20 million devices and processing over 1.3 billion home-related events on a daily basis. Our nationwide sales and service footprint covers 98% of U.S. zip codes.

Our culture and our history are characterized by a spirit of continuous innovation, resulting in the development of cutting-edge proprietary smart home devices and tech-enabled services for the smart home. Consistent with our Vivint brand name, which represents ‘to live intelligently’, our solution allows subscribers to live intelligently and to enjoy the benefits of a smart home. Our approach has focused on deliveringputting the subscriber experience first, which we do by presenting our subscribers with the right combination of technology and support, delivered by people who care.

Ourgo-to-market strategy is based on directly educating consumers about the value and benefits of a smart home experience. We reach consumers through a variety of efficient customer acquisition channels, including ourdirect-to-home, inside sales, and retail partnership programs. We continue to scale these efforts through our proprietary operations technology, by launching new and innovative Products and Services, and by building out our consultative sales channels. We continue to strengthen our relationships with existing subscribers by offering them the ability to use Vivint Flex Pay to finance an upgrade of their existing system and to add new devices and features to their smart homes as our portfolio of offerings expands.

Key Performance Measures

In evaluating our results, we review several key performance measures discussed below. We believe that the presentation of such metrics is useful to our investors and lenders because they are used to measure the value of companies such as ours with recurring revenue streams. All key performance measures defined below exclude our wireless internet business and sales channel pilot programs.

Total Subscribers

Total subscribers is the aggregate number of active smart home and security products and services. Our fully integrated smart home platform offers subscribers at the end of a comprehensive suite of products and services to remotely control, monitor and manage their homes using any Internet-connected smart device. Unlike many other smart home companies that focus only on selling equipment and software, subscriber originationgiven period.

Total Monthly Revenue

Total monthly revenue, or servicing, we are a vertically integrated smart home company, owningTotal MR, is the entire customer lifecycle including sales, professional installation, service, monitoring, billing and customer support. We believe that with our proven business model, along with 18 years of experience installing integrated solutions, we are well positioned to continue to lead the large and growing smart home market. We offer homeowners a customized smart home that integrates a wide variety of smart home and security products. We seek to deliver a quality subscriber experience through a combination of innovative products and services and a commitment to customer service, which together with our focus on originating high-quality new subscribers, has enabled us to achieve attrition rates we believe are historically at industry averages, while continuing to see increased sales per subscriber of our smart home products and services. Through our established underwriting criteria and compensation structure, we have built a portfolio of approximately 1,215,000 subscribers in North America, with an average credit score of 712 as of June 30, 2017. Over 95% of our revenuesmonthly total revenue recognized during the six months ended June 30, 2017 and June 30, 2016, respectively, consisted of contractually committed revenues, which have historically resulted in consistent and predictable operating results.

Key 2016 Events

In April 2016, Parent Holdco completed the first installment of an issuance and sale to certain investors of a series of preferred stock and contributed the net proceeds from such issuance of $69.8 million to us as an equity contribution. In July 2016, Parent Holdco completed the final installment of the issuance and sale to certain investors of such series of preferred stock and, in August 2016, contributed the net proceeds from such issuance of $30.6 million to us as an equity contribution. Both issuances were private placements exempt from registration under the Securities Act.

In May 2016, we issued $500.0 million aggregate principal amount of 2022 notes, pursuant to an indenture dated as of May 26, 2016 among APX Group, Inc., the guarantors party thereto and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee and collateral agent. The 2022 notes will mature on December 1, 2022, or on such earlier date when any outstanding pari passu lien indebtedness matures as a result of the operation of any “Springing Maturity” provision set forth in the agreements governing such pari passu lien indebtedness. The 2022 notes are secured, on a pari passu basis, by the collateral securing obligations under the 2019 notes and 2022 private placement notes and the revolving credit facilities, in all cases, subject to certain exceptions and permitted liens. We used a portion of the net proceeds from the issuance of the 2022 notes to repurchase approximately $235 million aggregate principal amount of the outstanding 2019 notes and 2022 private placement notes in privately negotiated transactions and repaid borrowings under the existing revolving credit facility. In August 2016, we issued an additional $100.0 million aggregate principal amount of the 2022 notes at a price of 104.00%.

On May 2, 2016, we and David Bywater, our former Chief Operating Officer, agreed that in connection with the appointment of Mr. Bywater as interim Chief Executive Officer of Vivint Solar, Inc., Mr. Bywater would take a leave of absence from our company. On December 15, 2016, our Board of Directors appointed Scott Hardy to serve as our Chief Operating Officer effective December 15, 2016. Mr. Hardy will succeed David Bywater, who notified us on December 15, 2016 of his intent to resign as our Chief Operating Officer.

In November 2016, we amended the Marketing and Customer Relations Agreement with Solar to update certain terms and conditions governing existing cross-marketing initiatives and to implement new cross-marketing initiatives including a three-month pilot program with the purpose of exploring potential opportunities for each company to offer, sell and integrate the other company’s respective products and services with its standard product offering.

Recent Developmentsperiod.

Vivint Flex PayAverage Monthly Revenue per User

On January 3, 2017, we announced the introduction of the Vivint Flex Pay plan which became our primary sales model in March 2017. Under the Vivint Flex Pay plan, we (i) launchedAverage monthly revenue per user, or AMRU, is Total MR divided by average monthly Total Subscribers during a program (the “Consumer Financing Program”) in the first quarter of 2017, pursuant to which we offer to qualified customers in the United States an opportunity to finance the purchase of Products used in connection with Services through a third-party financing provider and (ii) offer RICs with respect to the purchase of Products to certain customers who do not qualify to participate in the Consumer Financing Program, but qualify under our historical underwriting criteria. We may also establish credit programs either directlygiven period.

Total Monthly Service Revenue

Total monthly service revenue, or through an affiliate or pursuant to an agreement with a third party to provide installment loans or similar products to customers that do not qualify to participate in the Consumer Financing Program. Alternatively, customers may purchase the Products at the outset of the service contract with cash or credit card.

Under the Vivint Flex Pay plan, customers pay separately for the Products and our Services. Under the Consumer Financing Program, qualified customers are eligible for installment loans provided by a third-party financing provider of up to $4,000 for either 42 or 60 months. In connection with the Consumer Financing Program, a subsidiary of ours entered into an agreement (the “CFP Agreement”) with Citizens pursuant to which CitizensMSR, is the exclusive provider of installment loans under the Consumer Financing Program for our customers who are eligible for such loans. Pursuantcontracted recurring monthly service billings to the CFP Agreement, we pay a monthly fee to Citizens based on the average daily outstanding balance of the loans provided by Citizens and we share with Citizens liability for credit losses, with Vivint being responsible for approximately 5% to 100% of lost principal balances, depending on factors specified in the CFP Agreement. The initial term of the CFP Agreement is five years, subject to automatic, one-year renewals unless terminated by either party in accordance with its terms. We are initially offering RICs for 42 or 60 month terms to certain customers who do not qualify to participate in the Consumer Financing Program, but qualify under our historical underwriting criteria, and may establish credit programs either directly or through an affiliate or pursuant to an agreement with a third party to provide installment loans or similar products to such customers. Because the Vivint Flex Pay plan separates payments for our Products from payments for our smart home and security services, undersubscribers, based on the Vivint Flex Pay plan, following the expirationTotal Subscribers number as of the end of a given period.

Average Monthly Service Revenue per User

Average monthly service revenue per user, or AMSRU, is Total MSR divided by Total Subscribers at the end of a given period.

Attrition Rate

Attrition rate is the aggregate number of canceled smart home and security subscribers during the prior 12 month period divided by the monthly weighted average number of Total Subscribers based on the Total Subscribers at the beginning and end of each month of a given period. Subscribers are considered canceled when they terminate in accordance with the terms of their contract, are terminated by us or if payment from such subscribers is deemed uncollectible (when at least four monthly billings become past due). If a sale of a service contract to third parties occurs, or a subscriber relocates but continues their service, we do not consider this as a cancellation. If a subscriber transfers their service contract to a new subscriber, we do not consider this as a cancellation.

Average Subscriber Lifetime

Average subscriber lifetime, in number of months, is 100% divided by our expected long-term annualized attrition rate (which is currently estimated at 13%) multiplied by 12 months.

Net Service Cost per Subscriber

Net service cost per subscriber is the average monthly service costs incurred during the period (both period and capitalized service costs), including monitoring, customer service, field service and other service support costs, less totalnon-recurring Smart Home Services billings for the period divided by average monthly Total Subscribers for the same period.

Net Service Margin

Net service margin is the monthly average MSR for the period, less total average net service costs for the period divided by the monthly average MSR for the period.

New Subscribers

New subscribers is the aggregate number of net new smart home and security subscribers originated during a given period. This metric excludes new subscribers acquired by the transfer of a service contract from one subscriber to another.

Net Subscriber Acquisition Costs per New Subscriber

Net subscriber acquisition costs per New Subscriber is the net cash cost to create new smart home and security subscribers during a given 12 month period divided by New Subscribers for that period. These costs include commissions, Products, installation, marketing, sales support and other allocations (general and administrative and overhead); less upfront payment received from the sale of Products associated with the initial installation, and installation fees. These costs exclude capitalized contract costs and upfront proceeds associated with contract modifications.

Total Bookings

Total bookings is total monthly Service revenue for New Subscribers multiplied by Average Subscriber Lifetime, plus total Product revenue to be recognized over the contract term of subscribers’ installment loans or RICs, annual revenues will primarily be limitedfrom New Subscribers.

Total Monthly Service Revenue for New Subscribers

Total Monthly Service Revenue for New Subscribers is the contracted recurring monthly service billings to fees from our Services. Thus, our revenues and margins areNew Subscribers during a given period.

Average Monthly Service Revenue per New Subscriber

Average Monthly Service Revenue per New Subscriber is Total Monthly Service Revenue for New Subscribers divided by New Subscribers during a given period.

Lifetime Service Revenue per New Subscriber

Lifetime service revenue per new subscriber is Total Monthly Service Revenue for New Subscribers divided by New Subscribers, multiplied by Average Subscriber Lifetime.

Lifetime Service Revenue Multiple

Lifetime service revenue multiple is Lifetime Service Revenue per New Subscriber divided by Net Subscriber Acquisition Costs per New Subscriber

Total Subscriber Lifetime Backlog

Total subscriber lifetime backlog is total unrecognized Product revenue plus total Service revenue expected to be lowerrecognized over the life of the customer than under our historical service contracts.remaining subscriber lifetime for Total Subscribers.

Recent Developments

Retail Partnership

On May 4, 2017, we announced that we have entered into a strategic partnership agreement (the “Best Buy Agreement”) with Best Buy Stores, L.P. (“Best Buy”), pursuant to which the parties will jointly market and sell

smart home products and services. Under the terms of the Agreement, Best Buy will offer certain Vivint smart home products and services in approximately 400 Best Buy retail stores on or before the first anniversary date of the Best Buy Agreement, with a continuing rollout to a significant number of additional Best Buy stores by the second anniversary date of the Best Buy Agreement expected. Best Buy began offering Vivint’s products and services in these stores during the second half of 2017. The Best Buy Agreement also contains certain exclusivity conditions to which the parties are subject. We are devoting, and will continue to devote, significant management attention as well as significant capital and other resources to our partnership with Best Buy over the course of the term of the Best Buy Agreement. Historically, we have primarily originated subscribers through our direct-to-home and inside sales channels. There is no assurance that our retail partnership with Best Buy or other third-party distribution arrangements will become a significant source of subscriber originations or revenue for us. There is also no assurance that Best Buy will continue to distribute our products and services after the expiration or termination of the Best Buy Agreement. If the Best Buy Agreement expires or is terminated or if Best Buy otherwise ceases to distribute our products and services, we may not be able to establish alternative retail distribution channels for our products and services.

20232024 Notes Offering

On AugustMay 10, 2017,2019, we issued $400$225.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 7.625%8.500% Senior Notes due 20232024 (the “outstanding 20232024 notes”). We used the proceeds from the outstanding 20232024 notes offering to redeem $150$225.0 million aggregate principal amount of the outstanding 20192020 notes and pay the related accrued interest and redemption premium, and to pay all fees and expenses related thereto. Any remaining net proceeds have been or will be used for general corporate purposes, which may include the repayment of outstanding borrowings under the Company’s revolving credit facility.purposes. The indenture governing the outstanding 20232024 notes contains covenants similar to those applicable to our existing 20202022 notes. Blackstone Advisory Partners L.P. participated as one

Wireless Internet Business

In connection with our ongoing efforts to deliver additional cost savings and cash-flow improvements, we are evaluating exit options in respect of ournon-core wireless internet business, including, but not limited to, a sale orspin-off of that business.

Revolving Credit Facility Commitments

Effective April 1, 2019, revolving commitments of $15.4 million previously available under our revolving credit facility terminated, thereby reducing the initial purchasers inaggregate commitments available under the offering of the outstanding 2023 notes.credit agreement to $288.2 million.

Key Factors Affecting Operating Results

Our business is driven through the generationfuture operating results and cash flows are dependent upon a number of new subscribersopportunities, challenges and servicing and maintainingother factors, including our existingability to efficiently grow our subscriber base. The generation of new subscribers requires significant upfront investment, which in turn provides predictable contractual recurring monthly revenue generated frombase, expand our Product sales, monitoring and additional services. Currently, the cash received for Product sales from subscribers generated under the Consumer Financing Program, and those that are paid-in-full at the time of Product sale, offset a portion of the upfront investment associated with subscriber acquisition costs. Historically, we generally marketed ourService offerings to generate increased revenue per user, provide high quality Products and Services through two sales channels, direct-to-homesubscriber service to maximize subscriber lifetime value and inside sales, with a majorityimprove the leverage of our new subscriber accounts generated through direct-to-home sales, primarily from April through August. New subscribers generated through inside sales was approximately 40% of total new subscriber additions in the twelve months ended June 30, 2017, as compared to 32% of total new subscribers in the twelve months ended June 30, 2016. Over time we expect the number of subscribers originated through inside sales to continue to increase, resulting from increased advertising and lead conversion. On May 4, 2017, we announced a retail partnership with Best Buy, under which we will sellbusiness model.

Key factors affecting our Products and Services in certain Best Buy retail locations.

Our operating results are primarily impacted byinclude the following key factors:following:

number of subscriber additions,

net subscriber acquisition costs,

ARPU,

the total price paid by new subscribers for our Products under the Vivint Flex Pay plan,

the mix of subscribers purchasing our Products through the Consumer Financing Program or upfront cash versus through RICs,

subscriber attrition,

the costs to monitor and service our subscribers,

the level of general and administrative expenses; and

the availability and cost of capital required to generate new subscribers.

We focus our investment decisions on generating new subscribers and servicing our existing subscribers in the most cost-effective manner, while maintaining a high level of customer service to minimize subscriber attrition. These decisions are based on the projected cash flows and associated margins generated over the expected life of the subscriber relationship.Subscriber Lifetime

Our ability to increase subscribers depends on a number of factors, both external and internal. External factors include the overall macroeconomic environment, the availability of additional capital, awareness of our brand and competition from other companies in the geographies we serve, particularly in those markets where our direct-to-home sales representatives are present. Some of our current competitors have longer operating histories, greater name recognition and substantially greater financial and marketing resources than us. In the future, other companies may also choose to begin offering products and services similar to ours. In addition, because such a large percentage of our new subscribers are generated through direct-to-home sales, any actions limiting this sales channel could negatively affect our ability to grow our subscriber base. We are continually evaluating ways to improve the effectiveness of our subscriber acquisition activities in both our direct-to-home and inside sales channels. Over time we intend to add other sales models and channels to grow our subscriber base.

Internal factors include our ability to recruit, train and retain personnel, along with the level of investment in sales and marketing efforts. As a result, we expect to increase our investment in advertising over time. We believe maintaining competitive compensation structures, differentiated Products and establishing a strong brand are critical to attracting and retaining high-quality personnel and competing effectively in the markets we serve. In addition, our ability to effectively grow the number of retail locations our Products and Services are sold through, and the level of sales at each location, will also affect our subscriber growth.

Successfully growing our RPU depends on our ability to continue expanding our technology platform by offering additional value added services demanded by the market. Therefore, we continually evaluate the viability of additional Product and Service offerings that could further leverage our existing technology platform and sales channels. As evidence of this focus on new Products and Services, since 2010, we have successfully expanded our offerings from residential security into smart home services, which allows us to charge higher RPU for these additional offerings. These include our proprietary Vivint Smart Home Cloud, Vivint Smart Drive, Vivint Doorbell Camera, Vivint Ping Camera and Vivint Element Thermostat. Due to the high rate of adoption of additional smart home product and service offerings, our ARPNU has increased from $44.50 in 2009 to $62.03 as of June 30, 2017, an increase of 39%.

We focus on managing the costs associated with monitoring and service without jeopardizing our award-winning service quality. We believe our ability to retain subscribers over the long-term starts with our underwriting criteria and is enhanced by maintaining our consistent quality service levels.

Subscriber attrition has a directsignificant impact on our financial results, including revenues, operating income, and operating cash flows. Because we operate a business built on recurring revenues, subscriber lifetime is a key determinant of our operating success. Our Average Subscriber Lifetime is 91 months (approximately 8 years) as of March 31, 2019. If our expected long-term annualized attrition rate increased by 1% to 14%, Average Subscriber Lifetime would decrease to approximately 85 months. Conversely, if our expected attrition decreased by 1% to 12%, our Average Subscriber Lifetime would increase to approximately 99 months. A portion of the subscriber base can be expected to cancel its service every year. Subscribers may choose not to renew or may terminate their contracts for a variety of reasons, including, but not limited to, relocation, cost, switching to a competitor’s service or service issues. If a subscriber relocates but continues their service, we do not consider this as a cancellation. If a subscriber discontinues their service and transfers the original subscriber’s contract to a new subscriber continuing the revenue stream, we also do not consider this as a cancellation. We analyze our attritionretention by tracking the number of subscribers who cancelremain as a percentage of the monthly average number of subscribers at the end of each twelve12 month period. We caution investors that not all companies, investors and analysts in our industry define attritionretention in the samethis manner.

The table below presents our smart home and security subscriber data for the twelve months ended June 30, 2017March 31, 2019 and for the years ended December 31, 2016, 20152018 and 2014:2017:

 

  Twelve months
ended
 Year ended December 31   Twelve months
ended
March 31,
 Year ended December 31, 
  June 30, 2017 2016 2015 2014   2019 2018 2017 

Beginning balance of subscribers

   1,088,909  1,013,917  894,175  795,500    1,313,742  1,292,698  1,146,746 

Net new additions

   266,206  277,241  236,562  204,464    314,608  322,574  279,735 

Subscriber contracts sold(1)

   (7,520 (7,520  —     —      —     —     —   

Attrition

   (132,539 (136,892 (116,820 (105,789   (183,001 (170,450 (133,783
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Ending balance of subscribers

   1,215,056  1,146,746  1,013,917  894,175    1,445,349  1,444,822  1,292,698 
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Monthly average subscribers

   1,148,653  1,082,694  953,923  849,454    1,416,184  1,380,741  1,214,696 
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Attrition rate

   11.5 12.6 12.2 12.5   12.9 12.3 11.0
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

(1)Represents our New Zealand and Puerto Rico subscriber contracts sold during the year ended December 31, 2016.

Historically, we have experienced an increased level of subscriber cancellations in the months surrounding the expiration of such subscribers’ initial contract term. Attrition in any twelve month period may be impacted by the number of subscriber contracts reaching the end of their initial term in such period. Attrition in the twelve months ended March 31, 2019 and March 31, 2018, reflects the effect of the 201360-month and 201542-month contracts reaching the end of their initial contract term. We believe this trend in cancellations at the end of the initial contract term is comparable to other companies within our industry.

Our subscribers are the foundation of our recurring revenue-based model. Our operating results are affected by the level of our net acquisition costs to generate those subscribers and the value of Products and Services purchased by them. A reduction in net subscriber acquisition costs or an increase in the total value of Products or Services purchased by a new subscriber increases the life-time value of that subscriber, which in turn, improves our operating results and cash flows over time.

The net upfront cost of adding incremental subscribers is a key factor impacting our ability to scale. Vivint Flex Pay has made it more affordable to accelerate the growth in New Subscribers. Prior to Vivint Flex Pay, we recovered the cost of equipment installed in subscribers’ homes over time through their monthly service billings. From the introduction of Vivint Flex Pay in early 2017 through March 31, 2019, 28% of subscribers have financed their equipment purchases through RICs, which we fund through our balance sheet. We expect the percentage of subscriber contracts financed through RICs to continue decreasing over time. In addition, since the introduction of Vivint Flex Pay in 2017, 100% of new subscribers have either opted to use this program to finance their equipment costs or paid for their equipment themselves at the time of contract origination. This has greatly reduced our net cost per acquisition, as well as the balance sheet impact of acquiring subscribers. Moving forward, we will continue to explore ways to grow our subscriber base in a cost-effective manner through our existing sales and marketing channels, through the growth of our financing programs, as well as through strategic partnerships and new channels, as these opportunities arise.

We believe the Vivint Flex Pay program will result in higher retention, more revenue per user, and thus greater subscriber lifetime values. Existing subscribers are also able to use Vivint Flex Pay to upgrade their systems or to add new Products and Services, which we believe further increases subscriber lifetime value. This positively impacts our operating performance, and we anticipate that adding additional financing partners to the Vivint Flex Pay program, both in the United States and Canada, will generate additional revenue growth and a subsequent increase in subscriber lifetime value.

Sales and Marketing Efficiency

Our continued ability to attract and sign new subscribers in a cost-effective manner across the United States and Canada will be a key determinant of our future operating performance. Because ourdirect-to-home and inside sales channels are currently our primary means of subscriber acquisition, we have invested heavily in scaling these teams. There is a lag in the productivity of new hires, which we anticipate will improve over the course of their tenure, impacting our subscriber acquisition rates and overall operating success. These Smart Home Pros are instrumental to subscriber growth in the regions we cover, and their continued productivity is vital to our future success.

Generating subscriber growth through these investments in our sales teams depends, in part, on our ability to launch cost-effective marketing campaigns, both online and offline. This is particularly true for our NIS channel, because NIS fields inbound requests from subscribers who find us using online search and submitting ouron-site contact form. Our marketing campaigns attract potential subscribers and successfully build awareness of our brand across all our sales channels. We also believe that building brand awareness is important to countering the competition we face from other companies in the geographies we serve, particularly in those markets where ourdirect-to-home sales representatives are present. We expect to scale our retail channel through several pilot programs. Similar to the delay between the hiring of a Smart Home Pro and the resulting revenue generation, we anticipate that our retail efforts will take time to reach capacity. Once they do, we hope to accelerate subscriber acquisition and revenue growth by scaling this channel, while maintaining our unit economics.

Expansion of Platform Monetization

As smart home technology develops, we will continue expanding the breadth and depth of our offerings to reflect the growing needs of our subscriber base and focus on expanding our platform through the addition of new smart home experiences and use cases. As a result of our investments to date, our smart home platform is active in over 1.4 million households. We will continue to develop our Smart Home Operating System to include new complex automation capabilities, use case scenarios, and comprehensive device integrations. Our platform supports over 20 million connected devices, as of March 31, 2019.

With each new Product, Service, or feature we add to our platform, we create an opportunity to generate revenue, either through sales to our existing subscribers or through the acquisition of new subscribers. As a result, we anticipate that offering a broader range of smart home experiences will allow us to grow revenue, because it improves our ability to offer tailored service packages to subscribers with different needs. This is the rationale behind our addition of Carguard, a service that expands our smart home experience beyond the four walls of the home. We believe this expansion of our Product and Service offerings will allow us to build our subscriber base, while maintaining or improving margins.

Whether we upsell existing subscribers or acquire new ones, expansion of our platform and corresponding monetization strategies directly impacts our revenue growth and our average revenue per user, and therefore, our operating results.

Subscribers who contract for a smart home are signing up for our combined proprietary smart home devices and tech-enabled service offerings. At the time of signing, subscribers choose the subscription-based service that matches their smart home needs. Because our revenue and operating margins are determined by which package a subscriber signs up for, ensuring that new subscribers choose the appropriate service offering is a major determinant of our operating success. Additionally, because we cover 98% of US zip codes, our service costs greatly impact our operating margins. Over time, as our organization grows, we achieve economies of scale on our service costs. While we anticipate that our service costs per subscriber will decline over time, an unanticipated increase in service costs could negatively impact our profitability moving forward.

Investment in Future Projects

To date, we have made significant investments in the development of our organization, and expect to leverage these investments to continue expanding our Product and Service offerings over time, including integration with third party products to drive future revenue. Our ability to expand our smart home platform and to monetize the platform as it develops will significantly impact our operating performance and profitability in the future.

We believe that the smart home of the future will be an ecosystem in which businesses will seek to deliver products and services to subscribers in a way that addresses the individual subscriber’s lifestyle and needs. As the smart home becomes the setting for the delivery of a wide range of these products and services, including healthcare, entertainment, home maintenance, elder care, beauty, and consumer goods, we hope to become the hub of this ecosystem and the strategic partner of choice for the businesses delivering these products and services.

Our success in connecting with business partners who integrate with our Smart Home Operating System in order to reach and interact with our subscriber base will be a key determinant of our continued operating success. We expect that additional partnerships will generate incremental revenue, because we will share in the revenue generated by each partner-provided product or service sale that occurs as a result of integration with our smart home platform. If we are able to continue expanding our curated set of partnerships with influential companies, as we already have with Google, Amazon, and Philips, we believe that this will help us to increase our revenue and resulting profitability.

Our ability to introduce a full suite of high-quality innovative new offerings that further expands our existing smart home platform will affect our ability to retain, grow and further monetize our subscriber base. Furthermore, we believe that by vertically integrating the development and design of our Products and Services with our existing sales and subscriber service activities allows us to more quickly respond to market needs, and better understand our subscribers’ interactions and engagement with our Products and Services. This provides critical data that we expect to enable us to continue improving the power, usability and intelligence of these Products and Services. We expect to continue investing in technologies that will make our platform more valuable and engaging for subscribers.

Basis of Presentation

We conduct business through one operating segment, Vivint. Historically, weWe primarily operatedoperate in threetwo geographic regions: United States Canada and New Zealand. During the year ended December 31, 2016, we sold all our New Zealand and Puerto Rico subscriber contracts and ceased operations in these geographical regions (“2016 Contract Sales”). Historically, our operations in both regions were considered immaterial and reported in conjunction with the United States.Canada. See Note 15 toin the accompanying audited consolidated financial statements and Note 16 in the accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements for more information about our geographic segments.

How We Generate RevenueComponents of Results of Operations

Total Revenues

Recurring and other revenue.Our primary source of revenue isrevenues are generated through recurring monthly servicesthe sale and wireless internet services provided to our subscribers in accordance with their subscriber contracts. The remainderinstallation of our revenue is generated through additional services, activation fees, upgrades and maintenance and repair fees.Smart Home Services contracted for by our subscribers. Recurring revenues accounted for over 95% of total revenues for each of the six month periods ended June 30, 2017 and 2016, and for each of the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014.

Recurring revenue. Recurring servicesSmart Home Services for our subscriber contracts are billed directly to the subscriber in advance, generally monthly, pursuant to the terms of subscriber contracts and recognized ratably over the service period. Revenues from Products are deferred and generally recognized on a straight-line basis over the customer contract term, the amount of which is dependent on the total sales price of Products sold. Imputed interest associated with RIC receivables is recognized over the initial term of the RIC. The amount of RPU billedrevenue from Services is dependent upon which of our service offerings is included in the subscriber contracts. Our smart home and video offerings generally provide higher RPUservice revenue than our base securitysmart home service offering. Historically, we have generally offered contracts to subscribers that range in length from 36 to 60 months that are subject to automatic annual or monthly renewal after the expiration of the initial term. In addition, to a lesser extent, we have contracts that are offered asmonth-to-month at the time of origination. At the end of each monthly period, the portion of recurring fees related to services not yet provided are deferred and recognized as these services are provided.

Service and other sales revenue. Our service and other sales revenue is primarily comprised of amounts charged for selling additional equipment, and maintenance and repair. These amounts are billed, and the associated revenue recognized, at the time of installation or when the services are performed. Service and other sales revenue also includes contract fulfillment revenue, which relates to amounts paid by subscribers who cancel

their monitoring contract in-term and for which we have no future service obligation to them. We recognize this revenue upon receipt of payment from the subscriber.

Activation fees. Activation fees represent upfront one-time charges billed to subscribers at the time of installation and are deferred. Effective April 1, 2016 these fees are recognized over 15 years using a 240% declining balance method, which converts to a straight-line methodology after approximately nine years when the resulting amortization exceeds that from the accelerated method. We evaluate subscriber account attrition on a periodic basis, utilizing observed attrition rates for our subscriber contracts and industry information and, when necessary, makes adjustments to the estimated subscriber relationship period and amortization method.

Total Costs and Expenses

Operating expenses. Operating expenses primarily consists of labor associated with monitoring and servicing subscribers and labor and equipment expenses related to upgrades andassociated with Products used in service repairs. We also incur equipment costs associated with excess and obsolete inventory and rework costs related to equipmentProducts removed from subscriber’ssubscribers’ homes. In addition, a portion of general and administrative expenses, comprised of certain human resources, facilities and information technologiestechnology costs are allocated to operating expenses. This allocation is primarily based on employee headcount and facility square footage occupied. Because our full-time smart home professionals (“SHPs”) perform most subscriber installations related to customer moves, customer upgrades or generated through our inside sales channels, the costs incurred by thewithin field service associated with these installations are allocated to capitalized subscriber acquisitioncontract costs. We generally expect our operating expenses to increase in absolute dollars as the total number of subscribers we service continues to grow, but to remain relatively constant in the near to intermediate term as a percentage of our revenue.

Selling expenses. Selling expenses are primarily comprised of costs associated with housing for ourdirect-to-home sales representatives, advertising and lead generation, marketing and recruiting, certain portions of sales commissions (residuals), overhead (including allocation of certain general and administrative expenses) and other costs not directly tied to a specific subscriber origination. These costs are expensed as incurred. We

generally expect our selling expenses to increase in absolute dollars as the total number of subscriber originations continues to grow, but to remain relatively constant in the near to intermediate term as a percentage of our revenue.

General and administrative expenses. General and administrative expenses consist largely of finance, legal, research and development, (“R&D”), human resources, information technology and executive management expenses, including stock-based compensation expense. Stock-based compensation expense is recorded within various components of our costs and expenses. General and administrative expenses also include the provision for doubtful accounts. We allocate approximatelyone-third of our gross general and administrative expenses, excluding the provision for doubtful accounts, into operating and selling expenses in order to reflect the overall costs of those components of the business. In addition,We generally expect our general and administrative expenses to increase in connection with certain service agreements with Solar, we subleased corporate office spaceabsolute dollars to them through October 2014 and provide certain other administrative servicessupport the overall growth in our business, but to Solar. We charge Solardecrease in the costs associated with these service agreements (See Note 14near to the accompanying audited consolidated financial statements).intermediate term as a percentage of our revenue.

Depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization consists of depreciation from property, plant and equipment, amortization of equipment leased under capitalfinance leases, capitalized subscriber acquisitioncontract costs and intangible assets.

Key Operating Metrics

In evaluating We generally expect our results,depreciation and amortization expenses to increase in absolute dollars as we review the key performance measures discussed below. We believe that the presentation of key performance measures is useful to investorsgrow our business and lenders because they are used to measure the value of companies such as ours with recurring revenue streams.

Total Subscribers

Total subscribers is the aggregate number of active smart home and security subscribers at the end of a given period.

Monthly Revenue per User

Monthly Revenue per User (“RPU”) is the recurring monthly amount billed to a smart home and security subscriber for Products and Services. RPU excludes cash received from Product sales associated with the initial installation.

Total Revenue per User

Total RPU is the aggregate RPU billed to all smart home and security subscribers.

Average RPU

Average RPU (“ARPU”) is the total RPU divided by total subscribers.

Average Revenue per New User

Average Revenue per New User (“ARPNU”) is the aggregate RPU for new subscribers originated during a period divided byincrease the number of new subscribers originated during such period.on an annual basis, but to remain relatively constant in the near to intermediate term as a percentage of our revenue.

AttritionRestructuring Expenses.

Attrition is Restructuring expenses are comprised of costs incurred in relation to activities to exit or dispose of portions of our business that do not qualify as discontinued operations. Expenses for related termination benefits are recognized at the aggregate numberdate we notify the employee, unless the employee must provide future service, in which case the benefits are expensed ratably over the future service period. Liabilities related to termination of canceled smart home and security subscribers during a period divided by the monthly weighted average number of total smart home and security subscribers for such period. Subscribers are considered canceled when they terminate in accordance with the terms of their contract are terminated by us or if payment from such subscribersmeasured and recognized at fair value when the contract does not have any future economic benefit to the entity and the fair value of the liability is deemed uncollectible (when at least four monthly billings become past due). Salesdetermined based on the present value of contracts to third parties, certain moves and takeovers are excluded from the attrition calculation.

Net Subscriber Acquisition Costs

Net subscriber acquisition costs is the direct and indirect costs to create a new smart home and security subscriber. These include commissions, equipment, installation, marketing and other allocations (general and administrative and overhead); less cash received from Product sales associated with the initial installation, activation fees, installation fees and upsell revenue.

Net Subscriber Acquisition Cost Multiple

Net subscriber acquisition cost multiple is the total net subscriber acquisition costs, divided by the number of new subscribers originated, and then divided by the ARPNU. This multiple excludes residuals and long-term equity expenses associated with the direct-to-home sales channel.

Net Service Cost per Subscriber

Net service cost per subscriber is the total service costs for the period, including monitoring, customer service, field service and other allocations (general and administrative and overhead) costs, less total service revenue for the period divided by total subscribers.

Net Service Margin

Net service margin is the ARPU for the period less net service costs divided by the ARPU for the period.remaining obligation.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

In preparing our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements, we make assumptions, judgments and estimates that can have a significant impact on our revenue, loss from operations and net loss, as well as on the value of certain

assets and liabilities on our unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheets. We base our assumptions, judgments and estimates on historical experience and various other factors that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results could differ materially from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. At least quarterly, we evaluate our assumptions, judgments and estimates and make changes accordingly. Historically, our assumptions, judgments and estimates relative to our critical accounting estimates have not differed materially from actual results. We believe that the assumptions, judgments and estimates involved in the accounting for income taxes,revenue recognition, deferred revenue, capitalized contract costs, derivatives, retail installment contract receivables, allowance for doubtful accounts, loss contingencies, valuation of intangible assets, and fair value and income taxes have the greatest potential impact on our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements; therefore, we consider these to be our critical accounting estimates. For information on our significant accounting policies, see Note 2 to the accompanying audited consolidated financial statements and Note 1 to theour accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

Change in Accounting Estimate

Effective April 1, 2016, we updated the estimated life of our subscriber relationships and the period and pattern used to amortize deferred activation fees and deferred subscriber acquisition costs, to better approximate the actual life of the customer attrition patterns. Prior to the change, we amortized deferred activation fees and subscriber acquisition costs over 12 years using a 150% declining balance method, which converted to a straight-line methodology after approximately five years. Subsequent to the change, we amortize deferred activation fees and subscriber acquisition costs over 15 years using a 240% declining balance method, which converts to a straight-line methodology after approximately nine years when the resulting amortization exceeds that from the accelerated method. The effects of this change in estimate were as follows (in thousands):

   Year ended
December 31,
2016
 

Increase in activation fee revenues

  $1,400 

Increase in depreciation and amortization

   21,413 

Increase to loss from operations

   20,013 

Increase to net loss

   19,621 

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue principallyoffer our customers smart home services combining Products, including a proprietary control panel, door and window sensors, door locks, security cameras and smoke alarms; installation; and a proprietaryback-end cloud platform software and Services. These together create an integrated system that allows our customers to monitor, control and protect their home. Our customers are buying this integrated system that provides them with these Smart Home Services. The number and type of Products purchased by a customer

depends on their desired functionality. Because the Products and Services included in the customer’s contract are integrated and highly interdependent, and because they must work together to deliver the Smart Home Services, we have concluded that installed Products, related installation and Services contracted for by the customer are generally not distinct within the context of the contract and, therefore, constitute a single, combined performance obligation. Revenues for this single, combined performance obligation are recognized on a straight-line basis over the customer’s contract term. We have determined that certain contracts that do not require a long-term commitment for monitoring services by the customer contain a material right to renew the contract, because the customer does not have to purchase Products upon renewal. Proceeds allocated to the material right are recognized over the period of benefit, which is generally three typesyears.

The majority of transactions: (i)our subscription contracts are between three and five years in length and arenon-cancelable. These contracts with customers generally convert intomonth-to-month agreements at the end of the initial term, and some customer contracts aremonth-to-month from inception. Payment for recurring and other revenue, which includes revenues for monitoring and other smart home services, recognitionSmart Home Services is generally due in advance on a monthly basis.

Sales of deferred revenue associated withProducts and otherone-time fees such as service fees or installation fees are invoiced to the sales of Productscustomer at the time of installation, imputed interest associated with the RIC receivables and recurring monthly revenue associated withsale. Revenues for wireless internet service provided by Vivint Wireless Inc., (ii) service and other sales, which includes non-recurring service fees charged to subscribers provided on contracts, contract fulfillment revenues and sales of productsany Products or Services that are considered separate performance obligations are recognized when those Products or Services are delivered. Taxes collected from customers and remitted to governmental authorities are not partincluded in revenue. Payments received or amounts billed in advance of revenue recognition are reported as deferred revenue.

We consider Products, related installation, and our service offerings,proprietaryback-end cloud platform software and (iii) activation feesservices an integrated system that allows our customers to monitor, control and protect their homes. These Smart Home Services are accounted for as a single performance obligation that is recognized over the customer’s contract term, which is generally three to five years.

Deferred Revenue

Our deferred revenues primarily consist of amounts for sales (including upfront proceeds) of Smart Home Services. Deferred revenues are recognized over the term of the related performance obligation, which is generally three to five years.

Capitalized Contract Costs

Capitalized contract costs represent the costs directly related and incremental to the origination of new contracts, modification of existing contracts or to the fulfillment of the related subscriber contracts. These include commissions, other compensation and related costs incurred directly for the origination and installation of new or upgraded customer contracts, as well as the cost of Products installed in the customer home at the commencement or modification of the contract. These costs are deferred and amortized on subscriber contracts, which are amortizeda straight-line basis over the expected lifeperiod of benefit that we have determined to be five years. Amortization of capitalized contract costs is included in “Depreciation and Amortization” on the consolidated statements of operations. These deferred costs are periodically reviewed for impairment. Contract costs not directly related and incremental to the origination of new contracts, modification of existing contracts or to the fulfillment of the customer.related subscriber contracts are expensed as incurred. These costs include those associated with housing, marketing and recruiting,non-direct lead generation costs, certain portions of sales commissions and residuals, overhead and other costs considered not directly and specifically tied to the origination of a particular subscriber.

AlthoughWe defer and amortize these costs for new or modified subscriber contracts on a straight-line basis over the expected period of benefit of five years. During the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2018, we capitalized contract costs of $14.1 million and $4.2 million, respectively associated with modifications of customer contracts. During the year ended December 31, 2018, we capitalized contract costs of $29.9 million associated with modifications of customer contracts.

On the accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated statement of cash flows, capitalized contract costs are classified as operating activities and reported as “Capitalized contract costs – deferred contract costs” as these assets represent deferred costs associated with subscriber contracts.

Consumer Financing Program

Vivint Flex Pay became our primary sales model beginning in March 2017. Under Vivint Flex Pay, customers pay separately for the Productsproducts (including control panel, security peripheral equipment, smart home equipment, and Services underrelated installation) (“Products”) and Vivint’s smart home and security services (“Services”). The customer has the Vivint Flex Pay plan, the Company has determined that the shift in model does not change the Company’s conclusion that the Product sales and Services are one combined unit of accounting. As a result, all forms of transactions under Vivint Flex Pay create deferred revenuefollowing three options to pay for the gross amountProducts: (1) qualified customers in the United States may finance the purchase of Products sold. Gross deferred revenues are reduced by imputed interest on the RICs and the present value of expected payments due to thethrough a third-party financing provider under(“Consumer Financing Program”), (2) customers not eligible for the Consumer Financing Program. These deferred revenues are recognized inProgram, but who qualify under our underwriting criteria, may enter into a pattern that reflectsretail installment contract (“RIC”) directly with us, or (3) customers may purchase the estimated lifeProducts at the outset of the subscriber relationships. The Company amortizes these deferred revenues over 15 years using a 240% declining balance method, which converts to a straight-line methodology after approximately nine years when the resulting amortization exceeds that from the accelerated method.service contract by check, automatic clearing house payments (“ACH”), credit or debit card.

Under the Consumer Financing Program, qualified customers are eligible for installment loans provided by a third-party financing provider of up to $4,000 for either 42 or 60 months. We

For a certain third-party provider, we pay a monthly fee to the third-

party financing provider based on the average daily outstanding balance of the installment loans. Additionally, we share in the liability for credit losses depending on the credit quality of the customer. Because of the nature of these provisions under the Consumer Financing Program,with this third-party provider, we record a derivative liability at its fair value when the third-party financing provider originates installment loans to customers, which reduces the amount of estimated revenue recognized on the provision of the services. The derivative liability represents the estimated remaining amounts to be paid to the third-party provider by us related to outstanding installment loans, including the monthly fees based on the outstanding installment loan balances, shared liabilities for credit losses and customer payment processing fees. The derivative liability is reduced as payments are made from the Companyby us to the third-party financing provider. Subsequent changes to the fair value of the derivative liability are realized through other loss/(income),income, net in the unaudited condensed consolidated statement of operations.

RecurringFor a separate third-party financing provider, we receive net proceeds from installment loans (net of fees and other revenue includes (i) our subscriber contracts associated with Services,expected losses) for which are billed directlywe have no further obligation to the subscriber in advance, generally monthly, pursuantthird-party. We record these net proceeds to the terms of subscriber contracts and recognized ratably over the service period, (ii) monthly recognition of deferred Product revenue and (iii) imputed interest associated with the RIC receivables, which is recognized over the initial term of the RIC.

Service and other sales revenue is recognized as services are provided or when title to the products and equipment sold transfers to the customer. Contract fulfillment revenue, included in service and other sales, is recognized when payment is received from customers who cancel their contract in-term. Revenue from sales of products that are not part of the service offering and sold after the initial point of installation is generally recognized upon delivery of products.

Activation fees represent upfront one-time charges billed to subscribers at the time of installation and are deferred. We amortize deferred activation fees over 15 years using a 240% declining balance method, which converts to a straight-line methodology after approximately nine years when the resulting amortization exceeds that from the accelerated method. We evaluate subscriber account attrition on a periodic basis, utilizing observed attrition rates for our subscriber contracts and industry information and, when necessary, makes adjustments to the estimated subscriber relationship period and amortization method. Activation fees are no longer charged under Vivint Flex Pay, as these fees will no longer be billed separately to subscribers at the time of installation.

Subscriber Acquisition Costs

Subscriber acquisition costs represent the costs related to the origination of new subscribers. A portion of subscriber acquisition costs is expensed as incurred, which includes costs associated with the direct-to-home sale housing, marketing and recruiting, certain portions of sales commissions (residuals), overhead and other costs, considered not directly and specifically tied to the origination of a particular subscriber. The remaining portion of the costs is considered to be directly tied to subscriber acquisition and consists primarily of certain portions of sales commissions, equipment and installation costs. These costs are deferred and recognized in a pattern that reflects the estimated life of the subscriber relationships. We amortize subscriber acquisition costs over 15 years using a 240% declining balance method, which converts to a straight-line methodology after approximately nine years when the resulting amortization exceeds that from the accelerated method. We evaluate subscriber account attrition on a periodic basis, utilizing observed attrition rates for our subscriber contracts and industry information and, when necessary, makes adjustments to the estimated subscriber relationship period and amortization method.

On the accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated statement of cash flows, subscriber acquisition costs that are comprised of equipment and related installation costs purchased for, or used in, subscriber contracts in which we retain ownership to the equipment are classified as investing activities and reported as “Subscriber acquisition costs—company owned equipment”. All other subscriber acquisition costs are classified as operating activities and reported as “Subscriber acquisition costs—deferred contract costs” on the condensed consolidated statements of cash flows as these assets represent deferred costs associated with customer contracts.revenue.

Retail Installment Contract Receivables

For customerssubscribers that enter into a RIC underto finance the Vivint Flex Pay plan,purchase of Products and related installation, we record a receivable for the amount financed. The RIC receivables are recorded at their present value, net of the imputed interest.interest discount. At the time of

installation, we record a long-term note receivable within long-term investmentsnotes receivables and other assets, net on the condensed consolidated balance sheets for the present value of the receivables that are expected to be collected beyond 12 months of the reporting date. The unbilled receivable amounts that are expected to be collected within 12 months of the reporting date are included as a short-term notes receivable within accounts and notes receivable, net on the condensed consolidated balance sheets. The billed amounts of notes receivables are included in accounts receivable within accounts and notes receivable, net on the condensed consolidated balance sheets.

We impute the interest on the RIC receivable using a risk adjusted market interest rate and record it as an adjustment to deferred revenue and as an adjustment to the face amount of the related receivable. The imputed interest income is recognized over the term of the RIC contract as recurring and other revenue on the condensed consolidated statement of operations.

When we determine that there are RIC receivables that have become uncollectible, we record an allowance for credit losses and bad debt expense. The estimate of allowance for credit lossesdiscount considers a number of factors, including collection experience, aging of the remaining RIC receivable portfolios, credit quality of the subscriber base and other qualitative considerations, including macro-economic factors. The imputed interest income is recognized over the term of the RIC contract as recurring and other revenue on the condensed consolidated statement of operations.

When we determine that there are RIC receivables that have become uncollectible, we record an adjustment to the imputed interest discount and reduce the related note receivable balance. Account balances arewritten-off if collection efforts are unsuccessful and future collection is unlikely based on the length of time from the day accounts become past due. As of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016 there was no allowance for credit losses associated with RIC receivables.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable consists primarily of amounts due from customerssubscribers for recurring monthly monitoring servicesServices and the billed portion of RIC receivables. The accounts receivable are recorded at invoiced amounts and arenon-interest bearing and are included within accounts and notes receivable, net on the condensed consolidated balance sheets. Accounts receivable totaled $17.7$20.0 million and $12.9$16.5 million at June 30, 2017March 31, 2019 and December 31, 2016,2018, respectively net of the allowance for doubtful accounts of $3.8$5.8 million and $4.1$5.6 million at June 30, 2017March 31, 2019 and December 31, 2016,2018, respectively. We estimate this allowance based on historical collection experience and subscriber attrition rates. When we determine that there are accounts receivable that are uncollectible, they are charged off against the allowance for doubtful accounts. As of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, no accounts receivable were classified as held for sale. The provision for doubtful accounts is included in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated statements of operations and totaled $9.7$5.9 million and $7.7$4.0 million for the sixthree months ended June 30,March 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively and $19.4 million and $22.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, and 2016, respectively.

Loss Contingencies

We record accruals for various contingencies including legal proceedings and other claims that arise in the normal course of business. The accruals are based on judgment, the probability of losses and, where applicable, the consideration of opinions of legal counsel. We record an accrual when a loss is deemed probable to occur and is reasonably estimable. Factors that we consider in the determination of the likelihood of a loss and the estimate of the range of that loss in respect of legal matters include the merits of a particular matter, the nature of the litigation, the length of time the matter has been pending, the procedural posture of the matter, whether we intend to defend the matter, the likelihood of settling for an insignificant amount and the likelihood of the plaintiff accepting an amount in this range. However, the outcome of such legal matters is inherently unpredictable and subject to significant uncertainties.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Purchase accounting requires that all assets and liabilities acquired in a transaction be recorded at fair value on the acquisition date, including identifiable intangible assets separate from goodwill. For significant

acquisitions, we obtain independent appraisals and valuations of the intangible (and certain tangible) assets acquired and certain assumed obligations as well as equity. Identifiable intangible assets include customer relationships, spectrum licenses and other purchased and internally developed technology, which totaled $426.6$235.6 million and $475.4$255.1 million as of June 30, 2017March 31, 2019 and December 31, 2016,2018, respectively. Goodwill represents the excess of cost over the fair value of net assets acquired and was $836.1$835.4 million and $835.2$834.9 million as of June 30, 2017March 31, 2019 and December 31, 2016,2018, respectively.

The estimated fair values and useful lives of identified intangible assets are based on many factors, including estimates and assumptions of future operating performance and cash flows of the acquired business, estimates of cost avoidance, the nature of the business acquired, the specific characteristics of the identified intangible assets and our historical experience and that of the acquired business. The estimates and assumptions used to determine the fair values and useful lives of identified intangible assets could change due to numerous factors, including product demand, market conditions, regulations affecting the business model of our operations, technological developments, economic conditions and competition. The carrying values and useful lives for amortization of identified intangible assets are reviewed annually during our fourth fiscal quarter and as necessary if changes in facts and circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable and any resulting changes in estimates could have a material adverse effect on our financial results.

When we determine that the carrying value of intangible assets, goodwill and long-lived assets may not be recoverable, an impairment charge is recorded. Impairment is generally measured based on valuation techniques considered most appropriate under the circumstances, including a projected discounted cash flow method using a discount rate determined by our management to be commensurate with the risk inherent in our current business model or prevailing market rates of investment securities, if available.

We conduct a goodwill impairment analysis annually in ourthe fourth fiscal quarter, as of October 1, and as necessary if changes in facts and circumstances indicate that the fair value of our reporting units may be less than

their carrying amount. Under applicableamounts. When indicators of impairment do not exist and certain accounting guidance,criteria are met, we are permitted to use a qualitative approachable to evaluate goodwill impairment when no indicators of impairment exist and if certain accounting criteria are met. To the extent that indicators exist or the criteria are not met, we use a quantitative approach to evaluate goodwill impairment. Such quantitative impairment assessment is performed using a two-step, fair value based test.qualitative approach. When necessary, our quantitative goodwill impairment test consists of two steps. The first step requires that we compare the estimated fair value of our reporting units to the carrying value of the reporting unit’s net assets, including goodwill. If the fair value of the reporting unit is greater than the carrying value of its net assets, goodwill is not considered to be impaired and no further testing is required. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than the carrying value of its net assets, we would be required to complete the second step of the test by analyzing the fair value of its goodwill. If the carrying value of the goodwill exceeds its fair value, an impairment charge is recorded. Our reporting units are determined based on our current reporting structure, which as of December 31, 2018 and March 31, 2019 consisted of two reporting units. As of March 31, 2019, there were no changes in facts and circumstances since the most recent annual impairment analysis to indicate impairment existed.

Property, Plant and Equipment and Long-lived Assets

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost and depreciated on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets or the lease term for assets under capitalfinance leases, whichever is shorter. Intangible assets with definite lives are amortized over the remaining estimated economic life of the underlying technology or relationships, which ranges from five to ten years. Definite-lived intangible assets are amortized on the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the asset or in a pattern in which the economic benefits of the intangible asset are consumed. Amortization expense associated with leased assets is included with depreciation expense. Routine repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred.

We periodically assess potential impairment of ourreview long-lived assets, including property, plant and equipment, capitalized contract costs, and perform andefinite-lived intangibles for impairment review wheneverwhen events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying valueamount may not be recoverable. We consider whether or not indicators of impairment exist on a regular basis and as part of each quarterly and annual financial statement close process. Factors we consider in determining whether or not indicators of impairment exist include market factors and patterns of customer attrition. If indicators of impairment are identified, we estimate the fair value of the assets. An impairment loss is recognized if the carrying amount of a long-lived asset is not recoverable and exceeds its fair value.

In 2016, becauseWe conduct an indefinite-lived intangible impairment analysis annually as of October 1, and as necessary if changes in facts and circumstances indicate that the fair value of our involvementindefinite-lived intangibles may be less than the carrying amount. When indicators of impairment do not exist and certain accounting criteria are met, we are able to evaluate indefinite-lived intangible impairment using a qualitative approach. When necessary, our quantitative impairment test consists of two steps. The first step requires that we compare the estimated fair value of our indefinite-lived intangibles to the carrying value. If the fair value is greater than the carrying value, the intangibles are not considered to be impaired and no further testing is required. If the fair value is less than the carrying value, an impairment loss in certain aspects ofan amount equal to the construction of the Logan Facility, per the terms of the lease, we were deemed the owner of the building for accounting purposes during the construction period. Accordingly, we recorded a build-to-suit lease asset and a corresponding build-to-suit lease liability during the construction period.

In April 2017, construction on the Logan Facility was completed and we commenced occupancy. In accordance with ASC 840-40 Sale-Leaseback Transactions, the building did not qualify for sale-leaseback

treatment. As such, we will retain the building asset and corresponding lease obligation on the balance sheet. Accordingly, we have a build-to-suit building asset, which totaled $8.2 million and $5.0 million, respectively, net of accumulated depreciation of $0.2 million and $0 as of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively.difference is recorded.

Income Taxes

We account for income taxes based on the asset and liability method. Under the asset and liability method, deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets when it is determined that it is more likely than not that some portion, or all, of the deferred tax asset will not be realized.

We recognize the effect of an uncertain income tax position on the income tax return at the largest amount that is more-likely-than-notmore likely than not to be sustained upon audit by the relevant taxing authority. An uncertain income tax position will not be recognized if it has less than a 50% likelihood of being sustained. Our policy for recording interest and penalties is to record such items as a component of the provision for income taxes.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014,

Changes in tax laws and rates could also affect recorded deferred tax assets and liabilities in the FASB originally issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) which clarifiesfuture. We record the principles used to recognize revenue for all entities. This guidance requires companies to recognize revenue when they transfer goods or services to a customer in an amount that reflects the consideration to which they expect to be entitled. In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-14 which deferred the effective date of ASU 2014-09 by one year to be effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017. In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-08 to clarify the implementation guidance on principal versus agent considerations as it relates to Topic 606. In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-10 to clarify the implementation guidance on identifying performance obligations and licensing as it relates to Topic 606. This update reduces the complexity when applying the guidance for identifying performance obligations and improves the operability and understandability of the license implementation guidance. In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-12 to clarify the implementation guidance on Topic 606, which amends the guidance on transition, collectability, non-cash consideration and the presentation of sales and other similar taxes.

We currently plan to adopt Topic 606 using the modified retrospective approach with the cumulative effect of initially applying the new standard recognized at the date of initial application and providing certain additional disclosures. However, a final decision regarding the adoption method has not been made at this time. Our final determination will depend on a number of factors, such as the significance of the impact of the new standardtax rate or law change on our financial results, system readiness, including our ability to accumulatedeferred tax assets and analyze the information necessary to assess the impact on prior period financial statements, as necessary.

We areliabilities in the initial stagesperiod of our evaluation of the impact of the new standard on our accounting policies, processes, and system requirements. We have assigned internal resources in addition to the engagement of third party service providers to assist in the evaluation. Furthermore, we have made and will continue to make investments in systems to enable timely and accurate reporting under the new standard. We expect the standard to have an effect on the subscriber acquisitions costs, net and deferred revenues included in our condensed consolidated balance sheets and the recognition of revenues and amortization of subscriber acquisition costs on the consolidated statement of operations. We do not expect the standard to have a significant impact to the consolidated statements ofenactment. Future tax rate or law changes in equity or the consolidated statements of cash flows.

While we continue to assess the potential impacts of the new standard, including the areas described above, and anticipate this standard could have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements, we do not know or cannot reasonably estimate quantitative information related to the impact of the new standardeffect on our results of operations, financial statements at this time.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09 to simplify accounting for employee share-based payments. This update involves several aspects of the accounting for share-based payment transactions, including the income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equitycondition, or liabilities, and classification on the statement of cash flows. This update is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2017 and will be applied prospectively and/or retrospectively, with early adoption permitted. We plan to adopt this update on the effective date and the adoption is not expected to materially impact the consolidated financial statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-07 which eliminates the requirement to retroactively adopt the equity method of accounting when an investment qualifies for use of the equity method as a result of an increase in the level of ownership interest or degree of influence. This update is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2016 and must be applied prospectively, with early adoption permitted. We plan to adopt this update on the effective date and the adoption is not expected to materially impact the consolidated financial statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-06 to clarify the assessment of contingent put and call options in debt instruments as it relates to Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815). The amendments in this update clarify the requirements for assessing whether contingent call (put) options that can accelerate the payment of principal on debt instruments are clearly and closely related to their debt hosts. An entity performing the assessment under the amendments in this update is required to assess the embedded call (put) options solely in accordance with the four-step decision sequence. This update is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2016 and must be applied using a modified retrospective approach, with early adoption permitted. We plan to adopt this update on the effective date and the adoption is not expected to materially impact the consolidated financial statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02 to increase transparency and comparability among organizations as it relates to lease assets and lease liabilities. The update requires that lease assets and lease liabilities be recognized on the balance sheet, and that key information about leasing arrangements be disclosed. Prior to this update, GAAP did not require operating leases to be recognized as lease assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet. This update is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2018 and must be applied using a modified retrospective approach, with early adoption permitted. We are evaluating the new guidance and plan to provide additional information about its expected impact at a future date.

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-01 to address certain aspects of the recognition, measurement, presentation, and disclosure of financial instruments. The main provisions of this update require equity investments to be measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in earnings, allows a company to value equity investments without a readily determined fair value at cost, less any impairments, and simplifies the assessment of impairments of equity investments without a readily determinable fair value by requiring a qualitative assessment. This update is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2017. An entity should apply the amendments by means of a cumulative-effect adjustment to the balance sheet as of the beginning of the fiscal year of adoption. The amendments related to equity securities without readily determinable fair values (including disclosure requirements) should be applied prospectively to equity investments that exist as of the date of adoption of the Update. Early adoption is permitted. We are evaluating the new guidance and plan to provide additional information about its expected impact upon adoption at a future date.

Results of operations

 

   Six months ended
June 30,
  Year ended December 31, 
   2017  2016  2016  2015  2014 
         (in thousands) 

Total revenues

  $417,479  $355,060  $757,907  $653,721  $563,677 

Total costs and expenses

   464,469   391,608   829,009   762,396   657,546 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Loss from operations

   (46,990  (36,548  (71,102  (108,675  (93,869

Other expenses

   118,732   97,595   204,788   170,081   144,277 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Loss before taxes

   (165,722  (134,143  (275,890  (278,756  (238,146

Income tax expense

   1,151   672   67   351   514 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net loss

  $(166,873 $(134,815 $(275,957 $(279,107 $(238,660
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Key operating metrics(1)

    

Total Subscribers, as of period end date (thousands)

   1,215.1   1,088.9   1,146.7   1,013.9   894.2 

Total RPU (thousands)(2)

  $69,900  $61,196  $65,633  $55,689  $48,732 

ARPU(2)

  $57.53  $56.20  $57.23  $54.92  $54.50 

Net Service Cost per Subscriber

  $15.70  $14.72  $14.72  $14.33  $15.65 

Net Service Margin

   72.4  73.3  74  74  71

Net Subscriber Acquisition Cost Multiple(3)

   27.9x   30.5x   29.9x   30.9x   31.3x 
   Three months ended
March 31,
   Year ended December 31, 
   2019   2018   2018   2017 
   (in thousands) 

Total revenues

  $276,249   $246,597   $1,050,441   $881,983 

Total costs and expenses

   304,227    318,228    1,292,500    1,037,476 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

   (27,978   (71,631   (242,059   (155,493

Other expenses

   61,479    13,519    227,466    253,628 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before taxes

   (89,457   (85,150   (469,525   (409,121

Income tax (benefit) expense

   (301   (433   (1,611   1,078 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  $(89,156  $(84,717  $(467,914  $(410,199
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Key performance measures

   As of March 31,  As of December 31, 
   2019  2018  2018  2017 

Total Subscribers (in thousands)

   1,445.3   1,313.7   1,444.8   1,292.7 

Total MSR (in thousands)

  $76,975  $70,946  $76,103  $70,992 

AMSRU

  $53.26  $54.00  $52.67  $54.92 

Net subscriber acquisition costs per new subscriber

  $1,142  $1,488  $1,189  $1,594 

Net service cost per subscriber

  $13.83  $17.04  $16.27  $15.69 

Net service margin

   74  69  69  72

Average subscriber lifetime (months)

   91   90   91   90 

Total bookings (in millions) (1)

  $1,644  $1,596  $1,676  $1,524 

Lifetime service revenue per new subscriber

  $4,277  $4,303  $4,233  $4,366 

Lifetime service revenue multiple

   3.75x   2.89x   3.56x   2.74x 

Total subscriber lifetime backlog (in millions)

  $5,242  $4,733  $5,163  $4,758 

   Three months ended
March 31
   Year ended December 31, 
   2019   2018   2018   2017 
           As Reported   As Adjusted (1)     

Total MR (in thousands)

  $92,083   $82,199   $87,537   $83,879   $73,499 

AMRU

  $63.78   $62.97   $63.11   $60.47   $60.21 

 

(1)All subscriber data presented

As adjusted excludes wireless internet businessthe impact of adopting Topic 606 associated with total revenues recognized. See Note 3 “Revenue and pilot programs.Capitalized Contract Costs” in the accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements for additional information related to the impact of adopting this standard and a discussion of our updated policies related to revenue recognition and accounting for costs to obtain and fulfill a customer contract.

(2)Total RPU and ARPU data are provided as of each period end.
(3)Reflects net subscriber acquisition cost multiple for the trailing twelve month period.

SixThree Months Ended June 30, 2017March 31, 2019 Compared to the SixThree Months Ended June 30, 2016March 31, 2018

Revenues

The following table provides the significant components of our revenue for the sixthree month periods ended June 30, 2017March 31, 2019 and June 30, 2016March 31, 2018 (in thousands, except for percentages):

 

   Six months ended
June 30,
     
   2017   2016   % Change 

Recurring and other revenue

  $399,641   $339,918    18

Service and other sales revenue

   11,749    10,837    8

Activation fees

   6,089    4,305    41
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

  $417,479   $355,060    18
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   Three Months Ended
March 31,
     
   2019   2018   % Change 

Recurring and other revenue

  $276,249   $246,597    12

Total revenuesRecurring and other revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2019 increased $62.4$29.7 million, or 18%12%, for the six months ended June 30, 2017 as compared to the sixthree months ended June 30, 2016, primarily due to the growth in recurring and other revenue of $59.7 million, or 18%.March 31, 2018. Approximately $42.8$26.5 million of thethis increase in recurring and other revenue was due to an increase of approximately 11.6% in Total Subscribers of approximately 10% and approximately $12.8$4.1 million of the increase was due to increasesan increase in contracted Products and Services across our subscriber base.AMRU. When compared to the sixthree months ended June 30, 2016,March 31, 2018, currency translation negatively affected total revenues by $0.1$0.9 million, as computed on a constant foreign currency basis. The recurring and other revenue associated with recognized deferred Product revenue and RIC imputed interest was $3.6 million and $1.2 million, respectively, for the six months ended June 30, 2017.

Total service and other sales revenue increased $0.9 million, or 8% for the six months ended June 30, 2017 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2016, primarily due to due to increased service billings.

The revenue associated with activation fees is deferred upon billing and recognized over the estimated life of the subscriber relationship. Revenues recognized related to activation fees increased $1.8 million, for the six months ended June 30, 2017 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2016, primarily due to the increase in the number of subscribers from whom we historically collected activation fees. Activation fees are no longer charged under Vivint Flex Pay, as these fees will no longer be billed separately to subscribers at the time of installation.

Costs and Expenses

The following table provides the significant components of our costs and expenses for the sixthree month periods ended June 30, 2017March 31, 2019 and June 30, 2016March 31, 2018 (in thousands, except for percentages):

 

  Six months ended
June 30,
       Three Months Ended
March 31,
     
  2017   2016   % Change   2019   2018   % Change 

Operating expenses

  $148,668   $126,934    17  $83,076   $83,760    (1)% 

Selling expenses

   81,073    66,223    22   43,591    59,243    (26)% 

General and administrative

   77,763    66,550    17   46,339    50,967    (9)% 

Depreciation and amortization

   156,965    132,581    18   131,221    124,258    6

Restructuring and asset impairment charges

   —      (680   NM 
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total costs and expenses

  $464,469   $391,608    19  $304,227   $318,228    (4)% 
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Operating expenses increased $21.7for the three months ended March 31, 2019 decreased $0.7 million, or 17%1%, for the six months ended June 30, 2017 as compared to the sixthree months ended June 30, 2016, primarily drivenMarch 31, 2018. The primary drivers of the decrease were a $2.6 million decrease in costs associated with our retail channel and other sales pilots and lower equipment costs of $2.2 million. These cost decreases were partially offset by an increaseincreases in personnel and related support costs of $12.5$1.9 million, an increase in contracted services, primarily driven by third-party logistics, of $3.8 million, an increase in ITcustomer payment processing costs of $1.8$0.6 million, an increaseand information technology software costs of $1.0 million in subcontractor monitoring and an increase in banking fees of $1.0 million, all to support the growth in our subscriber base and RPU. Additionally, equipment costs increased by $2.5 million, which includes approximately $1.8 million of equipment costs related to the upgrading of customers from 2G to 3G and necessary updates to their systems to support these upgrades during the six months ended June 30, 2017.$0.4 million.

Selling expenses, excluding capitalized subscriber acquisitioncontract costs, increaseddecreased by $14.9$15.7 million, or 22%26%, for the sixthree months ended June 30, 2017March 31, 2019 as compared to the sixthree months ended June 30, 2016, primarily due to an additional $7.6March 31, 2018. The primary drivers of the decrease were $11.2 million in lower costs associated with our retail channel expansion, primarily Best Buy, an increaseand other sales pilots, a decrease in personnel and related support costs of $2.4$3.0 million in our core business primarily associated with increased benefit costs, an increase in ITand lower marketing-related costs of $2.0 million and an increase in supply chain costs of $1.5 million, mainly to support Vivint Flex Pay and pilot sales channels.$1.1 million.

General and administrative expenses increased $11.2decreased $4.6 million, or 17%9%, for the sixthree months ended June 30, 2017March 31, 2019 as compared to the sixthree months ended June 30, 2016, primarily due to an increaseMarch 31, 2018. The primary drivers of the decrease were a reduction in professional and legal contracted services costs of $2.8 million, lower marketing related cost of $1.4 million, a decrease in personnel and related support costs of $6.6$1.3 million anand lower information technology costs of $0.5 million. The decreases were partially offset by a $1.9 million increase in advertising costs of $1.5 million and an increase in research and development associated with hardware of $1.1 million, all to support the growth in our business. Bad debt expense also increased by $2.0 million, due to the growth in our revenues.bad debt.

Depreciation and amortization for the three months ended March 31, 2019 increased $24.4$7.0 million, or 18%6%, for the six months ended June 30, 2017 as compared to the sixthree months ended June 30, 2016. The increase wasMarch 31, 2018, primarily due to increased amortization of subscriber acquisitioncapitalized contract costs related to new subscribers and a change in the timing of recognizing capitalized subscriber acquisition costs as a result of the estimate relating to amortization.subscribers.

Other Expenses, net

The following table provides the significant components of our other expenses, net for the sixthree month periods ended June 30, 2017March 31, 2019 and June 30, 2016March 31, 2018 (in thousands, except for percentages):

 

  Six months ended
June 30,
       Three Months Ended
March 31,
     
  2017   2016   % Change   2019   2018   % Change 

Interest expense

  $108,639   $92,865    17  $63,748   $58,790    8

Interest income

   (104   (23   NM    (23   (31   (26)% 

Other loss, net

   10,197    4,753    NM 

Other income, net

   (2,246   (45,240   (95)% 
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total other expenses, net

  $118,732   $97,595    22  $61,479   $13,519    355
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Interest expense increased $15.8$5.0 million, or 17%8%, for the sixthree months ended June 30, 2017,March 31, 2019, as compared with the sixthree months ended June 30, 2016,March 31, 2018, due to higher balances on our total debt.

Other income, net, decreased $43.0 million, or 95% for the three months ended March 31, 2019, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2018, primarily due to the gain on sale of spectrum of $50.4 million that occurred during the three months ended March 31, 2018. This change was offset by the change in foreign currency exchange of $3.8 million, a decrease in loss on derivative of $2.1 million and an increase in the gain on corporate securities of $1.9 million.

Income Taxes

The following table provides the significant components of our income tax benefit for the three month periods ended March 31, 2019 and March 31, 2018 (in thousands, except for percentages):

   Three Months Ended
March 31,
   % Change 
   2019   2018 

Income tax benefit

  $(301  $(433   NM 

Income tax benefit decreased $0.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2019, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2018. The income tax benefit for both the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2018 resulted primarily from losses in our Canadian subsidiary.

Year Ended December 31, 2018 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2017

Revenues

The following table provides the significant components of our revenue for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017:

   2018   2017   % Change 
   As
Reported
   Topic 606
Adjustments
  As
Adjusted (1)
   As
Reported
  As
Adjusted
 
   (in thousands)        

Recurring and other revenue

  $1,050,441   $(99,780 $950,661   $843,420    25  13

Service and other sales revenue

   —      46,177   46,177    26,988    NM (2)   71

Activation fees

   —      9,705   9,705    11,575    NM   (16)% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total revenues

  $1,050,441   $(43,898 $1,006,543   $881,983    19  14
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 
          

(1)

As adjusted excludes the impact of adopting Topic 606. See Note 3 “Revenue and Capitalized Contract Costs” in the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements for additional information related

to the impact of adopting this standard and a discussion of our updated policies related to revenue recognition and accounting for costs to obtain and fulfill a customer contract.
(2)

Not Meaningful (“NM”)

Total revenues increased $168.5 million, or 19%, for the year ended December 31, 2018 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2017, of which $43.9 million was associated with the adoption of Topic 606 related to the timing of revenue recognition. The impact of Topic 606 primarily related to the change in timing of revenue recognition associated with customer payments related to Products.

Recurring and other revenue for the year ended December 31, 2018 increased $207.0 million, or 25%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2017, of which $99.8 million related to the adoption of Topic 606 associated with the timing of revenue recognition and classification of revenue components. The as adjusted recurring and other revenue for the year ended December 31, 2018 totaled $950.7 million, an increase of $107.2 million, or 13%. Approximately $110.1 million of this increase in recurring and other revenue was due to an increase in Total Subscribers. Recognized deferred revenue increased $46.0 million and recognized RIC imputed interest increased $7.6 million, due to the increased subscriber base, increases in sales of Products and the company’s transition to Vivint Flex Pay in 2017. When compared to the year ended December 31, 2017, currency translation had an immaterial impact, as computed on a constant currency basis. The increase in recurring and other revenue was partially offset by $53.7 million from a decrease in the AMSRU of approximately $3.00 attributable to the Company’s transition to Vivint Flex Pay in early 2017 and a decrease of $2.7 million related to wireless.

Total service and other sales revenue for the year ended December 31, 2017 totaled $27.0 million. The as adjusted service and other sales revenue for the year ended December 31, 2018 totaled $46.2 million, which represented an increase of $19.2 million, or 71%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2017, primarily due to upgrade Product sales and increased service related billings.

Revenues recognized related to activation fees for the year ended December 31, 2017 totaled $11.6 million. The as adjusted revenues recognized related to activation fees for the year ended December 31, 2018 totaled $9.7 million, which represented a decrease of $1.9 million, or 16% as compared to the year ended December 31, 2017. This change was primarily due to activation fees no longer being billed separately to subscribers at the time of installation under Vivint Flex Pay.

Costs and Expenses

The following table provides the significant components of our costs and expenses for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017:

   2018       % Change 
   As
Reported
   Topic 606
Adjustments
  As
Adjusted (1)
   2017   As
Reported
  As
Adjusted
 
   (in thousands)        

Operating expenses

  $355,813   $29,859  $385,672   $321,476    11  20

Selling expenses

   213,386    —     213,386    198,348    8  8

General and administrative

   204,536    —     204,536    188,397    9  9

Depreciation and amortization

   514,082    (146,203  367,879    329,255    56  12

Restructuring and asset impairment charges

   4,683    —     4,683    —      NM   NM 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total costs and expenses

  $1,292,500   $(116,344 $1,176,156   $1,037,476    25  13
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 
          

(1)

As adjusted excludes the impact of adopting Topic 606. See Note 3 “Revenue and Capitalized Contract Costs” in the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements for additional information related to the impact of adopting this standard and a discussion of our updated policies related to revenue recognition and accounting for costs to obtain and fulfill a customer contract.

Operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2018 increased $34.3 million, or 11%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2017, which excluded $29.9 million related to certain contract costs previously expensed, but are now included in capitalized contract costs after the adoption of Topic 606. As adjusted operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2018 increased $64.2 million, or 20% as compared to the year ended December 31, 2017. This increase was primarily due to increases of $62.9 million in personnel and related costs for field service and customer care, an increase of $11.1 million innon-capitalized equipment and shipping costs, and an increase of $2.7 million of payment processing and bank fees associated with the increase in Total Subscribers and the Company’s transition to Vivint Flex Pay. These increases were offset by decreases of $6.8 million in costs associated with our retail and other sales pilots, contracted services of $5.0 million primarily associated with third-party field services and information technology operating expenses of $2.1 million.

Selling expenses, excluding capitalized contract costs (formerly subscriber acquisition costs), increased by $15.0 million, or 8%, for the year ended December 31, 2018 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2017, primarily due to increases of $14.1 million in personnel and related costs, sales-related information technology costs of $7.9 million, housing and related costs of $6.0 million and marketing costs of $4.7 million primarily associated with lead generation. These increases were offset by a decrease of $18.8 million in costs associated with our retail and other sales pilots.

General and administrative expenses increased $16.1 million, or 9%, for the year ended December 31, 2018 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2017, primarily due to increases in personnel and related costs of $25.4 million, including $6.0 million associated with us offering a 401(k) match beginning in 2018, research and development costs of $5.3 million, information technology costs of $4.3 million and an increase in contracted services costs of $2.3 million. These costs were offset by a decrease of $10.4 million in costs associated with our retail and other sales pilots and a decrease of $9.1 million in legal and litigation matters.

Depreciation and amortization for the year ended December 31, 2018 increased $184.8 million, or 56%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2017, of which $146.2 million was associated with the adoption of Topic 606, relating to the timing of amortization of capitalized contract costs. As adjusted depreciation and amortization for the year ended December 31, 2018 increased $38.6 million, or 12%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2017 primarily due to increased amortization of capitalized contract costs (formerly subscriber acquisition costs) related to new subscribers.

Restructuring expenses for the year ended December 31, 2018 related to employee severance and termination benefits expenses (See Note 11 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements for further information).

Other Expenses, net

The following table provides the significant components of our other expenses, net, for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017:

   Year ended December 31,   % Change 
   2018   2017 
   (in thousands)     

Interest expense

  $245,214   $225,772    9

Interest income

   (425   (130   NM 

Other (income) loss, net

   (17,323   27,986    NM 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expenses, net

  $227,466   $253,628    (10)% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest expense increased $19.4 million, or 9%, for the year ended December 31, 2018, as compared with the year ended December 31, 2017, due to a higher principal balance on our debt. See Note 5 to our accompanying consolidated financial statements for further information on our long-term debt.

Other (income) loss, net, was $10.2represented income of $17.3 million for the six monthsyear ended June 30, 2017,December 31, 2018, as compared to $4.8a loss of $28.0 million for the six monthsyear ended June 30, 2016.December 31, 2017. The primary componentother income during the year ended December 31, 2018 was primarily due to the $50.4 million gain associated with the sale of our spectrum intangible assets (see Note 8 to our accompanying consolidated financial statements for further information), offset by a loss on debt modification and extinguishment of $14.6 million, a loss on our derivative instrument of $12.6 million and a foreign currency exchange loss of $7.1 million. The other loss netduring the year ended December 31, 2017 was from theprimarily due to a loss and expenses of $12.8 million and $10.1$23.0 million resulting from our debt modification and extinguishments during the six months ended June 30, 2017extinguishment and June 30, 2016, respectively. These losses and expenses werea loss on our derivative instrument of $9.6 million, offset by a foreign currency exchange gainsgain of $2.5 million and $4.9 million during the six months ended June 30, 2017 and June 30, 2016, respectively.million.

See Note 25 to theour accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements for further information on our long-term debt related to other expenses, net.

Income Taxes

The following table provides the significant components of our income tax (benefit) expense for the six month periodsyears ended June 30, 2017December 31, 2018 and June 30, 2016 (in thousands, except for percentages):2017:

 

   Six months ended
June 30,
     
   2017   2016   % Change 

Income tax expense

  $1,151   $672    NM 
   Year ended December 31,   % Change 
       2018           2017     
   (in thousands)     

Income tax (benefit) expense

  $(1,611  $1,078    NM 

Income tax expense increased $0.5benefit was $2.7 million for the six monthsyear ended June 30, 2017,December 31, 2018, as compared withto an income tax expense of $1.1 million for the six monthsyear ended June 30, 2016December 31, 2017. Our tax benefit and expense for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, resulted primarily from increasedthe loss and earnings in our Canadian subsidiary, as well as U.S. minimum state taxes.

Year Ended December 31, 2016 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2015

Revenues

The following table provides the significant components of our revenue for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015:

   Year ended December 31,     
   2016   2015   % Change 
   (in thousands)     

Recurring revenue

  $724,478   $624,989    16

Service and other sales revenue

   22,855    22,700    1

Activation fees

   10,574    6,032    75
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

  $757,907   $653,721    16
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues increased $104.2 million, or 16%, for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015, primarily due to the growth in recurring revenue, which increased $99.5 million, or 16%. $83.3 million of the increase in recurring revenue was due to an increase in Total Subscribers and $15.5 million of the increase was due to increases in RPU. Recurring revenues associated with our wireless internet business increased $2.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. Currency translation negatively affected total revenues by $2.1 million, as computed on a constant currency basis.

Service and other sales revenue remained essentially flat for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015.

The revenue associated with activation fees is deferred upon billing and recognized over the estimated life of the subscriber relationship. There was deemed to be no fair value associated with deferred activation fee revenues at the time of the Acquisition. Thus, all activation fee revenue recognized in the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 relate to contracts generated after the Acquisition. Revenues recognized related to activation fees increased $4.5 million, or 75%, for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015, primarily due to the increase in the number of subscribers from whom we have collected activation fees since the date of the Acquisition and a change in the timing of recognizing deferred activation fees as a result of the estimate relating to amortization.

Costs and Expenses

The following table provides the significant components of our costs and expenses for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015:

   Year ended December 31,     
   2016   2015   % Change 
   (in thousands)     

Operating expenses

  $264,865   $228,315    16

Selling expenses

   131,421    122,948    7

General and administrative

   143,168    107,212    34

Depreciation and amortization

   288,542    244,724    18

Restructuring and asset impairment charges

   1,013    59,197    (98)% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total costs and expenses

  $829,009   $762,396    9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses increased $36.6 million, or 16%, for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015, primarily driven by an increase of $23.6 million in personnel and related costs, an increase of $7.9 million in facilities and IT infrastructure costs, an increase of $1.9 million in monitoring costs from third-party cellular providers, and an increase of $1.3 million in banking fees. All of these cost increases related to supporting the 13.1% growth in our subscriber base.

Selling expenses, excluding amortization of capitalized subscriber acquisition costs, increased $8.5 million, or 7%, for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. This increase was principally comprised of $6.6 million in expenses associated with lead generation, primarily related to the 53.4% growth in new subscribers generated through our inside sales channel and an increase of $4.1 million in facilities and IT infrastructure costs. This increase was offset, in part, by a decrease in legal costs of $1.7 million.

General and administrative expenses increased $36.0 million, or 34%, for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015, primarily due to a non-cash gain of $12.2 million in connection with the settlement of the Merger-related escrow recorded during the year ended December 31, 2015, an increase of $10.8 million in personnel costs, which included a $2.2 million stock-based compensation expense

related to an equity repurchase by Acquisition LLC from one our executives, an increase of $4.8 million in legal costs, an increase in IT and contracted services of $3.5 million to support the growth in the business, an increase of $2.7 million in research and development costs and an increase of $1.4 million in brand marketing.

Depreciation and amortization increased $43.8 million, or 18%, for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase was primarily due to increased amortization of subscriber acquisition costs arising from the growth in our subscriber base and a change in the timing of recognizing capitalized subscriber acquisition costs as a result of the estimate relating to amortization.

Restructuring and asset impairment charges for the year ended December 31, 2016 primarily related to net the net loss of $2.6 million associated with the 2016 Contract Sales, offset by $1.5 million of wireless restructuring and asset impairment recoveries. Restructuring and asset impairment charges for the year ended December 31, 2015 relate to the transition in our Wireless Internet business from a 5Ghz to a 60Ghz-based network technology (see Note 11 to the accompanying audited consolidated financial statements).

Other Expenses, net

The following table provides the significant components of our other expenses, net, for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015:

   Year ended December 31,     
   2016   2015   % Change 
   (in thousands)     

Interest expense

  $197,965   $161,339    23

Interest income

   (432   (90   NM 

Other loss, net

   7,255    8,832    (18)% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expenses, net

  $204,788   $170,081    20
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest expense increased $36.6 million, or 23%, for the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared with the year ended December 31, 2015, due to a higher principal balance on our debt. See Note 5 to the accompanying audited consolidated financial statements for further information on our long-term debt.

Other loss, net, decreased by $1.6 million, or 18% for the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared with the year ended December 31, 2015. The decrease is due, in part, to the change in the foreign currency translation from a foreign currency exchange loss of $9.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2015 to a foreign currency exchange gain of $2.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2016. This decrease was partially offset by losses and expenses incurred of $10.1 million resulting from our debt modification and extinguishment (see Note 5 to the accompanying audited consolidated financial statements). During the year ended December 31, 2015 we recorded $7.1 million currency translation losses as a result of a change in treatment of foreign currency exchange gains and losses on intercompany balances. Prior to July 2015, we classified intercompany receivable balances with our foreign subsidiaries as long-term investments with translation gains and losses recorded in other comprehensive income. Beginning in July 2015, as part of our cash management strategy we determined that settlement of these intercompany balances were anticipated and therefore these balances are not considered to be long-term investments and any subsequent translation gains or losses are recorded in income.

Income Taxes

The following table provides the significant components of our income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015:

   Year ended December 31,     
   2016     2015   % Change 
   (in thousands)     

Income tax expense

  $67     $351    NM 

Income tax expense decreased $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared with the year ended December 31, 2015. Our tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 resulted primarily from earnings in our Canadian subsidiary, as well as U.S. minimum state taxes.

Year Ended December 31, 2015 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2014

Revenues

The following table provides the significant components of our revenue for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014:

   Year ended December 31,     
   2015   2014   % Change 
   (in thousands)     

Recurring revenue

  $624,989   $537,695    16

Service and other sales revenue

   22,700    21,980    3

Activation fees

   6,032    4,002    51
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

  $653,721   $563,677    16
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues increased $90.0 million, or 16%, for the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2014, primarily due to the growth in recurring revenue, which increased $87.3 million, or 16%. $65.9 million of the increase in recurring revenue was due to an increase in Total Subscribers and $22.4 million of the increase was due to increases in RPU. Recurring revenues associated with our wireless internet business increased $6.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2014. Currency translation negatively affected total revenues by $8.0 million, as computed on a constant currency basis.

Service and other sales revenue increased $0.7 million, or 3%, for the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2014. This increase was primarily due to an increase of $1.0 million of contract fulfillment revenue partially offset by a decrease in upgrade revenue of $0.7 million related to subscriber service upgrades and purchases of additional equipment.

The revenue associated with activation fees is deferred upon billing and recognized over the estimated life of the subscriber relationship. There was deemed to be no fair value associated with deferred activation fee revenues at the time of the Acquisition. Thus, all activation fee revenue recognized in the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 relate to contracts generated after the Acquisition. Revenues recognized related to activation fees increased $2.0 million, or 51%, for the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2014, primarily due to the increase in the number of subscribers from whom we have collected activation fees since the date of the Acquisition.

Costs and Expenses

The following table provides the significant components of our costs and expenses for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014:

   Year ended December 31,     
   2015   2014   % Change 
   (in thousands)     

Operating expenses

  $228,315   $202,769    13

Selling expenses

   122,948    107,370    15

General and administrative

   107,212    126,083    (15)% 

Depreciation and amortization

   244,724    221,324    11

Restructuring and asset impairment charges

   59,197    —      NM 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total costs and expenses

  $762,396   $657,546    16
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses increased $25.5 million, or 13%, for the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2014, primarily to support the growth in our subscriber base and our wireless internet business. This increase was primarily due to a $22.1 million increase in personnel costs related to customer services, field services, and monitoring and a $4.6 million increase in equipment costs related to servicing our wireless internet business and equipment costs related to subscriber upgrades. This increase was offset, in part, by a $2.9 million decrease in monitoring costs from third-party cellular providers primarily resulting from the transition to our Vivint Smart Home Cloud platform.

Selling expenses, excluding amortization of capitalized subscriber acquisition costs, increased $15.6 million, or 15%, for the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2014, primarily due to an increase in personnel costs of $9.4 million and a $5.4 million increase in expenses relating to lead generation, all to support the increase in our subscriber contract originations.

General and administrative expenses decreased $18.9 million, or 15%, for the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2014, partly due to a non-cash gain of $12.2 million in connection with the settlement of the Merger-related escrow (see Note 14 to the accompanying audited consolidated financial statements), a $7.8 million decrease in brand recognition expenses and a decrease of $5.3 million in contracted information technology services. These decreases were partially offset by a $3.0 million increase in personnel costs and an increase of $1.3 million in legal, audit and other professional service fees.

Depreciation and amortization increased $23.4 million, or 11%, for the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase was primarily due to increased amortization of subscriber acquisition costs arising from the growth in our subscriber base.

Restructuring and asset impairment charges for the year ended December 31, 2015 relate to the transition in our Wireless Internet business from a 5Ghz to a 60Ghz-based network technology (see Note 3 to the accompanying audited consolidated financial statements).

Other Expenses, net

The following table provides the significant components of our other expenses, net, for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014:

   Year ended December 31,     
   2015   2014   % Change 
   (in thousands)     

Interest expense

  $161,339   $147,511    9

Interest income

   (90   (1,455   NM 

Other loss (income), net

   8,832    (1,779   NM 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expenses, net

  $170,081   $144,277    18
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest expense increased $13.8 million, or 9%, for the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared with the year ended December 31, 2014, due to a higher principal balance on our debt resulting from the issuance of $300 million of 2022 private placement notes in October 2015, the full year impact of the $100 million in 2020 notes issued in July 2014 and borrowings in 2015 under our revolving credit facility.

Other loss (income), net increased by $10.6 million primarily as a result of a change in treatment of losses on intercompany balances. Prior to July 2015, we classified intercompany receivable balances with our Canada and New Zealand subsidiaries as long-term investments with translation gains and losses recorded in other comprehensive income. Beginning in July 2015, as part of our cash management strategy we determined that settlement of these intercompany balances was anticipated and therefore these balances are not considered to be long-term investments and any subsequent translation gains or losses are recorded in income.

Income Taxes

The following table provides the significant components of our income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014:

   Year ended December 31,     
   2015   2014   % Change 
   (in thousands)     

Income tax expense

  $351   $514    (32)% 

Income tax expense decreased $0.2 million, or 32%, for the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared with the year ended December 31, 2014. Our tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 was primarily due to state and foreign income taxes.

Unaudited Quarterly Results of Operations

The following tables present our unaudited quarterly consolidated results of operations for the eight quarters ended June 30, 2017 and 2016.March 31, 2019. This unaudited quarterly consolidated information has been prepared on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, the statement of operations data includes all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair presentation of the results of operations for these periods. You should read these tables in conjunction with our audited consolidated

financial statements and related notes located elsewhere in this prospectus. The results of operations for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations for a full year or any future periods.

 

  Three months ended   Three Months Ended 
  June 30,
2017
   March 31,
2017
   December 31,
2016
   September 30,
2016
   March 31,
2019
   December 31,
2018
   September 31,
2018
   June 30,
2018
 
  (in thousands)   (in thousands) 

Statement of operations data

                

Revenue

  $212,126   $205,353   $204,512   $198,335   $276,249   $276,542   $272,335   $254,967 

Loss from operations

   (30,463   (16,527   (16,818   (17,736   (27,978   (46,137   (44,058   (80,233

Net loss

   (84,237   (82,636   (71,168   (69,974   (89,156   (118,586   (120,226   (144,385

 

  Three months ended   Three Months Ended 
  June 30,
2016
   March 31,
2016
   December 31,
2015
   September 30,
2015
   March 31,
2018
   December 31,
2017
   September 30,
2017
   June 30,
2017
 
  (in thousands)   (in thousands) 

Statement of operations data

                

Revenue

  $180,807   $174,253   $175,034   $168,577   $246,597   $235,846   $228,658   $212,126 

Loss from operations

   (32,873   (3,675   (15,929   (78,159   (71,631   (68,356   (40,147   (30,463

Net loss

   (89,722   (45,093   (62,375   (125,072   (84,717   (135,406   (107,920   (84,237

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our primary source of liquidity has historically been cash from operations, proceeds from the issuance of debt securities (including pursuant to the 2024 Term Loan B (as defined below)), and borrowing availability under our revolving credit facility and, to a lesser extent, capital contributions. As of June 30, 2017,March 31, 2019, we had $1.5$3.7 million of cash and cash equivalents and $180.8$249.7 million of availability under our revolving credit facility (after(including $15.4 million of Series D Revolving Commitments which terminated effective April 1, 2019 and after giving effect to $8.7$13.9 million of letters of credit outstanding and $100.0$40.0 million of borrowings), of which $20.8 million expires in November 2017..

As market conditions warrant, we and our equity holders, including the Sponsor, its affiliates and members of our management, may from time to time, seek to purchase our outstanding debt securities or loans including the notes and borrowings under our revolving credit facility, in privately negotiated or open market transactions,

by tender offer or otherwise. Subject to any applicable limitations contained in the agreements governing our indebtedness, any purchases made by us may be funded by the use of cash on our balance sheet or the incurrence of new secured or unsecured debt, including additional borrowings under our revolving credit facility. The amounts involved in any such purchase transactions, individually or in the aggregate, may be material. Any such purchases may be with respect to a substantial amount of a particular class or series of debt, with the attendant reduction in the trading liquidity of such class or series. In addition, any such purchases made at prices below the “adjusted issue price” (as defined for U.S. federal income tax purposes) may result in taxable cancellation of indebtedness income to us, which amounts may be material, and in related adverse tax consequences to us. Depending on conditions in the credit and capital markets and other factors, we will, from time to time, consider various financing transactions, the proceeds of which could be used to refinance our indebtedness or for other purposes. For example, in May 2016,September 2018, we repurchased approximately $205borrowed $810 million under the 2024 Term Loan B (the “2024 Term Loan B”). We used a portion of the 2019 notesnet proceeds from the borrowings under the 2024 Term Loan B to redeem in privately negotiated transactions in conjunction withfull the issuanceentire $269.5 million outstanding aggregate principal amount of the 2022 notes. Additionally, in February 2017 we issued an additional $300.06.375% senior secured notes due 2019 (the “2019 notes”) and pay the related accrued interest and redemption premium, to repurchase approximately $250.7 million aggregate principal amount of the 2022 notes at a price of 108.250%. We used the net proceeds from the offering of these 2022 notes to redeem $300.0 million aggregate principal amount of the existing 2019outstanding 2020 notes, and pay the related redemption premium, and to pay all fees and expenses related thereto and will use any remaining proceeds for general corporate purposes.to the 2024 Term Loan B Agreement.

Capital Contribution

In April 2016, Parent Holdco completed the first installment of an issuance and sale to certain investors of a series of preferred stock and contributed the net proceeds from such issuance of $69.8 million to us as an equity contribution. In July 2016, Parent Holdco completed the final installment of the issuance and sale to certain investors of such series of preferred stock and, in August 2016, contributed the net proceeds from such issuance of $30.6 million to us as an equity contribution. Both issuances were private placements exempt from registration under the Securities Act.

Cash Flow and Liquidity Analysis

Significant factors influencing our liquidity position includeOur cash flows generatedprovided by operating activities include recurring monthly billings, cash received from recurring revenuethe sale of Products to our subscribers that eitherpay-in-full at the time of installation or finance their purchase of

Products under the Consumer Financing Program and other fees received from the subscribers we service and the level of investment in capitalized subscriber acquisition costs and general and administrative expenses. Our cash flows provided by operating activities include cash received from RPU, along with upfront activation fees, upgrade and other maintenance and repair fees.service. Cash used in operating activities includes the cash costs to monitor and service thoseour subscribers, a portion of subscriber acquisition costs and general and administrative costs. Historically, we financed subscriber acquisition costs through our operating cash flows, the issuance of debt, and to a lesser extent, through the issuance of equity and contract salessale of contracts to third parties. Going forward, we expectCurrently, the upfront proceeds under Vivint Flex Pay, program toand those that arepaid-in-full at the time of the sale of Products, offset a portion of the upfront investment associated with subscriber acquisition costs.

Our Sales from ourdirect-to-home sales channel are seasonal in nature. We make investments in the recruitment of ourdirect-to-home sales forcerepresentatives, inventory and the inventoryother support costs for the April through August sales period prior to each sales season. We experience increases in subscriber acquisitioncapitalized contract costs, as well as costs to support the sales force throughout North America, prior to and during this time period.

Under The incremental inventory purchased to support the strategic partnership agreement with Best Buy announced on May 4, 2017, we expect that Best Buy will begin offering Vivint’s products in services in approximately 400 Best Buy retail stores bydirect-to-home sales season is generally consumed prior to the end of 2017. We are devoting, and will continue to devote, significant management attention as well as significant capital and other resources to our partnership with Best Buy over the course of the term of the Agreement.calendar year in which it is purchased.

The following table provides a summary of cash flow data (in thousands):

 

  Six months ended June 30, Year ended December 31,   Three Months Ended
March 31,
   Year ended December 31, 
  2017 2016 2016 2015 2014   2019   2018   2018   2017 

Net cash used in operating activities

  $(133,261 $(171,573 $(365,706 $(255,307 $(309,637  $(43,017  $(59,582  $(220,499  $(309,332

Net cash used in investing activities

   (12,002 (4,897 (15,147 (35,615 (36,284

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

   (1,811   46,586    32,922    (21,661

Net cash provided by financing activities

   103,223  295,758  422,280  284,400  95,057    35,721    12,616    196,407    291,213 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

We generally reinvest the cash flows from our recurring monthly billings and cash received from Product salesthe sale of Products associated with the initial installation into our business, primarily to (1) maintain and grow our subscriber base, (2) expand our infrastructure to support this growth, (3) enhance our existing Products and ServiceSmart Home Services offerings, (4) develop new Product and ServiceSmart Home Services offerings and (5) expand into new sales channels. These investments are focused on generating new subscribers, and increasing the revenue from our existing subscriber base, enhancing the overall quality of service provided to our subscribers, and increasing the productivity and efficiency of our workforce and back-office functions necessary to scale our business.

For the sixthree months ended June 30, 2017,March 31, 2019, net cash used in operating activities was $133.3$43.0 million. This cash used was primarily from a net loss of $166.9$89.2 million, adjusted for (i) $161.5for:

$133.3 million innon-cash amortization, depreciation, and stock-based compensation and (ii) 

a provision for doubtful accounts of $9.7$5.9 million, along with and

a $59.3$2.2 million unrealized gain on equity securities.

Cash used in operating activities resulting from changes in operating assets and liabilities, including:

a $80.6 million increase in capitalized contract costs,

a $43.7 million increase in inventories in advance of ourdirect-to-home summer selling season,

a $10.4 million increase in accounts receivable driven primarily by the increase in billed RICs under Vivint Flex Pay and the growth in the number of our Total Subscribers,

a $8.1 million decrease in accrued payroll and commissions, accrued expenses, other current and long-term liabilities, and current and long-term operating lease liabilities due primarily to a decrease in accrued payroll and commissions of $31.6 million and a decrease in the accrued Blackstone monitoring

fee of $3.8 million. These decreases were offset partially by in an increase in accrued interest on our long term debt of $26.3 million and an in increase in the derivative liability associated with the Consumer Financing Program of $3.1 million, and

a $3.7 million increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets.

These uses of operating cash were partially offset by the following changes in operating assets and liabilities:

a $42.9 million increase in accounts payable due primarily to increasesincreased inventory purchases

a $9.8 million increase in deferred revenue due primarily to the growth in deferred revenues associated with the sale of Products under the Vivint Flex Pay plan and the increased subscriber base, and

a $2.8 million decrease in long-term notes receivables, other assets, net andright-of-use assets primarily due to amortization ofright-of-use lease assets and a decrease in notes receivables associated with RICs,

For the three months ended March 31, 2018, net cash used in operating activities was $59.6 million. This cash used was primarily from a net loss of $84.7 million, adjusted for:

a $50.5 million gain associated with sale of our spectrum intangible assets,

$125.8 million innon-cash amortization, depreciation, and stock-based compensation, and

a provision for doubtful accounts of $4.0 million.

Cash used in operating activities resulting from changes in operating assets and liabilities, including:

a $85.0 million increase in capitalized contract costs (formerly subscriber acquisition costs),

a $25.6 million decrease in accounts payable due primarily to timing of payments on inventory purchases,

a $34.0$6.1 million increase in long-term notes receivables and other assets primarily due to increase in notes receivables associated with RICs,

a $6.1 million increase in accounts and notes receivable, net driven primarily by the recognition of billed RICs under Vivint Flex Pay, and

a $1.0 million increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets.

These uses of operating cash were partially offset by the following changes in operating assets and liabilities:

a $30.3 million increase in accrued payroll and commissions, accrued expenses, other current and otherlong-term liabilities due primarily to the addition ofincreases in accrued interest on our long term debt, the derivative liability associated with the Consumer Financing Program introduced in early 2017 and an increase in accrued taxes, the extinguishment of the spectrum liability during the three months ended March 31, 2018,

a $116.0$33.8 million increase in deferred revenue due to the increased subscriber base and the establishmentgeneration of deferred revenues associated with Product sales under the Vivint Flex Pay plan, and a $12.8 million loss on early extinguishment of debt. This was offset by a $212.4reduction in deferred revenue of $8.6 million increase in subscriber acquisition costs, associated with accelerated revenue recognition from the implementation of Topic 606, and

a $72.9$5.9 million increasedecrease in inventories associated with our direct-to-home summer selling season andpartially from decreased Products on hand to support our strategic partnership with Best Buy a $22.6 million increase in accounts receivable, a $4.6 million increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets and a $46.9 million increase in other assets primarily due to increase in notes receivables associated with RICs.at the end of 2017.

For the six monthsyear ended June 30, 2016,December 31, 2018, net cash used in operating activities was $171.6$220.5 million. This cash used was primarily from a net loss of $134.8$467.9 million, adjusted for (1) $140.7for:

$521.7 million innon-cash amortization, depreciation, and stock-based compensation, and (2) 

a $49.8 million net gain on sale of disposal of assets primarily associated with the sale of our spectrum intangible assets,

a $14.6 million loss on early extinguishment of debt,

a $19.4 million provision for doubtful accounts, of $7.7and

a $0.5 million alongunrealized gain on equity securities.

Cash used in operating activities also resulted from changes in operating assets and liabilities, including:

a $499.3 million increase in capitalized contract costs,

$34.0 million increase in accounts receivable driven primarily by the increase in billed RIC receivables,

a $29.1 million increase in other assets primarily due to increases in notes receivables associated with RICs, and

a $54.4$27.0 million increasedecrease in accounts payable due primarily to increasesdecreases in inventory purchases, purchases.

These uses of operating cash were partially offset by:

a $29.3 million increase in accrued expenses and other liabilities due primarily to increases in accrued interest on our long term debt, a $14.7$172.9 million increase in deferred revenue due to the increased subscriber base and the increase of deferred revenues associated with Product sales under Vivint Flex Pay,

a $9.9 million loss on early extinguishment of debt. This was offset with a $214.6 million increase in subscriber acquisition costs, a $62.8 million increase in inventories, a $8.5 million increase in accounts receivable and a $6.1 million increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets.

For the year ended December 31, 2016, net cash used in operating activities was $365.7 million. This cash used was primarily from a net loss of $276.0 million, adjusted for $302.9 million in non-cash amortization, depreciation, and stock-based compensation, a $24.6 million increase in deferred revenue due to the increased subscriber base, a provision for doubtful accounts of $19.6 million, a $12.7$91.5 million increase in accrued expenses and other liabilities due primarily from increases in accrued interest on our long term debt,

a $10.1 million loss on early extinguishment of debt and $7.1 million in non-cash restructuring and asset impairment charges. This was offset by a $419.5 million increase in subscriber acquisition costs, a $24.3 million increase in accounts receivable, a $11.8 million increase in inventories, a $3.0$64.4 million decrease in accounts payable dueinventories primarily toassociated with the timing ofdecrease in inventory purchases, on hand associated with our retail sales channel, and

a $5.2$4.7 million increasedecrease in prepaid expenses and other current assets, and a $2.8 million decrease in the restructuring liability.assets.

For the year ended December 31, 2015,2017, net cash used in operating activities was $255.3$309.3 million. This cash used was primarily from a net loss of $279.1$410.2 million, adjusted for (1) $245.5for:

$337.4 million innon-cash amortization, depreciation, and stock-based compensation,

a non-cash gain$23.1 million loss on settlementearly extinguishment of debt, and

a $22.5 million provision for doubtful accounts.

Cash used in operating activities also resulted from changes in operating assets and liabilities, including:

a $457.7 million increase in subscriber acquisition costs,

a $75.6 million increase in inventories to support our Best Buy relationship and the Merger-related escrow,anticipated sales generated by our inside sales channel,

a $74.8 million increase in other assets primarily due to increases in notes receivables associated with RICs,

a $49.6 million increase in accounts receivable driven primarily by the recognition of billed RIC receivables, and (2) $57.7

a $6.0 million restructuringincrease in prepaid expenses and asset impairment charge relatedother current assets.

These uses of operating cash were partially offset by:

a $247.5 million increase in deferred revenue due to our Wireless Internet business transition, alongthe increased subscriber base and the generation of deferred revenues associated with Product sales under Vivint Flex Pay,

a $21.8$70.5 million increase in accounts payable due primarily related to increases in inventory purchases, of inventory and wireless internet equipment,

a $18.6 million decrease in inventories, a $18.0$62.2 million increase in accrued expenses and other liabilities a $14.9 million provision for doubtful accounts and a $15.0 million increase in fees paid by our subscribers in advance of when the associated revenue is recognized. This was offset by a $354.9 million increase in subscriber acquisition costs and a $14.4 million increase in accounts receivable.

For the year ended December 31, 2014, net cash used in operating activities was $309.6 million. This cash used wasdue primarily from a net loss of $238.7 million, adjusted for $232.5 millionincreases in non-cash amortization, depreciation and stock-based compensation, $317.5 million in capitalized subscriber acquisition costs and a $21.9 million increase in accounts receivable, primarily related to the growth inaccrued interest on our revenues and timing of our billing cycle. This was partially offset by a $20.6 million increase in fees paid by subscribers in advance of when the associated revenue is recognized.long term debt.

Net cash interest paid for the sixthree months ended June 30, 2017March 31, 2019 and 20162018 related to our indebtedness (excluding finance or capital leases) totaled $102.7$36.3 million and $86.3$18.2 million, respectively. Our net cash used in operating activities for the sixthree months ended June 30, 2017March 31, 2019 and 2016,2018, before these interest payments, was $30.6$6.7 million and $85.3$41.4 million, respectively. Accordingly, our net cash provided by operating activities for each of the sixthree months ended June 30, 2017March 31, 2019 and 20162018 was insufficient to cover these interest payments.

Our outstanding debt as of December 31, 2016 was approximately $2.5 billion, approximately $1.3 billion of which was attributable to the transactions related to Blackstone’s acquisition in November 2012. Net cash interest paid for the years ended December 31, 2016, 20152018 and 20142017 related to our indebtedness (excluding capital leases) totaled $188.1 million, $144.9$236.7 million and $136.9$203.4 million, respectively. Our net cash used infrom operating activities for the years ended December 31, 2016, 20152018 and 2014,2017, before these interest payments, was $177.6 million, $110.4an inflow of $16.2 million and $172.7an outflow of $105.9 million, respectively. Accordingly, our net cash provided byfrom operating activities for the years ended December 31, 2016, 20152018 and 20142017 was insufficient to cover these interest payments. For additional information regarding our outstanding indebtedness see “—Long-Term Debt” below.

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

Historically, our investing activities have primarily consisted of capital expenditures, business combinations and technology acquisitions. Capital expenditures primarily consist of periodic additions to property, plant and equipment to support the growth in our business.

For the sixthree months ended June 30,March 31, 2019, net cash used by investing activities was $1.8 million primarily associated with capital expenditures of $1.4 million.

For the three months ended March 31, 2018, net cash provided by investing activities was $46.6 million, consisting of net proceeds of $53.7 million from the sale of our spectrum intangible assets, offset by capital expenditures of $6.4 million and acquisition of intangible assets of $0.8 million.

For the year ended December 31, 2018, net cash provided by investing activities was $32.9 million. This cash provided primarily consisted of net proceeds of $53.7 million primarily from the sale of our spectrum intangible assets, offset by capital expenditures of $19.4 million and acquisition of intangible assets of $1.5 million.

For the year ended December 31, 2017, net cash used in investing activities was $12.0 million, primarily consisting of capital expenditures of $11.4 million and acquisition of intangible assets of $0.7 million.

For the six months ended June 30, 2016, net cash used in investing activities was $4.9 million. This cash used in investing activities primarily consisted of capital expenditures of $4.5 million and capitalized subscriber acquisition costs of $1.8 million.

For the year ended December 31, 2016, net cash used in investing activities was $15.1$21.7 million. This cash used primarily consisted of capital expenditures of $11.6 million and capitalized subscriber acquisition costs of $5.2 million, partially offset by proceeds from the sales of capital assets of $3.1$20.4 million.

For the year ended December 31, 2015, net cash used in investing activities was $35.6 million, consisting primarily of capital expenditures of $27.0 million, a portion of which related to our wireless internet infrastructure, and capitalized subscriber acquisition costs of $24.7 million associated with equipment we own. This was offset by $14.2 million released from restricted cash.

For the year ended December 31, 2014, net cash used in investing activities was $36.3 million, consisting primarily of capital expenditures of $30.5 million, a portion of which related to our wireless internet infrastructure, strategic acquisitions of $18.5 million related to Wildfire Broadband, LLC and Space Monkey and the acquisition of certain patents and other intangible assets of $9.6 million and capitalized subscriber acquisition costs of $10.6 million associated with equipment we own. This was offset by net cash of $22.7 million received in connection with the notes receivable from Solar (see Note 14 to the accompanying audited consolidated financial statements for additional information) and $14.4 million released from restricted cash.

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

Historically, our cash flows provided by financing activities primarily related to the issuance of debt and, to a lesser extent, from capital contributions from our Parent Holdco, all to fund the portion of upfront costs associated with generating new subscribers that are not covered through our operating cash flows.flows or through our Vivint Flex Pay program. Uses of cash for financing activities are generally associated with the paymentreturn of dividendscapital to our stockholders, the repayment of debt and the repaymentpayment of financing costs associated with the issuance of debt.

For the sixthree months ended June 30, 2017,March 31, 2019, net cash provided by financing activities was $103.2$35.7 million, consisting primarily of $324.8$40.0 million in borrowings on our revolving credit facility. These cash proceeds were offset by $2.0 million of repayments on existing notes and $113.0$2.1 million of repayments under our finance lease obligations.

For the three months ended March 31, 2018, net cash provided by financing activities was $12.6 million, consisting primarily of $57.0 million in borrowings on our revolving credit facility. This was partially offset with $300.0 million of repayments on notes, $15.7 million in financing costs, $13.0by $40.0 million of repayments on our revolving credit facility, $4.7$3.4 million of repayments under our capital lease obligations and $1.2$1.0 million in returns of payments of other long-term obligations.capital.

For the six monthsyear ended June 30, 2016,December 31, 2018, net cash provided by financing activities was $295.8$196.4 million, consisting primarily of $500.0$810.0 million in borrowings on notes, $201.0 million in borrowings on the revolving credit facility and $235.5$4.7 million from a capital contribution. This was offset with $522.2 million of repayments on notes, $69.8 million of proceeds from capital contributions from Parent Holdco, $57.0 million in borrowings and $77.0$261.0 million of repayments on the revolving credit facility, $14.6$20.6 million in financing costs, and $4.0$12.4 million of repayments under our capital lease obligations.obligations and $3.1 million in returns of capital.

For the year ended December 31, 2016,2017, net cash provided by financing activities was $422.3$291.2 million, consisting primarily of $604.0$724.8 million in borrowings on notes $100 million of proceeds from capital contributions from Holdings, and $57.0$196.9 million in borrowings on the revolving credit facility. This was offset with $235.5$450.0 million of repayments on notes, $77.0$136.9 million of repayments on the revolving credit facility, $18.3$29.4 million in financing costs and $8.3$10.0 million of repayments under our capital lease obligations.

For the year ended December 31, 2015, net cash provided by financing activities was $284.4 million, consisting primarily of $296.3 million in proceeds from the issuance in October 2015 of the 2022 private placement notes, offset by $6.4 million of repayments of capital lease obligations and $5.4 million in deferred financing costs.

For the year ended December 31, 2014, net cash provided by financing activities was $95.1 million, consisting primarily of $102.0 million in proceeds from the issuance in July 2014 of additional 2020 notes, $32.3 million of equity contributions and $20.0 million in borrowings from our revolving credit facility, partially offset by $50.0 million of payments of dividends.

Long-Term Debt

We are a highly leveraged company with significant debt service requirements. As of June 30, 2017,March 31, 2019, we had approximately $2.6$3.1 billion of total debt outstanding, consisting of $419.5 million of outstanding 2019 notes, $930.0$679.3 million of outstanding 2020 notes, $270.0 million of outstanding 2022 private placement notes, and $900.0 million of outstanding 2022 notes, $400.0 million of outstanding 2023 notes and $806.0 million of outstanding 2024 Term Loan B with $180.8$249.7 million of availability under the revolving credit facility (after(including $15.4 million of Series D Revolving Commitments which terminated effective April 1, 2019 and after giving effect to $8.7$13.9 million of letters of credit outstanding and $100.0$40.0 million of borrowings).

As described above under “—Recent Developments,” on May 10, 2019, APX issued $225 million aggregate principal amount of its 8.50% Senior Secured Notes due 2024. APX used the proceeds from the outstanding 2024 notes offering. Any net proceeds have been or will be used for general corporate purposes, which may include the repayment of outstanding borrowings under the Company’s revolving credit facility.

2020 Notes

As of March 31, 2019, APX had $679.3 million outstanding aggregate principal amount of its 2020 notes. Interest on the 2020 notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on each June 1 and December 1. The 2020 notes mature on December 1, 2020.

We may, at our option, redeem at any time and from time to time some or all of the 2020 notes at par plus any accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption.

2022 Private Placement Notes

As of March 31, 2019, APX had $270.0 million outstanding aggregate principal amount of its 2022 private placement notes. Interest on the 2022 private placement notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on June 1 and December 1 of each year.

From and after December 1, 2018, we may, at our option, redeem at any time and from time to time some or all of the 2022 private placement notes at 104.5%, declining to par from and after December 1, 2019, in each case, plus any accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption.

The 2022 private placement notes mature on December 1, 2022 unless on September 1, 2020 (i.e. the 91st day prior to the maturity of the 2020 notes) more than an aggregate principal amount of $190 million of the 2020 notes remain outstanding or have not been refinanced as permitted under the terms of the 2022 private placement notes, in which case the private placement notes mature on September 1, 2020.

2022 Notes

As of March 31, 2019, APX had $900.0 million outstanding aggregate principal amount of its 2022 notes. Interest on the 2022 notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on June 1 and December 1 of each year.

From and after December 1, 2018, we may, at our option, redeem at any time and from time to time some or all of the 2022 notes at 103.938%, declining to par from and after December 1, 2020, in each case, plus any accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption.

The 2022 notes mature on December 1, 2022, or on such earlier date when any outstanding pari passu lien indebtedness matures as a result of the operation of any “Springing Maturity” provision set forth in the agreements governing such pari passu lien indebtedness.

2023 Notes

As of March 31, 2019, APX had $400.0 million outstanding aggregate principal amount of its 2023 notes. Interest on the 2023 notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on September 1 and March 1 of each year. The 2023 notes mature on September 1, 2023.

We may, at our option, redeem at any time and from time to time prior to September 1, 2019, some or all of the 2023 notes at 100% of their principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date plus a “make-whole premium.” From and after September 1, 2019, we may, at our option, redeem at any time and from time to time some or all of the 2023 notes at 105.719%, declining to par from and after September 1, 2022, in each case, plus any accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption. In addition, on or prior to September 1, 2019, we issued $400may, at our option, redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the 2023 notes with the proceeds from certain equity offerings at 107.625%, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption.

2024 Term Loan B

On September 6, 2018, our subsidiary, APX Group incurred $810.0 million of term loans. Pursuant to the terms of the 2024 Term Loan B, quarterly amortization payments are due in an amount equal to 0.25% of the aggregate principal amount of the 2024 Term Loan B outstanding on the closing date.

The remaining principal amount outstanding under the 2024 Term Loan B will be due and payable in full on (x) if the Springing Maturity Condition (as defined below) does not apply, March 31, 2024 and (y) if the Springing Maturity Condition does apply, either the Springing Maturity Date for the 2020 notes (as defined below) or the Springing Maturity Date for the 2023 notes (as defined below), as applicable.

The Springing Maturity Condition applies if either (i) on the Springing Maturity Date for the 2020 notes, an aggregate principal amount of 2020 notes in excess of $275.0 million are either outstanding or have not been repaid or redeemed or (ii) on the Springing Maturity Date for the 2023 notes, an aggregate principal amount of the 2023 notes in excess of $125.0 million are either outstanding or have not been repaid or redeemed. The “Springing Maturity Date for the third fiscal quarter2020 notes” means the date that is 91 days before the maturity date with respect to the 2020 notes and the “Springing Maturity Date” for the 2023 notes means the date that is 91 days before the maturity date with respect to the 2023 notes.

Outstanding 2024 Notes

On May 10, 2019, we issued $225.0 million aggregate principal amount of 2017.our 8.500% Senior Notes due 2024. Interest on the outstanding 2024 notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on each May 1 and November 1, commencing November 1, 2019.

From and after May 1, 2021, we may, at our option, redeem at any time and from time to time some or all of the 2024 notes at 104.250%, declining ratably on each anniversary thereafter to par from and after May 1, 2023, in each case, plus any accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption. In addition, on or prior to May 1, 2021, we may, at our option, redeem up to 40% of the aggregate principal amount of the 2024 notes with the proceeds from certain equity offerings at 108.500%, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption.

Revolving Credit Facility

On November 16, 2012, we entered into a $200.0 million senior secured revolving credit facility, with a five year maturity. In addition, we may request one or more term loan facilities, increased commitments under the revolving credit facility or new revolving credit commitments, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $225.0 million. Availability of such incremental facilities and/or increased or new commitments will be subject to certain customary conditions.

On June 28, 2013, we As of March 31, 2019, the aggregate commitments available under the credit agreement, as amended and restated the credit agreement to provide for a new repriced trancheon August 10, 2017, was $303.6 million.

As of March 31, 2019 we had $249.7 million of availability under our revolving credit commitments with a lower interest rate. Nearly allfacility (including $15.4 million of the existing tranchesSeries D Revolving Commitments which terminated effective April 1, 2019 and after giving effect to $13.9 million of revolvingletters of credit commitments was terminatedoutstanding and converted into the repriced tranche, with the unterminated portion$40.0 million of the existing tranche continuing to accrue interest at the original higher rate.

On March 6, 2015, we amended and restated the credit agreement to provide for, among other things, (1) an increase in the aggregate commitments previously available to us from $200.0 million to $289.4 million and (2) the extension of the maturity date with respect to certain of the previously available commitments.borrowings).

Borrowings under the amended and restated revolving credit facility bear interest at a rate per annum equal to an applicable margin plus, at our option, either (1) the base rate determined by reference to the highest of (a) the Federal Funds rate plus 0.50%, (b) the prime rate of Bank of America, N.A. and (c) the LIBOR rate determined by reference to the costs of funds for U.S. dollar deposits for an interest period of one month, plus 1.00% or (2) the LIBOR rate determined by reference to the London interbank offered rate for dollars for the interest period relevant to such borrowing. The applicable margin for base rate-based borrowings (1)(a) under the Series A Revolving Commitments of approximately $247.5$267.0 million is and, when in effect, the Series CD Revolving Commitments of approximately $20.8$15.4 million is currentlywas 2.0% per annum and (b) under the Series B Revolving Commitments of approximately $21.2 million is currentlywas 3.0% and (2)(a) the applicable margin for LIBOR rate-based borrowings (a) under the Series A Revolving Commitments is and, when in effect, the Series CD Revolving Commitments is currently 3.0% per annum and (b) under the Series B Revolving Commitments is currently 4.0%. The applicable margin for borrowings under the revolving credit facility is subject to one step-down of 25 basis points based on our meeting a consolidated first lien net leverage ratio test at the end of each fiscal quarter. Outstanding borrowings under the amended and restated revolving credit facility are allocated on apro-rata basis between each Series based on the total Revolving Commitments.

In addition to paying interest on outstanding principal under the revolving credit facility, we are required to pay a quarterly commitment fee (which will be subject to one interest rate step-down of 12.5 basis points, based on our meeting a consolidated first lien net leverage ratio test) to the lenders under the revolving credit facility in respect of the unutilized commitments thereunder. We also pay customary letter of credit and agency fees.

We are not required to make any scheduled amortization payments under the revolving credit facility. The Series D Revolving Commitments expired on March 31, 2019 and the principal amount outstanding under the revolving credit facility will be due and payable in full on (1) with respect to the non-extended commitments under the Series C Revolving Credit Facility, November 16, 2017 and (2) with respect to the extended commitments under the Series A Revolving Credit Facility and Series B Revolving Credit Facility on March 31, 2019.

2019 Notes

On November 16, 2012, we issued $925.0 million of the 2019 notes. Interest on the 2019 notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on each June 1 and December 1. In May 2016, we repurchased approximately $205 million of the 2019 notes using the proceeds from the issuance of the existing registered 2022 notes. In February 2017, we issued an additional $300.0 million aggregate principal amount of the 2022 notes and used the net proceeds from the offering of these 2022 notes to redeem $300.0 million aggregate principal amount of the existing 2019 notes and pay the related redemption premium, and to pay all fees and expenses related thereto and will use any remaining proceeds for general corporate purposes.

From and after December 1, 2015, we may, at our option, redeem at any time and from time to time some or all of the 2019 notes at 104.781%, declining ratably on each anniversary thereafter to par from and after December 1, 2018, in each case, plus any accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption.

2020 Notes

On November 16, 2012, we issued $380.0 million of the 2020 notes. Interest on the 2020 notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on each June 1 and December 1. During the year ended December 31, 2013, we issued an additional $450.0 million of the 2020 notes and on July 1, 2014, we issued an additional $100.0 million of the 2020 notes, each under the indenture dated as of November 16, 2012.

From and after December 1, 2015, we may, at our option, redeem at any time and from time to time some or all of the 2020 notes at 106.563%, declining ratably on each anniversary thereafter to par from and after December 1, 2018, in each case, plus any accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption.

2022 Private Placement Notes

On October 19, 2015, we issued $300.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 2022 private placement notes. Interest on the 2022 private placement notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on June 1 and December 1 of each year. In May 2016, we repurchased $30 million in principal amounts of the 2022 private placement using proceeds from the issuance of the existing registered 2022 notes.

We may, at our option, redeem at any time and from time to time prior to December 1, 2018, some or all of the 2022 private placement notes at 100% of their principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date plus a “make-whole premium.” From and after December 1, 2018, we may, at our option, redeem at any time and from time to time some or all of the 2022 private placement notes at 104.500%, declining to par from and after December 1, 2019, in each case, plus any accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption. In addition, on or prior to December 1, 2018, we may, at our option, redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the 2022 private placement notes with the proceeds from certain equity offerings at 108.875%, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption. At any time and from time to time prior to December 1, 2018, we may at our option redeem during each 12-month period commencing with the issue date on October 19, 2015 up to 10% of the aggregate principal amount of the 2022 private placement notes at a redemption price equal to 103% of the aggregate principal amount of the 2022 private placement notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, to the redemption date.

2022 Notes

On May 26, 2016, we issued $500.0 million aggregate principal amount of our existing registered 2022 notes. Interest on the 2022 notes will be payable semi-annually in arrears on June 1 and December 1 of each year, commencing on December 1, 2016. On August 17, 2016, we issued an additional $100.0 million aggregate principal amount of the outstanding 2022 notes. On February 1, 2017, we issued an additional $300.0 million aggregate principal amount of the outstanding 2022 notes, which are the subject of this exchange offer. The exchange notes will be treated as a single class with the existing registered 2022 notes and the outstanding 2022 notes and will have the same terms as those of the existing registered 2022 notes as set forth in “Description of the Notes.”

We may, at our option, redeem at any time and from time to time prior to December 1, 2018, some or all of the 2022 notes at 100% of their principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date plus a “make-whole premium.” From and after December 1, 2018, we may, at our option, redeem at any time and from time to time some or all of the 2022 notes at 103.938%, declining to par from and after December 1, 2020, in each case, plus any accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption. In addition, on or prior to December 1, 2018, we may, at our option, redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the 2022 notes

with the proceeds from certain equity offerings at 107.875%, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption. At any time and from time to time prior to December 1, 2018, we may at our option redeem during each 12-month period commencing on the issue date of May 26, 2016 up to 10% of the aggregate principal amount of the 2022 notes at a redemption price equal to 103% of the aggregate principal amount of the 2022 notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, to the redemption date.2021.

Guarantees and Security (Revolving Credit Facility, 2024 Term Loan B and Notes)

All of ourthe obligations under the credit agreement governing the revolving credit facility, the credit agreement governing the 2024 Term Loan B and the existingdebt agreements governing the notes are guaranteed by APX Group Holdings, Inc. and each of our existing and future material wholly-owned U.S. restricted subsidiaries (subject to customary exclusions and qualifications). However, such subsidiaries shall only be required to guarantee the extentobligations under the debt agreements governing the Notes for so long as such entities guarantee indebtedness

the obligations under the revolving credit facility, the credit agreement governing the 2024 Term Loan B or our other indebtedness. See Note 19 to the17 of both our accompanying auditedconsolidated financial statements and our accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements for additional financial information regarding guarantors andnon-guarantors.

The obligations under the revolving credit facility, 2024 Term Loan B and the 2022 private placement notes, 2022 notes and the outstanding 2024 notes (“existing senior secured notesnotes”) are secured by a security interest in (i)(1) substantially all of the present and future tangible and intangible assets of APX Group, Inc., and the guarantors, including without limitation equipment, subscriber contracts and communication paths, intellectual property,fee-owned real property, general intangibles, investment property, material intercompany notes and proceeds of the foregoing, subject to permitted liens and other customary exceptions, (ii)(2) substantially all personal property of APX Group, Inc. and the guarantors consisting of accounts receivable arising from the sale of inventory and other goods and services (including related contracts and contract rights, inventory, cash, deposit accounts, other bank accounts and securities accounts), inventory and intangible assets to the extent attached to the foregoing books and records of the Issuer and the guarantors, and the proceeds thereof, subject to permitted liens and other customary exceptions, in each case held by the Issuer and the guarantors and (iii)(3) a pledge of all of the capital stock of APX Group, Inc., each of its subsidiary guarantors and each restricted subsidiary of APX Group, Inc. and its subsidiary guarantors, in each case other than excluded assets and subject to the limitations and exclusions provided in the applicable collateral documents.

Under the terms of the applicable security documents and intercreditor agreement, the proceeds of any collection or other realization of collateral received in connection with the exercise of remedies will be applied first to repay amounts due under the revolving credit facility, and up to an additional $60.0 million of “superpriority” obligations that we may incur in the future, before the holders of the existing senior secured notes or 2024 Term Loan B receive any such proceeds.

Debt Covenants

The credit agreement governing the revolving credit facility, the credit agreement governing the 2024 Term Loan B and the debt agreements governing the existing notes contain a number of covenants that, among other things, restrict, subject to certain exceptions, our and our restricted subsidiaries’ ability to:

 

incur or guarantee additional debt or issue disqualified stock or preferred stock;

 

pay dividends and make other distributions on, or redeem or repurchase, capital stock;

 

make certain investments;

 

incur certain liens;

 

enter into transactions with affiliates;

 

merge or consolidate;

 

materially change the nature of their business;

enter into agreements that restrict the ability of restricted subsidiaries to make dividends or other payments to the Issuer;

 

designate restricted subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries; and

 

amend, prepay, redeem or purchase certain subordinated debt; and

transfer or sell certain assets.

The credit agreement governing the revolving credit facility, the credit agreement governing the 2024 Term Loan B and the debt agreements governing the existing notes contain change of control provisions and certain customary affirmative covenants and events of default. As of June 30, 2017,March 31, 2019, we were in compliance with all restrictive covenants related to our long-term obligations.

Subject to certain exceptions, the credit agreement governing the revolving credit facility, the credit agreement governing the 2024 Term Loan B and the debt agreements governing the existing notes permit us and our restricted subsidiaries to incur additional indebtedness, including secured indebtedness.

Our future liquidity requirements will be significant, primarily due to debt service requirements. The actual amounts of borrowings under the revolving credit facility will fluctuate from time to time. We believe that our existing cash, together with cash provided by operations and amounts available through ourthe revolving credit facility and incremental facilities will be sufficient to meet our operating needs for the next twelve12 months, including working capital requirements, capital expenditures, debt repaymentservice obligations and potential new acquisitions.

Our liquidity and our ability to fund our capital requirements is dependent on our future financial performance, which is subject to general economic, financial and other factors that are beyond our control and many of which are described under “Risk Factors.”Factors”. If those factors significantly change or other unexpected factors adversely affect us, our business may not generate sufficient cash flow from operations or we may not be able to obtain future financings to meet our liquidity needs. We anticipate that to the extent additional liquidity is necessary to fund our operations, it would be funded through borrowings under ourthe revolving credit facility, incurring other indebtedness, additional equity or other financings or a combination of these potential sources of liquidity. We may not be able to obtain this additional liquidity on terms acceptable to us or at all.

Covenant Compliance

Under the debt agreementscredit agreement governing our existing notes andthe revolving credit facility, the credit agreement governing our revolving credit facility,the 2024 Term Loan B and the debt agreements governing the existing notes, our ability to engage in activities such as incurring additional indebtedness, making investments, refinancing certain indebtedness, paying dividends and entering into certain merger transactions is governed, in part, by our ability to satisfy tests based on 12 months ended Adjusted EBITDA.EBITDA (as defined below). Such tests include an incurrence-based maximum consolidated secured debt ratio and consolidated total debt ratio of 4.00 to 1.0, an incurrence-based minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of 2.00 to 1.0, and, solely in the case of the credit agreement governing the revolving credit facility, a maintenance-based maximum consolidated first lien secured debt ratio of 5.35 to 1.0, each as determined in accordance with the credit agreement governing the revolving credit facility, the credit agreement governing the 2024 Term Loan B and the debt agreements governing the existing notes.Non-compliance with these covenants could restrict our ability to undertake certain activities or result in a default under the credit agreement governing the revolving credit facility, the credit agreement governing the 2024 Term Loan B and the debt agreements governing the existing notes.

“Adjusted EBITDA” is defined as net income (loss) before interest expense (net of interest income), income and franchise taxes and depreciation and amortization (including amortization of capitalized subscriber acquisition costs), further adjusted to exclude the effects of certain contract sales to third parties,non-capitalized subscriber acquisition costs, stock based compensation and certain unusual,non-cash,non-recurring and other items permitted in certain covenant calculations under the agreements governing our notes, the credit agreement governing the 2024 Term Loan B and the credit agreement governing our revolving credit facility.

We believe that the presentation of Adjusted EBITDA is appropriate to provide additional information to investors about the calculation of, and compliance with, certain financial covenants contained in the agreements governing our notes and the credit agreementagreements governing ourthe revolving credit facility.facility and the 2024 Term Loan B. We caution investors that amounts presented in accordance with our definition of Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similar measures disclosed by other issuers, because not all issuers and analysts calculate Adjusted EBITDA in the same manner.

Adjusted EBITDA is not a measurement of our financial performance under GAAP and should not be considered as an alternative to net income (loss) or any other performance measures derived in accordance with GAAP or as an alternative to cash flows from operating activities as a measure of our liquidity.

The following table sets forth a reconciliation of net loss to Adjusted EBITDA (in thousands):

 

   Six months
ended
   Twelve months
ended
 
   June 30, 2017   June 30, 2017 

Net loss

  $(166,873  $(308,015

Interest expense, net

   108,535    213,226 

Non-capitalized subscriber acquisition costs(1)

   103,051    191,486 

Amortization of capitalized subscriber acquisition costs

   96,383    185,285 

Depreciation and amortization(2)

   60,582    127,642 

Other expense

   10,197    12,699 

Non-cash compensation(3)

   777    1,706 

Restructuring and asset impairment charge(4)

   —      1,693 

Income tax expense (benefit)

   1,151    546 

Other adjustments(5)

   22,129    45,936 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $235,932   $472,204 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2019
   Twelve months
ended
March 31,
2019
 

Net loss

  $(89,156  $(472,353

Interest expense, net

   63,725    249,755 

Other (income) expense, net

   (2,246   25,671 

Income tax benefit

   (301   (1,479

Restructuring expenses (1)

   —      4,683 

Depreciation and amortization (2)

   26,190    113,203 

Amortization of capitalized contract costs

   105,031    407,842 

Non-capitalized contract costs (3)

   57,655    263,241 

Non-cash compensation (4)

   770    2,828 

Other adjustments (5)

   11,473    58,910 

Adjustment for a change in accounting principle (Topic 606) (6)

   (23,482   (87,790
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $149,659   $564,511 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Restructuring employee severance and termination benefits expenses. (See Note 15 to the accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements)

(2)

Excludes loan amortization costs that are included in interest expense.

(3)

Reflects subscriber acquisition costs that are expensed as incurred because they are not directly related to the acquisition of specific subscribers. Certain other industry participants purchase subscribers through subscriber contract purchases, and as a result, may capitalize the full cost to purchase these subscriber contracts, as compared to our organic generation of new subscribers, which requires us to expense a portion of our subscriber acquisition costs under GAAP. (See Note 1 to the accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements)

(2)(4)Excludes loan amortization costs that are included in interest expense.
(3)

Reflectsnon-cash compensation costs related to employee and director stock and stock option plans. Excludesnon-cash compensation costs included innon-capitalized subscriber acquisition costs.

(4)Reflects costs associated with the restructuring and asset impairment charges related to the transition of our Wireless Internet business and the 2016 Contract Sales (see Note 3 to the accompanying audited consolidated financial statements and Note 13 to the accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements).

(5)

Other adjustments represent primarily the following items (in thousands):

 

   Six months
ended
   Twelve months
ended
 
   June 30, 2017   June 30, 2017 

Product development(a)

  $12,124   $24,967 

Non-operating legal and professional fees

   973    3,682 

Purchase accounting deferred revenue fair value adjustment(b)

   1,883    4,055 

Monitoring fee(c)

   2,347    4,218 

Information technology implementation(d)

   3,188    5,383 

Compensation-related payments(e)

   225    714 

Start-up of new strategic initiatives(f)

   817    817 

All other adjustments

   572    2,100 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other adjustments

  $22,129   $45,936 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   Three Months
ended
March 31,
2019
   Twelve Months
ended
March 31,
2019
 

Product development (a)

  $4,491   $21,001 

Hiring, retention and termination payments (b)

   2,230    11,504 

Certain legal and professional fees (c)

   713    6,091 

Projectedrun-rate restructuring cost savings (d)

   —      5,756 

Monitoring fee (e)

   993    3,975 

Purchase accounting deferred revenue fair value adjustment (f)

   34    854 

Adjustment for a change in accounting principle (Topic 842) (g)

   204    204 

All other adjustments (h)

   2,808    9,525 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other adjustments

  $11,473   $58,910 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a)

Costs related to the development of control panels, including associated software, peripheral devices and Wireless Internet Technology.

(b)

Expenses associated with retention bonus, relocation and severance payments to management.

(c)

Legal and professional fees associated with strategic initiatives and financing transactions.

(d)

Projectedrun-rate savings related to June 2018reduction-in-force.

(e)

BMP monitoring fee (See Note 13 to the accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements).

(f)

Add back revenue reduction directly related to purchase accounting deferred revenue adjustments.

(c)Blackstone Management Partners L.L.C. monitoring fee (see Note 14(g)

Adjustments to eliminate the accompanying audited consolidated financial statements and Note 11 toimpact of the accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements).Company’s adoption of Topic 842.

(d)Costs(h)

Other adjustments primarily reflect costs associated with payments to third parties related to various strategic and financing activities, including the implementation of new information technologies.monthly financing fee paid under the Consumer Financing Plan, and costs to implement Sarbanes-Oxley Section 404.

(e)(6)Severance and other non-recurring employee compensation payments.

The adjustments to eliminate the impact of the Company’s adoption of Topic 606, are as follows (in thousands):

(f)Costs related to the start-up of potential new service offerings and sales channels.

   Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2019
   Twelve months
ended
March 31,
2019
 

Net loss

  $14,526   $59,652 

Amortization of capitalized contract costs

   (105,028   (407,839

Amortization of subscriber acquisition costs

   67,020    260,397 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Topic 606 adjustments

  $(23,482  $(87,790
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other Factors Affecting Liquidity and Capital Resources

Vehicle Leases. Since 2010, we have leased, and expect to continue leasing, vehicles primarily for use by our full-time SHPs. For the most part, these leases have 36 month durations and we account for them as capitalfinance leases. At the end of the lease term for each vehicle we have the option to either (i) purchase it for the estimatedend-of-lease fair market value established at the beginning of the lease term; or (ii) return the vehicle to the lessor to be sold by them and in the event the sale price is less than the estimatedend-of-lease fair market value we are responsible for such deficiency. As of June 30, 2017,March 31, 2019, our total capitalfinance lease obligations were $13.7$11.1 million, of which $8.7$7.1 million is due within the next 12 months.

Aircraft Lease. In December 2012, we entered into an aircraft lease agreement for the use of a corporate aircraft, which is accounted for as an operating lease. Upon execution of the lease, we paid a $5.9 million security deposit which is refundable at the end of the lease term. Beginning January 2013, we are required to make 156 monthly rental payments of approximately $83,000 each. In January 2015, an amendment to the agreement was made which, among other changes, increased the required monthly rental payments to approximately $87,000 each. We also have the option to extend the lease for an additional 36 months upon expiration of the initial term. The lease agreement also provides us the option to purchase the aircraft on certain specified dates for a stated dollar amount, which represents the current estimated fair value as of the purchase date.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Currently we do not engage inoff-balance sheet financing arrangements.arrangements, as defined in Item 303(a)(4)(ii) of RegulationS-K.

Contractual Obligations

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2016.2018. Certain contractual obligations are reflected on our consolidated balance sheet, while others are disclosed as future obligations under GAAP.

 

  Payments Due by Period   Payments Due by Period 
  Total   Less than
1 Year
   1 – 3 Years   3 – 5 Years   More than
5 Years
   Total   Less than
1 Year
   1 - 3 Years   3 - 5 Years   More than
5 Years
 
  (in thousands)   (dollars in thousands) 

Long-term debt obligations(1)

  $2,519,465   $—     $719,465   $930,000   $870,000 

Interest on long-term debt(2)

   878,700    200,145    396,258    217,019    65,278 

Long-term debt obligations (1)

  $3,057,274   $8,100   $695,499   $1,586,200   $767,475 

Interest on long-term debt (2)

   1,146,390    324,520    530,128    276,799    14,943 

Capital lease obligations

   18,696    10,513    8,166    17    —      13,772    8,193    5,572    7    —   

Operating lease obligations

   122,013    17,452    30,320    26,607    47,634    103,293    16,709    30,404    27,356    28,824 

Purchase obligations(3)

   61,400    15,138    14,512    10,125    21,625 

Purchase obligations (3)

   59,459    17,996    15,192    13,541    12,730 

Other long-term obligations

   62,052    7,713    16,751    15,859    21,729    42,846    9,077    11,982    7,618    14,169 
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total contractual obligations

  $3,662,326   $250,961   $1,185,472   $1,199,627   $1,026,266   $4,423,034   $384,595   $1,288,777   $1,911,521   $838,141 
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

(1)

As of December 31, 2016, there were2018, we had no borrowings under our revolving credit facility. At December 31, 2016, our revolving credit facility provided for availability of $289.4 million. The principal amount outstanding under the revolving credit facility will be due and payable in full on (1) with respect to the non-extended commitments under the Series C Revolving Credit Facility, November 16, 2017 and (2) with respect to the extended commitments under the Series A Revolving Credit Facility and Series B Revolving Credit Facility, March 31, 2019.2021. As of December 31, 2016,2018, there was approximately $283.7$289.8 million of availability under our revolving credit facility (after giving effect to $5.7$13.8 million of outstanding letters of credit and no borrowings).

(2)

Represents aggregate interest payments on aggregate principal amounts of $719.5$679.3 million of the outstanding 2019 notes, $930.0 million of the outstanding 2020 notes, $270.0 million of the outstanding 2022 private

placement notes, and $600.0$900.0 million of the outstanding 2022 notes, $400.0 million of the outstanding 2023 notes, and $808.0 million of the 2024 Term Loan B as well as letter of credit and commitment fees for the unused portion of our revolving credit facility. Does not reflect interest payments on future borrowings under our revolving credit facility.

(3)

Purchase obligations consist of commitments for purchases of goods and services that are not already included in our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2016.2018. We have contingent liabilities related to legal proceedings and other matters arising in the ordinary course of business. Although it is reasonably possible we may incur losses upon conclusion of such matters, an estimate of any loss or range of loss cannot be made at this time. In the opinion of management, it is expected that amounts, if any, which may be required to satisfy such contingencies will not be material in relation to the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Our operations include activities in the United States and Canada. Historically, we had immaterial operations in New Zealand. These operations expose us to a variety of market risks, including the effects of changes in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates. We monitor and manage these financial exposures as an integral part of our overall risk management program.

Interest Rate Risk

In connection with the Transactions, we entered into aOur revolving credit facility that bearsand term loan facility bear interest at a floating rate. As a result, we may be exposed to fluctuations in interest rates to the extent of our borrowings under the revolvingthese credit facility. Our long-term debt portfolio is expected to primarily consist of fixed rate instruments.facilities. To help manage borrowing costs, we may from time to time enter into interest rate swap transactions with financial institutions acting as principal counterparties. We consider changes in the30-day LIBOR rate to be most indicative of our interest rate exposure as it is a function of the base rate for our credit facilities and is reasonably correlated to changes in our earnings rate on our cash investments. Assuming the borrowing of all amounts available under our revolving credit facility, if interest rates related to our revolving credit facility increasethe30-day LIBOR rate increases by 1% due to normal market conditions, our interest expense will increase by approximately $2.9$11.1 million per annum.

We had $100$40.0 million borrowings under the revolving credit facility as of June 30, 2017.March 31, 2019.

Foreign Currency Risk

We have exposure to the effects of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations on the results of our Canadian operations. Our Canadian operations use the Canadian dollar to conduct business but our results are reported in U.S. dollars. Historically, our operations in New Zealand were immaterial to our overall operating results and we ceased operations in the geographical region during the year ended December 31, 2016. We are exposed periodically to the foreign currency rate fluctuations that affect transactions not denominated in the functional currency of our U.S. and Canadian operations. Based on results of our Canadian operations for the sixthree months ended June 30, 2017,March 31, 2019, if foreign currency exchange rates had decreased 10% throughout the period, our revenues would have decreased by approximately $3.1$1.8 million, our total assets would have decreased by $17.3$24.6 million and our total liabilities would have decreased by $12.5$21.7 million. We do not currently use derivative financial instruments to hedge investments in foreign subsidiaries. For the sixthree months ended June 30, 2017,March 31, 2019, before intercompany eliminations, approximately $30.7$17.8 million of our revenues, $172.7$246.5 million of our total assets and $124.5$217.4 million of our total liabilities were denominated in Canadian Dollars.

BUSINESS

Company Overview

We are onea smart home technology company. Our mission is to redefine the home experience through intelligently designed cloud-enabled solutions delivered to every home by people who care. Our brand name, Vivint, represents “to live intelligently”, and our solutions help our subscribers do just that.

Creating a true smart home experience requires anend-to-end platform designed to drive broad consumer adoption. Our smart home platform is comprised of the largest companies in North America focused on deliveringfollowing five pillars: (1) our Smart Home Operating System, (2) ourAI-driven smart home automation and security productsassistance software, Vivint Assist, (3) our portfolio of proprietary, internally developed smart devices, (4) our curated yet extensible partner-neutral ecosystem, and services. (5) our people delivering tech-enabled premium services, including consultative selling, professional installation, and support.

Our fullyleading smart home platform currently has over 1.4 million subscribers and manages over 20 millionin-home devices, processing over 1.3 billion home activity events each day, as of March 31, 2019. Using our solution, subscribers are able to interact with all aspects of their home with their voice or any mobile device-anytime, anywhere. They can engage with people at their front door; view live and recorded video inside and outside their home; control thermostats, locks, lights, and garage doors; and proactively manage the comings and goings of family, friends, and strangers. Our subscribers engage with our smart home apps approximately seven times per day on average.

The smart home market is an expanding global opportunity and in the very early stages of broad consumer adoption. We believe the smart home market is experiencing rapid evolution, which can be divided into three phases. The first phase is represented by the proliferation of stand-alone smart devices. The second phase takes those devices and connects them to the home. The third and final phase, which we believe is the most pivotal phase in the market’s evolution, takes smart home technology and applies it to create a continually learning, automated, seamlessly integrated smart home platform offers subscribersexperience.

The connected home, the second phase, has a comprehensive suitemultitude of productsdevices and servicesan operating system to remotely control, monitorcoordinate them all within a single unified system. But integrating numerous different devices from different manufacturers that were not designed to work together is difficult, and often results in an experience that is complex, inconsistent, and unreliable. Moreover, DIY solutions put a large burden on homeowners to accurately and correctly install and support so many devices themselves. And while whole-home automation is possible, it requires users to write individual rules for each and every circumstance. Mass adoption of the connected home by those other than technology enthusiasts has been limited. Our software within the devices, in the cloud, and in our app all work together to help mainstream consumers simply and easily manage their homes using any Internet-connected smart device. Unlike many other smart home companies that focus only on selling equipment and software, subscriber origination or servicing, we are a vertically integrated smart home company, owning the entire customer lifecycle including sales, professional installation, service, monitoring, billing and customer support. homes.

We believe that we are in a critical transition period from the second phase to the third phase where the key challenges related to the connected home offerings are overcome by a smart home experience, which we enable through ourend-to-end smart home platform.

In this third phase, a smart home continuously learns and adapts to user behavior and preferences and delivers a more automated, personalized experience, powered by artificial intelligence technology. To achieve broad consumer adoption, we believe that smart home solutions must deliver a truly intelligent experience, not just a remote control of the home. Our cloud-enabled software solution understands the state of the home and its occupants, interacts with users to enable awareness and control, and takes coordinated action with minimal user effort. We believe that Vivint is best positioned to capitalize on the mass market opportunity of the smart home.

Our technology and people are the foundation of our business model. Our trained professionals educate consumers on the value and affordability of a smart home, customize a solution for their homes and needs, teach

them how to use our platform and enhance their experience, and provide ongoing tech-enabled services to manage, monitor, and support their smart home. We have developed proprietary technology that enables our people to provide these consultative sales, installation, and support services to our subscribers more effectively and efficiently, delivering a powerfulend-to-end smart home experience.

We have developed and launched over 10 proprietary devices since 2010, all designed to seamlessly integrate into a comprehensive smart home solution. These devices are the critical end points of the smart home experience, and our broad device portfolio enables our subscribers to achieve a comprehensive experience, across the entire home. The software inside these devices, in combination with our proven business model, alongcloud-based software and mobile apps, comprises the Smart Home Operating System that knits these elements together to intuitively enable otherwise complex use cases that help address real-world problems. We also allow a select number of third-party stand-alone devices into our ecosystem if doing so enhances the smart home experience for our subscribers. These may be devices that have a large installed base or that have unique capabilities, such as voice assistants. In particular, we will often include competing stand-alone devices in our ecosystem to offer our subscribers with 18 yearschoices. Regardless, we ensure that all partner devices are seamlessly integrated into our Smart Home Operating System, and that we are able to manage and support them as well as our own proprietary devices. Our subscribers trust us to professionally install, monitor, and support our devices. As of experience installing integrated solutions,March 31, 2019, on average each subscriber had over 14 devices strategically placed in their home. Because our Smart Home Pros install the right devices in the right places in the home, we are able to collect superior data and generate unique insights, to improve the smart home experience for our users. We believe we are able to provide a much more complete picture of home activity than any of our competitors.

OurAI-driven smart home automation and assistance software, Vivint Assist, uses the data from our devices and partner devices to enable our subscribers to have a true smart home experience. We believe that we have the broadest, deepest, and purest home activity dataset, which we use to understand the state of the home in real time. This enables us to intelligently manage the residence on the homeowners’ behalf, while still keeping them informed and in full control. Moreover, our software learns from every interaction, enriching our platform and making the smart home experience smarter. We believe that no other company is as well positioned to capitalize on the opportunity to make the true smart home a reality.

The smart home requires an operating system that isalways-on, reliable, able to process large streams of incoming data, and protected by enterprise-trade security. Our Smart Home Operating System does all of this, while delivering a seamless and intuitiveend-user experience. In addition to dedicatedin-home touchscreens and our comprehensive integrations with voice-control devices, we provide apps for Android and iOS mobile devices, as well as aweb-based application for access from desktop and laptop computers. Leveraging software running in the home, in the cloud, and on users’ mobile devices, our operating system manages real-time communications across the system, executes rule-based actions and notifications, and provides a means for users to interact with their homes anywhere, anytime, and on any device. We deliver new functionality continually, deploying weekly updates to our software. We also push firmware updates to smart home devices throughout the year to deliver new functionality and improve device performance. We believe that continuously improving the smart home experience both increases the lifetime value of our current subscribers and attracts new subscribers.

Our Smart Home as a Service business model generates subscription-based, high-margin recurring revenue from subscribers who sign up for our smart home services. We continue to leadfocus on technology, service, and business model innovation to provide superior customer experience, from the largetime of first contact to theday-to-day experience.

In 2017, we made a strategic decision to offer Vivint Flex Pay to consumers as a part of our business model innovation, providing benefits to both our subscribers and growingour company. Vivint Flex Pay provides greater subscriber accessibility by enabling qualified customers to purchase smart home market. We offer homeowners a customized smart home that integrates a wide variety of smart home and security products. We seek to deliver a quality subscriber experiencedevices with unsecured financing either through a combinationthird party financing partner or through us, in most cases atzero-percent annual percentage rate, or APR. The launch of innovative products and services and a commitment to customer service, which together with our focus on originating high-quality new subscribers,Vivint Flex Pay has enabled us to achieve attrition rates we believe are historically at industry averages, while continuingaccelerate the acquisition of new

subscribers and expanded our market opportunity by reducing upfront cash required to seeacquire new subscribers. Vivint Flex Pay has also improved our unit economics, increased sales per subscribercontract length, reduced our balance sheet risk, and improved the capital efficiency of our smart home products and services. Throughbusiness. Today, Vivint Flex Pay is a significant driver of our established underwriting criteria and compensation structure, we have built a portfolio of approximately 1,215,000subscriber retention strategy. Our retention improves as our subscribers in North America,enter into longer term contracts. Vivint Flex Pay has also improved our subscriber economics with an average credit scoreAverage Subscriber Lifetime of 71291 months (approximately 8 years), as of June 30, 2017. Over 95% ofMarch 31, 2019, based on our revenues during the six months ended June 30, 2017 and June 30, 2016 and for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively, consisted of contractually committed revenues, which have historically resulted in consistent and predictable operating results.

Historically, we generated new subscribers through two primary sales channels: our “direct-to-home” and “inside sales” channels. We believe our sales model gives us control over our net subscriber acquisition costs and achieve a high adoptionexpected long-term annualized attrition rate of subscriber contracts that include smart home services. For example, the percentage of our new subscribers contracting for smart home services in addition to our traditional security services grew from 58% in 2012 to 86% in 2016.13%. We generate the majority of our new subscribers through our direct-to-home sales channel, which uses teams of trained seasonal sales representatives. For the year ended December 31, 2016, we generated approximately 64% of our new subscribers through our direct-to-home sales channel. In this channel we have historically employed between 2,000 and 2,500 sales representatives and approximately 1,100 installation technicians, who are largely commission-based and deployed in targeted geographical locations. This results in a highly variable cost structure, subscriber density and the ability to complete same-day installations. We also originate a portion of our new subscribers through our inside sales channel, which includes our inside sales team, digital marketing, advertising, and third-party lead generators. For the year ended December 31, 2016, we generated approximately 36% of our new subscribers through inside sales. Over time, we expect the number of new subscriber contracts generated through inside sales to continue to grow. On May 4, 2017, we announced a retail partnership with Best Buy, under which we will sell our Products and Services in certain Best Buy retail locations.

Our focus on creating a high-quality subscriber portfolio produces an attractive return profile with an unlevered IRR in the low to mid 20% range, depending on contractual terms and mix of product and service offerings. As of December 31, 2016, based on FICO score at the time of contract origination, approximately 93%lifetime value of our subscribers had a FICO score of 625 or greater, and the average FICO score ofwhich is evident in our portfolio was 714. As of June 30, 2017, based on FICO score at the time of contract origination, approximately 93% of our subscribers had a FICO score of 625 or greater, and the average FICO score of our portfolio was 712. In addition, for the year ended December 31,Lifetime Service Revenue Multiple that has grown from 2.9x in 2016 over 69% of our new subscribers paid activation fees and,to 3.8x as of June 30, 2017 and DecemberMarch 31, 2016, approximately 91% of2019, primarily reflecting efficiency in our total subscribers are set up on an automatic payment method. We believe that originating high-quality subscribers and our commitment to customer service increases retention, which leads to predictable cash flows.

Our business generates positive cash flowssubscriber acquisition resulting from ongoing monitoring and service revenues, which we choose to invest in new subscriber acquisitions and development of additional products and services. During the six months ended June 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively, we generated $417.5 million and $355.1 million in total

revenue, including $399.6 million and $339.9 million, respectively, in recurring and other revenue. During the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, we generated $757.9 million and $653.7 million in total revenue, including $724.5 million and $625.0 million, respectively, in recurring and other revenue.Vivint Flex Pay program. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—LiquidityOperations-Our Business Model.”

Ourgo-to-market strategy is based on directly educating consumers about the value and Capital Resources.”benefits of a smart home experience. We reach consumers through a variety of highly efficient customer acquisition channels, including ourdirect-to-home, inside sales, and retail partnerships programs. We continue to scale these efforts through our proprietary operations technology, by launching new and innovative products and services, and by building out our consultative sales channels. Our nationwide sales and service footprint covers 98% of U.S. zip codes. We continue to strengthen our relationships with existing subscribers by offering them the ability to use Vivint Flex Pay to finance upgrades of their existing system and to add new devices and features to their smart homes as our portfolio of offerings expands.

As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, we have over 1.4 million and 1.2 million subscribers, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 12%. In 2018 and 2017, we generated revenue of $1.1 billion and $0.9 billion, respectively along with a net loss of $468 million and $410 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, we had approximately $3.0 billion and $2.8 billion of total debt outstanding, respectively.

Our Industry

The smart home market is large and growing rapidly. There are over 160 million households in the United States and Canada in 2018. With over 1.4 million subscribers as of December 31, 2018, our smart home penetration is only 1% of our current total estimated addressable market in the United States and Canada alone. Given the rapid pace of technological development in our industry, we believe it is likely that the total addressable market will continue to expand. The ability to address the cost issue, among other things, can potentially increase smart home penetration in the future.

To date the market has seen some early penetration from stand-alone devices with relatively narrow capabilities. These products have attracted early adopters and technology enthusiasts but have not adequately met the deeper need for a fully integrated smart home experience. These devices generally requiredo-it-yourself installation, do not integrate well with other devices, and have been designed with a single use case in mind. Generally, each device has its own mobile application, making installation and interoperability difficult for those consumers who do attempt to further their journey and install more devices in their home. As more and more devices have come to market, consumer demand for a central operating system that can better manage and integrate those devices has grown.

The connected home has a multitude of devices and requires an operating system to coordinate them all within a single unified system. But integrating many different devices from different manufacturers that were not designed to work together is difficult, and often results in an experience that is complex, inconsistent, and unreliable. Moreover, DIY solutions put a large burden on homeowners to install and support many devices themselves. And while whole-home automation is possible, it requires users to write individual rules for each and every circumstance. These DIY solutions also often require a high upfront cost, which can be prohibitively expensive for certain customers. For these reasons, mass adoption of the connected home by those other than technology enthusiasts has been limited.

As previously discussed, the next phase of the evolution of the connected home will be the smart home. Just as Apple and iOS enabled entirely new kinds of applications and use cases for the smart phone, we believe that our Smart Home Operating System will be the foundation for the full smart home experience and Security Industrieswill enable many new business models that are based on streamlining various experiences in and around the home in innovative ways.

AccordingWe believe there is a significant opportunity for companies to Strategy Analytics, totalprovide theend-to-end smart home experience. A successful smart home company must be able to provide the following:

Anend-to-end solution with a comprehensive integration of technology and people;

A cloud-enabled operating system that provides a seamless and intuitive smart home experience;

A portfolio of compelling use cases orchestrated across multiple devices and leveraging artificial intelligence for adaptive and personalized automation;

A broad suite of smart devices designed to work as part of a comprehensive smart home;

An extensible platform complete with deep partner integrations of popular stand-alone devices;

Local professional services to educate consumers and to install and support devices in every home; and

A trusted relationship with consumers, who expect their sensitive home data to be kept private.

We believe that our fully integrated,end-to-end product, sales and service approach successfully addresses these key points of friction, and positions us to drive broad consumer spendingmarket adoption.

Our Smart Home Platform

We believe that our integrated,end-to-end approach successfully addresses the above requirements.

End-to-End Platform Built to Drive Broad Market Adoption

Our purpose-built platform has the components required to deliver on the promise of a true smart home experience. Our technology and people are the foundation of our solution.

Our technology seamlessly integratesin-home devices and cloud-enabled services to deliver an experience that addresses real-world problems. From answering the door remotely to automating the temperature settings in a home environment, our smart home technology meets customers’ needs for convenience and control.

We believe that our purpose-builtend-to-end platform best positions Vivint to deliver on the promise of broad market smart home adoption.

Cloud-Enabled Smart Home Operating System

Our cloud-enabled Smart Home Operating System delivers a seamless,easy-to-use, and intuitive smart home experience. Leveraging software running in the home, in the cloud, and on customers’ mobile devices, our operating system securely manages real-time communications across the system, executes rules and notifications triggered by defined home-related events, and provides a means for users to interact with their homes from around the globe. In addition to dedicatedin-home touchscreens and our comprehensive integrations with voice-control devices, we provide apps for Android and iOS mobile devices, as well as aweb-based application for access from desktop and laptop computers.

Providing a seamless experience covering a multitude of separate devices is of critical importance in moving beyond individual devices to a more comprehensive solution that can help address real-world problems.

For instance, when someone comes to the front door, the homeowner may want to let them into the house. This requires a doorbell camera, lighting, locks, the security system, and possibly a garage door controller and interior cameras to all work gracefully together. Our Smart Home Operating System does just this, enabling a multitude of use cases in a simple and intuitive fashion. Moreover, it helps ensure that all of the mundane tasks of device management—security, firmware upgrades, telemetry, diagnostics, and more—are taken care of, so that the system is as reliable as possible.

We began installing comprehensive connected home solutions in North America reached $30.8 billion2010, and these quickly became the choice of the majority of our new subscribers and the clear focus of our company. We believe that our experience in 2016this space—understanding consumers and they project it will grow to nearly $62.8 billion by 2021. ABI Research estimates the total numberchallenges of smart homes in North America will growmaking a connected home into something seamless and reliable—sets us apart from approximately 19.7 million in 2016 to approximately 85.5 million in 2021.our competitors.

Software-Enabled Smart homes are defined as residences where aHome Devices

We have developed and launched over 10 proprietary smart home device or system is being purchased fordevices since 2010. These devices are the first time.

According to Barnes Associates estimates,end points of the U.S. market for monitoring and related residential electronic security services was over $27 billion in revenue in 2016 and has grown every year for the past 10 years. This market is characterized by stable revenues from contractually committed recurring monthly payments and has proven to be recession-resistant through the last two economic downturns.

Products and Services

Our portfolio of integrated smart home productsexperience we offer. The software inside these devices, combined with our cloud-based software and services allow subscribers to remotely control, monitor and manage their homes from any smart device. Subscribers can create a customized Vivint smart home that includes smart locks, thermostats, indoor and outdoor cameras, lighting controls, garage door controllers, doorbell cameras, cloud data storage and playback, voice control, a panic pendant, small appliance/lamp control modules and an array of sensors including smoke, motion, carbon monoxide, door, window, flood, freezer and glass break.

The Vivintmobile apps, enables our Smart Home Cloud is our proprietary, integrated smart home platform. Seamless interaction between the platformOperating System to collect and allcombineend-point data into complex use cases that help consumers to address real-world problems. In particular, our devices eliminates manyare designed to work as part of the usability, interoperability and support issues for consumers caused by the fragmented, stand-alone solutions offered by other smart home companies. The Vivint Smart Home Cloud also integrates with leading third-party smart home products, including Kwikset smart locks, Amazon Echo® and the Nest Learning Thermostat® (“Nest”) which allows us to offer a comprehensive voice-controlled smart home. Over time, we may integrate other smart home productssystem, with features and technologies into our platform.capabilities that only make sense in that context, and which are often not present on devices designed primarily for individual purchase and use.

With a Vivint smart home, subscribers can arm and disarm their security system; receive alerts and notifications regarding activity in their home; control smart home products such as thermostats, door locks, lighting controls; and view live and recorded video, either through their panelUsing the Smart Hub or remotely through the Vivint Smart Home appApp, our subscribers can connect to and communicate with theirin-home devices, either from within the home or any Internet-connected smart device.

We offer several customized smarton-the-go. The Vivint Element Thermostat makes sure that the home environment is both comfortable and security productsenergy efficient, while the Vivint Smart Drive provides users with 24/7 DVR and services, allpersonalized, local cloud storage. Our range of which include 24x7x365 security monitoring,other devices, including our proprietary Vivint SkyControl panel with a 7-inch touchscreen and two-way voice communication, smoke detector, threecameras, door and window sensors, motion detector,sensors, tilt sensors, glass break detectors, key fobs, medical pendants, carbon monoxide detectors, flood sensors, and lamp modules extend the smart home experience to every part of the home, connecting users to their environments in new ways.

Our subscribers trust us to professionally install, monitor, and currently support an average of over 14 devices strategically placed in each home. Because our Smart Home Pros install the right devices in the right places, we are able to collect superior data and generate insights, enabling us to provide a much more complete picture of home activity than any of our competitors and to improve the smart home experience for our users.

Our Curated Partner Ecosystem

We allow a limited number of stand-alone devices into our ecosystem if doing so enhances the smart home experience for our subscribers. These may be devices that have a large installed base or that have unique capabilities, such as voice assistants. Using the Google Home and Amazon Alexa integrations for example, subscribers can talk to their Smart Home Operating System, asking the system to play their favorite songs, while making sure that their garage doors are closed, and their locks are secured, along with other system functionality. In particular, we will often include competing stand-alone devices in our ecosystem to offer our subscribers choice.

Every device we support in our ecosystem is seamlessly integrated with both our Smart Home Operating System and our tech-enabled services. This curated, partner-neutral ecosystem is designed to provide our subscribers with a worry-freeend-to-end experience from sale to installation through a lifetime of use and support.

Because our platform is the hub for aneasy-to-use,end-to-end smart home experience, partners have sought us out and have enjoyed continued success through joint selling efforts. Through our ongoing partnership program, both Amazon and Google have been able to sell a large amount of connected smart home devices. We

have found that enabling users to add their preferred devices only enhances their connected home experience. Additionally, adding more devices in each home enables our system to gather and learn from even more data points, leading to a better overall experience for users. Our partnerships with Google and Amazon are examples of the neutral approach we take in building our ecosystem. As both companies create competing voice-control platforms for a variety of tasks, we enable our subscribers to use either, or both, as part of their smart home. As the smart home market develops further, we believe that our platform will form the core of the home ecosystem, whereby businesses get new ways to streamline connections with customers in their living environments. In this regard, we will not only own the system powering the smart home, but we will also form strategic partnerships that will deepen the overall smart home experience. We expect these partnerships will help us protect and gain more market share.

AI-Driven Smart Home Automation and Assistance Software

We believe that ourAI-driven smart home automation and assistance software, Vivint Assist, is a key fob,differentiator that improves the customer experience and engagement by predicting and reacting to users’ needs, we believe which ultimately accelerates consumer adoption.

OurAI-driven smart home automation and assistance software, Vivint Assist, uses the data from our devices and our partner devices to enable our subscribers to have a true smart home experience. We have a relatively consistent set of devices installed across our subscribers’ homes, and are focused on building high-performing models for Vivint Assist to understand the state of the home and to take or suggest action on the customer’s behalf. This in turn provides us with the opportunity to use feedback from our customers’ response to this interaction to further refine our models.

We believe that we have the broadest, deepest, and purest home activity dataset, which we use to understand the state of the home in real time. That enables us to intelligently manage the residence on the homeowners’ behalf, while still keeping them informed and in full control. Vivint Assist processes home events such as interactions with lights, locks, thermostats, touchscreens, voice-control devices, and door and motion sensors; thermodynamic data such as interior and exterior temperature and heating/cooling duty cycles; location data from mobile devices; and users’ interactions with Vivint Assist itself.

Moreover, our software learns from every interaction, enriching our platform and making the smart home experience smarter. We believe that no other company is as well positioned as Vivint to capitalize on the opportunity to make the true smart home a reality.

Local Tech-Enabled Services to Educate, Manage and Support the Smart Home

Our trained professionals educate consumers on the value and affordability of a smart home, customize a solution for their homes and needs, teach them how to use our platform and enhance their experience, and provide ongoing tech-enabled services to manage, monitor, and support their smart home. We have developed proprietary technology that enables our people to provide these consultative sales, installation, and support services to our subscribers more effectively and efficiently, delivering a powerfulend-to-end smart home experience. Our teams bring significant domain expertise when it comes to troubleshooting and fixing issues that may arise within a smart home across devices and platforms. Our direct relationship gives us a real-time view into their smart home needs, which provides us with a distinct competitive advantage that enhances our agility and responsiveness to consumer needs. Ourend-to-end platform allows us to be our customers’ trusted support system.

We are the company that we are today because of the people that make up our team. We are proud of the culture we have built around innovation and subscriber centricity. Innovation also permeates our subscriber-centric approach.

When it comes to creating a smart home experience, many individuals may want and need the help of professional installation teams to set up the technology and to ensure that it is fully functional, which is why our installation teams are a vital part of Vivint’s service. Whether our tech-enabled Smart Home Pros connect with our customers on the phone orin-person, these individuals do their best to inform consumers on how Vivint can help customize their living environments to meet their unique smart home needs. In contrast to DIY programs, we provide a premium experience complete with ongoing tech-enabled service and support.

Many companies can make a sale, but few are able to provide a continuous,end-to-end experience over time. Providing the best possible smart home experience is what drives us as a company, and that is why we are focused on continually educating and supporting oursubscribers-for thelong-run. Providing a truly comprehensive and customizable smart home experience requires ongoing tech-enabled support, which we provide through our consultative sales, professional installation and customer support teams. These teams exist because we want to ensure that our mobile app, event notificationssubscribers are cared for over the duration of their time with Vivint, which is currently approximately 8 years, on average, as of December 31, 2018.

High-Performing Scalable Economic Model

We believe ourend-to-end solution, long-term customer relationships, and severe weather alerts. For a $198 activation fee,subscription-based, high-margin recurring revenues drive significant long-term value.

Our business is driven by the acquisition of new subscribers receive a professionally installed custom smart home system with a monthlyand by managing our existing subscriber base. The acquisition of new subscribers requires significant upfront investment, which in turn generates predictable, high-margin recurring revenue (with approximately 69% service fee and a service agreement ranging from 42 to 60 months. During 2016, the monthly service fees generally ranged from $49.99 to $69.99, depending on the service offerings included in a specific subscriber contract. New subscribers may also order additional products, which are typically billed to the subscriber through increased RPU. We also offer wireless Internet services, the revenues of which were not material to our overall business or operating resultsmargins for the year ended December 31, 2016.

2018) from our cloud-enabled smart home solutions. This high-visibility, high-margin revenue comes from selling our solution and accompanying smart home devices to our subscribers. Therefore, we focus our investment decisions on acquiring new subscribers in the most cost-effective manner while striving to maximize existing subscriber retention and lifetime.

Existing subscribers may order additional products or upgrade their current services. When they do this, a local full-time SHP performsWe drive long-term subscriber retention through our high quality subscriber experience, from the installation at the subscriber’s home, which may result in additional service charges. In addition, the subscriber is typically billed for the costtime of the equipment installed and their RPU increases for the additional service offerings.

In orderfirst contact to provide the integrated products and services requested byday-to-day use. For example, our subscribers we continually review our product and service offerings, and as a result we expect to modify these offerings in the future.

On January 3, 2017, we announced the introduction of the “Vivint Flex Pay” plan. Under the Vivint Flex Pay plan, we (i) launched a Consumer Financing Program in the first quarter of 2017, pursuant to which we offer to qualified customers in the United States an opportunity to finance the purchase of Products used in connectionengage with our smart home apps on average seven times per day. To provide even greater subscriber accessibility and security servicesaffordability to the platform and improve our cash flow economics, we launched Vivint Flex Pay in 2017. Vivint Flex Pay enables qualified subscribers to purchase smart home devices with unsecured financing either through a third party financing providerpartner or through us, in most cases atzero-percent APR. Our Vivint Flex Pay subscribers invest on average approximately $1,500 in our Products and (ii) offer RICsrelated installation, further incentivizing long-term retention.

We have made it a primary focus to retain our existing subscribers. Our retention improves as our subscribers enter into longer term contracts. The lifetime value of our subscribers continues to improve, as demonstrated by the growth in our Lifetime Service Revenue Multiple, which increased from 2.9x in 2016 to 3.6x in 2018, primarily reflecting efficiency in our subscriber acquisition resulting from Vivint Flex Pay. Although there are costs to acquiring new subscribers, because we operate on a recurring revenue-based model, acquiring subscribers results in cumulative value generation that compounds and accrues over time.

We will continue investing in innovative technologies that we believe will make our platform more valuable and engaging for subscribers, and we intend to continue investing in new subscriber acquisition channels to further improve the economics of our business model. We will also continue working to improve the lifetime value of our customers and the unit economics of our business by continually enhancing the smart home experience.

Our Customers

We had approximately 1.4 million subscribers in North America with respectan average FICO score of 701 at the point of sale, as of March 31, 2019. Our subscriber base consisted of 91% having FICO scores of 625 or greater and only 3% havingsub-600 FICO scores, as of March 31, 2019.

Our business is not dependent on any single subscriber or a few subscribers, the loss of which would have a material adverse effect on the respective market or on us as a whole. No individual subscriber accounted for more than 1% of our consolidated 2018 revenue.

Privacy and Security

Our subscribers use our products and services to provide them with peace of mind for the things that matter most to them-their families and homes. This requires our devices to be professionally installed and deployed throughout their homes, and requires our solutions to collect and manage information about our subscribers’ home activity. Much of the information that our technology manages on our subscribers’ behalf, including sensor data, video, and the insights gleaned by ourAI-driven smart home automation and assistance software, Vivint Assist, is sensitive and private, and we take our responsibility to protect this information seriously. Most importantly, we use this data and the insights we generate from it to improve the smart home experience. Our subscribers trust us to help them manage their homes, which we consider a unique relationship that we strive to strengthen.

Subscriber Contracts

We seek to ensure that our subscribers understand our smart home experience, along with the key terms of their contracts by conducting two surveys with every subscriber. The first survey is conducted live via telephone prior to the execution of the contract and professional installation, and the second survey is conductedon-line after the installation is completed. The telephonic survey is recorded and stored, along with theon-line survey in our subscriber relationship management and billing system software, or CRM software, enabling easy access and review.

Types of Contracts

When signing up for our services, subscribers currently have three options to pay for their Products and associated installation:payment-in-full, or consumer financing either through our consumer financing program provided in partnership with Citizens Bank, or the CFP, or under RICs. For those who choose to pay in full at the time of signing, we receive cash (paid by the customer through various means, including check, automated clearing house debit, or credit or debit card) for the full amount of the purchase of Products and related installation, which is deferred and recognized over time. We also receive recurring revenue for Service on amonth-to-month basis from these subscribers. In 2018, 58% of new subscribers opted to certainsign up under our CFP. When a subscriber signs up under this program, we receive cash from Citizens in the full amount of the subscriber’s purchase of Products and the related installation costs. Under the CFP revenue, which equals the upfront proceeds we receive from Citizens minus the present value of the fees we expect to pay to Citizens over the contract term, is deferred and recognized over the contract term. We believe that the CFP helps to make the smart home experience more affordable and approachable for qualified customers, and it also helps to preserve the health of our balance sheet. Our last financing option is a RIC, which is available to subscribers who do not qualify for the CFP based on their credit profile. When a customer signs up for a RIC, we record a note receivable from the customer for the purchase of Products and related installation, minus risk-adjusted imputed interest, and this revenue is deferred and recognized over the life of the contract. We are planning to participateadd additional financing partners in order to maximize the Consumer Financing Program,number of subscribers who are able to obtain financing through third party partners and to move this risk off our balance sheet.

Term and Termination

Historically, we have generally offered contracts to subscribers that range in length from 36 to 60 months, subject to automatic monthly renewal after the expiration of the initial term. Since the beginning of 2013, a majority of new subscribers have entered into60-month contracts. As a result, our average initial contract length has increased over time, reaching an average of 50 months as of December 31, 2018. Subscribers have a right of rescission period prescribed by applicable law during which such subscriber may cancel the contract without penalty or obligation. These rescission periods range from 3 to 15 days, depending on the jurisdiction in which a subscriber resides. As a company policy we provide new subscribers 70 years of age and older a30-day right of rescission. If the subscriber rescinds during the applicable rescission period under the terms of the contract, the subscriber is required to return the applicable equipment. Once the applicable rescission period expires, the subscriber is responsible for the monthly services fees under the contract.

Other Terms

We provide our subscribers with maintenance free of charge for the first 120 days. After 120 days, we will repair or replace defective smart home devices without charge, but qualify underwe typically bill the subscriber a charge for each service visit. If a utility or governmental agency requires a change to our historical underwriting criteria.platform or tech-enabled service after installation of the system, the subscriber may be charged for the equipment and labor associated with the required change.

We do not provide insurance or warrant that the system will prevent a burglary, fire,hold-up or any such other event. Our contracts limit our liability to a maximum of $2,000 per event and, where permissible, provide aone-year statute of limitations to file an action against us. We may also establish credit programs either directlycease or through an affiliatesuspend tech-enabled monitoring and repair service due to, among other things, work stoppages, weather, phone service interruption, government requirements, subscriber bankruptcy or pursuant to an agreement with a third party to provide installment loans or similar products to customers that do not qualify to participate in the Consumer Financing Program. Alternatively, customers may purchase the Products with cash or credit card.

Operations

Our management team has a proven record of strong growth and operational excellence and, as a result of their leadership,non-payment by subscribers after we have successfully grown revenuegiven notice that their service is being canceled due to suchnon-payment.

Sales and total RPU every year since 2006. Our CEO Todd Pedersen, a visionary leader who encourages a highly entrepreneurial culture that fosters innovation, founded the Company in 1999. Our senior management team averages over 18 years of experience in high growth or large public companies.Marketing

We acquire subscribers primarily through our direct to home, or DTH, and national inside sales, or NIS, channels. We are onecurrently testing out several retail partnerships to determine the optimal format for this channel. Regardless of channel, our tech-enabled sales professionals always take a fewconsultative approach to the sales process, educate potential subscribers on the benefits of smart home service companies in North Americatechnology, and tailor a solution that generates nearlyserves each subscriber’s needs. This consultative sales process has enabled us to achieve a high adoption rate of our smart home solutions. We are continually evaluating ways to improve subscriber acquisition efficiency across all of its revenue organically from a fully integrated model that encompasses all aspects of the subscriber experience, includingour sales professional installation, servicing and monitoring. This approach allows us to deliver a consistent, quality subscriber experience. We believe this contributes to a strong adoption rate for service offerings beyond traditional security and attrition rates at or below industry average. Duringchannels. For the year ended December 31, 2016, 86%2018, we acquired over 300,000 new subscribers. Of these new subscribers, 55% joined through our DTH, and 41% were brought on through NIS.

Marketing Strategy

We leverage the Vivint brand across all our channels. We invest in certain marketing strategies which amplify the brand and awareness of our solutions, including through general paid media outlets. Vivint also has exclusive brand naming rights for the Vivint Smart Home Arena, home of the NBA’s Utah Jazz.

Direct to Home Sales

Our direct to home tech-enabled sales team is comprised of up to 2,800 representatives at our peak selling season working across select markets throughout North America. DTH representatives visit consumers in their homes, providing interested individuals with anin-depth description of our offerings. They benefit from our recruiting and training programs designed to promote sales productivity. Markets are selected each year based on

a number of factors, including demographics, population density and our past experience selling in these markets. Because expenses associated with our direct to home sales channels are directly correlated with new subscriber acquisition, the majority of the costs associated with this channel are variable and can scale with customer acquisition. We also have a program whereby a number ofdirect-to-home sales representatives reside in certain select markets and sell in those markets on a year round basis. We expect the number of new subscriber contracts includedgenerated through this program to continue to increase over time.

Inside Sales

Our inside sales channel provides a consultative experience for consumers who contact us. Driven by increasing brand awareness and marketing effectiveness, the number of new subscribers acquired through this channel in 2018 increased 15% compared to 2017.

The inside sales team utilizes leads generated through multiple sources, both digital and traditional, including paid, organic and local search and display advertising. We believe that we will continue to experience strong growth in this channel as Vivint’s brand awareness improves and customers’ understanding of the smart home service offerings. We also enhance the qualityincreases. Customers originated through our inside sales channel has grown as a percentage of our subscribers’ experience through proven operational performance. Duringtotal originations from approximately 10% in 2009 to approximately 41% for the year ended December 31, 2016,2018.

Retail

We are currently running several retail partnerships pilot programs, with the goal of adding an additional subscriber acquisition channel that will allow us to offer a consultative sales experience while preserving our average response timeunit economics. Our retail partnership pilots are built on a variable-cost model. Through these pilots, we hope to alarms was approximately 11 seconds fromreach additional consumers that have not yet considered purchasing a smart home, those that have already purchased a device that has not met their expectations, and those that want to experience and buy smart home solutions in a traditional retail setting. Given the time the signal was received at our monitoring stations. We believe the enhanced functionalitysuccess of our offerings, alongexisting DTH and NIS efforts, our retail pilots are built to provide interested subscribers with a strong understanding of the introduction of innovative new productstechnology and services, results in increased subscriber usage. An average of 82%service components of our surveyed subscribers indicated use of their system at least once per week during the year ended December 31, 2016. We believe increased subscriber usage contributes to higher customer satisfaction and may lead to lower attrition.smart home experience, in a retail setting, on a scalable, variable-cost basis.

Our integratedend-to-end solution includes a dedication to providing a smart home experience, complete with tech-enabled service and support. We have structured our organization and our operations in a way that allows us to maximize efficiency and prioritize the subscriber experience, allows our sales representatives, customerwhich is why we have built a successful brand and generated high subscriber satisfaction ratings over time.

In-Home Service

We deploy full-timein-home tech-enabled service representatives and installation technicians to work closely togetherprofessionals throughout North America to provide the subscriber with a seamless process from contract originationprompt tech-enabled service to daily use. We believe our SHPs and customersubscribers, on anas-needed basis. Ourin-home service representatives deliver a quality customer service experience that enhances our brand and improves customer satisfaction. Customer service representatives generally resolve a majority ofprofessionals are highly trained to address maintenance and service related questions overissues. Using our proprietary,in-house sales and service technologies—TechGenie—they are able to schedule service and installation appointments in real-time, thus maximizing subscriber satisfaction and minimizing friction in the telephone or through remote-access to the subscriber’s system. By successfully scaling operations as our business continues to grow, our net service margins have remained at approximately 74% for the years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, despite the continued increase in complexitysubscriber relationship. This dimension of our productoffering-personalizedin-homesupport-is key to ourend-to-end solution, and we believe that providing personalized smart home service offerings.

Field Service

We employ full-time SHPs throughout North America, who reside in their service territories, to provide prompt service to our subscribers. SHPs undergo comprehensive training on allwill be an integral part of our product and service

offerings. The SHPs typically focus on maintenance and service issues, but also install products and services for a portionmeeting the needs of our new subscribers, primarily those originated through inside sales. In addition, we contract with third-party field service professionals to perform a portion of our field service calls.

We provide SHPs with supplies of products and materials, which are replenished frequently through shipments from our central warehouse, forward storage locations and third-party logistics sites. We also provide our full-time SHPs with a company-branded service vehicle.

We utilize software to schedule appointments, route technicians and follow-up with subscribers to ensure that the service was performed to the subscriber’s satisfaction. All of our full-time SHPs receive updates via a smartphone or tablet detailing their next service appointment or installation through our custom software that connects to several back-end systems, including our customer relationship management system (“CRM”), our inventory management software and our workforce management systems.broader consumer market.

Customer Service and Alarm Monitoring

Our tech-enabled customer service centers are located in Utah. Our two central monitoring facilities are located in Utah and Minnesota and are fully redundant. Both our customer service centers and our central monitoring facilities are open 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, and 365 days a year. We have received industry awards for our customer service and alarm monitoring operations.

operate around the clock, year-round, without exception. All employees who work in customer service undergo training on billing related issues, as well as service offeringand service-related questions. Customer service representatives are required to pass background checks and, depending upon their job function, may require licensing by the state of Utah.

Our two central monitoring facilities are located in Utah and Minnesota and are fully able to be primary backups for each other and operate twenty-four hours a day, seven days a week, year-round-including on holidays. All professionals who work in our monitoring facilities undergo comprehensive training and are required to pass background checks and, in certain cases, licensing tests or other checks to obtain the required licensing. Customer service representatives generally resolve a majority of maintenance and service related questions over the telephone or through remote-access to the subscriber’s panel. Issues not resolved by customer service require a full-time SHP to visit the subscriber’s home, which may result in an additional charge to the subscriber.

Billing and Collections

Our billing and collections representatives are located in our Utah offices. We cross-train our billingthese representatives to also handle general customer service inquiries with the goal of improving the subscribercustomer experience and to increase personnel flexibility. Billing and collections representatives are also required to pass background checks and, depending upon their job function, may also require licensing by the state of Utah. A majority of our subscribers pay electronically either via ACH, credit or creditdebit card. A subscriber who pays electronically is generally placed on a billing cycle based on their contract origination date and, in certain instances, the subscriber may choose their billing date. Our customerssubscribers billed via direct invoice can be billed on any day of the month, with payment due 2515 days subsequent to the invoice date. Subscribers are billed in advance for their monthly services based on the subscriber’stheir billing cycle and not calendar month.

From time In those jurisdictions where we are entitled to time, for various reasonsdo so by law, we may issue a creditcharge late fees to a subscriber for a payment otherwise due, including addressing subscriber concerns or obtaining the renewal of a subscriber contract. Any such credit decreases revenue and cash collected on the relevant subscriber contract in the amount of such credit.subscribers whose accounts are more than 10 days past due.

Key SystemsInside Sales

In 2014, we implemented an integrated customer relationship managementOur inside sales channel provides a consultative experience for consumers who contact us. Driven by increasing brand awareness and billing system software, based on a well-established enterprise-scale cloud solution. This CRM allows us to scale our business, providingmarketing effectiveness, the flexibility to accommodate the multiple customer support and billing models resulting from the continued expansion in our product and service offerings over time. The CRM replaced all of the functions previously

performed by our internally developed relationship management system (“CMS”), except for field service inventory tracking. The CRM enables one-call resolution and allows for operational efficiency by not requiring the entry of data multiple times, thus improving data accuracy. Additionally, the data is replicated to both a reporting and a business intelligence server to reduce processing time, as well as to an offsite server used for disaster recovery purposes.

In the first fiscal quarter of 2017, we implemented new enterprise resource planning software (“ERP”), primarily to manage financial accounting, inventory and supply chain functions of our business. The ERP replaces CMS for field service inventory tracking and our legacy financial accounting and inventory management systems. Similar to the CRM, the new ERP allows us to scale our operations to accommodate the continued expansion of our business models and product and service offerings. The ERP also provides improved security and automated system controls.

Software Platform

Nearly 100% of our new subscribers installed during the twelve months ended June 30, 2017 use our proprietary Vivint Smart Home Cloud platform, consisting of our SkyControl panel, equipment, cloud software, mobile application and online interface. The SkyControl panel is connected to the Internet via cellular communication and mobile devices through cloud software. We license certain intellectual property from Alarm.com to support the SkyControl panel. The Vivint Smart Home Cloud platform enables subscribers using SkyControl to access their systems remotely either directly from the web or through our Vivint Smart Home app and it facilitates communications between the panel and our monitoring stations. The Vivint Smart Home platform allows our subscribers the ability to remotely arm and disarm their security system; receive alerts and notifications regarding activity in their home; control smart home products such as thermostats, door locks, lighting controls; and view live and recorded video.

Go!Control was our primary panel installed in new subscribers’ homes prior to the launch of our Vivint Smart Home Cloud platform. We license certain communications infrastructure, software and services to support the Go!Control panel from Alarm.com. The Go!Control panel is also connected to the Internet, smart phones and tablet applications through Alarm.com’s hosted platform. Alarm.com also provides the web interface and technology to enable our subscribers using Go!Control panels to access their systems remotely and it facilitates communication between the panel and monitoring stations through third party cellular networks.

Subscriber Contracts—Smart Home and Security

We seek to ensure that our subscribers understand our product and service offerings, along with the key terms of their contracts by conducting two surveys with every subscriber. The first survey is conducted live via telephone prior to the execution of the contract and installation, and the second survey is conducted on-line after the installation is completed. These telephonic surveys are recorded and stored in our CRM, enabling easy access and review.

Term and Termination

Historically, we have generally offered contracts to subscribers that range in length from 36 to 60 months, subject to automatic monthly renewal after the expiration of the initial term. Since the beginning of 2013, a majoritynumber of new subscribers have entered into 60-month contracts. Subscribers have a right of rescission period prescribed by applicable law during which such subscriber may cancel the contract without penalty or obligation. These rescission periods range from 3acquired through this channel in 2018 increased 15% compared to 15 days, depending on the jurisdiction2017.

The inside sales team utilizes leads generated through multiple sources, both digital and traditional, including paid, organic and local search and display advertising. We believe that we will continue to experience strong growth in which a subscriber resides. As a company policy we provide new subscribers 70 years of agethis channel as Vivint’s brand awareness improves and older a 30-day right of rescission. Once the applicable rescission period expires, ownershipcustomers’ understanding of the equipment transfers to the subscriber and the subscriber is responsible for the monthly services fees under the contract.

Upfront and Monthly Services Fees

Our subscribers typically pay an activation fee,smart home increases. Customers originated through our inside sales channel has grown as well as an installation fee for certaina percentage of our products, (unless either of these fees is waived by us) and the first month’s service at the time of installation. Under the contract, we have the righttotal originations from approximately 10% in 2009 to pass through to the subscriber any increase in third party costs such as utility or governmental expenses. We have the right to increase the monthly service fees at the time of renewal with prior written notice.

Other Terms

We provide our subscribers with maintenance free of chargeapproximately 41% for the first 120 days. After 120 days, we will repair or replace defective equipment without charge, but we typically bill the subscriber a charge for each service visit. If a utility or governmental agency requires a change to equipment or service after installation of the system, the subscriber may be charged for the equipment and labor associated with the required change.

We do not provide insurance or warrant that the system will prevent a burglary, fire, hold-up or any such other event. Our contracts limit our liability to a maximum of $2,000 per event and, where permissible, provide a one-year statute of limitations to file an action against us. We may cease or suspend monitoring and repair service due to, among other things, work stoppages, weather, phone service interruption, government requirements, subscriber bankruptcy or non-payment by subscribers after we have given notice that their service is being cancelled due to such non-payment.

Vivint Flex Pay

Under the Vivint Flex Pay plan, customers pay separately for the Products and Vivint’s smart home and security services. Under the Consumer Financing Program, qualified customers are eligible to finance the purchase of Products through zero-percent (0% APR) interest installment loans provided by a third party financing provider of up to $4,000 for either a 42 or 60 month term. We are currently offering RICs for 42 or 60 month terms to certain customers, who qualify under our historical underwriting criteria, but do not qualify to participate in the Consumer Financing Program and may establish credit programs either directly or through an affiliate or pursuant to an agreement with a third party to provide installment loans or similar products to such customers. Along with the purchase of the Products, customers enter into a service agreement with simple pricing of $39.99 per month for smart home services or $49.99 per month for smart home services and video services with the same term lengths as their installment loan agreements or RICs.

Suppliers

We provide our services through a panel installed at the premises of our subscribers. As of June 30, 2017, approximately 65% of our installed panels were SkyControl panels, 34% were 2GIG Go!Control panels and 1% were other panels. As of December 31, 2016, approximately 57% of our installed panels were SkyControl panels, 40% were 2GIG Go!Control panels, and 3% were other panels. Since early 2014, our primary panel installed for new subscribers is the SkyControl panel. The 2GIG Go!Control panel was our primary panel for subscribers from the beginning of 2010 through early 2014. In 2013, we completed the 2GIG Sale as described above under “—Basis of Presentation.” In connection with the 2GIG Sale, we retained sole ownership of the intellectual property and exclusive rights with respect to the SkyControl Panel and certain peripheral equipment. This proprietary equipment is a critical component of our current smart home and security offerings, and we expect it to remain a critical component of our future offerings as well. In addition, at the time of the 2GIG Sale we entered into a five-year supply agreement with 2GIG, pursuant to which they will be the exclusive provider of our control panel requirements and certain peripheral equipment, subject to certain exceptions.

We license certain communications infrastructure, software and services to support the Go!Control panel from Alarm.com. The Go!Control panel is also connected to the Internet and smart devices through Alarm.com’s

hosted platform. Alarm.com also provides the web interface and technology to enable our subscribers using Go!Control panels to access their systems remotely and it facilitates communication between the panel and monitoring stations through third party cellular networks.

Generally, our third-party distributors maintain a safety stock of certain key products or equipment to cover any minor supply chain disruptions. Where possible we also utilize dual sourcing methods to minimize the risk of a disruption from a single supplier.

Sales and Marketing

Historically, we have had two primary sales channels: direct-to-home and inside sales. For the six months ended June 30, 2017 and the year ended December 31, 2016,2018.

Retail

We are currently running several retail partnerships pilot programs, with the goal of adding an additional subscriber acquisition channel that will allow us to offer a consultative sales experience while preserving our unit economics. Our retail partnership pilots are built on a variable-cost model. Through these pilots, we generated approximately 61%hope to reach additional consumers that have not yet considered purchasing a smart home, those that have already purchased a device that has not met their expectations, and 64%those that want to experience and buy smart home solutions in a traditional retail setting. Given the success of our newexisting DTH and NIS efforts, our retail pilots are built to provide interested subscribers throughwith a strong understanding of the technology and service components of our direct-to-home sales channel, respectively,smart home experience, in a retail setting, on a scalable, variable-cost basis.

Ourend-to-end solution includes a dedication to providing a smart home experience, complete with tech-enabled service and approximately 39%support. We have structured our organization and 36% through inside sales. We believe our approach to managing our sales channelsoperations in a way that allows us to achieve a higher adoption rate of new service offerings compared to our competitors, while managingmaximize efficiency and prioritize the subscriber acquisition costs. Our net subscriber acquisition cost per subscriber in 2016 was in the $1,975 to $2,025 range, a substantial portion ofexperience, which is variable. Our netwhy we have built a successful brand and generated high subscriber acquisition cost per subscriber represented approximately 30 times our ARPNU added in 2016. We continually evaluate ways to improve the effectiveness of our subscriber acquisition activities in our direct-to-home, inside sales and other sales channels.

Because we believe attrition is highly correlated with FICO scores and payment type, our compensation structure incentivizes quality subscriber generation by tying compensation to these factors. We have enhanced our underwriting criteriasatisfaction ratings over time, resulting in an average FICO score of our subscriber portfolio of 712 and 714 as of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively. As of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016 we had sub-600 FICO score subscribers representing only approximately 2% of our subscriber portfolio and approximately 93% of our subscribers having FICO scores of 625 or greater, respectively.time.

Direct-to-Home SalesIn-Home Service

Our direct-to-home sales channel is typically comprised of between 2,000 and 2,500 sales representatives who benefit from our recruiting and training programs designed to promote professionalism and sales productivity. Each year, between April and August, our sales teams travel to approximately 120 pre-selected marketsWe deploy full-timein-home tech-enabled service professionals throughout North America to sellprovide prompt tech-enabled service to our productsubscribers, on anas-needed basis. Ourin-home service professionals are highly trained to address maintenance and service offerings. Markets are selected each year based on a number of factors, including demographics, population densityissues. Using our proprietary,in-house sales and our past experience selling in these markets. Because expenses associated with our direct-to-home sales channel are directly correlated with new subscriber acquisition, we avoid a large fixed cost base andservice technologies—TechGenie—they are able to deployschedule service and installation appointments in real-time, thus maximizing subscriber satisfaction and minimizing friction in the subscriber relationship. This dimension of our offering-personalizedin-homesupport-is key to ourend-to-end solution, and we believe that providing personalized smart home service will be an integral part of meeting the needs of the broader consumer market.

Customer Service and Monitoring

Our tech-enabled customer service centers are located in Utah and operate around the clock, year-round, without exception. All employees who work in customer service undergo training on billing and service-related questions. Customer service representatives are required to pass background checks and, depending upon their job function, may require licensing by the state of Utah.

Our two central monitoring facilities are located in Utah and Minnesota and are fully able to be primary backups for each other and operate twenty-four hours a flexible go-to-market strategy every year. A typical sales team consistsday, seven days a week, year-round-including on holidays. All professionals who work in our monitoring facilities undergo comprehensive training and are required to pass background checks and, in certain cases, licensing tests or other checks to obtain the required licensing.

Billing and Collections

Our billing and collections representatives are located in our Utah offices. We cross-train these representatives to also handle general customer service inquiries with the goal of approximately 25 salesimproving the customer experience and to increase personnel flexibility. Billing and collections representatives and a designated sales manager. Each sales team is supported by approximately 10 trained installation technicians, including a manager for the technicians. There are also regional managersrequired to pass background checks and, depending upon their job function, may also require licensing by the state of Utah. A majority of our subscribers pay electronically either via ACH, credit or debit card. A subscriber who pays electronically is generally oversee six to eight sales or installation teams.

In 2015, we introducedplaced on a new program whereby a limited number of direct-to-home sales representatives residebilling cycle based on their contract origination date and, in certain select marketsinstances, the subscriber may choose their billing date. Our subscribers billed via direct invoice can be billed on any day of the month, with payment due 15 days subsequent to the invoice date. Subscribers are billed in advance for their monthly services based on their billing cycle and sell innot calendar month. In those markets on a year round basis. While currently minimal,jurisdictions where we expect the number of new subscriber contracts generated through this programare entitled to continuedo so by law, we charge late fees to increase over time.subscribers whose accounts are more than 10 days past due.

Inside Sales

SubscribersOur inside sales channel provides a consultative experience for consumers who contact us. Driven by increasing brand awareness and marketing effectiveness, the number of new subscribers acquired through this channel in 2018 increased 15% compared to 2017.

The inside sales team utilizes leads generated through multiple sources, both digital and traditional, including paid, organic and local search and display advertising. We believe that we will continue to experience strong growth in this channel as Vivint’s brand awareness improves and customers’ understanding of the smart home increases. Customers originated through our inside sales channel has grown as a percentage of our total originations from approximately 10% in 2009 to approximately 40% for the twelve months ended June 30, 2017. Our inside sales channel utilizes both inbound and outbound leads provided by our marketing department to sell to subscribers in the United States and Canada. The marketing department generates leads through multiple sources, both digital and traditional, including leads generated through digital marketing sources such as paid, organic and

local search and display advertising. Traditional lead sources include television and radio advertising, shared mail, email remarketing and third-party lead generation affiliates. Upon receiving an inbound lead from a potential subscriber requesting information on our products and service offerings, one of our inside sales representatives calls the potential subscriber. Additionally, our inside sales channel includes third-party partners that both generate leads and complete sales on behalf of Vivint.

Retail Sales

On May 4, 2017, we announced the Best Buy Agreement with Best Buy, pursuant to which the parties will jointly market and sell smart home products and services. Under the terms of the Agreement, Best Buy will offer certain Vivint smart home products and services in approximately 400 Best Buy retail stores on or before the first anniversary date of the Best Buy Agreement, with a continuing rollout to a significant number of additional Best Buy stores by the second anniversary date of the Best Buy Agreement expected. We expect that Best Buy will begin offering Vivint’s products and services in these stores during the second half of 2017.

Sales and Origination Strategy and Compensation

Sales representatives receive compensation based on the number of qualifying sales during the annual sales period. Criteria for qualifying sales include, but are not limited to, the amount of RPU, the value of our Products sold, subscriber FICO score, etc. A significant portion of the direct-to-home sales representative’s compensation is not paid until after the completion of the selling season and is paid only on those subscribers who satisfy certain criteria. In order to retain our sales professionals, we pay ongoing residual commissions to sales management for active subscriber accounts generated through their organization.

Strategy

Strong Platform for Growth

We have established a history of capitalizing on our business model and technology to offer new products and service offerings, as evidenced by the launch of our smart home products and services in 2011 and the Vivint Smart Home Cloud platform and SkyControl panel in early 2014. Our innovative products and service offerings have enabled us to increase ARPNU from $44.50 in 2009 to $66.8141% for the year ended December 31, 2016. Going forward, we intend to capitalize on the low incremental costs inherent in our business model and existing technology to increase market penetration in our existing channels and expand into new sales channels.2018.

InnovationRetail

We striveare currently running several retail partnerships pilot programs, with the goal of adding an additional subscriber acquisition channel that will allow us to bring easy-to-useoffer a consultative sales experience while preserving our unit economics. Our retail partnership pilots are built on a variable-cost model. Through these pilots, we hope to reach additional consumers that have not yet considered purchasing a smart home, those that have already purchased a device that has not met their expectations, and those that want to experience and buy smart home solutions in a traditional retail setting. Given the success of our existing DTH and NIS efforts, our retail pilots are built to provide interested subscribers with a strong understanding of the technology and service components of our smart home experience, in a retail setting, on a scalable, variable-cost basis.

Ourend-to-end solution includes a dedication to providing a smart home experience, complete with tech-enabled service and support. We have structured our organization and our operations in a way that allows us to maximize efficiency and prioritize the subscriber experience, which is why we have built a successful brand and generated high subscriber satisfaction ratings over time.

In-Home Service

We deploy full-timein-home tech-enabled service professionals throughout North America to provide prompt tech-enabled service to our subscribers, which allow themon anas-needed basis. Ourin-home service professionals are highly trained to useaddress maintenance and service issues. Using our productsproprietary,in-house sales and services efficiently. As evidencedservice technologies—TechGenie—they are able to schedule service and installation appointments in real-time, thus maximizing subscriber satisfaction and minimizing friction in the subscriber relationship. This dimension of our offering-personalizedin-homesupport-is key to ourend-to-end solution, and we believe that providing personalized smart home service will be an integral part of meeting the needs of the broader consumer market.

Customer Service and Monitoring

Our tech-enabled customer service centers are located in Utah and operate around the clock, year-round, without exception. All employees who work in customer service undergo training on billing and service-related questions. Customer service representatives are required to pass background checks and, depending upon their job function, may require licensing by the launchstate of Utah.

Our two central monitoring facilities are located in Utah and Minnesota and are fully able to be primary backups for each other and operate twenty-four hours a day, seven days a week, year-round-including on holidays. All professionals who work in our monitoring facilities undergo comprehensive training and are required to pass background checks and, in certain cases, licensing tests or other checks to obtain the required licensing.

Billing and Collections

Our billing and collections representatives are located in our Utah offices. We cross-train these representatives to also handle general customer service inquiries with the goal of improving the customer experience and to increase personnel flexibility. Billing and collections representatives are also required to pass background checks and, depending upon their job function, may also require licensing by the state of Utah. A majority of our proprietary Vivint Smart Home Cloud platformsubscribers pay electronically either via ACH, credit or debit card. A subscriber who pays electronically is generally placed on a billing cycle based on their contract origination date and, in early 2014,certain instances, the subscriber may choose their billing date. Our subscribers billed via direct invoice can be billed on any day of the month, with payment due 15 days subsequent to the invoice date. Subscribers are billed in advance for their monthly services based on their billing cycle and not calendar month. In those jurisdictions where we haveare entitled to do so by law, we charge late fees to subscribers whose accounts are more than 10 days past due.

Key Systems

We utilize an integrated subscriber relationship management and billing system software, based on a reputation for developingwell-established enterprise-scale cloud solution. This CRM allows us to scale our business, providing the flexibility to accommodate the multiple customer support and deploying products and services forbilling models resulting from the home that have robust functionality and that are easy to install and use. Bothcontinued expansion in our SkyControl and Go!Control panels provide a platform to introduce new productsproduct and service offerings over time. The CRM enablesone-call resolution and allows for operational efficiency by not requiring the entry of data multiple times, thus improving data accuracy. Additionally, the data is replicated to our subscribers. Another exampleboth a reporting and a business intelligence server to reduce processing time, as well as to an offsite server used for disaster recovery purposes.

In 2017, we implemented an enterprise resource planning software, or ERP, primarily to manage financial accounting, inventory and supply chain functions of our emphasis on providing innovative solutionsbusiness. Similar to the CRM, the ERP allows us to scale our operations to accommodate the continued expansion of our business models and product and service offerings. The ERP also provides improved security and automated system controls.

Suppliers

We provide our services through a panel installed in our subscribers’ homes. Since early 2014, nearly all new subscribers are using the Vivint SkyControl panel. From 2010 through 2014, 2GIG Go!Control was our primary panel. As of March 31, 2019, approximately 82% of our subscriber base use SkyControl panels and 17% use 2GIG Go!Control panels. In 2013, we completed the sale of 2GIG Technologies, Inc., or 2GIG. In connection with the 2GIG sale, 2GIG assigned to us their intellectual property rights in the SkyControl Panel and certain peripheral equipment. This proprietary equipment is a critical component of our current smart home and security offerings, and we expect it to remain a critical component of our future offerings as well. In addition, at the time of the 2GIG sale we entered into a five-year supply agreement with 2GIG, pursuant to which they would be the exclusive provider of our control panel requirements and certain peripheral equipment, subject to certain exceptions, during the term. This agreement was completed in April 2018.

We license certain communications infrastructure, software and services from Alarm.com to support subscribers with the Go!Control panel. These Go!Control panels are connected to Alarm.com’s hosted platform. Alarm.com also provides an interface to enable these subscribers to access their systems remotely. We also license certain intellectual property from Alarm.com for our subscribers isusing the SkyControl panel.

Generally, our acquisitionhardware device suppliers maintain a stock of Space Monkey,devices and key components to cover any minor supply chain disruptions. Where possible we also utilize dual sourcing methods to minimize the risk of a disruption from a single supplier. However, we also rely on a number of sole source and limited source suppliers for critical components of our solution. In particular we rely on Alpha Networks Inc. (“Space Monkey”)for our indoor cameras. Replacing any of these sole source or limited source suppliers could require the expenditure of significant resources and time to redesign and resource these products.

Research and Development

Our innovation center headquartered in August 2014, which provides a distributed cloud storage technology solution,Lehi, Utah, along with recently-opened research and development offices in Santa Clara, California and Boston, Massachusetts, focuses on the research and development of new Products and Services, both within and beyond our existing offerings. Our professionals are trained in our proprietary innovation management process, from subscriber needs assessment to Product and Service launch. Our innovation center includes people with expertise in all aspects of the development process, including the Vivint Smart Drive that integrates with our Vivint Smart Home Cloud platform. hardware development, software development, design, and quality assurance.

By focusing on innovation, and continually enhancing the functionality of our existing productsProduct and serviceService offerings, we believe we can increase new subscriber originations, subscriber usage and customersubscriber satisfaction, thereby potentially increasing RPUrevenue per subscriber and lowering oursubscriber attrition.

To enhance the functionality of the products and services included in our systems, we use various third-party manufacturers and service providers in addition to our in-house development and design of certain products and services. We believe that developing, designing and selling our own products and services that are

differentiated from those of our competitors will be a critical driver of our future success. For example, in 2015 we introduced our award winning Vivint Doorbell Camera, which allows homeowners to see, hear and speak to anyone on their doorstep, and which enables customers to decide whether to remotely unlock the door for visitors or open the garage door for a package delivery, if they have those services. In 2016, we introduced the Vivint Ping indoor camera, a two-way talk camera with one-touch callout. We expect to continue introducing new, innovative productsdevices and services, including panels and peripherals, along with integrated cloud services.software features. We own the design of these new products,Products and, in certain circumstanceswhere appropriate, leverage partnerships with third parties, particularly Original Design Manufacturers for the manufacture of new products (e.g., video cameras, thermostats, door lock hardware). their manufacture.

By vertically integrating the development and design of our productsProducts and servicesServices with our existing sales and customer service activities, we believe we are able to more quickly respond to market needs, and better understand our subscribers’ interactions and engagement with our productsProducts and services.Services. This provides critical data enabling us to improve the power, usability and intelligence of these productsProducts and services.Services.

To further increase the value subscribers receive from our products and services, our Vivint Smart Home Cloud platform also integrates with leading third-party smart home technologies, including Amazon Echo and the Nest Thermostat. Over time, we may integrate other smart home technologies into our platform.

Our innovation center is located in Lehi, Utah, which focuses on the research and development of new products and services, both within and beyond our existing service offerings. Professionals and engineers at our innovation center have expertise in all aspects of the development process, including hardware development, software development, design and quality assurance. During the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 we spent approximately $24.2 million, $16.4 million and $17.4 million, respectively on associated research and development costs.

Competition

The smart home industry is highly competitive and fragmented. Our major competitors include security, telecommunications and cable companies that also deliver smart home and security services, such as Protection One, Inc. and ADT Corporation (Protection One, Inc. merged with ADT Corporation in 2016); AT&T; Comcast Corporation; Stanley Security Solutions, a subsidiary of Stanley Black and Decker; MONI, a subsidiary of Ascent Capital Group, Inc.; and Tyco Integrated Security, a subsidiary of Tyco International Ltd.

We face increasing competition from competitors who are building their own smart home platforms, such as Amazon, Apple and Google, as well as from companies that offer single-point smart home solutions. Having installed over 2.0 million smart home and security systems, we believe we are well positioned to compete with them because we benefit from more than 18 years of experience, our efficient direct-to-home sales channel, innovative products and our award-winning customer service.

We also compete with numerous smaller regional and local providers. We also face, or may in the future face, competition from other providers of information and communication products and services, a number of which have significantly greater capital and other resources than we do.

Companies in our industry compete primarily on the basis of price in relation to the quality of the products and services they provide. The Company’s brand and reputation, market visibility, service and product capabilities, quality, price, efficient direct-to-home sales channel, and the ability to identify and sell to prospective customers, are all factors that contribute to competitive success in the smart home industry. We emphasize the quality of the service we provide, rather than focusing primarily on price competition. We believe we compete effectively against other national, regional and local companies offering smart home and security alarm monitoring services by offering our subscribers an integrated smart home, along with an attractive value proposition, and our proven, award-winning customer service.

Intellectual Property

Patents, trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets, and other proprietary rights are important to our business and we continuously refine our intellectual property strategy to maintain and improve our competitive position. We seek to protect new intellectual property to safeguard our ongoing technological innovations and strengthen our brand, and we believe we take appropriate action against infringements or misappropriations of our intellectual property rights by others. We review third-party intellectual property rights to help avoid infringement, and to identify strategic opportunities. We typically enter into confidentiality agreements to further protect our intellectual property.

We own a portfolio of over 150 issued U.S. patents and over 400 pending U.S. and foreign patent applications that relate to a variety of smart home, security and wireless Internet technologies utilized in our business. We also own a portfolio of trademarks, including domestic and foreign registrations for Vivint,®, and are a licensee of various patents, from our third-party suppliers and technology partners.

Because of the importance that customerssubscribers place on reputation and trust when making a decision on a smart home and security provider, our brand is critical to our business. Patents related to individual products or technologies extend for varying periods dependent on the date of patent filing or grant and the legal term for patents in the various countries where we have sought patent protection. Trademark rights may potentially extend for longer periods of time and are dependent upon national laws and use of the marks.

Competition

The smart home industry is highly competitive and fragmented. Our major competitors range from large cap technology companies, who predominantly offer DIY devices to expand their core market opportunity, to companies that are focused on singular smart home experiences (i.e. security focused), to industrial and telecommunications companies that are offering connected home experiences. Historically, the vast majority of companies have not offered comprehensive smart home solutions that meet the growing requirements of households. In many cases, companies have launched DIY or standalone devices to enhance their existing offerings, leading to partial or incomplete smart home experiences. Certain features of our platform compete with companies that fall into the following categories:

Large Technology companies: Amazon, Apple, Google and Microsoft

Security based offerings: ADT, Alarm.com, Brinks Home Security, SimpliSafe, Stanley Security Solutions, and Tyco Integrated Security.

Industrial and Smart Hardware Companies: Arlo, Honeywell, Control4, and Resideo

Telecommunications Companies: Comcast Corporation, Cox Communications, Rogers Communications, and Time Warner Cable

We believe we compete effectively with each of our competitors listed above. However, we expect competition to intensify in the future. We face increasing competition from competitors who are building their own smart home platforms, such as Amazon, Apple and Google, as well as from companies that offer single-point connected devices. Having installed over 2 million smart home and security systems, we believe we are well positioned to compete with them because we benefit from more than 19 years of experience, our efficientdirect-to-home sales channel, innovative products and our award-winning customer service.

In addition, several of our competitors have greater name recognition, much longer operating histories, more and better-established subscriber relationships, larger sales forces, larger marketing and software development budgets, and significantly greater resources than we do. Therefore, it is possible that we may not compete favorably with respect to certain of the foregoing factors.

We also compete with numerous smaller regional and local providers. We also face, or may in the future face, competition from other providers of information and communication products and services, a number of which have significantly greater capital and other resources than we do.

Companies in our industry compete primarily on the basis of price in relation to the quality of the devices and tech-enabled services they provide. The company’s brand and reputation, market visibility, service and product capabilities, quality, price, efficientdirect-to-home sales channel, and the ability to identify and sell to prospective subscribers, are all factors that contribute to competitive success in the smart home industry. We emphasize the quality of the service we provide, rather than focusing primarily on price competition. We believe we compete effectively against other national, regional and local companies offering smart home and security alarm monitoring services by offering our subscribers an integrated smart home, along with an attractive value proposition, and our proven, award-winning customer service.

Government Regulations

United States

We are subject to a variety of laws, regulations and licensing requirements of federal, state and local authorities.

We are also required to obtain various licenses and permits from state and local authorities in connection with the operation of our businesses. The majority of states regulate in some manner the sale, installation, servicing, monitoring or maintenance of smart home and electronic security systems. In the states that do regulate such activity, our company and our employees are typically required to obtain and maintain licenses, certifications or similar permits from the state as a condition to engaging in the smart home and security services business.

In addition, a number of local governmental authorities have adopted ordinances regulating the activities of security service companies, typically in an effort to reduce the number of false alarms in their jurisdictions. These ordinances attempt to reduce false alarms by, among other things, requiring permits for individual electronic security systems, imposing fines (on either the subscriber or the company) for false alarms, discontinuing police response to notification of an alarm activation after a subscriber has had a certain number of false alarms, and requiring various types of verification prior to dispatching authorities.

Our sales and marketing practices are regulated by the federal, state and local agencies. These laws and regulations typically place restrictions on the manner in which products and services can be advertised and sold, and to provide residential purchasers with certain rescission rights. In certain circumstances, consumer protection laws also require the disclosure of certain information in the contract with our subscriber and, in addition, may prohibit the inclusion of certain terms or conditions of sale in such contracts. Many local governments regulatedirect-to-home sales activities and contract terms and require that salespeople and the company on whose behalf the salesperson is selling obtain licenses to carry on business in that municipality.

In addition, the CFP and RICs are subject to federal and state laws. These laws primarily require that consumer financing contracts include or be accompanied by certain prescribed disclosures, but these laws also may place limitations on particular fees and charges, and require licensing or registration of the party extending consumer credit. Citizens and any other financing partners providing third-party consumer financing under Vivint Flex Pay are responsible for compliance with such laws applicable to Vivint Flex Pay, and we are responsible for compliance with such federal and state laws regulating RICs.

Canada

Companies operating in the smart home and electronic security service industry in Canada are subject to provincial regulation of their business activities, including the regulation ofdirect-to-home sales activities and contract terms and the sale, installation and maintenance of smart home and electronic security systems. Most provinces in Canada regulatedirect-to-home sales activities and contract terms and require that salespeople and

the company on whose behalf the salesperson is selling obtain licenses to carry on business in that province. Consumer protection laws in Canada also require that certain terms and conditions be included in the contract between the service provider and the subscriber.

A number of Canadian municipalities require subscribers to obtain licenses to use electronic security alarms within their jurisdiction. Municipalities also commonly require entities engaged indirect-to-home sales within their municipality to obtain business licenses.

Seasonality

Our DTH sales are seasonal in nature with a substantial majority of our new customer originations occurring during a sales season from April through August. We make investments in the recruitment of our DTH sales force and the inventory prior to each sales season. We experience increases in net subscriber acquisition costs during these time periods.

The management of our sales channels has historically resulted in a consistent sales pattern that enables us to more accurately forecast customer originations.

Employees

As of March 31, 2019, we had approximately 5,700 full-time employees, excluding our seasonal direct to home installation technicians, sales representatives and certain other support professionals. As of March 31, 2019, a very small minority of our employees were represented by a labor union. We believe that we generally have good relationships with our employees. The majority of our employees are located in the Salt Lake City metropolitan area. Employees located outside of the Salt Lake City metropolitan area are comprised primarily of our full-time Smart Home Pros, who service our customers and are located in all states in the United States except Maine and Vermont and all Canadian provinces except Quebec, and the monitoring professionals located at our monitoring station in Minnesota.

Properties

Our headquarters, and one of our two monitoring facilities, are located in Provo, Utah. These premises are leased under leases expiring between December 2024 and June 2028. Additionally, we lease the premises for a separate monitoring station located in Eagan, Minnesota. We also have facility leases in Lehi, Utah; Logan, Utah; Santa Clara, California, Boston, Massachusetts and various other locations throughout the United States and Canada for research and development, call center, warehousing, recruiting, and training purposes. We believe that these facilities are adequate for our current needs and that suitable additional or substitute space will be available as needed to accommodate any expansion of our operations.

Legal Proceedings

We are engaged in the defense of certain claims and lawsuits arising out of the ordinary course and conduct of our business and have certain unresolved claims pending, the outcomes of which are not determinable at this time. Our subscriber contracts include exculpatory provisions as described under “Business—Subscriber Contracts—Other Terms” and other liability limitations. We also have insurance policies covering certain potential losses where such coverage is available and cost effective. In our opinion, any liability that might be incurred by us upon the resolution of any claims or lawsuits will not, in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations. See Note 13 to theof our accompanying audited consolidated financial statements and Note 10 to the accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statementsincluded elsewhere in this prospectus for additional information.

Customers

Our business is not dependent on any single customer or a few customers, the loss of which would have a material adverse effect on the respective market or on us as a whole. No individual customer accounted for more than 10% of our consolidated 2016 revenue.

Seasonality

Our direct-to-home sales are seasonal in nature with a substantial majority of our new subscriber originations occurring during a sales season from April through August. We make investments in the recruitment of our direct-to-home sales force and the inventory prior to each sales season. We experience increases in net subscriber acquisition costs during these time periods.

The management of our sales channels has historically resulted in a consistent sales pattern that enables us to more accurately forecast subscriber originations. The chart below depicts the percentage of new subscribers originated through our direct-to-home sales channel each week of the April through August sales season from 2012 through 2016.

LOGO

Segment Information

We conduct business through one segment, Vivint. Historically, we primarily operated in three geographic regions: United States, Canada and New Zealand. During the year ended December 31, 2016, we sold all of our New Zealand subscriber contracts and ceased operations in the geographical region. Historically, our operations in New Zealand were considered immaterial and reported in conjunction with the United States. See Note 15 to the accompanying audited consolidated financial statements for more information about our business and geographic segments.

Properties

Our headquarters, and one of our two monitoring facilities, are located in Provo, Utah. These premises are leased under leases expiring between December 2024 and June 2028. Additionally, we lease the premises for a separate monitoring station located in Eagan, Minnesota. We lease various other facilities throughout the U.S. and Canada for offices, warehousing, recruiting, and training purposes and own a small recruiting and training facility in Idaho. We also have a new sales recruiting, training, and call center facility in Logan, UT which was completed in the second quarter of 2017. We believe that these facilities are adequate for our current needs and that suitable additional or substitute space will be available as needed to accommodate any expansion of our operations.

Employees

As of December 31, 2016, we had approximately 4,300 full-time employees, excluding our seasonal direct-to-home installation technicians, sales representatives and certain other support professionals. None of our employees are currently represented by labor unions or trade councils. We believe that we generally have good relationships with our employees. The majority of our employees are located in the Salt Lake City metropolitan area. Employees located outside of the Salt Lake City metropolitan area are comprised primarily of our full-time SHPs, who service our subscribers and are located in all states in the United States except Maine and Vermont and all Canadian provinces except Quebec, and the monitoring professionals located at our monitoring station in Minnesota.

MANAGEMENT

The following table sets forth, as of August 30, 2017,June 10, 2019, certain information regarding our directors and executive officers who are responsible for overseeing the management of our business.

 

Name

  Age   

Position

Todd R. Pedersen

   4850   

Chief Executive Officer and Director

Alex J. Dunn

46President and Director
Mark J. Davies57Chief Financial Officer
Joy Driscoll Durling40Chief Information and Digital Enablement Officer
Matthew J. Eyring48Chief Strategy and Innovation Officer
Dale R. Gerard

   47   Senior Vice

President of Finance and TreasurerDirector

Scott R. Hardy

Mark J. Davies

   4058   

Chief OperatingFinancial Officer

JT Hwang

Matthew J. Eyring

49

Executive Vice President, General Manager of Inside Sales

Scott R. Hardy

   42   

Chief EngineeringOperating Officer

Patrick E. Kelliher

   5456   

Chief Accounting Officer

Shawn J. Lindquist

49

Chief Legal Officer

Todd M. Santiago

   47   Chief Legal Officer

Executive Vice President, General Manager of Retail

Jefferson H. Lyman40Senior Vice President of Product Experience
Nathan C. Randle41Chief Marketing Officer
Todd M. Santiago

Jeremy B. Warren

   45   

Chief RevenueTechnology Officer

Jeremy B. Warren

David F. D’Alessandro

   4368   Chief Technology Officer

Director

Nathan B. Wilcox

Paul S. Galant

   51   Chief Compliance Officer

Director

David F. D’Alessandro

Bruce McEvoy

42

Director

Jay D. Pauley

42

Director

Joseph S. Tibbetts, Jr.

   66   

Director

Paul S. Galant

Peter F. Wallace

   4944   

Director

Bruce McEvoy40Director
Jay D. Pauley40Director
Joseph S. Tibbetts, Jr.64Director
Peter F. Wallace42Director

Todd R. PedersenPedersen. Mr. Pederson founded the Companyour company in 1999 and served as our President, Chief Executive Officer and Director. In February 2013, Mr. Pedersen relinquished his title as our President and remained our Chief Executive Officer and Director. In 2011, Mr. Pedersen founded our sister company, Vivint Solar, and served as its Chief Executive Officer from August 2011 through January 2013. Mr. Pedersen currently serves as a member of Vivint Solar’s board of directors, a position he has held since November 2012. Mr. Pedersen was named the Ernst & Young Entrepreneur of the Year in 2010 in the services category for the Utah Region. Mr. Pedersen attended Brigham Young University.

Alex J. Dunn. Mr. Dunn was named our President in February 2013. Prior to this, he served as our Chief Operating Officer and Director from July 2005 through January 2013. Prior to joining us, Mr. Dunn served as Deputy Chief of Staff and Chief Operating Officer to Governor Mitt Romney in Massachusetts. Before joining Governor Romney’s staff, Mr. Dunn served as entrepreneur-in-residenceentrepreneur-in- residence at the venture capital firm General Catalyst. There, he helped startm-Qube, a mobile media management company. Prior to that, heco-founded LavaStorm Technologies, an international telecommunications software company, where he served as Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Dunn is also a founder of our sister company, Vivint Solar, where he served as the Interim Chief Executive Officer from April 2013 through September 2013 and as the Chief Operating Officer from August 2011 through January 2013. Mr. Dunn currently serves on the board of directors of Vivint Solar, a position he has held since November 2012. Mr. Dunn holds a B.S. in sociologySociology from Brigham Young University.

Mark J. Davies.Mr. Davies has served as our Chief Financial Officer since November 2013. Prior to joining us, Mr. Davies served two years as Executive Vice President of Alcoa, as President of the company’s Global Business Services unit and member of the Alcoa Executive Council. Prior to Alcoa, Mr. Davies worked at Dell Inc. for 12 years, most recently as the Managing Vice President of Strategic Programs, reporting to Chairman, Michael Dell. Prior to that, Mr. Davies served as Chief Financial Officer of the Global Consumer Group.

Mr. Davies holds a B.S. in Accounting from Western Washington University and an MBA from Arizona State University.

Joy Driscoll DurlingMatthew J. Eyring.Mr. Eyring has served as our Chief Information Executive Vice President, General Manager of Inside Sales since November 2018, which includes managing the company’s call center operations, new business development,

and Digital Enablement Officer since February 2017.strategy functions. Prior to joining us, shethis, he served in various positions at Adobe Systems Incorporated from January 2006 until February 2017, including Vice President, Adobe Cloud Platform Strategy and Operations from July 2016 to February 2017, Senior Director, Adobe Cloud Platform Strategy and Operations from January 2015 to July 2016, and Senior Director, Office of CIO from October 2010 to January 2015, with roles that included chief of staff to the Chief Information Officer of Adobe, with a focus on enterprise architecture, portfolio management, and mergers and acquisitions, as well as running all aspects of a global, innovative enterprise IT organization. She also served as Director and Senior Manager, of Business Operations and Program Management of Adobe. Prior to Adobe, she served in various roles at Macromedia and Andersen Business Consulting focused in the high tech and software industry. Ms. Durling holds a B.S. degree in Business Administration from the University of North Carolina—Chapel Hill.

Matthew J. Eyring has served as our Chief Strategy and Innovation Officer since December 2012.from November 2012 to November 2018. Prior to joining us,Vivint, Mr. Eyring was the Managing Partner ofworked at Innosight, a global strategy and innovation consulting firm.firm, from 2001 to 2012. He held many senior positions at the firm, most recently serving as Managing Partner with responsibility for all global strategy and operations. Prior to Innosight, Mr. Eyring was a Vice President and General Manager at LavaStorm Technologies.Technologies, an Internet professional services company, where he ran the company’s Boston office. Prior to that, Mr. Eyring was a Product Manager at Medtronic, Inc. Mr. Eyring previously served on the board of directors of Virgin Pulse. Mr. Eyring holds a B.A. in economicsEconomics from the University of Utah and an MBA from the Harvard Business School.

Dale R. Gerard has served as our Senior Vice PresidentSchool, and is theco-author of Finance and Treasurer since September 2014. Prior to this, he served as our Vice Presidenta number of Finance and Treasurer from January 2013 to September 2014. Prior to this, he served as our Treasurer from March 2010 to January 2013. Prior to joining us, Mr. Gerard was the Assistant Treasurer and Director of Finance at ACL. Before joining ACL, Mr. Gerard served as Senior Treasury Analyst at Wabash National Corporation. Prior to that, Mr. Gerard spent four years at Chemtura Corporation, formerly Great Lakes Chemical Corporation, as Finance Analystarticles published in the Fine Chemical and Fluorine business units. Mr. Gerard holds a B.S. in Accounting and an MBA from Purdue University.Harvard Business Review.

Scott R. Hardy. Mr. Hardy has served as our Chief Operating Officer since December 2016. Prior to this, he served as our Senior Vice President, Inside Sales from February 2014 to December 2016. He joined Vivint as Vice President, Business Analytics in 2013. Prior to joining us, Mr. Hardy served as Principal at the Cicero Group, LP, a consulting and market research firm, from 2011 to 2013, where he led the firm’s strategy consulting practice. Mr. Hardy also served in senior consulting roles at McKinsey and Company from 2006 to 2009 and Monitor Group from 2000 to 2002, where he focused on growth strategy and sales and marketing projects. From 2009 to 2011, Mr. Hardy held senior roles at Cisco, an information technology company, including Director of Cisco’s Telepresence Cloud business unit and Director of Product Management, and starting in 2009 until their acquisition by Cisco in the same year, he led strategy and business development for TANDBERG, a provider of video conferencing systems. Mr. Hardy holds a B.S. in economicsEconomics from Brigham Young University and an MBA from the Harvard Business School.

JT Hwang has served as our Chief Engineering Officer since February 2017. Prior to this, he served as our Chief Information Officer from June 2010 to January 2013 and from August 2014 to February 2017, and he served as our Chief Technology Officer from March 2008 to June 2010 and January 2013 to August 2014. He has over 16 years of experience in the computer science field. Prior to joining us, Mr. Hwang was Chief Architect at Netezza Corporation, a global provider of data warehouse appliance solutions. He also served as Chief Architect of Hewlett-Packard’s Advanced Solutions Lab. Mr. Hwang holds a B.S. of science and a Master of Engineering, Computer Science from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.

Patrick E. Kelliher.Mr. Kelliher has served as our Chief Accounting Officer since February 2014. Prior to this, he served as our Vice President of Finance and Corporate Controller from March 2012 to February 2014. Prior to joining us, Mr. Kelliher served as Senior Director of Finance and Business Unit Controller of Adobe from November

2009 to March 2012. Prior to Adobe, Mr. Kelliher was the Vice President of Finance and Controller for Omniture, Inc. Before that he has served in various senior finance roles at other high growth technology companies. Mr. Kelliher holds a B.S. in Accounting and Finance from Northern Illinois University and an MBA from the University of Chicago Graduate School of Business.

Shawn J. Lindquist.Mr. Lindquist has served as our Chief Legal Officer and Secretary since May 2016. From February 2014 to May 2016, Mr. Lindquist served as Chief Legal Officer, Executive Vice President and Secretary of our sister company, Vivint Solar, Inc.Solar. From February 2010 to February 2014, Mr. Lindquist served as Chief Legal Officer, Executive Vice President and Secretary ofFusion-io, Inc., a leading provider of flash memory solutions for application acceleration, which was acquired by Sandisk Corporation in 2014. From 2005 to 2010, Mr. Lindquist served as Chief Legal Officer, Senior Vice President and Secretary of Omniture, Inc., through the completion and integration of its merger with Adobe Systems Incorporated. Prior to Omniture, Mr. Lindquist was a corporate and securities attorney at Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., the leading legal advisor to technology, life sciences and other growth enterprises worldwide. Mr. Lindquist has also served asin-house corporate and mergers and acquisitions counsel for Novell, Inc., a software and services company, and as Vice President and General Counsel of a privately held, venture-backed company. Mr. Lindquist has also served as an adjunct professor of law at the J. Reuben Clark Law School at Brigham Young University. Mr. Lindquist holds a B.S. in Business Management and J.D. from Brigham Young University.

Jefferson H. LymanTodd M. Santiago.Mr. Santiago has served as our SeniorExecutive Vice President, General Manager of Product ExperienceRetail since July 2017.November 2018, which includes managing the company’s retail relationships, home builder initiatives and direct sales platforms. Prior to this, he served as our Chief MarketingRevenue Officer from February 2014 to July 2017 and as our Vice President of Consumer Experience from August 2013 to February 2014. Prior to joining us, Mr. Lyman served as Senior Director for Mobile & Web Design at NIKE+, Nike’s activity tracking service from November 2010 to July 2013. Mr. Lyman held other positions at NIKE, including leading digital and marketplace communication for NIKEiD (NIKE’s custom footwear experience) and Nike Basketball. Mr. Lyman holds a B.S. in Nutritional Science from Brigham Young University and an MBA from the University of Oregon.

Nathan C. Randle has served as our Chief Marketing Officer of the Company since July 2017. Mr. Randle also served as our VP of Marketing from April 2014 to June 2015. Prior to his current role, Mr. Randle served as Senior Vice President of Marketing for the Utah Jazz from June 2015 to July 2017. Prior to joining us in 2014, Mr. Randle spent over four years at NIKE where he served as brand director for football and baseball and drove the brand strategy and consumer initiatives for Nike Golf. Mr. Randle holds a B.S. in Finance from the University of Utah.

Todd M. Santiago has served as our Chief Revenue Officer since February 2013.2018. Prior to joining us, Mr. Santiago was President of 2GIG from December 2008 to March 2013 where he coordinated the successful launch of Go!Control. Prior to joining 2GIG, Mr. Santiago was Partner and General Manager of Signature Academies in Boise, ID and VP and General Manager at NCH Corporation in Irving, TX. Mr. Santiago is thebrother-in-law of Mr. Pedersen. Mr. Santiago holds a B.A. ofin English from Brigham Young University and an MBA from the Harvard Business School.

Jeremy B. Warren.Mr. Warren has served as our Chief Technology Officer since December 2014. Prior to this, he served as Vice President of Innovation from November 2012 to December 2014. Prior to joining us, Mr. Warren was Chief Technology Officer at 2GIG Technologies where he was responsible for the engineering and mass production of 2GIG’s product line. Prior to joining 2GIG, Mr. Warren was Chief Technology Officer of the U.S. Department of Justice and Chief Architect of Lavastorm Technologies. Mr. Warren attended the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.

Nathan B. WilcoxNon-Employee Directors has served as our Chief Compliance Officer since May 2016. From October 2007 to May 2016, Mr. Wilcox served as our General Counsel and Secretary. Prior to joining us, Mr. Wilcox was a shareholder at Anderson & Karrenberg, P.C., and specialized in commercial and civil litigation. With more than 22 years of experience, he has extensive experience in civil and commercial litigation. Mr. Wilcox is the past president of the Electronic Security Association and a member of the Electronic Security Association’s Bylaws Committee. Mr. Wilcox holds a B.S. of Business Management from the University of Utah and a J.D. from Creighton University.

David F. D’Alessandro.Mr. D’Alessandro has served as a Director of the Companyour company since July 2013. Since 2010, Mr. D’Alessandro has served as chairman of the board of directors of SeaWorld Entertainment, Inc. Mr. D’Alessandro also serves on the boards of directors of several private companies as well as our publicly traded sister company, Vivint Solar,Solar. From 2010 to September 2017, Mr. D’Alessandro also served as chairman of the board of directors of SeaWorld Entertainment, Inc. He served as chairman, president and chief executive officer of John Hancock Financial Services, Inc. from 2000 to 2004, having served as president and chief operating officer of the same entity from 1996 to 2000, and guided it through a merger with ManuLife Financial Corporation in 2004. Mr. D’Alessandro served as president and chief operating officer of ManuLife in 2004. He is a former partner of the Boston Red Sox. A graduate of Syracuse University, he holds honorary doctorates from three colleges and served as vice chairman and a trustee of Boston University.

Paul S. Galant.Mr. Galant has served as a Director of the Companyour company since October 2015. Since September 2018, Mr. Galant has served as Chief Executive Officer of Brightstar Corp., a leading mobile services company for managing devices and accessories and subsidiary of SoftBank Group Corp., and he has served as an Operating Partner of SoftBank. Prior to joining Brightstar, Mr. Galant was the Chief Executive Officer of VeriFone Systems, Inc., and a member of VeriFone’s Board of Directors, since October 2013. Prior to joining Verifone, Mr. Galant served as the CEO of Citigroup Inc.’s Enterprise Payments business since 2010. In this role, Mr. Galant oversaw the design, marketing and implementation of globalbusiness-to-consumer andconsumer-to-business digital payments solutions. From 2009 to 2010, Mr. Galant served as CEO of Citi Cards, heading Citigroup’s North American and International Credit Cards business. From 2007 to 2009, Mr. Galant served as CEO of Citi Transaction Services, a division of Citi’s Institutional Clients Group. From 2002 to 2007, Mr. Galant was the Global Head of the Cash Management business, one of the largest processors of payments globally. Mr. Galant joined Citigroup, a multinational financial services corporation, in 2000. Prior to joining Citigroup, Mr. Galant held positions at Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette, Smith Barney, and Credit Suisse. Mr. Galant also brings broad financial industry experience from his time as chairman of the NY Federal Reserve Bank Payments Risk Committee and chairman of The Clearing House Secure Digital Payments LLC. Mr. Galant currently serves on the board of directors of Conduent Incorporated, a leading provider of diversified business services with leading capabilities in transaction processing, automation and analytics. Mr. Galant holds a B.S. in Economics from Cornell University where he graduated a Phillip Merrill Scholar.

Bruce McEvoy. Mr. McEvoy has served as a Director of the Companyour company since November 2012. Mr. McEvoy is a Senior Managing Director at Blackstone in the Private Equity Group. Before joining Blackstone in 2006, Mr. McEvoy worked at General Atlantic from 2002 to 2004, and was a consultant at McKinsey & Company from 1999 to 2002. Mr. McEvoy currently serves on the board of directors of Center for Autism and Related Disorders, MB Aerospace, Performance Food Group Company, RGIS Inventory Specialists, TeamHealth and our publicly traded sister company, Vivint Solar. Mr. McEvoy was formerly a director of Performance Food Group Company, Catalent, Inc., GCA Services Group, Inc., SeaWorld Entertainment, Inc. and Vistar Corporation. Mr. McEvoy holds and A.Ban A.B. in History from Princeton University and an MBA from the Harvard Business School.

Jay D. Pauley.Mr. Pauley has served as a Director of the Companycompany since October 2015. Mr. Pauley is a Managing Director at Summit Partners, which he joined in 2010. Prior to joining Summit Partners, Mr. Pauley was Vice President at GTCR, a private equity firm, and an associate at Apax Partners, a private equity and venture capital firm. Before that, he worked for GE Capital. Mr. Pauley currently serves on the boards of directors of numerous private companies, including our publicly traded sister company, Vivint Solar. Mr. Pauley

holds a B.S. from the Ohio State University and an MBA from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania.

Joseph S. Tibbetts, Jr. Mr. Tibbetts has served as a Director of the Companyour company since October 2015. Since June 2015,From March 2017 to March 2018, Mr. Tibbetts has been servingserved as the interim chief financial officer of Acquia Corporation, a private company that is a leading provider of cloud-based, digital experience management solutions. Prior to that Mr. Tibbetts served as the senior vice president and chief financial officer of Publicis.Sapient,Publicis Sapient, part of Publicis Group SA, from February 2015, when Publicis acquired Sapient Corporation, to September 2015. Prior to that Mr. Tibbetts served as senior vice president and global chief financial officer forof Sapient Corporation from October 2006 to February 2015. He began serving as Sapient Corporation’s treasurer in December 2012 and was reappointed as Sapient Corporation’s chief accounting officer in June 2013, a role he previously held from 2009 to 2012. In addition to being Sapient Corporation’s chief financial officer, Mr. Tibbetts also served as Sapient Corporation’s managing director-SapientNitrodirector- SapientNitro Asia Pacific. Prior to joining Sapient Corporation, Mr. Tibbetts was the chief financial officer of

Novell, Inc. from February 2003 to June 2006 and, prior to that, he held a variety of senior financial management positions at Charles River Ventures, Lightbridge, Inc., and SeaChange International, Inc. Mr. Tibbetts was also formerly a partner with Price Waterhouse LLP. Mr. Tibbetts holds a B.S. in business administration from the University of New Hampshire. Mr. Tibbetts currently serves on the board of directors of our publicly traded sister company, Vivint Solar.Solar, as well as Carbon Black, Inc. and Casa Systems, Inc. Mr. Tibbetts holds a B.S. in business administration from the University of New Hampshire.

Peter F. Wallace.Mr. Wallace has served as a Director of the Companyour company since November 2012. Mr. Wallace is a Senior Managing Director at Blackstone in the Private Equity Group, which he joined in 1997. Mr. Wallace has served on the board of directors of our publicly traded sister company, Vivint Solar, Inc., since November 2012 and as Chairman of the Board since March 2014. Mr. Wallace also serves on the board of directors of Alight Solutions, Inc., Michaels Stores, Inc., Outerstuff, Service King, Tradesmen International and The Weather Channel Companies. Mr. Wallace was formerly a director of AlliedBarton Security Services, GCA Services, New Skies Satellites Holdings Ltd., and SeaWorld Entertainment. Mr. Wallace receivedholds a B.A. in governmentGovernment from Harvard College.

Corporate Governance Matters

Background and Experience of Directors

When considering whether directors have the experiences, qualifications, attributes or skills, taken as a whole, to enable our Boardboard of Directorsdirectors to satisfy its oversight responsibilities effectively in light of our business and structure, our Boardboard of Directorsdirectors focused on, among other things, each person’s background and experience as reflected in the information discussed in each of the directors’ individual biographies set forth above. We believe that our directors provide an appropriate mix of experience and skills relevant to the size and nature of our business. The members of our Boardboard of Directorsdirectors considered, among other things, the following important characteristics which make each director a valuable member of our Boardboard of Directors:directors:

 

Mr. Pedersen’s extensive knowledge of our industry and significant experience, as well as his insights as the original founder of our firm. Mr. Pedersen has played a critical role in our firm’s successful growth since its founding and has developed a unique and unparalleled understanding of our business.

 

Mr. Dunn’s extensive knowledge of our industry and significant leadership experience.

 

Mr. D’Alessandro’s extensive business and leadership experience, including as Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of John Hancock Financial Services, as well as his familiarity with board responsibilities, oversight and control resulting from serving on the boards of directors of public companies.

 

Mr. McEvoy’s extensive knowledge of a variety of different industries and his significant financial and investment experience, including as a Senior Managing Director in the Private Equity Group at Blackstone, as well as his familiarity with board responsibilities, oversight and control resulting from his involvement in Blackstone.serving on the boards of directors of public companies.

Mr. Wallace’s significant financial expertise and business experience, including as a Senior Managing Director in the Private Equity Group at Blackstone, as well as his familiarity with board responsibilities, oversight and control resulting from serving on the boards of directors of public companies.

 

Mr. Galant’s significant business and leadership experience, including as the Chief Executive Officer of Citigroup’s Enterprise Payments business, as well as his familiarity with board responsibilities, oversight and control resulting from serving on the board of directors of VeriFone Systems.

 

Mr. Pauley’s significant financial expertise and business experience, including as a principalmanaging director at Summit Partners, as well as his familiarity with board responsibilities, oversight and control resulting from serving on the boards of directors of public companies.

 

Mr. Tibbetts’ significant financial expertise and business experience, including as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Sapient Corporation and 20 years at Price Waterhouse LLP (now PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP) including his experience as an Audit Partner and National Director of the firm’s Software Services Group, as well as his familiarity with board responsibilities, oversight and control resulting from serving on the boards of directors of public companies.

Independence of Directors

We are not a listed issuer whose securities are listed on a national securities exchange or in an inter-dealer quotation system which has requirements that a majority of the board of directors be independent. However, if we were a listed issuer whose securities were traded on the New York Stock Exchange and subject to such requirements, we would be entitled to rely on the controlled company exception contained in Section 303A of the NYSE Listed Company Manual from the requirements that a majority of our Board of Directors consist of independent directors, that our Board of Directors have a compensation committee that is comprised entirely of independent directors and that our Board of Directors have a nominating committeeNominating Committee that is comprised entirely of independent directors. Pursuant to Section 303A of the NYSE Listed Company Manual, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, a group of another company is exempt from the requirements that its board of directors consist of a majority of independent directors. At December 31, 2016,2018, Blackstone beneficially owns greater than 50% of the voting power of the Company which would qualify the Company as a controlled company eligible for exemption under the rule.

Role of Board in Risk Oversight

The board of directors has extensive involvement in the oversight of risk management related to us and our business and accomplishes this oversight through the regular reporting to the board of directors by the audit committee. The audit committee represents the board of directors by periodically reviewing our accounting, reporting and financial practices, including the integrity of our financial statements, the surveillance of administrative and financial controls and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements. Through its regular meetings with management, including the finance, legal, internal audit and information technology functions, the audit committee reviews and discusses all significant areas of our business and summarizes for the board of directors all areas of risk and the appropriate mitigating factors. In addition, our board of directors receives periodic detailed operating performance reviews from management.

Committees of the Board

Our Board of Directors has an Audit Committee and a Compensation Committee. Our Board of Directors may also establish from time to time any other committees that it deems necessary and advisable.

Audit Committee

Our Audit Committee consists of Messrs. McEvoy, Tibbetts and Wallace. The Audit Committee is responsible for assisting our Board of Directors with its oversight responsibilities regarding: (i) the integrity of

our financial statements; (ii) our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements; (iii) our independent registered public accounting firm’s qualifications and independence; and (iv) the performance of our internal audit function and independent registered public accounting firm. While our Board of Directors has not designated any of its members as an audit committee financial expert, we believe that each of the current Audit Committee members is fully qualified to address any accounting, financial reporting or audit issues that may come before it.

Compensation Committee

Our Compensation Committee consists of Messrs. D’Alessandro, McEvoy and Wallace. The Compensation Committee is responsible for determining, reviewing, approving and overseeing our executive compensation program.

Code of Ethics

We are not required to adopt a code of ethics because our securities are not listed on a national securities exchange and we do not have a code of ethics that applies to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. Although we do not have a code of ethics, our other compliance procedures are sufficient to ensure that we carry out our responsibilities in accordance with applicable laws and regulations.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

No member of the Compensation Committee was at any time during fiscal year 2016,2018, or at any other time, one of our officers or employees. We are parties to certain transactions with our Sponsor described in “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.” None of our executive officers has served as a director or member of a compensation committee (or other committee serving an equivalent function) of any entity, one of whose executive officers served as a director of our Board or member of our Compensation Committee.Committee

Executive Compensation

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

Introduction

Our executive compensation planprogram is designed to attract and retain individuals with the qualifications to manage and lead the Company as well as to motivate them to develop professionally and contribute to the achievement of our financial goals and ultimately create and grow our overall enterprise value.

Our named executive officers, or NEOs, for 20162018 were:

 

Todd R. Pedersen, our Chief Executive Officer;

 

Mark J. Davies, our Chief Financial Officer;

 

Alex J. Dunn, our President;

 

Matthew J. Eyring, our Chief StrategyExecutive Vice President, General Manager of Inside Sales; and Innovation Officer; and

 

Todd M. Santiago, our Chief Revenue Officer.Executive Vice President, General Manager of Retail.

Executive Compensation Objectives and Philosophy

Our primary executive compensation objectives are to:

 

attract, retain and motivate senior management leaders who are capable of advancing our mission and strategy and ultimately, creating and maintaining our long-term equity value. Such leaders must engage in a collaborative approach and possess the ability to execute our business strategy in an industry characterized by competitiveness and growth;

collaborative approach and possess the ability to execute our business strategy in an industry characterized by competitiveness and growth;

 

reward senior management in a manner aligned with our financial performance; and

 

align senior management’s interests with our equity owners’ long-term interests through equity participation and ownership.

To achieve our objectives, we deliver executive compensation through a combination of the following components:

 

Base salary;

 

Cash bonus opportunities;

 

Long-term incentive compensation;

 

Broad-based employee benefits;

 

Supplemental executive perquisites; and

 

Severance benefits.

Base salaries, broad-based employee benefits, supplemental executive perquisites and severance benefits are designed to attract and retain senior management talent. We also use annual cash bonuses and long-term equity awards to promote performance-based pay that aligns the interests of our named executive officers with the long-term interests of our equity ownersequity-owners and to enhance executive retention.

Compensation Determination Process

The compensation committee of our Board of Directors (the “Committee”) is responsible for makingassists the Board of Directors in overseeing our executive compensation program; however, in 2018 all executive compensation determinations (the “Committee”).were made by the Board of Directors.

Messrs. Pedersen and Dunn generally participate in discussions and deliberations with our Committee and the Board of Directors regarding the determinations of annual cash incentive awards for our executive officers. Specifically, they make recommendations to our Committee and/or the Board of Directors regarding the performance targetsfactors to be used under our annual bonus plan and the amounts of annual cash incentive awards. Messrs. Pedersen and Dunn do not participate in discussions or determinations regarding their individual compensation.

Role of Compensation Consultant

In 2016, the Committee retained Frederic W.We did not engage any compensation consultant to assist in making recommendations with respect to our 2018 compensation program. However, in December 2018 we engaged FW Cook & Co., Inc. (“FW Cook”) as its compensation consultant. FW Cook reports directlyto advise the Committee in 2019 with respect to the Committee. The Committee may replace FW Cook or hire additional consultants at any time. During 2016, FW Cook provided the following key services for the Committee:

compensation of Messrs. Pedersen and Dunn and make recommendations to the Committee on the selection of companies for inclusion in our Compensation Peer Group (as disclosed below); and

a competitive evaluation of total compensation peer group for the CEO and his direct reports (including the other NEOs) versus our Compensation Peer Group and other survey data.
2019.

Use of Competitive Data

The Committee doesWe do not target a specific market percentile when making executive compensation decisions; however, it believeswe believe that information regarding compensation practices at similar companies is a useful tool to help maintain practices that accomplish our executive compensation objectives. In 2016, as noted above, the Committee engaged FW Cook to assist and make recommendations regarding the selection of companies to be includedWhile we have done so in the Compensation Peer Group. The constituents of the Compensation Peer Group represent companies operating in broadly similarpast, we did not review or related industries that fall within a reasonable range with us in certain metrics, including revenue, EBITDA and total enterprise value. The companies included in the Compensation Peer Group are listed below:

2016 Compensation Peer Group

ADT Corporation

Garmin Ltd.InterDigital, Inc.Rollins, Inc.

Akamai Technologies

Harman International IndustriesJ2 Global Inc.Servicemaster Global Holdings

Fitbit Inc.

IMAX CorporationNu Skin EnterprisesWaste Connections Inc.

In 2016, ADT Corporation was acquired by an affiliate of Apollo Global Management and therefore it will be removed from future iterations of the Compensation Peer Group. The Committee intends to periodically review the Compensation Peer Group to ensure that it remains an appropriate comparator frame for evaluating our executive compensation practices. In addition to the Compensation Peer Group data, the Committee reviewed proprietary technology companyconsider any peer group or survey data size-adjusted to our revenue. The identity of individual companies comprising the survey data is not available to or considered by the Committee or management in its evaluation process.

The Committee uses the information from both the Compensation Peer Group and the survey data as one factor to determine whether ourconnection with compensation levels are competitive, and to make any necessary adjustments to reflect executive performance and our performance. As a part of this process, FW Cook measured our target pay levels for the NEOs versus the competitive data within each compensation component anddecisions in the aggregate. In order to evaluate the retentive and alignment power of their existing ownership stakes, FW Cook also prepared an analysis of the carried interest levels of our NEOs versus executives serving in similar positions at the Compensation Peer Group.2018.

Employment Agreements

On August 7, 2014, Messrs. Pedersen and Dunn entered into employment agreements with us. These employment agreements contained the same material terms as, and superseded, those they had entered into

previously with our indirect parent, 313 Acquisition LLC.LLC (“Parent”). On March 4, 2019, we entered into amended and restated employment agreements with Messrs. Pedersen and Dunn. See “Compensation Actions Taken in 2019” below for a description of these amended and restated employment agreements. On March 8, 2016, Messrs. Davies, Eyring and Santiago entered into employment agreements with us. A full description of the material terms of each of these employment agreements as in effect during 2018 is discussed below under “Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and 20162018 Grants of Plan-Based Awards.”

Compensation Elements

The following is a discussion and analysis of each component of our executive compensation program:

Base Salary

Annual base salaries compensate our executive officers for fulfilling the requirements of their respective positions and provide them with a predictable and stable level of cash income relative to their total compensation.

Our Committee believes that the level of an executive officer’s base salary should reflect such executive’s performance, experience and breadth of responsibilities, salaries for similar positions within our industry and any other factors relevant to that particular job. The Committee, with the assistance of our Human Resources Department, also used the experience, market knowledge and insight of its members in evaluating the competitiveness of current salary levels.

In the sole discretion of theour Committee, base salaries for our executive officers may be periodically adjusted to take into account changes in job responsibilities or competitive pressures.

In consideration of the above-mentioned factors and with referenceabove, the Board of Directors determined to the competitive data provided by FW Cook, the Committee made the followingincrease each named executive officer’s base salary adjustments for the named executive officers,by 3%, effective as of July 25, 2016:April 1, 2018, as shown below

 

Name

  Base Salary prior to
July 25, 2016
($)
   Base Salary Effective
as of July 25, 2016
($)
   Base Salary prior to
April 1, 2018
($)
   Base Salary Effective
as of April 1, 2018
($)
 

Todd R. Pedersen

   525,000    660,000    679,800    700,194 

Mark J. Davies

   515,000    600,000    618,000    636,540 

Alex J. Dunn

   525,000    660,000    679,800    700,194 

Matthew J. Eyring

   515,000    600,000    618,000    636,540 

Todd M. Santiago

   530,450    600,000    618,000    636,540 

The “Summary Compensation Table” and corresponding footnotes to the table show the base salary earned by each named executive officer during fiscal 20162018 as well as the base salary adjustments for each of our named executive officers made during fiscal 2016.2018.

Bonuses

Cash bonus opportunities are available to various managers, directors and executives, including our named executive officers, in order to motivate their achievement of short-term performance goals and tie a portion of their cash compensation to performance.

Fiscal 20162018 Management Bonus—Messrs. Pedersen and Dunn

In fiscal 2016,2018, Messrs. Pedersen and Dunn participated in a formalized annual cash incentive compensation plan pursuant to which they wereare eligible to receive an annual cash incentive award based on the achievement of company-wide performance objectives. As provided in their respective employment agreements, the target bonus amounts for each of Messrs. Pedersen and Dunn are 100% of their respective base salaries.

The actual bonus amounts to be paid to Messrs. Pedersen and Dunn for fiscal 20162018 performance wereare calculated by multiplying each named executive officer’s bonus potential target (which is equal to 100% of his base salary at the end of the performance period) by an achievement factor based on our actual achievement relative to company-wide performance objectives.

The achievement factor was determined by calculating our actual achievement against the company-wide performance targets based on thepre-established scale set forth in the following table:

 

% Attainment of Performance Target

  Achievement
Factor
 

Less than 90%

   0 

90%

   50

100%

   100

110%

   200

130% or greater

   250

Based on thepre-established scale set forth above, no cash incentive award would be paid to Messrs. Pedersen and Dunn unless our actual performance for 20162018 was at or above 90% of the performance target.target(s). If our actual performance was 100% of target, then Messrs. Pedersen and Dunn would be entitled to their respective bonus potential target amounts. If performance was 110% of target, then they would be eligible for a cash incentive award equal to 200% of their respective bonus potential target amounts. If performance was 130% or more of target, then they would be eligible for a maximum cash incentive equal to 250% of their respective bonus potential target amounts. For performance percentages between these levels, the resulting achievement factor would be adjusted on a linear basis. The performance target for 20162018 for Messrs. Pedersen and Dunn was Adjusted EBITDA (as that term is defined elsewhere in this prospectus under the heading “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Covenant Compliance”) of $444,000,000$532.6 million for the Company.

For fiscal 2016,2018, the Company’s actual Adjusted EBITDA achieved was $444,098,000,$537.7 million, or 100%101.0% of target, which resultedresults in an achievement factor of 100%110% of their respective base salaries under the annual cash incentive plan. The Compensation Committee, in its discretion and in consideration of the achievement of other objectives in 2018, including but not limited to a record number of new subscriber originations and the reorganization of the Company to position it for future growth by expanding the existing sales channels and developing new sales channels, determined to further adjust the Adjusted EBITDA metric to remove the effect of certain compensation items that the Compensation Committee determined were not indicative of the Company’s performance in fiscal 2018 and to make certain other adjustments. This resulted in the payment to Messrs. Pedersen and Dunn of award amounts equal to 125% of their base salaries.

The following table illustrates the calculation of the annual cash incentive awards payable toearned by each of Messrs. Pedersen and Dunn in light of these performance results.results, including the exercise by our Board of Directors of its positive discretion. The portion of the actual amount earned by Messrs. Pedersen and Dunn due to the Board of Director’s exercise of its positive discretion is disclosed in the “Bonus” column of the Summary Compensation Table under the “2018” designation, while the remaining amounts earned by Messrs. Pedersen and Dunn are disclosed in the“Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” column.

 

Name

  Salary(1)
($)
   Target
Bonus %
 Target
Bonus
Amount
($)
   Achievement
Factor
 Bonus
Earned
($)
   Salary
(1) ($)
   Target Bonus
%
 Target Bonus
Amount
($)
   Achievement
Factor
 Bonus
Paid
(2) ($)
 

Todd R. Pedersen

   660,000    100 660,000    100 660,000    700,194    100 700,194    110 875,243 

Alex J. Dunn

   660,000    100 660,000    100 660,000    700,194    100 700,194    110 875,243 

 

(1)

The annual base salaries of Messrs. Pedersen and Dunn were increased from $525,000$679,800 to $660,000,$700,194, effective as of July 25, 2016.April 1, 2018.

(2)

As discussed above, the bonus amounts paid to Messrs. Pedersen and Dunn represented 125% of their annual base salaries.

Fiscal 20162018 Management Bonus—Messrs. Davies, Eyring and Santiago

For fiscal 2016,2018, Messrs. Davies, Eyring and Santiago wereare eligible to receive a discretionary bonus based on a percentage of such executive’s base salary. In recognition of their contributions to our company, the Committee approved an increase to the bonus potential target for each of these executives, from 50% to 60% of the executive’s annual base salary, for fiscal 2016. As a result, eachwhich bonuses we expect will be paid in March 2019. Each of Messrs. Davies, Eyring and Santiago wereare eligible to receive a target bonus opportunity of 60% of their respective base salaries. The following table sets forth the bonus awards payable to Messrs. Davies, Eyring and Santiago, respectively, which were basedBased on Mr. Davies’ contribution to financial management and operational improvement, Mr. Eyring’s contribution to our product innovation and strategy, and Mr. Santiago’s contribution to the success of our 20162018 selling efforts:efforts, the Compensation Committee determined to pay bonuses for fiscal 2018 to these named executive officers at 125% of target, as shown in the table below.

 

Named Executive Officer

  Salary(1)
($)
   Target
Bonus %(2)
 Target
Bonus
Amount
($)
   Bonus
Amount
Payable
($)
   Salary
(1) ($)
   Target Bonus
%
 Target
Bonus
Amount
($)
   Bonus
Amount
Payable
($)
 

Mark J. Davies

   600,000    60 360,000    360,000    636,540    60 381,924    477,405 

Matthew J. Eyring

   600,000    60 360,000    360,000    636,540    60 381,924    477,405 

Todd M. Santiago

   600,000    60 360,000    360,000    636,540    60 381,924    477,405 

 

(1)Effective July 25, 2016, the

The annual base salaries of Messrs. Davies, Eyring and Santiago were increased from $618,000 to $636,540, effective as follows: for Messrs. Davies and Eyring, from $515,000 to $600,000; and for Mr. Santiago, from $530,450 to $600,000.

(2)The bonus potential target for each of Messrs. Davies, Eyring and Santiago was increased from 50% to 60% for fiscal 2016.April 1, 2018.

Sign-On Bonuses

From time to time, the Committeewe may awardsign-on bonuses in connection with the commencement of an NEO’s employment with us.Sign-on bonuses are used only when necessary to attract highly skilled individuals to the Company. Generally, theysign-on bonuses are used to incentivize candidates to leave their current employers or may be used to offset the loss of unvested compensation they may forfeit as a result of leaving their current employers.

Long-Term Incentive Compensation

Equity Awards

313 Acquisition LLC (“313 Acquisition”), an entity controlled by investment funds or vehicles affiliated with Blackstone, grants long-term equity incentive awards designed to promote our interest by providing these executives with the opportunity to acquire equity interests as an incentive for their remaining in our service and aligning the executives’ interests with those of the Company’s ultimate equity holders. The long-term equity incentive awards are in the form of Class B Units in Acquisition LLC.313 Acquisition.

The Class B Units are profits interests having economic characteristics similar to stock appreciation rights and represent the right to share in any increase in the equity value of Acquisition LLC.313 Acquisition. Therefore, the Class B Units only have value to the extent there is an appreciation in the value of our business from and after the applicable date of grant. In addition, the vesting oftwo-thirds of the Class B Units is subject to Blackstone achieving minimum internal rates of return on its investment in Class A Units, as described further below.

The Class B Units granted to our named executive officers are designed to motivate them to focus on efforts that will increase the value of our equity while enhancing their retention. The specific sizes of the equity grants made are determined in light of Blackstone’s practices with respect to management equity programs at other private companies in its portfolio and the executive officer’s position and level of responsibility with us.

In 2016, in order to recognize their contributions to our company to date and to enhance the alignment of their interests with that of the equity owners, Messrs. Davies, Eyring and Santiago were granted 400,000 Class B Units, 850,000 Class B Units and 850,000 Class B Units, respectively.

The Class B Units arewere initially divided into a time-vesting portion (one-third(one-third of the Class B Units granted), a 2.0x exit-vesting portion (one-third(one-third of the Class B Units granted), and a 3.0x exit-vesting portion (one-third

(one-third of the Class B Units granted).In June 2018, our board of directors approved a modification to the vesting terms of the Class B Units, designed to motivate and retain our employees and align their interests with the interests of the Company. Following such modification, the Class B Units were divided into two time-vesting portions (eachone-third of the Class B Units granted) and a 2.0x exit-vesting portion(one-third of the Class B Units granted). Unvested Class B units are not entitled to distributions from Acquisition LLC.the Company. The incremental fair value in connection with this modification is reflected in the “Stock Awards” column of the Summary Compensation Table. For additional information regarding our Class B Units, see “Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards—EquityAwards-Equity Awards.”

The initial award of Class B Units granted to Mr. Davies in connection with the commencement of his employment in 2013 containscontain the following different economic terms: Mr. Davies’s Class B Units will not entitle him to receive any distributions in respect of such units unless and until the cumulative value of such foregone distributions attributable to each Class B Unit equals the fair market value of a Class B Unit on the date of the grant of such Class B Unit (such foregone amount, the “Delayed Amount Per Class B Unit”). At that point, Mr. Davies (together with the other holders of Class B Units subject to similar foregone distributions) will become entitled to receive pro rata distributions of all subsequent amounts (to the exclusion of other holders who do not have similar rights) until he has received distributions per Class B Unit equal to the Delayed Amount Per Class B Unit. Thereafter, Mr. Davies will become entitled to receive the same amounts with respect to his Class B Units as other holders of Class B Units receive with respect to their Class B Units.

Another key component of our long-term equity incentive program is that at the time of the Transactions certain of our NEOs and other eligible employees were provided with the opportunity to invest in Class A Units of 313 Acquisition LLC on the same general terms as Blackstone and otherco-investors. The Class A Units are equity interests, have economic characteristics that are similar to those of shares of common stock in a corporation and have no vesting schedule. We consider this investment opportunity an important part of our long-term equity incentive program because it encourages equity ownership and aligns the NEOs’ financial interests with those of our ultimate equity holders. Each of Messrs. Pedersen, Dunn and Santiago, when presented with the opportunity, chose to invest in Class A Units of Acquisition LLC. 313 Acquisition.

2018 Retention Awards

In 2016, Acquisition LLC repurchased 3,720,019 Class A Units from Mr. Dunn.2018, we approved a retention program designed to motivate and retain our employees. Pursuant to this program, in July 2018, the Committee approved the grant of retention awards to Messrs. Davies, Eyring and Santiago.

Each of Messrs. Davies, Eyring and Santiago was granted a retention award in the amount of $2.5 million, payable as follows: (i) $833,333.33 payable in August 2018; (ii) $833,333.33 payable in August 2019; and (iii) $833,333.34 payable in August 2020, subject to continued employment and good standing with the Company or its subsidiaries through each payment date.

If Messrs. Davies’, Eyring’s or Santiago’s employment is terminated by the Company other than for Cause (as defined in his employment agreement), including due to death or disability, prior to any remaining payment date, he will receive the full remaining amount of the retention award, payable within two and one half months following his termination date subject to his (or his estate’s, as applicable), execution of an effective release of claims in favor of the Company. He will not be entitled to receive any remaining amount of his retention award if (i) he terminates his employment with the Company for any reason, or (ii) his employment is terminated by the Company for Cause, in either case at any time prior to the applicable eligibility date set forth above.

Benefits and Perquisites

We provide to all of our employees, including our named executive officers, employee benefits that are intended to attract and retain employees while providing them with retirement and health and welfare security. Broad-based employee benefits include:

 

a 401(k) savings plan;

 

paid vacation, sick leave and holidays;

 

medical, dental, vision and life insurance coverage; and

 

employee assistance program benefits.

We do notBeginning in January 2018, all 2018 participants became eligible for matching under our 401(k) savings plan. Under this new matching program, we match employeean employee’s contributions to the 401(k) savings plan. plandollar-for-dollar up to 1% of such employee’s eligible earnings and $0.50 for every $1.00 for the next 5% of such employee’s eligible earnings. The maximum match available under the 401(k) plan is 3.5% of the employee’s eligible earnings. For employees who have been employed by us for less than two years, matching contributions vest on the second anniversary of their date of hire. Our matching contributions to our employees who have been employed by us for two years or more are always fully vested.

At no cost to the employee, we provide an amount of basic life insurance valued at $50,000.

We also provide our named executive officers with specified perquisites and personal benefits that are not generally available to all employees, such as personal use of our Company leased aircraft (subject to the terms and limits set forth in our corporate aircraft policy), use of a company vehicle, financial advisory services, reimbursement for health insurance premiums, enhanced employee cafeteria benefits, country club memberships, excess liability insurance premiums, alarm system fees, event tickets, fuel expenses, relocation assistance and, in certain circumstances, reimbursement for personal travel. In addition, as to Messrs. Pedersen and Dunn, perquisites have included personal use of Company personnel, however Messrs. Pedersen and Dunn reimburses the Company for the full costs of such personal use. Each of Messrs. Pedersen and Dunn has also been provided with an annual fringe benefit allowance of $300,000 under the terms of their employment agreements. We also reimburse our named executive officers for taxes incurred in connection with certain of these perquisites. In addition, on January 1, 2013, we have entered into time-sharing agreements with Messrs. Pedersen and Dunn, governing their personal use of the Company leased aircraft. Messrs. Pedersen and Dunn pay for personal flights an amount equal to the aggregate variable cost to the

Company for such flights, up to the maximum authorized by Federal Aviation Regulations. The aggregate variable cost for this purpose includes fuel costs,out-of-town hangar costs, landing fees, airport taxes and fees, customs fees, travel expenses of the crew, any “deadhead” segments of flights to reposition corporate aircraft and other related rental fees. In addition, family members of our named executive officers have, in limited circumstances, accompanied the named executive officers on business travel on the Company leased aircraft for which we incurredde minimisincremental costs.

We provide these perquisites and personal benefits in order to further our goal of attracting and retaining our executive officers. These benefits and perquisites are reflected in the “All Other Compensation” column of the “Summary Compensation Table” and the accompanying footnote in accordance with the SEC rules.

Severance Arrangements

Our Board of Directors believes that providing severance benefits to our named executive officers is critical to our long-term success, because severance benefits act as a retention device that helps secure an executive’s continued employment and dedication to the Company. Each of our named executive officers have severance arrangements, which are included in their employment agreements. Messrs. Pedersen and Dunn are

eligible to receive severance benefits if their employment is terminated for any reason other than voluntary resignation or willful misconduct. The severance payments to our named executive officers are contingent upon the affected executive’s execution of a release and waiver of claims, which containsnon-compete,non-solicitation and confidentiality provisions. See “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control” for descriptions of these arrangements.

Each of Messrs. Davies, Eyring and Santiago are eligible to receive severance benefits if histheir employment is terminated by us without “cause” (as defined below under “Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards—Employment Agreements”) and other than by reason of death or while he is disabled. See “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control” for descriptions of these arrangements.”

Compensation Actions Taken in 2019

Employment Agreements with Messrs. Pedersen and Dunn

On March 4, 2019, we amended and restated the employment agreements with Messrs. Pedersen and Dunn. The severanceamended and restated employment agreements with Messrs. Pedersen and Dunn contain substantially similar terms. The principal terms of each of the amended and restated employment agreements are summarized below.

Each amended and restated employment agreement provides for a term ending on March 4, 2022 and extends automatically for additionalone-year periods unless either party elects not to extend the term. Under the amended and restated employment agreements, each executive is eligible to receive a minimum base salary, specified below, and an annual bonus based on the achievement of specified financial goals as determined by the Board of Directors. If these goals are achieved, the executive may receive an annual incentive cash bonus as provided below.

Mr. Pedersen’s amended and restated employment agreement provides that he is to serve as CEO and is eligible to receive a base salary originally set at $1,021,200, subject to periodic adjustments as may be approved by our Board of Directors. Mr. Pedersen is also eligible to receive a target bonus equal to the sum of (x) 100% of his annual base salary at the end of the fiscal year minus (y) $300,000, if targets established by the Board of Directors are achieved.

Mr. Dunn’s amended and restated employment agreement provides that he is to serve as President and is eligible to receive a base salary originally set at $1,021,200, subject to periodic adjustments as may be approved by our Board of Directors. Mr. Dunn is also eligible to receive a target bonus equal to the sum of (x) 100% of his annual base salary at the end of the fiscal year minus (y) $300,000 if targets established by the Board of Directors are achieved.

In addition, each amended and restated employment agreement provides Messrs. Pedersen and Dunn with annual reimbursements of up to $125,000 in respect of expenses incurred by the executive related to the engagement of a financial advisor by the executive to provide the executive with customary financial advice. Any such reimbursements to the executive will be considered taxable income to the executive and the executive will be entitled to tax “gross up” payments in respect thereof.

Each executive officer is also entitled to our namedparticipate in all employee benefit plans, programs and arrangements made available to other executive officers generally.

Each of the amended and restated employment agreements also contains restrictive covenants, including an indefinite covenant on confidentiality of information, and covenants related tonon-competition andnon-solicitation of our employees and customers and affiliates at all times during employment, and for two years after any termination of employment. These covenants are contingentsubstantially the same as the covenants Messrs. Pedersen and

Dunn agreed to in connection with their receipt of Class B Units summarized below under “Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards—Equity Awards—Restrictive Covenants.”

Pursuant to their respective amended and restated employment agreements, if Mr. Pedersen’s or Mr. Dunn’s employment terminates for any reason, the executive is entitled to receive: (1) any base salary accrued through the date of termination; (2) any annual bonus earned, but unpaid, as of the date of termination; (3) reimbursement of any unreimbursed business expenses properly incurred by the executive; and (4) such employee benefits, if any, as to which the executive may be entitled under our employee benefit plans (the payments and benefits described in (1) through (4) being “accrued rights”).

If the employment of Messrs. Pedersen and Dunn is terminated by us without “cause” (as defined below) (other than by reason of death or while he is disabled) or if either executive resigns with “good reason” (as defined below) (any such termination, a “qualifying termination”), such executive is entitled to the accrued rights and, conditioned upon the affected executive’s execution andnon-revocation of a release and waiver of claims which contains in favor of us and our affiliates, and continued compliance with thenon-compete,non-solicitation,non-disparagement, and confidentiality provisions. See “Potential Payments Upon Terminationprovisions set forth in the employment agreements and described below under “Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards”:

a pro rata portion of his target annual bonus based upon the portion of the fiscal year during which the executive was employed (the “pro rata bonus”);

alump-sum cash payment equal to 200% of the executive’s then-current base salary plus 200% of the actual bonus the executive received in respect of the immediately preceding fiscal year; and

alump-sum cash payment equal to the monthly cost of the health and welfare benefits for the executive and his dependents, at the levels at which the executive received benefits on the date of termination, times twenty four (the “COBRA payment”).

For purposes of the amended and restated employment agreements of each of Messrs. Pedersen and Dunn, the term “cause” means the executive’s continued failure to substantially perform his employment duties for a period of ten (10) days; any dishonesty in the performance of the executive’s employment duties that is materially injurious to us; act(s) on the executive’s part constituting either a felony or Changea misdemeanor involving moral turpitude; the executive’s willful malfeasance or misconduct in Control”connection with his employment duties that causes substantial injury to us; or the executive’s material breach of any covenants set forth in the amended and restated employment agreements, including the restrictive covenants set forth therein. A termination for descriptions“good reason” is deemed to occur upon specified events, including: a material reduction in the executive’s base salary; a material reduction in the executive’s authority or responsibilities; specified relocation events; or our breach of these arrangements.any of the provisions of the amended and restated employment agreements. Each of the foregoing events is subject to specified notice and cure periods.

In the event of the executive’s termination of employment due to death or disability, he will only be entitled to the accrued rights, the pro rata bonus payment, and the COBRA payment.

Incentive Compensation Plan

On March 4, 2019, the Board of Directors adopted an Incentive Compensation Plan, which we refer to as our “Cash Bonus Plan.” Our Cash Bonus Plan allows the Committee to provide annual cash incentive awards to selected employees, including our NEOs, based upon performance goals established by the Committee. Pursuant to the Cash Bonus Plan, the Committee, in its sole discretion, will establish a target award for each participant and a bonus pool, with actual awards payable from such bonus pool, with respect to the applicable performance period.

Under the Cash Bonus Plan, the Committee, in its sole discretion, will determine the performance goals applicable to awards, which goals may include, without limitation: attainment of research, development and

launch milestones, bookings, business divestitures and acquisitions, cash flow, cash position, contract awards or backlog, customer renewals, (viii) customer attrition rates or customer retention rates from an acquired company, subsidiary, business unit or division, (ix) earnings (which may include earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”), adjusted EBITDA, EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA lifetime value, earnings before interest and taxes, earnings before taxes and net earnings, and other metrics), earnings per share, expenses, gross margin, growth in stockholder value, internal rate of return, inventory turns, inventory levels, market share, net income, net profit, net sales, new product development, new product invention or innovation, number of customers, operating cash flow, operating expenses, operating income, operating margin, overhead or other expense reduction, product defect measures, product development and launch and product release timelines, productivity, profit, return on assets, return on capital, return on equity, return on investment, return on sales, revenue, revenue growth, sales results or selling efforts, sales growth and other growth initiatives, stock price, time to market, total stockholder return, working capital, financial management and operational improvement, product innovation and strategy, installation base lifetime value, service costs, onboard key employees, such other metrics as may be set forth in the Company’s filings with the SEC from time to time and individual objectives such as peer reviews or other subjective or objective criteria, each as may be adjusted. As determined by the Committee, performance goals that include our financial results may be determined in accordance with GAAP, or such financial results may consist ofnon-GAAP financial measures and any actual results may be adjusted by the Committee forone-time items or unbudgeted or unexpected items and/or payments when determining whether the performance goals have been met. The goals may be on the basis of any factors the Committee determines relevant, and may be on an individual, divisional, business unit or enterprise basis. The performance goals may differ from participant to participant and from award to award.

The Committee may, in its sole discretion and at any time, increase, reduce or eliminate a participant’s actual award, or increase, reduce or eliminate the amount allocated to the bonus pool for a particular performance period. The actual award may be below, at or above a participant’s target award, in the Committee’s discretion. The Committee may determine the amount of any reduction on the basis of such factors as it deems relevant, and it is not be required to establish any allocation or weighting with respect to the factors it considers.

Actual awards are paid in cash (or its equivalent) in a single lump sum as soon as practicable after the end of the performance period during which they are earned and after they are approved by the Committee, but in no event later than the 15th day of the third month of the fiscal year following the date the award has been earned. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, to earn an actual award, a participant must be employed by us (or an affiliate of ours) through the date the bonus is paid.

The Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, may alter, suspend or terminate the Cash Bonus Plan provided such action does not, without the consent of the participant, alter or impair the rights or obligations under any award theretofore earned by such participant.

Summary Compensation Table

The following table provides summary information concerning compensation paid or accrued by us to or on behalf of our named executive officers.

 

Name and Principal Position

 Year  Salary
($)(1)
  Bonus
($)(2)
  Stock
Awards
($)(3)
  Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)(4)
  Declined
Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)(5)
  All Other
Compensation
($)(6)
  Total
($)
 

Todd R. Pedersen,

  2016   582,115   —     —     660,000   —     869,823   2,111,938 

Chief Executive
Officer and Director

  2015   525,000   —     —     525,000   —     687,561   1,737,561 
  2014   500,000   —     —     332,262   (282,262  776,538   1,326,538 

Mark J. Davies,

  2016   550,962   360,000   6,667   —     —     89,992   1,007,621 

Chief Financial Officer

  2015   511,250   755,625   —     —     —     311,534   1,578,409 
  2014   500,000   734,500   398,856   —     —     47,584   1,680,940 

Alex J. Dunn,

  2016   582,115   —     —     660,000   —     2,926,862   4,168,977 

President and Director

  2015   518,750   511,784   —     518,750   —     680,060   2,229,344 
  2014   500,000   276,342   —     332,262   (282,262  742,772   1,569,114 

Matthew J. Eyring,

  2016   550,962   360,000   14,167   —     —     63,736   988,865 

Chief Strategy and Innovation Officer

  2015   534,808   257,500   —     —     —     86,836   879,144 
  2014   515,000   241,535   —     —     —     53,576   810,111 

Name and Principal Position

 Year  Salary
($)(1)
  Bonus
($)(2)
  Stock
Awards
($)(3)
  Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)(4)
  Declined
Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)(5)
  All Other
Compensation
($)(6)
  Total
($)
 

Todd M. Santiago,

  2016   559,875   360,000   14,167   —     —     142,412   1,076,454 

Chief Revenue Officer

  2015   526,588   263,294   —     —     —     127,432   917,314 
  2014   515,000   241,535   —     —     —     89,442   845,977 

Name and Principal

Position

 Year  Salary
($) (1)
  Bonus
($) (2)
  Stock
Awards
($) (3)
  Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($) (4)
  Declined
Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)
  All Other
Compensation
($) (5)
  Total
($)
 

Todd R. Pedersen,

  2018   695,096   105,030   2,670,732   770,213   —     1,272,564   5,513,635 

Chief Executive Officer and Director

  2017   674,469   —     —     822,558   —     1,066,105   2,563,132 
  2016   582,115   —     —     660,000   —     869,823   2,111,938 
        

Mark J. Davies,

  2018   631,905   1,310,738   455,167   —     —     170,520   2,568,330 

Chief Financial Officer

  2017   613,154   370,800   —     —     —     143,949   1,127,903 
  2016   550,962   360,000   6,667   —     —     89,992   1,007,621 

Alex J. Dunn,

  2018   695,096   105,030   2,670,732   770,213   —     939,177   5,180,248 

President and Director

  2017   674,469   —     —     822,558   —     937,079   2,434,106 
  2016   582,115   —     —     660,000   —     2,926,862   4,168,977 

Matthew J. Eyring,

  2018   631,905   1,310,738   596,000   —     —     116,376   2,655,019 

Executive Vice President, General Manager of Inside Sales

  2017   613,154   370,800   —     —     —     114,616   1,098,570 
  2016   550,962   360,000   14,167   —     —     63,736   988,865 
        
        
        

Todd M. Santiago,

  2018   631,905   1,310,738   596,000   —     —     174,459   2,713,102 

Executive Vice President, General Manager of Retail

  2017   613,154   370,800   —     —     —     148,460   1,132,414 
  2016   559,875   360,000   14,167   —     —     142,412   1,076,454 
        
        
        

 

(1)

Effective July 25, 2016,April 1, 2018, the base salaries of Messrs. Pedersen, Davies, Dunn, Eyring and Santiago were increased as follows: for Messrs. Pedersen and Dunn, from $525,000$679,800 to $660,000;$700,194; for Messrs. Davies, and Eyring from $515,000 to $600,000; and for Mr. Santiago, from $530,450$618,000 to $600,000.$636,540.

(2)

The amounts reported in this column for Messrs. Pedersen and Dunn for fiscal 2018 reflect the discretionary portion of their respective annual cash incentive awards. The amounts reported in this column for Messrs. Davies, Eyring and Santiago for 2016 represent their annual discretionary bonuses earned with respect tofor each respective fiscal 2016.

(3)Amounts includedyear. Additionally, amounts reported in this column for Messrs. Davies, Eyring and Santiago for fiscal 2018 each include $833,333 of retention bonuses paid.

(3)

We did not grant any new stock awards to the named executive officers in fiscal 2018. The amounts reported in this column for fiscal 2018 reflect the aggregate grant dateincremental fair value, of the Class B Units granted during each of the years presented calculated in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, Compensation-Stock718-Stock Compensation (“FASB ASC Topic 718”) and using the assumptions contained in Note 12—Stock Based Compensation and Equity toin the accompanying audited consolidated financial statements. Achievementstatements included elsewhere in this prospectus, in connection with the June 2018 modification of the performance conditions for the exit-vesting portionstheir previously granted long-term equity incentive awards of the Class B Units was not deemed probable on the date of grant, and, accordingly, pursuant to the SEC’s disclosure rules, no value is included in this table for those portions of the awards. The fair value at the grant date of the Class B Units granted to Mr. Davies in fiscal 2016 assuming achievement of the performance conditions was $17,333. The fair value at the grant date of the Class B Units granted to Mr. Davies in fiscal 2014 assuming achievement of the performance conditions was $975,522. The fair value at the grant date of the Class B Units granted to Messrs. Eyring and Santiago in fiscal 2016 assuming achievement of the performance conditions was $36,833. The terms of these units are summarized underUnits. See “Compensation Discussion and Analysis-Compensation Elements-Long-TermAnalysis-Long-Term Incentive Compensation” aboveCompensation-Equity Awards” and under “Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table-Equity Awards” and “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control” below.Awards-Equity Awards-Vesting Terms.”

(4)

Amounts reported in this column for Messrs. Pedersen and Dunn reflect amounts earned under the annual cash incentive plan. See “Compensation Discussion and Analysis-Compensation Elements-Bonuses.”

(5)Messrs. Pedersen and Dunn each voluntarily declined an amount of $282,262 related to their fiscal 2014 annual cash incentive awards. See “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Compensation Elements—Bonuses.”
(6)

Amounts reported under All Other Compensation for fiscal 20162018 reflect the following:

 

 (a)

as to Mr. Pedersen, $300,000 additional cash compensation paid to Mr. Pedersen pursuant to his employment agreement (see “Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan Based Awards-Employment Agreements”), reimbursement for health insurance premiums, excess liability insurance premiums, $21,951 in country club membership fees, $42,431 in actual Company expenditures for use, including business use, of a Company car, alarm system fees, $237,112 in the value of event tickets, fuel expenses, and Company paid personal travel, $150,010$125,000 in actual Company expenditures for financial advisory services provided to Mr. Pedersen, other miscellaneous personal benefits and $263,279$358,020 reimbursed for taxes with respect to perquisites. In addition, Mr. Pedersen reimburses the Company for the aggregate variable costs associated with his personal use of the Company leased aircraft in accordance with the time-sharing agreement described under “Compensation Discussion and Analysis-Compensation Elements-Benefits and Perquisites.” While maintenance costs are not included in the reimbursement amount under the time-sharing agreement, the Company has determined it is appropriate to allocate a portion of the maintenance costs when calculating the aggregate incremental cost associated with personal use of the Company aircraft for purposes of SEC disclosure. Therefore, amounts reported also reflect $91,215$159,786 in maintenance costs allocated on the basis of the proportion of personal use. In

addition, family members of Mr. Pedersen have, in limited circumstances, accompanied him on business travel on the Company leased aircraft for which we incurredde minimis incremental costs;

 (b)

as to Mr. Davies, $29,500$42,365 in actual Company expenditures for use, including business use, of a Company car, reimbursement for health insurance premiums, country club membership fees, $32,016 in the value of event tickets, the value of meals in the Company cafeteria, excess liability insurance premiums, fuel expenses and $28,409$74,685 reimbursed for taxes owed with respect to perquisites. In addition, family members of Mr. Davies have, in limited circumstances, accompanied him on business travel on the Company leased aircraft for which we incurredde minimis incremental costs;

 (c)

as to Mr. Dunn, $300,000 additional cash compensation paid to Mr. Dunn pursuant to his employment agreement (see “Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan Based Awards-Employment Agreements”), reimbursement for health insurance premiums, excess liability insurance premiums, the value of meals in the Company cafeteria, country club membership fees, $35,639 in actual Company expenditures for use, including business use, of a Company car, alarm system fees, $49,872 in the value of event tickets $150,010and Company paid personal travel, $125,000 in actual Company expenditures for financial advisory services provided to Mr. Dunn, other miscellaneous personal benefits and $141,837$216,136 reimbursed for taxes with respect to perquisites and $2,232,000 of stock-based compensation related to the repurchase by Acquisition LLC of 3,720,019 Class A Units.perquisites. In addition, Mr. Dunn reimburses the Company for the aggregate variable costs associated with his personal use of the Company leased aircraft in accordance with the time-sharing agreement described under “Compensation Discussion and Analysis-Compensation Elements-Benefits and Perquisites.” As discussed in footnote 6(a) above, amounts reported reflect ana similar allocation of $15,052$146,674 in maintenance costs associated with Mr. Dunn’s personal use of the Company leased aircraft. In addition, family members of Mr. Dunn have, in limited circumstances, accompanied him on business travel on the Company leased aircraft for which we incurredde minimis $34,690 of incremental costs;

 (d)

as to Mr. Eyring, $21,060$32,482 in actual Company expenditures for use, including business use, of a Company car, reimbursement for health insurance premiums, country club membership fees, the value of event tickets, the value of meals in the Company cafeteria, excess liability insurance premiums, fuel expenses, alarm system fees and $17,730$50,009 reimbursed for taxes owed with respect to perquisites. In addition, family members of Mr. Eyring have, in limited circumstances, accompanied him on business travel on the Company leased aircraft for which we incurred de minimis incremental costs;perquisites; and

 (e)

as to Mr. Santiago, $37,736$24,436 in actual Company expenditures for use, including business use, of a Company car, alarm system fees, reimbursement for health insurance premiums, country club membership fees, $29,872 in the value of event tickets, Company paid personal travel, the value of meals in the Company cafeteria, excess liability insurance premiums, fuel expenses, and $42,598$75,212 reimbursed for taxes owed with respect to perquisites. In addition, family members of Mr. Santiago have, in limited circumstances, accompanied him on business travel on the Company leased aircraft for which we incurredde minimis incremental costs.

Grants of Plan-Based Awards in 20162018

The following table provides supplemental information relating to grants of plan-based awards made to our named executive officers during 2016.2018.

 

  Grant
Date
  Estimated Future Payouts Under
Non-Equity Incentive Plan
Awards(1)
  Estimated Future Payouts
Under Equity
Incentive Plan Awards(2)
  All Other
Stock
Awards:
Number of
Shares of
Stock or
Units
(#)(2)
  Grant
Date Fair
Value of
Stock and
Option
Awards
($)(3)
 

Name

  Threshold
($)
  Target
($)
  Maximum
($)
  Threshold
(#)
  Target
(#)
  Maximum
(#)
   

Todd R. Pedersen

  —     330,000   660,000   1,650,000   —     —     —     —     —   

Mark J. Davies

  9/20/2016   —     —     —     —     266,667   —     133,333   6,667 

Alex Dunn

  —     330,000   660,000   1,650,000   —     —     —     —     —   

Matthew J. Eyring

  9/20/2016   —     —     —     —     566,667   —     283,333   14,167 

Todd M. Santiago

  9/20/2016   —     —     —     —     566,667   —     283,333   14,167 

           All Other
Stock
Awards:
Number of
Shares of
Stock or
Units (#) (2)
  Grant
Date
Fair
Value
of
Stock
and
Option
Awards

($) (3)
 
  Grant
Date
  Estimated Future Payouts Under
Non-Equity Incentive Plan
Awards (1)
  Estimated Future Payouts
Under Equity
Incentive Plan Awards (2)
 

Name

    Threshold
($)
  Target
($)
  Maximum
($)
  Threshold
(#)
  Target
(#)
  Maximum
(#)
 

Todd R. Pedersen

  —     350,097   700,194   1,750,485   —     —     —     7,028,243   2,670,732 

Mark J. Davies

  —     —     —     —     —     —     —     1,575,000   455,167 

Alex Dunn

  —     350,097   700,194   1,750,485   —     —     —     7,028,243   2,670,732 

Matthew J. Eyring

  —     —     —     —     —     —     —     1,725,000   596,000 

Todd M. Santiago

  —     —     —     —     —     —     —     1,725,000   596,000 

 

(1)

Reflects the possible payouts of cash incentive compensation to Messrs. Pedersen and Dunn under the fiscal 20162018 management bonus. The actual amounts paid are reflected in the “Non-Equity“Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” column of the “Summary Compensation Table” and described in “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Compensation Elements—Bonuses—Fiscal 20162018 Management Bonus – Bonus—Messrs. Pedersen and Dunn” above.

(2)As described

Represents Class B Units, the vesting terms of which were modified in more detail2018, and does not reflect new awards.

(3)

The amounts reported in this column reflect the incremental fair value, calculated in accordance with Topic 718, in connection with the modification of the Class B Units. See “Compensation Discussion and Analysis-Long-Term Incentive Compensation-Equity Awards” and “Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards-Equity Awards” section that follows, amounts reported reflect grants of Class B Units that are divided into three tranches for vesting purposes: one third are time-vesting, one-third are 2.0x exit-vesting and one-third are 3.0x exit-vesting. The 2.0x and 3.0x exit-vesting units are reported as an equity incentive plan award in the “Estimated Future Payouts Under Equity Incentive Plan Awards” column, while the time-vesting tranche of the awards are reported as an all other stock award in the “All Other Stock Awards: Number of Shares of Stock or Units” column.

(3)Amounts included in this column represent the grant date fair value of the Class B Units granted to Messrs. Davies, Eyring and Santiago calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. The value at the grant date for the exit-vesting portions of the Class B Units is based upon the probable outcome of the performance conditions. See footnote (3) to the Summary Compensation Table.Awards-Vesting Terms.”

Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards

Employment Agreements

Employment Agreements with Messrs. Pedersen and Dunn

The employment agreements in effect in 2018 with our Chief Executive Officer (CEO), Todd Pedersen, and our President, Alex Dunn, contain substantially similar terms. The principal terms of each of these agreements are summarized below, except with respect to potential payments and other benefits upon specified terminations, which are summarized below under “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control.” As described above under “Compensation Discussion and Analysis-Compensation Actions Taken in 2019,” we amended and restated these employment agreements on March 4, 2019.

Each employment agreement was entered into on August 7, 2014, provides for a term ending on November 16, 2017 and extends automatically for additionalone-year periods unless either party elects not to extend the term. Under the employment agreements, each executive is eligible to receive a minimum base salary, specified below, and an annual bonus based on the achievement of specified financial goals for fiscal years 2013 and beyond. If these goals are achieved, the executive may receive an annual incentive cash bonus equal to a percentage of his base salary as provided below.

Mr. Pedersen’s employment agreement provides that he is to serve as CEO and is eligible to receive a base salary originally set at $500,000, subject to periodic adjustments as may be approved by our Board of Directors. Effective January 1, 2015, Mr. Pedersen’s base salary was increased from $500,000 to $525,000, and effective July 25, 2016, his base salary was increased from $525,000 to $660,000. Mr. Pedersen is also eligible to receive a target bonus of 100% of his annual base salary at the end of the fiscal year if targets established by the Board of Directors are achieved.

Mr. Dunn’s employment agreement provides that he is to serve as President and is eligible to receive a

base salary originally set at $500,000, subject to periodic adjustments as may be approved by our Board of Directors. Effective January 1, 2015, Mr.Messrs. Pedersen’s and Dunn’s base salary was increased from $500,000 to $525,000,salaries were adjusted as follows:

Prior to January 1,
2015 ($)

  Effective as of
January 1, 2015 ($)
   Effective as of
July 25, 2016 ($)
   Effective as of
April 1, 2017 ($)
   Effective as of
April 1, 2018 ($)
 

500,000

   525,000    660,000    679,800    700,194 

Messrs. Pedersen and effective July 25, 2016, his base salary was increased from $525,000 to $660,000. Mr. Dunn isare also eligible to receive a target bonus of 100% of his annual base salary at the end of the fiscal year if targets established by the Board of Directors are achieved.

The employment agreements contain the method for determining the bonus of Messrs. Pedersen and Dunn for any given year. The agreements provide that the calculation of any bonus will be determined based on the achievement of performance objectives, with targets for “threshold,” “target,” and “high” achievement of the specified objectives as further described under “Compensation Discussion and Analysis-Compensation Elements-Bonuses.”

In addition, each employment agreement provides for the following:

 

Reasonable personal use of the company airplane, subject to reimbursement by the executive of an amount determined on a basis consistent with IRS guidelines;

 

An annual payment equal to $300,000 per year, subject to all applicable taxes and withholdings, intended to be used to reimburse the Company for the costs of the executive’s personal use of the company airplane; and

 

Access to a financial advisor to provide the executive with customary financial advice, subject to a combined aggregate cap of $250,000 on such professional fees for Messrs. Pedersen and Dunn.

Each executive officer is also entitled to participate in all employee benefit plans, programs and arrangements made available to other executive officers generally.

Each of the employment agreements also contains restrictive covenants, including an indefinite covenant on confidentiality of information, and covenants related tonon-competition andnon-solicitation of our employees and customers and affiliates at all times during employment, and for two years after any termination of employment. These covenants are substantially the same as the covenants Messrs. Pedersen and Dunn agreed to in connection with their receipt of Class B Units summarized below under “Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards—Equity Awards—Restrictive Covenants.”

Employment Agreements with Messrs. Davies, Eyring and Santiago

On March 8, 2016, we entered into employment agreements with certain of our officers, including Messrs. Davies, Eyring and Santiago. The employment agreements with Messrs. Davies, Eyring and Santiago contain substantially similar terms. The principal terms of each of these agreements are summarized below, except with respect to potential payments and other benefits upon specified terminations, which are summarized below under “Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control.”below.

The employment agreement with each of these named executive officers provides for a term ending on March 8, 2019, which extends automatically for additionalone-year periods unless either party elects not to extend the term. Under the employment agreements, each executive is eligible to receive a minimum base salary, and an annual bonus award with a target amount equal to a percentage of his base salary. The current annual base salary of each of Messrs. Davies, Eyring and Santiago is $600,000,$618,000, and each of them is eligible to earn an annual bonus award with a target amount equal to 60% of their base salary at the end of the performance period. If the employment of Messrs. Davies, Eyring or Santiago terminates for any reason, the executive is entitled to receive: (1) any base salary accrued through the date of termination; (2) reimbursement of any unreimbursed business expenses properly incurred by the executive; and (3) such employee benefits, if any, as to which the executive may be entitled under the Company’s employee benefit plans (the payments and benefits described in (1) through (3) being “accrued rights”).

If the employment of Messrs. Davies, Eyring or Santiago is terminated by us without “cause” (as defined below) and other than by reason of death or while he is disabled (any such termination, a “qualifying termination”), such executive is entitled to the accrued rights and, conditioned upon execution andnon-revocation of a release and waiver of claims in favor of the Company and its affiliates, and continued compliance with thenon-compete,non-solicitation,non-disparagement, and confidentiality provisions set forth in the employment agreements:

a pro rata portion of his target annual bonus based upon the portion of the fiscal year during which the executive was employed (the “pro rata bonus”);

alump-sum cash payment equal to 150% of the executive’s then-current base salary plus 150% of the actual bonus the executive received in respect of the immediately preceding fiscal year (or, if a termination of employment occurs prior to any annual bonus becoming payable under his employment agreement, the target bonus for the immediately preceding fiscal year); and

alump-sum cash payment equal to the cost of the health and welfare benefits for the executive and his dependents, at the levels at which the executive received benefits on the date of termination, for 18 months (the “COBRA payment”).

For purposes of their respective employment agreements, the term “cause” means the executive’s continued failure to substantially perform his employment duties for a period of 10 days following written notice from the Company; any dishonesty in the performance of the executive’s employment duties that is materially injurious to the Company; act(s) on the executive’s part constituting either a felony or a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude; the executive’s willful malfeasance or misconduct in connection with his employment duties that causes substantial injury to us; or the executive’s material breach of the restrictive covenants set forth in the employment agreements. Each of the foregoing events is subject to specified notice and cure periods.

In the event of the executive’s termination of employment due to death or disability, he will only be entitled to the accrued rights, the pro rata bonus payment, and the COBRA payment.

Each executive officer is also entitled to participate in all employee benefit plans, programs and arrangements made available to other executive officers generally.

Each of the employment agreements also contains restrictive covenants, including an indefinite covenant on confidentiality of information, and covenants related tonon-competition andnon-solicitation of the Company’s employees and customers and affiliates at all times during employment, and for 18 months after any termination of employment.

Equity Awards

As a condition to receiving his Class B Units, each named executive officer was required to enter into a subscription agreement with us and 313 Acquisition LLC and to become a party to the limited liability company

agreement of 313 Acquisition LLC as well as a securityholders agreement. These agreements generally govern the named executive officer’s rights with respect to the Class B units and contain certain rights and obligations of the parties thereto with respect to vesting, governance, distributions, indemnification, voting, transfer restrictions and rights, including put and call rights,tag-along rights, drag-along rights, registration rights and rights of first refusal, and certain other matters.

Vesting Terms

Only vested Class B units are entitled to distributions. ThePrior to the modification we approved to their terms in June 2018 (the “Modification”), the Class B units arewere divided into a time-vesting portion (1/3 of the Class B Units granted), a 2.0x exit-vesting portion (1/3 of the Class B Units granted), and a 3.0x exit-vesting

portion (1/3 of the Class B Units granted). Prior to the Modification, the time-vesting Class B Units, 2.0 exit-vesting Class B Units and 3.0x exit-vesting Class B Units had the following vesting terms:

 

Time-Vesting Units: Twelve months after the initial “vesting reference date,” as defined in the applicable subscription agreement, 20% of the named executive officer’s time-vesting Employee Units will vest, subject to continued employment through such date. The “vesting reference date” for Messrs. Pedersen and Dunn is November 16, 2012, the date of the grant of their Class B Units. The “vesting reference” date for the Class B Units granted to Messrs. Eyring and Santiago on August 12, 2013 is also November 16, 2012 and the “vesting reference date” for the Class B Units granted to Mr. Davies is November 4, 2013, which is the date he commenced employment with us. Thereafter, an additional 20% of the named executive officer’s time-vesting Class B Units will vest every year until he is fully vested, subject to his continued employment through each vesting date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the time-vesting Class B Units will become fully vested upon a change of control (as defined in the securityholders agreement) that occurs while the named executive officer is still employed by us. In addition, as to Messrs. Pedersen and Dunn, the time-vesting Class B Units will also continue to vest for one year following a termination by 313 Acquisition LLC without “cause” (excluding by reason of death or disability) or resignation by the executive for “good reason,” each as defined in the executive’s employment agreement (any such termination, a “qualifying termination”).

 

2.0x Exit-Vesting Units: The 2.0x exit-vesting Class B Units vest if the named executive officer is employed by us when and if Blackstone receives cash proceeds in respect of its Class A units in the Company equal to (x) a return equal to 2.0x Blackstone’s cumulative invested capital in respect of the Class A Units and (y) an annual internal rate of return of at least 20% on Blackstone’s cumulative invested capital in respect of its Class A Units.Units (the “IRR Hurdle”). In addition, (i) as to Messrs. Pedersen and Dunn, the 2.0x exit-vesting Class B Units will remain eligible to vest for one year following a qualifying termination if a change of control occurs during suchone-year period and, as a result of such change of control, the 2.0x exit-vesting conditions are met. As to Messrs. Davies, Eyring and Santiago, the 2.0x exit- vesting Class B Units will remain eligible to vest for six months following a termination by us without “cause” (as defined for the purposes of the employment agreement) and other than by reason of death or while he is disabled if the applicable vesting criteria are satisfied during thesix-month period. If the exit-vesting units do not become vested following the end of thesix-month period, they will be forfeited without consideration.

 

3.0 Exit-Vesting Units: The 3.0x exit-vesting Class B Units vest if the named executive officer is employed by us when and if Blackstone receives cash proceeds in respect of its Class A units in the Company equal to (x) a return equal to 3.0x Blackstone’s cumulative invested capital in respect of the Class A Units and (y) an annual internal rate of return of at least 25% on Blackstone’s cumulative invested capital in respect of its Class A Units. In addition, as to Messrs. Pedersen and Dunn, the 3.0x exit-vesting Class B Units will remain eligible to vest for one year following a qualifying termination if a change of control occurs during suchone-year period and, as a result of such change of control, the 3.0x exit-vesting conditions are met.

In addition, on March 8, 2016, Acquisition LLC amended the subscription agreements relating As to the Class B Units held by each of Messrs. Davies, Eyring and Santiago, the 3.0x exit-vesting Class B Units will remain eligible to provide that if the executive is terminatedvest for six months following a termination by us without “cause” (as defined in each executive’sfor the purposes of the employment agreement) and other than by reason of death or while he is disabled his 2.0x and 3.0x exit-vesting Class B Units will remain outstanding and eligible to vest for a six-month period following any such termination if the applicable vesting criteria are satisfied during thesix-month period. If the exit-vesting units do not become vested following the end of thesix-month period, they will be forfeited without consideration. The

Pursuant to the Modification, the management subscription agreement of each Class B Unit participant was amended to provide that (i) the 2.0x exit-vesting Class B Units grantedshall instead become vested at such time, subject to Messrs. Davies, Eyringthe existing conditions related to continued employment with the Company or its subsidiaries, that Blackstone shall have received cash proceeds in respect of Blackstone’s Class A Units in 313 Acquisition in an amount necessary to ensure a return equal to 2.0 times Blackstone’s cumulative invested capital in respect of the Class A Units in 313 Acquisition and Santiagothere shall be no IRR Hurdle and (ii) the 3.0x exit-vesting Class B Units shall no longer be subject to any performance criteria and instead become vested, subject to the applicable participant’s continued employment with the Company or its subsidiaries through the applicable vesting date, with respect to 20% of the 3.0x Class B Units on each of the first five anniversaries of June 12, 2018; provided,

that in

2016 also contain these termination terms. the event of a change of control during the applicable participant’s continued employment with the Company or its subsidiaries, the 3.0x exit-vesting Class B Units shall, to the extent not then vested or previously forfeited or cancelled, become fully vested. The Compensation Committee determined that such amendment toterms of the time-vesting Class B Units remain unchanged and the terms of their awards would help secure the continued employment and dedication of Messrs. Davies, Eyring and Santiago.

Other than as described above with respect to Messrs. Pedersen, Dunn, Davies, Eyring and Santiago, any2.0x exit-vesting Class B Units that have not vestedand 3.0x exit-vesting Class B Units remained unchanged other than as set forth above. The incremental fair value in connection with the modification of the dateClass B Units is reflected in the “Stock Awards” column of terminationthe Summary Compensation Table and in the “Grants of a named executive officer’s employment will be immediately forfeited.Plan-Based Awards in 2018” table.

Put Rights

Prior to an initial public offering, if an executive officer’s employment is terminated due to death or disability, such executive has the right, subject to specified limitations and for a specified period following the termination date, to cause the Company to purchase on one occasion all, but not less than all, of such executive’s vested Class B Units, in either case, at the fair market value of such units.

Call Rights Regarding Messrs. Pedersen’s and Dunn’s Class B Units

If Messrs. Pedersen or Dunn are terminated for any reason, or in the event of a restrictive covenant violation, the Company has the right, for a specified period following the termination of such executive’s employment, to purchase all of such executive’s vested Class B units as follows:

 

Triggering Event

  

Call Price

  

Put Price

Death or Disability

  fair market value  fair market value

Termination With Cause or Voluntary Resignation When Grounds Exist for Cause

  lesser of (a) fair market value and (b) cost  N/A

Termination Without Cause or Resignation For Good Reason

  fair market value  N/A

Voluntary Resignation Without Good Reason Prior to November 16, 2014

  lesser of (a) fair market value and (b) cost  N/A

Voluntary Resignation on or After November 16, 2014

  fair market value  N/A

Restrictive Covenant Violation

  lesser of (a) fair market value and (b) cost  N/A

Call Rights Regarding Other Executive Officers’ Class B Units

With respect to our other executive officers, if the executive officer is terminated for any reason, in the event of a restrictive covenant violation or if the executive engages in any conduct that would be a violation of a restrictive covenant set forth in the executive’s management unit subscription agreement but for the fact that the conduct occurred outside the relevant periods (any such conduct a “Competitive Activity”), then the Company has the right, for a specified period following the termination of such executive’s employment, to purchase all of such executive’s vested Class B units as follows:

 

Triggering Event

  

Call Price

  Put Price

Death or Disability

  fair market value  fair market value

Termination With Cause or Voluntary Resignation When Grounds Exist for Cause

  lesser of (a) fair market value and (b) cost  N/A

Termination Without Cause

  fair market value  N/A

Voluntary Resignation Prior to November 16, 2014, or, if Later, the Second Anniversary of Date of Hire

  lesser of (a) fair market value and (b) cost  N/A

Voluntary Resignation on or After November 16, 2014, or, if Later, the Second Anniversary of Date of Hire

  fair market value  N/A

Restrictive Covenant Violation

  lesser of (a) fair market value and (b) cost  N/A

Competitive Activity Not Constituting a Restrictive Covenant Violation

  fair market value  N/A

Restrictive Covenants

In addition, as a condition of receiving their units in Acquisition LLC, our executive officers have agreed to specified restrictive covenants, including an indefinite covenant on confidentiality of information, and covenants related tonon-disparagement,non-competition andnon-solicitation of our employees and customers and affiliates at all times during the named executive officer’s employment, and for specified periods after any termination of employment as set forth in the subscription agreement (two years for Messrs. Pedersen and Dunn and one-year non-competeone-yearnon-compete andnon-solicit periods and a three-yearnon-disparagement period for each of our other named executive officers).

Additional terms regarding the equity awards are summarized above under “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Compensation Elements—Long-Term Equity Compensation” and under “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control” below.

Outstanding Equity Awards at 20162018 FiscalYear-End

The following table provides information regarding outstanding equity awards for our named executive officers as of December 31, 2016.2018. The equity awards held by the named executive officers are Class B Units, which represent an equity interest in Acquisition LLC.313 Acquisition...

 

  Stock Awards       Stock Awards 

Name

  Grant
Date
   Number of
Shares or Units
of Stock
That Have Not
Vested
(#)(1)
   Market
Value
of Shares or
Units of
Stock That
Have Not
Vested
($)
 Equity
Incentive Plan
Awards:
Number of
Unearned
Shares, Units or
Other Rights
That Have Not
Vested
(#)(3)
   Equity
Incentive Plan
Awards:
Market or
Payout Value of
Unearned
Shares, Units or
Other Rights
That Have Not
Vested
($)
 
  Grant Date   Number of
Shares
or Units of
Stock That

Have Not
Vested
(#) (1)
   Market
Value of
Shares or
Units of Stock

That
Have Not
Vested
($)
 Equity
Incentive
Plan Awards:
Number of
Unearned
Shares,
Units or Other
Rights That
Have Not
Vested
(#) (3)
   Equity
Incentive
Plan Awards:
Market or
Payout
Value of
Unearned
Shares,
Units or Other
Rights That
Have Not

Vested
($)
 

Todd R. Pedersen

   11/16/2012    1,549,470    (2 15,494,699    (2   11/16/2012    7,028,243            (2)  7,028,243            (2) 

Mark J. Davies

   9/20/2016    133,333    (2 266,667    (2   9/20/2016    213,333            (2)  133,333            (2) 
   3/3/2014    576,667    (2 2,883,333    (2   3/3/2014    1,441,667            (2)  1,441,667            (2) 

Alex J. Dunn

   11/16/2012    1,549,470    (2 15,494,699    (2   11/16/2012    7,028,243            (2)  7,028,243            (2) 

Matthew J. Eyring

   9/20/2016    283,333    (2 566,667    (2   9/20/2016    453,333            (2)  283,333            (2) 
   7/12/2013    288,333    (2 2,883,333    (2   7/12/2013    1,441,667            (2)  1,441,667            (2) 

Todd M. Santiago

   9/20/2016    283,333    (2 566,667    (2   9/20/2016    453,333            (2)  283,333            (2) 
   7/12/2013    288,333    (2 2,883,333    (2   7/12/2013    1,441,667            (2)  1,441,667            (2) 

 

(1)Reflects the number

Consists of time-vesting Class B Units of Acquisition LLC, which vest 20% over a five year period on each anniversary of November 16, 2012 in the case of Messrs. Pedersen, Dunn, Eyring and Santiago and November 4, 2013 in the case of Mr. Davies, subject313 Acquisition. The following provides information with respect to the executive’s continued employment on such date. Additional terms of these time-vesting units are summarized under “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Compensation Elements—Long-Term Equity Compensation,” “Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan Based Awards Table—Equity Awards” and “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control.” Vestingvesting schedules of the time-vesting Class B Units will be accelerated uponof 313 Acquisition held by our NEOs:

Mr. Pedersen—of these outstanding time-vesting Class B Units of 313 Acquisition, all vest 20% over a changefive-year period on each anniversary of control that occurs whileJune 12, 2018.

Mr. Davies—of these outstanding time-vesting Class B Units of 313 Acquisition, 80,000 of the executive is still employed by usClass B Units granted on September 20, 2016 vest 20% over a five-year period on each anniversary of September 20, 2016, 133,333 of the Class B Units granted on September 20, 2016 vest 20% over a five-year period on each anniversary of June 12, 2018, and as to Messrs. Pedersenall of the Class B Units granted on March 3, 2014 vest 20% over a five-year period on each anniversary of June 12, 2018.

Mr. Dunn—of these outstanding time-vesting Class B Units of 313 Acquisition, all vest 20% over a five-year period on each anniversary of June 12, 2018.

Mr. Eyring—of these outstanding time-vesting Class B Units of 313 Acquisition, 170,000 of the Class B Units granted on September 20, 2016 vest 20% over a five-year period on each anniversary of September 20, 2016, 283,333 of the Class B Units granted on September 20, 2016 vest 20% over a five-year period on each anniversary of June 12, 2018, and Dunn, will also continue toall of the Class B Units granted on July 12, 2013 vest for one year following20% over a qualifying termination,five-year period on each as described under “Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Tableanniversary of June 12, 2018.

Mr. Santiago- of these outstanding time-vesting Class B Units of 313 Acquisition, 170,000 of the Class B Units granted on September 20, 2016 vest 20% over a five-year period on each anniversary of September 20, 2016, 283,333 of the Class B Units granted on September 20, 2016 vest 20% over a five-year period on each anniversary of June 12, 2018, and Grantsall of Plan-Based Awards—Equity Awards.”the Class B Units granted on July 12, 2013 vest 20% over a five-year period on each anniversary of June 12, 2018.

Additional terms of these time-vesting units are summarized under “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Compensation Elements—Long-Term Equity Compensation,” “Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan Based Awards Table—Equity Awards” and “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control.” Vesting of the time-vesting Class B Units will be accelerated upon a change of control that occurs while the executive is still employed by us and, as to Messrs. Pedersen and Dunn, will also continue to vest for one year following a qualifying termination, each as described under “Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards—Equity Awards.”

(2)

Because there was no public market for the Class B Units of 313 Acquisition LLC as of December 31, 2016,2018, the market value of such units was not determinable as of such date.

(3)

Reflects exit-vesting Class B Units (of which one-half are 2.0x exit-vesting and one-half are 3.0x exit-vesting).Units. Unvested exit-vesting Class B units vest as described under the “Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards—Equity Awards” section above. As to (i) Messrs. Pedersen and Dunn, the 2.0x and 3.0x exit-vesting Class B Units will remain eligible to vest for one year following a qualifying termination if a change of control occurs during suchone-year period and, as a result of such change of control, the respective exit-vesting conditions are met, and (ii) as to each of Messrs. Davies, Eyring and Santiago, 2.0x and 3.0x exit-vesting Class B Units will remain outstanding and eligible to vest for asix-month period following a termination by us without “cause” (as defined infor the purposes of his employment agreement) and other than by reason of death or while he is disabled if the applicable vesting criteria are satisfied during thesix-month period, each as described under “Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards—Equity Awards.”

Option Exercises and Stock Vested in 20162018

The following table provides information regarding the equity held by our named executive officers that vested during 2016.2018.

 

  Equity Awards   Stock Awards 

Name

  Number of
Shares
or Units
Acquired
on Vesting
(#)
   Value
Realized
on
Vesting
($)
   Number of
Shares
or Units
Acquired
on Vesting
(#)
   Value
Realized
on
Vesting
($)
 

Todd R. Pedersen

   1,549,470    (1   —              (1) 

Mark J. Davies

   288,333    (1   315,000            (1) 

Alex J. Dunn

   1,549,470    (1   —              (1) 

Matt J. Eyring

   288,333    (1   56,667            (1) 

Todd M. Santiago

   288,333    (1   56,667            (1) 

 

(1)

Because there was no public market for the Class B Units of 313 Acquisition LLC as of December 31, 2016,the applicable vesting date, the market value of such units on the vesting date was not determinable.

Pension Benefits

We have no pension benefits for our executive officers.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

We have no nonqualified defined contribution or other nonqualified deferred compensation plans for our executive officers.

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control

The following section describes the potential payments and benefits that would have been payable to our named executive officers under existing plans and contractual arrangements assuming (1) a termination of employment or (2) a change of control occurred, in each case, on December 30, 2016,31, 2018, the last business day of fiscal 2016.2018. The amounts shown in the table do not include payments and benefits to the extent they are provided generally to all salaried employees upon termination of employment and do not discriminate in scope, terms or operation in favor of the named executive officers. These include distributions of plan balances under our 401(k) savings plan and similar items.

Messrs. Pedersen and Dunn

Pursuant to their respective employment agreements, if Mr. Pedersen’s or Mr. Dunn’s employment terminates for any reason, the executive is entitled to receive: (1) any base salary accrued through the date of termination; (2) any annual bonus earned, but unpaid, as of the date of termination; (3) reimbursement of any unreimbursed business expenses properly incurred by the executive; and (4) such employee benefits, if any, as to which the executive may be entitled under our employee benefit plans (the payments and benefits described in (1) through (4) being “accrued rights”).

If the employment of Messrs. Pedersen and Dunn is terminated by us without “cause” (as defined below) (other than by reason of death or while he is disabled) or if either executive resigns with “good reason” (as defined below) (any such termination, a “qualifying termination”), such executive is entitled to the accrued rights and, conditioned upon execution andnon-revocation of a release and waiver of claims in favor of us and our affiliates, and continued compliance with thenon-compete,non-solicitation,non-disparagement, and

confidentiality provisions set forth in the employment agreements and described above under “Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards”:

 

a pro rata portion of his target annual bonus based upon the portion of the fiscal year during which the executive was employed (the “pro rata bonus”);

 

alump-sum cash payment equal to 200% of the executive’s then-current base salary plus 200% of the actual bonus the executive received in respect of the immediately preceding fiscal year (or, if a termination of employment occurs prior to any annual bonus becoming payable under his employment agreement, the target bonus for the immediately preceding fiscal year); and

 

alump-sum cash payment equal to the cost of the health and welfare benefits for the executive and his dependents, at the levels at which the executive received benefits on the date of termination, for two years (the “COBRA payment”).

For purposes of the employment agreements of each of Messrs. Pedersen and Dunn, the term “cause” means the executive’s continued failure to substantially perform his employment duties for a period of ten (10) days; any dishonesty in the performance of the executive’s employment duties that is materially injurious to us; act(s) on the executive’s part constituting either a felony or a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude; the executive’s willful malfeasance or misconduct in connection with his employment duties that causes substantial injury to us; or the executive’s material breach of any covenants set forth in the employment agreements,

including the restrictive covenants set forth therein. A termination for “good reason” is deemed to occur upon specified events, including: a material reduction in the executive’s base salary; a material reduction in the executive’s authority or responsibilities; specified relocation events; or our breach of any of the provisions of the employment agreements. Each of the foregoing events is subject to specified notice and cure periods.

In the event of the executive’s termination of employment due to death or disability, he will only be entitled to the accrued rights, the pro rata bonus payment, and the COBRA payment.

On March 4, 2019, we amended and restated the employment agreements of Messrs. Pedersen and Dunn. The provisions relating to a termination of employment under such amended and restated employment agreements are summarized under “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Compensation Actions Taken in 2019—Employment Agreements with Messrs. Pedersen and Dunn” and such description is incorporated herein by reference.

Messrs. Davies, Eyring and Santiago

Pursuant to their respective employment agreements, if the employment of Messrs. Davies, Eyring or Santiago terminates for any reason, the executive is entitled to receive: (1) any base salary accrued through the date of termination; (2) reimbursement of any unreimbursed business expenses properly incurred by the executive; and (3) such employee benefits, if any, as to which the executive may be entitled under the Company’s employee benefit plans (the payments and benefits described in (1) through (3) being “accrued rights”).

If the employment of Messrs. Davies, Eyring or Santiago is terminated by us without “cause” (as defined below) and other than by reason of death or while he is disabled (any such termination, a “qualifying termination”), such executive is entitled to the accrued rights and, conditioned upon execution andnon-revocation of a release and waiver of claims in favor of the Company and its affiliates, and continued compliance with thenon-compete,non-solicitation,non-disparagement, and confidentiality provisions set forth in the employment agreements:

 

a pro rata portion of his target annual bonus based upon the portion of the fiscal year during which the executive was employed (the “pro rata bonus”);

 

alump-sum cash payment equal to 150% of the executive’s then-current base salary plus 150% of the actual bonus the executive received in respect of the immediately preceding fiscal year (or, if a termination of employment occurs prior to any annual bonus becoming payable under his employment agreement, the target bonus for the immediately preceding fiscal year); and

 

alump-sum cash payment equal to the cost of the health and welfare benefits for the executive and his dependents, at the levels at which the executive received benefits on the date of termination, for 18 months (the “COBRA payment”).

Under the employment agreements for Messrs. Davies, Eyring, and Santiago, “cause” means the executive’s continued failure to substantially perform his employment duties for a period of ten (10) days following written notice from the Company; any dishonesty in the performance of the executive’s employment duties that is materially injurious to the Company; act(s) on the executive’s part constituting either a felony or a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude; the executive’s willful malfeasance or misconduct in connection with his employment duties that causes substantial injury to us; or the executive’s material breach of the restrictive covenants set forth in the employment agreements. Each of the foregoing events is subject to specified notice and cure periods.

In the event of the executive’s termination of employment due to death or disability, he will only be entitled to the accrued rights, the pro rata bonus payment, and the COBRA payment.

The following table lists the payments and benefits that would have been triggered for Messrs. Pedersen, Davies, Dunn, Eyring and Santiago under the circumstances described below assuming that the applicable triggering event occurred on December 30, 2016.31, 2018.

 

Name

  Cash
Severance
($)(1)
   Prorated
Bonus
($)(2)
   Continuation
of Health
Benefits
($)(3)
   Accrued
But
Unused
Vacation
($)(4)
   Value of
Accelerated
Equity
($)(5)
   Total
($)
   Cash
Severance
($) (1)
   Prorated
Bonus
($) (2)
   Continuation
of Health
Benefits
($) (3)
   Accrued
But
Unused
Vacation
($)
   Value of
Accelerated
Equity
($) (4)
   Total
($)
 

Todd R. Pedersen

                        

Termination Without Cause or for Good Reason

   2,640,000    660,000    27,785    63,462    —      3,391,247    3,045,504    700,194    27,785    —      —      3,773,483 

Change of Control

   —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —   

Death or Disability

   —      660,000    27,785    63,462    —      751,247    —      700,194    27,785    —      —      727,979 

Mark J. Davies

                        

Termination Without Cause or for Good Reason

   1,440,000    360,000    20,839    34,615    —      1,855,454    1,511,010    381,924    20,839    —      —      1,913,773 

Change of Control

   —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —   

Death or Disability

   —      360,000    —      34,615    —      394,615    —      381,924    —      —      —      381,924 

Alex J. Dunn

                        

Termination Without Cause or for Good Reason

   2,640,000    660,000    27,785    50,769    —      3,378,554    3,045,504    700,194    27,785    —      —      3,773,483 

Change of Control

   —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —   

Death or Disability

   —      660,000    27,785    50,769    —      738,554    —      700,194    27,785    —      —      727,979 

Matthew J. Eyring

                        

Termination Without Cause or for Good Reason

   1,440,000    360,000    20,839    34,615    —      1,855,454    1,511,010    381,924    20,839    —      —      1,913,773 

Change of Control

   —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —   

Death or Disability

   —      360,000    —      34,615    —      394,615    —      381,924    —      —      —      381,924 

Todd M. Santiago

                        

Termination Without Cause or for Good Reason

   1,440,000    360,000    20,839    34,615    —      1,855,454    1,511,010    381,924    20,839    —      —      1,913,773 

Change of Control

   —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —   

Death or Disability

   —      360,000    —      34,615    —      394,615    —      381,924    —      —      —      381,924 

 

(1)

Messrs. Pedersen and Dunn’s cash severance reflects a lump sum cash payment equal to the sum of (x) 200% of the executive’s base salary of $660,000$679,800 and (y) 200% of the executive’s respective actual annual bonus paid for the preceding fiscal year. For fiscal 2016, Messrs. Pedersen and Dunn each received an annual bonus of $660,000. Messrs. Davies, Eyring and Santiago’s cash severance reflects a lump sum cash payment equal to the sum of (x) 150% of the executive’s base salary of $600,000$618,000 and (y) 150% of the executive’s respective actual annual bonus paid for the preceding fiscal year. For fiscal 2016, Messrs. Davies, Eyring and Santiago each received an annual bonus of $360,000.

(2)

Reflects the executive’s target bonus for the 12 completed months of employment for the 20162018 fiscal year.

(3)

For Messrs. Pedersen and Dunn reflects the cost of providing the executive officer with continued health and welfare benefits for the executive and his dependents under COBRA for two years and assuming 20162018 rates. For Messrs. Davies, Eyring and Santiago reflects the cost of providing the executive officer with continued health and welfare benefits for the executive and his dependents under COBRA for 18 months and assuming 20162018 rates.

(4)Amounts reported in this column reflect the following number of accrued but unused vacation days: Mr. Pedersen, 25 days; Mr. Davies, 15 days; Mr. Dunn, 20 days; Mr. Eyring, 15 days and Mr. Santiago, 15 days.
(5)

Upon a change of control each of Messrs. Pedersen’s, Davies’, Dunn’s, Eyring’s and Santiago’s unvested time-vesting Class B Units would become immediately vested. However, because there was no public market for the Class B Units as of December 30, 2016,31, 2018, the market value of such Class B Units was not

determinable. In addition, the unvested 2.0x and 3.0x exit-vesting Class B Units would vest upon a change of control if the applicable exit-vesting hurdles were met. Amounts reported assume that the exit-vesting Class B Units do not vest upon a change of control.

Messrs. Davies, Eyring and Santiago

In addition, as described above under “Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards—Equity Awards—Restrictive Covenants,” as a condition of receiving their units in 313 Acquisition, LLC, Messrs. Davies, Eyring and Santiago agreed to specified restrictive covenants for specified periods upon a termination of employment, including an indefinite covenant on confidentiality of information, and one-year non-competitionone-yearnon-competition andnon-solicitation covenants and a three-yearnon-disparagement covenant.

Director Compensation

The members of our Board of Directors other than David D’Alessandro, who was elected to the Board of Directors in fiscal 2013, and Paul Galant and Joseph S. Tibbetts, Jr., who were elected to the Board of Directors in October 2015, received no additional compensation for serving on the Board of Directors or theour Audit or Compensation Committees of APX Group Holdings, Inc. during 2016.2018.

In connection with the election of each of Messrs. D’Alessandro, Galant and Tibbetts, the Company entered into a letter agreement setting forth the compensation terms related to his service on the Board of Directors. Pursuant to their respective letter agreements, the Company will pay each of them an annual retainer of $150,000 per year, and Messrs. D’Alessandro, Galant and Tibbetts will not be eligible for any bonus amounts or be eligible to participate in any of the Company’s employee benefit plans.

In addition, in 2013, an affiliate of Mr. D’Alessandro was granted 500,000 Class B Units, which are similar to the Class B Units granted to the named executive officers. The Class B Units arewere initially divided into a time-vesting portion (one-third(one-third of the Class B Units granted), a 2.0x exit-vesting portion (one-third(one-third of the Class B Units granted), and a 3.0x exit-vesting portion (one-third(one-third of the Class B Units granted). The vesting terms of these units, which have a “vesting reference date” of July 18, 2013, are substantially similar to those of the Class B Units previously granted to our named executive officers, were modified in 2018 in the same manner the Class B Units previously granted to our named executive officers were modified, and are described under “Narrative to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards—Equity Awards” andAwards.” Subsequently, in March 2019, 313 Acquisition entered into an agreement with the “vesting reference date” is July 18, 2013. However, ifaffiliate of Mr. D’Alessandro ceaseswhich provided that the 2.0x exit-vesting portion of the Class B Units and 3.0x exit portion of the Class B Units would be further modified such that (i) the 2.0x exit-vesting portion will instead vest on the earlier to occur of (x) March 4, 2020, and (y) a change of control and (ii) the 3.0x exit-vesting portion will instead vest on the earlier to occur of (x) March 4, 2021, and (y) a change of control, subject, in each case, to Mr. D’Alessandro continuing to serve on the Board of Directors all unvested time-vesting Class B Units will be forfeited, and a percentageas of the exit-vesting Class B Units will be forfeited with such percentage equal to 100% prior to July 31, 2014, 80% prior to July 31, 2015, 60% prior to July 31, 2016, 40% prior to July 31, 2017, 20% prior to July 31, 2018 and 0% on or after July 31, 2018.date.

On September 20, 2016, each of Messrs. Galant and Tibbetts was granted an award of stock appreciation rights pursuant to the Vivint Group, Inc. Amended and Restated 2013 Omnibus Incentive Plan covering 84,034 shares of common stock of Vivint Group, Inc., with a strike price of $1.19 per share, which becomebecame vested and exercisable on July 1, 2017. Upon exercise of a vested SAR, Vivint shall pay the holder an amount equal to the

number of shares subject to such vested SAR which are being exercised, multiplied by the excess of the fair market value of one share over the applicable strike price, and reduced by the aggregate amount of all applicable income and employment taxes required to be withheld.

In addition, on June 8, 2018, each of Messrs. Galant and Tibbetts was granted an award of 180,000 restricted stock units and on March 4, 2019, an affiliate of Mr. D’Alessandro was granted an award of 236,111 restricted stock units, in each case covering an equivalent number of shares of Vivint Group, Inc. common stock and pursuant to the Vivint Group, Inc. Amended and Restated 2013 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Vivint Group

Plan”). The restricted stock units granted to Messrs. Galant and Tibbetts become vested on each of the first three anniversaries of June 8, 2018. The restricted stock units granted to the affiliate of Mr. D’Alessandro become vested on each of the first three anniversaries of September 20, 2018. Vested restricted stock units will be settled as soon as reasonably practicable (and, in any event, within two andone-half months) following the earliest to occur of (x) the termination of a director’s service other than (1) a removal of such director for Cause (as defined in the Vivint Group Plan) or (2) a resignation of such director at a time when grounds exist for a removal for Cause, (y) a Change of Control (as defined in the Vivint Group Plan) and (z) the fifth anniversary of the grant date. Upon settlement of a vested restricted stock unit, Vivint shall pay the holder an amount equal to one share of common stock of Vivint Group, Inc. in cash, shares of common stock of Vivint Group, Inc., shares or units of capital stock of 313 Acquisition or one of 313 Acquisition’s majority-owned subsidiaries that beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, a majority of the voting power of Vivint Group, Inc.’s capital stock valued at fair market value or any combination thereof. Prior to an initial public offering, if a director’s service is terminated due to death or disability, such director has the right, subject to specified limitations and for a specified period following the termination date, to cause the Company to purchase on one occasion all, but not less than all, of such director’s vested restricted stock units, in either case, at the fair market value of such units. In addition, if the director’s service is terminated for any reason other than cause or a restrictive covenant violation, if the director terminates his service voluntarily when grounds do not exist for a termination with cause or if the director engages in any conduct that would be a violation of a restrictive covenant set forth in the applicable award agreement but for the fact that the conduct occurred outside the relevant periods (any such conduct a “Competitive Activity”), then the Company has the right, for a specified period following the termination of such director’s service, to purchase all of such director’s vested restricted stock units at fair market value.

The award agreements with Messrs. Galant and Tibbetts relating to the restricted stock units contain specified restrictive covenants, including an indefinite covenant on confidentiality of information, and covenants related tonon-disparagement, noncompetition andnon-solicitation of our employees and subscribers and affiliates at all times during the director’s service, and for aone-year period after any termination of his service.

The following table provides information on the compensation of ournon-management directors in fiscal 2016.2018.

 

Name

  Fees Earned
or Paid in
Cash
($)
   Stock
Awards
($)(1)
   Option
Awards
($)
   Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)
   Change in
Pension Value
and
Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings
($)
   All Other
Compensation
($)
   Total
($)
   Fees Earned
or Paid in
Cash
($)
   Stock
Awards
($) (1)
   Option
Awards
($)
   Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)
   Change in
Pension
Value and
Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings
($)
   All Other
Compensation
($)
   Total
($)
 

David F. D’Alessandro

   150,000    —      —      —      —      —      150,000    150,000    63,333    —      —      —      —      213,333 

Paul S. Galant

   150,000    7,500    —      —      —      —      157,500    150,000    86,400    —      —      —      —      236,400 

Bruce McEvoy(2)

   —      —      —      —      —      —      —   

Jay D. Pauley(2)

   —      —      —      —      —      —      —   

Bruce McEvoy (2)

   —      —      —      —      —      —      —   

Jay D. Pauley (2)

   —      —      —      —      —      —      —   

Joseph S. Tibbetts, Jr.

   150,000    7,500    —      —      —      —      157,500    150,000    86,400    —      —      —      —      236,400 

Peter F. Wallace(2)

   —      —      —      —      —      —      —   

Peter F. Wallace (2)

   —      —      —      —      —      —      —   

 

(1)

The amounts reported in this column for Messrs. Galant and Tibbetts reflect the grant date fair value of the restricted stock unit awards of Vivint Group, Inc., calculated in accordance with Topic 718 utilizing the assumptions discussed in Note 12— “Stock-Based Compensation and Equity” in the audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The amounts reported in this column for Mr. D’Alessandro reflect the incremental fair value, calculated in accordance with Topic 718, in connection with the modification of the Class B Units. See “Compensation Discussion and Analysis-Long-Term Incentive Compensation-Equity Awards” and “Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards-Equity Awards-Vesting Terms.” As of December 31, 2016,2018, Mr. D’Alessandro held 66,650 unvested time-vesting Class B Units and 333,350as follows: 166,667 unvested Class B Unitsunits subject to time-vesting criteria that vest on each of the first five anniversaries of June 12, 2018, 166,667 unvested units subject to exit-vesting criteria and each

166,667 vested units. Each of Messrs. Galant and Tibbetts held 84,034 stock appreciation rights covering 84,034 shares of common stock of Vivint Group, Inc., which becomebecame vested and exercisable on July 1, 2017.2017 and 180,000 restricted stock units of Vivint Group, Inc. which become vested on each of the first three anniversaries of June 8, 2018.
(2)

Employees of Blackstone and Summit Partners do not receive any compensation from us for their services on our Board of Directors.

CEO Pay Ratio

As required by Section 953(b) of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, and Item 402(u) of RegulationS-K (“Item 402(u)”), the Company is providing the following reasonable estimate of the ratio of the median of the annual total compensation of all of our employees except Todd R. Pedersen, our CEO, to the annual total compensation of Mr. Pedersen, calculated in a manner consistent with Item 402(u). For 2018, our last completed fiscal year:

The median of the annual total compensation of all of our employees, excluding our CEO, was $34,736.

The annual total compensation of our CEO was $5,513,635.

Based on this information, the ratio of the annual total compensation of our CEO to the median of the annual total compensation of all of our employees except our CEO was 159 to 1.

We determined that, as of December 31, 2018, our employee population consisted of approximately 8,563 U.S. employees and approximately 234non-U.S. employees all of whom were located in Canada. As permitted by Item 402(u), we excluded from our employee population for purposes of identifying our “median employee” the approximately 234non-U.S. employees located in Canada, who comprised in the aggregate less than 3% of our of our total employees as of December 31, 2018. Our resulting employee population consisted of: approximately 2,221 direct sellers, whose compensation is entirely commission-based and who work primarily during the period from April to August; approximately 5,267 regular full-time and part-time employees; approximately 1,050 seasonal employees, whose compensation is primarily based on the number of installations they perform and who work primarily during the period from April to August; and approximately 25 temporary employees.

To identify our “median employee” from this employee population, we obtained from our internal employee tax records total income paid in 2018 to each employee in the employee population, as reported in the 2018 tax form applicable to such employee. We believe this consistently applied compensation measure reasonably reflects annual compensation across our employee base. We annualized the total income amounts paid to any permanent employees in the employee population who were employed by us for less than the full fiscal year. We then ranked the resulting income paid to all of the employees in the employee population other than our CEO to determine our median employee. Once we identified our median employee, we combined all of the elements of such employee’s compensation for 2018 in accordance with the requirements of Item 402(c)(2)(x) of RegulationS-K for the Summary Compensation Table. With respect to the annual total compensation of our CEO, we used the amount reported in the “Total” column of our Summary Compensation Table set forth above in this prospectus.

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

313 Acquisition LLC owns 92.3% of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of APX Parent Holdco,Vivint Smart Home, Inc., which, in turn, owns 100% of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of Parent Guarantor,APX Group Holdings, Inc., which, in turn owns 100% of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of the Issuer.APX Group, Inc.

The following table sets forth certain information as of August 25, 2017June 1, 2019 with respect to Class A limited liability company interests in 313 Acquisition LLC (“Class A Units”) beneficially owned by (i) each person known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of the outstanding Class A Units, (ii) each of our directors, (iii) each of our named executive officers and (iv) all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

The amounts and percentages of shares of Class A Units beneficially owned are reported on the basis of SEC regulations governing the determination of beneficial ownership of securities. Under SEC rules, a person is deemed to be a “beneficial owner” of a security if that person has or shares voting power or investment power, which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of such security. A person is also deemed to be a beneficial owner of any securities of which that person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days. Securities that can be so acquired are deemed to be outstanding for purposes of computing such person’s ownership percentage, but not for purposes of computing any other person’s percentage. Under these rules, more than one person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of the same securities and a person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of securities as to which such person has no economic interest.

Except as indicated in the footnotes to the table, each of the unitholders listed below has sole voting and investment power with respect to Class A Units owned by such unitholder. Unless otherwise noted, the address of each beneficial owner of is c/o APX Group, Inc. 4931 North 300 West, Provo, Utah 84604.

 

  Class A Units 

Class A Units

Class A Units

 

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner

  Amount and
Nature of
Beneficial
Ownership
   Percent
of
Class
   Amount and
Nature of
Beneficial
Ownership
   Percent of
Class
 

Principal Unitholders:

        

Blackstone Funds(1)(2)

   579,077,203    74

Summit Funds(1)(3)

   50,000,000    6

Directors and Named Executive Officers(4):

    

Blackstone Funds (1)(2)

   579,077,203    74

Summit Funds (1)(3)

   50,000,000    6

Directors and Named Executive Officers (4):

    

Todd R. Pedersen(5)

   96,479,649    12   96,479,649    12

Alex J. Dunn

   5,279,981    1   5,282,259    1

David F. D’Alessandro

   —      —      —      —   

Bruce McEvoy(6)(5)

   —      —      —      —   

Jay D. Pauley

   —      —      —      —   

Joseph S. Tibbetts, Jr.

   —      —      —      —   

Paul S. Galant

   —      —      —      —   

Peter F. Wallace(6)(5)

   —      —      —      —   

Mark J. Davies

   —      —      —      —   

Matthew J. Eyring

   —      —      —      —   

Todd M. Santiago(7)

   1,500,000    *    1,500,000    * 

All Directors and Executive Officers as a Group (11 persons)

   104,884,630    13

All Directors and Executive Officers as a Group (15 persons)

   103,836,908    13

 

*

Indicates less than 1%

(1)

The limited liability company agreement of 313 Acquisition LLC (the “LLC Agreement”) provides that the business and affairs of 313 Acquisition LLC will be managed by the Board of Directors, initially comprised of

five members, three of whom will be appointed by Blackstone, one of whom will be appointed by Mr. Pedersen, and one of whom will be appointed by the Summit Funds, and Blackstone Capital Partners VI L.P. (“BCP VI”) acting as managing member (in such capacity, the “Managing Member”). The Managing

Member is an affiliate of Blackstone and will have the ability to appoint its own successor if it resigns its position as Managing Member. Effective July 30, 2013, the Managing Member increased the sizeThe members of the Boardboard of Directors from five to six membersmanagers of 313 Acquisition are Todd Pedersen, Peter Wallace, Alex Dunn, David F. D’Alessandro, Bruce McEvoy, Jay Pauley, Joseph Tibbetts and appointed Mr. D’Alessandro to the Board of Directors.Paul Galant. Pursuant to the LLC Agreement, Members of 313 Acquisition, LLC, including employee members, will be deemed to have voted their respective limited liability company interests in 313 Acquisition LLC in favor of all actions taken by the Board of Directors and the Managing Member. The Managing Member, the Blackstone entities described below, and Stephen A. Schwarzman may be deemed to beneficially own all the outstanding shares of common stock of the Issuer indirectly beneficially owned by 313 Acquisition, LLC, directly held by its wholly owned indirect subsidiary Parent GuarantorAPX Group Holdings, Inc. and all of the limited liability company interests in Acquisition LLC.313 Acquisition. Each of the Managing Member, such Blackstone entities and Mr. Schwarzman disclaim beneficial ownership of such shares of common stock of the Issuer and limited liability company interests in 313 Acquisition LLC (other than the Blackstone Funds to the extent of their direct holdings).
(2)

Represents (i) 436,112,143.59436,112,144 Class A Units directly held by BCP VI, (ii) 2,644,957.262,644,957 Class A Units directly held by Blackstone Family Investment Partnership VI—ESC L.P. (“BFIP VI—ESC”), (iii) 220,012.15220,012 Class A Units directly held by Blackstone Family Investment Partnership VI L.P. (“BFIP VI”) and (iv) 140,100,090 Class A Units directly held by Blackstone VNTCo-Invest, L.P. (“VNT”) (BCP VI, BFIPVI-ESC, BFIP VI and VNT are collectively referred to as the “Blackstone Funds”). BCP VISide-by-Side GP L.L.C. is the general partner of each of BFIPVI-ESC and BFIP VI. Blackstone Management Associates VI L.L.C. is the general partner of each of BCP VI and VNT. BMA VI L.L.C. is the sole member of Blackstone Management Associates VI L.L.C. Blackstone Holdings III L.P. is the managing member of BMA VI L.L.C. and the sole member of BCP VISide-by-Side GP L.L.C. The general partner of Blackstone Holdings III L.P. is Blackstone Holdings III GP L.P. The general partner of Blackstone Holdings III GP L.P. is Blackstone Holdings III GP Management L.L.C. The sole member of Blackstone Holdings III GP Management L.L.C. is The Blackstone Group L.P. The general partner of The Blackstone Group L.P. is Blackstone Group Management L.L.C. Blackstone Group Management L.L.C. is wholly owned by Blackstone’s senior managing directors and controlled by its founder, Stephen A. Schwarzman. Each of such Blackstone entities and Mr. Schwarzman may be deemed to beneficially own the limited liability company interests in 313 Acquisition LLC beneficially owned by the Blackstone Funds directly or indirectly controlled by it or him, but each disclaims beneficial ownership of such limited liability company interests in 313 Acquisition LLC (other than the Blackstone Funds to the extent of their direct holdings). The address of each of Mr. Schwarzman and each of the other entities listed in this footnote is c/o The Blackstone Group L.P., 345 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10154.

(3)

Class A Units shown as beneficially owned by the Summit Funds (as hereinafter defined) are held by the following entities: (i) Summit Partners Growth Equity FundVIII-A, L.P. (“SPGEVIII-A”) owns 36,490,138.5336,490,139 Class A Units, (ii) Summit Partners Growth Equity FundVIII-B, L.P. (“SPGEVIII-B”) owns 13,330,631.4713,330,631 Class A Units, (iii) Summit Investors I, LLC (“SI”) owns 164,980 Class A Units and (iv) Summit Investors I (UK), LP (“SI(UK)” and together with SPGEVIII-A, SPGEVIII-B and SI, the “Summit Funds”) owns 14,250 Class A Units. Summit Partners, L.P. is (i) the managing member of Summit Partners GE VIII, LLC, which is the general partner of Summit Partners GE VIII, L.P., which is the general partner of each of Summit Partners Growth Equity FundVIII-A, L.P. and Summit Partners Growth Equity FundVIII-B, L.P., and (ii) the manager of Summit Investors Management, LLC, which is the managing member of Summit Investors I, LLC and the general partner of Summit Investors I (UK), L.P. Summit Partners, L.P., through a three-person investment committee currently composed of Peter Y. Chung, Bruce R. Evans and Martin J. Mannion, has voting and dispositive authority over the Units held by the Summit Funds. Each of such Summit entities and therefore Summit Partners, L.P. may be deemed to beneficially own limited liability company interests in 313 Acquisition LLC beneficially owned by the Summit Funds directly or indirectly

controlled by it, but each disclaims beneficial ownership of such limited liability company interests in 313 Acquisition LLC (other than Summit Partners, L.P. and other than the Summit Funds to the extent of their direct holdings). The address of each of these entities and Messrs. Chung, Evans and Mannion is 222 Berkeley Street, 18th Floor, Boston, Massachusetts 02116.

(4)

Certain directors and executive officers also own profits interests in 313 Acquisition, LLC, having economic characteristics similar to stock appreciation rights, in the form of Class B Units of 313 Acquisition, LLC, as described under “Management—Executive Compensation—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Long-term Incentive Compensation”. Directors and executive officers as a group hold an aggregate of 63,659,56266,594,456 Class B Units.

(5)Reflects 96,479,649 Class A Units held by the Pedersen Family Trust. Mr. Pedersen disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by the Pedersen Family Trust.
(6)

Messrs. McEvoy and Wallace are each employees of affiliates of the Blackstone Funds, but each disclaims beneficial ownership of the limited liability company interests in 313 Acquisition LLC beneficially owned by the Blackstone Funds. The address for Messrs. McEvoy and Wallace is c/o The Blackstone Group L.P., 345 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10154.

(7)Reflects 1,500,000 Class A Units held by the Stephanie Pedersen Santiago Trust.

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Support and Services Agreement

In connection with the Merger, we entered into a support and services agreement with Blackstone Management Partners L.L.C. (“BMP”), an affiliate of Blackstone. Under the support and services agreement, we paid BMP, at the closing of the Merger, an approximately $20.0 million transaction fee as consideration for BMP undertaking due diligence investigations and financial and structural analysis and providing corporate strategy and other advice and negotiation assistance in connection with the Merger. In addition, we have agreed to reimburse BMP for anyout-of-pocket expenses incurred by BMP and its affiliates and to indemnify BMP and its affiliates and related parties, in each case, in connection with the Transactions and the provision of services under the support and services agreement.

Monitoring Services and Fees

In addition, under this agreement, we have engaged BMP to provide, directly or indirectly, monitoring, advisory and consulting services that may be requested by us in the following areas: (a)(1) advice regarding the structure, distribution and timing of debt and equity offerings and advice regarding relationships with our lenders and bankers, (b)(2) advice regarding the structuring and implementation of equity participation plans, employee benefit plans and other incentive arrangements for certain of our key executives, (c)(3) general advice regarding dispositions and/or acquisitions, (d)(4) advice regarding the strategic direction of our business of Parent Guarantor, the Surviving Company and such other advice directly related or ancillary to the above advisory services as may be reasonably requested by us. These services will generally be provided until the first to occur of (i)(a) the tenth anniversary of the closing date of the Merger (November 16, 2022), (ii)(b) the date of a first underwritten public offering of shares of our common stock listed on the New York Stock Exchange or Nasdaq’s national market system for aggregate proceeds of at least $150 million (an “IPO”) and (iii)(c) the date upon which Blackstone owns less than 9.9% of our common stock or that of our direct or indirect controlling parent and such stock has a fair market value (as determined by Blackstone) of less than $25 million (each of the events specified in clauses (i)(a) through (iii)(c) above, the “Exit Date”).

In consideration for the monitoring services we have paid BMP, at the closing of the Merger, a monitoring fee (for advisory services to the provided by BMP during the remainder of our 2012 fiscal year) and will pay at the beginning of each subsequent fiscal year a monitoring fee (for advisory services to be provided by BMP during such fiscal year). The monitoring fee paid at the closing of the Transactions was $0.7 million (which amount is equal to $2.7 million prorated based on the portion of fiscal 2012 which occurred after the Transactions). The monitoring fee payable for monitoring services in any subsequent fiscal year of ours will be equal to the greater of (i)(1) a minimum base fee of $2.7 million (the “Minimum Annual Fee”), subject to adjustment as summarized below if we engage in a business combination or disposition that is “significant” (as defined in the Supportsupport and Services Agreement)services agreement) and (ii)(2) the amount of the monitoring fee paid in respect of the immediately preceding fiscal year, without regard to the post-fiscal year “true-up”“true-up” adjustment described in the paragraph below (which will not yet have occurred at the time the annual monitoring fee is paid). We refer to the adjusted monitoring fee for any fiscal year of the Surviving Company as the “Monitoring Fee” for such fiscal year.

In the case of a significant business combination or disposition, if 1.5% of our pro forma consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the Supportsupport and Services Agreement)services agreement) after giving effect to the business combination or disposition exceeds (in the case of a business combination) or is less than (in the case of a disposition) the then-current Monitoring Fee, the Monitoring Fee for the year in which the significant business combination or disposition occurs will be adjusted upward or downward, respectively, by the amount of such excess or shortfall, with such adjustment prorated based on the remaining full or partial fiscal quarters remaining in our then-current fiscal year. We will pay upward adjustments to the Monitoring Fee promptly upon availability of the pro forma income statement prepared in respect of such business combination. Downward adjustments to the Monitoring

Fee will be effected through a rebate of the fee paid to BMP in that fiscal year. Subsequently, the Minimum Annual Fee applicable to full fiscal years following any significant business combination or disposition will be equal to 1.5% of our pro forma consolidated EBITDA after giving effect to the business combination or disposition (subject to further adjustments for subsequent significant business combinations and dispositions). However, in all cases (including in the case of a current-year rebate described above), the Monitoring Fee will always be at least $2.7 million and in no event will a rebate for a downward adjustment result in BMP retaining a monitoring fee of less than $2.7 million for monitoring services in respect of any particular fiscal year.

In addition to the adjustments to the Minimum Annual Fee and the Monitoring Fee in connection with significant business combinations or dispositions and the related payments or rebates described above, there may be other adjustments to the Monitoring Fee based on projected consolidated EBITDA and a post-fiscal year “true-up.“true-up. If 1.5% of our projected consolidated EBITDA, as first presented to our Boardboard of Directorsdirectors by senior management during the last third of such fiscal year, is projected to exceed the amount of the monitoring fee already paid to BMP in respect of monitoring services due to be rendered during that fiscal year, we will pay BMP the amount of such excess as an upward adjustment to the Monitoring Fee within two business days of such presentation. Following the completion of each applicable fiscal year and within deadlines required by our revolving credit facility, our chief financial officer will certify to BMP the amount of our consolidated EBITDA for such fiscal year. If 1.5% of such certified consolidated EBITDA is greater than the Monitoring Fee previously paid to BMP for monitoring services rendered during that fiscal year (including the adjustment in respect of projected EBITDA described above), we will, jointly and severally, pay BMP the amount of such excess within two business days of such certification. If 1.5% of such certified consolidated EBITDA is less than the monitoring fee previously paid to BMP for services rendered during that fiscal year (including the adjustment in respect of projected consolidated EBITDA described above), the amount of such shortfall will be applied as a credit against the next payment by us of the Monitoring Fee to BMP. However, BMP will always be entitled to retain the Minimum Annual Fee as then in effect and BMP will have no obligation to rebate any amount that would result in BMP having been paid Monitoring Fees for monitoring services in an amount less than the Minimum Annual Fee applicable to the relevant fiscal year.

Upon (i) an IPO, or (ii) the date upon which Blackstone owns less than 50% of the common stock of the Company or its direct or indirect controlling parent, and such stock has a fair market value (as determined by Blackstone) of less than $25 million, we will pay to BMP a milestone payment equal to the present value of all Monitoring Fee payments that, absent such event occurring, would otherwise have accrued and been payable through the tenth anniversary of the date of the support and services agreement, based on the continued payment of a Monitoring Fee in an amount equal to the then-applicable estimate for the Monitoring Fee for the fiscal year of the Surviving Company in which such event occurs, discounted at a rate equal to the yield to maturity on the close of business on the second business day immediately preceding the date the payment is payable of the class of outstanding U.S. government bonds having a final maturity closest to such tenth anniversary date.

Portfolio Operations Support and Other Services

Under the support and services agreement, we have, retroactively to September 16, 2012 (the date of the transaction agreement relating to the Merger) and through the Exit Date (or an earlier date determined by BMP), engaged BMP to arrange for Blackstone’s portfolio operations group to provide support services customarily provided by Blackstone’s portfolio operations group to Blackstone’s private equity portfolio companies of a type and amount determined by such portfolio services group to be warranted and appropriate. BMP will invoice us for such services based on the time spent by the relevant personnel providing such services during the applicable period and Blackstone’s allocated costs of such personnel, but in no event shall we be obligated to pay more than $1.5 million during any calendar year; this cap has been prorated for 2012 for the portion of 2012 occurring after the Merger.year.

Investor Securityholders’ Agreement

In connection with the closing of the Merger, 313 Acquisition LLC and the Parent GuarantorAPX Group Holdings, Inc. entered into a Securityholders’ Agreement (the “Securityholders’ Agreement”) with the Investors. The Securityholders’ Agreement governs certain matters relating to ownership of 313 Acquisition LLC and the Parent Guarantor,APX Group Holdings, Inc., including with respect to the election of directors of our parent companies, transfer of shares, includingtag-along rights and drag-along rights, other special corporate governance provisions and registration rights (including customary indemnification provisions).

Other Transactions with Blackstone

Blackstone Advisory Partners L.P., an affiliate of Blackstone, participated as one of the arrangers of the 2022 notes in 2016, the 2022 notes and 2023 notes in 2017, the Term Loan in 2018 and the 2024 notes in 2019 and received fees at the time of closing of such issuances aggregating approximately $2.3 million.

In addition, GSO Capital Partners, an affiliate of Blackstone, is a participating lender in the Term Loan and as of December 31, 2018 had received in aggregate interest payments of approximately $0.9 million. As of March 31, 2019, GSO Capital Partners holds $79.3 million of outstanding aggregate principal of the Term Loan.

Agreements with Solar

Trademark / Service Mark License Agreement

On June 1, 2011, we and Solar entered into a Trademark / Service Mark License Agreement, or the Trademark Agreement. Pursuant to the Trademark Agreement, we granted Solar and its subsidiaries a nonexclusive license to use certain Vivint marks, subject to certain quality control requirements, in exchange for a fee per month of $0.01 per kilowatt hour of electricity generated by the solar equipment each month for each customer account. On June 10, 2013, the Trademark Agreement was amended and restated to grant Solar a royalty-free, non-exclusive license to the marks, and was applied retroactively to be in effect as of January 1, 2013. Solar may only use the marks to manufacture, purchase and distribute its solar energy systems for residential rooftop installation, as well as in advertising and promotional material. We generally have the right to consent to any sublicense of the marks. In connection with its recent initial public offering, Solar terminated this agreement and we do not expect any additional payments to us as a result of this termination. See “Agreements with Solar” below.

Master Backup Maintenance Service Agreement

On January 23, 2014, we entered into a Master Backup Maintenance Services Agreement, or the Master Maintenance Agreement, with Vivint Solar Provider, LLC, one of Solar’s wholly owned subsidiaries, pursuant to which Vivint Solar Provider, LLC, engaged us as a backup provider of, among other tasks, specified maintenance, operations and customer services tasks related to Solar’s solar energy systems owned by third parties. The Master Maintenance Agreement provides the framework for a form agreement to be entered into by us and Solar’s investment funds. The form agreement requires us, upon certain triggering events, primarily the default of Vivint Solar Provider, LLC, to provide certain services and maintenance that it was providing. These services are to be provided at the cost incurred by us in providing such services, plus 10%. The agreement also requires each party to maintain certain levels of insurance coverage. In addition, Vivint Solar Provider, LLC, granted us a power of attorney to perform services and otherwise take action on behalf of Vivint Solar Provider, LLC, under the agreements covered by the agreement. Either party may terminate the agreement if the other fails to perform its material obligations and such failure is not remedied within 30 days of receipt of notice or upon the occurrence of a force majeure event that prevents such party from performing its obligations for a continuous 180 day period. Vivint Solar Provider, LLC, us, and one of Solar’s investment funds entered into an addendum to the agreement, which provide that such investment fund would receive the backup services under the agreement. Vivint Solar Provider, LLC may also terminate the agreement if we become insolvent or by providing 60 days’ prior written notice to us. In connection with its recent initial public offering, Solar terminated this agreement. See “Agreements with Solar” below.

Agreements in Connection with Solar’s Initial Public Offering

In connection with Solar’s initial public offering in 2014, we haveCompany has negotiated on an arm’s-length basis and entered into a number of agreements with its sister company, Vivint Solar, Inc. (“Solar”). Some of those agreements related to Solar’s use of certain of the Company’s information technology and infrastructure services; however, Solar stopped using such services and other support that we have provided and will provide to Solar, including:

Master Intercompany Framework Agreement. This agreement establishes a framework for the ongoing relationship between us and Solar. This agreement contains master terms regarding the protection of

each other’s confidential information, and master procedural terms, such as notice procedures, restrictions on assignment, interpretive provisions, governing law and dispute resolution. We and Solar each make customary representations and warranties that will apply across all of the agreements between us, and we each agree not to damage the value of the goodwill associated with the “VIVINT” or “VIVINT SOLAR” marks. We agree to provide Solar notice if we plans to stop using or to abandon rights in the “VIVINT” mark in any country or jurisdiction, and Solar is permitted to take steps to prevent abandonment of the “VIVINT” mark. We each also agree not to make public statements about each other without the consent of the other or disparage one another.

Non-Competition Agreement.in July 2017. In this agreement, we and Solar each define our current areas of business and our competitors, and agree not to directly or indirectly engage in the other’s business for three years. Our area of business is defined as residential and commercial automation and security products and services, energy management (i.e., wireless or remote management and control of energy controlling or consuming devices in a residence, including thermostats, HVAC, lighting, other appliances and in-house consumption monitoring), products and services for accessing and using the Internet, products and services for the storage, access, retrieval, and sharing of data, fixed and mobile data services, audio/video entertainment services, healthcare and wellness services, content distribution network services, wholesale cloud computing services, demand response services and information security. Solar’s area of business is defined as selling renewable energy and energy storage products and services. We and Solar may each engage in the business of energy inverters, aggregate consumption monitoring and micro-grid technology. We may not sell products and services to Solar’s competitors. Solar may purchase products and services from specified Vivint competitors. Although Solar may not engage in our business for three years, we may engage in Solar’s business in markets where Solar is not yet operating, including by selling customer leads to Solar’s competitors (other than SolarCity Corporation). Once Solar begins operating in a market, we will provide those leads exclusively to Solar. This agreement permits us and Solar to make investments of up to 2.5% in any publicly traded company without violating the commitments in this agreement. This agreement also permits Solar to obtain financing from a Vivint competitor. Finally, in this agreement we also each agree that for five years, unless we or Solar obtain prior written permission from the other party, neither of us will solicit for employment any member of the other’s executive or senior management team, or any of the other’s employees who primarily manage sales, installation or servicing of the other’s products and services. The commitment not to solicit those employees lasts for 180 days after the employee finishes employment with us or Solar. General purpose employment advertisements and contact initiated by an employee are not, however, considered solicitation. On August 16, 2017, we and Solar agreed to extend the term of the non-solicitation provisions to be coterminous with the term of the Sales Dealer Agreement, described in “—Sales Dealer Agreement” below.

Transition Services Agreement. Pursuant to this agreement we will provide to Solar various enterprise services, including services relating to information technology and infrastructure, human resources and employee benefits, administration services and facilities-related services. We agreed to perform the services with the same degree of care and diligence that we take in performing services for our own operations. We also agreed to provide Solar with reasonable assistance with Solar’s eventual transition to providing those services in-house or through the use of third-party service providers. Solar will pay us a monthly amount for the services, which represents our good faith estimate of our full cost of providing the services to Solar, without markup or surcharge. As Solar transitions any service from us to an alternate provider or in-house, the fees paid to us will be reduced accordingly, except for any third party license fees related to services we obtains for Solar that cannot be terminated or assigned to Solar. The agreement will also account for the possibility that new services will be required from us that were not initially addressed in the agreement. The initial term of this agreement is six months; however, we and Solar will seek to complete the transition of the services contemplated by this agreement as soon as commercially practicable.

Product Development and Supply Agreement. Pursuant to this agreement, one of Solar’s wholly owned subsidiaries will collaborate with us to develop certain monitoring and communications equipment that will be compatible with other equipment used in Solar’s solar energy systems and will replace equipment Solar currently procures from third parties. The initial term of the agreement is three years, and it will automatically renew for successive one-year periods unless either party elects otherwise.

Marketing and Customer Relations Agreement. This agreement governs various cross-marketing initiatives between us and Solar, in particular the provision of sales leads from each company to the other. Sales leads resulting in installations, as well as sales to each other’s customers (whether or not a lead is provided), generate commissions payable between the parties. The commission rate is 50% of the applicable commission that is paid to the paying party’s sales personnel performing similar lead generation services; this is intended to properly incentivize leads while accounting for the somewhat lower level of effort required for lead generation as opposed to outright sales. The term of this agreement, including the term of the schedules defining the terms of the mutual lead generation program, is three years. The provisions of this agreement have been generally replaced by the Sales Dealer agreement, described in “—Sales Dealer Agreement” below.

Sublease Agreement. This agreement provides for the short-term (estimated to be less than six months) sublease of space by Solar at the Morinda building (separate from the Provo headquarters). Similar to the Sublease Agreement described above, this agreement is focused only on real estate issues and certain specifically related services at the Morinda building. Other services at this location, in particular IT and similar services, are provided pursuant to the Transition Services Agreement.

Bill of Sale. This agreement governs the transfer of certain assets such as office equipment from us to Solar.

Trademark License Agreement. Pursuant to this agreement, the licensor, a special purpose subsidiary majority-owned by us and minority-owned by Solar, will grant Solar a royalty-free exclusive license to the trademark “VIVINT SOLAR” in the field of selling renewable energy or energy storage products and services. The agreement enables Solar to sublicense the Vivint Solar trademark to its subsidiaries and to certain third parties, such as suppliers and distributors, to the extent necessary for Solar to operate its business. The agreement governs how Solar may use and display the Vivint Solar trademark and provides that Solar may create new marks that incorporate “VIVINT SOLAR” with licensor’s reasonable approval. The agreement also provides that the licensor will apply to register Vivint Solar trademarks as reasonably requested by Solar, and that Solar will work together with the licensor in enforcing and protecting the Vivint Solar trademarks. The agreement is perpetual but may be terminated voluntarily by Solar or by the licensor if (1) a court finds that Solar have materially breached the agreement and not cured such breach within 30 days after notice, (2) Solar becomes insolvent, makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or becomes subject to bankruptcy proceedings, (3) one of the parties (or us, with respect to the licensor) is acquired by a competitor of the other party, or (4) Solar ceases using the “VIVINT SOLAR” mark worldwide. We retain ownership of the Vivint trademark and Solar has no right to use “Vivint” except as part of “VIVINT SOLAR”.

Sales Dealer Agreement.

On August 16, 2017, wethe Company entered into a Sales Dealersales dealer agreement with Solar, pursuant to which each partycompany will act as anon-exclusive dealer for the other party to market, promote and sell each other’s products. The sales dealer agreement has an initial two-year term which will be automatically renewed for successive one-year terms unless written notice of termination is provided by one of the parties to the other no less than 90 days prior to the end of the then current term. The products, territoriestwo years and consideration that is payable by each party to the other will be determined in accordance with the agreement. The Sales Dealer agreement will governreplaces substantially all of the activities that were previouslybeing undertaken under the Marketingparties’ former marketing and Customer Relations Agreement described above.

customer relations agreement. The Company and Solar also agreed to extend the term of thenon-solicitation provisions under an existingnon-competition agreement to match the term of the sales dealer agreement. The amount charged to Solar in connection with these agreements and other expenses paid on Solar’s behalf for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 was $17.3 million, $2.8 million and $4.6 million, respectively. The balance due from Solar in connection with these agreements and other expenses paid on Solar’s behalf was immaterial at December 31, 2018, and is included in prepaid expenses and other current assets in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheets.

Transactions with Executive Officers

In each of 2016, 2017 and 2018 the Company entered intoone-year lease agreements with Axis Aviation LLC (“Axis Aviation”), a company owned by Mr. Pedersen through a trust, for use of an airplane hangar at the Provo, Utah airport. Such lease agreements are terminable by either party on 90 days’ prior written notice without penalty. Payments to Axis Aviation in the year ended December 31, 2018 pursuant to such lease agreements totaled $67,500.

Procedures with Respect to Review and Approval of Related Person Transactions

From time to time, we may do business with certain companies affiliated with Blackstone. Our BoardThe board of Directorsdirectors has not adopted a formal written policy for the review and approval of transactions with related persons. However, our Boardthe board of Directorsdirectors reviews and approves transactions with related persons as appropriate.

DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES

General

Certain terms used in this description are defined under the subheading “Certain Definitions.” In this description, (1) the term “Issuer” refers to APX Group, Inc., and not to any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, (2) the term “Holdings” refers to APX Group Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation and the direct parent of the Issuer and (3) the terms “we,” “our” and “us” each refer to the Issuer and its consolidated Subsidiaries.

The Issuer has previously issued $400.0$225.0 million aggregate principal amount of 7.625%8.50% senior secured notes due 20232024 (the “outstanding 20232024 notes”) under an indenture dated as of AugustMay 10, 2017 (the “Indenture”)2019, among the Issuer, the Guarantors and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”) and as collateral agent (the “Indenture”). The outstanding 2023 notes were issued in private a private transaction that was not subject to the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The Issuer is offering to exchange the outstanding 20232024 notes for notes registered under the Securities Act (the exchange notes“exchange notes”). The terms of the exchange notes are identical in all material respects to the terms of the outstanding 20232024 notes, except that the exchange notes will not contain terms with respect to transfer restrictions or additional interest upon a failure to fulfill certain of our obligations under the registration rights agreement. Unless the context requires otherwise, references to the “Notes” include the outstanding 20232024 notes and the exchange notes. Except as set forth herein, the terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act.

The following description is only a summary of material provisions of the Indenture.Indenture and the Collateral Documents. It does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the provisions of the Indenture and the Collateral Documents, including the definitions therein of certain terms used below. We urge you to read the Indenture and the Collateral Documents because it,they, and not this description, will define your rights as Holders of the Notes. You may request copies of the Indenture and the Collateral Documents at our address set forth under “Where You Can Find More Information.”

Brief Description of the Notes

The Notes:

 

are general unsecured, senior secured obligations of the Issuer;

 

are secured, subject to Permitted Liens, by the Collateral, which also secures, on an equal and ratable basis, Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness and the Priority Payment Lien Obligations;providedthat the Holders will receive proceeds of Collateral only after the payment in full of the Priority Payment Lien Obligations in the event of a foreclosure, enforcement or exercise of remedies with respect to the Collateral or in any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar event;

rank

ranks equally in right of payment with any existing and future Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer;

 

are effectively subordinatedsenior to any existing and future Secured Indebtedness of the Issuer that is unsecured or secured by Liens on Collateral that are junior to the Liens securing the Notes, in each case, to the extent of the value of the collateralCollateral (after giving effect to Liens securing such Secured Indebtedness, including the Senior Secured Credit FacilitiesPriority Payment Lien Obligations and any other Lien on the Existing Secured Notes;Collateral);

 

are senior in right of payment to any future obligations of the Issuer that are expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes; and

 

are structurally subordinated to all existing and future Indebtedness, claims of holders of Preferred Stock and other liabilities of the Issuer’s Subsidiaries that do not guarantee the Notes.Notes; and

are subject to registration with the SEC pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement. Guarantees

Guarantees

The Guarantors, as primary obligors and not merely as sureties, jointly and severally guarantee, fully and unconditionally, on an unsecureda senior secured basis, the performance and full and punctual payment when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, of all obligations of the Issuer under the Indenture and the Notes, whether for payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes or expenses, indemnification or otherwise, on the terms set forth in the Indenture by executing the Indenture.

The Guarantors guarantee the Notes and, in the future, subject to exceptions set forth under the caption “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries,” each direct and

indirect U.S. Wholly-Owned Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer that guarantees certain Indebtedness of the Issuer or any other Guarantor will, guarantee the Notes, subject to certain exceptions and to release as provided below or elsewhere in this “Description of the Notes.” As of the date of this prospectus, none of our Foreign Subsidiaries guaranteehave guaranteed the Notes and no Foreign Subsidiaries are expected to guarantee the Notes in the future.

Each of the Guarantees:

 

is a general unsecured, senior secured obligation of each Guarantor;

 

is secured, subject to Permitted Liens, by the Collateral, which also secures, on an equal and ratable basis, Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness and the Priority Payment Lien Obligations;providedthat the Holders will receive proceeds of Collateral after the payment in full of the Priority Payment Lien Obligations in the event of a foreclosure, enforcement or exercise of remedies with respect to the Collateral or in any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar event;

ranks equally in right of payment with all existing and future senior Indebtedness of that Guarantor;

 

is effectively subordinatedsenior to any existing and future secured Indebtedness of that Guarantor that is unsecured or secured by Liens on Collateral that are junior to the Liens securing the Guarantees, in each case, to the extent of the value of the collateralCollateral (after giving effect to Liens securing such secured Indebtedness;the Priority Payment Lien Obligations and any other senior Lien on the Collateral);

 

is senior in right of payment to any future Indebtedness of that Guarantor that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of that Guarantor; and

 

is structurally subordinated to all existing and future Indebtedness, claims of holders of Preferred Stock and other liabilities of Subsidiaries of each Guarantor that does not Guarantee the Notes.

All of our Subsidiaries will be “Restricted Subsidiaries,” unless designated as Unrestricted Subsidiaries in accordance with the Indenture. As of the date of this prospectus, all of the Issuer’s Subsidiaries are “Restricted Subsidiaries.” However, under certain circumstances, we will be permitted to designate certain of our subsidiaries as “Unrestricted Subsidiaries.” Any Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to any of the restrictive covenants in the Indenture and will not guarantee the Notes.

Not all of the Issuer’s Subsidiaries will guarantee the Notes. In the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation, reorganization or similar proceeding of any of thesenon-guarantor Subsidiaries, thenon-guarantor Subsidiaries will pay the holders of their debt and their trade creditors before they will be able to distribute any of their assets to the Issuer or a Guarantor. As a result, all of the existing and future liabilities of ournon-guarantor Subsidiaries, including any claims of trade creditors, will be effectively senior to the Notes. The Indenture does not limit the amount of liabilities that are not considered Indebtedness which may be incurred by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries, including thenon-guarantor Subsidiaries. Before intercompany eliminations, revenues from ournon-guarantor Subsidiaries were approximately $17.8 million, or 6.4% of our total revenues, during the three months ended March 31, 2019. As of March 31, 2019, before intercompany eliminations, liabilities of ournon-guarantor Subsidiaries were approximately $217.4 million, or 5.3% of our total liabilities.

The obligations of each Guarantor under its Guarantee will be limited as necessary to prevent the Guarantee from constituting a fraudulent conveyance under applicable law. This provision may not, however, be effective to protect a Guarantee from being voided under fraudulent transfer law, or may reduce the applicable Guarantor’s obligation to an amount that effectively makes its Guarantee worthless. If a Guarantee was rendered voidable, it could be subordinated by a court to all other indebtedness (including guarantees and other contingent liabilities) of the Guarantor, and, depending on the amount of such indebtedness, a Guarantor’s liability on its Guarantee could be reduced to zero. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to the Notes and ourOur Indebtedness—Federal and state statutes may allow courts, under specific circumstances, to void the Notes,notes, the guarantees and the security interests, subordinate claims in respect of the Notes,notes, the guarantees and the security interests and/or require Holdersholders of the Notesnotes to return payments received from us.”

Any Guarantor that makes a payment under its Guarantee will be entitled upon payment in full of all guaranteed obligations under the Indenture to a contribution from each other Guarantor in an amount equal to such other Guarantor’s pro rata portion of such payment based on the respective net assets of all the Guarantors at the time of such payment determined in accordance with GAAP.

Each Guarantor may consolidate with, amalgamate or merge with or into or sell all or substantially all its assets to the Issuer or another Guarantor without limitation or any other Person upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture. See “Certain Covenants—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets.”

Each Guarantee by a Subsidiary Guarantor provides by its terms that it will be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon:

(1) (a) any sale, exchange, disposition or transfer (by merger, amalgamation, consolidation or otherwise) of (i) the Capital Stock of such Guarantor, after which the applicable Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) all or substantially all the assets of such Guarantor, in each case if such sale, exchange, disposition or transfer is made in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture;

(b) the release or discharge of the guarantee by such Subsidiary Guarantor of Indebtedness under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, or the release or discharge of such other guarantee that resulted in the creation of such Guarantee except a discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such guarantee (it being understood that a release subject to a contingent reinstatement will constitute a release for the purposes of this provision, and that if any such Guarantee is so reinstated, such Guarantee shall also be reinstated to the extent that such Guarantor would then be required to provide a Guarantee pursuant to the covenant described under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries”);

(c) the designation of any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture;

(d) upon the merger or consolidation of any Guarantor with and into the Issuer or another Guarantor or upon the liquidation of such Guarantor following the transfer of all of its assets to the Issuer or another Guarantor; or

(e) the exercise by the Issuer of its legal defeasance option or covenant defeasance option as described under “Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance” or the discharge of the Issuer’s obligations under the Indenture in accordance with the terms of the Indenture; and

(2) such Guarantor delivering to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate of such Guarantor or the Issuer and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in the Indenture relating to such transaction or release and discharge have been complied with.

Principal, Maturity and Interest

The Issuer hasnotes have been issued in an aggregate principal amount of $400.0 million of the outstanding 2023 notes. The Notes will mature on September 1, 2023.$225.0 million. Subject to compliance with the covenants described below under the captioncaptions “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” and “Certain Covenants—Liens” the Issuer may issue additional Notes from time to time under the Indenture (“Additional Notes”).

The Notes mature (x) if the Springing Maturity Condition does not apply, on November 1, 2024, or (y) if the Springing Maturity Condition does apply, either the Springing Maturity Date for the 2020 Notes or the Springing Maturity Date for the 2023 Notes, as applicable;provided that, if such day is not a Business Day, the Maturity Date shall be the Business Day immediately succeeding such day. Any provisions relating to the determination of a minimum tenor, maturity or weighted average life with respect to any permitted Indebtedness (including without limitation Refinancing Indebtedness) in the Indenture assume (solely for purposes of such determination) that such earlier maturity date does not apply. The Issuer will provide advance written notice to the Holders and the Trustee of any such earlier maturity date of the Notes in accordance with the Indenture and applicable procedures of DTC.

The Notes and any Additional Notes subsequently issued under the Indenture will be treated as a single class for all purposes under the Indenture, including waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase, except for certain waivers and amendments as set forth herein. Holders of Additional Notes will share equally and ratably in the Collateral. Unless the context requires otherwise, references to “Notes” for all purposes of the Indenture and this “Description of the Notes” include any Additional Notes that are actually issued. The Notes will be issued in minimum denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000.

Interest on the Notes accrues at the rate of 7.625%8.50% per annum. Interest on the Notes is payable semiannually in arrears on each MarchMay 1 and SeptemberNovember 1, commencing MarchNovember 1, 20182019 to the Holders of Notes of record on the immediately preceding FebruaryApril 15 and AugustOctober 15, respectively. Interest on the Notes accrues from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from and including the Issue Date. Interest on the Notes is computed on the basis of a360-day year comprised of twelve30-day months.

Additional Interest

Additional Interest may accrue on the Notes in certain circumstances pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement as described under “Exchange Offer; Registration Rights” or as set forth in the Indenture. All references in the Indenture and this “Description of the Notes,” in any context, to any interest or other amount payable on or with respect to the Notes shall be deemed to include any Additional Interest payable pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement and/or as set forth in the Indenture.

Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest

Cash payments of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes will be payable at the office or agency of the Issuer maintained for such purpose or, at the option of the Issuer, cash payment of interest may be

made through the paying agent by check mailed to the Holders of the Notes at their respective addresses set forth in the register of Holders;provided, that (a) all cash payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest with respect to the Notes represented by one or more global notes registered in the name of or held by The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) or its nominee will be made through the paying agent by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the registered Holder or Holders thereof and (b) all cash payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest with respect to certificated Notes may, at the option of the Issuer, be made by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if the applicable Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or the paying agent to

such effect designating such account no later than 30 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion). Until otherwise designated by the Issuer, the Issuer’s office or agency will be the office of the Trustee maintained for such purpose.

Collateral

Subject to the limitations described under “—Intercreditor Agreement” below, the obligations of the Issuer with respect to the Notes, the obligations of the Guarantors under the Guarantees, and the performance of all other obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors under the Indenture are secured equally and ratably with the obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors under Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness and Priority Payment Lien Obligations by a security interest (subject only to Permitted Liens and a prior right of payment afforded to Priority Payment Lien Obligations in the event of a foreclosure, enforcement or exercise of remedies with respect to the Collateral or in any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar event or if the Collateral Agent receives any payment with respect to any Collateral pursuant to any intercreditor agreement (other than the Intercreditor Agreement)) in the following assets of the Issuer and the Guarantors, in each case whether now owned or hereafter acquired: (i) substantially all of the present and future tangible and intangible assets of the Issuer and the Guarantors, including without limitation equipment, subscriber or customer contracts and communication paths, intellectual property,fee-owned real property, general intangibles, investment property, material intercompany notes and proceeds of the foregoing, subject to Permitted Liens and other customary exceptions, (ii) substantially all personal property of the Issuer and the Guarantors consisting of accounts receivable arising from the sale of inventory and other goods and services (including related contracts and contract rights, inventory, cash, deposit accounts, other bank accounts and securities accounts), inventory and intangible assets to the extent attached to the foregoing books and records of the Issuer and the Guarantors, and the proceeds thereof, subject to Permitted Liens and other customary exceptions, in each case held by the Issuer and the Guarantors and (iii) a pledge of all of the Capital Stock of the Issuer, each Subsidiary Guarantor and each Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer and Subsidiary Guarantors, in each case other than Excluded Assets and subject to the limitations and exclusions described under “—Limitations on Stock Collateral” (collectively, the “Collateral”).

Excluded Assets

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Notes will not be secured by a Lien on Excluded Assets and will be subject to Permitted Liens.

The Collateral does not and will not include the following (collectively, the “Excluded Assets”):

(1) in excess of 65% of the Capital Stock of any Foreign Subsidiary or a domestic Subsidiary that is a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes and substantially all of whose assets consist of Capital Stock and/or Indebtedness of one or more controlled foreign corporations and any other assets incidental thereto;

(2) any property or assets owned by any Foreign Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(3) any lease, license or agreement or any property subject to a purchase money security interest or similar arrangement to the extent that a grant of a security interest therein would violate or invalidate such lease, license or agreement or purchase money arrangement or create a right of termination in favor of any other party thereto after giving effect to the applicable anti-assignment provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable law, other than proceeds and receivables thereof, the assignment of which is expressly deemed effective under the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable law notwithstanding such prohibition;

(4) any interest infee-owned real property of the Issuer and the Guarantors if the greater of its cost and net book value is less than $5.0 million;

(5) Excluded Contracts, Excluded Equipment and any interest in leased real property of the Issuer and the Guarantors;

(6) motor vehicles and other assets subject to certificates of title except to the extent perfection of a security interest therein may be accomplished by filing of financing statements in appropriate form in the applicable jurisdiction under the Uniform Commercial Code;

(7) margin stock and Capital Stock of any Person other than Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries (but excluding certain excluded Subsidiaries);

(8) any trademark application filed in the United States Patent and Trademark Office on the basis of the Issuer’s or any Guarantor’s “intent to use” such mark and for which a form evidencing use of the mark has not yet been filed with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, to the extent that granting a security interest in such trademark application prior to such filing would adversely affect the enforceability or validity of such trademark application or any registration that issues therefrom under applicable federal law;

(9) any assets to the extent a security interest in such assets would result in material adverse tax consequences as reasonably determined by the Issuer in writing;

(10) any governmental licenses or state or local franchises, charters and authorizations, to the extent a security in any such license, franchise, charter or authorization is prohibited or restricted thereby after giving effect to the UCC and other applicable law;

(11) pledges and security interests prohibited or restricted by applicable law (including any requirement to obtain the consent of any governmental authority or third party);

(12) all commercial tort claims in an amount less than $8.0 million;

(13) accounts, property and other assets pledged pursuant to a Qualified Securitization Facility; and

(14) proceeds from any and all of the foregoing Excluded Assets described in clauses (1) through (13) to the extent they constitute Excluded Assets;

provided,however, that Excluded Assets will not include any asset of the Issuer or a Guarantor which secures obligations with respect to Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness or Priority Payment Lien Obligations. In addition, the Issuer, its Subsidiaries, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent shall not be required to obtain any landlord waivers, estoppels or collateral access letters and shall not be required to (i) take actions to perfect the Collateral Agent’s Lien on commercial tort claims less than $8.0 million or letter of credit rights (other than letter of credits rights that can be perfected by filing of financing statements in appropriate form in the applicable jurisdiction under the Uniform Commercial Code) or take actions to perfect by control the Collateral Agent’s Liens on cash, securities accounts or deposit accounts, or (ii) take any actions under any laws outside of the United States to grant, perfect or enforce any security interest.

Limitations on Stock Collateral

The Capital Stock and other securities of the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer that are owned by the Issuer or any Guarantor will constitute Collateral only to the extent that such Capital Stock and other securities can secure the Notes and Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness without Rule3-16 of RegulationS-X under the Securities Act (or any other law, rule or regulation) requiring separate financial statements of such Subsidiary to be filed with the SEC (or any other governmental agency) (the “Rule3-16 Exception”). In the event that Rule3-16 of RegulationS-X under the Securities Act requires or is amended, modified or interpreted by the SEC to require (or is replaced with another rule or regulation, or any other law, rule or regulation is adopted, which would require) the filing with the SEC (or any other governmental agency) of separate financial statements of the Issuer (if at such time the Issuer satisfies the requirements of the covenant described under “—Reports and Other Information” by furnishing information relating to Holdings (or any parent entity of Holdings)), or of any Subsidiary of the Issuer, due to the fact that the Issuer’s or such Subsidiary’s Capital Stock and other securities

secure the Notes and/or Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness, then the Capital Stock and other securities of the Issuer or of such Subsidiary shall automatically be deemed not to be part of the Collateral (but only to the extent necessary to not be subject to such requirement). In such event, the Collateral Documents may be amended or modified, without the consent of any Holder of Notes or a holder of Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness, to the extent necessary to release the security interests in the shares of Capital Stock and other securities that are so deemed to no longer constitute part of the Collateral. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any such Capital Stock excluded as Collateral under the Rule3-16 Exception will not be excluded from the collateral securing the Senior Secured Credit Facilities as a result of being excluded as Collateral.

In the event that Rule3-16 of RegulationS-X under the Securities Act is amended, modified or interpreted by the SEC to permit (or is replaced with another rule or regulation, or any other law, rule or regulation is adopted, which would permit) the Issuer’s or such Subsidiary’s Capital Stock and other securities to secure the Notes and/or Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness in excess of the amount then pledged without the filing with the SEC (or any other governmental agency) of separate financial statements of the Issuer or of such Subsidiary, then the Capital Stock and other securities of the Issuer or of such Subsidiary shall automatically be deemed to be a part of the Collateral (but only to the extent necessary to not be subject to any such financial statement requirements). In such event, the Collateral Documents may be amended or modified, without the consent of any Holder of Notes or holders of Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness, to the extent necessary to subject to the Liens under the Collateral Documents such additional Capital Stock and other securities.

Following the Issue Date, the portion of the Capital Stock constituting Collateral may decrease or increase as described above.

Permitted Liens

The Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries are permitted by the Indenture to create or incur Permitted Liens. The Notes are effectively subordinated to existing and future secured Indebtedness and other liabilities to the extent of the Issuer’s or the Restricted Subsidiaries’ assets serving as collateral for such Permitted Liens, to the extent such Permitted Liens have priority to the Liens securing the Notes, Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness and Priority Payment Lien Obligations. See the definition of Permitted Liens under the caption “Certain Definitions.”

In particular, the Notes, Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness and Priority Payment Lien Obligations, are effectively subordinated to security interests on acquired property or assets of acquired companies which are secured prior to (and not in connection with) such acquisition; such security interests generally constitute Permitted Liens. Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries permitted by the Indenture may also be secured by security interests on the property and assets of such Foreign Subsidiaries. The Indenture permits other Permitted Liens. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to the Notes and Our Indebtedness—Holders of the notes may not be able to fully realize the value of their liens” and “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to the Notes and Our Indebtedness—The collateral may not be valuable enough to satisfy all the obligations secured by such collateral.”

Collateral Documents and Certain Related Intercreditor Provisions

The collateral agents under the Existing Secured Notes have entered into, and the Collateral Agent and Trustee, as authorized representative for the Holders of the Notes, has become party to a security agreement (the “Security Agreement”) creating and establishing the terms of the security interests that secure the Notes and the guarantees thereof and Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness. These security interests secure the payment and performance when due of all of the obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture, the Guarantees, Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness and guarantees thereof and the Collateral Documents, as provided in the Collateral Documents. The Issuer and the Guarantors were obligated to use their commercially reasonable efforts to complete on or prior to the Issue Date all filings and other similar actions required in connection with

the perfection of such security interests. If they were not able to complete such actions on or prior to the Issue Date, they will complete such actions within 90 days after such date. Wilmington Trust, National Association has been appointed, pursuant to the Indenture, as the Collateral Agent.

The Trustee, the Collateral Agent, each Holder of the Notes, each holder of Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness and each other holder of, or obligee in respect of, any Obligations in respect of the Notes and Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness outstanding at such time are referred to collectively as the “Pari Passu Indebtedness Secured Parties.”

Intercreditor Agreement

The collateral agents under the Existing Secured Notes, the collateral agent under the Revolving Credit Agreement (the “Revolver Collateral Agent”) and the collateral agent under the Term Loan Credit Agreement (the “Term Loan Collateral Agent” and together, the “Credit Agreement Collateral Agents”) have entered into an intercreditor and collateral agency agreement (the “Intercreditor Agreement”) that has been acknowledged by the Issuer and the Guarantors. On the Issue Date, the Collateral Agent and Trustee became a party to the Intercreditor Agreement and the Holders of the Notes, by their acceptance of the Notes, agreed to be bound thereby and were deemed to have instructed the Trustee to enter into the Intercreditor Agreement on their behalf. Following the Issue Date, additional collateral agents for the holders of Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness and Priority Payment Lien Obligations may become party to the Intercreditor Agreement subject to compliance with certain procedural requirements in the Intercreditor Agreement. The Notes and other obligations secured by the Liens in favor of the Collateral Agent and the Priority Payment Lien Obligations secured by Liens in favor of any Credit Agreement Collateral Agent and the obligations in respect of any Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness secured by Liens in favor of any other collateral agent that becomes party to the Intercreditor Agreement are each referred to as a “class” of First Lien Obligations in this section.

The Intercreditor Agreement provides that, notwithstanding the date, time, method, manner or order of grant, attachment or perfection of any Liens on any Collateral in which the Collateral Agent and one or more collateral agents for any class of Priority Payment Lien Obligations or Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness have perfected security interests (any such Collateral as to which the Collateral Agent and any other collateral agent have such a perfected security interest being referred to as “Shared Collateral”), the Collateral Agent and each other collateral agent with respect to such Shared Collateral will have equal rights to enforce the respective security interests in the Shared Collateral subject to certain other provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement;providedthat the Priority Payment Lien Obligations will have priority in right of payment upon a foreclosure, enforcement or exercise of remedies with respect to the Shared Collateral or a bankruptcy, insolvency or similar event or if the Collateral Agent or any other collateral agent for any class of Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness receives any payment with respect to any Shared Collateral pursuant to any intercreditor agreement (other than the Intercreditor Agreement) and will be repaid prior to the payment of the Notes Obligations and the Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness.

A portion of the obligations secured by the Shared Collateral (including Priority Payment Lien Obligations) consists or may consist of Indebtedness that is revolving in nature, and the amount thereof that may be outstanding at any time or from time to time may be increased or reduced and subsequently reborrowed and such obligations may, subject to the limitations set forth in the Indenture, be increased, extended, renewed, replaced, restated, supplemented, restructured, repaid, refunded, refinanced or otherwise amended or modified from time to time, all without affecting the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement defining the relative rights of the parties thereto.

The Intercreditor Agreement provides that none of the Collateral Agent, the Credit Agreement Collateral Agents or any additional collateral agent for the holders of any other First Lien Obligations shall contest or support any Person in contesting in any proceeding (including a bankruptcy proceeding) the perfection, priority,

validity, attachment or enforceability of a Lien held by or on behalf of any other collateral agent or any holders of First Lien Obligations in the Shared Collateral;providedthat the foregoing shall not impair the right of any collateral agent or holder of First Lien Obligations to enforce the Intercreditor Agreement. In addition, the Intercreditor Agreement provides that the Issuer and the Guarantors shall not, and shall not permit any Subsidiary to, grant or permit or suffer to exist any additional Liens on any asset or property to secure any class of First Lien Obligations unless it has granted a Lien on such asset or property to secure each other class of First Lien Obligations, as the case may be;providedthat the foregoing shall not prohibit the Priority Payment Lien Obligations from being secured by any Capital Stock that does not secure the Notes Obligations or any Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness due to the Rule3-16 Exception.

If (i) any of the Collateral Agent, any Credit Agreement Collateral Agent or the collateral agent or any secured party in respect of any other class of First Lien Obligations is taking action to enforce rights or exercise remedies in respect of any Shared Collateral, (ii) any distribution is made in respect of any Shared Collateral in any insolvency or liquidation proceeding of the Issuer or any Guarantor or (iii) the Collateral Agent, any other such collateral agent or any such secured party receives any payment with respect to any Shared Collateral pursuant to any intercreditor agreement (other than the Intercreditor Agreement), then the proceeds of any sale, collection or other liquidation of any Shared Collateral obtained by such Collateral Agent, any other such collateral agent or any such secured party in respect of any First Lien Obligations on account of such enforcement of rights or exercise of remedies, and any such distributions or payments received by such Collateral Agent, any other such collateral agent or any such secured party in respect of any First Lien Obligations shall be applied as follows (1) first, (a) to the payment of all amounts owing to such collateral agent (in its capacity as such) pursuant to the terms of any document related to the First Lien Obligations, (b) in the case of any such enforcement of rights or exercise of remedies, to the payment of all costs and expenses incurred by such collateral agent or any other secured parties in the same class as such collateral agent in respect of First Lien Obligations in connection therewith and (c) in the case of any such payment pursuant to any such intercreditor agreement, to the payment of all costs and expenses incurred by such collateral agent or any of its related secured parties in enforcing its rights thereunder to obtain such payment, (2) second, to the payment in full of any Priority Payment Lien Obligations at the time due and payable (including any post-petition interest with respect thereto, whether or not allowable in any insolvency or liquidation proceeding) and the termination of any commitments thereunder, (3) third, to the payment in full of the Notes Obligations and all Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness secured by a Lien on such Shared Collateral at the time due and payable (the amounts so applied to be distributed, as among such classes of First Lien Obligations, ratably in accordance with the amounts of the First Lien Obligations of each such class on the date of such application), (4)fourth, after payment in full of all the First Lien Obligations secured by such Shared Collateral, to the holders of any junior liens on the Shared Collateral and (5) fifth, to the Issuer and the other Guarantors or their successors or assigns or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any Shared Collateral for which a third party (other than holder of any First Lien Obligations) has a lien or security interest that is junior in priority to the lien on such Shared Collateral of any class of First Lien Obligations but is senior in priority to the lien on such Shared Collateral of any other class of First Lien Obligations (such third party, an “Intervening Creditor”) (any condition with respect to such class of First Lien Obligations being referred to as an “Impairment” of such class), the value of any Shared Collateral or proceeds which are allocated to such Intervening Creditor shall be deducted on a ratable basis solely from the Shared Collateral or proceeds to be distributed in respect of the class of First Lien Obligations with respect to which such Impairment exists.

Nothing in the Intercreditor Agreement shall affect the ability of any of the Collateral Agent, any Credit Agreement Collateral Agent or other collateral agents or secured parties in respect of any other First Lien Obligations (i) to enforce any rights and exercise any remedies with respect to any Shared Collateral available under the documents related to such First Lien Obligations or applicable law or (ii) to commence any action or proceeding with respect to such rights or remedies;providedthat, notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) each collateral agent and secured party in the same class as such collateral agent shall remain subject to, and bound by,

all covenants or agreements made in the Intercreditor Agreement, (b) each collateral agent has agreed, on behalf of itself and the other secured parties in the same class as such collateral agent, that, prior to the commencement of any enforcement of rights or any exercise of remedies with respect to any Shared Collateral by such collateral agent or any secured parties in the same class as such collateral agent, such collateral agent or such secured party, as the case may be, shall provide written notice thereof to each other collateral agent as far in advance of such commencement as reasonably practicable, and shall regularly inform each collateral agent of developments in connection with such enforcement or exercise, and (c) each collateral agent agrees, on behalf of itself and the other secured parties in the same class as such collateral agent, that such collateral agent and such secured parties shall cooperate in a commercially reasonable manner with each other collateral agent and its related secured parties in any enforcement of rights or any exercise of remedies with respect to any Shared Collateral.

With respect to any Shared Collateral on which a Lien can be perfected by the possession or control of such Shared Collateral, then the applicable collateral agent in respect of a class of First Lien Obligations that holds or controls such Shared Collateral shall also hold such Shared Collateral as gratuitous bailee andsub-agent for each other collateral agent in respect of all other classes of First Lien Obligations;providedthat any proceeds arising from such pledged or controlled Shared Collateral shall be subject to the waterfall provisions set forth in the third preceding paragraph. Until the payment in full of the obligations under the Revolving Credit Agreement or the Term Loan Credit Agreement, the applicable Credit Agreement Collateral Agent shall hold all such Shared Collateral (for itself and as bailee in accordance with the foregoing) which can be perfected by control or possession and, after the payment in full of such obligations, the collateral agent with respect to the class of First Lien Obligations of the largest principal amount at such time shall hold such Collateral.

Agreements With Respect to Bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceedings

If the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries becomes subject to a case under Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended (the “Bankruptcy Code”) and, asdebtor(s)-in-possession, moves for approval of financing (“DIP Financing”) to be provided by one or more lenders under Section 364 of the Bankruptcy Code or the use of cash collateral under Section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code, the Collateral Agent agreed in the Intercreditor Agreement, each Holder of the Notes agrees by its acceptance of the Notes and each holder of any Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness has or will agree by its acceptance of such Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness that it will raise no objection to any such financing or to the Liens on the Shared Collateral securing the same (“DIP Financing Liens”) or to any use of cash collateral that constitutes Shared Collateral, unless any Revolver Collateral Agent or the holders of any Priority Payment Lien Obligations secured by such Shared Collateral oppose or object to such DIP Financing or such DIP Financing Liens or use of such cash collateral (and, to the extent that such DIP Financing Liens are senior to, or rankpari passuwith, the Liens of such Priority Payment Lien Obligations in such Shared Collateral, the Collateral Agent will, for itself and on behalf of the Holders of the Notes and the holders of Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness, subordinate the liens of the Pari Passu Indebtedness Secured Parties in such Shared Collateral to the DIP Financing Liens, all adequate protection liens granted to the holders of the Priority Payment Lien Obligations on the Shared Collateral, and to any“carve-out” for professional and United States Trustee fees agreed to by such Revolver Collateral Agent), so long as the Pari Passu Indebtedness Secured Parties are granted adequate protection in accordance with the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement.

The Collateral Agent agreed in the Intercreditor Agreement, each Holder of the Notes agrees by its acceptance of the Notes and each holder of Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness has or will agree by its acceptance of such Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness that it will not object to or oppose any release of their Liens in connection with any sale or other disposition of any Shared Collateral (or any portion thereof) under Section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code or any other provision of the Bankruptcy Code if the Revolver Collateral Agents and the holders of Priority Payment Lien Obligations shall have consented to such sale or disposition of such Shared Collateral,providedthat the holders of the Notes and the Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness will be entitled to assert any objection to such sale or disposition that may be asserted by any unsecured creditor of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries in such bankruptcy.

In addition, the Intercreditor Agreement also limits or restricts the holders of the Notes and the Collateral Agent from taking certain other actions in any bankruptcy or insolvency case of the Issuer or its Subsidiaries, or from opposing certain actions taken by the Revolver Collateral Agent or the holders of the Priority Payment Lien Obligations, including with respect to, among other things, seeking relief from the automatic stay, exercising certain rights or asserting certain claims under the Bankruptcy Code, or the voting of claims in contravention of the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement.

Neither the Collateral Agent nor the Holders of the Notes shall oppose (or support the opposition of any other Person) in any insolvency or liquidation proceeding (i) any motion or other request by the Revolver Collateral Agent or the holders of Priority Payment Lien Obligations for adequate protection of such Revolver Collateral Agent’s Liens upon the Shared Collateral in any form, including any claim of such Revolver Collateral Agent or the holders of Priority Payment Lien Obligations to post-petition interest, fees, or expenses as a result of their Lien on the Shared Collateral, and request for additional or replacement Liens on post-petition assets of the same type as the Shared Collateral and/or for a super-priority administrative claim, or (ii) any objection by the Revolver Collateral Agent or the holders of Priority Payment Lien Obligations to any motion, relief, action or proceeding based on the Revolver Collateral Agent or the holders of Priority Payment Lien Obligations claiming a lack of adequate protection with respect to their Liens in the Shared Collateral. The Collateral Agent, for itself and on behalf of holders of Notes, may seek adequate protection of its junior interest in the Shared Collateral, subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement, as follows: if the Revolver Collateral Agent is granted adequate protection in the form of an additional or replacement Lien on the Shared Collateral and/or a superpriority administrative claim, the Collateral Agent may receive as adequate protection an additional or replacement Lien and/or a superpriority administrative claim (as applicable) that is junior and subordinate to such lien and/or claim granted to such Revolver Collateral Agent on behalf of the holders of Priority Payment Lien Obligations as adequate protection. If the Collateral Agent, for itself and on behalf of the Holders of the Notes, seeks or requires (or is otherwise granted) adequate protection of its junior interest in the Shared Collateral in the form of an additional or replacement Lien and/or a superpriority administrative claim, then the Collateral Agent, for itself and the Holders of the Notes, agrees that such Revolver Collateral Agent shall also be granted an additional or replacement Lien and/or a superpriority administrative claim (as applicable) as adequate protection of its senior interest in the Shared Collateral, and that the Collateral Agent’s additional or replacement Lien and/or superpriority claim (as applicable) shall be subordinated to the additional or replacement Lien and/or superpriority claim of such Revolver Collateral Agent on the same basis as the Liens and claims of the Collateral Agent on the Shared Collateral are subordinated to the Liens of, and claims with respect to, such Revolver Collateral Agent on the Shared Collateral under the Intercreditor Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, to the extent the holders of the Priority Payment Lien Obligations are deemed by a court of competent jurisdiction to be fully secured on the petition date of any bankruptcy case or they are granted adequate protection in the form of the right to receive payments for current post-petition interest fees or expenses or other cash payments, the Collateral Agent shall not be prohibited from requesting adequate protection, including, but not limited to, payments for current incurred post-petition fees or expenses or other cash payments.

Refinancings of First Lien Obligations

The obligations under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, the 2022 Note Purchase Agreement, the 2022 Notes Indenture, the obligations under the Indenture, the Notes and any other First Lien Obligations may be refinanced or replaced, in whole or in part, in each case, without notice to, or the consent (except to the extent a consent is otherwise required to permit the refinancing transaction under the Credit Agreements or any security document related thereto, the Indenture or the Collateral Documents) of the Collateral Agent, Trustee or any Pari Passu Indebtedness Secured Party, all without affecting the Lien priorities provided for in the Intercreditor Agreement;provided,however, that the holders of any such refinancing or replacement indebtedness (or an authorized agent or trustee on their behalf) bind themselves in writing to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement pursuant to such documents or agreements (including amendments or supplements to the Intercreditor Agreement) as the Collateral Agent or the Credit Agreement Collateral Agents, as the case may be, shall

reasonably request and in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Credit Agreement Collateral Agents or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be.

In connection with any refinancing or replacement contemplated by the foregoing paragraph, the Intercreditor Agreement may be amended at the request and sole expense of the Issuer, and without the consent of the Credit Agreement Collateral Agents or the Collateral Agent, (a) to add parties (or any authorized agent or trustee therefor) providing any such refinancing or replacement indebtedness, (b) to establish that Liens on any Collateral securing such refinancing or replacement Indebtedness shall have the same priority as the Liens on any Collateral securing the Indebtedness being refinanced or replaced and (c) to establish that the Liens on any Collateral securing such refinancing or replacement Indebtedness shall have the same priority as the Liens on any Collateral securing the Indebtedness being refinanced or replaced, all on the terms provided for herein immediately prior to such refinancing or replacement;providedthat the Issuer delivers to each collateral agent an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such refinancing or replacement is permitted by the Indenture, the Credit Agreements and the documents governing the Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness.

Certain Limitations on the Collateral

The right of the Collateral Agent to take possession and dispose of the Collateral following an Event of Default is likely to be significantly impaired, or at a minimum delayed, by applicable bankruptcy law if a bankruptcy proceeding were to be commenced by or against the Issuer or the Guarantors prior to the Collateral Agent having taken possession and disposed of the Collateral.

Under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, a secured creditor is prohibited from foreclosing upon and taking its security from a debtor in a bankruptcy case, or from disposing of security taken from such debtor, without prior bankruptcy court approval (which may not be given under the facts and circumstances of any particular case). Moreover, the U.S. Bankruptcy Code permits the debtor in certain circumstances to continue to retain and to use collateral owned as of the date of the bankruptcy filing (and the proceeds, products, offspring, rents or profits of such Collateral) even though the debtor is in default under the applicable debt instruments provided that the secured creditor is given “adequate protection.” The meaning of the term “adequate protection” may vary according to circumstances. In view of the lack of a precise definition of the term “adequate protection” and the broad discretionary powers of a bankruptcy court, it is impossible to predict whether or when payments under the Notes could be made following commencement of a bankruptcy case or the length of any delay in making such payments, whether or when the Collateral Agent could repossess or dispose of the Collateral, or whether or to what extent Holders would be compensated for any delay in payment or loss of value of the Collateral through the requirement of “adequate protection.” Furthermore, in the event a U.S. bankruptcy court determines that the value of the Collateral (after giving effect to any Priority Payment Lien Obligations) is not sufficient to repay all amounts due on the Notes and any Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness, the Holders of the Notes and the holders of Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness would hold secured claims to the extent of the value of such Collateral and would hold unsecured claims with respect to any shortfall. Applicable U.S. bankruptcy laws permit the payment and/or accrual of post-petition interest, costs and attorneys’ fees during a debtor’s bankruptcy case only to the extent the claims are oversecured or the debtor is solvent at the time of reorganization, and would not provide for adequate protection with respect to any undersecured portion of these claims. In addition, if the Issuer or the Guarantors were to become the subject of a bankruptcy case, the bankruptcy court, among other things, may avoid certain prepetition transfers made by the entity that is the subject of the bankruptcy filing, including, without limitation, transfers held to be preferences or fraudulent conveyances.

Use of Proceeds of Collateral

After the satisfaction of all obligations under any Priority Payment Lien Obligations and the termination of all commitments to extend credit that would constitute Priority Payment Lien Obligations secured or intended to

be secured by any Collateral, the Trustee, the Collateral Agent and any collateral agent or other representative of any Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness, in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Credit Agreements and the Collateral Documents and the documentation governing Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness, will distribute all cash proceeds (after payment of the costs of enforcement and collateral administration, including any amounts owed to the Trustee in its capacity as Trustee, to the Collateral Agent or to any collateral agent or other representative of any Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness) of the Collateral received by it under the Collateral Documents for the ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes and the holders of Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness.

Release of Collateral

The Issuer and the Guarantors will be entitled to the releases of property and other assets included in the Collateral from the Liens securing the Notes under any one or more of the following circumstances:

to enable the disposition of such property or assets to a Person that is not an Issuer or a Guarantor to the extent not prohibited under the covenant described under “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales”;

in the case of a Guarantor that is released from its Guarantee, the release of the property and assets of such Guarantor;

as described under “—Amendment, Supplement and Waiver” below; or

in connection with the taking of an enforcement action by the representative of any First Lien Obligation in accordance with the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement.

The security interests in all Collateral securing the Notes will be released upon (i) payment in full of the principal of, together with accrued and unpaid interest (including additional interest, if any) on, the Notes and all other obligations related thereto under the Indenture, the Guarantees under the Indenture and the Collateral Documents that are due and payable at or prior to the time such principal, together with accrued and unpaid interest (including additional interest, if any), are paid or (ii) a legal defeasance or covenant defeasance under the Indenture as described below under “—Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance” or a discharge of the Indenture as described under “—Satisfaction and Discharge.”

No Impairment of Security Interests

Subject to the rights of the holders of Permitted Liens, neither the Issuer nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is permitted to take any action, or knowingly or negligently omit to take any action, which action or omission would or could reasonably be expected to have the result of materially impairing the security interest with respect to the Collateral for the benefit of the Trustee and Holders.

The Indenture governing the Notes provides that any release of Collateral in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture governing the Notes and the Collateral Documents will not be deemed to impair the security under the Indenture governing the Notes and that any Person may rely on such provision in delivering a certificate requesting release so long as all other provisions of the Indenture governing the Notes with respect to such release have been complied with.

In addition, the Issuer will not amend, modify or supplement, or permit or consent to any amendment, modification or supplement of, the Collateral Documents in any manner that would be adverse to the Holders of the Notes in any material respect, except as permitted under “—Amendment, Supplement and Waiver.”

Sufficiency of Collateral

As of December 31, 2018, the total assets of the Issuer were approximately $2,524.5 million. There can be no assurance that the proceeds from the sale of the Collateral in whole or in part pursuant to the Collateral Documents following an Event of Default would be sufficient to satisfy the Notes Obligations. The fair market value of the Collateral is subject to fluctuations based on factors that include, among others, the condition of the Issuer’s industry, the ability to sell the Collateral in an orderly sale, general economic conditions, the availability of buyers and similar factors. The amount to be received upon a sale of the Collateral will also be dependent on numerous factors, including, but not limited to, the actual fair market value of the Collateral at such time and the timing and the manner of the sale. By their nature, portions of the Collateral may be illiquid and may have no readily ascertainable market value. In addition, the fact that the lenders under the Priority Payment Lien Obligations will receive proceeds from enforcement of the Collateral before Holders of the Notes and that other Persons may have first-priority Liens in respect of Collateral pursuant to Permitted Liens could have a material adverse effect on the amount that Holders of the Notes would receive upon a sale or other disposition of the Collateral. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the Collateral can be sold in a short period of time or in an orderly manner. If the proceeds from a sale or other disposition of the Collateral were not sufficient to repay all amounts due on the Notes, the Holders of the Notes (to the extent not repaid from the proceeds of the sale of the Collateral) would have only an unsecured claim against the remaining assets of the Issuer and the Guarantors. See “Risk Factors—Risk Related to the Notes and Our Indebtedness—The collateral may not be valuable enough to satisfy all the obligations secured by such collateral.”

To the extent that third parties hold Liens permitted by the Collateral Documents and the Indenture, such third parties will have rights and remedies with respect to the assets subject to such Liens that, if exercised, could adversely affect the value of the Collateral or the ability of the Collateral Agent acting for the benefit of the Trustee or the Holders of the Notes to realize or foreclose on the Collateral. In addition, the ability of the Collateral Agent acting for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders of Notes to realize on the Collateral may be subject to certain bankruptcy law limitations in the event of a bankruptcy. See “—Certain Limitations on the Collateral.”

Compliance with Trust Indenture Act

The Trust Indenture Act will become applicable to the Indenture upon the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act, which will occur at such time as the Notes have been registered under the Securities Act. The Indenture provides that the Issuer will comply with the provisions of § 314 of the Trust Indenture Act to the extent applicable. To the extent applicable, the Issuer will cause § 313(b) of the Trust Indenture Act, relating to reports, and § 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act, relating to the release of property or securities subject to the Lien of the Collateral Documents, to be complied with. Any certificate or opinion required by § 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act may be made by an officer or legal counsel, as applicable, of the Issuer except in cases where § 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act requires that such certificate or opinion be made by an independent Person, which Person will be an independent engineer, appraiser or other expert selected by or reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph, the Issuer will not be required to comply with all or any portion of § 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act if it determines, in good faith based on the written advice of counsel, a copy of which written advice shall be provided to the Trustee, that under the terms of § 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act or any interpretation or guidance as to the meaning thereof of the SEC and its staff, including “no action” letters or exemptive orders, all or any portion of § 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act is inapplicable to any release or series of releases of Collateral. Until such time as the exchange notes have been registered under the Securities Act, the Notes will not be subject to § 316(b) of the Trust Indenture Act and the provisions set forth under “Amendment, Supplement and Waiver” do not conform to the express provisions in § 316(b) of the Trust Indenture Act.

Exercise of Remedies in Respect of Collateral

Subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default or an event of default under any Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness, the Collateral Agent will be permitted, subject to applicable law and the terms of the Collateral Documents, to exercise remedies and sell the Collateral under the Collateral Documents only at the direction of the agents or representatives (including the Trustee in the case of the Holders) who are authorized to act on behalf of the Holders or the holders of Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness for which the Collateral Agent is acting as collateral agent, as applicable, or at the direction of the holders of a majority in the principal amount of the outstanding Notes and any outstanding Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness for which the Collateral Agent is acting as collateral agent voting as a single class (the “Directing Creditors”).

Amendments of the Collateral Documents

The Collateral Agent will not agree to any amendment to the Collateral Documents, except upon instructions given by the Directing Creditors (unless such amendment does not require any consent of the Pari Passu Indebtedness Secured Parties).

Paying Agent and Registrar for the Notes

The Issuer will maintain one or more paying agents for the Notes. The initial paying agent for the Notes is the Trustee.

The Issuer will also maintain one or more registrars and a transfer agent. The initial registrar and transfer agent with respect to the Notes is the Trustee. The registrar will maintain a register reflecting ownership of the Notes outstanding from time to time. The paying agent will, to the extent funded by the Issuer or guarantors, make payments on, and the transfer agent will facilitate transfer of, the Notes on behalf of the Issuer.

The Issuer may change the paying agent, the registrar or the transfer agent without prior notice to the Holders. The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may act as a paying agent, registrar or transfer agent.

If any Notes are listed on an exchange and the rules of such exchange so require, the Issuer will satisfy any requirement of such exchange as to paying agents, registrars and transfer agents and will comply with any notice requirements required under such exchange in connection with any change of paying agent, registrar or transfer agent.

Transfer and Exchange

A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents in connection with a transfer of Notes. Holders will be required to pay all taxes due on transfer. The Issuer will not be required to transfer or exchange any Note selected for redemption or tendered (and not withdrawn) for repurchase in connection with a Change of Control Offer or an Asset Sale Offer. Also, the Issuer will not be required to transfer or exchange any Note for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or between a Record Date and a corresponding Payment Date.Date or between the date of any conditional notice to Holders of the anticipated occurrence of an early maturity date in the circumstances described above under “—Principal, Maturity and Interest” and the occurrence or cancellation of such early maturity date. The registered Holder of a Note will be treated as the owner of the Note for all purposes.

Mandatory Redemption; Offers to Purchase; Open Market Purchases

The Issuer is not required to make any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. However, under certain circumstances, the Issuer may be required to offer to purchase Notes as described

under the caption “Repurchase at the Option of Holders.” The Issuer, the Investors and their respective Affiliates may, at their discretion, at any time and from time to time purchase Notes in the open market or otherwise.

Subject to any applicable limitations contained in the agreements governing our indebtedness, including the Indenture, any purchases made by us may be funded by various sources, including, but not limited to, the use of cash on our balance sheet or the incurrence of new secured or unsecured debt, including borrowings under our credit facilities. The amounts involved in any such purchase transactions, individually or in the aggregate, may be material. Any such purchases may be with respect to a substantial amount of a particular class or series of debt, with the attendant reduction in the trading liquidity of such class or series. In addition, any such purchases made at prices below the “adjusted issue price” (as defined for U.S. federal income tax purposes) may result in taxable cancellation of indebtedness income to us, which amounts may be material, and in related adverse tax consequences to us.

Optional Redemption

Except as set forth below, the Issuer iswill not be entitled to redeem the Notes at its option prior to SeptemberMay 1, 2019.2021. At any time prior to SeptemberMay 1, 2019,2021, the Issuer may at its option and on one or more occasions redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon notice as described under “—Selection and Notice,” at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of redemption (the “Redemption Date”), subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date falling prior to or on the Redemption Date.

On and after SeptemberMay 1, 2019,2021, the Issuer may at its option and on one or more occasions redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, upon notice as described under the heading “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Selection and Notice,” at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, thereon to, but excluding, the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date falling prior to or on the Redemption Date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on SeptemberMay 1 of each of the years indicated below:

 

Year

  Notes
Percentage
 

2019

   105.719

2020

   103.813

2021

   101.906

2022 and thereafter

   100.000

2021

   104.250

2022

   102.125

2023 and thereafter

   100.000

In addition, until SeptemberMay 1, 2019,2021, the Issuer may, at its option, and on one or more occasions, redeem up to 35.0%40.0% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture at a redemption price equal to the sum of (a) 100% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus (b) a premium equal to the stated interest rate per annum on the Notes, plus (c) accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to, but excluding, the Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of Notes of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date falling prior to or on the Redemption Date, with the net cash proceeds received by it from one or more Equity Offerings or a contribution to the Issuer’s common equity capital made with the net cash proceeds of a concurrent Equity Offering;provided, that (a) at least 50% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued under the Indenture on the Issue Date and any Additional Notes issued under the Indenture after the Issue Date remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption; and (b) each such redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of closing of each such Equity Offering.

In addition, at any time and from time to time prior to May 1, 2021, the Issuer may at its option redeem during each12-month period commencing with the Issue Date up to 10% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued under the Indenture, including any Additional Notes, upon notice as described under the heading “Selection and Notice,” at a redemption price equal to 103% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to, but excluding, the Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date falling prior to or on the Redemption Date.

Notice of any redemption, whether in connection with an Equity Offering, other transaction or otherwise, may be given prior to the completion thereof, and any such redemption or notice may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of the related Equity

Offering or other transaction. In addition, if such redemption is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, such notice of redemption shall state that, in the Issuer’s discretion, the Redemption Date may be delayed until such time as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied, or such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied by the Redemption Date, or by the Redemption Date so delayed. In addition, the Issuer may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and performance of the Issuer’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person. The Issuer, the Investors and their respective Affiliates may acquire the Notes by means other than a redemption, whether by tender offer, open market purchases, negotiated transactions or otherwise.

Selection and Notice

If the Issuer is redeeming less than all of the Notes issued under the Indenture at any time, the Trustee will select the Notes to be redeemed (a) if the Notes are listed on an exchange, in compliance with the requirements of such exchange (with notice of such requirements from the Issuer to the Trustee) or (b) on a pro rata basis to the extent practicable, or, if the pro rata basis is not practicable for any reason by lot or by such other method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate, subject to the applicable procedures of DTC in minimum denominations of $2,000 and increments of $1,000 in excess thereof. No Notes of $2,000 or less can be redeemed in part.

Notices of redemption shall be delivered electronically or mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of Notes at such Holder’s registered address or otherwise in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC, except that redemption notices may be delivered more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture. If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, any notice of redemption that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof that has been or is to be redeemed.

With respect to Notes represented by certificated notes, the Issuer will issue a new Note in a principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note in the name of the Holder upon cancellation of the original Note;provided, that new Notes will only be issued in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000. Notes called for redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption, unless such redemption is conditioned on the happening of a future event. On and after the Redemption Date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of them called for redemption (unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of the redemption amount).

Repurchase at the Option of Holders

Change of Control

The Indenture provides that if a Change of Control occurs, unless the Issuer has previously or concurrently sent a redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding Notes as described under “Optional Redemption,” the Issuer will make an offer to purchase all of the Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “Change of Control Offer”) at a price in cash (the “Change of Control Payment”) equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders of the Notes of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date falling prior to or on the purchase date. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Issuer will send notice of such Change of Control Offer electronically or by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes to the address of such Holder appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC with the following information:

(1) that a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to the covenant entitled “Change of Control,” and that all Notes properly tendered pursuant to such Change of Control Offer will be accepted for payment by the Issuer;

(2) the purchase price and the purchase date, which will be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is sent (the “Change of Control Payment Date”), except in the case of a conditional Change of Control Offer made in advance of a Change of Control as described below;

(3) that any Note not properly tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest;

(4) that unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest on the Change of Control Payment Date;

(5) that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender such Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of such Notes completed or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, to the paying agent specified in the notice at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date;

(6) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their tendered Notes and their election to require the Issuer to purchase such Notes;providedthat the paying agent receives, not later than the close of business on the second Business Day prior to the expiration date of the Change of Control Offer, a facsimile transmission, letter or other communication in accordance with the procedures of DTC setting forth the name of the Holder of the Notes, the principal amount of Notes tendered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its tendered Notes, or a specified portion thereof and its election to have such Notes purchased;

(7) that Holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part will be issued new Notes and such new Notes will be equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered. The unpurchased portion of the Notes must be equal to at least $2,000 or any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess of $2,000;

(8) if such notice is delivered prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control, stating that the Change of Control Offer is conditional on the occurrence of such Change of Control and shall describe each such condition, and, if applicable, shall state that, in the Issuer’s discretion, the Change of Control Payment Date may be delayed until such time (including more than 60 days after the notice is mailed or delivered, including by electronic transmission) as any such condition shall be satisfied, or that such repurchase may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any such condition shall not have been satisfied by the Change of Control Payment Date, or by the Change of Control Payment Date as so delayed; and

(9) any other instructions, as determined by the Issuer, consistent with the covenant described hereunder, that a Holder must follow.

The Issuer will comply with the requirements of Rule14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of the Indenture, the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in the Indenture by virtue thereof.

On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuer will, to the extent permitted by law:

(1) accept for payment all Notes issued by it or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

(2) deposit with the paying agent an amount equal to the aggregate Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered; and

(3) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation the Notes so accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee stating that such Notes or portions thereof have been tendered to and purchased by the Issuer.

The Senior Secured Credit Facilities and other existing agreements relating to Indebtedness provide, and future credit agreements or other agreements relating to Indebtedness to which the Issuer becomes a party may provide, that certain change of control events with respect to the Issuer would constitute a default thereunder (including a Change of Control under the Indenture). If we experience a change of control that triggers a default under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities or any such other Indebtedness, we could seek a waiver of such default or seek to refinance the Senior Secured Credit Facilities. In the event we do not obtain such a waiver or do not refinance the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, such default could result in amounts outstanding under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities being declared due and payable.

Our ability to pay cash to the Holders of Notes following the occurrence of a Change of Control may be limited by our then-existing financial resources. Therefore, sufficient funds may not be available when necessary to make any required repurchases.

The Change of Control purchase feature of the Notes may in certain circumstances make more difficult or discourage a sale or takeover of us and, thus, the removal of incumbent management. The Change of Control purchase feature is a result of negotiations between the Initial Purchasers and us. We have no present intention to engage in a transaction involving a Change of Control, although it is possible that we could decide to do so in the future. Subject to the limitations discussed below, we could, in the future, enter into certain transactions, including acquisitions, refinancings or other recapitalizations, that would not constitute a Change of Control under the Indenture, but that could increase the amount of Indebtedness outstanding at such time or otherwise affect our capital structure or credit ratings. Restrictions on our ability to incur additional Indebtedness are contained in the covenants described under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” and “Certain Covenants—Liens.” Such restrictions in the Indenture can be waived only with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. Except for the limitations contained in such covenants, however, the Indenture does not contain any covenants or provisions that may afford Holders of the Notes protection in the event of a highly leveraged transaction.

The Issuer will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in the Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer.

The definition of “Change of Control” includes a disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to certain Persons. Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting the phrase “substantially all,” there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, in certain circumstances there may be a degree of uncertainty as to whether a particular transaction would involve a disposition of “all or substantially all” of the assets of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole. As a result, it may be unclear as to whether a Change of Control has occurred and whether a Holder of Notes may require the Issuer to make an offer to repurchase the Notes as described above.

The provisions under the Indenture relating to the Issuer’s obligation to make an offer to repurchase the Notes as a result of a Change of Control may be waived or modified with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding.

Asset Sales

The Indenture provides that the Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale, unless:

(1) the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer at the time of contractually agreeing to such Asset Sale) of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of; and

(2) except in the case of a Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75.0% of the consideration for such Asset Sale received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of Cash Equivalents;providedthat the amount of:

(a) any liabilities (as shown on the Issuer’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto or, if incurred or increased subsequent to the date of such balance sheet, such liabilities that would have been shown on the Issuer’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto if such incurrence or increase had taken place on or prior to the date of such balance sheet, as determined by the Issuer) of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes, that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets pursuant to a written agreement which releases or indemnifies the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from such liabilities;

(b) any securities, notes or other obligations or assets received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary into Cash Equivalents (to the extent of the Cash Equivalents received) within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Sale; and

(c) any DesignatedNon-cash Consideration received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other DesignatedNon-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (c) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (i) $75.0 million and (ii) 3.0% of Total Assets at the time of the receipt of such DesignatedNon-cash Consideration, with the fair market value of each item of DesignatedNon-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value, shall be deemed to be Cash Equivalents for purposes of this provision and for no other purpose.

Within 450 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, at its option, may apply the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale,

(1) to permanently reduce Indebtedness as follows:

(a) if the assets subject to such Asset Sale constitute Collateral, (x) Priority Payment Lien Obligations underand, if the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, andIndebtedness reduced is revolving credit Indebtedness, to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto;thereto or (y) to permanently reduce (or offer to reduce, as

applicable) Obligations under the Notes and under any other Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness (and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto) on a pro rata basis;providedthat all reductions of (or offers to reduce) Obligations under the Notes shall be made as provided under “Optional Redemption” or through open-market purchases (to the extent such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued unpaid interest) or by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Sale Offer) to all Holders of Notes to purchase their Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus the amount of accrued but unpaid interest, if any, on the amount of Notes that would otherwise be prepaid;

(b) if the assets subject of such Asset Sale do not constitute Collateral, but constitute collateral for other Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor, which Lien is permitted by the Indenture, to permanently reduce (and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto) Obligations under Securedsuch other Senior Indebtedness, which is secured by a Lien that is permitted by the Indenture, and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto;

(c) if the assets subject of such Asset Sale do not constitute Collateral or collateral for any other Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor, to permanently reduce Obligations under other Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor (and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto),providedthat the Issuer shall equally and ratably reduce (or offer to reduce, as applicable) Obligations under the Notes (and may elect to reduce Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness) on a pro rata basis;provided furtherthat all reductions of Obligations under the Notes shall be made as provided under “Optional Redemption” or through open-market purchases (to the extent such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest) or by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Sale Offer) to all Holders to purchase their Notes at 100.0%100% of the principal amount thereof, plus the amount of accrued but unpaid interest, if any, on the principal amount of Notes to be repurchased, to the date of repurchase; or

(d) if the assets subject of such Asset Sale are the property or assets of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, to permanently reduce Indebtedness of (i) a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor; or

(2) to make (a) an Investment in any one or more businesses,providedthat such Investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (b) capital expenditures or (c) acquisitions of other properties or assets that, in each case of (a), (b) and (c), used or useful in a Similar Business or replace the business, properties or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale;Sale,providedthat the assets (including Capital Stock) acquired with the Net Proceeds of a disposition of Collateral are pledged as Collateral to the extent required under the Collateral Documents; or

(3) to make an Investment in (a) any one or more businesses,providedthat such Investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (b) properties or (c) acquisitions of other assets that, in each case of (a), (b) and (c), replace the businesses, properties and/or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale;Sale,provided that the assets (including Capital Stock) acquired with the Net Proceeds of a disposition of Collateral are pledged as Collateral to the extent required under the Collateral Documents;

provided, that in the case of clauses (2) and (3) above, a binding commitment entered into not later than such 450th450th day shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Proceeds from the date of such commitment so long as the Issuer, or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into such commitment with the good faith expectation that such Net Proceeds will be applied to satisfy such commitment within the later of such 450th450th day and 180 days of such commitment (an “Acceptable Commitment”) and, in the event any

Acceptable Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before the Net Proceeds are applied in connection therewith, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into another Acceptable Commitment (a “Second Commitment”) within 180 days of such cancellation or termination;providedfurtherthat if any Second Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before such Net Proceeds are applied, then such Net Proceeds shall constitute Excess Proceeds.

Any Net Proceeds from the Asset Sale that are not invested or applied as provided and within the time period set forth in the preceding paragraph will be deemed to constitute “Excess ProceedsProceeds..” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $40.0 million, the Issuer shall make an offer (an “Asset Sale Offer”) (x) in the case of Net Proceeds from Collateral, to all Holdersholders of First Lien Obligations to the Notes and, ifextent required by the terms thereof and (y) in the case of any other Net Proceeds, all holders of First Lien Obligations and all holders of other Indebtedness that isrankspari passuwith the Notes (“Pari Passu Indebtedness”), to the holders of such Pari Passu Indebtedness,extent required by the terms thereof to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of the Notessuch First Lien Obligations and such Pari Passu Indebtedness, as the case may be, that, in the case of the Notes, is in an amount equal to at least $2,000, or an integral multiple of $1,000 thereafter, that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price, in eachthe case of the Notes, in cash in an amount equal to 100.0%100% of the principal amount thereof (or accreted value thereof, if less), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, and in the case of any other First Lien Obligations and Pari Passu Indebtedness at the offer price required by the terms thereof but not to exceed 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. The Issuer will commence an Asset Sale Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds within ten Business Days after the date that Excess Proceeds exceed $40.0 million by delivering the notice required pursuant to the terms of the Indenture, with a copy to the Trustee. The Issuer may satisfy the foregoing obligations with respect to any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale by making an Asset Sale Offer with respect to such Net Proceeds prior to the expiration of the relevant 450 days (or such longer period provided above) or with respect to Excess Proceeds of $40.0 million or less. Upon consummation or expiration of any such Asset Sale Offer any remaining Net Proceeds shall not be deemed Excess Proceeds and the Issuer may use such Net Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited under the Indenture.

To the extent that the aggregate amount of NotesFirst Lien Obligations and such Pari Passu Indebtedness, as the case may be, tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Issuer may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for any purposes not otherwise prohibited under the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes or theFirst Lien Obligations and Pari Passu Indebtedness, as the case may be, surrendered by such holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Issuer shall purchase the Notessuch First Lien Obligations and such Pari Passu Indebtedness, as the case may be, on a pro rata basis based on the accreted value or principal amount of the Notes or such First Lien Obligations and Pari Passu Indebtedness, as the case may be, tendered with adjustments as necessary so that no Notes orsuch First Lien Obligations and Pari Passu Indebtedness, as the case may be, will be repurchased in part in an unauthorized denomination. Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds that resulted in the Asset Sale Offer shall be reset to

zero (regardless of whether there are any remaining Excess Proceeds upon such completion). Additionally, the Issuer may, at its option, make an Asset Sale Offer using the proceeds from any Asset Sale at any time after the consummation of such Asset Sale.

Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds pursuant to this covenant, the holder of such Net Proceeds may apply such Net Proceeds temporarily to reduce Indebtedness outstanding under a revolving credit facility, including under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in any manner not prohibited by the Indenture.

The Issuer will comply with the requirements of Rule14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of the Indenture, the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in the Indenture by virtue thereof.

The provisions under the Indenture relative to the Issuer’s obligation to make an offer to repurchase the Notes as a result of an Asset Sale may be waived or modified with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding.

Future credit agreements or other similar agreements to which the Issuer becomes a party may contain restrictions on the Issuer’s ability to repurchase Notes. In the event an Asset Sale occurs at a time when the Issuer is prohibited from purchasing Notes, the Issuer could seek the consent of its lenders to the repurchase of Notes or could attempt to refinance the borrowings that contain such prohibition. If the Issuer does not obtain such consent or repay such borrowings, the Issuer will remain prohibited from repurchasing Notes. In such a case, the Issuer’s failure to repurchase tendered Notes would constitute an Event of Default under the Indenture which would, in turn, likely constitute a default under such other agreements.

Certain Covenants

Set forth below are summaries of certain covenants contained in the Indenture that will apply to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

If on any date (i) the Notes have Investment Grade Ratings from both Rating Agencies and (ii) no Default has occurred and is continuing under the Indenture (the occurrence of the events described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) being collectively referred to as a “Covenant Suspension Event” and the date thereof being referred to as the “Suspension Date”) then, the covenants specifically listed under the following captions in this “Description of the Notes” section of this prospectus will not be applicable to the Notes (collectively, the “Suspended Covenants”) until the occurrence of the Reversion Date (defined below):

(1) “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales”;

(2) “—Limitation on Restricted Payments”;

(3) “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;

(4) clause (4) of the first paragraph of “—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets”;

(5) “—Transactions with Affiliates”;

(6) “—Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries”; and

(7) “—Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries.”

During any period that the foregoing covenants have been suspended, the Issuer may not designate any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries pursuant to the second sentence of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.”

If and while the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenants, the Notes will be entitled to substantially less covenant protection. In the event that the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenants under the Indenture for any period of time as a result of the foregoing, and on any subsequent date (the “Reversion Date”) one or both of the Rating Agencies withdraw their Investment Grade Rating or downgrade the rating assigned to the Notes below an Investment Grade Rating, then the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries will thereafter again be subject to the Suspended Covenants under the Indenture with respect to future events. The period of time between the Suspension Date and the Reversion Date is referred to in this description as the “Suspension Period.” Additionally, upon the occurrence of a Covenant Suspension Event, the amount of Excess Proceeds from any Asset Sales shall be reset to zero.

During the Suspension Period, the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries will be entitled to incur Liens to the extent provided for under “—Liens” (including, without limitation, Permitted Liens) to the extent provided for in such covenant and any Permitted Liens which may refer to one or more Suspended Covenants shall be interpreted as though such applicable Suspended Covenant(s) continued to be applicable during the Suspension Period (but solely for purposes of the “—Liens” covenant and for no other covenant).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of any such reinstatement, no action taken or omitted to be taken by Holdings, the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries prior to such reinstatement will give rise to a Default or Event of Default under the Indenture with respect to the Notes;provided, that (1) with respect to Restricted Payments made after such reinstatement, the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments will be calculated as though the covenant described above under the caption “—Limitation on Restricted Payments” had been in effect prior to, but not during, the Suspension Period; and (2) all Indebtedness incurred, or Disqualified Stock issued, during the Suspension Period will be classified to have been incurred or issued pursuant to clause (3) of the second paragraph of “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”; (3) any Affiliate Transaction entered into after such reinstatement pursuant to an agreement entered into during any Suspension Period shall be deemed to be permitted pursuant to clause (6) of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “—Transactions with Affiliates”; (4) any encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor to take any action described in clauses (1) through (3) of the first paragraph of the covenant described under “—Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries” that becomes effective during any Suspension Period shall be deemed to be permitted pursuant to clause (a) of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “—Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries”; and (5) no Subsidiary of the Issuer shall be required to comply with the covenant described under “—Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries” after such reinstatement with respect to any guarantee entered into by such Subsidiary during any Suspension Period.

Notwithstanding that the Suspended Covenants may be reinstated after the Reversion Date, following a Reversion Date, the Issuer and each Restricted Subsidiary will be permitted, without causing a Default or Event of Default, to honor, comply with or otherwise perform any contractual commitments or obligations arising during any Suspension Period and to consummate the transactions contemplated thereby.

There can be no assurance that the Notes will ever achieve or maintain Investment Grade Ratings. The Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any suspension or reinstatement of the Suspended Covenants and, in the absence of such notice, the Trustee shall be entitled to presume that no such suspension or reinstatement has occurred. The Trustee shall have no duty to (i) monitor the ratings of the Notes, (ii) ascertain whether a covenant suspension or reversal shall have occurred, or (iii) notify the Holders of any of the foregoing.

There can be no assurance that the Notes will ever achieve or maintain Investment Grade Ratings.

Certain compliance calculations

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, in the event an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) is incurred or issued, any Lien is incurred or other transaction is undertaken in reliance on a ratio basket based on the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio or Consolidated Total Debt Ratio, such ratio(s) shall be calculated with respect to such incurrence, issuance or other transaction without giving effect to amounts being utilized under any other basket (other than a ratio basket based on the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio or Consolidated Total Debt Ratio) on the same date. Each item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock that is incurred or issued, each Lien incurred and each other transaction undertaken will be deemed to have been incurred, issued or taken first, to the extent available, pursuant to the relevant Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio or Consolidated Total Debt Ratio test.

Limitation on Restricted Payments

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

(I) declare or pay any dividend or make any payment or distribution on account of the Issuer’s, or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests (in each case, solely in such Person’s capacity as holder of such Equity Interests), including any dividend, payment or distribution payable in connection with any merger, amalgamation or consolidation other than:

(a) dividends and distributions by the Issuer payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer or in options, warrants or other rights to purchase such Equity Interests; or

(b) dividends and distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend, payment or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend, payment or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities;

(II) purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer, including any purchase, redemption, defeasance, acquisition or retirement in connection with any merger, amalgamation or consolidation;

(III) make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, in each case, prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness, other than:

(a) Indebtedness permitted under clauses (7), (8) and (9) of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”; or

(b) the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of Subordinated Indebtedness purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase or acquisition; or

(IV) make any Restricted Investment

(all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (I) through (IV) above (other than any exceptions thereto) being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”), unless, at the time of such Restricted Payment:

(1) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof;

(2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, the Issuer could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” (the “Fixed Charge Coverage Test”);and

(3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries after November 16, 2012 (including Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (1), 6(c), (9) and (14) of the next succeeding paragraph (to the extent not deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income), but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by the next succeeding paragraph), is less than the sum of (without duplication):

(a) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer for the period (taken as one accounting period and including the predecessor of the Issuer) beginning on October 1, 2012 to the end of the Issuer’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment, or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit; plus

(b) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the fair market value of marketable securities or other property received by the Issuer since immediately after November 16, 2012 (other than net cash proceeds to the extent such net cash proceeds have been used to incur Indebtedness or issue Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to clause (12)(a) of the second paragraph of “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”) from the issue or sale of:

(i) (A) Equity Interests of the Issuer, including Treasury Capital Stock (as defined below), but excluding cash proceeds and the fair market value of marketable securities or other property received from the sale of:

(x) Equity Interests to any future, present or former employees, directors, officers, managers or consultants (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members) of the Issuer, any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer or any of the Issuer’s Subsidiaries after November 16, 2012 to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (4) of the next succeeding paragraph; and

(y) Designated Preferred Stock; and

(B) to the extent such net cash proceeds are actually contributed to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, Equity Interests of any of the Issuer’s direct or indirect parent companies (excluding contributions of the proceeds from the sale of Designated Preferred Stock of any such companies or contributions to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (4) of the next succeeding paragraph); or

(ii) debt securities of the Issuer that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests of the Issuer;

provided, that this clause (b) shall not include the proceeds from (W) Refunding Capital Stock (as defined below) applied in accordance with clause (2) of the next succeeding paragraph, (X) Equity Interests or convertible debt securities of the Issuer sold to a Restricted Subsidiary, (Y) Disqualified Stock or debt securities that have been converted into Disqualified Stock or (Z) Excluded Contributions; plus

(c) 100% of the aggregate amount of cash and the fair market value of marketable securities or other property contributed to the capital of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary following November 16, 2012 (other than (i) net cash proceeds to the extent such net cash proceeds have been used to incur Indebtedness or issue Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to clause (12)(a) of the second paragraph of “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock,” (ii) contributions by a Restricted Subsidiary and (iii) any Excluded Contributions); plus

(d) 100 %100% of the aggregate amount received in cash and the fair market value of marketable securities or other property received by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary by means of:

(i) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of, or other returns on Investments from, Restricted Investments made by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments of loans or advances, and releases of guarantees, which constitute Restricted Investments made by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case after November 16, 2012; or

(ii) the sale (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a dividend or distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than, in each case, to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clause (7) of the next succeeding paragraph or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment), in each case, after November 16, 2012; plus

(e) in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or the merger, amalgamation or consolidation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary into the Issuer or a Restricted

Subsidiary or the transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, the fair market value (as determined by the Issuer in good faith;providedthat, in the case of this clause (e), if the fair market value of such Investment shall exceed $50.0 million, such fair market value shall be determined by the board of directors of the Issuer, whose resolution with respect thereto will be delivered to the Trustee) of the investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary (or the assets transferred) at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or at the time of such merger, amalgamation, consolidation or transfer of assets, other than to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clause (7) of the next succeeding paragraph or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment.

The foregoing provisions will not prohibit:

(1) the payment of any dividend or other distribution or the consummation of any irrevocable redemption within 60 days after the date of declaration of the dividend or other distribution or giving of the redemption notice, as the case may be, if at the date of declaration or notice, the dividend or other distribution or redemption payment would have complied with the provisions of the Indenture;

(2) (a) the redemption, repurchase, defeasance, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests, including any accrued and unpaid dividends thereon (“Treasury Capital Stock”) or Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer, in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale or issuance (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) of, Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to the extent contributed to the Issuer (in each case, other than any Disqualified Stock) (“Refunding Capital Stock”), (b) the declaration and payment of dividends on Treasury Capital Stock out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale or issuance (other than to a Subsidiary of the Issuer or to an employee stock ownership plan or any trust established by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries) of Refunding Capital Stock, and (c) if, immediately prior to the retirement of Treasury Capital Stock, the declaration and payment of dividends thereon was permitted under clauses (6)(a) or (b) of this paragraph, the declaration and payment of dividends on the Refunding Capital Stock (other than Refunding Capital Stock the proceeds of which were used to redeem, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer) in an aggregate amount per year no greater than the aggregate amount of dividends per annum that were declarable and payable on such Treasury Capital Stock immediately prior to such retirement;

(3) the prepayment, defeasance, redemption, repurchase, exchange or other acquisition or retirement (a) of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Guarantor made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, new Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Guarantor or Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or a Guarantor or (b) Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or a Guarantor made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or a Guarantor, that, in each case, is incurred or issued, as applicable, in compliance with “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” so long as:

(a) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such new Indebtedness or the liquidation preference of such new Disqualified Stock does not exceed the principal amount of (or accreted value, if applicable), plus any accrued and unpaid interest on, the Subordinated Indebtedness or the liquidation preference of, plus any accrued and unpaid dividends on, the Disqualified Stock being so prepaid, defeased, redeemed, repurchased, exchanged, acquired or retired for value, plus the amount of any premium (including tender premium) required to be paid under the terms of the instrument governing the Subordinated Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock being so defeased, redeemed, repurchased, exchanged, acquired or retired, defeasance costs and any fees and expenses incurred in connection with the issuance of such new Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock;

(b) such new Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or the applicable Guarantee at least to the same extent as such Subordinated Indebtedness so defeased, redeemed, repurchased, exchanged, acquired or retired;

(c) such new Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock has a final scheduled maturity date equal to or later than the final scheduled maturity date of the Subordinated Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock being so defeased, redeemed, repurchased, exchanged, acquired or retired (or, if earlier, the date that is 91 days after the maturity date of the Notes); and

(d) such new Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock being so defeased, redeemed, repurchased, exchanged, acquired or retired (or requires no or nominal payments in cash prior to the date that is 91 days after the maturity date of the Notes);

(4) a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer held by any future, present or former employee, director, officer, member of management or consultant (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members) of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement, or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any principal and interest payable on any notes issued by the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer in connection with such repurchase, retirement or other acquisition), including any Equity Interest rolled over by management, directors or employees of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer in connection with the Acquisition Transactions;provided, that the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made under this clause (4) do not exceed in any calendar year $15.0 million (which shall increase to $25.0 million subsequent to the consummation of an underwritten public Equity Offering by the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent entity of the Issuer) (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to succeeding calendar years subject to a maximum (without giving effect to the following proviso) of $30.0 million in any calendar year (which shall increase to $50.0 million subsequent to the consummation of an underwritten public Equity Offering by the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent corporation of the Issuer));provided,further, that such amount in any calendar year under this clause may be increased by an amount not to exceed:

(a) the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer and, to the extent contributed to the Issuer, the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests of any of the Issuer’s direct or indirect parent companies, in each case to any future, present or former employees, directors, officers, members of management, or consultants (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members) of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies that occurs after November 16, 2012, to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of such Equity Interests have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments by virtue of clause (3) of the preceding paragraph;plus

(b) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries (or any direct or indirect parent company to the extent contributed to the Issuer) after November 16, 2012; less

(c) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made with the cash proceeds described in clauses (a) and (b) of this clause (4);

andprovided,further, that (i) cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Issuer from any future, present or former employees, directors, officers, members of management or consultants of the Issuer (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members), any of the Issuer’s direct or indirect parent companies or any of the Issuer’s Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of

the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies and (ii) the repurchase of Equity Interests deemed to

occur upon the exercise of options, warrants or similar instruments if such Equity Interests represents all or a portion of the exercise price thereof or payments, in lieu of the issuance of fractional Equity Interests or withholding to pay other taxes payable in connection therewith, in the case of each of clauses (i) and (ii), will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this covenant or any other provision of the Indenture;

(5) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any class or series of Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary issued in accordance with the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of “Fixed Charges”;

(6) (a) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date;

(b) the declaration and payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer, the proceeds of which will be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued by such parent company after the Issue Date,providedthat the amount of dividends paid pursuant to this clause (b) shall not exceed the aggregate amount of cash actually contributed to the Issuer from the sale of such Designated Preferred Stock; or

(c) the declaration and payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock in excess of the dividends declarable and payable thereon pursuant to clause (2) of this paragraph;

provided, in the case of each of (a), (b) and (c) of this clause (6), that for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock or the declaration of such dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such issuance or declaration on a pro forma basis, the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis would have had a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 2.00 to 1.00;

(7) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (7) that are at the time outstanding, without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities (until such proceeds are converted to Cash Equivalents), not to exceed the greater of (a) $30.0 million and (b) 1.5% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

(8) payments made or expected to be made by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of withholding or similar taxes payable upon exercise of Equity Interests by any future, present or former employee, director, officer, member of management or consultant (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members) of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer and any repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options, warrants or other equity-based awards if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options, warrants or awards;

(9) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Issuer’s common stock (or the payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to fund a payment of dividends on such company’s common stock), following the first public offering of the Issuer’s common stock or the common stock of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer after the Issue Date, of up to 6% per annum of the net cash proceeds received by or contributed to the Issuer in or from any such public offering, other than public offerings with respect to the Issuer’s common stock registered on FormS-4 or FormS-8 and other than any public sale constituting an Excluded Contribution;

(10) Restricted Payments that are made (a) in an amount equal to the amount of Excluded Contributions previously received or (b) without duplication with clause (a), from the Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale in respect of property or assets acquired after November 16, 2012, if the acquisition of such property or assets was financed with Excluded Contributions;

(11) (i) Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (11)(i) (in the case of Restricted Investments, at the time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Investment to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of, or have not be subsequently sold or transferred for, Cash Equivalents)) not to exceed the greater of (a) $80.0 million and (b) 3.5% of Total Assets at such time, and (ii) Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (11)(ii) (in the case of Restricted Investments, at the time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Investment to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of, or have not be subsequently sold or transferred for, Cash Equivalents)) not to exceed $80.0 million;providedthat, solely for purposes of this clause (11)(ii), for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of such Restricted Payment, after giving effect to such Restricted Payment on a pro forma basis, the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis would have had a Consolidated Total Debt Ratio of no more than 4.00 to 1.00;

(12) distributions or payments of Securitization Fees;

(13) any Restricted Payment made in connection with the Acquisition Transactions and the Transactions, and the fees and expenses related thereto or owed to Affiliates, in each case to the extent permitted by the covenant described under “—Transactions with Affiliates”;

(14) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness pursuant to the provisions similar to those described under the captions “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of Control” and “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales”;provided, that if the Issuer shall have been required to make a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, to purchase the Notes on the terms provided in the Indenture applicable to Change of Control Offers or Asset Sale Offers, respectively, all Notes validly tendered by Holders of such Notes in connection with a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, have been repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired for value;

(15) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions by the Issuer to, or the making of loans to, any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer in amounts required for any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to pay, in each case without duplication,

(a) franchise, excise and similar taxes, and other fees and expenses, required to maintain their corporate existence;

(b) consolidated, combined or similar foreign, federal, state or local income or similar taxes of a tax group that includes the Issuer and/or its Subsidiaries and whose common parent is a direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, to the extent such income or similar taxes are attributable to the income of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries or, to the extent of any cash amounts actually received from its Unrestricted Subsidiaries for such purpose, to the income of such Unrestricted Subsidiaries;provided, that in each case the amount of such payments in respect of any fiscal year does not exceed the amount that the Issuer and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries (and, to the extent permitted above, its Unrestricted Subsidiaries), as applicable, would have been required to pay in respect of the relevant foreign, federal, state or local income or similar taxes for such fiscal year had the Issuer, its Restricted Subsidiaries and/or its Unrestricted Subsidiaries (to the extent described above), as applicable, paid such taxes separately from any such parent company;

(c) customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to employees, directors, officers and managers of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to the extent such salaries, bonuses and

other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(d) general corporate operating and overhead costs and expenses of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to the extent such costs and expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(e) fees and expenses other than to Affiliates of the Issuer related to any unsuccessful equity or debt offering of such parent entity;

(f) amounts payable pursuant to the Support and Services Agreement (including any amendment thereto or replacement thereof so long as any such amendment or replacement is not materially disadvantageous in the good faith judgment of the board of directors of the Issuer to the Holders when taken as a whole, as compared to the Support and Services Agreement as in effect on the Issue Date (it being understood that any amendment thereto or replacement thereof to increase the fees payable pursuant to the Support and Services Agreement would be deemed to be materially disadvantageous to the Holders)), solely to the extent such amounts are not paid directly by the Issuer or its Subsidiaries;

(g) cash payments in lieu of issuing fractional shares in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer;

(h) to finance Investments that would otherwise be permitted to be made pursuant to this covenant if made by the Issuer;provided, that (A) such Restricted Payment shall be made substantially concurrently with the closing of such Investment, (B) such direct or indirect parent company shall, immediately following the closing thereof, cause (1) all property acquired (whether assets or Equity Interests) to be contributed to the capital of the Issuer or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (2) the merger or amalgamation of the Person formed or acquired into the Issuer or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries (to the extent not prohibited by the covenant described under the caption “—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets” below) in order to consummate such Investment, (C) such direct or indirect parent company and its Affiliates (other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) receives no consideration or other payment in connection with such transaction except to the extent the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary could have given such consideration or made such payment in compliance with the Indenture, (D) any property received by the Issuer shall not increase amounts available for Restricted Payments pursuant to clause (3) of the preceding paragraph and (E) such Investment shall be deemed to be made by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to another provision of this covenant (other than pursuant to clause (10) hereof) or pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Investments” (other than clause (9) thereof); and

(i) amounts that would be permitted to be paid by the Issuer under clauses (3), (4), (7), (8), (12), (13) and (16) of the covenant described under “—Transactions with Affiliates”;provided, that the amount of any dividend or distribution under this clause (15)(i) to permit such payment shall reduce, without duplication, Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer to the extent, if any, that such payment would have reduced Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer if such payment had been made directly by the Issuer and increase (or, without duplication of any reduction of Consolidated Net Income, decrease) EBITDA to the extent, if any, that Consolidated Net Income is reduced under this clause (15)(i) and such payment would have been added back to (or, to the extent excluded from Consolidated Net Income, would have been deducted from) EBITDA if such payment had been made directly by the Issuer, in each case, in the period such payment is made; and

(16) the distribution, by dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries, the primary assets of which are cash and/or Cash Equivalents);

provided, that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (11) and (16), no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.

For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant, in the event that a proposed Restricted Payment (or a portion thereof) meets the criteria of clauses (1) through (16) above and/or one or more of the clauses

contained in the definition of “Permitted Investments,” or is entitled to be made pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant, the Issuer will be entitled to divide or classify or later divide or reclassify (based on circumstances existing on the date of such reclassification) such Restricted Payment (or a portion thereof) between such clauses (1) through (16) and/or one or more of the clauses contained in the definition of “Permitted Investments,” and such first paragraph in any manner that otherwise complies with this covenant.

As of the Issue Date, all of the Issuer’s Subsidiaries werewill be Restricted Subsidiaries. The Issuer will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the penultimate sentence of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.Subsidiary.” For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the penultimate sentence of the definition of “Investments.“Investments.” Such designation will be permitted only if a Restricted Payment in such amount would be permitted at such time, pursuant to this covenant or pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Investments,” and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to any of the restrictive covenants set forth in the Indenture. For the avoidance of doubt, this covenant shall not restrict the making of any “AHYDO catch up payment” with respect to, and required by the terms of, any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries permitted to be incurred under the terms of the Indenture.

Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise (collectively, “incur” and collectively, an “incurrence”) with respect to any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) and the Issuer will not issue any shares of Disqualified Stock and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to issue any shares of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock;provided, that the Issuer may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock, and any Restricted Subsidiary may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), issue shares of Disqualified Stock and issue shares of Preferred Stock, if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio on a consolidated basis of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period;providedthat the then outstanding aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock that may be incurred or issued, as applicable, pursuant to this paragraph by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors shall not exceed the greater of (i) $100.0 million and (ii) 4.25% of Total Assets (in each case, determined on the date of such incurrence).

The foregoing limitations will not apply to:

(1) Indebtedness incurred pursuant to any Credit Facilities by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder (with letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof);providedthat immediately after giving effect to any such incurrence or issuance, the then outstanding aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness incurred or issued under this clause (1) does not exceed $425.0 million;

(2) the incurrence by the Issuer and any Guarantor of Indebtedness represented by the Notes (including any guarantee thereof) and the exchange notes and related exchange guarantees to be issued in exchange for

the Notes and the guarantees thereof pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement (but excluding any Additional Notes);

(3) Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence on the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (1) and (2));

(4) Indebtedness (including Financing Lease Obligations), Disqualified Stock incurred or issued by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and Preferred Stock incurred or issued by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, to finance the purchase, lease or improvement of property (real or personal), equipment or other assets used or useful in a Similar Business, whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the greater of (a) $50.0 million and (b) 2.0% of Total Assets (in each case, determined at the date of incurrence or issuance), so long as such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is incurred or issued at the date of such purchase, lease or improvement or within 365 days thereafter;

(5) Indebtedness incurred by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit, bank guarantees, banker’s acceptances, warehouse receipts, or similar instruments issued or created in the ordinary course of business, including letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance;provided, that upon the drawing of such letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 Business Days following such drawing or incurrence;

(6) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earnouts or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition;provided, that such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet of the Issuer, or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (Contingent Obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause (6));

(7) Indebtedness of the Issuer to a Restricted Subsidiary;provided, that any such Indebtedness owing to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes;provided,further, that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary or any pledge of such Indebtedness constituting a Permitted Lien) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness (to the extent such Indebtedness is then outstanding) not permitted by this clause (7);

(8) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary;provided, that if a Subsidiary Guarantor incurs such Indebtedness to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of the Notes of such Subsidiary Guarantor;provided,further, that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary or any pledge of such Indebtedness constituting a Permitted Lien) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness (to the extent such Indebtedness is then outstanding) not permitted by this clause (8);

(9) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary;provided, that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent

transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Issuer or another of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any pledge of such Capital Stock constituting a Permitted Lien) shall be deemed in each case to be an

issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock (to the extent such Preferred Stock is then outstanding) not permitted by this clause (9);

(10) Hedging Obligations (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes) for the purpose of limiting interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under the Indenture, exchange rate risk or commodity pricing risk;

(11) obligations in respect of self-insurance and obligations in respect of performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and performance and completion guarantees and similar obligationsprovidedby the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or obligations in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments related thereto, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(12) (a) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Issuer and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference up to 100% of the net cash proceeds received by the Issuer since immediately after the Issue Date from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Issuer or cash contributed to the capital of the Issuer (in each case, other than Excluded Contributions, proceeds of Disqualified Stock or sales of Equity Interests to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries) as determined in accordance with clauses (3)(b) and (3)(c) of the first paragraph of “—Limitation on Restricted Payments” to the extent such net cash proceeds or cash have not been applied pursuant to such clauses to make Restricted Payments pursuant to the second paragraph of “—Limitation on Restricted Payments” or to make Permitted Investments (other than Permitted Investments specified in clauses (1), (2) or (3) of the definition thereof), and

(b) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Issuer and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference, which when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (12)(b), does not at any time outstanding exceed the greater of (i) $100.0$110.0 million and (ii) 4.25% of Total Assets (in each case, determined on the date of such incurrence); it being understood that any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred pursuant to this clause (12)(b) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (12)(b) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of the first paragraph of this covenant from and after the first date on which the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock under the first paragraph of this covenant without reliance on this clause (12)(b);

(13) the incurrence or issuance by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock which serves to extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred or issued as permitted under the first paragraph of this covenant and clauses (2), (3), (4) and (12)(a) above, this clause (13) and clause (14) below or any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred or issued to so extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock including additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred to pay premiums (including tender premiums), defeasance costs, and accrued interest, fees and expenses in connection therewith (the “Refinancing Indebtedness”) prior to its respective maturity;provided, that such Refinancing Indebtedness:

(a) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased (or requires no or nominal payments in cash prior to the date that is 91 days after the maturity date of the Notes);

(b) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness extends, replaces, refunds, refinances, renews or defeases (i) Indebtedness subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or any Guarantee thereof, such

Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Guarantee thereof at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or

defeased or (ii) Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness must be Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, respectively; and

(c) shall not include:

(i) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary of the Issuer that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer;

(ii) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary of the Issuer that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary Guarantor; or

(iii) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

and,provided,further, that subclause (a) of this clause (13) will not apply to any extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance of any Credit Facilities or Secured Indebtedness;

(14) (a) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary incurred or issued to finance an acquisition (or other purchase of assets) or (b) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Persons that are acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into or consolidated with the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of the Indenture;provided, that in the case of clauses (a) and (b), after giving effect to such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation, either (x) the Issuer would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Test set forth in the first paragraph of this covenant or (y) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries is equal to or greater than immediately prior to such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation;

(15) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business,providedthat such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of its incurrence;

(16) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries supported by a letter of credit issued pursuant to the Credit Facilities, in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit;

(17) (a) any guarantee by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary so long as the incurrence of such Indebtedness incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of the Indenture, or

(b) any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Issuer;provided, that such guarantee is incurred in accordance with the covenant described below under “—Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries”;

(18) Indebtedness consisting of Indebtedness issued by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to future, present or former employees, directors, officers, managers and consultants thereof, their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members, in each case to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to the extent described in clause (4) of the second paragraph under the caption “—Limitation on Restricted Payments”;

(19) to the extent constituting Indebtedness, customer deposits and advance payments (including progress premiums) received in the ordinary course of business from customers for goods purchased in the ordinary course of business;

(20) (a) Indebtedness owed on a short-term basis of no longer than 30 days to banks and other financial institutions incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries with such

banks or financial institutions that arises in connection with ordinary banking arrangements to manage cash balances of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries and (b) Indebtedness in respect of Bank Products;

(21) Indebtedness incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with bankers’ acceptances, discounted bills of exchange or the discounting or factoring of receivables or payables for credit management purposes, in each case incurred or undertaken consistent with past practice or in the ordinary course of business on arm’s length commercial terms;

(22) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consisting of (a) the financing of insurance premiums or(b) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(23) the incurrence of Indebtedness of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer that are not Guarantors in an amount outstanding under this clause (23) not to exceed together with any other Indebtedness incurred under this clause (23) the greater of (a) $50.0 million and (b) 2.0% of Total Assets (in each case, determined on the date of such incurrence); it being understood that any Indebtedness deemed incurred pursuant to this clause (23) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (23) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of the first paragraph of this covenant from and after the first date on which the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiaries could have incurred such Indebtedness under the first paragraph of this covenant without reliance on this clause (23);

(24) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries undertaken in connection with cash management and related activities with respect to any Subsidiary or joint venture in the ordinary course of business; and

(25) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries of the Issuer in an amount not to exceed, at any one time outstanding and together with any other Indebtedness incurred under this clause (25), the greater of (x) $50.0 million and (y) 10.0% of the total assets of the Foreign Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis as shown on the Issuer’s most recent balance sheet (it being understood that any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (25) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (25) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of the first paragraph of this covenant from and after the first date on which the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries could have incurred such Indebtedness under the first paragraph of this covenant without reliance on this clause (25)); and

(26) Indebtedness incurred by the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent that the net proceeds thereof are deposited with the Trustee at or promptly after the funding of such Indebtedness, to irrevocably redeem the Notes, to satisfy and discharge the Notes or exercise the Issuer’s legal defeasance or covenant defeasance option as described under “—Legal defeasance and covenant defeasance,” in each case, in accordance with the Indenture.

For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant:

(1) in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of permitted Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock described in clauses (1) through (26) above or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant, the Issuer, in its sole discretion, may classify or reclassify such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) and will only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in one of the above clauses or under the first paragraph of this covenant;provided, that all Indebtedness outstanding under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities on the Issue Date will be treated as incurred on the Issue Date under clause (1) of the second paragraph above; and

(2) the Issuer will be entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness in more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in the first and second paragraphs above.

Accrual of interest or dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount and the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock

or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, of the same class will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock for purposes of this covenant. Any Refinancing Indebtedness and any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under the Indenture to refinance Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clauses (1) and (12)(b) above shall be deemed to include additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred to pay premiums (including tender premiums), defeasance costs, fees and expenses in connection with such refinancing.

For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. Dollar Equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt;provided, that if such Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed (a) the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced plus (b) the aggregate amount of fees, underwriting discounts, premiums (including tender premiums) and other costs and expenses (including original issue discount, upfront fees or similar fees) incurred in connection with such refinancing.

The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.

The Indenture provides that the Issuer will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) that is contractually subordinated or junior in right of payment to any Indebtedness of the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee to the extent and in the same manner as such Indebtedness is subordinated to other Indebtedness of the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be.

The Indenture does not treat (1) unsecured Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured or (2) Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to any other Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral or because it is guaranteed by other obligors.

Liens

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien (except Permitted Liens) that secures Obligations under any Indebtedness or any related guarantee of Indebtedness (any such Lien, the “Initial Lien”), on any asset or property of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor, or any income or profits therefrom, or assign or convey any right to receive income therefrom, unless:

(1)except, in the case of Liens securing Subordinated Indebtedness, the Notes and related Guarantees are secured by a Lien on such property,any assets or proceedsproperty that is senior in priority to such Liens; and

(2) in all other cases,does not constitute Collateral, any Initial Lien if the Notes or the Guarantees are equally and ratably secured except thatwith (or on a senior basis to, in the foregoing shall not apply to or restrict Liens securingcase such Initial Lien secures any Subordinated Indebtedness) the obligations in respect of the Notes (and exchange notes with respect thereto) and the related guarantees.secured by such Initial Lien.

Any Lien created for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes pursuant to this covenantthe last clause of the preceding paragraph shall provide by its terms that such Lien shall be deemed automatically and unconditionally released and

discharged upon the release and discharge of eachthe Initial Lien which release and discharge in the case of any sale of any such asset or property shall not affect any Lien that the Liens described in clauses (1) and (2) above.Notes Collateral Agent may have on the proceeds from such sale.

Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets

The Issuer. The Issuer may not consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Issuer is the surviving Person), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose (including, in each case, by way of a Delaware LLC Division) of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

(1) the Issuer is the surviving Person or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation, amalgamation or merger (if other than the Issuer) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made, is a Person organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of the Issuer or the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Company”);provided, that in the case where the surviving Person is not a corporation, aco-obligor of the Notes is a corporation;

(2) the Successor Company, if other than the Issuer, expressly assumes all the obligations of the Issuer under the Notes, and the Registration Rights Agreement and the Collateral Documents pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments;

(3) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists;

(4) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if such transactions had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period,

(a) the Issuer or the Successor Company, as applicable, would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the first paragraph of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”, or,

(b) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Issuer or the Successor Company, as applicable, and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be equal to or greater than the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction;

(5) each Guarantor, unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, in which case clause (1)(b) of the second succeeding paragraph shall apply, shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s obligations under the Indenture, the Notes, and the Registration Rights Agreement;Agreement and the Collateral Documents;

(6) the Issuer or, if applicable, the Successor Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, amalgamation or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with the Indenture;

(7) the Collateral owned by or transferred to the Successor Company shall:

(a) continue to constitute Collateral under the Indenture and the Collateral Documents with the same priorities as existed immediately prior to such transaction,

(b) be subject to the Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, and

(c) not be subject to any Lien other than Liens permitted by the Indenture; and

(8) the property and assets of the Person which is merged or consolidated with or into the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Issuer) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made, to the extent that they are property or assets of the types that would constitute Collateral under the Collateral Documents, shall be treated as After Acquired Property and the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Issuer) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made shall take such action as may be reasonably necessary to cause such property and assets to be made subject to the Lien of the Collateral Documents in the manner and to the extent required in the Indenture.

The Successor Company, if other than the Issuer, will succeed to, and be substituted for the Issuer under the Indenture, the Guarantees and the Notes, as applicable and the Issuer will automatically be released and discharged from its obligations under the Indenture, the Guarantees and the Notes.

Notwithstanding the immediately preceding clauses (3) and (4),

(1) any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate or amalgamate with or merge with or into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor,

(2) the Issuer may merge with an Affiliate of the Issuer solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Issuer in the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby; and

(3) the Issuer may contribute Capital Stock of any or all of its Subsidiaries to any Subsidiary Guarantor.

Subsidiary Guarantors. Subject to certain limitations described in the Indenture governing release of a Guarantee upon the sale, disposition or transfer of a Subsidiary Guarantor, no Subsidiary Guarantor will, and the

Issuer will not permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to, consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not such Subsidiary Guarantor is the surviving Person), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

(1) (a) such Guarantor is the surviving Person or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation, amalgamation or merger (if other than such Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition (including, in each case, by way of a Delaware LLC Division) will have been made is a Person organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Guarantor, as applicable, or the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such surviving Guarantor or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Person”);

(b) the Successor Person, if other than such Guarantor, expressly assumes all the obligations of such Guarantor under the Indenture and such Guarantor’s related Guarantee pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments;

(c) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists; and

(d) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, amalgamation or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with the Indenture;

(e) the Collateral transferred to the Successor Person will (a) continue to constitute Collateral under the Indenture and the Collateral Documents, (b) be subject to the Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes with the same relative priorities as existed immediately prior to such transaction, and (c) not be subject to any Lien, other than Liens permitted by the terms of the Indenture; and

(f) to the extent that the assets of the Person which is merged or consolidated with or into the Successor Person are assets of the type which would constitute Collateral under the Collateral Documents, the Successor Person will take such action as may be reasonably necessary to cause such property and assets to be made subject to the Lien of the Collateral Documents in the manner and to the extent required in the Indenture; or

(2) the transaction is made in compliance with the first paragraph of the covenant described under “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales”; or

(3) in the case of assets comprised of Equity Interests of Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors, such Equity Interests are sold, assigned, transferred, leased, conveyed or otherwise disposed of to one or more Restricted Subsidiaries.

Subject to certain limitations described in the Indenture, the Successor Person will succeed to, and be substituted for, such Guarantor under the Indenture and such Guarantor’s Guarantee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Subsidiary Guarantor may (1) merge or consolidate with or into, wind up into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to another Subsidiary Guarantor or the Issuer, (2) merge with an Affiliate of the Issuer solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Subsidiary Guarantor in the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof, (3) convert into a corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company or trust organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Subsidiary Guarantor or (4) liquidate or dissolve or change its legal form if the Issuer determines in good faith that such action is in the best interests of the Issuer, in each case, without regard to the requirements set forth in the preceding paragraph. Holdings may merge with an Affiliate of the Issuer solely for the purpose of reincorporating or reorganizing Holdings in the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof.

Transactions with Affiliates

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Issuer (each of the foregoing, an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $20.0 million, unless:

(1) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Issuer or its relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on anarm’s-length basis as determined by the Issuer; and

(2) the Issuer delivers to the Trustee with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $35.0 million, a

resolution adopted by the majority of the board of directors of the Issuer approving the terms of such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (1) above.

The foregoing provisions will not apply to the following:

(1) transactions between or among the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(2) Restricted Payments permitted by the provisions of the Indenture described above under the covenant “—Limitation on Restricted Payments” and the definition of “Permitted Investments”;

(3) the payment of management, consulting, monitoring, transaction, advisory and other fees, indemnities and expenses pursuant to the Support and Services Agreement (plus any unpaid management, consulting, monitoring, transaction, advisory and other fees, indemnities and expenses accrued in any prior year) and the termination fees pursuant to the Support and Services Agreement, or any amendment thereto or replacement thereof so long as any such amendment or replacement is not materially disadvantageous in the good faith judgment of the board of directors of the Issuer to the Holders when taken as a whole, as compared to the Support and Services Agreement as in effect on the Issue Date;

(4) the payment of reasonable and customary fees and compensation paid to, and indemnities and reimbursements and employment and severance arrangements provided on behalf of or for the benefit of, current or former employees, directors, officers, managers or consultants of the Issuer, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(5) transactions in which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or stating that the terms are not materially less

favorable to the Issuer or its relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on anarm’s-length basis as determined by the Issuer;

(6) any agreement or arrangement as in effect as of the Issue Date (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any existing agreements and arrangements with Solar)Solar and any similar agreements and arrangements going forward), or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment, or in the case of Solar, any such similar agreement or arrangement, is not disadvantageous in any material respect in the good faith judgment of the board of directors of the Issuer to the Holders when taken as a whole as compared to the applicable agreement as in effect on the Issue Date);

(7) the existence of, or the performance by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, any stockholders agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it (or any parent company of the Issuer) is a party as of the Issue Date and any similar agreements which it (or any parent company of the Issuer) may enter into thereafter;provided, that the existence of, or the performance by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or such parent company) of obligations under any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Issue Date shall only be permitted by this clause (7) to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement are not otherwise disadvantageous in any material respect in the good faith judgment of the board of directors of the Issuer to the Holders when taken as a whole;

(8) the Acquisition Transactions and the Transactions and the payment of all fees and expenses related thereto, including Transaction Expenses;

(9) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, contractors, joint venture partners or purchasers or sellers of goods or services that are Affiliates, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of the Indenture which are fair to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the board of directors of the Issuer or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;

(10) the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer to any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer or to any Permitted Holder or to any employee, director, officer, manager or consultant (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members) of the Issuer, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(11) sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, or Securitization Assets or related assets in connection with any Qualified Securitization Facility;

(12) payments by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any of the Investors made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures which payments are approved by a majority of the board of directors of the Issuer in good faith;

(13) payments and Indebtedness and Disqualified Stock (and cancellation of any thereof) of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries and Preferred Stock (and cancellation of any thereof) of any Restricted Subsidiary to any future, current or former employee, director, officer, manager or consultant (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members) of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement that are, in each case, approved by the Issuer in good faith; and any employment agreements, stock option plans and other compensatory arrangements (and any successor plans thereto) and any supplemental executive retirement benefit plans or arrangements with any such employees, directors, officers, managers or consultants (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members) that are, in each case, approved by the Issuer in good faith;

(14) (i) investments by Permitted Holders in securities of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (and payment of reasonableout-of-pocket expenses incurred by such Permitted Holders in connection therewith) so long as (x) the investment is being offered by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary generally to other investors on the same or more favorable terms and (y) the investment constitutes less than 5.0% of the proposed or outstanding issue amount of such class of securities (provided, that any investments in debt securities by any Debt Fund Affiliates shall not be subject to the limitation in this clause (y)), and (ii) payments to Permitted Holders in respect of securities of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries contemplated in the foregoing subclause (i) or that were acquired from Persons other than the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case, in accordance with the terms of such securities;

(15) payments to or from, and transactions with, any joint venture in the ordinary course of business (including, without limitation, any cash management activities related thereto);

(16) payments by the Issuer (and any direct or indirect parent company thereof) and its Subsidiaries pursuant to tax sharing agreements among the Issuer (and any such parent company) and its Subsidiaries, to the extent such payments are permitted under clause (15)(b) of the second paragraph under the caption “—Limitation on Restricted Payments”;

(17) any lease entered into between the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, as lessee and any Affiliate of the Issuer, as lessor, which is approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the board of directors of the Issuer in good faith;

(18) intellectual property licenses in the ordinary course of business;

(19) all payments to Holdings otherwise permitted under the Indenture;

(20) the payment of reasonableout-of-pocket costs and expenses relating to registration rights and indemnities provided to stockholders of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent thereof pursuant to the stockholders agreement or the registration rights agreement entered into on or before the Issue Date;

(21) the pledge of Equity Interests of any Unrestricted Subsidiary to lenders to support the Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary owed to such lenders; and

(22) any transaction with a joint venture which would constitute an Affiliate Transaction solely because the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiary owns an equity interest or otherwise controls such joint venture or similar entity.

Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is not a Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any such Restricted Subsidiary to:

(1) (a) pay dividends or make any other distributions to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Guarantor on its Capital Stock or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or

(b) pay any Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Guarantor;

(2) make loans or advances to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Guarantor; or

(3) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Guarantor, except (in each case) for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

(a) contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the Issue Date, including pursuant to the Existing Notes (and the guarantees thereof) and the related documentation, the Senior Secured Credit Facilities and the related documentation and Hedging Obligations and the related documentation;

(b) the Indenture, the Notes and the guarantees thereof;

(c) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business and Financing Lease Obligations that impose restrictions of the nature discussed in clause (3) above on the property so acquired;

(d) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;

(e) any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by or merged or consolidated with or into the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence at the time of such acquisition or at the time it merges with or into the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person (but, in any such case, not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person so acquired and its Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person so acquired and its Subsidiaries or the property or assets so acquired;

(f) contracts for the sale of assets, including customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary of the Issuer pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary;

(g) Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to the covenants described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” and “—Liens” that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;

(h) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business or arising in connection with any Permitted Liens;

(i) other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors permitted to be incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to the provisions of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;

(j) customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements relating solely to such joint venture;

(k) customary provisions contained in leases,sub-leases, licenses,sub-licenses or similar agreements, including with respect to intellectual property and other agreements, in each case, entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(l) restrictions or conditions contained in any trading, netting, operating, construction, service, supply, purchase, sale or other agreement to which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party entered into in the ordinary course of business;provided, that such agreement prohibits the encumbrance of solely the property or assets of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary that are the subject to such agreement, the payment rights arising thereunder or the proceeds thereof and does not extend to any other asset or property of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary or the assets or property of another Restricted Subsidiary;

(m) customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of any lease governing a leasehold interest of any Restricted Subsidiary;

(n) customary provisions restricting assignment of any agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(o) restrictions arising in connection with cash or other deposits permitted under the covenant “—Liens”;

(p) any agreement or instrument (A) relating to any Indebtedness, Disqualified or preferred stockPreferred Stock permitted to be incurred or issued subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” if the encumbrances and restrictions are not materially more disadvantageous, taken as a whole, to the Holders

than is customary in comparable financings for similarly situated issuers (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) or is otherwise in effect on the Issue Date and (B) either (x) the Issuer determines that such encumbrance or restriction will not adversely affect the Issuer’s ability to make principal and interest payments on the Notes as and when they come due or (y) such encumbrances and restrictions apply only during the continuance of a default in respect of a payment or financial maintenance covenant relating to such Indebtedness;

(q) any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (1), (2) and (3) above imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (a) through (p) above;provided, that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer, not materially more restrictive with respect to such encumbrance and other restrictions taken as a whole than those prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing; and

(r) restrictions created in connection with any Qualified Securitization Facility that in the good faith determination of the Issuer are necessary or advisable to effect such Qualified Securitization Facility.

Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries

The Issuer will not permit any of its Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries (andnon-Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries if suchnon-Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries guarantee other capital markets debt securities of the Issuer or any Guarantor), other than a Guarantor, a Foreign Subsidiary or a Securitization Subsidiary, to guarantee the payment of any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any other Guarantor unless:

(1) such Restricted Subsidiary within 30 days (i) executes and delivers a supplemental indenture to the Indenture providing for a Guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary, except that with respect to a guarantee of

Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor, if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee, any such guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Guarantee substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes;Notes and (ii) becomes a party to the Collateral Documents and takes all actions required thereunder to perfect the Liens created thereunder; and

(2) such Restricted Subsidiary waives and will not in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any rights of reimbursement, indemnity or subrogation or any other applicable rights against the Issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary as a result of any payment by such Restricted Subsidiary under its Guarantee;provided, that this covenant shall not be applicable to any guarantee of any Restricted Subsidiary that existed at the time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary and was not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary. The Issuer may elect, in its sole discretion, to cause any Subsidiary that is not otherwise required to be a Guarantor to become a Guarantor, in which case such Subsidiary shall not be required to comply with the 30 day period described in clause (1) above.

After Acquired Property

Promptly following the acquisition by the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor of any After Acquired Property (but subject to the limitations, if applicable, described above under the captions “—Collateral” “—Excluded Assets” and “—Limitations on Stock Collateral”) the Issuer or such Subsidiary Guarantor shall execute and deliver such mortgages, deeds of trust, security instruments, financing statements and certificates and opinions of counsel as shall be reasonably necessary to vest in the Collateral Agent a perfected security interest in such After Acquired Property and to have such After Acquired Property added to the Collateral, and thereupon all provisions of the Indenture relating to the Collateral shall be deemed to relate to such After Acquired Property to the same extent and with the same force and effect.

Reports and Other Information

Notwithstanding that the Issuer may not be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or otherwise report on an annual and quarterly basis on forms provided for such annual and quarterly reporting pursuant to rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC, the Indenture requires the Issuer to file with the SEC from and after the Issue Date:

(1) within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year (or 120 days for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2012)after the Issue Date), annual reports on Form10-K, or any successor or comparable form, containing the information required to be contained therein, or required in such successor or comparable form;

(2) within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year (or 60 days for the first three fiscal quarters ending after the Issue Date), reports on Form10-Q containing all quarterly information that would be required to be contained in Form10-Q, or any successor or comparable form;

(3) promptly after the occurrence of a material event which would have been required to be reported on a Form8-K or any successor or comparable form if the Issuer had been a reporting company under the Exchange Act, a current report relating to such event on Form8-K or any successor or comparable form;

in each case, in a manner that complies in all material respects with the requirements specified in such form (except as described above or below and subject to exceptions consistent with the presentation of information in the offering memorandum distributed in connection with the private offering of the outstanding Notes);provided,however, that the Issuer shall not be so obligated to file such reports referred to in clauses (1), (2) and (3) above with the SEC (i) if the SEC does not permit such filing or (ii) prior to the consummation of an exchange offer or the effectiveness of a shelf registration statement as required by the Registration Rights Agreement, in which event the Issuer will make available such information to the Trustee, the Holders of the Notes and prospective purchasers of Notes, in each case within 15 days after the time the Issuer would be required to file such information with the SEC if it were subject to Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;provided,further, that until such time as the consummation of an exchange offer or the effectiveness of a shelf registration statement as required by the Registration Rights Agreement, the Issuer shall not be required to (i) in the case of (x) clauses (1) and (2) provide any information beyond the financial information that would be required to be contained in an annual or quarterly report on Form10-K or10-Q, as applicable, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” section and (y) clause (3) make available any information regarding director and management compensation or the occurrence of any of the events set forth in Items 1.04, 2.01, 2.05, 2.06, 3 (other than Item 3.03), 5.01, 5.02(e)—(f),5.03-5.08, 6, 7, 8 or 9 of Form8-K, (ii) make available any information regarding the occurrence of any of the events set forth in Items 1.01 or 1.02 of Form8-K if the Issuer determines in its good faith judgment that the event that would otherwise be required to be disclosed is not material to the Holders of the Notes or the business, assets, operations, financial positions or prospects of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (iii) comply with Regulation G under the

Exchange Act or Item 10(e) of RegulationS-K with respect to any “non-GAAP”“non-GAAP” financial information contained therein (other than providing reconciliations of suchnon-GAAP information to extent included in the offering memorandum distributed in connection with the private offering of the outstanding Notes), (iv) comply with RegulationS-X or contain all purchase accounting adjustments relating to the Acquisition Transactions to the extent it is not practicable to include any such adjustments in such report or (v) provide any information that is not otherwise similar to information currently included in the offering memorandum distributed in connection with the private offering of the outstanding Notes. In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer will not be required to (i) comply with Sections 302, 906 and 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 or (ii) otherwise furnish any information, certificates or reports required by Items 307 or 308 of RegulationS-K prior to the consummation of an exchange offer or the effectiveness of a shelf registration statement. In addition, to the extent not satisfied by the foregoing, the Issuer will agree that, for so long as any Notes are outstanding, it will furnish to Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

Delivery of reports, information and documents (including, without limitation, reports contemplated in this “—Reports and Other Information”) to the Trustee is for information purposes only, and the Trustee’s receipt thereof shall not constitute actual or constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the compliance of the Issuer, the Guarantors and Holdings with covenants under the Indenture, Notes, Guarantees and Guarantees,Collateral Documents, as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates.

The Indenture permits the Issuer to satisfy its obligations in this covenant with respect to financial information relating to the Issuer by furnishing financial information relating to Holdings (or any parent entity of Holdings) as long as Holdings (or any such parent entity of Holdings) provides a Guarantee of the Notes;providedthat, if and so long as such parent company shall have Independent Assets or Operations (as defined below), the same is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to Holdings (or such parent entity, as the case may be), on the one hand, and the information relating to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a stand-alone basis, on the other hand. “Independent Assets or Operations” means, with respect to Holdings or any such parent company, that Holdings or such parent company’s total assets or revenues, determined in accordance with GAAP and as shown on the most recent financial statements of Holdings or such parent company, is more than 3.0% of Holdings or such parent company’s corresponding consolidated amount.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, such requirements shall be deemed satisfied prior to the commencement of the exchange offer or the effectiveness of the shelf registration statement by (1) the filing with the SEC of the exchange offer registration statement or shelf registration statement (or any other similar registration statement), and any amendments thereto, with such financial information that satisfies RegulationS-X of the Securities Act, subject to exceptions consistent with the presentation of financial information in the offering memorandum distributed in connection with the private offering of the outstanding Notes, to the extent filed within the time periods specified above, or (2) by posting on the Issuer’s website or providing to the Trustee for distribution to the Holders within 15 days of the time periods after the Issuer would have been required to file annual and interim reports with the SEC, the financial information (including the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” section) that would be required to be included in such reports, subject to exceptions consistent with the presentation of financial information in the offering memorandum distributed in connection with the private offering of the outstanding Notes, to the extent filed or posted within the times specified above.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Issuer will not be deemed to have failed to comply with any of its obligations hereunder for purposes of clause (3) under “—Events of Default and Remedies” until 90 days after the receipt of the written notice delivered thereunder.

To the extent any information is not provided within the time periods specified in this section “—Reports and Other Information” and such information is subsequently provided, the Issuer will be deemed to have

satisfied its obligations with respect thereto at such time and any Default with respect thereto shall be deemed to have been cured.

Further Assurances

The Issuer and the Guarantors shall execute any and all further documents, financing statements, agreements and instruments, and take all further action that may be required under applicable law, or that the Trustee or Collateral Agent may reasonably request, in order to grant, preserve, protect and perfect the validity and priority of the security interests created or intended to be created by the Collateral Documents in the Collateral. In addition, from time to time, the Issuer and each Guarantor will reasonably promptly secure the obligations under the Indenture and the Collateral Documents by pledging or creating, or causing to be pledged or created, perfected security interests with respect to the Collateral. Such security interests and Liens will be created under

the Collateral Documents and other security agreements, mortgages, deeds of trust and other instruments and documents in form reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent. Neither the Trustee nor the Collateral Agent shall have any duty to create, perfect, file and/or record any security interest or Lien or to file any UCCs, UCC financing statements or UCC continuation statements, except upon instruction from the Issuer or Holders in accordance with the Indenture and the Security Agreement.

Events of Default and Remedies

The Indenture provides that each of the following is an “Event of Default”:

(1) default in payment when due and payable, upon redemption, acceleration or otherwise, of principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes;

(2) default for 30 days or more in the payment when due of interest on or with respect to the Notes;

(3) failure by the Issuer or any Guarantor for 60 days after receipt of written notice given by the Trustee or the Holders (with a copy to the Trustee) of not less than 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes to comply with any of its obligations, covenants or agreements (other than a default referred to in clause (1) or (2) above) contained in the Indenture or the Notes;

(4) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or by which there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists or is created after the issuance of the Notes, if both:

(a) such default either results from the failure to pay any principal of such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) or relates to an obligation other than the obligation to pay principal of any such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity and results in the holder or holders of such Indebtedness causing such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity; and

(b) the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregate $40.0 million or more outstanding;

(5) failure by the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Issuer for a fiscal quarter endprovidedas required under “—Reports and Other Information”) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $40.0 million (net of amounts covered by insurance policies issued by reputable insurance companies), which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of more than 60 days after such judgment becomes final, and in the event such judgment is covered by insurance, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed;

(6) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Issuer for a fiscal quarter end provided as required under “—Reports and Other Information”) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary); and

(7) the Guarantee of Holdings or any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Issuer for a fiscal quarter end provided as required under “—Reports and Other Information”) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) shall for any reason cease to be in full force and effect or be declared null and void or any responsible

officer of Holdings or any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary (or the responsible officers of any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Issuer for a fiscal quarter end) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), as the case may be, denies in writing that it has any further liability under its Guarantee or gives written notice to such effect, other than by reason of the termination of the Indenture or the release of any such Guarantee in accordance with the Indenture.

Indenture; and

(8) any of the Collateral Documents ceases to be in full force and effect, or any of the Collateral Documents ceases to give the Holders of the Notes the Liens purported to be created thereby, or any of the Collateral Documents is declared null and void or the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary denies in writing that it has any further liability under any Collateral Document or gives written notice to such effect (in each case, other than in accordance with the terms of the Indenture or the terms of the Collateral Documents);providedthat if a failure of the sort described in this clause (8) is susceptible of cure, no Event of Default shall arise under this clause (8)��with respect thereto until 30 days after notice of such failure shall have been given to the Issuer by the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% of the aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.

If any Event of Default (other than of a type specified in clause (6) above) occurs and is continuing under the Indenture, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then total outstanding Notes may (subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement) declare the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding Notes to be due and payable immediately by written notice to the Issuer (and the Trustee if given by the Holders).

Upon the effectiveness of such declaration, such principal of and premium, if any, and interest will be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising under clause (6) of the first paragraph of this section, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable without further action or notice. The Indenture provides that the Trustee may withhold from the Holders notice of any continuing Default, except a Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest, if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. In addition, the Trustee will have no obligation to accelerate the Notes if in the judgment of the Trustee acceleration is not in the interests of the Holders of the Notes.

The Indenture provides that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default and its consequences under the Indenture or the Collateral Documents (except a continuing Default in the payment of interest on, premium, if any, or the principal of any Note held by anon-consenting Holder) and rescind any acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences (except if such rescission would conflict with any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction). In the event of any Event of Default specified in clause (4) above, such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding any resulting payment default, other than as a result of acceleration of the Notes) shall be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the Holders, if within 20 days after such Event of Default arose:

(1) the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged;

(2) Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the then-outstanding Notes thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default; or

(3) the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured.

In case an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders of the Notes unless the Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability

or expense. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium (if any) or interest when due, no Holder of a Note may pursue any remedy with respect to the Indenture or the Notes unless:unless, subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement:

(1) such Holder has previously given the Trustee written notice that an Event of Default is continuing;

(2) Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the total outstanding Notes have requested in writing the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

(3) Holders of the Notes have offered the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense;

(4) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt thereof and the offer of security or indemnity; and

(5) Holders of a majority in principal amount of the total outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such written request within such60-day period.

Subject to certain restrictions contained in the Indenture and the Intercreditor Agreements the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the total outstanding Notes are given the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or the Indenture or that the Trustee

determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder of a Note or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability.

The Indenture provides that the Issuer is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Issuer is required, within 20 Business Days, upon becoming aware of any Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default.

In addition to acceleration of maturity of the Notes, if an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, subject to the provisions contained in the Intercreditor Agreement, will have the right to exercise remedies with respect to the Collateral, such as foreclosure, as are available under the Indenture, the Collateral Documents and at law.

No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders

No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner or stockholder of the Issuer or any Guarantor or any of their direct or indirect parent companies (other than the Issuer and the Guarantors) shall have any liability, for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Guarantees or the Indenture or the Collateral Documents or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting Notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.

Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance

The obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors under the Indenture, the Notes, the Guarantees or the Guarantees,Collateral Documents, as the case may be, will terminate (other than certain obligations) and will be released upon payment in full of all of the Notes. The Issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have all of its

obligations discharged with respect to the Notes and have each Guarantor’s obligation discharged with respect to its Guarantee (“Legal Defeasance”) and cure all then existing Events of Default except for:

(1) the rights of Holders of Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes when such payments are due solely out of the trust created pursuant to the Indenture;

(2) the Issuer’s obligations with respect to Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of such Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;

(3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties, indemnities and immunities of the Trustee, and the Issuer’s obligations in connection therewith; and

(4) the Legal Defeasance provisions of the Indenture.

In addition, the Issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have its obligations and those of each Guarantor released with respect to substantially all of the restrictive covenants that are described in the Indenture (“Covenant Defeasance”) and thereafter any omission to comply with such obligations shall not constitute a Default with respect to the Notes. In the event Covenant Defeasance occurs, certain events (not including bankruptcy, receivership, rehabilitation and insolvency events pertaining to the Issuer) described under “Events of Default and Remedies” will no longer constitute an Event of Default with respect to the Notes.

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance with respect to the Notes:

(1) the Issuer must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, U.S. Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of reinvestment, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest due on the Notes on the stated maturity date or on the redemption date, as the case may be, of such principal, premium, if any, or interest on such Notes and the Issuer must specify whether such Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date;provided, that upon any redemption that requires the payment of the Applicable

Premium, the amount deposited shall be sufficient for purposes of the Indenture to the extent that an amount is deposited with the Trustee equal to the Applicable Premium calculated as of the date of the notice of redemption, with any deficit as of the date of redemption (any such amount, the “Applicable Premium Deficit”) only required to be deposited with the Trustee on or prior to the date of redemption. Any Applicable Premium Deficit shall be set forth in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee simultaneously with the deposit of such Applicable Premium Deficit that confirms that such Applicable Premium Deficit shall be applied toward such redemption;

(2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions,

(a) the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the United States Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or

(b) since the issuance of the Notes, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law,

in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

(3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance

and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

(4) no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith) shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit;

(5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities or any other material agreement or instrument (other than the Indenture) to which, the Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer or any Guarantor is bound (other than that resulting from any borrowing of funds to be applied to make the deposit required to effect such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness, and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith);

(6) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuer with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of the Issuer or any Guarantor or others; and

(7) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with.

Satisfaction and Discharge

The Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes, when either:

(1) all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes which have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

(2) (a) all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the making of a notice of redemption or otherwise, will become due and payable within one year or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer, and the Issuer or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, U.S. dollar-denominated Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption;provided, that upon any redemption that requires the payment of the Applicable Premium, the amount deposited shall be sufficient for purposes of the Indenture to the extent that an amount is deposited with the Trustee equal to the Applicable Premium calculated as of the date of the notice of redemption, with any Applicable Premium Deficit only required to be deposited with the Trustee on or prior to the date of redemption. Any Applicable Premium Deficit shall be set forth in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee simultaneously with the deposit of such Applicable Premium Deficit that confirms that such Applicable Premium Deficit shall be applied toward such redemption;

(b) no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit or any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith) with respect to the Indenture or the Notes shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities or any other material

agreement or instrument (other than the Indenture) to which the Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer or any Guarantor is bound (other than resulting from any borrowing of funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith);

(c) the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under the Indenture; and

(d) the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be.

In addition, the Issuer must deliver an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.

Amendment, Supplement and Waiver

Except as provided in the next two succeeding paragraphs, the Indenture, any Guarantee, the Notes and the NotesCollateral Documents may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes, and any existing Default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture, or the Notes issued thereunder or any Collateral Document may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, other than Notes beneficially owned by the Issuer or its Affiliates (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or tender offer or exchange offer for the Notes).

The Indenture provides that, without the consent of each affected Holder of Notes, an amendment or waiver may not, with respect to any Notes held by anon-consenting Holder:

(1) reduce the principal amount of such Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

(2) reduce the principal of or change the fixed final maturity of any such Note or alter or waive the provisions with respect to the redemption of such Notes (other than provisions relating to (a) notice periods (to the extent consistent with applicable requirements of clearing and settlement systems) for redemption and conditions to redemption and (b) the covenants described above under the caption “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders”);

(3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note;

(4) waive a Default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration, or in respect of a covenant or provision contained in the Indenture or any Guarantee which cannot be amended or modified without the consent of all affected Holders;

(5) make any Note payable in money other than that stated therein;

(6) make any change in the provisions of the Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders to receive payments of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes;

(7) make any change in these amendment and waiver provisions;

(8) impairamend the contractual right expressly set forth in the Indenture or the Notes of any Holder to receive paymentpayments of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on such Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes;

(9) make any change to or modify the ranking of the Notes that would adversely affect the Holders; or

(10) except as expressly permitted by the Indenture, modify the Guarantees of any Significant Subsidiary, or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Issuer), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, in any manner materially adverse to the Holders of the Notes.

In addition, without the consent of the Holders of at least 662/3% in principal amount of Notes then outstanding, no amendment, supplement or waiver may (1) modify any Collateral Document or the provisions in the Indenture dealing with the Collateral or the Collateral Documents that would have the impact of releasing all or substantially all of the Collateral from the Liens of the Collateral Documents (except as permitted by the terms of the Indenture and the Collateral Documents) or change or alter the priority of the security interests in the Collateral, (2) make any change in any Collateral Document or the provisions in the Indenture dealing with the

Collateral or the Collateral Documents or the application of proceeds of the Collateral that would adversely affect the Holders in any material respect or (3) modify the Intercreditor Agreement in any manner adverse to the Holders in any material respect other than in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and the Collateral Documents.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer, any Guarantor (with respect to a Guarantee or the Indenture to which it is a party), the Collateral Agent (to the extent applicable) and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture, the Collateral Documents and any Guarantee or Notes without the consent of any Holder:

(1) to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency;

(2) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;

(3) to comply with the covenant relating to mergers, amalgamations, consolidations and sales of assets;

(4) to provide for the assumption of the Issuer’s or any Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders;

(5) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not materially adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any such Holder;

(6) to add covenants for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Issuer or any Guarantor;

(7) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the terms of the Indenture;

(8) to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;Act.

(9) to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under the Indenture of a successor Trustee thereunder pursuant to the requirements thereof;

(10) to make any amendment to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the transfer or legending of the Notes or to provide for the issuance of exchange notes or private exchange notes, which are identical to exchange notes except that they are not freely transferable;

(11) to add a Guarantor under the Indenture or to release a Guarantor in accordance with the terms of the Indenture; or

(12) to conform the text of the Indenture, Guarantees or the Notes to any provision of this “Description of the Notes” to the extent that such provision in this “Description of the Notes” was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of the Indenture, Guarantee or Notes as provided in an Officer’s Certificate.

Certificate;

(13) to provide for the succession of any parties to the Collateral Documents (and other amendments that are administrative or ministerial in nature) in connection with an amendment, renewal, extension, substitution, refinancing, restructuring, replacement, supplementing or other modification from time to time of the Credit Agreements or any other agreement that is not prohibited by the Indenture;

(14) to provide for the release or addition of Collateral or Guarantees in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and the Collateral Documents; or

(15) to add any Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness to any Collateral Documents to the extent permitted by the Indenture.

The consent of the Holders is not necessary under the Indenture to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment. It is sufficient if such consent approves the substance of the proposed amendment.

Notices

Notices given by publication or electronic delivery will be deemed given on the first date on which publication is made and notices given by first-class mail, postage prepaid, will be deemed given five calendar days after mailing or transmitting.

Concerning the Trustee

The Indenture contains certain limitations on the rights of the Trustee thereunder, should it become a creditor of the Issuer, to obtain payment of claims in certain cases, or to realize on certain property received in respect of any such claim as security or otherwise. The Trustee is and will be permitted to engage in other transactions; however, if it acquires any conflicting interest (as such term is used in the Trust Indenture Act) it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as Trustee (if the Indenture has been qualified under the Trust Indenture Act) or resign.

The Indenture provides that the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee, subject to certain exceptions. The Indenture provides that in case an Event of Default shall occur (which shall not be cured), the Trustee will be required, in the exercise of its power, to use the degree of care of a prudent person in the conduct of his own affairs. The Trustee is and will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the Indenture at the request of any Holder of the Notes, unless such Holder shall have offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

Governing Law

The Indenture, the Notes and any Guarantee are and will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

Certain Definitions

Set forth below are certain defined terms used in the Indenture. For purposes of the Indenture, unless otherwise specifically indicated, the term “consolidated” with respect to any Person refers to such Person consolidated with its Restricted Subsidiaries, and excludes from such consolidation any Unrestricted Subsidiary as if such Unrestricted Subsidiary were not an Affiliate of such Person.

2019 Notes” means the Issuer’s 6.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2019.

2019 Notes Indenture” means the Indenture for the 2019 Notes dated as of November 16, 2012, as supplemented, among the Issuer, the guarantors from time to time party thereto and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee and collateral agent.

2020 Notes” means the Issuer’s 8.75% Senior Notes due 2020.

2020 Notes Indenture” means the Indenture for the 2020 Notes, dated as of November 16, 2012, as supplemented, among the Issuer, the guarantors from time to time party thereto and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee.

2022 Notes” means the Issuer’s 7.875%8.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2022.

2022 Notes Indenture” means the Indenture for the 2022 Notes dated as of May 26, 2016, as supplemented, among the Issuer, the guarantors from time to time party thereto and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee and collateral agent.

2022 Private Placement Notes” means the Issuer’s 8.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2022.

2022 Private Placement Notes Note Purchase Agreement” means the note purchase agreement for the 2022 Private Placement Notes dated as of October 19, 2015, as supplemented, among the Issuer, the guarantors from time to time party thereto, the purchaser party thereto and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as collateral agent.

2022 Private Placement Notes” means the Issuer’s 8.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2022.

2023 Notes” means the Issuer’s 7.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2023.

2023 Notes Indenture” means the Indenture for the 2023 Notes dated as of August 10, 2017, as supplemented, among the Issuer, the guarantors from time to time party thereto and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee.

Acquired Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person,

(1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged or consolidated with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging or consolidating with or into or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, and

(2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

Acquisition Transactions” means the Merger and the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreement, the repayment and refinancing of certain Indebtedness, the issuance of the 2019 Notes and the 2020 Notes and borrowings under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities in each case on November 16, 2012, the payment of transactions fees and expenses and other transactions in connection therewith or incidental thereto.

Additional Interest” means all additional interest then owing pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.

Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common controlwith”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.

After Acquired Property” means any and all assets or property (other than Excluded Assets) acquired after the Issue Date, including any property or assets acquired by the Issuer or a Guarantor from another Guarantor, which in each case constitutes Collateral as defined in the Indenture.

Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any Note on any Redemption Date, the greater of:

(1) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Note, and

(2) the excess, if any, of (a) the present value at such Redemption Date of (i) the redemption price of such Notes at SeptemberMay 1, 20192021 (such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing above under the caption “Optional Redemption”), plus (ii) all required remaining scheduled interest payments due on such Note through SeptemberMay 1, 20192021 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the Redemption Date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such Redemption Date plus 50 basis points over (b) the then outstanding principal amount of such Note.

The Issuer shall calculate the Applicable Premium and the Trustee shall have no responsibility to confirm or verify such calculation.

Asset Sale” means:

(1) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition (including a Delaware LLC Division), whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions (including by way of a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction), of property or assets of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (each referred to in this definition asadisposition”);or

(2) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries issued in compliance with the covenant described under “Certain Covenants—

Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”), whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions;

in each case, other than:

(a) any disposition of Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities or obsolete or worn out property or equipment in the ordinary course of business or any disposition of inventory or goods (or other assets) held for sale or no longer used or useful in the ordinary course of business;

(b) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer in a manner permitted pursuant to the provisions described above under “Certain Covenants—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets” or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control pursuant to the Indenture;

(c) the making of any Restricted Payment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under the covenant described above under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments” or any Permitted Investment;

(d) any disposition of assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary in any transaction or series of related transactions with an aggregate fair market value of less than $25.0 million;

(e) any disposition of property or assets or issuance of securities by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary to a Restricted Subsidiary;

(f) to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or comparable law or regulation, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business;

(g) the lease, assignment,sub-lease, license orsub-license of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;

(h) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(i) foreclosures, condemnation, expropriation or any similar action with respect to assets or the granting of Liens not prohibited by the Indenture;

(j) sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, or Securitization Assets (other than royalties or other revenues (except accounts receivable)) or related assets in connection with any Qualified Securitization Facility or the disposition of an account receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof in the ordinary course of business;

(k) any financing transaction with respect to property built or acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, including Sale and Lease-Back Transactions and asset securitizations permitted by the Indenture;

(l) the sale, discount or other disposition of inventory, accounts receivable or notes receivable in the ordinary course of business or the conversion of accounts receivable to notes receivable;

(m) the licensing orsub-licensing of intellectual property or other general intangibles in the ordinary course of business, other than the licensing of intellectual property on a long-term basis;

(n) any surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract rights or other litigation claims in the ordinary course of business;

(o) the unwinding of any Hedging Obligations;

(p) sales, transfers and other dispositions of Investments in joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to, customary buy/sell arrangements between the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements;

(q) the lapse or abandonment of intellectual property rights in the ordinary course of business, which in the reasonable good faith determination of the Issuer are not material to the conduct of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole;

(r) the issuance by a Restricted Subsidiary of Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock that is permitted by the covenant described under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;

(s) the granting of a Lien that is permitted under the covenant described above under “Certain Covenants—Liens”; and

(t) the issuance of directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals as required by applicable law.law; and

(q) any sale, transfer or other disposition to effect the formation of any Subsidiary that is a Delaware Divided LLC;provided that upon formation of such Delaware Divided LLC, such Delaware Divided LLC shall be a Restricted Subsidiary.

In the event that a transaction (or a portion thereof) meets the criteria of a permitted Asset Sale and would also be a permitted Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment, the Issuer, in its sole discretion, will be entitled to divide and classify such transaction (or a portion thereof) as an Asset Sale and/or one or more the types of permitted Restricted Payments or Permitted Investments.

Bank Products” means any facilities or services related to cash management, including treasury, depository, overdraft, credit or debit card, purchase card, electronic funds transfer and other cash management arrangements.

Business Day” means each day which is not a Legal Holiday.

Capital Stock” means:

(1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock or shares in the capital of such corporation;

(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

(3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

(4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

Capitalized Software Expenditures” means, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities) by a Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of licensed or purchased software or internally developed software and software enhancements that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be reflected as capitalized costs on the consolidated balance sheet of a Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Captive Insurance Subsidiary” means (i) any Subsidiary established by the Issuer for the primary purpose of insuring the businesses or properties owned or operated by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries or (ii) any Subsidiary of any such insurance subsidiary established for the same primary purpose described in clause (i) above.

Cash Equivalents” means:

(1) United States dollars;

(2) (a) Canadian dollars, pounds sterling, yen, euros or any national currency of any participating member state of the EMU; or

(b) in such local currencies held by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

(3) securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of such government with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

(4) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition, demand deposits, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any domestic or foreign commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $250.0 million;

(5) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (3), (4), (7) and (8) entered into with any financial institution or recognized securities dealer meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above;

(6) commercial paper and variable or fixed rate notes rated at leastP-2 by Moody’s or at leastA-2 by S&P (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency) and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;

(7) marketable short-term money market and similar funds having a rating of at leastP-2 orA-2 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency);

(8) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof having an Investment Grade Rating from either Moody’s or S&P (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency) with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

(9) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any foreign government or any political subdivision or public instrumentality thereof, in each case having an Investment Grade Rating from either Moody’s or S&P (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency) with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

(10) Investments with average maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition in money market funds ratedAAA- (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or Aaa3 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency);

(11) securities with maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition backed by standby letters of credit issued by any financial institution or recognized securities dealer meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above;

(12) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock issued by Persons with a rating of “A” or higher from S&P or “A2” or higher from Moody’s with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition; and

(13) investment funds investing at least 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (12) above.

In the case of Investments by any Foreign Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary or Investments made in a country outside the United States of America, Cash Equivalents shall also include (a) investments of the type and maturity described in clauses (1) through (8) and clauses (10), (11), (12) and (13) above of foreign obligors, which Investments or obligors (or the parents of such obligors) have ratings described in such clauses or equivalent ratings from comparable foreign rating agencies and (b) other short-term investments utilized by Foreign Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with normal investment practices for cash management in investments analogous to the foregoing investments in clauses (1) through (13) and in this paragraph.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in currencies other than those set forth in clauses (1) and (2) above,providedthat such amounts are converted into any currency listed in clauses (1) and (2) as promptly as practicable and in any event within ten Business Days following the receipt of such amounts.

Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following after the Issue Date:

(1) the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition in one or a series of related transactions (other than by merger, consolidation or amalgamation), of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries or Holdings and its Subsidiaries, in each case taken as a whole, to any Person other than any Permitted Holder or any Subsidiary Guarantor; or

(2) the Issuer becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) the acquisition by (A) any Person (other than any Permitted Holder) or (B) Persons (other than any Permitted Holders) that are together a group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any such group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) of more than 50.0% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer directly or indirectly through any of its direct or indirect parent holding companies, other than in connection with any transaction or series of transactions in which the Issuer shall become the Wholly- OwnedWholly-Owned Subsidiary of a Parent Company.

Collateral Agent” means Wilmington Trust, National Association, acting in its capacity as collateral agent for the Secured Parties (as defined in the Security Agreement) under the Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement and the other Collateral Documents and any successor pursuant to the provisions of the Collateral Documents.

Collateral Documents” means, collectively, the security agreements, including the Security Agreement and any joinders thereto, pledge agreements, mortgages, collateral assignments, deeds of trust and all other pledges, agreements, financing statements, patent, trademark or copyright filings, mortgages or other filings or documents that create or purport to create a Lien in the Collateral in favor of the Collateral Agent and/or the Trustee (for the benefit of the Holders of Notes) and the Intercreditor Agreement and any joinders thereto, in each case as they may be amended or supplemented from time to time, and any instruments of assignment, control agreements, lockbox letters or other instruments or agreements executed pursuant to the foregoing.

Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense” means with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense and capitalized fees related to any Qualified Securitization Facility of such Person, including the amortization of intangible assets, deferred financing costs, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses and Capitalized Software Expenditures of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, without duplication, the sum of:

(1) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income (including (a) amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, (b) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers acceptances,(c) non-cash interest payments (but excluding anynon-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark to market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), (d) the interest component of Financing Lease Obligations, and (e) net payments, if any made (less net payments, if any, received), pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations with respect to Indebtedness, and excluding (q) annual agency fees paid to the administrative agents and collateral agents under any Credit Facilities, (r) costs associated with obtaining Hedging Obligations, (s) any expense resulting from the discounting of any Indebtedness in connection with the application of recapitalization accounting or, if applicable, purchase accounting in connection with the Acquisition Transactions or any acquisition, (t) penalties and interest relating to taxes, (u) any Additional Interest and any “additional interest” or “liquidated damages” with respect to other securities for failure to timely comply with registration rights obligations, (v) amortization or expensing of deferred financing fees, amendment and consent fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses and discounted liabilities, (w) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees and any other fees related to the Acquisition Transactions or any acquisitions after the Issue Date, (x) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Qualified Securitization Facility and (y) any accretion of accrued interest on discounted liabilities and any prepayment premium or penalty); and (z) any lease, rental or other expense in connection with aNon-Financing Lease Obligation); plus

(2) consolidated
capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued; less

(3) interest income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period.

For purposes of this definition, interest on a Financing Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by such Person to be the rate of interest implicit in such Financing Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP (or, if not implicit, as otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP).

Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP;provided, that, without duplication,

(1) anyafter-tax effect of extraordinary,non-recurring or unusual gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto), charges or expenses (including relating to any multi-year strategic initiatives), Transaction Expenses, restructuring and duplicative running costs, relocation costs, integration costs, facility consolidation and closing costs, severance costs and expenses,one-time compensation charges, costs relating topre-opening and opening costs for facilities, signing, retention and completion bonuses, costs incurred in connection with any strategic initiatives, transition costs, costs incurred in connection with acquisitions andnon-recurring product and intellectual property development, other business optimization expenses (including costs and expenses relating to business optimization programs and new systems design, retention charges, system establishment costs and implementation costs) and operating expenses attributable

to the implementation of cost-savings initiatives, and curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans shall be excluded;

(2) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles and changes as a result of the adoption or modification of accounting policies during such period shall be excluded;

(3) any netafter-tax effect of gains or losses on disposal, abandonment or discontinuance of disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations, as applicable, shall be excluded;

(4) any netafter-tax effect of gains or losses (less all fees, expenses and charges relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions (including, for the avoidance of doubt, bulk subscriber or customer contract sales) or abandonments or the sale or other disposition of any Capital Stock of any Person other than in the ordinary course of business shall be excluded;

(5) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting shall be excluded;provided, that Consolidated Net Income of such Person shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period;

(6) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3)(a) of the first paragraph of “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments,” the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Guarantor) shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders (other than restrictions in the Notes or the Indenture), unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived,providedthat Consolidated Net Income of such Person will be increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in Cash Equivalents (or to the extent converted into Cash Equivalents) to such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein;

(7) effects of adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries) in such Person’s consolidated financial statements pursuant to GAAP (including in the inventory (including any impact of changes to inventory valuation policy methods, including changes in capitalization of variances), property and equipment, software, goodwill, intangible assets,in-process

research and development, deferred revenue and debt line items thereof) resulting from the application of recapitalization accounting or purchase accounting, as the case may be, in relation to the Acquisition Transactions or any consummated acquisition or joint venture investment or the amortization orwrite-off or write-down of any amounts thereof, net of taxes, shall be excluded;

(8) anyafter-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment or conversion of (i) Indebtedness, (ii) Hedging Obligations or (iii) other derivative instruments shall be excluded;

(9) any impairment charge or assetwrite-off or write-down, including impairment charges or asset write-offs or write-downs related to intangible assets, long-lived assets, investments in debt and equity securities and investments recorded using the equity method or as a result of a change in law or regulation, in each case, pursuant to GAAP, and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP shall be excluded;

(10) any equity-based ornon-cash compensation charge or expense including any such charge or expense arising from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights or equity incentive programs, and any cash charges associated with the rollover, acceleration, or payout of Equity Interests by management, other employees or business partners of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies, shall be excluded;

(11) any fees, expenses or charges incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any acquisition, recapitalization, Investment, Asset Sale, disposition, incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness (including such fees, expenses or charges related to the offering and issuance of the Notes, the Existing Notes and the related guarantees thereof and other securities and the syndication and incurrence of any Credit Facilities), issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (including any amendment or other modification of the Notes, the Existing Notes and the related guarantees thereof and other securities and any Credit Facilities) and including, in each case, any such transaction consummated on or prior to the Issue Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed, and any charges ornon-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction, in each case whether or not successful or consummated (including, for the avoidance of doubt the effects of expensing all transaction related expenses in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification 805), shall be excluded;

(12) accruals and reserves that are established or adjusted within twelve months after the closing of any acquisition that are so required to be established as a result of such acquisition in accordance with GAAP or changes as a result of modifications of accounting policies shall be excluded;

(13) any expenses, charges or losses to the extent covered by insurance or indemnity and actually reimbursed, or, so long as such Person has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer or indemnifying party and only to the extent that such amount is in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of the insurable or indemnifiable event (net of any amount so added back in any prior period to the extent not so reimbursed within the applicable365-day period), shall be excluded;

(14) any noncashnon-cash compensation expense resulting from the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic No. 718,Compensation—CompensationStock Compensation, shall be excluded; and

(15) the following items shall be excluded:

(a) any net unrealized gain or loss (after any offset) resulting in such period from Hedging Obligations and the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic No. 815,Derivatives and Hedging,

(b) any net unrealized gain or loss (after any offset) resulting in such period from currency translation gains or losses including those related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including any net loss or gain resulting from Hedging Obligations for currency exchange risk) and any other foreign currency translation gains and losses, to the extent such gain or losses arenon-cash items,

(c) any adjustments resulting for the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic No. 460,Guarantees, or any comparable regulation,

(d) effects of adjustments to accruals and reserves during a prior period relating to any change in the methodology of calculating reserves for returns, rebates and other chargebacks, and

(e)earn-out and contingent consideration obligations (including tothe extent accounted for as bonuses or otherwise) and adjustments thereof and purchase price adjustments.

In addition, to the extent not already included in the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, Consolidated Net Income shall include the amount of proceeds received from business interruption insurance and reimbursements of any expenses and charges that are covered by indemnification or other reimbursement provisions in connection with any acquisition, Investment or any sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of assets permitted under the Indenture.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of the covenant described under “Certain Covenants— Limitation on Restricted Payments” only (other than clause (3)(d) of the first paragraph thereof), there shall be

excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income arising from any sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments made by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of Restricted Investments from the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances which constitute Restricted Investments by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, any sale of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case only to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under such covenant pursuant to clause (3)(d) thereof.

Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio” as of any date of determination means, the ratio of (1) Consolidated Total Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries that is secured by Liens on the property of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such event for which such calculation is being made shall occurminusCash Equivalents included on the consolidated balance sheet of the Issuer as of such date to (2) EBITDA of the Issuer for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such event for which such calculation is being made shall occur, in each case with such pro forma adjustments to Consolidated Total Indebtedness and EBITDA as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.

Consolidated Total Debt Ratio” as of any date of determination means, the ratio of (1) Consolidated Total Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such event for which such calculation is being made shall occur minus Cash Equivalents included on the consolidated balance sheet of the Issuer as of such date to (2) EBITDA of the Issuer for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such event for which such calculation is being made shall occur, in each case with such pro forma adjustments to Consolidated Total Indebtedness and EBITDA as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.

Consolidated Total Indebtedness” means, as at any date of determination, an amount equal to the sum of (1) the aggregate amount of all outstanding Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis consisting of Indebtedness for borrowed money, Obligations in respect of Financing Lease Obligations and debt obligations evidenced by promissory notes and similar instruments, as determined in accordance with GAAP (excluding for the avoidance of doubt all undrawn amounts under revolving credit facilities and letters of credit, and all obligations relating to Qualified Securitization Facilities andNon-Financing

Lease Obligations) and (2) the aggregate amount of all outstanding Disqualified Stock of the Issuer and all Preferred Stock of its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, with the amount of such Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock equal to the greater of their respective voluntary or involuntary liquidation preferences and maximum fixed repurchase prices, in each case determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (but excluding the effects of any discounting of Indebtedness resulting from the application of repurchase or purchase accounting in connection with the Acquisition Transactions or any acquisition);provided, that Consolidated Total Indebtedness shall not include Indebtedness in respect of (A) any letter of credit, except to the extent of unreimbursed amounts under standby letters of credit and (B) Hedging Obligations existing on the Issue Date or otherwise permitted by clause (10) of the second paragraph under “Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”.Stock.” For purposes hereof, the “maximum fixedrepurchase price” of any Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock that does not have a fixed repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock as if such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock were purchased on any date on which Consolidated Total Indebtedness shall be required to be determined pursuant to the Indenture, and if such price is based upon, or measured by, the fair market value of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such fair market value shall be determined reasonably and in good faith by the Issuer. The U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of any Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency will reflect the currency translation effects, determined in accordance with GAAP, of Hedging

Obligations for currency exchange risks with respect to the applicable currency in effect on the date of determination of the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of such Indebtedness.

Contingent Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“primary obligations”obligations) of any other Person (the “primary obligor”primary obligor) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent,

(1) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor;

(2) to advance or supply funds,

(a) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation;or

(b) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor; or

(3) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.

Controlled Investment Affiliate” means, as to any Person, any other Person, other than any Investor, which directly or indirectly is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with such Person and is organized by such Person (or any Person controlling such Person) primarily for making direct or indirect equity or debt investments in the Issuer and/or other companies.

Credit AgreementAgreements” means that certainthe Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of November 16, 2012, as amended and restated as of June 28, 2013 and as further amended and restated as of March 6, 2015, and as further amended and restated on the Issue Date, by and among the Issuer, Holdings, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent and the lenders and other parties party thereto.Term Loan Credit Agreement.

Credit Facilities” means, with respect to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, one or more debt facilities, including the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, or other financing arrangements (including, without limitation, commercial paper facilities or indentures) providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, letters of credit or other long-term indebtedness, including any notes, mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications,

extensions, renewals, restatements or refundings thereof, in whole or in part, and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities that replace, refund, supplement or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding, supplemental or refinancing facility, arrangement or indenture that increases the amount permitted to be borrowed or issued thereunder or alters the maturity thereof (providedthat such increase in borrowings or issuances is permitted under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”) or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, trustee, lender or group of lenders or other holders.

Debt Fund Affiliate” means (i) any fund managed by, or under common management with, GSO Capital Partners LP, (ii) any fund managed by GSO Debt Funds Management LLC, Blackstone Debt Advisors L.P., Blackstone Distressed Securities Advisors L.P., Blackstone Mezzanine Advisors L.P. or Blackstone Mezzanine Advisors II L.P. and (iii) any other Affiliate of the Investors that is a bona fide debt fund or an investment vehicle that is engaged in the making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans, bonds and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course.

Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

DelawareDivided LLC” means any Delaware LLC which has been formed upon the consummation of a Delaware LLC Division.

Delaware LLC” means any limited liability company organized or formed under the laws of the State of Delaware.

Delaware LLCDivision” means the statutory division of any Delaware LLC into two or more Delaware LLCs pursuant toSection 18-217 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act.

DesignatedNon-cash Consideration” means the fair market value ofnon-cash consideration received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as DesignatedNon-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, executed by the principal financial officer of the Issuer, less the amount of Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale, redemption or repurchase of or collection or payment on such DesignatedNon-cash Consideration.

Designated Preferred Stock” means Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company thereof (in each case other than Disqualified Stock) that is issued for cash (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate executed by the principal financial officer of the Issuer or the applicable parent company thereof, as the case may be, on the issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of the first paragraph of “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments.”

Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms, or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable, or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale) pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale), in whole or in part, in each case prior to the date 91 days after the earlier of the maturity date of the Notes or the date the Notes are no longer outstanding;provided, that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Issuer or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Issuer or its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations;provided,further, that any Capital Stock held by any future, current or former employee, director, officer, manager or consultant (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members) of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any other entity in which the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary has an Investment and is designated in good faith as an “affiliate” by the board of directors of the Issuer (or the compensation committee thereof), in each case pursuant to any stock subscription or shareholders’ agreement, management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Issuer or its Subsidiaries or in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations.

EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period

(1) increased (without duplication) by the following, in each case (other than with respect to clauses (h) and (k)) to the extent deducted (and not added back) in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period:

(a) provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital, including, without limitation, federal, state, franchise and similar taxes (such as the Delaware franchise tax, the Pennsylvania capital tax, Texas margin tax and provincial capital taxes paid in Canada) and foreign withholding taxes (including any future taxes or other levies which replace or are intended to be in lieu of such taxes and any penalties and interest related to such taxes or arising from tax examinations) and the net tax expense associated with any adjustments made pursuant to clauses (1) through (15) of the definition of “Consolidated Net Income”; plus

(b) Fixed Charges of such Person for such period (including (x) net losses or Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk, (y) bank fees and other financing fees and (z) costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, plus amounts excluded from Consolidated Interest Expense as set forth in clauses (1)(q) through (z) in the definition thereof); plus

(c) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period; plus

(d) the amount of any restructuring charges or reserves, equity-based ornon-cash compensation charges or expenses including any such charges or expenses arising from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights, retention charges (including charges or expenses in respect of incentive plans),start-up or initial costs for any project or new production line, division or new line of business or other business optimization expenses or reserves including, without limitation, costs or reserves associated with improvements to IT and accounting functions, integration and facilities opening costs or anyone-time costs incurred in connection with acquisitions and Investments and costs related to the closure and/or consolidation of facilities; plus

(e) any othernon-cash charges, including any write-offs or write-downs reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period (providedthat if any suchnon-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, (A)��the Issuer may elect not to add back suchnon-cash charge in the current period and (B) to the extent the Issuer elects to add back suchnon-cash charge, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from EBITDA to such extent, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period); plus

(f) the amount of anynon-controlling interest or minority interest expense consisting of Subsidiary income attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in anynon-Wholly-Owned Subsidiary; plus

(g) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting, advisory fees and other fees (including termination fees) and indemnities and expenses paid or accrued in such period under the Support and Services Agreement or otherwise to the Investors to the extent otherwise permitted under “Certain Covenants—Transactions with Affiliates”; plus

(h) the amount of “run-rate”“run-rate” cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies projected by the Issuer in good faith to result from actions taken, committed to be taken or expected in good faith to be taken no later than eighteen (18) months (or twelve (12) months in the case of any restructuring, cost savings initiative or other action (other than a merger, or other business combination, acquisition or divestiture)) after the end of such period (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies had been realized on the first day of such period for which EBITDA is being determined and as if such cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies were realized during the entirety of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during

such period from such actions;provided, that such cost savings and synergies are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable (it is understood and agreed that “run-rate” means the full recurring benefit for a period that is associated with any action taken, committed to be taken or expected to be taken, net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions); plus

(i) the amount of loss or discount on sale of receivables, Securitization Assets and related assets to any Securitization Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Securitization Facility; plus

(j) any costs or expense incurred by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Issuer or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interest of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock) solely to the extent that such net cash proceeds are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of the first paragraph under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments”; plus

(k) cash receipts (or any netting arrangements resulting in reduced cash expenditures) not representing EBITDA or Consolidated Net Income in any period to the extentnon-cash gains relating to such income were deducted in the calculation of EBITDA pursuant to clause (2) below for any previous period and not added back; plus

(l) any net loss from disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations; plus

(m) [reserved]; plus

(n) interest income or investment earnings on retiree medical and intellectual property, royalty or license receivables; plus

(o) costs, expenses or charges during such period relating to selling, equipping and installing new alarm andand/or smart home systems and other products used in the business in connection with new subscriber or customer acquisition of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case to the extent deducted from Consolidated Net Income in accordance with GAAP;

(2) decreased (without duplication) by the following, in each case to the extent included in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period:

(a)non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period, excluding anynon-cash gains to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced EBITDA in any prior period and anynon-cash gains with respect to cash actually received in a prior period so long as such cash did not increase EBITDA in such prior period; plus

(b) any net income from disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations.

EMU” means economic and monetary union as contemplated in the Treaty on European Union.

Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock, but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock.

Equity Offering” means any public or private sale or issuance of common stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies (excluding Disqualified Stock), other than:

(1) public offerings with respect to the Issuer’s or any direct or indirect parent company’s common stock registered on FormS-4 or FormS-8;

(2) issuances to any Subsidiary of the Issuer; and

(3) any such public or private sale or issuance that constitutes an Excluded Contribution.

euro” means the single currency of participating member states of the EMU.

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

Excluded Contract” means at any date any rights or interest of the Issuer or any Guarantor under any agreement, contract, license, instrument, document or other general intangible (referred to solely for purposes of this definition as a “Contract”) to the extent that such Contract by the terms of a restriction in favor of a Person who is not the Issuer or any Guarantor, or any requirement of law, prohibits, or requires any consent or establishes any other condition for or would terminate because of an assignment thereof or a grant of a security interest therein by the Issuer or a Guarantor;providedthat: (i) rights under any such Contract otherwise constituting an Excluded Contract by virtue of this definition shall be included in the Collateral to the extent permitted thereby or bySection 9-406 orSection 9-408 of the Uniform Commercial Code and (ii) all proceeds paid or payable to any of the Issuer or any Guarantor from any sale, transfer or assignment of such Contract and all rights to receive such proceeds shall be included in the Collateral.

Excluded Contribution” means any net cash proceeds, marketable securities or Qualified Proceeds received by the Issuer after the Acquisition Transactions from

(1) contributions to its common equity capital; and

(2) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Issuer or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the Issuer) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock) of the Issuer,

in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate executed by the principal financial officer of the Issuer, which are (or were) excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of the first paragraph under “—Certain“Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments.” Notwithstanding the foregoing, an amount equal to the aggregate amount that has been designated prior to the Issue Date as an “Excluded Contribution” for purposes of the Existing Notes pursuant to the Existing Notes Debt Agreements, shall automatically be deemed to be an Excluded Contribution under the Indenture, and such amount shall be excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of the first paragraph under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments.”

Excluded Equipment” means at any date any equipment or other assets of the Issuer or any Guarantor which is subject to, or secured by, a Financing Lease Obligation or a purchase money obligation if and to the extent that (i) a restriction in favor of a Person who is not Parent, the Issuer or a Subsidiary contained in the agreements or documents granting or governing such Financing Lease Obligation or purchase money obligation prohibits, or requires any consent or establishes any other conditions for or would result in the termination of such agreement or document because of an assignment thereof, or a grant of a security interest therein, by the Issuer or any Guarantor and (ii) such restriction relates only to the asset or assets acquired by the Issuer or any Guarantor with the proceeds of such Financing Lease Obligation or purchase money obligation and attachments thereto, improvements thereof or substitutions therefor;providedthat all proceeds paid or payable to any of the Issuer or any Guarantor from any sale, transfer or assignment or other voluntary or involuntary disposition of such assets and all rights to receive such proceeds shall be included in the Collateral to the extent not otherwise required to be paid to the holder of any Financing Lease Obligations or purchase money obligations secured by such assets.

Existing Notes” means the 2019 Notes, the 2020 Notes, the 2022 Private Placement Notes, the 2022 Notes and the 20222023 Notes.

Existing Notes Debt Agreements” means the 2019 Notes Indenture, the 2020 Notes Indenture, the 2022 Private Placement NotesNote Purchase Agreement, the 2022 Notes Indenture and the 20222023 Notes Indenture.

Existing Secured Notes” means the 2019 Notes, the 2022 Private Placement Notes and the 2022 Notes.

fair market value” means, with respect to any asset or liability, the fair market value of such asset or liability as determined by the Issuer in good faith.

Financing Lease Obligation” means an obligation that is required to be accounted for as a financing or capital lease (and, for the avoidance of doubt, not a straight-line or operating lease) on both the balance sheet and income statement for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP. At the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a financing or capital lease would be the amount required to be reflected as a liability on such balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP.

First Lien Obligations” means Priority Payment Lien Obligations, the Notes Obligations and Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness.

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the ratio of EBITDA of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that the Issuer or

any Restricted Subsidiary incurs, assumes, guarantees, redeems, repays, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred or repaid under any revolving credit facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and has not been replaced) or issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, repayment, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.period, subject, for the avoidance of doubt, to the paragraphs contained in “—Certain covenants—Certain compliance calculations.”

For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations and discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP) that have

been made by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date shall be calculated on apro formabasis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations and discontinued operations (and the change in any associated fixed charge obligations and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation or discontinued operation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall becalculatedbe calculated givingpro formaeffect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation or discontinued operation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

For purposes of this definition, wheneverpro formaeffect is to be given to an Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation or discontinued operation (including the Acquisition Transactions), thepro formacalculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer (and may include, for the avoidance of doubt, cost savings, synergies and operating expense reductions resulting from such Investment, acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation (including the Acquisition Transactions) which is being givenpro formaeffect that have been or are expected to be realized based on actions taken, committed to be taken or expected in good faith to be taken within 18 months). If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being givenpro formaeffect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness). Interest on a Financing Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer to be the rate of interest implicit in such Financing Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed ona pro formabasis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period except as set forth in the first paragraph of this definition. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Issuer may designate.

Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of, without duplication:

(1) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period;

(2) all cash dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock during such period; and

(3) all cash dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock during such period.

Foreign Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, (1)(A) any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person that is not organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia and (B) any Restricted Subsidiary of such Foreign Subsidiary, and (2) any FSHCO Subsidiary of such Person.

FSHCO Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person substantially all of whose assets consist, directly or indirectly, of Equity Interests and/or Indebtedness of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries, and any other assets incidental thereto.

GAAP” means (1) generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect from time to time, it being understood that, for purposes of the Indenture, all references to codified accounting

standards specifically named in the Indenture shall be deemed to include any successor, replacement, amendment or updated accounting standard under GAAP or (2) if elected by the Issuer by written notice to the Trustee in connection with the delivery of financial statements and information, the accounting standards and interpretations (“IFRS”IFRS) adopted by the International Accounting Standard Board, as in effect on the first date of the period for which the Issuer is making such election;provided, that (a) any such election once made shall be irrevocable, (b) all financial statements and reports required to beprovidedafter such election pursuant to the Indenture shall be prepared on the basis of IFRS, (c) from and after such election, all ratios, computations and other determinations based on GAAP contained in the Indenture shall be computed in conformity with IFRS, (d) in connection with the delivery of financial statements (x) for any of its first three financial quarters of any financial year, it shall restate its consolidated interim financial statements for such interim financial period and the comparable period in the prior year to the extent previously prepared in accordance with GAAP and (y) for delivery of audited annual financial information, it shall provide consolidated historical financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS for the prior most recent fiscal year to the extent previously prepared in accordance with GAAP as in effect on the first date of the period in which the Issuer is making such election. For the avoidance of doubt, solely making an election (without any other action) referred to in this definition will not be treated as an incurrence of Indebtedness.

If there occurs a change in generally accepted accounting principles and such change would cause a change in the method of calculation of any term or measure used in a covenant under “—Certain Covenants” (an “Accounting Change”), then the Issuer may elect that such term or measure shall be calculated as if such Accounting Change had not occurred.

guarantee” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations.

Guarantee” means the guarantee by any Guarantor of the Issuer’s Obligations under the Indenture and the Notes.

Guarantor” means (i) Holdings and (ii) each Subsidiary of the Issuer, if any, that Guarantees the Notes in accordance with the terms of the Indenture. On the Issue Date, Holdings and each Restricted Subsidiary that guarantees any Indebtedness of the Issuer under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities will be a Guarantor.

Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, commodity swap agreement, commodity cap agreement, commodity collar agreement, foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or similar agreement providing for the transfer, modification or mitigation of interest rate, currency or commodity risks either generally or under specific contingencies.

Holder” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the registrar’s books.

Immediate Family Members” means with respect to any individual, such individual’s child, stepchild, grandchild or more remote descendant, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, qualified domestic partner, sibling, mother-in-law,father-in-law,son-in-law anddaughter-in-law (including adoptive relationships) and any trust, partnership or other bona fide estate-planning vehicle the only beneficiaries of which are any of the foregoing individuals or any private foundation or fund that is controlled by any of the foregoing individuals or any donor-advised fund of which any such individual is the donor.

Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person, without duplication:

(1) any indebtedness (including principal and premium) of such Person, whether or not contingent:

(a) in respect of borrowed money;

(b) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);

(c) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property (including Financing Lease Obligations), except (i) any such balance that constitutes an obligation in respect of a commercial letter of credit, a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case accrued in the ordinary course of business and (ii) anyearn-out obligations until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP and not paid after becoming due and payable; or

(d) representing the net obligations under any Hedging Obligations,

if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP;provided, that Indebtedness of any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer appearing upon the balance sheet of the Issuer solely by reason of push-down accounting under GAAP shall be excluded;

(2) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of a third Person (whether or not such items would appear upon the balance sheet of such obligor or guarantor), other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business; and

(3) to the extent not otherwise included, the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of a third Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such first Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such first Person;provided, that the amount of any such Indebtedness will be the lesser of (a) the fair market value of such asset at such date of determination and (b) the amount of such Indebtedness of such third Person;

provided, that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall be deemed not to include (a) Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business, or(b) Non-Financing Lease Obligations or other obligations under or in respect of, Qualified Securitization Facilities, straight-line leases, operating leases or Sale and Lease-Back Transactions (except any resulting Financing Lease Obligations);provided,further, that Indebtedness shall be calculated without giving effect to the effects of Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic No. 815 and related interpretations to the extent such effects would otherwise increase or decrease an amount of Indebtedness for any purpose under the Indenture as a result of accounting for any embedded derivatives created by the terms of such Indebtedness.

Independent Financial Advisor” means an accounting, appraisal, investment banking firm or consultant of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.

Initial Purchasers” means the initial purchasers of the Notes identified in the offering memorandum distributed in connection with the private offering of the outstanding 2023 notes.Notes.

Intercreditor Agreement” means the Intercreditor and Collateral Agency Agreement, dated as of November 16, 2012, among each Credit Agreement Collateral Agent and Wilmington Trust, National Association, the collateral agent for the Existing Secured Notes, and as acknowledged by the Issuer and each Guarantor (as defined therein), as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the Indenture, including any joinders thereto.

Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s andBBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or if the applicable securities are not then rated by Moody’s or S&P an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency.

Investment Grade Securities” means:

(1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents);

(2) debt securities or debt instruments with an Investment Grade Rating, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among the Issuer and its Subsidiaries;

(3) investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and (2) which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment or distribution; and

(4) corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality investments.

Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, advances to customers, commission, travel and similar advances to employees, directors, officers, managers and consultants, in each case made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) of the Issuer in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property. For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and the covenant described under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments”:

(1) “Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Issuer at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary;provided, that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Issuer shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to:

(a) the Issuer’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; less

(b) the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s Equity Interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and

(2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer.

The amount of any Investment outstanding at any time shall be the original cost of such Investment, reduced by any dividend, distribution, interest payment, return of capital, repayment or other amount received in Cash Equivalents by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such Investment.

Investors” means any of Blackstone Capital Partners VI L.P. and any of its Affiliates but not including, however, any of its or such Affiliates’ portfolio companies.

Issue Date” means AugustMay 10, 2017.2019.

Issuer” means APX Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (and not to any of its Subsidiaries), and its successors.

Legal Holiday” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banking institutions are not required to be open in the State of New York or at the place of payment. If a payment date is on a legal holiday, payment will be made on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period.

Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien (statutory or otherwise), pledge, hypothecation, charge, security interest, preference, priority or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction;provided, that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.

Management Stockholders” means the members of management (and their Controlled Investment Affiliates and Immediate Family Members) of the Issuer (or its direct parent) who are holders of Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent companies of the Issuer on the Issue Date.

Maturity Date” means November 1, 2024.

Merger” means the merger of APX Group, Inc., V Solar Holdings, Inc. and 2GIG Technologies, Inc. with and into 313 Group Inc., 313 Solar Inc. and 313 Technologies Inc., respectively, pursuant to the Transaction Agreement.

Merger Subs” means 313 Group Inc., 313 Solar Inc. and 313 Technologies Inc.

Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency business.

Net Income” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends.

Net Proceeds” means the aggregate Cash Equivalents proceeds received by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale, including any Cash Equivalents received upon the sale or other disposition of any DesignatedNon-cash Consideration received in any Asset Sale, net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale and the sale or disposition of such DesignatedNon-cash Consideration, including legal, accounting and investment banking fees, payments made in order to obtain a necessary consent or required by applicable law, and brokerage and sales commissions, any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof,other fees and expenses, including title and recordation expenses, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof or any transactions occurring or deemed to occur to effectuate a payment under the Indenture (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), amounts required to be applied to the repayment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on Senior Indebtedness or amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness secured by a Lien on such assets and required (other than required by clause (1) of the second paragraph of “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales”) to be paid as a result of such transaction and any deduction of appropriate amounts to beprovidedby the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after such sale or other disposition thereof, including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction.

Non-Financing Lease Obligation” means a lease obligation that is not required to be accounted for as a financing or capital lease on both the balance sheet and the income statement for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP. For the avoidance of doubt, a straight-line or operating lease shall be considered aNon-Financing Lease Obligation.

“Notes Obligations” means Obligations in respect of the Notes, the Guarantees and the Indenture.

Obligations” means any principal, interest (including any interest, fees or expenses accruing on or subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rateprovidedfor in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest, fees or expenses isare an allowed claim under applicable state, federal or foreign law), premium, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and banker’s acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness;provided, that any of the foregoing (other than principal and interest) shall no longer constitute “Obligations” after payment in full of such principal and interest except to the extent such obligations are fully liquidated andnon-contingent on or prior to such payment in full.

Officer” means the Chairman of the board of directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Chief Operating Officer, the President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Issuer.

Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of a Person by an Officer of such Person that meets the requirements set forth in the Indenture.

Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuer or the Trustee.

Parent Company” means any Person so long as such Person directly or indirectly holds 100.0% of the total voting power of the Capital Stock of the Issuer, and at the time such Person acquired such voting power, no

Person and no group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision), including any such group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act) (other than any Permitted Holder), shall have beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), directly or indirectly, of 50.0% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of such Person.

Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness” means the 2022 Notes, the 2022 Private Placement Notes, the Additional Notes and any additional Secured Indebtedness that is rankedpari passuwith the Notes and is permitted to be incurred pursuant to the terms of the Indenture;providedthat (i) the representative of such Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness executes a joinder agreement to the Intercreditor Agreement and, if applicable, to the other Collateral Documents, in each case in the form attached thereto, agreeing to be bound thereby and (ii) the Issuer has designated such Indebtedness as “Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness” thereunder.

Permitted Asset Swap” means the substantially concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Related Business Assets or a combination of Related Business Assets and Cash Equivalents between the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person;provided, that any Cash Equivalents received must be applied in accordance with the covenant described under “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales.”Sales”;provided,furtherthat the assets received are pledged as Collateral to the extent required by the Collateral Documents to the extent that the assets disposed of constituted Collateral.

Permitted Holders” means any of the Investors and Management Stockholders and any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any oftheof the foregoing are members;provided, that in the case of such group and without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, such Investors and Management Stockholders, collectively, have beneficial ownership of more than 50.0% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies. Any Person or group whose acquisition of beneficial ownership constitutes a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of Control Offer is made in accordance with the requirements of the Indenture will thereafter, together with its Affiliates, constitute an additional Permitted Holder.

Permitted Investments” means:

(1) any Investment in the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(2) any Investment in Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities;

(3) any Investment by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Person (including, to the extent constituting an Investment, in assets of a Person that represent substantially all of its assets or a division, business unit or product line, including research and development and related assets in respect of any product) that is engaged directly or through entities that will be Restricted Subsidiaries in a Similar Business if as a result of such Investment:

(a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; or

(b) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is amalgamated, merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets (or such division, business unit or product line) to, or is liquidated into, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary,

and, in each case, any Investment held by such Person;provided, that such Investment was not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation or transfer;

(4) any Investment in securities or other assets, including earn-outs, not constituting Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to the first paragraph under “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales” or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;

(5) any Investment existing on the Issue Date or made pursuant to binding commitments in effect on the Issue Date or an Investment consisting of any extension, modification or renewal of any such Investment or binding commitment existing on the Issue Date;provided, that the amount of any such Investment may be increased in such extension, modification or renewal only (a) as required by the terms of such Investment or binding commitment as in existence on the Issue Date (including as a result of the accrual or accretion of interest or original issue discount or the issuance ofpay-in-kind securities) or (b) as otherwise permitted under the Indenture;

(6) any Investment acquired by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries:

(a) consisting of extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising from the grant of trade credit in the ordinary course of business;

(b) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable, indorsements for collection or deposit held by the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable (including any trade creditor or customer); or

(c) in satisfaction of judgments against other Persons; or

(d) as a result of a foreclosure by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

(7) Hedging Obligations permitted under clause (10) of the covenant described in “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;

(8) any Investment in a Similar Business taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (8) that are at that time outstanding not to exceed the greater of (a) $100.0 million and (b) 4.25% of Total Assets (in each case, determined on the date such Investment is made, with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

(9) Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer, or any of its direct or indirect parent companies;provided, that such Equity Interests will not

increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3) of the first paragraph under the covenant described in “Certain Covenants—Limitations on Restricted Payments”;

(10) guarantees of Indebtedness permitted under the covenant described in “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock,” performance guarantees and Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business and the creation of Liens on the assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in compliance with the covenant described under “Certain Covenants—Liens”;

(11) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted by and made in accordance with the provisions of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “Certain Covenants—Transactions with Affiliates” (except transactions described in clauses (2), (5) and (9) of such paragraph);

(12) Investments consisting of purchases or other acquisitions of inventory, supplies, material or equipment or the licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons;

(13) Investments having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (13) that are at that time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities), not to exceed the greater of (a) $100.0$110.0 million and (b) 4.25% of Total Assets (in each case, determined on the date such Investment is made, with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

(14) Investments in or relating to a Securitization Subsidiary that, in the good faith determination of the Issuer are necessary or advisable to effect any Qualified Securitization Facility or any repurchase obligation in connection therewith;

(15) advances to, or guarantees of Indebtedness of, employees not in excess of $15.0 million outstanding in the aggregate;

(16) loans and advances to employees, directors, officers, managers and consultants (a) for business-related travel expenses, moving expenses and other similar expenses or payroll advances, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practices or (b) to fund such Person’s purchase of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company thereof;

(17) advances, loans or extensions of trade credit in the ordinary course of business by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(18) any Investment in any Subsidiary or any joint venture in connection with intercompany cash management arrangements or related activities arising in the ordinary course of business;

(19) Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of assets or services in the ordinary course of business;

(20) Investments made in the ordinary course of business in connection with obtaining, maintaining or renewing client contacts;

(21) Investments in prepaid expenses, negotiable instruments held for collection and lease, utility and workers compensation, performance and similar deposits entered into as a result of the operations of the business in the ordinary course of business;

(22) repurchases of Notes;

(23) Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of Uniform Commercial Code Article 3 endorsements for collection of deposit and Article 4 customary trade arrangements with customers consistent with past practices;

(24) Investments consisting of promissory notes issued by the Issuer or any Guarantor to future, present or former officers, directors and employees, members of management, or consultants of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries or their respective estates, spouses or former spouses to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent thereof, to the extent the applicable Restricted Payment is a permitted by the covenant described under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payment”;

(25) Investments (including debt obligations and Equity Interests) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of suppliers and customers or in settlement of delinquent obligations of, or other disputes with, customers and suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business or upon the foreclosure with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment;

(26) Investments (i) by the Captive Insurance Subsidiary made in the ordinary course of its business or consistent with past practice, and (ii) in the Captive Insurance Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business or required under statutory or regulatory authority applicable to such Captive Insurance Subsidiary; and

(27) Investments in joint ventures of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (27) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (a) $25.0 million and (b) 1.0% of Total Assets (in each case, determined on the date such Investment is made, with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value).

Permitted Liens” means, with respect to any Person:

(1) pledges, deposits or security by such Person under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance, employers’ health tax, and other social security laws or similar legislation or other insurance related obligations (including, but not limited to, in respect of deductibles, self-insured retention amounts and premiums and adjustments thereto) or indemnification obligations of (including obligations in respect of letters of credit or bank guarantees for the benefit of) insurance carriers providing property, casualty or liability insurance, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or U.S. government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(2) Liens imposed by law, such as landlords’, carriers’, warehousemen’s, materialmen’s, repairmen’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case for sums not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or being contested in good faith by appropriate actions or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

(3) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or not yet payable or subject to penalties for nonpayment or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate actions diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

(4) Liens in favor of issuers of performance, surety, bid, indemnity, warranty, release, appeal or similar bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit or bankers acceptances issued, and completion guarantees provided for, in each case, issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business or consistent with past practice prior to the Issue Date;Date.

(5) minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, ground leases, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses,rights—of-way, servitudes, sewers, electric lines, drains, telegraph, telephone and cable television lines and other similar purposes, or zoning, building codes or other restrictions (including

(including minor defects and irregularities in title and similar encumbrances) as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental, to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person and exceptions on title policies insuring liens granted on Mortgaged Properties (as defined in the Senior Secured Credit Facilities);

(6) Liens securing Obligations relating to any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (4), (12)(b), (13) or (23) of the second paragraph under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;provided, that (a) Liens securing Obligations relating to any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (13) relate only to Obligations relating to Refinancing Indebtedness that (x) is secured by Liens on the same assets as the assets securing the Refinancing Indebtedness or (y) extends, replaces, refunds, refinances, renews or defeases Indebtedness incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued under clause (4), or, solely to the extent such Indebtedness was secured by a Lien prior to such refinancing, clauses (3), (12) or (13) of the second paragraph under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock,” (b) Liens securing Obligations relating to Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (23) extend only to the assets of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer that are not Guarantors and (c) Liens securing Obligations relating to any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock to be incurred pursuant to clause (4) of the second paragraph under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” extend only to the assets so purchased, leased or improved;

(7) Liens existing on the Issue Date (including Liens securing any Refinancing Indebtedness of any Indebtedness secured by such Liens);

(8) Liens on property or shares of stock or other assets of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary;provided, that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary;provided,further, that such Liens may not extend to any other property or other assets owned by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(9) Liens on property or other assets at the time the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property or such other assets, including any acquisition by means of a merger, amalgamation or consolidation with or into the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;provided, that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition, amalgamation, merger or

consolidation;provided,further, that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(10) Liens securing Obligations relating to any Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred in accordance with the covenant described under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;

(11) Liens securing (x) Hedging Obligations and (y) obligations in respect of Bank Products;

(12) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s accounts payable or similar trade obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances or trade letters of credit issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

(13) leases,sub-leases, licenses orsub-licenses granted to others in the ordinary course of business which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and do not secure any Indebtedness;

(14) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statute) financing statement filings regarding operating leases or consignments entered into by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the

ordinary course of business or purported Liens evidenced by the filing of precautionary Uniform Commercial Code financing statements or similar public filings;

(15) Liens in favor of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor;

(16) Liens on equipment of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries granted in the ordinary course of business to the Issuer’s clients;

(17) Liens on accounts receivable, Securitization Assets and related assets incurred in connection with a Qualified Securitization Facility;

(18) Liens to secure any modification, refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancing, refunding, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (6), (7), (8) and (9);provided,, that (a) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien (plus improvements on such property) and proceeds and products thereof, and (b) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (i) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under clauses (6), (7), (8) and (9) at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under the Indenture, and (ii) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses (including original issue discount, upfront fees or similar fees) and premiums (including tender premiums and accrued and unpaid interest), related to such modification, refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement;

(19) deposits made or other security provided in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers;

(20) Liens (including, for the avoidance of doubt, Liens on Collateral) securing obligations in an aggregate principal amount outstanding which does not exceed the greater of (a) $50.0 million and (b) 2.0% of Total Assets (in each case, determined as of the date of such incurrence);

(21) security given to a public utility or any municipality or governmental authority when required by such utility or authority in connection with the operations of that Person in the ordinary course of business;

(22) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under clause (5) under the caption “Events of Default and Remedies” so long as such Liens are adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;

(23) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business;

(24) Liens (a) of a collection bank arising underSection 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code or any comparable or successor provision on items in the course of collection, (b) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, and (c) in favor of banking institutions arising as a matter of law or under general terms and conditions encumbering deposits (including the right ofset-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

(25) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;provided,, that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreements;

(26) Liens encumbering reasonable customary deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

(27) Liens that are contractual rights ofset-off (a) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (b) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (c) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(28) Liens securing obligations owed by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to any lender under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities or any Affiliate of such a lender in respect of any overdraft and related liabilities arising from treasury, depository and cash management services or any automated clearing house transfers of funds;

(29) any encumbrance or restriction (including put and call arrangements) with respect to Capital Stock of any joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture or similar agreement;

(30) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale or purchase of goods entered into by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

(31) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted by the Indenture;

(32) ground leases in respect of real property on which facilities owned or leased by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries are located;

(33) Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof securing the financing of the premiums with respect thereto;

(34) Liens on Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary that secure Indebtedness or other obligations of such Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(35) Liens on the assets ofnon-guarantor Restricted Subsidiaries securing Indebtedness of such Subsidiaries that were permitted by the terms of the Indenture to be incurred;

(36) Liens on cash advances in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired in an Investment permitted under the Indenture to be applied against the purchase price for such Investment;

(37) any interest or title of a lessor,sub-lessor, licensor orsub-licensor or secured by a lessor’s,sub-lessor’s, licensor’s orsub-licensor’s interest under leases or licenses entered into by the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(38) deposits of cash with the owner or lessor of premises leased and operated by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business of the Issuer and such Subsidiary to secure the performance of the Issuer’s or such Subsidiary’s obligations under the terms of the lease for such premises;

(39) Liens securing the Existing Secured Notes Obligations relating to Notes (and the Guarantees), in each case, issued on the Issue Date and any exchange notes (and the guarantees thereof) issued pursuant to the registration rights agreement;

(40) (x) Liens securing Indebtedness (including Liens securing any Obligations in respect thereof) permitted to be incurred pursuant to the covenant under the caption “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” (including, without limitation, Indebtedness incurred under one or more Credit Facilities) so long as after giving pro forma effect to such incurrence and such Liens the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be equal to or less than 4.00 to 1.01.00 for the Issuer’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such Lien is incurred; provided that to the extent such Liens are on Collateral, an authorized representative of the holders of such Indebtedness and the Collateral Agent shall execute (i) a joinder to the

Intercreditor Agreement (in the form attached thereto) as a holder of Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness or (ii) another intercreditor agreement pursuant to which such representative shall agree with the representatives of First Lien Obligations that the Liens securing such Indebtedness are subordinated to the Liens securing the First Lien Obligation and (y) Liens securing any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to the covenant described under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”; provided that such Liens on Collateral are junior in priority to the Lien granted to the Holders of the Notes; and

(41) Liens securing obligations in respect of (x) Indebtedness and other Obligations permitted to be incurred under Credit Facilities, including any letter of credit facility relating thereto, that was permitted by the terms of the Indenture to be incurred pursuant to clause (1) of the second paragraph under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” and (y) obligations of the Issuer or any Subsidiary in respect of any Bank Products or Hedging Obligation provided by any lender party to any Credit Facility or any Affiliate of such lender (or any Person that was a lender or an Affiliate of a lender at the time the applicable agreements pursuant to which such Bank Products are provided were entered into).

For purposes of this definition, the term “Indebtedness” shall be deemed to include interest on such Indebtedness.

Person” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership (including a limited partnership), joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

Preferred Stock” means any Equity Interest with preferential rights of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up.

Priority Payment Lien Obligations” means Obligations secured by (x) Liens securing Obligations permitted to be incurred under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities (and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements, refundings, refinancings or replacements thereof), including any letter of credit facility relating thereto, that was permitted by the terms of the Indenture to be incurred pursuant to clause (1) of the second paragraph under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock,” (y) Liens securing obligations of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of any Bank Products and Hedging Obligations provided by any lender party to the Senior Secured Credit Facilities or any Affiliate of such lender (or any Person that was a lender or an Affiliate of a lender at the time the applicable agreements pursuant to which such Bank Products or Hedging Obligations, as applicable, are provided were entered into) or (z) Liens permitted by clause (28) of the definition of “Permitted Liens”;providedthat (i) no more than $350.0 million aggregate principal amount of Obligations under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities (and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements, refundings, refinancings or replacements thereof) shall constitute Priority Payment Lien Obligations and (ii) (A) the representatives of such Priority Payment Lien Obligations shall at all times be parties to or execute joinder agreements (in the forms attached thereto agreeing to be bound thereby) to the Intercreditor Agreement and, if applicable, the other Collateral Documents, and (B) the Issuer has designated such Indebtedness as “Priority Payment Lien Obligations” thereunder.

Qualified Equity Interests” means any Equity Interests that are not Disqualified Stock.

Qualified Proceeds” means the fair market value of assets that are used or useful in, or Capital Stock of any Person engaged in, a Similar Business.

Qualified Securitization Facility” means any Securitization Facility (a) constituting a securitization financing facility that meets the following conditions: (i) the board of directors of the Issuer shall have

determined in good faith that such Securitization Facility is in the aggregate economically fair and reasonable to the Issuer and (ii) all sales and/or contributions of Securitization Assets and related assets to the applicable Securitization Subsidiary are made at fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) or (b) constituting a receivables or payables financing or factoring facility.

Rating Agencies” means Moody’s and S&P (and any of their respective successors and assigns) or if Moody’s or S&P or both shall not make a rating on the Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Issuer which shall be substituted for Moody’s or S&P or both, as the case may be.

Registration Rights Agreement” means a registration rights agreement with respect to the Notes dated as of the Issue Date, among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers, as such agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time and, with respect to any Additional Notes, one or more registration

rights agreements among the Issuer and the other parties thereto, as such agreement(s) may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, relating to rights given by the Issuer to the purchasers of Additional Notes to register such Additional Notes under the Securities Act.

Related Business Assets” means assets (other than Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Similar Business,providedthat any assets received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for assets transferred by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be Related Business Assets if they consist of securities of a Person, unless upon receipt of the securities of such Person, such Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary.

Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

Restricted Subsidiary” means, at any time, any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any Foreign Subsidiary) that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary;provided, that upon an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of “Restricted Subsidiary.”

Revolving Credit Agreement” means that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of November 16, 2012, as amended and restated as of June 28, 2013, as further amended and restated as of March 6, 2015, and as further amended and restated on August 10, 2017, and as it may be further amended or amended and restated on or prior to the Issue Date, by and among the Issuer, Holdings, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, and the lenders and other parties party thereto.

S&P” means Standard & Poor’s, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.,S&P Global Ratings and any successor to its rating agency business.

Sale and Lease-Back Transaction” means any arrangement providing for the leasing by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary to a third Person in contemplation of such leasing.

SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries secured by a Lien.

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

Securitization Assets” means the accounts receivable, royalty or other revenue streams and other rights to payment and any other assets related thereto subject to a Qualified Securitization Facility and the proceeds thereof.

Securitization Facility” means any of one or more receivables or securitization financing facilities as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, renewed, restated or refunded from time to time, the Obligations of which arenon-recourse (except for customary representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities made in connection with such facilities) to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Securitization Subsidiary) pursuant to which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries sells or grants a security interest in its accounts receivable or Securitization Assets or assets related thereto to either (a) a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or (b) a Securitization Subsidiary that in turn sells its accounts receivable to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary.

Securitization Fees” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any participation interest issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Securitization Subsidiary in connection with, any Qualified Securitization Facility.

Securitization Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary formed for the purpose of, and that solely engages only in one or more Qualified Securitization Facilities and other activities reasonably related thereto.

Senior Indebtedness” means:

(1) all Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor outstanding under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, the Existing Notes and the related guarantees thereof and Notes and related Guarantees (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or similar proceeding or for reorganization of the Issuer or any Guarantor (at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, regardless of whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceedings)), and any and all other fees, expense reimbursement obligations, indemnification amounts, penalties, and other amounts (whether existing on the Issue Date or thereafter created or incurred) and all obligations of the Issuer or any Guarantor to reimburse any bank or other Person in respect of amounts paid under letters of credit, acceptances or other similar instruments;

(2) all (x) Hedging Obligations (and guarantees thereof) and (y) obligations in respect of Bank Products (and guarantees thereof) owing to a lender under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities or any Affiliate of such lender (or any Person that was a lender or an Affiliate of such lender at the time the applicable agreement giving rise to such Hedging Obligation was entered into);provided, that such Hedging Obligations and obligations in respect of Bank Products, as the case may be, are permitted to be incurred under the terms of the Indenture;

(3) any other Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor permitted to be incurred under the terms of the Indenture, unless the instrument under which such Indebtedness is incurred expressly provides that it is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or any related Guarantee; and

(4) all Obligations with respect to the items listed in the preceding clauses (1), (2) and (3);providedthat Senior Indebtedness shall not include:

(a) any obligation of such Person to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries;

(b) any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by such Person;

(c) any accounts payable or other liability to trade creditors arising in the ordinary course of business;

(d) any Indebtedness or other Obligation of such Person which is subordinate or junior in any respect to any other Indebtedness or other Obligation of such Person; or

(e) that portion of any Indebtedness which at the time of incurrence is incurred in violation of the Indenture.

Senior Secured Credit Facilities” means the revolving credit facility, the term loan facility and other credit facilities under the Credit Agreements, including any guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and

agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements, refundings, refinancings or replacements thereof and any one or more indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or investors that replace, refund, supplement or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount borrowable thereunder or alters the maturity thereof (providedthat such increase in borrowings is permitted under the caption “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” above) or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, trustee, lender or group of lenders or holders.

Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule1-02 of RegulationS-X promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the Issue Date.

Similar Business” means (1) any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date, and any reasonable extension thereof, or (2) any business or other

activities that are reasonably similar, ancillary, incidental, complementary or related to, or a reasonable extension, development or expansion of, the businesses in which the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries are engaged or propose to be engaged on the Issue Date.

Solar” means V Solar Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries.

Springing Maturity Condition” means that, to the extent the Maturity Date has not occurred prior to such time,(A) on the Springing Maturity Date for 2020 Notes, an aggregate principal amount of the 2020 Notes in excess of $275,000,000 are either outstanding or have not been repurchased (and cancelled), redeemed, defeased, repaid, refinanced or satisfied and discharged with (a) Refinancing Indebtedness, (b) net cash proceeds of an issuance of Qualified Equity Interests of Holdings to a Person other than a Subsidiary of Holdings, (c) a capital contribution to Holdings from a Person other than a Subsidiary of Holdings and/or (d) cash on balance sheet or proceeds from Asset Sales or (B) on the Springing Maturity Date for 2023 Notes, an aggregate principal amount of the 2023 Notes in excess of $125,000,000 are either outstanding or have not been repurchased (and cancelled), redeemed, defeased, repaid, refinanced or satisfied and discharged with (a) Refinancing Indebtedness, (b) net cash proceeds of an issuance of Qualified Equity Interests of Holdings to a Person other than a Subsidiary of Holdings, (c) a capital contribution to Holdings from a Person other than a Subsidiary of Holdings and/or (d) cash on balance sheet or proceeds from Asset Sales.

Springing Maturity Date for the 2020 Notes” means the date that is 91 days before the maturity date with respect to the 2020 Notes.

Springing Maturity Date for the 2023 Notes” means the date that is 91 days before the maturity date with respect to the 2023 Notes.

Subordinated Indebtedness” means, with respect to the Notes,

(1) any Indebtedness of the Issuer which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, and

(2) any Indebtedness of any Guarantor which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of such entity of the Notes.

Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person:

(1) any corporation, association, or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity) of which more than 50.0% of the total voting power of shares of Capital

Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time of determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof or is consolidated under GAAP with such Person at such time; and

(2) any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which

(a) more than 50.0% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership or otherwise, and

(b) such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity.

Subsidiary Guarantor” means each Guarantor other than Holdings.

Support and Services Agreement” means the management services or similar agreements between certain of the management companies associated with one or more of the Investors or their advisors, if applicable, and the Issuer (and/or its direct or indirect parent companies).

Term Loan Credit Agreement” means that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of September 6, 2018, among the Issuer, Holdings, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, and the lenders and other parties thereto.

Total Assets” means the total assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, as shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Issuer or such other Person as may be expressly stated.

Transaction Agreement” means the Transaction Agreement, dated as of September 19, 2012, by and among 313 Acquisition LLC, the Merger Subs, APX Group, Inc., V Solar Holdings, Inc., 2GIG Technologies, Inc. and the other parties party thereto, as amended, modified and supplemented from time to time.

Transaction Expenses” means any fees or expenses incurred or paid by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with the Acquisition Transactions and the Transactions, including payments to officers,

employees and directors as change of control payments, severance payments, special or retention bonuses and charges for repurchase or rollover of, or modifications to, stock options.

Transactions” means all issuances of the Existing Notes following November 16, 2012 but prior to the Issue Date, the issuance of the Notes on the Issue Date, the entering into of the Term Loan Credit Agreement, and the payment of transactions fees and expenses and other transactions in connection therewith or incidental thereto.

Treasury Rate” means, as of any Redemption Date, the yield to maturity as of such Redemption Date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the Redemption Date (or, if such Statistical Releasestatistical release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the Redemption Date to SeptemberMay 1, 2019;2021;provided, that if the period from the Redemption Date to such date is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb).

Uniform Commercial Code” means the Uniform Commercial Code or any successor provision thereof as the same may from time to time be in effect in the State of New York.York (also referred to as “UCC”).

Unrestricted Subsidiary” means:

(1) any Subsidiary of the Issuer which at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Issuer, as provided below); and

(2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

The Issuer may designate any Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on, any property of, the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer (other than solely any Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated);provided, that:

(1) any Unrestricted Subsidiary must be an entity of which the Equity Interests entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes that may be cast by all Equity Interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or Persons performing a similar function are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Issuer;

(2) such designation complies with the covenants described under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments”; and

(3) each of (a) the Subsidiary to be so designated and (b) its Subsidiaries has not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary.

The Issuer may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary;provided, that, immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and either:

(1) the Issuer could incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the first paragraph of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”; or

(2) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be equal to or greater than such ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such designation, in each case on apro formabasis taking into account such designation.

Any such designation by the Issuer shall be notified by the Issuer to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the board of directors of the Issuer or any committee thereof giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

U.S. Dollar Equivalent” means with respect to any monetary amount in a currency other than U.S. dollars, at any time for determination thereof, the amount of U.S. dollars obtained by converting such foreign currency

involved in such computation into U.S. dollars at the spot rate for the purchase of U.S. dollars with the applicable foreign currency as published in The Wall Street Journal in the “Exchange Rates” column under the heading “Currency Trading” on the date two business days prior to such determination.

U.S. Government Securities” means securities that are:

(1) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged; or

(2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America,

which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuers thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as

custodian with respect to any such U.S. Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such U.S. Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt;provided, that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the U.S. Government Securities evidenced by such depository receipt.

Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the board of directors of such Person.

Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing:

(1) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment; by

(2) the sum of all such payments.

provided, that for purposes of determining the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of any Indebtedness that is being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased (the “Applicable Indebtedness”), the effects of any amortization or prepayments made on such Applicable Indebtedness prior to the date of the applicable extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance shall be disregarded.

Wholly-Owned Subsidiary” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person, 100.0% of the outstanding Equity Interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals as required by applicable law) shall at the time be owned by such Person and/or by one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

THE EXCHANGE OFFER

Purpose and Effect of the Exchange Offer

The Issuer and the guarantors of the outstanding 20232024 notes and the initial purchasers have entered into a registration rights agreement pursuant to which each of the Issuer and the guarantors of the outstanding 20232024 notes have agreed that it will, at its expense, for the benefit of the holders of outstanding 20232024 notes, (i) file one or more registration statements on an appropriate registration form with respect to a registered offer to exchange the outstanding 20232024 notes for new notes, guaranteed by the guarantors on a senior basis, with terms substantially identical in all material respects to the outstanding 20232024 notes and (ii) use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the registration statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act. As of the date of this prospectus, $400.0$225.0 million aggregate principal amount of the outstanding 20232024 notes are outstanding.

Under the circumstances set forth below, the Issuer and the guarantors will use their commercially reasonable best efforts to cause the SEC to declare effective a shelf registration statement with respect to the resale of the outstanding 20232024 notes within the time periods specified in the registration rights agreement and keep such registration statement effective for up to one year after the effective date of the shelf registration statement. These circumstances include:

 

if any change in law or in currently prevailing interpretations of the Staffstaff of the SEC do not permit us to effect the exchange offer;

 

if the exchange offer is not consummated within the registration period contemplated by the registration rights agreement;

 

if, in certain circumstances, certain holders of unregistered exchange notes so request; or

 

if in the case of any holder that participates in the exchange offer, such holder does not receive exchange notes on the date of the exchange that may be sold without restriction under state and federal securities laws (other than due solely to the status of such holder as an affiliate of ours within the meaning of the Securities Act).

Under the registration rights agreement, if (A) we have not exchanged exchange notes for all notes validly tendered in accordance with the terms of the exchange offer or a shelf registration statement has not been declared effective under the Securities Act during the registration period contemplated by the registration rights agreement or (B) if applicable, a shelf registration statement covering resales of the notes has been declared effective and such shelf registration statement ceases to be effective at any time during the effectiveness period (subject to certain exceptions) (each such event referred to in clause (A) and clause (B), a “Registration Default”), then additional interest (“Additional Interest”) shall accrue on the principal amount of the outstanding 20232024 notes at a rate of 0.25% per annum during the90-day period immediately following the occurrence of any Registration Default (which rate will be increased by an additional 0.25% per annum for each subsequent90-day period that such Additional Interest continues to accrue; provided that the rate at which such Additional Interest accrues may in no event exceed 1.00% per annum) (any such Additional Interest to be calculated by us) commencing on (x) the first day after the expiration of the registration period contemplated by the registration rights agreement (in the case of clause (A) above) or (y) the day such shelf registration statement ceases to be effective (in the case of clause (B) above); provided, however, that upon the exchange of exchange notes for all notes tendered (in the case of clause (A) above), or upon the effectiveness of a shelf registration statement that had ceased to remain effective (in the case of clause (B) above) or if the notes otherwise no longer constitute transfer restricted securities (as such term is defined in the registration rights agreement), Additional Interest on such notes as a result of such clause (or the relevantsub-clause thereof), as the case may be, shall cease to accrue.

If you wish to exchange your outstanding 20232024 notes for exchange notes in the exchange offer, you will be required to make the following written representations:

 

you are not an affiliate of the Issuer or any guarantor within the meaning of Rule 405 of the Securities Act;

you have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in a distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the exchange notes in violation of the Securities Act;

 

you are not engaged in, and do not intend to engage in, a distribution of the exchange notes; and

 

you are acquiring the exchange notes in the ordinary course of your business.

Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account in exchange for outstanding 20232024 notes, where the broker-dealer acquired the outstanding 20232024 notes as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes. Please see “Plan of Distribution.”

Resale of the Exchange Notes

Based on interpretations by the SEC set forth inno-action letters issued to third parties, we believe that you may resell or otherwise transfer exchange notes issued in the exchange offer without complying with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, if:

 

you are not an affiliate of the Issuer or any guarantor within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act;

 

you do not have an arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in a distribution of the exchange notes;

 

you are not engaged in, and do not intend to engage in, a distribution of the exchange notes; and

 

you are acquiring the exchange notes in the ordinary course of your business.

If you are an affiliate of the Issuer or any guarantor, or are engaging in, or intend to engage in, or have any arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, a distribution of the exchange notes, or are not acquiring the exchange notes in the ordinary course of your business:

 

you cannot rely on the position of the SEC set forth in Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated (available June 5, 1991) and Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (available May 13, 1988), as interpreted in the SEC’s letter to Shearman & Sterling, dated July 2, 1993, or similarno-action letters; and

 

in the absence of an exception from the position stated immediately above, you must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of the exchange notes.

This prospectus may be used for an offer to resell, resale or other transfer of exchange notes only as specifically set forth in this prospectus. With regard to broker-dealers, only broker-dealers that acquired the outstanding 20232024 notes as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities may participate in the exchange offer. Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account in exchange for outstanding 20232024 notes, where such outstanding 20232024 notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the exchange notes. Please read “Plan of Distribution” for more details regarding the transfer of exchange notes.

Terms of the Exchange Offer

On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus and in the accompanying letter of transmittal, the Issuer will accept for exchange in the exchange offer any outstanding 20232024 notes that are validly tendered and not validly withdrawn prior to the expiration date. Outstanding 20232024 notes may only be tendered in a minimum principal amount of $2,000 and in integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Issuer will issue $1,000 principal amount of exchange notes in exchange for each $1,000 principal amount of outstanding 20232024 notes surrendered in the exchange offer.

The form and terms of the exchange notes will be identical in all material respects to the form and terms of the outstanding 20232024 notes except the exchange notes will be registered under the Securities Act, will not bear legends restricting their transfer and will not provide for any additional interest upon failure by the Issuer and the guarantors to fulfill their obligations under the registration rights agreement to complete the exchange offer, or file, and cause to be effective, a shelf registration statement, if required thereby, within the specified time period. The exchange notes will evidence the same debt as the outstanding 20232024 notes. The exchange notes will be issued under and entitled to the benefits of the same indenture that governs the terms of the outstanding 20232024 notes. For a description of the indenture, see “Description of the Notes.”

The exchange offer is not conditioned upon any minimum aggregate principal amount of outstanding 20232024 notes being tendered for exchange.

This prospectus and the letter of transmittal are being sent to all registered holders of outstanding 20232024 notes. There will be no fixed record date for determining registered holders of outstanding 20232024 notes entitled to participate in the exchange offer. The Issuer and the guarantors intend to conduct the exchange offer in accordance with the provisions of the registration rights agreement, the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) and the rules and regulations of the SEC. Outstanding 20232024 notes that are not tendered for exchange in the exchange offer will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest and will be entitled to the rights and benefits such holders have under the indenture and the registration rights agreement except the Issuer and the guarantors will not have any further obligation to you to provide for the registration of the outstanding 20232024 notes under the registration rights agreement.

The Issuer will be deemed to have accepted for exchange properly tendered outstanding 20232024 notes when the Issuer has given written notice of the acceptance to the exchange agent. The exchange agent will act as agent for the tendering holders for the purposes of receiving the exchange notes from the Issuer and delivering exchange notes to holders. Subject to the terms of the registration rights agreement, the Issuer expressly reserves the right to amend or terminate the exchange offer and to refuse to accept the occurrence of any of the conditions specified below under “—Conditions to the Exchange Offer.”

If you tender your outstanding 20232024 notes in the exchange offer, you will not be required to pay brokerage commissions or fees or, subject to the instructions in the letter of transmittal, transfer taxes with respect to the exchange of outstanding 20232024 notes. We will pay all charges and expenses, other than certain applicable taxes described below in connection with the exchange offer. It is important that you read “—Fees and Expenses” below for more details regarding fees and expenses incurred in the exchange offer.

Expiration Date; Extensions, Amendments

As used in this prospectus, the term “expiration date” means 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                 , 2017,2019, which is the 21st business day after the date of this prospectus. However, if the Issuer, in its sole discretion, extends the period of time for which the exchange offer is open, the term “expiration date” will mean the latest time and date to which the Issuer shall have extended the expiration of the exchange offer.

To extend the period of time during which an exchange offer is open, the Issuer will notify the exchange agent of any extension by written notice, followed by notification by press release or other public announcement to the registered holders of the outstanding 20232024 notes no later than 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next business day after the previously scheduled expiration date.

The Issuer reserves the right, in its sole discretion:

 

to delay accepting for exchange any outstanding 20232024 notes (if the Issuer amends or extends the exchange offer);

to extend the exchange offer or to terminate the exchange offer if any of the conditions set forth below under “—Conditions to the Exchange Offer” have not been satisfied, by giving written notice of such delay, extension or termination to the exchange agent; and

 

subject to the terms of the registration rights agreement, to amend the terms of the exchange offer in any manner.

Any delay in acceptance, extension, termination or amendment will be followed as promptly as practicable by notice to the registered holders of the outstanding 20232024 notes. If the Issuer amends the exchange offer in a manner that it determines to constitute a material change, the Issuer will promptly disclose the amendment in a manner reasonably calculated to inform the holders of the outstanding 20232024 notes of that amendment.

Conditions to the Exchange Offer

Despite any other term of the exchange offer, the Issuer will not be required to accept for exchange, or to issue exchange notes in exchange for, any outstanding 20232024 notes and the Issuer may terminate or amend the exchange offer as provided in this prospectus prior to the expiration date if in their reasonable judgment:

 

the exchange offer or the making of any exchange by a holder violates any applicable law or interpretation of the SEC; or

 

any action or proceeding has been instituted or threatened in any court or by or before any governmental agency with respect to the exchange offer that, in their judgment, would reasonably be expected to impair their ability to proceed with the exchange offer.

In addition, the Issuer will not be obligated to accept for exchange the outstanding 20232024 notes of any holder that has not made to the Issuer:

 

the representations described under “—Purpose and Effect of the Exchange Offer,” “—Procedures for Tendering Outstanding 2023 Notes”2024 notes” and “Plan of Distribution;” or

 

any other representations as may be reasonably necessary under applicable SEC rules, regulations, or interpretations to make available to the Issuer an appropriate form for registration of the exchange notes under the Securities Act.

The Issuer expressly reserves the right at any time or at various times to extend the period of time during which the exchange offer is open. Consequently, the Issuer may delay acceptance of any outstanding 20232024 notes by giving written notice of such extension to their holders. The Issuer will return any outstanding 20232024 notes that the Issuer does not accept for exchange for any reason without expense to their tendering holder promptly after the expiration or termination of the exchange offer.

The Issuer expressly reserves the right to amend or terminate the exchange offer and to reject for exchange any outstanding 20232024 notes not previously accepted for exchange, upon the occurrence of any of the conditions of the exchange offer specified above. In addition, the Issuer is generally required to extend the offering period for any material change, including the waiver of a material condition, so that at least five business days remain in the exchange offer after the change. The Issuer will give written notice of any extension, amendment, nonacceptance or termination to the holders of the outstanding 20232024 notes as promptly as practicable. In the case of any extension, such notice will be issued no later than 9:00 a.m. New York City time, on the next business day after the previously scheduled expiration date.

These conditions are for sole benefit of the Issuer and the Issuer may assert them regardless of the circumstances that may give rise to them or waive them in whole or in part at any or at various times prior to the expiration date in its sole discretion. If the Issuer fails at any time to exercise any of the foregoing rights, this failure will not constitute a waiver of such right. Each such right will be deemed an ongoing right that the Issuer may assert at any time or at various times prior to the expiration date.

In addition, the Issuer will not accept for exchange any outstanding 20232024 notes tendered, and will not issue exchange notes in exchange for any such outstanding 20232024 notes, if at such time any stop order is threatened or in effect with respect to the registration statement of which this prospectus constitutes a part or the qualification of the indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (the “TIA”).Act.

Procedures for Tendering Outstanding 20232024 Notes

To tender your outstanding 20232024 notes in the exchange offer, you must comply with either of the following:

 

complete, sign and date the letter of transmittal, or a facsimile of the letter of transmittal, have the signature(s) on the letter of transmittal guaranteed if required by the letter of transmittal and mail or deliver such letter of transmittal or facsimile thereof to the exchange agent at the address set forth below under “—Exchange Agent” prior to the expiration date; or

 

comply with DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program procedures described below.

In addition, either:

 

the exchange agent must receive certificates for outstanding 20232024 notes along with the letter of transmittal prior to the expiration date;

 

the exchange agent must receive a timely confirmation of book-entry transfer of outstanding 20232024 notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC according to the procedures for book-entry transfer described below or a properly transmitted agent’s message prior to the expiration date; or

 

you must comply with the guaranteed delivery procedures described below.

Your tender, if not withdrawn prior to the expiration date, constitutes an agreement between the Issuer and you upon the terms and subject to the conditions described in this prospectus and in the letter of transmittal.

The method of delivery of outstanding 20232024 notes, letter of transmittal, and all other required documents to the exchange agent is at your election and risk. We recommend that instead of delivery by mail, you use an overnight or hand delivery service, properly insured. In all cases, you should allow sufficient time to assure timely delivery to the exchange agent before the expiration date. You should not send letters of transmittal or certificates representing outstanding 20232024 notes to us. You may request that your broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or nominee effect the above transactions for you.

If you are a beneficial owner whose outstanding 20232024 notes are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company, or other nominee and you wish to tender your notes, you should promptly contact the registered holder and instruct the registered holder to tender on your behalf. If you wish to tender the outstanding 20232024 notes yourself, you must, prior to completing and executing the letter of transmittal and delivering your outstanding 20232024 notes, either:

 

make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the outstanding 20232024 notes in your name; or

 

obtain a properly completed bond power from the registered holder of outstanding 20232024 notes.

The transfer of registered ownership may take considerable time and may not be able to be completed prior to the expiration date.

Signatures on the letter of transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the case may be, must be guaranteed by a member firm of a registered national securities exchange or of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States or another “eligible

guarantor institution” within the meaning of Rule17A(d)-15 under the Exchange Act unless the outstanding 20232024 notes surrendered for exchange are tendered:

 

by a registered holder of the outstanding 20232024 notes who has not completed the box entitled “Special Issuance Instructions” or “Special Delivery Instructions” in the letter of transmittal; or

 

for the account of an eligible guarantor institution.

If the letter of transmittal is signed by a person other than the registered holder of any outstanding 20232024 notes listed on the outstanding 20232024 notes, such outstanding 20232024 notes must be endorsed or accompanied by a properly completed bond power. The bond power must be signed by the registered holder as the registered holder’s name appears on the outstanding 20232024 notes and an eligible guarantor institution must guarantee the signature on the bond power.

If the letter of transmittal or any certificates representing outstanding 20232024 notes, or bond powers are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians,attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations, or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, those persons should also indicate when signing and, unless waived by the Issuer, they should also submit evidence satisfactory to the Issuer of their authority to so act.

The exchange agent and DTC have confirmed that any financial institution that is a participant in DTC’s system may use DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program to tender. Participants in the program may, instead of physically completing and signing the letter of transmittal and delivering it to the exchange agent, electronically transmit their acceptance of the exchange by causing DTC to transfer the outstanding 20232024 notes to the exchange agent in accordance with DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program procedures for transfer. DTC will then send an agent’s message to the exchange agent. The term “agent’s message” means a message transmitted by DTC, received by the exchange agent and forming part of the book-entry confirmation, which states that:

 

DTC has received an express acknowledgment from a participant in its Automated Tender Offer Program that is tendering outstanding 20232024 notes that are the subject of the book-entry confirmation;

 

the participant has received and agrees to be bound by the terms of the letter of transmittal, or in the case of an agent’s message relating to guaranteed delivery, that such participant has received and agrees to be bound by the applicable notice of guaranteed delivery; and

 

the Issuer may enforce that agreement against such participant.

Acceptance of Exchange Notes

In all cases, the Issuer will promptly issue exchange notes for outstanding 20232024 notes that it has accepted for exchange under the exchange offer only after the exchange agent timely receives:

 

outstanding 20232024 notes or a timely book-entry confirmation of such outstanding 20232024 notes into the exchange agent’s account at the book-entry transfer facility; and

 

a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal and all other required documents or a properly transmitted agent’s message.

By tendering outstanding 20232024 notes pursuant to the exchange offer, you will represent to the Issuer that, among other things:

 

you are not an affiliate of the Issuer or the guarantors within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act;

 

you do not have an arrangement or understanding with any person or entity to participate in a distribution of the exchange notes; and

 

you are acquiring the exchange notes in the ordinary course of your business.

In addition, each broker-dealer that is to receive exchange notes for its own account in exchange for outstanding 20232024 notes must represent that such outstanding 20232024 notes were acquired by that broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus that meets the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of the exchange notes.

The letter of transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act. See “Plan of Distribution.”

The Issuer will interpret the terms and conditions of the exchange offer, including the letter of transmittal and the instructions to the letter of transmittal, and will resolve all questions as to the validity, form, eligibility, including time of receipt, and acceptance of outstanding 20232024 notes tendered for exchange. Determinations of the Issuer in this regard will be final and binding on all parties. The Issuer reserves the absolute right to reject any and all tenders of any particular outstanding 20232024 notes not properly tendered or to not accept any particular outstanding 20232024 notes if the acceptance might, in their or their counsel’s judgment, be unlawful. The Issuer also reserves the absolute right to waive any defects or irregularities as to any particular outstanding 20232024 notes prior to the expiration date.

Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of outstanding 20232024 notes for exchange must be cured within such reasonable period of time as the Issuer determine. Neither the Issuer, the exchange agent, nor any other person will be under any duty to give notification of any defect or irregularity with respect to any tender of outstanding 20232024 notes for exchange, nor will any of them incur any liability for any failure to give notification. Any outstanding 20232024 notes received by the exchange agent that are not properly tendered and as to which the irregularities have not been cured or waived will be returned by the exchange agent to the tendering holder, unless otherwise provided in the letter of transmittal, promptly after the expiration date.

Book-Entry Delivery Procedures

Promptly after the date of this prospectus, we anticipate that the exchange agent will establish an account with respect to the outstanding 20232024 notes at DTC, as book-entry transfer facilities, for purposes of the exchange offer. Any financial institution that is a participant in the book-entry transfer facility’s system may make book-entry delivery of the outstanding 20232024 notes by causing the book-entry transfer facility to transfer those outstanding 20232024 notes into the exchange agent’s account at the facility in accordance with the facility’s procedures for such transfer. To be timely, book-entry delivery of outstanding 20232024 notes requires receipt of a confirmation of a book-entry transfer, a “book-entry confirmation,” prior to the expiration date. In addition, although delivery of outstanding 20232024 notes may be effected through book-entry transfer into the exchange agent’s account at the book-entry transfer facility, the letter of transmittal or a manually signed facsimile thereof, together with any required signature guarantees and any other required documents, or an “agent’s message,” as defined below, in connection with a book-entry transfer, must, in any case, be delivered or transmitted to and received by the exchange agent at its address set forth on the cover page of the letter of transmittal prior to the expiration date to receive exchange notes for tendered outstanding 20232024 notes, or the guaranteed delivery procedure described below must be complied with. Tender will not be deemed made until such documents are received by the exchange agent. Delivery of documents to the book-entry transfer facility does not constitute delivery to the exchange agent.

Holders of outstanding 20232024 notes who are unable to deliver confirmation of the book-entry tender of their outstanding 20232024 notes into the exchange agent’s account at the book-entry transfer facility or all other documents required by the letter of transmittal to the exchange agent on or prior to the expiration date must tender their outstanding 20232024 notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures described below.

Guaranteed Delivery Procedures

If you wish to tender your outstanding 20232024 notes but your outstanding 20232024 notes are not immediately available or you cannot deliver your outstanding 20232024 notes, the letter of transmittal or any other required documents to the exchange agent or comply with the applicable procedures under DTC’s Automatic Tender Offer Program, prior to the expiration date, you may still tender if:

 

the tender is made through an eligible guarantor institution;

 

prior to the expiration date, the exchange agent receives from such eligible guarantor institution either a properly completed and duly executed notice of guaranteed delivery, by facsimile transmission, mail, or hand delivery or a properly transmitted agent’s message and

notice of guaranteed delivery, that (1)(i) sets forth your name and address, the certificate number(s) of such outstanding 20232024 notes and the principal amount of outstanding 20232024 notes tendered; (2)(ii) states that the tender is being made thereby; and (3)(iii) guarantees that, within threetwo (2) New York Stock Exchange trading days after the expiration date, the letter of transmittal, or facsimile thereof, together with the outstanding 20232024 notes or a book-entry confirmation, and any other documents required by the letter of transmittal, will be deposited by the eligible guarantor institution with the exchange agent; and

 

the exchange agent receives the properly completed and executed letter of transmittal or facsimile thereof, as well as certificate(s) representing all tendered outstanding 20232024 notes in proper form for transfer or a book-entry confirmation of transfer of the outstanding 20232024 notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC, and all other documents required by the letter of transmittal within threetwo (2) New York Stock Exchange trading days after the expiration date.

Upon request, the exchange agent will send to you a notice of guaranteed delivery if you wish to tender your outstanding 20232024 notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures.

Withdrawal Rights

Except as otherwise provided in this prospectus, you may withdraw your tender of outstanding 20232024 notes at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date.

For a withdrawal to be effective:

 

the exchange agent must receive a written notice, which may be by telegram, telex, facsimile or letter, of withdrawal at its address set forth below under “—Exchange Agent;” or

 

you must comply with the appropriate procedures of DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program system.

Any notice of withdrawal must:

 

specify the name of the person who tendered the outstanding 20232024 notes to be withdrawn;

 

identify the outstanding 20232024 notes to be withdrawn, including the certificate numbers and principal amount of the outstanding 20232024 notes; and

 

where certificates for outstanding 20232024 notes have been transmitted, specify the name in which such outstanding 20232024 notes were registered, if different from that of the withdrawing holder.

If certificates for outstanding 20232024 notes have been delivered or otherwise identified to the exchange agent, then, prior to the release of such certificates, you must also submit:

 

the serial numbers of the particular certificates to be withdrawn; and

 

a signed notice of withdrawal with signatures guaranteed by an eligible institution unless you are an eligible guarantor institution.

If outstanding 20232024 notes have been tendered pursuant to the procedures for book-entry transfer described above, any notice of withdrawal must specify the name and number of the account at the book-entry transfer facility to be credited with the withdrawn outstanding 20232024 notes and otherwise comply with the procedures of the facility. The Issuer will determine all questions as to the validity, form, and eligibility, including time of receipt of notices of withdrawal and its determination will be final and binding on all parties. Any outstanding 20232024 notes so withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for exchange for purposes of the exchange offer. Any outstanding 20232024 notes that have been tendered for exchange but that are not exchanged for any reason will be returned to their holder, without cost to the holder, or, in the case of book-entry transfer, the outstanding 20232024 notes will be credited to an account at the book-entry transfer facility, promptly after withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of the exchange offer. Properly withdrawn outstanding 20232024 notes may be retendered by following the procedures described under “—Procedures for Tendering Outstanding 20232024 Notes” above at any time on or prior to the expiration date.

Exchange Agent13

Wilmington Trust, National Association has been appointed as the exchange agent for the exchange offer. Wilmington Trust, National Association also acts as trustee under the indenture governing the notes. You should direct all executed letters of transmittal and all questions and requests for assistance, requests for additional copies of this prospectus or of the letter of transmittal, and requests for notices of guaranteed delivery to the exchange agent addressed as follows:

 

By Mail or Overnight Courier:  By Facsimile:
(302) 636-4139
Attn: Workflow Management
  By Hand Delivery:
(302)636-4139

Attn: Workflow Management

Wilmington Trust, National
Association
1100 North Market Street
Wilmington, DE 19890-1626
Attention: Workflow Management,
5th Floor
Telephone: (302)636-6470
  To Confirm by Telephone:Email:
(302) 636-6470DTC@wilmingtontrust.com
  Wilmington Trust, National
Association
1100 North Market Street
Wilmington, DE 19890-1626
Attention: Workflow Management,
5th5th Floor
Telephone: (302)636-6470

If you deliver the letter of transmittal to an address other than the one set forth above or transmit instructions via facsimile other than the one set forth above, that delivery or those instructions will not be effective.

Fees and Expenses

The registration rights agreement provides that we will bear all expenses in connection with the performance of our obligations relating to the registration of the exchange notes and the conduct of the exchange offer. These expenses include registration and filing fees, accounting and legal fees and printing costs, among others. We will pay the exchange agent reasonable and customary fees for its services and reasonableout-of-pocket expenses. We will also reimburse brokerage houses and other custodians, nominees and fiduciaries for customary mailing and handling expenses incurred by them in forwarding this prospectus and related documents to their clients that are holders of outstanding 20232024 notes and for handling or tendering for such clients.

We have not retained any dealer-manager in connection with the exchange offer and will not pay any fee or commission to any broker, dealer, nominee or other person, other than the exchange agent, for soliciting tenders of outstanding unregistered notes pursuant to the exchange offer.

Accounting Treatment

We will record the exchange notes in our accounting records at the same carrying value as the outstanding 20232024 notes, as the terms of the exchange notes are substantially identical to the terms of the outstanding 20232024 notes. Accordingly, we will not recognize any gain or loss for accounting purposes upon the consummation of the exchange offer.

Transfer Taxes

The Issuer and the guarantors will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the exchange of outstanding 20232024 notes under the exchange offer. The tendering holder, however, will be required to pay any transfer taxes, whether imposed on the registered holder or any other person, if:

 

certificates representing outstanding 20232024 notes for principal amounts not tendered or accepted for exchange are to be delivered to, or are to be issued in the name of, any person other than the registered holder of outstanding 20232024 notes tendered;

 

13NTD: Trustee to confirm address information.

tendered outstanding 20232024 notes are registered in the name of any person other than the person signing the letter of transmittal; or

 

a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the exchange of outstanding 20232024 notes under the exchange offer.

If satisfactory evidence of payment of such taxes is not submitted with the letter of transmittal, the amount of such transfer taxes will be billed to that tendering holder.

Holders who tender their outstanding 20232024 notes for exchange will not be required to pay any transfer taxes. However, holders who instruct the Issuer to register exchange notes in the name of, or request that outstanding 20232024 notes not tendered or not accepted in the exchange offer be returned to, a person other than the registered tendering holder will be required to pay any applicable transfer tax.

Consequences of Failure to Exchange

If you do not exchange your outstanding 20232024 notes for exchange notes under the exchange offer, your outstanding 20232024 notes will remain subject to the restrictions on transfer of such outstanding 20232024 notes:

 

as set forth in the legend printed on the outstanding 20232024 notes as a consequence of the issuance of the outstanding 20232024 notes pursuant to the exemptions from, or in transactions not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws; and

 

as otherwise set forth in the offering memorandum distributed in connection with the private offering of the outstanding 20232024 notes.

In general, you may not offer or sell your outstanding 20232024 notes unless they are registered under the Securities Act or if the offer or sale is exempt from registration under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. Except as required by the registration rights agreement, we do not intend to register resales of the outstanding 20232024 notes under the Securities Act.

Other

Participating in the exchange offer is voluntary, and you should carefully consider whether to accept. You are urged to consult your financial and tax advisors in making your own decision on what action to take.

We may in the future seek to acquire untendered outstanding 20232024 notes in open market or privately negotiated transactions, through subsequent exchange offers or otherwise. We have no present plans to acquire any outstanding 20232024 notes that are not tendered in the exchange offer or to file a registration statement to permit resales of any untendered outstanding 20232024 notes.

CERTAINU.S.CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The exchange of outstanding 20232024 notes for exchange notes in the exchange offer will not constitute a taxable event to holders for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Consequently, you will not recognize gain or loss upon receipt of an exchange note, the holding period of the exchange note will include the holding period of the outstanding 20232024 note exchanged therefor and the basis of the exchange note will be the same as the basis of the outstanding 20232024 note immediately before the exchange.

In any event, persons considering the exchange of outstanding 20232024 notes for exchange notes should consult their own tax advisors concerning the U.S. federal income tax consequences in light of their particular situations as well as any consequences arising under the laws of any other taxing jurisdiction.

CERTAIN ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

The following is a summary of certain considerations associated with the acquisition and holding of the notes (including the exchange of outstanding 20232024 notes for exchange notes) by (i) employee benefit plans that are subject to Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), (ii) plans, individual retirement accounts (“IRAs”)and other arrangements that are subject to Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code (“the Code”) or provisions under any other federal, state, local,non-U.S. or other laws or regulations that are similar to such provisions of the Code or ERISA (collectively, “Similar Laws”), and (iii) entities whose underlying assets are considered to include “plan assets” of such plans, accounts and arrangements (each of the foregoing described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) referred to herein as a “Plan”).

General Fiduciary Matters

ERISA and the Code impose certain duties on persons who are fiduciaries of a Plan subject to Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code (an “ERISA(a “Covered Plan”) and prohibit certain transactions involving the assets of an ERISA Plan and its fiduciaries or other interested parties. Under ERISA and the Code, any person who exercises any discretionary authority or control over the administration of such an ERISAa Covered Plan or the management or disposition of the assets of such an ERISAa Covered Plan, or who renders investment advice for a fee or other compensation to such an ERISA Plan, is generally considered to be a fiduciary of the ERISACovered Plan.

Each Plan fiduciary should determine whether the investment of any portion of the assets of any Plan in the notes is in accordance with the documents and instruments governing the Plan and the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code or any Similar Law relating to the fiduciary’s duties to the Plan including, without limitation, the prudence, diversification, delegation of control and prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA, the Code and any other applicable Similar Laws.

Each Plan should consider the fact that none of the Issuer, the Guarantorsguarantors or any of their respective affiliates (the “Transaction Parties”) will act as a fiduciary to any Plan with respect to the decision to acquire or hold the notes or the exchange notes and is not undertaking to provide impartial investment advice, or to give advice in a fiduciary capacity, with respect to such decision. The decision to acquire or hold notes (including an exchange of outstanding 20232024 notes for exchange notes) must be made by each prospective Plan on an arm’s length basis. In addition, each ERISA Plan must generally be represented by a fiduciary independent of the Transaction Parties (which may not be an owner of an IRA, in the case of an ERISA Plan that is an IRA) that (i) is capable of evaluating investment risks independent, both in general and with regard to the prospective investment in the notes and exchange notes and (ii) has exercised independent judgment in evaluating whether to invest the assets of such ERISA Plan in the notes and/or exchange notes and (iii) is a bank, an insurance carrier, a registered investment adviser, a registered broker-dealer or an independent fiduciary with at least $50 million of assets under management or control, in each case as specified in 29 C.F.R. Section 2510.3-21(c)(1)(i), as amended from time to time (the “Fiduciary Rule”).notes.

Prohibited Transaction Issues

Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code prohibit ERISA Plans from engaging in specified transactions involving plan assets with persons or entities who are “parties in interest,” within the meaning of Section 3(14) of ERISA, or “disqualified persons,” within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code, unless an exemption is available. A party in interest or disqualified person who engaged in anon-exempt prohibited transaction may be subject to excise taxes and other penalties and liabilities under ERISA and the Code. In addition, the fiduciary of the ERISACovered Plan that engaged in such anon-exempt prohibited transaction may be subject to penalties and liabilities under ERISA and the Code.

The acquisition and/or holding of the notes (including an exchange of outstanding 20232024 notes for exchange notes) by an ERISAa Covered Plan with respect to which the Issuer, a Guarantorguarantor or any of their respective affiliates are considered a party in interest or a disqualified person may constitute or result in a direct or indirect prohibited

transaction under Section 406 of ERISA and/or Section 4975 of the Code, unless the investment is acquired and is held in accordance with an applicable statutory, class or individual prohibited transaction exemption. In this regard, the U.S. Department of Labor has issued prohibited transaction class exemptions (“PTCEs”) that may

apply to the acquisition and holding of the notes. These class exemptions include, without limitation,PTCE 84-14 respecting transactions determined by independent qualified professional asset managers,PTCE 90-1 respecting insurance company pooled separate accounts, PTCE91-38 respecting bank collective investment funds, PTCE95-60 respecting life insurance company general accounts and PTCE96-23 respecting transactions determined byin-house asset managers. In addition, Section 408(b)(17) of ERISA and Section 4975(d)(20) of the Code provide relief from the prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code for certain transactions, provided that neither the issuer of the securities nor any of its affiliates (directly or indirectly) have or exercise any discretionary authority or control or render any investment advice with respect to the assets of any ERISA Plan involved in the transaction and provided further that the ERISACovered Plan pays no more than adequate consideration in connection with the transaction. Each of the above-noted exemptions contains conditions and limitations on its application. Fiduciaries of ERISACovered Plans considering acquiring and/or holding the notes in reliance on these or any other exemption should carefully review the exemption to assure it is applicable. There can be no assurance that any class exemption or any other exemption will be available with respect to any particular transaction involving the notes, or that if an exemption is available, it will cover all aspects of any particular transaction.

Plans that are, or whose assets constitute the assets of, Governmental plans, certain church plans andnon-U.S. plans, while not subject to the fiduciary responsibility or prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, may nevertheless be subject to Similar Laws. Fiduciaries of such Plans should consult with their counsel before acquiring any notes.

Because of the foregoing, the notes should not be acquired or held by any person investing “plan assets” of any Plan, unless such acquisition and holding will not constitute anon-exempt prohibited transaction under ERISA and the Code or a similar violation of any applicable Similar Laws.

Representation

Accordingly, by acceptance of a note (including an exchange of outstanding 20232024 notes for exchange notes), each holder will be deemed to have represented and warranted that either (a)(i) no portion of the assets used to acquire or hold the notes constitutes assets of any Plan or (ii) the acquisition and holding of the notes (including the exchange of outstanding 20232024 notes for exchange notes) will not constitute anon-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or a similar violation under any applicable Similar Laws and (b) if such holder is an ERISAa Covered Plan, the decision to acquire and hold the notes has been made by a duly authorized fiduciary who is independent of the Transaction Parties and who (1) is a fiduciary under ERISA, the Code, or both, with respect to the decision to acquire and hold the notes, (2) is not an IRA owner (in the case of an ERISA Plan that is an IRA), (3) is capable of evaluating investment risks independently, both in general and with regard to the investment in the notes (4)and (3) has exercised independent judgment in evaluating whether to invest the assets of such ERISA Plan in the notes, and (5) is either a bank, an insurance carrier, a registered investment adviser, a registered broker-dealer or an independent fiduciary with at least $50 million of assets under management or control, each as specified in the Fiduciary Rule.notes.

The foregoing discussion is general in nature and is not intended to beall-inclusive. Due to the complexity of these rules and the penalties that may be imposed upon persons involved innon-exempt prohibited transactions, it is particularly important that fiduciaries, or other persons considering acquiring or holding the notes on behalf of, or with the assets of, any Plan, consult with their counsel regarding the potential applicability of ERISA, Section 4975 of the Code and any Similar Laws to such investment and whether an exemption would be applicable to the acquisition and holding of the notes.

The sale of notes to a Plan is in no respect a representation by the Issuer that such an investment meets all relevant legal requirements with respect to investments by Plans generally or any particular Plan, or that such an investment is appropriate for Plans generally or any particular Plan.

PLAN OFDISTRIBUTIONOF DISTRIBUTION

Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the exchange notes. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of exchange notes received in exchange for outstanding 20232024 notes where the outstanding 20232024 notes were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. To the extent any such broker-dealer participates in the exchange offer, we have agreed that for a period of up to 90 days, we will use our reasonable best efforts to make this prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to such broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale, and will deliver as many additional copies of this prospectus and each amendment or supplement to this prospectus as such broker-dealer may reasonably request.

We will not receive any proceeds from any sale of exchange notes by broker-dealers. Exchange notes received by broker-dealers for their own accounts pursuant to the exchange offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in theover-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the exchange notes or a combination of these methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to the prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Any resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any broker-dealer or the purchasers of any exchange notes. Any broker-dealer that resells exchange notes that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of the exchange notes may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit on any resale of exchange notes and any commissions or concessions received by these persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The letter of transmittal states that by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

We have agreed to pay all expenses incident to the exchange offer and will indemnify the holders of outstanding 20232024 notes, including any broker-dealers, against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity and enforceability of the exchange notes and the related guarantees will be passed upon for us by Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, New York, New York. An investment vehicle comprised of several partners of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, members of their families, related persons and others own interest representing less than 1% of the capital commitments of funds affiliated with The Blackstone Group L.P.Blackstone. Certain legal matters with respect to the Utah registrants will be passed upon for us by Durham JonesSnell & Pinegar, P.C.Wilmer L.L.P. Certain legal matters with respect to Vivint Louisiana LLC will be passed upon for us by Taylor, Porter, Brooks & Phillips L.L.P.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of APX Group Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries at December 31, 20162018 and 2015,2017, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016,2018, appearing in this Prospectus and Registration Statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We and our guarantors have filed with the SEC a registration statement on FormS-4 under the Securities Act with respect to the exchange notes. This prospectus, which forms a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement. For further information with respect to us, our guarantors and the exchange notes, reference is made to the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document are not necessarily complete, and, where such contract or other document is an exhibit to the registration statement, each such statement is qualified by the provisions in such exhibit, to which reference is hereby made. The registration statement and other information can be inspected and copied at the Public Reference Room of the SEC located at Room 1580, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington D.C. 20549. Copies of such materials, including copies of all or any portion of the registration statement, can be obtained from the Public Reference Room of the SEC at prescribed rates. You can call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 to obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room. Such materials may also be accessed electronically by means of the SEC’s home page on the Internet (http://www.sec.gov). However, any such information filed with the SEC does not constitute a part of this prospectus.

So long as we are subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, we are required to furnish the information required to be filed with the SEC to the trustee and the holders of the outstanding unregistered notes. We have agreed that, even if we are not required under the Exchange Act to furnish such information to the SEC, we will nonetheless continue to furnish information that would be required to be furnished by us by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

ITEM 8.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Audited Consolidated Financial Statementsconsolidated financial statements APX Group Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries:

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   F-2 

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 20162018 and 20152017

   F-3 

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the year ended December  31, 2016, 20152018, 2017 and 20142016

   F-4 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the years ended December 31, 2016, 20152018, 2017 and 20142016

   F-5 

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity (Deficit) for the years ended December 31, 2016, 20152018, 2017 and 20142016

   F-6 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December  31, 2016, 20152018, 2017 and 20142016

   F-7 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-9 

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements APX Group Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries:

  

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June  30, 2017March  31, 2019 and December 31, 20162018

   F-46F-53 

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the sixthree months ended June 30, 2017March 31, 2019 and 20162018

   F-47F-54 

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the sixthree months ended June 30, 2017March 31, 2019 and 20162018

   F-48F-55 

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity (Deficit) for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2018

F-56

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the sixthree months ended June 30, 2017March 31, 2019 and 20162018

   F-49F-57 

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-51F-58 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

TheTo the Shareholders and the Board of Directors

of APX Group Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of APX Group Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 20162018 and 2015, and2017, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, changes in equity (deficit), and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016. 2018, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2018, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Adoption of Accounting Standards Update (ASU)No. 2014-09

As discussed in Note 2 and Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has changed its method for recognizing revenue from contracts with customers and its accounting for contract acquisition costs due to the adoption of ASUNo. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), as amended.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on thesethe Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our auditsaudit for the year ended December 31, 2018 in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).PCAOB and in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. We conducted our audits of the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. Wemisstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were notwe engaged to perform, an audit of the Company’sits internal control over financial reporting. OurAs part of our audits included considerationwe are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of APX Group Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries at December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2011.

Salt Lake City, Utah

March 2, 20175, 2019

APX Group Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In thousands, except share andper-share amounts)

 

  December 31,   December 31, 
  2016 2015   2018 2017 

ASSETS

      

Current Assets:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

  $43,520  $2,559   $12,773  $3,872 

Accounts receivable, net

   12,891  8,060 

Accounts and notes receivable, net

   48,724  40,721 

Inventories

   38,452  26,321    50,552  115,222 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

   10,158  10,626    11,449  16,150 
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

Total current assets

   105,021  47,566    123,498  175,965 

Property and equipment, net

   63,626  55,274 

Property, plant and equipment, net

   73,401  78,081 

Capitalized contract costs, net

   1,115,775   —   

Subscriber acquisition costs, net

   1,052,434  790,644    —    1,308,558 

Deferred financing costs, net

   4,420  6,456    2,058  3,099 

Intangible assets, net

   475,392  558,395    255,085  377,451 

Goodwill

   835,233  834,416    834,855  836,970 

Long-term investments and other assets, net

   11,536  10,893 

Long-term notes receivables and other assets, net

   119,819  88,723 
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

Total assets

  $2,547,662  $2,303,644   $2,524,491  $2,868,847 
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ (DEFICIT) EQUITY

      

Current Liabilities:

      

Accounts payable

  $49,119  $52,207   $66,646  $107,347 

Accrued payroll and commissions

   46,288  38,247    65,479  57,752 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

   34,265  35,573    136,715  74,321 

Deferred revenue

   45,722  34,875    186,953  88,337 

Current portion of capital lease obligations

   9,797  7,616    7,743  10,614 
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

Total current liabilities

   185,191  168,518    463,536  338,371 

Notes payable, net

   2,486,700  2,118,112    2,961,947  2,760,297 

Notes payable, net—related party

   75,148   —   

Revolving line of credit

   —    20,000    —    60,000 

Capital lease obligations, net of current portion

   7,935  11,171    5,571  11,089 

Deferred revenue, net of current portion

   58,734  44,782    323,585  264,555 

Other long-term obligations

   47,080  10,530    90,209  79,020 

Deferred income tax liabilities

   7,204  7,524    1,096  9,041 
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

Total liabilities

   2,792,844  2,380,637    3,921,092  3,522,373 

Commitments and contingencies (See Note 13)

      

Stockholders’ deficit:

      

Common stock, $0.01 par value, 100 shares authorized; 100 shares issued and outstanding

   —     —      —     —   

Additionalpaid-in capital

   731,920  627,645    736,333  732,346 

Accumulated deficit

   (948,339 (672,382   (2,104,097 (1,358,571

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

   (28,763 (32,256   (28,837 (27,301
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

Total stockholders’ deficit

   (245,182 (76,993   (1,396,601 (653,526
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ deficit

  $2,547,662  $2,303,644   $2,524,491  $2,868,847 
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

APX Group Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(In thousands)

 

  Year ended December 31,   Year ended December 31, 
  2016 2015 2014   2018 2017 2016 

Revenues:

        

Recurring revenue

  $724,478  $624,989  $537,695 

Recurring and other revenue

  $1,050,441  $843,420  $724,478 

Service and other sales revenue

   22,855  22,700  21,980    —    26,988  22,855 

Activation fees

   10,574  6,032  4,002    —    11,575  10,574 
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total revenues

   757,907  653,721  563,677    1,050,441  881,983  757,907 

Costs and expenses:

        

Operating expenses (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below)

   264,865  228,315  202,769    355,813  321,476  264,865 

Selling expenses

   131,421  122,948  107,370 

Selling expenses (exclusive of amortization of deferred commissions of $165,797, $84,152 and $64,007, respectively, which are included in depreciation and amortization shown separately below)

   213,386  198,348  131,421 

General and administrative expenses

   143,168  107,212  126,083    204,536  188,397  143,168 

Depreciation and amortization

   288,542  244,724  221,324    514,082  329,255  288,542 

Restructuring and asset impairment charges

   1,013  59,197   —      4,683   —    1,013 
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total costs and expenses

   829,009  762,396  657,546    1,292,500  1,037,476  829,009 
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Loss from operations

   (71,102 (108,675 (93,869   (242,059 (155,493 (71,102

Other expenses (income):

        

Interest expense

   197,965  161,339  147,511    245,214  225,772  197,965 

Interest income

   (432 (90 (1,455   (425 (130 (432

Other loss (income), net

   7,255  8,832  (1,779

Other (income) loss, net

   (17,323 27,986  7,255 
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Loss before income taxes

   (275,890 (278,756 (238,146   (469,525 (409,121 (275,890

Income tax expense

   67  351  514 

Income tax (benefit) expense

   (1,611 1,078  67 
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net loss

  $(275,957 $(279,107 $(238,660  $(467,914 $(410,199 $(275,957
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

APX Group Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

(In thousands)

 

  Year ended December 31,   Year ended December 31, 
  2016 2015 2014   2018 2017 2016 

Net loss

  $(275,957 $(279,107 $(238,660  $(467,914 $(410,199 $(275,957

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax effects:

    

Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax effects:

    

Foreign currency translation adjustment

   2,482  (13,293 (11,333   (2,218 3,155  2,482 

Unrealized gain on marketable securities

   1,011   —     —   

Unrealized (loss) gain on marketable securities

   —    (1,693 1,011 
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

   3,493  (13,293 (11,333

Total other comprehensive (loss) income

   (2,218 1,462  3,493 
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Comprehensive loss

  $(272,464 $(292,400 $(249,993  $(470,132 $(408,737 $(272,464
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

APX Group Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity (Deficit)

(In thousands)

 

  Common Stock   Additional
paid-in
capital
 Accumulated
deficit
 Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income (loss)
 Total 

Balance, December 31, 2013

   —     $652,488  $(154,615 $(7,630 $490,243 

Net loss

   —      —    (238,660  —    (238,660

Foreign currency translation adjustment

   —      —     —    (11,333 (11,333

Stock-based compensation

   —      1,936   —     —    1,936 

Capital contribution

   —      32,300   —     —    32,300 

Cash dividends paid

   —      (50,000  —     —    (50,000
  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2014

   —     $636,724  $(393,275 $(18,963 $224,486 

Net Loss

   —      —    (279,107  —    (279,107

Foreign currency translation adjustment

   —      —     —    (13,293 (13,293

Stock-based compensation

   —      3,121   —     —    3,121 

Escrow adjustment

   —      (12,200  —     —    (12,200
  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   Common
Stock
   Additional
paid-in
capital
 Accumulated
deficit
 Accumulated
other
comprehensive
loss
 Total 

Balance, December 31, 2015

   —     $627,645  $(672,382 $(32,256 $(76,993  $—     $627,645  $(672,382 $(32,256 $(76,993

Net Loss

   —      —    (275,957  —    (275,957   —      —    (275,957  —    (275,957

Foreign currency translation adjustment

   —      —     —    2,482  2,482    —      —     —    2,482  2,482 

Unrealized gain on marketable securities

   —      —     —    1,011  1,011    —      —     —    1,011  1,011 

Stock-based compensation

   —      3,868   —     —    3,868    —      3,868   —     —    3,868 

Capital contribution

   —      100,407   —     —    100,407    —      100,407   —     —    100,407 
  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2016

   —     $731,920  $(948,339 $(28,763 $(245,182   —      731,920  (948,339 (28,763 (245,182

Net Loss

   —      —    (410,199  —    (410,199

Foreign currency translation adjustment

   —      —     —    3,155  3,155 

Unrealized loss on marketable securities

   —      —     —    (1,693 (1,693

Stock-based compensation

   —      1,577  (33  —    1,544 

Return of capital to Vivint Smart Home, Inc.

   —      (1,151  —     —    (1,151
  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2017

   —      732,346  (1,358,571 (27,301 (653,526

Net Loss

   —      —    (467,914  —    (467,914

Foreign currency translation adjustment

   —      —     —    (2,218 (2,218

Stock-based compensation

   —      2,416   —     —    2,416 

Return of capital to Vivint Smart Home, Inc.

   —      (3,129  —     —    (3,129

ASU2014-09 adoption

   —      —    (276,930  —    (276,930

ASU2016-01 adoption

   —      —    (680 680   —   

Capital contribution

   —      4,700   —     —    4,700 
  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2018

  $—     $736,333  $(2,104,095 $(28,839 $(1,396,601
  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

APX Group Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(In thousands)

 

  Year ended December 31,   Year ended December 31, 
  2016 2015 2014   2018 2017 2016 

Cash flows from operating activities:

       

Net loss from operations

  $(275,957 $(279,107 $(238,660  $(467,914 $(410,199 $(275,957

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities of operations:

        

Amortization of capitalized contract costs

   398,174   —     —   

Amortization of subscriber acquisition costs

   154,877  92,994  58,730    —    206,153  154,877 

Amortization of customer relationships

   108,178  125,451  143,578    84,174  94,863  108,178 

Depreciation and amortization of other intangible assets

   25,488  26,279  19,016 

Gain on fair value changes of equity securities

   (477  —     —   

Depreciation and amortization of property, plant and equipment and other intangible assets

   31,734  28,239  25,488 

Amortization of deferred financing costs and bond premiums and discounts

   10,447  9,844  9,251    5,152  6,586  10,447 

Non-cash gain on settlement of Merger-related escrow

   —    (12,200  —   

(Gain) Loss on sale or disposal of assets

   (33 (54 662 

(Gain) loss on sale or disposal of assets

   (49,762 458  (33

Loss on early extinguishment of debt

   10,085   —     —      14,571  23,062  10,085 

Loss on asset impairment

   —     —    3,116 

Stock-based compensation

   3,868  3,121  1,936    2,505  1,595  3,868 

Provision for doubtful accounts

   19,624  14,924  15,656    19,405  22,465  19,624 

Deferred income taxes

   (478 (41 (265   (2,149 929  (478

Restructuring and asset impairment charges

   7,126  59,197   —      —     —    7,126 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions:

        

Accounts receivable

   (24,338 (14,421 (21,866

Accounts and notes receivable, net

   (34,008 (49,590 (24,338

Inventories

   (11,827 18,591  (2,355   64,442  (75,580 (11,827

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

   (5,165 1,450  746    4,695  (5,975 (5,165

Subscriber acquisition costs—deferred contract costs

   (419,509 (354,867 (317,538

Other assets

   368  160   —   

Capitalized contract costs, net

   (499,252  —     —   

Subscriber acquisition costs, net

   —    (457,679 (419,509

Long-term notes receivables and other assets, net

   (29,118 (74,801 368 

Accounts payable

   (2,978 21,842  8,481    (27,045 70,525  (2,978

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

   12,702  18,019  (10,895

Accrued payroll and commissions, expenses and other current and long-term liabilities

   91,469  62,208  12,702 

Restructuring liability

   (2,797 (1,515  —      —    (91 (2,797

Deferred revenue

   24,613  15,026  20,770    172,905  247,500  24,613 
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

   (365,706 (255,307 (309,637   (220,499 (309,332 (365,706

Cash flows from investing activities:

       

Subscriber acquisition costs—company owned equipment

   (5,243 (24,740 (10,580   —     —    (5,243

Capital expenditures

   (11,642 (26,982 (30,500   (19,412 (20,391 (11,642

Proceeds from the sale of intangible assets

   53,693   —     —   

Proceeds from the sale of capital assets

   3,123  480  964    127  776  3,123 

Net cash used in acquisitions

   —     —    (18,500

Acquisition of intangible assets

   (1,385 (1,363 (9,649   (1,486 (1,745 (1,385

Proceeds from insurance claims

   —    2,984   —   

Purchases of short-term investments

   —     —    (60,000

Proceeds from sale of short-term investments

   —     —    60,069 

Proceeds from note receivable

   —     —    22,699 

Change in restricted cash

   —    14,214  14,375 

Investment in preferred stock

   —     —    (3,000

Acquisition of other assets

   —    (208 (2,162   —    (301  —   
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

   (15,147 (35,615 (36,284

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

   32,922  (21,661 (15,147

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

APX Group Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows Continued

(In thousands)

 

  Year ended December 31,   Year ended December 31, 
  2016 2015 2014   2018 2017 2016 

Cash flows from financing activities:

        

Proceeds from notes payable

  $604,000  $296,250  $102,000    759,000  724,750  604,000 

Proceeds from notes payable—related party

   51,000   —     —   

Repayments of notes payable

   (235,535  —     —      (522,191 (450,000 (235,535

Borrowings from revolving line of credit

   57,000  271,000  20,000    201,000  196,895  57,000 

Repayments on revolving line of credit

   (77,000 (271,000  —      (261,000 (136,895 (77,000

Proceeds from sale of subscriber contracts

   —     —    2,261 

Acquisition of subscriber contracts

   —     —    (2,277

Repayments of capital lease obligations

   (8,315 (6,414 (6,300   (12,354 (10,007 (8,315

Payments of other long-term obligations

   —    (2,983  —   

Financing costs

   (9,036  —     —      (11,317 (18,277 (9,036

Deferred financing costs

   (9,241 (5,436 (2,927   (9,302 (11,119 (9,241

Payments of dividends

   —     —    (50,000

Return of capital

   (3,129 (1,151  —   

Proceeds from capital contributions

   100,407   —    32,300    4,700   —    100,407 
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

   422,280  284,400  95,057    196,407  291,213  422,280 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

   (466 (1,726 (234   71  132  (466
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

   40,961  (8,248 (251,098   8,901  (39,648 40,961 

Cash and cash equivalents:

        

Beginning of period

   2,559  10,807  261,905    3,872  43,520  2,559 
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

End of period

  $43,520  $2,559  $10,807   $12,773  $3,872  $43,520 
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Supplemental cash flow disclosures:

        

Income tax paid

  $435  $290  $196   $330  $219  $435 

Interest paid

  $189,170  $145,647  $137,908   $239,441  $207,433  $189,170 

Supplementalnon-cash investing and financing activities:

        

Capital lease additions

  $8,411  $11,002  $12,040   $4,569  $14,633  $8,411 

Intangible assets acquisitions included within accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities and other long-term obligations

  $31,283  $314  $185 

Intangible asset acquisitions included within accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities and other long-term obligations

  $974  $557  $31,283 

Capital expenditures included within accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities

  $2,345  $161  $1,893   $128  $2,531  $2,345 

Change in fair value of marketable securities

  $1,011  $—    $—   

Change in fair value of equity securities

  $—    $1,314  $1,011 

Property acquired underbuild-to-suit agreements included within other long-term obligations

  $4,619  $—    $—     $—    $2,300  $4,619 

Subscriber acquisition costs—company owned assets included within accounts payable and accrued expenses and other current liabilities

  $12  $—    $1,719 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

APX Group Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTE 1—DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS1. Description of Business

APX Group Holdings, Inc. (“Holdings” or “Parent”), and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, (collectively the “Company”), is one of the largest smart home companies in North America. The Company is engaged in the sale, installation, servicing and monitoring of smart home and security systems, primarily in the United States and Canada. Holdings which is wholly-owned by APX Parent Holdco,Vivint Smart Home, Inc., which is majority owned by 313 Acquisition, LLC. APX Parent Holdco,Vivint Smart Home, Inc. and APX Group Holdings, Inc. have no operations.

NOTE 2—SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES2. Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The Company has prepared the accompanying consolidated financial statements pursuant to generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”). Preparing financial statements requires the Company to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts that are reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying disclosures. Although these estimates are based on the Company’s best knowledge of current events and actions that the Company may undertake in the future, actual results may be different from the Company’s estimates. The results of operations presented herein are not necessarily indicative of the Company’s results for any future period.

DuringVivint Flex Pay

In January 2017, the yearCompany announced the introduction of the Vivint Flex Pay plan (“Vivint Flex Pay”), which became the Company’s primary sales model beginning in March 2017. Under Vivint Flex Pay, customers pay separately for the products (including control panel, security peripheral equipment, smart home equipment, and related installation) (“Products”) and Vivint’s smart home and security services (“Services”). The customer has the following three options to pay for the Products: (1) qualified customers in the United States may finance the purchase of Products through a third-party financing provider (“Consumer Financing Program”) (2) customers not eligible for the Consumer Financing Program, but who qualify under the Company’s underwriting criteria, may enter into a retail installment contract (“RIC”) directly with Vivint, or (3) customers may purchase the Products at the outset of the service contract by check, automatic clearing house payments (“ACH”), credit or debit card.

Although customers pay separately for the Products and Services under the Vivint Flex Pay plan, the Company has determined that the shift in its sales model does not change the Company’s conclusion that the sale of Products and Services are one single performance obligation. As a result, all forms of transactions under Vivint Flex Pay create deferred revenue for the gross amount of Products sold. Gross deferred revenues are reduced by imputed interest on the RICs and the present value of expected payments due to the third-party financing provider under the Consumer Financing Program.

Under the Consumer Financing Program, qualified customers are eligible for installment loans provided by a third-party financing provider of up to $4,000 for either 42 or 60 months. The Company pays a monthly fee to the third-party financing provider based on the average daily outstanding balance of the installment loans. Additionally, the Company shares liability for credit losses depending on the credit quality of the customer. Because of the nature of these provisions under the Consumer Financing Program, the Company records a derivative liability at its fair value when the third-party financing provider originates installment loans to customers, which reduces the amount of estimated revenue recognized on the provision of the services. The derivative liability is reduced as payments are made from the Company to the third-party financing provider. Subsequent changes to the fair value of the derivative liability are realized through other loss/(income), net in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. (See Note 9).

Retail Installment Contract Receivables

For customers that enter into a RIC under the Vivint Flex Pay plan, the Company records a receivable for the amount financed. The RIC receivables are recorded at their present value, net of the imputed interest discount. At the time of installation, the Company records a long-term note receivable within long-term notes receivables and other assets, net on the consolidated balance sheets for the present value of the receivables that are expected to be collected beyond 12 months of the reporting date. The unbilled receivable amounts that are expected to be collected within 12 months of the reporting date are included as a short-term notes receivable within accounts and notes receivable, net on the consolidated balance sheets. The billed amounts of notes receivables are included in accounts receivable within accounts and notes receivable, net on the consolidated balance sheets.

The Company imputes the interest on the RIC receivable using a risk adjusted market interest rate and records it as an adjustment to deferred revenue and as an adjustment to the face amount of the related receivable. The imputed interest discount considers a number of factors, including collection experience, aging of the remaining RIC receivable portfolios, credit quality of the subscriber base and other qualitative considerations, including macro-economic factors. The imputed interest income is recognized over the term of the RIC contract as recurring and other revenue on the consolidated statement of operations.

When the Company determines that there are RIC receivables that have become uncollectible, it records an adjustment to the imputed interest discount and reduces the related note receivable balance. Account balances arewritten-off if collection efforts are unsuccessful and future collection is unlikely based on the length of time from the day accounts become past due. (See Note 4).

Revenue Recognition

The Company offers its customers smart home services combining Products, including a proprietary control panel, door and window sensors, door locks, security cameras and smoke alarms; installation; and a proprietaryback-end cloud platform software and Services. These together create an integrated system that allows the Company’s customers to monitor, control and protect their home (“Smart Home Services”). The Company’s customers are buying this integrated system that provides them with these Smart Home Services. The number and type of Products purchased by a customer depends on their desired functionality. Because the Products and Services included in the customer’s contract are integrated and highly interdependent, and because they must work together to deliver the Smart Home Services, the Company has concluded that installed Products, related installation and Services contracted for by the customer are generally not distinct within the context of the contract and, therefore, constitute a single, combined performance obligation. Revenues for this single, combined performance obligation are recognized on a straight-line basis over the customer’s contract term. The Company has determined that certain contracts that do not require a long-term commitment for monitoring services by the customer contain a material right to renew the contract, because the customer does not have to purchase Products upon renewal. Proceeds allocated to the material right are recognized over the period benefit, which is generally three years.

The majority of the Company’s subscription contracts are between three and five years in length and arenon-cancelable. These contracts with customers generally convert intomonth-to-month agreements at the end of the initial term, and some customer contracts aremonth-to-month from inception. Payment for recurring monitoring and other Smart Home Services is generally due in advance on a monthly basis.

Sales of Products and otherone-time fees such as service fees or installation fees are invoiced to the customer at the time of sale. Revenues for wireless internet service provided by Vivint Wireless Inc. (“Wireless Internet” or “Wireless”) and any Products or Services that are considered separate performance obligations are recognized when those Products or Services are delivered. Taxes collected from customers and remitted to governmental authorities are not included in revenue. Payments received or amounts billed in advance of revenue recognition are reported as deferred revenue.

Deferred Revenue

The Company’s deferred revenues primarily consist of amounts for sales (including upfront proceeds) of Smart Home Services. Deferred revenues are recognized over the term of the related performance obligation.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable consists primarily of amounts due from customers for recurring monthly monitoring Services and the billed portion of RIC receivables. The accounts receivable are recorded at invoiced amounts and arenon-interest bearing and are included within accounts and notes receivable, net on the consolidated balance sheets. Accounts receivable totaled $16.5 million and $24.3 million and December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively net of the allowance for doubtful accounts of $5.6 million and $5.4 million at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The Company estimates this allowance based on historical collection experience and subscriber attrition rates. When the Company determines that there are accounts receivable that are uncollectible, they are charged off against the allowance for doubtful accounts. The provision for doubtful accounts is included in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and totaled $19.4 million and $22.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2015,2018 and 2017, respectively.

The changes in the Company recorded certainout-of-period adjustments totaling $2.0 million, primarily associated with the timing of the recognition of deferred revenue related to 2014 recurring monitoring services. As a result of these adjustments, recurring revenues increasedCompany’s allowance for accounts receivable were as follows for the yearperiods ended December 31, 2015 and deferred revenue decreased by 2.0 million, respectively. The Company evaluated the impact of theout-of-period adjustments and determined that they are immaterial to the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2015.

Change in Accounting Estimate—Effective April 1, 2016, the Company updated its estimate of the life of its subscriber relationships and the period and pattern used to amortize deferred activation fees and deferred subscriber acquisition costs, to better approximate the actual life of the customer attrition patterns. Prior to the change, the Company amortized deferred activation fees and subscriber acquisition costs over 12 years using a 150% declining balance method, which converted to a straight-line methodology after approximately five years. Subsequent to the change, the Company amortizes deferred activation fees and subscriber acquisition costs over 15 years using a 240% declining balance method, which converts to a straight-line methodology after approximately nine years when the resulting amortization exceeds that from the accelerated method. The effects of this change in estimate were as follows (in thousands):

 

   Year ended
December 31,
2016
 

Increase in activation fee revenues

  $1,400 

Increase in depreciation and amortization

   21,413 

Increase to loss from operations

   20,013 

Increase to net loss

   19,621 
   Year ended December 31, 
   2018   2017   2016 

Beginning balance

  $5,356   $4,138   $3,541 

Provision for doubtful accounts

   19,405    22,465    19,624 

Write-offs and adjustments

   (19,167   (21,247   (19,027
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

  $5,594   $5,356   $4,138 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Restructuring and Asset Impairment Charges

Restructuring and asset impairment charges represent expenses incurred in relation to activities to exit or dispose of portions of the Company’s business that do not qualify as discontinued operations. Liabilities associated with restructuring are measured at their fair value when the liability is incurred. Expenses for related termination benefits are recognized at the date the Company notifies the employee, unless the employee must provide future service, in which case the benefits are expensed ratably over the future service period. Liabilities related to termination of a contract are measured and recognized at fair

value when the contract does not have any future economic benefit to the entity and the fair value of the liability is determined based on the present value of the remaining obligation. The Company expenses all other costs related to an exit or disposal activity as incurred (See Note 3)10).

Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of APX Group Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Changes in Presentation of Comparative Financial Statements—Certain reclassifications have been made to the Company’s consolidated financial information in order to conform to the current year presentation. These changes did not have a significant impact on the consolidated financial statements.Capitalized Contract Costs

Revenue Recognition—The Company recognizes revenue principally on three types of transactions: (i) recurring revenue, which includes revenues for monitoring and other smart home services of the Company’s subscriber contracts and recurring monthly revenue associated with Vivint Wireless Inc. (“Wireless Internet” or “Wireless”), (ii) service and other sales, which includesnon-recurring service fees charged to subscribers provided on contracts,Capitalized contract fulfillment revenues and sales of products that are not part of the Company’s service offerings, and (iii) activation fees on subscriber contracts, which are amortized over the expected life of the customer.

Recurring revenue for the Company’s subscriber contracts is billed in advance, generally monthly, pursuant to the terms of subscriber contracts and recognized ratably over the service period. Costs of providing ongoing recurring services are expensed in the period incurred.

Service and other sales revenue is recognized as services are provided or when title to the products and equipment sold transfers to the customer. Contract fulfillment revenue, included in service and other sales, is recognized when payment is received from customers who cancel their contractin-term. Revenue from sales of products that are not part of the basic service offering is generally recognized upon delivery of products.

Activation fees represent upfrontone-time charges billed to subscribers at the time of installation and are deferred and recognized over the expected customer life. The Company evaluates subscriber account attrition on a periodic basis, utilizing observed attrition rates for the Company’s subscriber contracts and industry information and, when necessary, makes adjustments to the estimated subscriber relationship period and amortization method.

Subscriber Acquisition Costs—Subscriber acquisition costs represent the costs directly related and incremental to the origination of new subscribers. A portioncontracts, modification of subscriber acquisitionexisting contracts or to the fulfillment of the related customer contracts. These include commissions, other compensation and related costs incurred directly for the origination and installation of new or upgraded customer contracts, as well as the cost of Products installed in the customer home at the commencement or modification of the contract. These costs are deferred and amortized on a straight-line basis

over the expected period of benefit that the Company has determined to be five years. Amortization of capitalized contract costs is included in “Depreciation and Amortization” on the consolidated statements of operations. These deferred costs are periodically reviewed for impairment. Contract costs not directly related and incremental to the origination of new contracts, modification of existing contracts or to the fulfillment of the related customer contracts are expensed as incurred, which includesincurred. These costs include those associated with thedirect-to-home sale housing, marketing and recruiting,non-direct lead generation costs, certain portions of sales commissions (residuals),and residuals, overhead and other costs considered not directly and specifically tied to the origination of a particular subscriber. The remaining portion of the costs is considered to be directly tied to subscriber acquisition and consists primarily of certain portions of sales commissions, equipment, and installation costs. These costs are deferred and recognized in a pattern that reflects the estimated life of the subscriber relationships. The Company evaluates subscriber account attrition on a periodic basis, utilizing observed attrition rates for the Company’s subscriber contracts and industry information and, when necessary, makes adjustments to the estimated subscriber relationship period and amortization method.

On the consolidated statement of cash flows, subscriber acquisition costs that are comprised of equipment and related installation costs purchased for or used in subscriber contracts in which the Company retains ownership to the equipment are classified as investing activities and reported as “Subscriber acquisition costs—company owned equipment.” All other subscriber acquisitioncapitalized contract costs are classified as operating activities and reported as “Subscriber acquisition“Capitalized contract costs—deferred contract costs” on the condensed consolidated statements of cash flows as these assets represent deferred costs associated with customer contracts.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consists of highly liquid investments with remaining maturities when purchased of three months or less.

Accounts Receivable—Accounts receivable consists primarily of amounts due from customers for recurring monthly monitoring services. The accounts receivable are recorded at invoiced amounts and arenon-interest bearing. The gross amount of accounts receivable has been reduced by an allowance for doubtful accounts of $4.1 million and $3.5 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The Company estimates this allowance based on historical collection experience and subscriber attrition rates. When the Company determines that there are accounts receivable that are uncollectible, they are charged off against the allowance for doubtful accounts. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, no accounts receivable were classified as held for sale. Provision for doubtful accounts is included in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.Inventories

The changes in the Company’s allowance for accounts receivable were as follows for the periods ended (in thousands):

   Year ended December 31, 
   2016   2015   2014 

Beginning balance

  $3,541   $3,373   $1,901 

Provision for doubtful accounts

   19,624    14,924    15,656 

Write-offs and adjustments

   (19,027   (14,756   (14,184
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

  $4,138   $3,541   $3,373 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

InventoriesInventories, which are comprised of smart home and security system equipment and parts are stated at the lower of cost or market with cost determined under thefirst-in,first-out (FIFO) method. The Company adjusts the inventory balance based on anticipated obsolescence, usage and historical write-offs.

Property, Plant and Equipment and Long-lived Assets and Intangibles

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost and depreciated on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets or the lease term for assets under capital leases, whichever is shorter. Intangible assets with definite lives are amortized over the remaining estimated economic life of the underlying technology or relationships, which ranges from 25 to 10 years. Definite-lived intangible assets are amortized on the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the asset or in a pattern in which the economic benefits of the intangible asset are consumed. Amortization expense associated with leased assets is included with depreciation expense. Routine repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred.

The Company periodically assesses potential impairment of itsreviews long-lived assets, including property, plant and equipment, capitalized contract costs, and definite-lived intangibles and performs anfor impairment review wheneverwhen events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying valueamount may not be recoverable (See Note 8). In addition,recoverable. The Company considers whether or not indicators of impairment exist on a regular basis and as part of each quarterly and annual financial statement close process. Factors the Company periodically assessesconsiders in determining whether events or not indicators of impairment exist include market factors and patterns of customer attrition. If indicators of impairment are identified, the Company estimates the fair value of the assets. An impairment loss is recognized if the carrying amount of a long-lived asset is not recoverable and exceeds its fair value.

The Company conducts an indefinite-lived intangible impairment analysis annually as of October 1, and as necessary if changes in circumstance continue to support an indefinite life of certain intangible assets or warrant a revision tofacts and circumstances indicate that the estimated useful life of definite-lived intangible assets.

Effective January 1, 2016, the Company adopted guidance issued by the FASB which provides new standards to determine whether a cloud computing arrangement includes a software license. The guidance requires the Company to determine if an internal use software obtained in a cloud hosting arrangement contains a contractual right to take possessionfair value of the softwareCompany’s indefinite-lived intangibles may be less than the carrying amount. When indicators of impairment do not exist and if it is feasible to either run the software on internal hardware or contract with an unrelated vendor to host the software. If bothcertain accounting criteria are met, the company will considerCompany is able to evaluate indefinite-lived intangible impairment using a qualitative approach. When necessary, the arrangementCompany’s quantitative impairment test consists of two steps. The first step requires that the Company compare the estimated fair value of its indefinite-lived intangibles to include a software licensethe carrying value. If the fair value is greater than the carrying value, the intangibles are not considered to be impaired and classifyno further testing is required. If the purchase asfair value is less than the carrying value, an intangible. The Company has electedimpairment loss in an amount equal to adopt the guidance prospectively to all arrangements entered into or materially modified afterdifference is recorded.

During the beginning of 2016. The Company did not enter into, or modify, any material cloud computing arrangements during the yearyears ended December 31, 2016.2018, 2017 and 2016, no impairments to long-lived assets or intangibles were recorded.

The Company’s depreciation and amortization included in the consolidated statements of operations consisted of the following (in thousands):

   Year ended December 31, 
   2018   2017   2016 

Amortization of capitalized contract costs

  $398,174   $—     $—   

Amortization of subscriber acquisition costs

   —      206,153    154,877 

Amortization of definite-lived intangibles

   90,945    101,827    116,865 

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

   24,963    21,275    16,800 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total depreciation and amortization

  $514,082   $329,255   $288,542 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Wireless Spectrum Licenses

The Company hashad capitalized as an intangible asset wireless spectrum licenses that were acquired from third parties. The cost basis of the wireless spectrum asset includes the purchase

price paid for the licenses at the time of acquisition, plus costs incurred to acquire the licenses. The asset and related liability were recorded at the net present value of future cash outflows using the Company’s incremental borrowing rate at the time of acquisition.

The Company has determined that the wireless spectrum licenses meetmet the definition of indefinite-lived intangible assets because the licenses maywere able to be renewed periodically for a nominal fee, provided that the Company continuescontinued to meet the service and geographic coverage provisions. TheIn January 2018, the Company has also determined that there are currently no legal, regulatory, contractual, competitive, economic or other factors that limitterminated the useful lives of these wireless spectrum licenses.licenses for cash consideration. See Note 8 for further discussion.

Long-term Investments

The Company’s long-term investments are comprisedcomposed ofavailable-for-sale equity securities in both privately held and cost based investments in otherpublic companies. As of December 31, 20162018 and 2015, cost-based2017, the Company’s equity investments totaled $0.4$3.9 million and $3.5$3.4 million, respectively.Available-for-sale securities as of of December 31, 2016 were $4.0 million. As of December 31, 2015, the Company held noavailable-for-sale securities.

The Company’s marketable equity securities have been classified and accounted for asavailable-for-sale.Management determines the appropriate classificationfair value measurement of its investments at the time of purchase and reevaluates the classificationsfair value measurement at each balance sheet date. Marketable equityEquity securities, are classified as either short-term or long-term, based on the nature of each security and its availability for use in current operations. The Company’s marketable equity securities are carried at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses, reported in other income or loss within the statement of operations

The Company’s equity investments without readily determinable fair values as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”) in equity, with the exception of unrealized losses believed to be other-than-temporary which are reported in earnings in the current period. The cost of securities sold is based upon the specific identification method.

both December 31, 2018 and 2017 totaled $0.7 million. The Company performs impairment analysesanalyzes of its cost based investments when events occur or circumstances change that would, more likely than not, reduce the fair value of the investment below its carrying value. When indicators of impairment do not exist, and certain accounting criteria are met, the Company evaluates impairment using a qualitative approach. Additionally, increases or decreases in the carrying amount resulting from observable price changes in orderly transactions for the identical or a similar investment of the same issuer are adjusted through the statement of operations as needed. As of December 31, 2016,2018, no indicators of impairment or changes in observable prices existed associated with these cost based investments.investments without readily determinable fair values.

Deferred Financing Costs—Costs

Certain costs incurred in connection with obtaining debt financing are deferred and amortized utilizing the straight-line method, which approximates the effective-interest method, over the life of the related financing.

Deferred financing costs incurredassociated with draw downs onobtaining APX’s revolving credit facility will beare amortized over the amended maturity dates discussed in Note 5. If such financing is paid off or replaced prior to maturity with debt instruments that have substantially different terms, the unamortized costs are charged to expense. Deferred financing costs included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets within deferred financing costs, net at December 31, 20162018 and 20152017 were $4.4$2.1 million and $6.5$3.1 million, net of accumulated amortization of $6.9$9.6 million and $4.8$8.6 million, respectively. Deferred financing costs included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets within notes payable, net at December 31, 20162018 and 20152017 were $39.4$32.4 million and $40.2$35.7 million, net of accumulated amortization of $35.6$54.6 million and $26.1$45.2 million, respectively. Amortization expense on deferred financing costs recognized and included in interest expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations totaled $11.6$10.4 million, $10.9$11.4 million and $10.1$11.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 20152018, 2017 and 2014,2016, respectively.

Effective January 1, 2016, the Company adopted guidance issued by the FASB requiring debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability to be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability, consistent with debt discounts. The Company has applied this retrospectively resulting in a reduction to deferred financing costs, net by $40.2 million as of December 31, 2015 with a corresponding decrease to notes payable, net.

Residual Income PlanPlans

The Company has a program that allows certain third-party sales channel partners to receive additional compensation based on the performance of the underlying contracts they create. Thecreate (the “Channel Partner Plan”). In addition, in 2018, the Company

introduced a new residual sales compensation plan (the “Residual Plan”). Under the Residual Plan, the Company’s sales personnel (each, a “Plan Participant”) have the option to convert up to a specified portion of their earnings (as defined in the Residual Plan) into the right to receive monthly residual compensation payable over the life of the subscriber accounts sold by such Plan Participant.

For both the Channel Partner Plan and Residual Plan, the Company calculates the present value of the expected future residual payments and recognizesrecords a liability for this amount in the period the commissions are earned. Subsequent accretion and adjustments to the estimated liabilitysubscriber account is originated. These costs are recorded as interest and operating expense respectively.to capitalized contract costs. The Company monitors actual payments and customer attrition on a periodic basis and, when necessary, makes adjustments to the liability. The amount included in accrued payroll and commissions was $1.2$4.5 million and $0.8$3.3 million as of December 31, 20162018 and 2015,2017, respectively, and the amount included in other long-term obligations was $6.6$13.0 million and $4.3$18.5 million at December 31, 20162018 and 2015,2017, respectively, representing the present value of the estimated amounts owed to third-party sales channel partners.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company measures compensation cost based on the grant-date fair value of the award and recognizes that cost over the requisite service period of the awards (See Note 12).

Advertising Expense

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising costs were approximately $33.0$47.2 million, $25.1$42.5 million and $23.6$33.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 20152018, 2017 and 2014,2016, respectively.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes based on the asset and liability method. Under the asset and liability method, deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets when it is determined that it is more likely than not that some portion, or all, of the deferred tax asset will not be realized.

The Company recognizes the effect of an uncertain income tax position on the income tax return at the largest amount that ismore-likely-than-not more likely than not to be sustained upon audit by the relevant taxing authority. An uncertain income tax position will not be recognized if it has less than a 50% likelihood of being sustained. The Company’s policy for recording interest and penalties is to record such items as a component of the provision for income taxes.

Contracts Sold—On March 31, 2014,

Changes in tax laws and rates could also affect recorded deferred tax assets and liabilities in the future. The Company received approximately $2.3 millionrecords the effect of a tax rate or law change on the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities in proceeds from the sale of certain subscriber contracts to a third-party. Concurrently, the Company entered into an agreement with the buyer to continue providing billing, monitoring and support services for the contracts that were sold for a period of ten years. On November 24, 2014, the Company repurchased the subscriber contracts from this third-party for $2.3 million and the associated liability was settled. Because ofenactment. Future tax rate or law changes could have a material effect on the Company’s continuing involvement in servicing the contracts, no material gain/loss on the transaction was recognized.results of operations, financial condition, or cash flows (See Note 11).

Contracts Sold

During the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company sold all of its New Zealand and Puerto Rico subscriber contracts and ceased operations in these geographical regions (“2016 Contract Sales”). As a result, during the year ended December 31, 2016 the Company recorded the impact of these transactions in restructuring and asset impairment (See Note 3)10).

Concentrations of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk consist principally of receivables and cash. At times during the year, the Company maintains cash balances in excess of insured limits. The Company is not dependent on any single customer or geographic location. The loss of a customer would not adversely impact the Company’s operating results or financial position.

Concentrations of Supply Risk

As of December 31, 2016,2018, approximately 57%80% of the Company’s installed panels were SkyControl panels and 40%19% were 2GIG Go!Control panels. In connection withDuring the 2GIG Sale in April 2013,three months ended March 31, 2018 the Company entered intotransitioned to a five-year supply agreement with 2GIG, pursuant to which they will be the exclusive providernew panel supplier. The loss of the Company’s control panel requirements, subject to certain exceptions as provided in the supply agreement. The loss of 2GIG as a supplier could potentially impact the Company’sits operating results or financial position.

Fair Value Measurement

Fair value is based on the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Assets and liabilities subject toon-going fair value measurement are categorized and disclosed into one of three categories depending on observable or unobservable inputs employed in the measurement. These two types of inputs have created the following fair value hierarchy:

Level 1: Quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for assets and liabilities.

Level 2: Observable prices that are based on inputs not quoted in active markets, but corroborated by market data.

Level 3: Unobservable inputs are used when little or no market data is available.

Level 1:

Quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for assets and liabilities.

Level 2:

Observable prices that are based on inputs not quoted in active markets, but corroborated by market data.

Level 3:

Unobservable inputs are used when little or no market data is available.

This hierarchy requires the Company to minimize the use of unobservable inputs and to use observable market data, if available, when determining fair value. The Company recognizes transfers between levels of the hierarchy based on the fair values of the respective financial measurements at the end of the reporting period in which the transfer occurred. There were no transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy during the years ended December 31, 20162018 and 2015.2017.

The carrying amounts of the Company’s accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued and other liabilities approximate their fair values due to their short maturities.

Goodwill

The Company conducts a goodwill impairment analysis annually in the fourth fiscal quarter, as of October 1, and as necessary if changes in facts and circumstances indicate that the fair value of the Company’s

reporting units may be less than itstheir carrying amount.amounts. When indicators of impairment do not exist and certain accounting criteria are met, the Company is able to evaluate goodwill impairment using a qualitative approach. When necessary, the Company’s quantitative goodwill impairment test consists of two steps. The first step requires that the Company compare the estimated fair value of its reporting units to the carrying value of the reporting unit’s net assets, including goodwill. If the fair value of the reporting unit is greater than the carrying value of its net assets, goodwill is not considered to be impaired and no further testing is required. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than the carrying value of its net assets, the Company would be required to complete the second step of the test by analyzing the fair value of its goodwill. If the carrying value of the goodwill exceeds its fair value, an impairment charge is recorded. The Company’s reporting units are determined based on its current reporting structure, which as of December 31, 2018 consisted of two reporting units. The Company found that no indicators of goodwill impairment existed during the year ended December 31, 2016,2018, thus a qualitative approach was used and it was determined that no impairment existed for goodwill.

During the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, no impairments to goodwill were recorded.

Foreign Currency Translation and Other Comprehensive Income

The functional currencies of Vivint Canada, Inc. and Vivint New Zealand, Ltd. are the Canadian and New Zealand dollars, respectively. Accordingly, assets and liabilities are translated from their respective functional currencies into U.S. dollars atperiod-end rates and revenue and expenses are translated at the weighted-average exchange rates for the period. Adjustments resulting from this translation process are classified as other comprehensive (loss) income and shown as a separate component of equity. During the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company completed the 2016 Contract Sales which included all contracts in the New Zealand, Ltd. entity. (See Note 10)

When intercompany foreign currency transactions between entities included in the consolidated financial statements are of a long term investment nature (i.e., those for which settlement is not planned or anticipated in the foreseeable future) foreign currency translation adjustments resulting from those transactions are included in stockholders’ (deficit) equity as accumulated other comprehensive loss.loss or income. When intercompany transactions are deemed to be of a short term nature, translation adjustments are required to be included in the consolidated statement of operations. Beginning in July 2015, weThe Company has determined that settlement of theseVivint Canada, Inc. and Vivint New Zealand, Ltd. intercompany balances wasare anticipated and therefore thesesuch balances are not considereddeemed to be long-term investments and any subsequent translation gains or losses are recordedof a short-term nature. Translation activity included in income. Translation gainsthe statements of operations in other loss, net related to intercompany balances were

$2.1was a loss of $7.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. Translation losses related to intercompany balances were $9.42018, a gain of $4.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. During2017, and a gain of $2.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, there were no translation gains or losses.2016.

Letters of Credit

As of December 31, 20162018 and 2015,2017, the Company had $5.7$13.8 million and $5.0$9.5 million, respectively, of letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, all of which are undrawn.

NewRecent Accounting Pronouncements—In May 2014, the FASB originally issued ASU2014-09,Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) which clarifies the principles used to recognize revenue for all entities. This guidance requires companies to recognize revenue when they transfer goods or services to a customer in an amount that reflects the consideration to which they expect to be entitled. In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU2015-14 which deferred the effective date of ASU2014-09 by one year to be effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017. In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU2016-08 to clarify the implementation guidance on principal versus agent considerations as it relates to Topic 606.

In June 2016, the FASBFinancial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASUAccounting Standard Update (“ASU”)2016-102016-13, to clarify“Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326),” which modifies the implementation guidance on identifying performance obligations and licensing as it relates to Topic 606. This update reduces the complexity when applying the guidance for identifying performance obligations and improves the operability and understandabilitymeasurement of the license implementation guidance. In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU2016-12 to clarify the implementation guidance on Topic 606, which amends the guidance on transition, collectability,non-cash consideration and the presentationexpected credit losses of sales and other similar taxes.

The Company currently plans to adopt Topic 606 using the modified retrospective approach with the cumulative effect of initially applying the new standard recognized at the date of initial application and providing certain additional disclosures. However, a final decision regarding the adoption method has not been made at this time. The Company’s final determination will depend on a number of factors, such as the significance of the impact of the new standard on the Company’s financial results, system readiness, including the Company’s ability to accumulate and analyze the information necessary to assess the impact on prior period financial statements, as necessary.

The Company is in the initial stages of evaluating the impact of the new standard on the accounting policies, processes, and system requirements. The Company has assigned internal resources in addition to the engagement of third party service providers to assist in the evaluation. Furthermore, the Company has made and will continue to make investments in systems to enable timely and accurate reporting under the new standard. The Company expects the standard to have an effect on the subscriber acquisitions costs, net and deferred revenues included in our condensed consolidated balance sheets and the recognition of revenues and amortization of subscriber acquisition costs on the consolidated statement of operations. The Company does not expect the standard to have a significant impact to the consolidated statements of changes in equity or the consolidated statements of cash flows.

While the Company continues to assess the potential impacts of the new standard, including the areas described above, and anticipate this standard could have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements, the Company does not know or cannot reasonably estimate quantitative information related to the impact of the new standard on the financial statements at this time.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU2016-09 to simplify accounting for employee share-based payments. This update involves several aspects of the accounting for share-based payment transactions, including the income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, and classification on the statement of cash flows.instruments. This update is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2017 and will be applied prospectively and/or retrospectively, with early adoption permitted. The Company plans to adopt this update on the effective date and the adoption is not expected to materially impact the consolidated financial statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU2016-07 which eliminates the requirement to retroactively adopt the equity method of accounting when an investment qualifies for use of the equity method as a result of an increase in the level of ownership interest or degree of influence. This update is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2016 and must be applied prospectively, with early adoption permitted. The Company plans to adopt this update on the effective date and the adoption is not expected to materially impact the consolidated financial statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU2016-06 to clarify the assessment of contingent put and call options in debt instruments as it relates to Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815). The amendments in this update clarify the requirements for assessing whether contingent call (put) options that can accelerate the payment of principal on debt instruments are clearly and closely related to their debt hosts. An entity performing the assessment under the amendments in this update is required to assess the embedded call (put) options solely in accordance with the four-step decision sequence. This update is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 20162019 and must be applied using a modified retrospectivemodified-retrospective approach, with early adoption permitted. The Company is evaluating the adoption of ASU2016-13 and plans to adopt this update on the effective date and it is notprovide additional information about its expected to materially impact the consolidated financial statements.at a future date.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842)” to increase transparency and comparability among organizations as it relates to lease assets and lease liabilities. The update requires that lease

assets and lease liabilities be recognized on the balance sheet, and that key information about leasing arrangements be disclosed. Prior to this update, GAAP did not require operating leases to be recognized as lease assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet. This update is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2018, and must be appliedwith early adoption permitted. In July 2018, the FASB issued ASU2018-11 which provides companies the option to adopt using a modified retrospective approach with earlyor a prospective adoption permitted. approach.

The Company is evaluatingcontinuing its evaluation of the impact of ASU2016-02 on its accounting policies. The Company’s current operating lease portfolio is primarily comprised of network, real estate, and equipment leases. Upon adoption of this standard, the Company expects to record a right of use asset and liability related to all operating lease arrangements. The Company has assigned internal resources to perform the evaluation. Furthermore, the Company has made and will continue to make investments in systems to enable timely and accurate reporting under the new guidancestandard.

The Company expects the standard will have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets but will not have a material impact on the consolidated statements of operations. The most significant impact will be the recognition of right of use assets and planslease liabilities for operating leases. In connection with the adoption of the new lease accounting standard, the Company has completed scoping reviews and continues to provide additional information about its expected impact at a future date.make progress implementing new processes, systems, accounting policies and internal controls relevant to the standard. The Company will adopt this standard on January 1, 2019 using the prospective adoption approach and has elected to use the practical expedients allowed under the standard.

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards

ASU2016-01

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU2016-01, to address“Financial Instruments-Overall (Subtopic825-10),” which enhances the reporting model for financial instruments by addressing certain aspects of the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of financial instruments. The mainKey provisions of this update require equity investments (except those accounted for under the equity method of accounting) to be measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in earnings, allow a company to value equity investments without a readily determinednet income (loss). In addition, the exit price notion must be used when measuring the fair value at cost, less any impairments, and simplify the assessment of impairments of equity investments without a readily determinable fair value by requiring a qualitative assessment. This update is effectivefinancial instruments for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2017. An entity should apply the amendments by means ofdisclosure purposes. The Company adopted ASU2016-01 on January 1, 2018, with a cumulative-effect adjustment to increase accumulated deficit by $0.7 million for the balance sheet as of the beginning of the fiscal year of adoption. The amendmentsnet unrealized losses within accumulated other comprehensive income related to equity securities without readily determinable fair values (including disclosure requirements) should be applied prospectively to equity investments that exist as of the date of adoption of the Update. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is evaluating the new guidance and plans to provide additional information about its expected impact upon adoption at a future date.

NOTE 3—RESTRUCTURING AND ASSET IMPAIRMENT CHARGES

investments. During the year ended December 31, 2016,2018, the Company soldrecorded a net loss of $0.3 million, respectively, to other income associated with the change in fair value of equity investments.

ASU2014-09

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606),” which supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in “Revenue Recognition (Topic 605).” Under Topic 606, revenue is recognized when a customer obtains control of promised goods or services and is recognized in an amount that reflects the consideration which the entity expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. In addition, Topic 606 requires enhanced disclosures, including disclosure of the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers. Topic 606 also includes Subtopic340-40, Other Assets and Deferred Costs—Contracts with Customers, which requires the deferral of incremental costs of obtaining a contract with a customer. Collectively, the Company refers to Topic 606 and Subtopic340-40 as the “new standard”.

The Company adopted the new standard as of January 1, 2018, utilizing the modified retrospective method of transition (the cumulativecatch-up transition method). Adoption of the new standard resulted in changes to the accounting policies for revenue recognition, deferred revenue, and capitalized contract costs (formerly subscriber

acquisition costs). The cumulative effect of applying the new standard to all contracts with customers that were not completed as of its New ZealandJanuary 1, 2018 was recorded as an adjustment to accumulated deficit as of the adoption date. The comparative information has not been adjusted and Puerto Rico contractscontinues to be reported under Topic 605. See Note 3 “Revenue and recordedCapitalized Contract Costs” for additional information related to the impact of these transactions in restructuringadopting this standard and asset impairment. The calculationa discussion of the net loss recordedCompany’s updated policies related to revenue recognition and accounting for costs to obtain and fulfill a customer contract.

3. Revenue and Capitalized Contract Costs

Subscribers are typically invoiced for Smart Home Services monthly in advance or at the 2016 Contract Sales includedtime the expensingCompany delivers the related Smart Home Services. The majority of all unamortizedsubscribers pay at the time of invoice via credit card, debit card or ACH. The Company does not generally record any contract assets. The Company records deferred subscriber acquisition costs associated with these subscriber accountsrevenues when cash payments (or other consideration) are received or due in advance of performance of the Company’s obligations, including amounts which are refundable.

The increase in the amount of $7.6 million, the realization of outstanding amounts of accumulated other comprehensive loss associated with the New Zealand foreign currency translation process of $1.1 million upon the substantial sale of the subsidiary, offset by cash proceeds of $6.2 million for a total net loss on the 2016 Contract Sales of $2.6 million.

Duringdeferred revenue balance during the year ended December 31, 2015, the board2018 was primarily driven by cash payments received or due in advance of directors approved a plan to transitionsatisfying the Company’s Wireless Internet businessperformance obligations, offset by $144.1 million of revenues recognized that were included in the deferred revenue balance as of December 31, 2017.

Transaction Price Allocated to the Remaining Performance Obligations

As of December 31, 2018, approximately $2.2 billion of revenue is expected to be recognized from remaining performance obligations for existing subscription contracts over the remaining contract term and excludes the effect of any cancellations. The Company expects to recognize approximately 62.5% of the revenue related to these remaining performance obligations over the next 24 months, with the remaining balance recognized over an additional 36 months.

Financial Statement Impact of Adopting Topic 606

The Company adopted Topic 606 using the modified retrospective method. The cumulative effect of applying the new standard to all contracts with subscribers that were not completed as of January 1, 2018 was recorded as an adjustment to accumulated deficit as of the adoption date. As a 5Ghzresult of applying the modified retrospective method to a 60Ghz-based network technology (the “Wireless Restructuring”)adopt the new revenue guidance, the following cumulativecatch-up adjustments were made to select consolidated balance sheet line items as of January 1, 2018 (in thousands):

Consolidated Balance Sheets

   As Reported
December 31,
2017
  Adjustments  Adjusted
January 1,
2018
 

Assets

    

Capitalized contract costs, net

  $—    $1,020,408  $1,020,408 

Subscriber acquisition costs, net

   1,308,558   (1,308,558  —   

Long-term notes receivables and other assets, net

   88,723   2,713   91,436 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Deficit

    

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

   74,321   10,329   84,650 

Deferred revenue

   88,337   39,868   128,205 

Deferred revenue, net of current portion

   264,555   (53,062  211,493 

Deferred income tax liabilities

   9,041   (5,641  3,400 

Accumulated deficit

   (1,358,571  (276,931  (1,635,502

The following tables compare the select reported consolidated balance sheets, statements of operations and cash flows line items to the amounts had the previous guidance been in effect (in thousands):

Consolidated Balance Sheets

   December 31, 2018 
   As Reported  Balances
Without
Adoption of
Topic 606
  Effect of
Change

Higher/
(Lower)
 

Assets

    

Capitalized contract costs, net

  $1,115,775  $—    $1,115,775 

Subscriber acquisition costs, net

   —     1,518,188   (1,518,188

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Deficit

    

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

   136,715   126,900   9,815 

Deferred revenue

   186,953   126,582   60,371 

Deferred revenue, net of current portion

   323,585   440,474   (116,889

Deferred income tax liabilities

   1,096   8,682   (7,586

Accumulated deficit

   (2,104,097  (1,754,426  (349,671

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

   (28,837  (30,384  1,547 

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

   Year ended December 31, 2018 
   As Reported  Balances
Without
Adoption of
Topic 606
  Effect of
Change

Higher/
(Lower)
 

Revenues:

    

Recurring and other revenue

  $1,050,441  $950,661  $99,780 

Service and other sales revenue

   —     46,177   (46,177

Activation fees

   —     9,705   (9,705

Total revenues

   1,050,441   1,006,543   43,898 

Costs and expenses:

    

Operating expenses

   355,813   385,672   (29,859

Depreciation and amortization

   514,082   367,879   146,203 

Loss from operations

   (242,059  (169,613  (72,446

Income tax (benefit) expense

   (1,611  806   (2,417

Net loss

   (467,914  (397,885  (70,029

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax effects:

    

Foreign currency translation adjustment

   (2,218  (3,765  1,547 

Total other comprehensive (loss) income

   (2,218  (3,765  1,547 

Comprehensive loss

   (470,132  (401,650  (68,482

Consolidated Statements of Cash flows

   Year ended December 31, 2018 
   As Reported  Balances
Without
Adoption of
Topic 606
  Effect of
Change
Higher/
(Lower)
 

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net loss

  $(467,914 $(397,885 $(70,029

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

    

Amortization of capitalized contract costs

   398,174   —     398,174 

Amortization of subscriber acquisition costs

   —     251,971   (251,971

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Capitalized contract costs—deferred contract costs

   (499,252  —     (499,252

Subscriber acquisition costs—deferred contract costs

   —     (469,393  469,393 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

   91,469   93,886   (2,417

Deferred revenue

   172,905   216,803   (43,898
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

   (220,499  (220,499  —   

Timing of Revenue Recognition

The Company previously recognized certain service and other sales revenue when the Services were provided or when title to Products sold transferred to the subscriber. Revenue from the sale of Products that were not part of the service offering (i.e., those Products sold subsequent to the date of the initial installation) were also generally recognized upon delivery of Products. Under the new standard, the Company ceasedconsiders Products, related installation, and its proprietaryback-end cloud platform software and services an integrated system that allows thebuild-out Company’s subscribers to monitor, control and protect their homes. These Smart Home Services are accounted for as a single performance obligation that is recognized over the subscriber’s contract term. Accordingly, the Company now defers a larger portion of 5Ghz networkscertain Smart Home Services revenue, as prior to the adoption of Topic 606 certain of this revenue was recognized at the time services were provided or upon delivery.

The Company previously amortized deferred revenues related to sales of Products and stoppedactivation fees on subscriber contracts over the expected life of the customer, which was 15 years using a 240% declining balance method. Under the new standard, revenues related to sales of Products and activation fees are included in the transaction price allocated to the single Smart Home Service performance obligation and recognized straight-line over the subscriber’s contract term, which is generally three to five years.

Capitalized Contract Costs

Capitalized contract costs generally include commissions, other compensation and related costs incurred directly for the generation and installation of new

customers. During or modified subscriber contracts, as well as the year ended December 31, 2016,cost of Products installed in the subscriber’s home at the commencement or modification of the contract. The Company previously deferred and amortized these costs for new subscriber contracts in the same manner as deferred revenue and generally expensed all costs associated with modified subscriber contracts. Under the new standard, the Company shifteddefers and amortizes these costs for new or modified subscriber contracts on a straight-line basis over the expected period of benefit of five years.

4. Retail Installment Contract Receivables

Certain subscribers have the option to test installations of the new 60Ghz technology. In connection with the Wireless Restructuring, the Companypurchase Products under a RIC, payable over either 42 or 60 months. Short-term RIC receivables are recorded restructuringin accounts and asset impairment charges consisting of asset impairments, the costs of employee severance,notes receivable, net and long-term RIC receivables are recorded in long-term notes receivables and other contract termination charges.assets, net in the consolidated balance sheets.

Restructuring and asset impairment charges were

The following table summarizes the installment receivables (in thousands):

   December 31,
2018
   December 31,
2017
 

RIC receivables, gross

  $175,250   $131,024 

Deferred interest

   (34,163   (36,048
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

RIC receivables, net of deferred interest

  $141,087   $94,976 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Classified on the consolidated balance sheets as:

    

Accounts and notes receivable, net

  $32,185   $16,469 

Long-term notes receivables and other assets, net

   108,902    78,507 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

RIC receivables, net

  $141,087   $94,976 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Activity in the deferred interest for the RIC receivables was as follows (in thousands):

 

   Year ended
December 31,
 
   2016   2015 

Wireless restructuring and asset (recoveries) impairment charges:

    

Asset (recoveries) impairments

  $(710  $53,228 

Contract termination (recoveries) costs

   (751   4,767 

Employee severance and termination benefits (recoveries) charges

   (77   1,202 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total wireless restructuring and asset (recoveries) impairment charges

   (1,538   59,197 

Loss on subscriber contract sales

   2,551    —   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total restructuring and asset impairment charges

  $1,013   $59,197 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   For the Years Ended 
   December 31,
2018
  December 31,
2017
 

Deferred interest, beginning of period

  $36,048  $—   

Write-offs, net of recoveries

   (26,360  (6,055

Change in deferred interest on short-term and long-term RIC receivables

   24,475   42,103 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Deferred interest, end of period

  $34,163  $36,048 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

During the year ended December 31, 2014,2018 and 2017, the Company did not incur any restructuring and asset impairment charges.

The following table presents accrued restructuring activity for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.

   Asset
impairments
  Contract
termination costs
  Employee severance and
termination benefits
  Total 

Accrued restructuring balance as of December 31, 2014

  $—    $—    $—    $—   

Restructuring and impairment charges

   53,228   4,767   1,202   59,197 

Cash payments

   (10  (623  (881  (1,514

Non-cash settlements

   (53,218  (190  —     (53,408
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Accrued restructuring balance as of December 31, 2015

   —     3,954   321   4,275 

Restructuring and impairment recoveries

   (710  (751  (77  (1,538

Cash payments

   —     (2,554  (244  (2,798

Non-cash settlements

   710   —     —     710 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Accrued restructuring balance as of December 31, 2016

  $—    $649  $—    $649 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The wireless restructuring and impairment recoveries during the year ended December 31, 2016 resulted primarily from a vendor settlement for amounts less than previously estimated. The Company recorded anon-cash asset impairment chargeamount of $53.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2015. The Company also recorded cash-based restructuring charges of $6.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2015 related to employee severance and termination benefits as well as the write off of certain vendor contracts. Accrued restructuring at December 31, 2016 is includedRIC imputed interest income recognized in current liabilities within accrued expensesrecurring and other current liabilities of $0.1revenue was $14.9 million and in long-term liabilities within other long-term obligations of $0.6 million.$7.3 million, respectively.

Additional charges may be incurred in the future for facility-related or other restructuring activities as the Company continues to align resources to meet the needs of the business.

5. Long-Term Debt

NOTE 4—BUSINESS COMBINATIONSNotes Payable

Space Monkey Acquisition

On August 25, 2014, the Company’s parent purchased Space Monkey, Inc. (“Space Monkey”), a distributed cloud storage technology solution company, then merged Space Monkey with a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. Pursuant to the terms of the merger the Company paid aggregate cash consideration of $15.0 million, of which $1.5 million was held in escrow for indemnification obligations and was settled during 2015. This strategic acquisition was made to support the growth and development of the Company’s smart home platform.

The following table summarizes the estimated fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the time of acquisition (in thousands):

Net assets acquired from Space Monkey

  $404 

Deferred tax liability

   (1,106

Intangible assets (See Note 8)

   8,300 

Goodwill

   7,402 
  

 

 

 

Total estimated fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed

  $15,000 
  

 

 

 

During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company incurred costs associated with the Space Monkey acquisition, which were not material, consisting of accounting, legal and professional fees and payments to employees directly associated with the acquisition. These costs are included in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. During the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company did not incur any costs associated with the Space Monkey acquisition. The associated goodwill is deductible for income tax purposes.

Wildfire Acquisition

On January 31, 2014, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company completed the purchase of certain assets, and assumed certain liabilities, of Wildfire Broadband, LLC (“Wildfire”). Pursuant to the terms of the asset purchase agreement the Company paid aggregate cash consideration of $3.5 million, of which $0.4 million was held in escrow for indemnification obligations and was settled in early 2015. This strategic acquisition was made to provide the Company access to Wildfire’s existing customers, wireless internet infrastructure andknow-how. The associated goodwill is deductible for income tax purposes.

The following table summarizes the estimated fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the time of acquisition (in thousands):

Net assets acquired from Wildfire

  $96 

Intangible assets (See Note 8)

   2,900 

Goodwill

   504 
  

 

 

 

Total cash consideration

  $3,500 
  

 

 

 

During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company incurred costs associated with the Wildfire acquisition, which were not material, consisting of accounting, legal and professional fees and payments to employees directly associated with the acquisition. These costs are included in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying audited consolidated statements of operations. During the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company impaired all assets of the Wildfire acquisition as part of the Company’s wireless internet business restructuring (see Note 3). During the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company did not incur any costs associated with the Wildfire acquisition.

NOTE 5—LONG-TERM DEBT2019 Notes

On November 16, 2012, APX issued $1.3 billion aggregate principal amount of notes, of which $719.5$925.0 million aggregate principal amount of 6.375% senior secured notes due 2019 notes mature on(the “2019 notes”) with a maturity date of December 1, 2019 and arewhich were secured on a first-priority lien basis by substantially all of the tangible and intangible assets whether now owned or hereafter acquired by the Company, subject to permitted liens and exceptions,exceptions.

The Company repurchased $205.5 million, $300.0 million and $150.0 million aggregate principal amount of the outstanding 2019 notes in May 2016, February 2017, and August 2017, respectively. In September 2018, the Company redeemed in full the entire remaining $269.5 million outstanding aggregate principal amount of the 2019 notes.

2020 Notes

On November 16, 2012, APX issued $380.0 million aggregate principal amount of 8.75% senior notes due 2020 notes mature on(the “2020 notes”) with a maturity date of December 1, 2020.

During 2013, APX completed two offerings of additional 2020 notes under the indenture dated November 16, 2012. On May 31, 2013, APX issued $200.0 million of 2020 notes at a price of 101.75% and on December 13, 2013, APX issued an additional $250.0 million of 2020 notes at a price of 101.50%.

On July 1,

During 2014, APX issued an additional $100.0 million of 2020 notes at a price of 102.00%.

OnIn September 2018, the Company repurchased $250.7 million outstanding aggregate principal amount of the 2020 notes.

2022 Private Placement Notes

In October 19, 2015, APX issued $300.0 million aggregate principal amount of 8.875% senior secured notes due 2022 (the “2022 private placement notes at a price of 98%notes”), pursuant to a note purchase agreement dated as of October 19, 2015 in a private placement exempt from registration under the Securities Act. The 2022 private placement notes will mature on December 1, 2022, unless on September 1, 2020 (the 91st day prior to the maturity of the 2020 notes) more than an aggregate principal amount of $190.0 million of such 2020 notes remain outstanding or have not been refinanced as permitted under the note purchase agreement for the 2022 private placement notes, in which case the 2022 private placement notes will mature on September 1, 2020. The 2022 private placement notes are secured, on a pari passu basis, by the collateral securing obligations under the 2019 notes, the 2022 private placement notes, and the 2022 notes (as defined below), and the 2023 notes (as defined below), and the revolving credit facilities and the Term Loan (as defined below), in each case, subject to certain exceptions and permitted liens.

In May 2016, the Company repurchased $29.5 million outstanding aggregate principal amount of the 2022 private placement notes.

2022 Notes

In May 2016, APX issued $500.0 million aggregate principal amount of 7.875% senior secured notes due 2022 notes at par,(the “2022 notes”), pursuant to an indenture dated as of May 26, 2016 among APX, the guarantors party thereto and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee and collateral agent. The 2022 notes will mature on December 1, 2022, or on such earlier date when any outstanding pari passu lien indebtedness matures as a result of the operation of any “Springing Maturity” provision set forth in the agreements governing such pari passu lien indebtedness. The 2022 notes are secured, on a pari passu basis, by the collateral securing obligations under the 2019 notes and 2022 private placement notes, and the revolving credit facilities and the Term Loan, in all cases, subject to certain exceptions and permitted liens. APX used a portion of the net proceeds from the issuance of the 2022 notes to repurchase approximately $235 million aggregate principal amount of the outstanding 2019 notes and 2022 private placement notes in privately negotiated transactions and repaid borrowings under the existing revolving credit facility.

In August 2016, APX issued an additional $100.0 million aggregate principal amount of the 2022 notes at a price of 104.00%.

In accordance with ASC470-50 Debt—Modifications and Extinguishments,February 2017, APX issued an additional $300.0 million aggregate principal amount of the Company performed an analysis on2022 notes at acreditor-by-creditor basis price of 108.25% (“February 2017 issuance”). A portion of the net proceeds from the offering of these 2022 notes were used to determine ifredeem $300.0 million aggregate principal amount of the repurchasedexisting 2019 notes and pay the related accrued interest and redemption premium, and to pay all fees and expenses related thereto and any remaining proceeds will be used for general corporate purposes.

2023 Notes

In August 2017, APX issued $400.0 million aggregate principal amount of the 7.625% senior notes due 2023 (the “2023 notes” and, together with the 2019 notes, the 2020 notes and the 2022 private placement notes, the “Notes”) (“August 2017 issuance”). The proceeds from the outstanding 2023 notes offering were substantially different thanused to redeem $150.0 million aggregate principal amount of the 2022 notes issued in May 2016. As a result of this analysis, during the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company recorded $10.1 million of other expense and loss on extinguishment, consisting of $1.0 million of original issue discount and deferred financing costs associated with theoutstanding 2019 notes and 2022 private placement notes,pay the related accrued interest and $9.0 millionredemption premium, and to pay all fees and expenses related thereto. Any remaining net proceeds have been or will be used for general corporate purposes, which may include the repayment of outstanding borrowings under the revolving credit facility.

All of the $15.7 million of total costs incurred in conjunction with issuance ofobligations under the 2022 notes. The original unamortized portion of deferred financing costs associated with new creditors and creditors under bothcredit agreement governing the 2019 notesrevolving credit facility, the credit agreement governing the Term Loan (defined below) and the 2022 notes, whose debt

instruments were not deemed to be substantially different, will be amortized to interest expense over agreements governing the life of the 2022 notes. The following table presents deferred financing activity for the year ended December 31, 2016 (in thousands):

   Unamortized Deferred Financing Costs 
   Balance
12/31/2015
   Additions   Refinances  Early
Extinguishment
  Amortized  Balance
12/31/2016
 

Revolving Credit Facility

  $6,456   $—     $—    $—    $(2,036 $4,420 

2019 Notes

   20,182    —      (3,423  (585  (4,481  11,693 

2020 Notes

   18,892    —      —     —     (3,839  15,053 

2022 Private Placement Notes

   1,170    —      —     (110  (157  903 

2022 Notes

   —      9,337    3,423   —     (1,046  11,714 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Deferred Financing Costs

  $46,700   $9,337   $—    $(695 $(11,559 $43,783 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The notesExisting Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed jointly and severally by APX Group Holdings, Inc. and each of APX’sAPX Group, Inc.’s existing and future material wholly-owned U.S. restricted subsidiaries. However, such subsidiaries thatshall only be required to guarantee indebtednessthe obligations under APX’sthe debt agreements governing the Existing Notes for so long as such entities guarantee the obligations under the revolving credit facility, the credit agreement governing the Term Loan or ourthe Company’s other indebtedness. Interest accrues at the rate of 6.375% per annum for the 2019 notes, 8.75% per annum for the 2020 notes, 8.875% per annum for the 2022 private placement notes, and 7.875% per annum for the 2022 notes and 7.625% per annum for the 2023 notes. Interest on the 2020 notes, 2022 private placement notes and 2022 notes is payable semiannually in arrears on each June 1 and December 1. Interest on the 2023 notes is payable semiannually in arrears on each March 1 and September 1. APX may redeem the notesExisting Notes at the prices and on the terms specified in the applicable indenture, or note purchase agreement or credit agreement.

Term Loan

In September 2018, APX entered into a credit agreement (the “September 2018 issuance”) for total term loans of $810.0 million (the “Term Loan”). The Company is required to make quarterly amortization payments under the Term Loan in an amount equal to 0.25% of the aggregate principal amount of Term Loan outstanding on the closing date thereof. The remaining principal amount outstanding under the Term Loan will be due and payable in full on March 31, 2024, or earlier if certain springing maturity conditions apply. The net proceeds from the Term Loan were usedin-part to redeem in full the entire $269.5 million outstanding aggregate principal amount of the 2019 Notes and pay the related accrued interest and redemption premium, to repurchase approximately $250.7 million aggregate principal amount of the outstanding 2020 Notes, to repay the outstanding borrowings under the revolving credit facility and to pay fees and expenses related to the Term Loan and the transactions described above.

Borrowings under the Term Loan bear interest at a rate per annum equal to an applicable margin plus, at the Company’s option, either (1) the base rate determined by reference to the highest of (a) the federal funds rate plus 0.50%, (b) the prime rate of Bank of America, N.A. and (c) the LIBOR rate determined by reference to the costs of funds for U.S. dollar deposits for an interest period of one month, plus 1.00% or (2) the LIBOR rate determined by reference to the London interbank offered rate for dollars for the interest period relevant to such borrowing. The applicable margin for base rate-based borrowings is 4.0% per annum and the applicable margin for LIBOR rate-based borrowings is 5.0% per annum. APX may prepay the Term Loan at the prices and on the terms specified in the credit agreement covering the Term Loan.

Debt Modifications and Extinguishments

In accordance with ASC470-50 Debt—Modifications and Extinguishments, the Company performed analyses for the September 2018, August 2017 and February 2017 issuances to determine if the notes repurchased with the proceeds from those issuances were substantially different than the notes issued to determine the appropriate accounting treatment of associated issuance fees. As a result of these analyses, the Company recorded the following amounts of other expense and loss on extinguishment and deferred financing costs during the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 (in thousands):

  Other expense and loss on extinguishment  Deferred financing costs 

Issuance

 Original
premium
extinguished
  Previously
deferred
financing
costs
extinguished
  New
financing
costs
  Total other
expense and
loss on
extinguishment
  Previously
deferred
financing
rolled
over
  New
deferred
financing
costs
  Total
deferred
financing
costs
 

For the year ended December 31, 2018

       

September 2018 issuance

 $(953 $4,207  $11,317  $14,571  $—    $10,275  $10,275 

For the year ended December 31, 2017

       

August 2017 issuance

 $—    $1,408  $8,881  $10,289  $473  $4,569  $5,042 

February 2017 issuance

  —     3,259   9,491   12,750   1,476   6,076   7,552 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

 $—    $4,667  $18,372  $23,039  $1,949  $10,645  $12,594 

For the year ended December 31, 2016

       

May 2016 issuance

 $355  $695  $9,036  $10,086  $3,423  $6,628  $10,051 

Deferred financing costs are amortized to interest expense over the life of the issued debt. The following table presents deferred financing activity for the year ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 (in thousands):

   Unamortized Deferred Financing Costs 
   Balance
12/31/2017
   Additions   Refinances   Early
Extinguishment
  Amortized  Balance
12/31/2018
 

Revolving Credit Facility

  $3,099   $—     $—     $—    $(1,041 $2,058 

2019 Notes

   2,877    —      —      (1,877  (1,000  —   

2020 Notes

   11,209    —      —      (2,330  (3,499  5,380 

2022 Private Placement Notes

   752    —      —      —     (150  602 

2022 Notes

   16,067    —      —      —     (3,268  12,799 

2023 Notes

   4,762    —      —      —     (840  3,922 

Term Loan

   —      10,275    —      —     (613  9,662 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Deferred Financing Costs

  $38,766   $10,275   $—     $(4,207 $(10,411 $34,423 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

   Unamortized Deferred Financing Costs 
   Balance
12/31/2016
   Additions   Refinances  Early
Extinguishment
  Amortized  Balance
12/31/2017
 

Revolving Credit Facility

  $4,420   $399   $—    $—    $(1,720 $3,099 

2019 Notes

   11,693    —      (1,949  (4,667  (2,200  2,877 

2020 Notes

   15,053    —      —     —     (3,844  11,209 

2022 Private Placement Notes

   903    —      —     —     (151  752 

2022 Notes

   11,714    6,076    1,476   —     (3,199  16,067 

2023 Notes

   —      4,569    473   —     (280  4,762 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Deferred Financing Costs

  $43,783   $11,044   $—    $(4,667 $(11,394 $38,766 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Revolving Credit Facility

On November 16, 2012, APX entered into a $200.0 million senior secured revolving credit facility, with a five year maturity. On March 6, 2015, APX amended and restated the credit agreement governing the revolving credit facility to provide for, among other things, (1) an increase in the aggregate commitments previously available to APX thereunder from $200.0 million to $289.4 million (“Revolving Commitments”) and (2) the extension of the maturity date with respect to certain of the previously available commitments. On August 10, 2017, APX further amended and restated the credit agreement governing the revolving credit facility to provide for, among other things, (1) an increase in the aggregate commitments previously available to the Company from $289.4 million to $324.3 million and (2) the extension of the maturity date with respect to certain of the previously available commitments.

Borrowings under the amended and restated revolving credit facility bear interest at a rate per annum equal to an applicable margin plus, at APX’s option, either (1) the base rate determined by reference to the highest of (a) the Federal Funds rate plus 0.50%, (b) the prime rate of Bank of America, N.A. and (c) the LIBOR rate determined by reference to the costs of funds for U.S. dollar deposits for an interest period of one month, plus 1.00% or (2) the LIBOR rate determined by reference to the London interbank offered rate for dollars for the interest period relevant to such borrowing. The applicable margin for base rate-based borrowings (1)(a) under the Series A Revolving Commitments of approximately $247.5$267.0 million and Series CD Revolving Commitments of approximately $20.8$15.4 million is currently 2.0% per annum and (b) under the Series B Revolving Commitments of approximately $21.2 million is currently 3.0% and (2)(a) the applicable margin for LIBOR rate-based borrowings (a) under the Series A Revolving Commitments, Series C Revolving Commitments, and Series CD Revolving Commitments is currently 3.0% per annum and (b) under the Series B Revolving Commitments is currently 4.0%. The applicable margin for borrowings under the revolving credit facility is subject to one step-down of 25 basis points based on APX meeting a consolidated first lien net leverage ratio test at the end of each fiscal quarter. In November 2017, previous commitments of $20.8 million under the Series C Revolving Commitments had expired. Outstanding borrowings under the amended and restated revolving credit facility are allocated on apro-rata basis between each Series based on the total Revolving Commitments.

In addition to paying interest on outstanding principal under the revolving credit facility, APX is required to pay a quarterly commitment fee (which will be subject to one interest rate step-down of 12.5 basis points, based on APX meeting a consolidated first lien net leverage ratio test) to the lenders under the revolving credit facility in respect of the unutilized commitments thereunder. As of December 31, 2016 the commitment fee percentage was 0.50%. APX also pays customary letter of credit and agency fees.

APX is not required to make any scheduled amortization payments under the revolving credit facility. The principal amount outstanding under the revolving credit facility will be due and payable in full on (1) with respect to thenon-extended commitments under the Series C Revolving Credit Facility, November 16, 2017 and (2) with respect to the extended commitments under the Series A Revolving Credit Facility and Series B Revolving Credit Facility, March 31, 2019.2021.

As of December 31, 20162018 there werewas no outstanding borrowings under the revolving credit facility. As of December 31, 2015 the2017, there was $3.0 million outstanding borrowings under the revolving credit facility. As of December 31, 2018, the Company had $289.8 million of availability under the revolving credit facility were $20.0 million.(after giving effect to $13.8 million of outstanding letters of credit and no borrowings).

The Company’s debt at December 31, 20162018 and 2017 consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

   Outstanding
Principal
   Unamortized
Premium
(Discount)
  Unamortized
Deferred
Financing
Costs
  Net Carrying
Amount
 

6.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2019

  $719,465   $—    $(11,693 $707,772 

8.75% Senior Notes due 2020

   930,000    5,848   (15,053  920,795 

8.875% Senior Secured Notes Due 2022

   270,000    (2,960  (903  266,137 

7.875% Senior Secured Notes Due 2022

   600,000    3,710   (11,714  591,996 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Notes payable

  $2,519,465   $6,598  $(39,363 $2,486,700 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The Company’s debt at December 31, 2015 consisted of the following (in thousands):

   December 31, 2018 
   Outstanding
Principal
   Unamortized
Premium
(Discount)
  Unamortized
Deferred
Financing
Costs (1)
  Net Carrying
Amount
 

8.75% Senior Notes due 2020

  $679,299   $2,230  $(5,380 $676,149 

8.875% Senior Secured Notes Due 2022

   270,000    (2,122  (602  267,276 

7.875% Senior Secured Notes Due 2022

   900,000    20,178   (12,799  907,379 

7.625% Senior Notes Due 2023

   400,000    —     (3,922  396,078 

Term Loan—noncurrent

   799,875    —     (9,662  790,213 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Long-Term Debt

   3,049,174    20,286   (32,365  3,037,095 

Term Loan—current

   8,100    —     —     8,100 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Debt

  $3,057,274   $20,286  $(32,365 $3,045,195 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

   Outstanding
Principal
   Unamortized
Premium
  Unamortized
Deferred
Financing
Costs
  Net Carrying
Amount
 

Series C Revolving Credit Facility Due 2017

  $1,440   $—    $—    $1,440 

Series A, B Revolving Credit Facilities Due 2019

   18,560    —     —     18,560 

6.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2019

   925,000    —     (20,182  904,818 

8.75% Senior Notes due 2020

   930,000    7,060   (18,892  918,168 

8.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2022

   300,000    (3,704  (1,170  295,126 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Notes payable

  $2,175,000   $3,356  $(40,244 $2,138,112 
  

 

 

 �� 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   December 31, 2017 
   Outstanding
Principal
   Unamortized
Premium
(Discount)
  Unamortized
Deferred
Financing
Costs (1)
  Net Carrying
Amount
 

Series D Revolving Credit Facility due 2019

  $3,000   $—    $—    $3,000 

Series A, B Revolving Credit Facilities due 2021

   57,000    —     —     57,000 

6.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2019

   269,465    —     (2,877  266,588 

8.75% Senior Notes due 2020

   930,000    4,465   (11,209  923,256 

8.875% Senior Secured Notes Due 2022

   270,000    (2,559  (752  266,689 

7.875% Senior Secured Notes Due 2022

   900,000    24,593   (16,067  908,526 

7.625% Senior Notes Due 2023

   400,000    —     (4,762  395,238 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Debt

  $2,829,465   $26,499  $(35,667 $2,820,297 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)

Unamortized deferred financing costs related to the revolving credit facilities included in deferred financing costs, net on the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2018 and 2017 was $2.1 million and $3.1 million, respectively.

NOTE 6—BALANCE SHEET COMPONENTS6. Balance Sheet Components

The following table presents material balance sheet component balances as of December 31, 20162018 and December 31, 20152017 (in thousands):

 

  December 31,   December 31, 
  2018   2017 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    

Prepaid expenses

  $7,183   $8,000 

Deposits

   904    1,596 

Other

   3,362    6,554 
  

 

   

 

 

Total prepaid expenses and other current assets

  $11,449   $16,150 
  

 

   

 

 

Capitalized contract costs

    

Capitalized contract costs

  $2,361,795   $—   

Accumulated amortization

   (1,246,020   —   
  

 

   

 

 

Capitalized contract costs, net

  $1,115,775   $—   
  2016   2015   

 

   

 

 

Subscriber acquisition costs

        

Subscriber acquisition costs

  $1,373,080   $958,261   $—     $1,837,388 

Accumulated amortization

   (320,646   (167,617   —      (528,830
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Subscriber acquisition costs, net

  $1,052,434   $790,644   $—     $1,308,558 
  

 

   

 

 

Long-term notes receivables and other assets

    

RIC receivables, gross

  $143,065   $114,556 

RIC deferred interest

   (34,164   (36,049

Security deposits

   6,586    6,427 

Investments

   3,865    3,429 

Other

   467    360 
  

 

   

 

 

Total long-term notes receivables and other assets, net

  $119,819   $88,723 
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Accrued payroll and commissions

        

Accrued payroll

  $24,101   $18,071   $36,753   $30,267 

Accrued commissions

   22,187    20,176    28,726    27,485 
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total accrued payroll and commissions

  $46,288   $38,247   $65,479   $57,752 
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

        

Accrued interest payable

  $16,944   $17,153   $28,885   $28,737 

Current portion of derivative liability

   67,710    25,473 

Service warranty accrual

   8,813    —   

Current portion of notes payable

   8,100    —   

Blackstone monitoring fee, a related party

   4,793    933 

Accrued taxes

   5,351    4,585 

Spectrum license obligation

   —      3,861 

Accrued payroll taxes and withholdings

   4,793    3,938    5,097    3,185 

Accrued taxes

   3,376    2,683 

Wireless restructuring costs

   91    4,275 

Loss contingencies

   2,571    2,504    3,131    2,156 

Other

   6,490    5,020    4,835    5,391 
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total accrued expenses and other current liabilities

  $34,265   $35,573   $136,715   $74,321 
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

NOTE 7—PROPERTY PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

7. Property Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

  December 31,   Estimated
Useful Lives
   December 31,   Estimated
Useful Lives
 
  2016   2015     2018   2017 

Vehicles

  $31,416   $26,935    3-5 years   $45,050   $42,008    3-5 years 

Computer equipment and software

   27,006    21,702    3-5 years    53,891    46,651    3-5 years 

Leasehold improvements

   17,717    17,434    2-15 years    26,401    20,783    2-15 years 

Office furniture, fixtures and equipment

   13,508    11,776    7 years    19,532    17,202    7 years 

Buildings

   702    702    39 years 

Build-to-suit lease building

   8,247    8,268    10.5 years 

Construction in process

   9,908    3,837      2,975    4,299   

Build-to-suit lease asset under construction

   5,004    —     
  

 

   

 

     

 

   

 

   
   105,261    82,386   

Property, plant and equipment, gross

   156,096    139,211   

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

   (41,635   (27,112     (82,695   (61,130  
  

 

   

 

     

 

   

 

   

Property plant and equipment, net

  $63,626   $55,274   

Property, plant and equipment, net

  $73,401   $78,081   
  

 

   

 

     

 

   

 

   

Property plant and equipment includes approximately $21.2$23.7 million and $20.4$26.2 million of assets under capital lease obligations, net of accumulated amortization of $10.9$22.2 million and $7.0$16.6 million at December 31, 20162018 and 2015,2017, respectively. Depreciation and amortization expense on all property plant and equipment was $16.8$25.0 million, $16.9$21.275 million and $11.3$16.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 20152018, 2017 and 2014,2016, respectively. Amortization expense relates to assets under capital leases as included in depreciation and amortization expense.

In June 2016, the Company entered into anon-cancellable lease to occupy a new building constructed in Logan, UT as a location to further sales recruitment and training, as well as conduct research and development (the “Logan Facility”). Because of its involvement in certain aspects of the construction of a new sales recruiting and training facility inthe Logan UT,Facility, per the terms of the lease, the Company iswas deemed to be the owner of the building for accounting purposes during the

construction period. Accordingly, the Company recorded abuild-to-suit lease asset of $5.0 million as of December 31, 2016. See Note13-Commitmentsand Contingencies for more information ona correspondingbuild-to-suit arrangements.lease liability during the construction period.

NOTE 8—GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETSIn April 2017, construction on the Logan Facility was completed and the Company commenced occupancy. In accordance with ASC840-40 Sale-Leaseback Transactions, the building did not qualify for sale-leaseback treatment. As such, the Company retains the building asset and corresponding lease obligation on the balance sheet.

8. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 20162018 and 2015,2017, were as follows (in thousands):

 

Balance as of January 1, 2015

  $841,522 

Goodwill Impaired due to Wireless Restructuring (see Note 3)

   (2,270

Effect of Foreign Currency Translation

   (4,836
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2015

   834,416 

Effect of Foreign Currency Translation

   817 
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2016

  $835,233 
  

 

 

 

Balance as of January 1, 2017

  $835,233 

Effect of Foreign Currency Translation

   1,737 
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2017

   836,970 

Effect of Foreign Currency Translation

   (2,115
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2018

  $834,855 
  

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, the Company had a goodwill balance of $835.2 million and $834.4 million, respectively. Foreign currency translation adjustments were $0.8 million and $4.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. In connection with the Wireless Restructuring (See Note 3), the Company fully impaired goodwill related to its Wireless Internet business. The resulting impairment charge of $2.3 million is included in restructuring and asset impairment charges on the consolidated statement of operations during the year ended December 31, 2015. Accumulated impairment losses were $2.3 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Intangible assets, net

The following table presents intangible asset balances as of December 31, 20162018 and 20152017 (in thousands):

 

  December 31, 2016  December 31, 2015    
  Gross
Carrying
Amount
  Accumulated
Amortization
  Net
Carrying
Amount
  Gross
Carrying
Amount
  Accumulated
Amortization
  Net
Carrying
Amount
  Estimated
Useful Lives
 

Definite-lived intangible assets:

       

Customer contracts

 $965,179  $(539,910 $425,269  $962,842  $(430,803 $532,039   10 years 

2GIG 2.0 technology

  17,000   (10,479  6,521   17,000   (7,064  9,936   8 years 

Other technology

  7,067   (4,984  2,083   7,067   (3,438  3,629   5-7 years 

Space Monkey technology

  7,100   (2,268  4,832   7,100   (761  6,339   6 years 

Patents

  8,724   (3,913  4,811   7,524   (2,094  5,430   5 years 

Non-compete agreements

  1,200   (1,200  —     1,200   (800  400   2-3 years 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Total definite-lived intangible assets:

  1,006,270   (562,754  443,516   1,002,733   (444,960  557,773  

Indefinite-lived intangible assets:

       

Spectrum licenses

  31,253   —     31,253   —     —     —    

IP addresses

  564   —     564   564   —     564  

Domain names

  59   —     59   58   —     58  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Total Indefinite-lived intangible assets

  31,876   —     31,876   622   —     622  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Total intangible assets, net

 $1,038,146  $(562,754 $475,392  $1,003,355  $(444,960 $558,395  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

  December 31, 2018  December 31, 2017    
  Gross
Carrying
Amount
  Accumulated
Amortization
  Net
Carrying
Amount
  Gross
Carrying
Amount
  Accumulated
Amortization
  Net
Carrying
Amount
  Estimated
Useful Lives
 

Definite-lived intangible assets:

       

Customer contracts

 $964,100  $(717,648 $246,452  $970,147  $(637,780 $332,367   10 years 

2GIG 2.0 technology

  17,000   (15,292  1,708   17,000   (13,274  3,726   8 years 

Other technology

  2,917   (1,667  1,250   2,917   (1,250  1,667   5 - 7 years 

Space Monkey technology

  7,100   (5,756  1,344   7,100   (4,066  3,034   6 years 

Patents

  12,123   (8,415  3,708   10,616   (5,835  4,781   5 years 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Total definite-lived intangible assets:

  1,003,240   (748,778  254,462   1,007,780   (662,205  345,575  

Indefinite-lived intangible assets:

       

Spectrum licenses

  —     —     —     31,253   —     31,253  

IP addresses

  564   —     564   564   —     564  

Domain names

  59   —     59   59   —     59  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Total Indefinite-lived intangible assets

  623   —     623   31,876   —     31,876  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Total intangible assets, net

 $1,003,863  $(748,778 $255,085  $1,039,656  $(662,205 $377,451  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

During the year ended December 31, 2016, the CompanyVivint Wireless entered into leasing agreements with a third partyNextlink Wireless, LLC (“Nextlink”) for designated radio frequency spectrum in 40mid-sized metropolitan markets. The initial lease term iswas for seven years, with an option to obtain titlebecome the licensor of record with the Federal Communications Commission (“FCC”) with respect to the applicable spectrum licenses at the end of this initial term for a nominal fee. The Company acquired $31.3 million of spectrum licenses, measured using the present value of the lease payments, and recorded an intangible asset and a corresponding liability within other long-term obligations. While licenses are issued for only a fixed time, such licenses are subject to renewal by the Federal Communications Commission.FCC.

On January 10, 2018, Vivint Wireless and Verizon consummated the transactions contemplated by a termination agreement to which the parties agreed, among other things, to terminate the spectrum leases between Vivint Wireless and Nextlink, a subsidiary of Verizon, in exchange for a cash payment by Verizon to Vivint Wireless. The Company intends to renew the licenses at the endcalculation of the initial term. License renewals within the industry have occurred routinely and at nominal cost. Moreover, the Company has determined that there are currently no legal, regulatory, contractual, competitive, economic or other factors that limit the useful lifegain recorded included cash proceeds of $55.0 million, extinguishment of the licenses. As a result, the Company treats the wireless licenses as an indefinite-lived intangible asset.

Identifiable intangible assets acquiredspectrum license liability of $27.9 million, offset by the Companywrite-off of the spectrum license asset in connectionthe amount of $31.3 million and regulatory costs associated with the Wildfire acquisition were $2.1sale of $1.3 million for a total net gain on sale of customer contracts and $0.8$50.4 million associated withnon-compete agreements entered into by certain former members of Wildfire management. In connection with the Wireless Restructuring (See Note 3), the Company fully impaired the remaining unamortized definite-lived intangible assets related to its Wireless Internet business. The resulting impairment charge of $2.9 millionwhich is included in restructuring and asset impairment charges onother income, net in the consolidated statement of operations during the year ended December 31, 2015.

Identifiable intangible assets acquired by the Company in connection with the Space Monkey acquisition were $7.1 million of Space Monkey technology and $1.2 million associated withnon-compete agreements entered into by certain former members of Space Monkey management.operations.

During the year ended December 31, 2016,2018 and 2017, the Company acquired $1.3added $1.7 million and $2.0 million of intangibles related to patents. During the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company acquired $1.4 million of intangibles related to patents, domain names and Internet Protocol (“IP”) addresses.

The Company recognized amortization expense related to capitalized software development costs of $1.1 million, $1.3 million and $1.3 million during the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014, respectively. Amortization expense related to intangible assets was approximately $116.9$90.9 million, $134.8$101.8 million and $151.3$116.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016, 2015, and 2014, respectively.

As of December 31, 2016,2018, the remaining weighted-average amortization period for definite-lived intangible assets was 3.83.9 years. Estimated future amortization expense of intangible assets, excluding approximately $0.3 million in patents currently in process, is as follows as of December 31, 20162018 (in thousands):

 

2017

  $101,296 

2018

   89,736 

2019

   78,082   $79,062 

2020

   67,288    67,807 

2021

   58,288    58,578 

2022

   48,674 

2023

   47 

Thereafter

   48,548    11 
  

 

   

 

 

Total estimated amortization expense

  $443,238   $254,179 
  

 

   

 

 

NOTE 9—FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS9. Financial Instruments

Cash, Cash Equivalents and Equity Securities

Cash equivalents andavailable-for-sale equity securities with readily available determinable fair values (“Corporate Securities”) are classified as level 1 assets, as they have readily available market prices in an active market. As of December 31, 2016 the Company held $42.3 million of money market funds and $4.0 million of corporate securities classified as level 1 investments. As of December 31, 2015, the Company held an immaterial amount of money market funds classified as level 1 investments.

The following tables showset forth the Company’s cash and cash equivalents andavailable-for-sale securities’ Corporate Securities’ adjusted cost, gross unrealized gains, gross unrealized losses, gross realized gains, gross realized losses and fair value by significant investment category recorded as cash and cash equivalents or long-term investmentsnotes receivables and other assets, net as of December 31, 20162018 and 2017 (in thousands):

 

  December 31, 2018 
  Adjusted Cost   Unrealized
Gains
   Unrealized
Losses
   Fair Value   Cash and Cash
Equivalents
   Long-Term
Investments
and Other
Assets, net
   Adjusted
Cost
   Unrealized
Gains
   Unrealized
Losses
 Fair
Value
   Cash and
Cash
Equivalents
   Long-Term
Notes
Receivables
and Other
Assets, net
 

Cash

  $1,191   $—     $—     $1,191   $1,191   $—     $6,681   $—     $—    $6,681   $6,681   $—   

Level 1:

                       

Money market funds

   42,329    —      —      42,329    42,329    —      6,092    —      —    6,092    6,092    —   

Corporate securities

   3,007    1,011    —      4,018    —      4,018    3,485    —      (304 3,181    —      3,181 
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

 

Subtotal

   45,336    1,011    —      46,347    42,329    4,018    9,577    —      (304 9,273    6,092    3,181 
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total

  $46,527   $1,011   $—     $47,538   $43,520   $4,018   $16,258   $—     $(304 $15,954   $12,773   $3,181 
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

 

On February 19, 2014,

   December 31, 2017 
   Adjusted
Cost
   Unrealized
Gains
   Unrealized
Losses
  Fair
Value
   Cash and
Cash
Equivalents
   Long-Term
Notes
Receivables
and Other
Assets, net
 

Cash

  $3,866   $—     $—    $3,866   $3,866   

Level 1:

           

Money market funds

   6    —      —     6    6    —   

Corporate securities

   4,018    —      (1,315  2,703    —      2,703 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

   4,024    —      (1,315  2,709    6    2,703 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $7,890   $—     $(1,315 $6,575   $3,872   $2,703 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Corporate Securities represents the Company investedCompany’s investment of $3.0 million in preferredpublicly traded common stock of a privately heldnonaffiliated company (“investee”) not affiliated. During the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 the

Company recorded an unrealized loss of $0.3 million, an unrealized loss of $1.3 million and an unrealized gain of $1.0 million, respectively associated with the Company. On October 28, 2016change in fair value of the investee began trading shares publicly and the Company’s preferred stock was converted to publicinvestee’s stock. As a result,of December 31, 2018 the Company classifiedhad no accumulated other comprehensive income associated with unrealized gains and losses for the change in fair value of the investment as an availablea result of the adoption of ASU2016-01. The balance of accumulated other comprehensive income associated with unrealized gains and losses for sale security.the change in fair value totaled net losses of $0.3 million at December 31, 2017.

The carrying amounts of the Company’s accounts and notes receivable, accounts payable and accrued and other liabilities approximate their fair values due to their short maturities.values.

Components of long-termthe Company’s debt including the associated interest rates and related fair values (in thousands, except interest rates) are as follows:

 

  December 31, 2016   December 31, 2015   Stated Interest
Rate
 

Issuance

 December 31, 2018 December 31, 2017  Stated Interest
Rate
 
  Face Value   Estimated Fair Value   Face Value   Estimated Fair Value   Stated Interest
Rate
  Face Value Estimated Fair Value Face Value Estimated Fair Value 

2019 Notes

  $719,465   $743,783   $925,000   $879,906    $—    $—    $269,465  $273,507  6.375

2020 Notes

   930,000    946,275    930,000    756,788    8.75 679,299  643,568  930,000  952,134  8.75

2022 Notes Private Placement Notes

   270,000    280,372    300,000    296,296    8.875 270,000  257,073  270,000  276,486  8.875

2022 Notes

   600,000    655,140    —      —      7.875 900,000  855,000  900,000  966,420  7.875

2023 Notes

 400,000  326,000  400,000  425,000  7.625

Term Loan

 807,975  807,975   —     —    N/A 
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Total

  $2,519,465   $2,625,570   $2,155,000   $1,932,990    $3,057,274  $2,889,616  $2,769,465  $2,893,547  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

The fair value of the 2019 notes, 2020 notes, 2022 private placement notes, 2022 notes and the 20222023 notes wasare fixed-rate debt and are considered a Level 2 measurementmeasurements as the value was determined using observable market inputs, such as current interest rates as well as prices observable from less active markets. The Term Loan is floating-rate debt and approximates the carrying value as interest accrues at floating rates based on market rates.

NOTE 10—FACILITY FIREDerivative Financial Instruments

On March 18, 2014,Under the Consumer Financing Program, the Company pays a fire occurred atmonthly fee to a facility leased bythird-party financing provider based on the companyaverage daily outstanding balance of the installment loans and shares the liability for credit losses, depending on the credit quality of the customer. Because of the nature of certain provisions under the Consumer Financing Program, the Company records a derivative liability that is not designated as a hedging instrument and is adjusted to fair value, measured using the present value of the estimated future payments. Changes to the fair value are recorded through other (income) loss, net in Lindon, Utah. This facility containedthe Consolidated Statement of Operations. The following represent the contractual obligations with the third-party financing provider under the Consumer Financing Program that are components of the derivative:

The Company pays a monthly fee based on the average daily outstanding balance of the installment loans

The Company shares the liability for credit losses depending on the credit quality of the customer

The Company pays transactional fees associated with customer payment processing

The derivative is classified as a Level 3 instrument. The derivative positions are valued using a discounted cash flow model, with inputs consisting of available market data, such as market yield discount rates, as well as unobservable internally derived assumptions, such as collateral prepayment rates, collateral default rates and loss severity rates. These derivatives are priced quarterly using a credit valuation adjustment methodology. In summary, the fair value represents an estimate of the present value of the cash flows the Company will be obligated to pay to the third-party financing provider for each component of the derivative.

The following table summarizes the fair value and the notional amount of the Company’s primary inventory warehouseoutstanding derivative instrument as of December 31, 2018 and call center operations. 2017 (in thousands):

   December 31, 
   2018   2017 

Consumer Financing Program Contractual Obligations:

    

Fair value

  $117,620   $46,496 

Notional amount

   368,708    163,032 

Classified on the consolidated balance sheets as:

    

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

   67,710    25,473 

Other long-term obligations

   49,910    21,023 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Consumer Financing Program Contractual Obligation

  $117,620   $46,496 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Changes in Level 3 Fair Value Measurements

The Company recognized gross expenses related tofollowing table summarizes the fire of $8.3 million, which were primarily related to impairment of damaged assets and recovery costs to maintain business continuity. The Company also received insurance recoveries of $8.8 million, related tochange in the fire damage, $3.0 million of which related to the reconstructionfair value of the facility damaged byLevel 3 outstanding derivative instrument for the fire,years ended December 31, 2018 and is included within the Company’s cash flows from investing activities in the consolidated statement of cash flows for2017 (in thousands):

   December 31, 
   2018   2017 

Balance, beginning of period

  $46,496   $—   

Additions

   93,095    44,913 

Settlements

   (34,587   (7,972

Losses included in earnings

   12,616    9,555 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

  $117,620   $46,496 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

10. Restructuring and Asset Impairment Charges

Restructuring

During the year ended December 31, 2015. Insurance recoveries associated2018, the Company announced a number of cost reduction initiatives that are expected to reduce certain of the Company’s General and Administrative, Customer Service, and Sales Support fixed costs. The Company completed the majority of these cost reduction initiatives in the second and third quarters of 2018, with the reconstructionremainder by the end of 2018. In addition to resulting in meaningful cost reductions, the damaged facility exceeded its net book valueCompany’s initiatives are expected to streamline operations, focus engineering and innovation and provide a better focus on driving customer satisfaction.

As part of these initiatives, the Company and Best Buy agreed in principle to end theco-branded Best Buy Smart Home by $0.5 million.Vivint arrangement (“Best Buy Agreement”), which resulted in the elimination ofin-store sales positions. In addition, the Company eliminated other general and administrative positions. These excess insurance recoveries were includedactions resulted in other income asone-time cash employee severance and termination benefits expenses of December 31, 2014. All insurance recoveries have been received as of December 31, 2016. Expenses in excess of insurance recoveries$4.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2018. The Company formally terminated its relationship with Best Buy in December 2018 and agreed to pay a termination fee of $5.5 million. The difference between the termination fee and all previously recorded liabilities relating to the Company’s Best Buy Agreement was recorded as a reduction to capitalized contract costs.

During the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company sold all of its New Zealand and Puerto Rico contracts and recorded the impact of these transactions in restructuring and asset impairment. The calculation of the net loss recorded related to the 2016 Contract Sales included the expensing of all unamortized deferred subscriber acquisition costs associated with these subscriber accounts in the amount of $7.6 million, the realization of outstanding amounts of accumulated other comprehensive loss associated with the New Zealand

foreign currency translation process of $1.1 million upon the substantial sale of the subsidiary, offset by cash proceeds of $6.2 million for a total net loss on the 2016 Contract Sales of $2.6 million.

Restructuring and asset impairment charges were as follows (in thousands):

   Year ended December 31, 
   2018   2017   2016 

Wireless restructuring recoveries:

      

Asset recoveries

  $—     $—     $(710

Contract termination recoveries

   —      —      (751

Employee severance and termination benefits recoveries

   —      —      (77
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total wireless restructuring recoveries

   —      —      (1,538

Loss on subscriber contract sales

   —      —      2,551 

Employee severance and termination benefits charges

   4,683    —      —   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total restructuring and asset impairment charges

  $4,683   $—     $1,013 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table presents accrued restructuring activity for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017.

   Asset
impairments
  Contract
termination
costs
  Employee
severance and

termination
benefits
  Total 

Accrued restructuring balance as of December 31, 2015

  $—    $3,954  $321  $4,275 

Restructuring and impairment recoveries

   (710  (751  (77  (1,538

Cash payments

   —     (2,554  (244  (2,798

Non-cash settlements

   710   —     —     710 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Accrued restructuring balance as of December 31, 2016

   —     649   —     649 

Cash payments

   —     (91  —     (91
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Accrued restructuring balance as of December 31, 2017

   —     558   —     558 

Restructuring expenses

   —     —     4,683   4,683 

Cash payments

   —     (91  (4,341  (4,432
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Accrued restructuring balance as of December 31, 2018

  $—    $467  $342  $809 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Accrued restructuring at December 31, 2018 is included in current liabilities within accrued expenses and other current liabilities of $0.4 million and in long-term liabilities within other long-term obligations of $0.4 million.

Contract termination costs represent ongoing contractual commitments related to the 2015 were immaterial.

restructuring of the Company’s Wireless Internet Business. Additional charges may be incurred in the future for facility-related or other restructuring activities as the Company continues to align resources to meet the needs of the business.

NOTE 11—INCOME TAXES11. Income Taxes

APX GroupThe Company files a consolidated federal income tax return with its wholly-owned subsidiaries.

Income

The income tax provision(benefit) expense consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

  Year ended December 31,   Year ended December 31, 
  2016   2015   2014   2018   2017   2016 

Current income tax:

            

Federal

  $—     $—     $—     $—     $—     $—   

State

   545    392    779    512    151    545 

Foreign

   95    (1   —      (52   (24   95 
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total

   640    391    779    460    127    640 

Deferred income tax:

          

Federal

   —      —      (925   —      (326   —   

State

   —      —      (181   —      (53   —   

Foreign

   (573   (40   841    (2,071   1,330    (573
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total

   (573   (40   (265   (2,071   951    (573
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Provision for income taxes

  $67   $351   $514 

Income tax (benefit) expense

  $(1,611  $1,078   $67 
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

The following reconciles the tax expense computed at the statutory federal rate and the Company’s tax expense (in thousands):

 

  Year ended December 31,   Year ended December 31, 
  2016   2015   2014   2018   2017   2016 

Computed expected tax expense

  $(93,770  $(94,737  $(81,107  $(98,598  $(139,100  $(93,770

State income taxes, net of federal tax effect

   360    259    395    404    65    360 

Foreign income taxes

   (949   202    1,645    (690   (299   (949

Other reconciling items

   666    —      —      —      (344   666 

Permanent differences

   1,688    1,980    2,261    4,406    2,008    1,688 

Effect of Federal law change

   —      166,876    —   

Change in valuation allowance

   92,072    92,647    77,320    92,867    (28,128   92,072 
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Provision for income taxes

  $67   $351   $514 

Income tax (benefit) expense

  $(1,611  $1,078   $67 
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows (in thousands):

 

   December 31, 
   2016   2015 

Gross deferred tax assets:

  

Net operating loss carryforwards

  $799,302   $642,391 

Deferred subscriber income

   19,866    13,722 

Accrued expenses and allowances

   15,452    15,415 

Purchased intangibles

   14,776    10,576 

Inventory reserves

   6,999    9,333 

Property and Equipment

   3,482    3,257 

Alternative minimum tax credit and research and development credit

   41    41 

Valuation allowance

   (328,991   (234,771
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   530,927    459,964 

Gross deferred tax liabilities:

  

Deferred subscriber acquisition costs

   (537,387   (466,783

Property and equipment

   —      —   

Prepaid expenses

   (744   (705
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   (538,131   (467,488
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax liabilities

  $(7,204  $(7,524
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The long-term portion of the net deferred tax liability was approximately $7.2 million and $7.5 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The current portion of the net deferred tax liability was immaterial at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

   December 31, 
   2018   2017 

Gross deferred tax assets:

    

Net operating loss carryforwards

  $591,244   $591,619 

Deferred subscriber income

   113,103    72,389 

Interest expense limitation

   56,381    —   

Accrued expenses and allowances

   18,766    17,633 

Purchased intangibles and deferred financing costs

   17,788    15,191 

Inventory reserves

   4,688    6,662 

Property and equipment

   —      1,176 

Research and development credits

   41    41 

Valuation allowance

   (467,705   (304,509
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   334,306    400,202 

Gross deferred tax liabilities:

    

Deferred capitalized contract costs

   (332,547   (408,610

Property and equipment

   (2,242   —   

Prepaid expenses

   (613   (633
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   (335,402   (409,243
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax liabilities

  $(1,096  $(9,041
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company had net operating loss carryforwards as follows (in thousands):

 

   December 31, 
   2016   2015 

Net operating loss carryforwards:

    

United States

  $2,084,897   $1,695,386 

State

   1,553,812    1,338,742 

Canada

   33,526    28,629 

New Zealand

   —      5,518 
   December 31, 
   2018   2017 

Net operating loss carryforwards:

    

Federal

  $2,405,380   $2,355,153 

States

   1,656,333    1,715,004 

Canada

   19,753    27,326 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $4,081,466   $4,097,483 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

U.S. and statefederal net operating loss carryforwards will begin to expire in 2026, if not used. Included in both the U.S. and stateState net operating loss carryforwards are approximately $11.5 million at December 31, 2016expire over different periods and 2015, respectively of net operating loss carryforwards for which a benefit will be recorded in Additional Paid in Capital when realized.some have already begun to expire. The Company had United States research and development credits of approximately $41,000 at December 31, 2016,2018, and December 31, 2015,2017, which begin to expire in 2030.

Canadian net operating loss carryforwards will begin to expire in 2029.

Realization of the Company’s federal and state net operating loss carryforwards and tax credits is dependent on generating sufficient taxable income prior to their expiration. Although a portion of these net operating loss carryforwards are subject to the provisions of Internal Revenue Code Section 382, the Company has not performed a formal study to determine the amount of theany limitation. The use of the net operating loss carryforwards may have additional limitations resulting from future ownership changes or other factors under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code.

In December 2017, the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118, Income Tax Accounting Implications of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“SAB 118”), which provides guidance on accounting for the tax effects of Tax Reform. SAB 118 provides a measurement period that should not extend beyond one year from the enactment

date for companies to complete the accounting relating to Tax Reform under ASC Topic 740. In accordance with SAB 118, to the extent that a company’s accounting for certain income tax effects of Tax Reform is incomplete, but it is able to determine a reasonable estimate, the company should report a provisional estimate in its financial statements. Where a reasonable estimate cannot be determined, a company should continue to apply ASC Topic 740 based on the provisions of the tax laws that were in effect immediately before the enactment of Tax Reform.

The SAB 118 period has closed and, based on its analysis of Tax Reform, the Company did not change its recorded provisional tax expense of $166.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, resulting from the remeasurement of its deferred tax balances due to the reduction in the U.S. corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21%. This expense was offset by a corresponding change in the valuation allowance, resulting in no change in net tax expense or benefit.

Additionally, the Company’s analysis of the new requirement that certain income (i.e., GILTI) earned by foreign subsidiaries must be included currently in the gross income of the U.S. resulted in an inclusion amount of approximately $7.7 million in 2018. The Company has elected to treat taxes due on future inclusions in U.S. taxable income related to GILTI as a current-period expense when incurred.

At December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company recorded a valuation allowance against its U.S. federal and state net deferred tax assets as it believes it is more likely than not that these benefits will not be realized. Significant judgment is required in determining the Company’s provision for income taxes, recording valuation allowances against net deferred tax assets and evaluating the Company’s uncertain tax positions. The Company has considered and weighed the available evidence, both positive and negative, to determine whether it ismore-likely-than-not more likely than not that some portion, or all, of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Based on available information, management does not believe it is more likely than not that all of its deferred tax assets will be utilized. Accordingly, the Company has established a valuation allowance to the extent of and equal to the net deferred tax assets. The Company recorded a valuation allowance for U.S. net deferred tax assets of approximately $329.0$467.7 million and $234.8$304.5 million at December 31, 20162018 and 2015,2017, respectively. In addition to the change in valuation allowance from operations, the valuation allowance changes include impact of acquisition and disposition related items.

As of December 31, 2016,2018, the Company’s income tax returns for the tax years 2013 through 2016,2014 and later, remain subject to examination by the Internal Revenue Service and various state taxing authorities.

NOTE 12—STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION AND EQUITY12. Stock-Based Compensation and Equity

313 Incentive Units

The Company’s indirect parent, 313 Acquisition LLC (“313”), which is wholly owned by the Investors, has authorized the award of profits interests, representing the right to share a portion of the value appreciation on the initial capital contributions to 313 (“Incentive Units”). In March 2015, a total of 4,315,106 Incentive Units previously issued to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and President were voluntarily relinquished. The Company recorded all unrecognized stock-based compensation associated with such Incentive Units at the time the Incentive Units were relinquished. As of December 31, 2016,2018, a total of 85,882,83685,362,836 Incentive Units had been awarded, and were outstanding, to current and former members of senior management and a board member, of which 42,169,456 were issued to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and President. TheIn June 2018, the Incentive Units areand SARs (defined below) vesting terms were modified (“Modification”). Prior to the Modification, the Incentive Units were subject to time-based and performance-based vesting conditions, with(1) one-third subject to ratable time-based vesting over a five year period from the applicable vesting reference date and(2) two-thirds subject to the achievement of certain investment return thresholds by The Blackstone Group, L.P. and its affiliates (“Blackstone”). Pursuant to the Modification the Incentive Units are subject to time-based and performance-based vesting conditions, with(1) one-third subject to ratable time-based vesting over a five year period from the applicable vesting reference date,(2) one-third subject to the achievement of certain investment return thresholds by Blackstone and(3) one-third subject to ratable time-based vesting over a five year period from the applicable vesting reference date or June 2018 for those granted prior to the modification. The Company has not recorded any expense related to the performance-based portion of the awards, as the achievement of the vesting condition is not yet deemed probable. The fair value of stock-based awards is measured at the grant date, or the Modification date, and is recognized as expense over the employee’s requisite service period. The grant date fair value was determined using a Monte Carlo simulation valuation approach with the following assumptions: expected volatility varies from 55% to 125%; expected exercise term between 3.96 and 6.00 years; and risk-free rate between 0.62%0.61% and 1.18%2.61%.

A summary of the Incentive Unit activity for the years ended December 31, 20162018 and 20152017 is presented below:

 

   Incentive Units  Weighted Average
Exercise Price
Per Share
   Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (Years)
   Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
 

Outstanding, December 31, 2014

   74,527,942  $1.03    8.19   $20,145,882 

Granted

   3,850,000   2.40     

Forfeited

   (4,415,106  1.03     

Exercised

   —     —       
  

 

 

      

Outstanding, December 31, 2015

   73,962,836   1.06    7.31    104,562,869 

Granted

   12,825,000   1.93     

Forfeited

   (905,000  1.09     

Exercised

   —     —       
  

 

 

      

Outstanding, December 31, 2016

   85,882,836   1.19    6.81    —   
  

 

 

      

Unvested shares expected to vest after December 31, 2016

   66,186,360   1.23    6.99    —   

Exercisable at December 31, 2016

   19,696,476  $1.03    6.21   $—   

   Incentive Units  Weighted Average
Exercise Price
Per Share
   Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (Years)
   Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
 

Outstanding, December 31, 2016

   85,882,836  $1.19    6.81   $—   

Forfeited

   (70,000  1.30     
  

 

 

      

Outstanding, December 31, 2017

   85,812,836   1.19    5.81    —   

Forfeited

   (450,000  1.93     
  

 

 

      

Outstanding, December 31, 2018

   85,362,836   1.18    4.81    —   
  

 

 

      

Unvested shares expected to vest after December 31, 2018

   59,663,659   1.22    4.93    —   

Exercisable at December 31, 2018

   25,699,177  $1.11    4.50   $—   

As of December 31, 2016,2018, there was $1.8$10.7 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to outstanding Incentive Units, which will be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.574.29 years. As of December 31, 20162018 and 2015,2017, the weighted average grant date fair value per share of the outstanding incentive units was $0.30$0.36 and $0.38,$0.30, respectively.

Vivint Stock Appreciation Rights

The Company’s subsidiary, Vivint Group, Inc. (“Vivint Group”), has awarded Stock Appreciation Rights (“SARs”) to various levels of key employees.employees and board members, pursuant to an omnibus incentive plan. The purpose of the SARs is to attract and retain personnel and provide an opportunity to acquire an equity interest of Vivint Group. ThePrior to the Modification in June 2018, the SARs arewere subject to time-based and performance-based vesting conditions, with(1) one-third subject to ratable time-based vesting over a five year period from the applicable vesting reference date and(2) two-thirds subject to the achievement of certain investment return thresholds by 313.Blackstone. Pursuant to the Modification the Incentive Units are subject to time-based and performance-based vesting conditions, with(1) one-third subject to ratable time-based vesting over a five year period from the applicable vesting reference date,(2) one-third subject to the achievement of certain investment return thresholds by Blackstone and(3) one-third subject to ratable time-based vesting over a five year period from the applicable vesting reference date or June 2018 for those granted prior to the modification. The Company has not recorded any expense related to the performance-based portion of the awards, as the achievement of the vesting condition is not yet deemed probable. In connection with this plan, 21,993,15838,011,879 SARs were outstanding as of December 31, 2016.2018. In addition, 53,621,891 SARs have been set aside for funding incentive compensation pools pursuant to long-term sales and installation employee incentive plans established by the Company. On April 1, 2015, a new plan was created and all issued and outstanding Vivint, Inc. (“Vivint”) SARs werere-granted and all reserved SARs were converted under the new Vivint Group plan. The Company assessed the conversion of the SARs as a modification of equity instruments. The restructuring did not change the fair value of the existing awards and as such, no incremental compensation expense was incurred as a result of the restructuring.

The fair value of the Vivint Group awards is measured at the grant date, or the Modification date, and is recognized as expense over the employee’s requisite service period. The fair value is determined using a Black-Scholes option valuation model with the following assumptions: expected volatility varies from 55% to 125%, expected dividends of 0%; expected exercise term between 6.00 and 6.476.50 years; and risk-free rates between 0.61% and 1.77%2.61%. Due to the lack of historical exercise data, the Company used the simplified method in determining the estimated exercise term, for all Vivint Group awards.

A summary of the Vivint Group SAR activity for the years ended December 31, 20162018 and 20152017 is presented below:

 

  Stock Appreciation
Rights
 Weighted Average
Exercise Price
Per Share
   Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (Years)
   Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
   Stock Appreciation
Rights
 Weighted Average
Exercise Price
Per Share
   Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (Years)
   Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
 

Outstanding, December 31, 2014

   6,696,660  $1.04    8.62   $1,734,748 

Converted

   3,259,934  0.70    8.62   

Outstanding, December 31, 2016

   21,993,158  $0.96    8.23   $—   

Granted

   11,186,936  1.03        13,250,640  1.74     

Forfeited

   (2,307,172 0.80        (2,374,864 1.12     

Exercised

   (172,221 0.68        (114,644 0.72     
  

 

        

 

      

Outstanding, December 31, 2015

   18,664,137  0.87    8.66    3,628,498 

Outstanding, December 31, 2017

   32,754,290  1.26    9.21    —   

Granted

   5,649,573  1.22        14,630,000  1.79     

Forfeited

   (2,320,552 0.92        (9,255,137 1.31     

Exercised

   —     —          (117,274 0.89     
  

 

        

 

      

Outstanding, December 31, 2016

   21,993,158  0.96    8.23    —   

Outstanding, December 31, 2018

   38,011,879  1.46    8.07    —   
  

 

        

 

      

Unvested shares expected to vest after December 31, 2016

   19,334,407  0.98    8.37    —   

Exercisable at December 31, 2016

   2,658,751  $0.78    7.20   $—   

Unvested shares expected to vest after December 31, 2018

   33,813,668  1.51    8.28    —   

Exercisable at December 31, 2018

   4,198,211  $1.02    6.30   $—   

As of December 31, 2016,2018, there was $0.9$4.6 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to outstanding Vivint awards, which will be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.814.40 years. As of December 31, 20162018 and 2015,2017, the weighted average grant date fair value per share of the outstanding SARs was $0.22$0.23 and $0.25,$0.19, respectively.

Wireless Stock Appreciation Rights

The Company’s subsidiary, Vivint Wireless, has also awarded an immaterial amount of Wireless SARs to various key employees. The purpose of theThere were no Wireless SARs is to attract and retain personnel and provide an opportunity to acquire an equity interest of Vivint Wireless. The SARs are subject to a five year time-based ratable vesting period. In connection with this plan, 17,500 SARs were outstanding as of December 31, 2016. The2018 and the Company does not intend to issue any additional Wireless SARs.

Restricted Stock Units

In June 2018, the Company’s subsidiary, Vivint Group, awarded 360,000 Restricted Stock Units (“RSUs”) to certain board members, pursuant to an omnibus incentive plan. The purpose of the RSUs is to compensate board members for their board service and align their interests of those of the Company’s shareholders. The RSUs are subject to a three year time-based ratable vesting period. All RSUs are expected to vest after December 31, 2018 and none are exercisable at December 31, 2018.

The fair value of the Vivint WirelessRSU awards is measured at the grant date, and is recognized as expense over the employee’s requisite service period. The fair value iswas determined using a Black-Scholes option valuation model with the following assumptions: expected volatility of 65%95%, expected dividends of 0%; expected exercise term between 6.00 and 6.50of 3 years; and a risk-free rates between 1.51% and 1.77%rate of 2.61%. Due to the lack of historical exercise data, the Company used the simplified method in determining the estimated exercise term, for all Vivint Wireless awards.

A summary of the SAR activity for the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 is presented below:

   Stock Appreciation
Rights
  Weighted Average
Exercise Price
Per Share
   Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (Years)
   Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
 

Outstanding, December 31, 2014

   70,000  $5.00    8.41    —   

Granted

   11,000   65.84     

Forfeited

   —     —       

Exercised

   —     —       
  

 

 

      

Outstanding, December 31, 2015

   81,000   13.26    7.66    —   

Granted

   —     —       

Forfeited

   (63,500  15.54     

Exercised

   —     —       
  

 

 

      

Outstanding, December 31, 2016

   17,500   5.00    6.41    —   
  

 

 

      

Unvested shares expected to vest after December 31, 2016

   7,000   5.00    6.41    —   

Exercisable, December 31, 2016

   10,500  $5.00    6.41    —   

As of December 31, 2016,2018, there was an immaterial amount$0.1 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to all Vivint Wireless awards. Asoutstanding RSUs, which will be recognized over a period of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the weighted average2.44 years. The grant date fair value per share of the outstanding SARs was $2.30 and $6.02, respectively.$0.48.

Stock-based compensation expense in connection with all stock-based awards for the years ended December 31, 2016, 20152018, 2017 and 20142016 is allocated as follows (in thousands):

 

  Year ended December 31,   Year ended December 31, 
  2016   2015   2014   2018   2017   2016 

Operating expenses

  $68   $71   $63   $129   $65   $68 

Selling expenses

   (127   578    185    285    217    (127

General and administrative expenses

   3,927    2,472    1,688    2,091    1,313    3,927 
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total stock-based compensation

  $3,868   $3,121   $1,936   $2,505   $1,595   $3,868 
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total stock-based compensation increased in 2018, partially as a result of the Modification. Stock-based compensation expense presented in selling expenses was negative for the year ended December 31, 2016 due to a retrospective adjustment in the grant-date fair value of a series of stock-based awards. Stock-based compensation expense included in general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2016 included $2.2 million of compensation related to an equity repurchase by 313 from one of the Company’s executives.

Capital Contribution

In April 2016, Parent completed the first installment of an issuance and sale to certain investors of a series of preferred stock and contributed the net proceeds from such issuance of $69.8 million to the Company as an equity contribution. In July 2016, Parent completed the final installment of the issuance and sale to certain investors of such series of preferred stock and, in August 2016, contributed the net proceeds from such issuance of $30.6 million to the Company as an equity contribution. Both issuances were private placements exempt from registration under the Securities Act.

NOTE 13—COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIESDuring the year ended December 31, 2018, Parent contributed $4.7 million to the Company as a capital contribution. During the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company returned capital to Parent of $3.1 million and $1.2 million, respectively.

13. Commitments and Contingencies

Indemnification

Subject to certain limitations, the Company is obligated to indemnify its current and former directors, officers and employees with respect to certain litigation matters and investigations that arise in connection with their service to the Company. These obligations arise under the terms of its certificate of incorporation, its bylaws, applicable contracts, and Delaware and California law. The obligation to indemnify generally means that the Company is required to pay or reimburse thethese individuals’ reasonable legal expenses and possibly damages and other liabilities incurred in connection with these matters.

Legal

The Company is named from time to time as a party to lawsuits arising in the ordinary course of business related to its sales, marketing, and the provision of its services and equipment claims. Actions filed against the Company include commercial, intellectual property, customer, and labor and employment related claims, including complaints of alleged wrongful termination and potential class action lawsuits regarding alleged violations of federal and state wage and hour and other laws. In general, litigation can be expensive and disruptive to normal business operations. Moreover, the results of legal proceedings are difficult to predict and the costs incurred in litigation can be substantial. The Company believes the amounts provided in its financial statements are adequate in light of the probable and estimated liabilities. Factors that the Company considers in the determination of the likelihood of a loss and the estimate of the range of that loss in respect of legal matters include the merits of a particular matter, the nature of the matter, the length of time the matter has been pending, the procedural posture of the matter, how the Company intends to defend the matter, the likelihood of settling the matter and the anticipated range of a possible settlement. Because such matters are subject to many uncertainties, the ultimate outcomes are not predictable and there can be no assurances that the actual amounts required to satisfy alleged liabilities from the matters described above will not exceed the amounts reflected in the Company’s financial statements or that the matters will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

The Company regularly reviews outstanding legal claims and actions to determine if reserves for expected negative outcomes of such claims and actions are necessary. The Company had reserves for all such matters of approximately $2.6$2.5 million and $2.5$2.2 million as of December 31, 20162018 and 2015,2017, respectively. In conjunction with one of

During the settlements,year ended December 31, 2017 the Company is obligatedaccrued $10.0 million related to pay certain future royalties, basedthe settlement of litigation with ADT Inc. included in accounts payable on sales of future products.the consolidated balance sheets. The Company paid the full amount in early 2018.

Operating Leases

The Company leases office and warehouse space, certain equipment, towers, wireless spectrum, software and an aircraft under operating leases with related and unrelated parties expiring in various years through 2028. The leases require the Company to pay additional rent for increases in operating expenses and real estate taxes and contain renewal options. The Company’sTotal rent expense for all operating lease arrangementsleases for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and related terms consisted of the following (in thousands):2016 was $16.5 million, $17.0 million and $16.0 million, respectively.

  Rent Expense
Years ended December 31,
    
  2016   2015  Lease Term 

Warehouse, office space and other

 $11,222   $11,632   1-15 years 

Wireless towers, spectrum and other

  4,732    3,509   1-10 years 
 

 

 

   

 

 

  

Total Rent Expense

 $15,954   $15,141  
 

 

 

   

 

 

  

Capital Leases

The Company also enters into certain capital leases with expiration dates through October 2020.May 2022. On an ongoing basis, the Company enters into vehicle lease agreements under a Fleet Lease Agreement. The lease agreements are typically 36 months leases for each vehicle and the average remaining life for the fleet is 19 months as of December 31, 2016.2018. As of December 31, 20162018 and 2015,2017, the capital lease obligation balance was $17.7$13.3 million and $18.8$21.7 million, respectively.

Spectrum Licenses

During the year ended December 31, 2016, Vivint Wireless, Inc. (“Vivint Wireless”), an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, entered into leasing agreements with a third partyNextlink Wireless, LLC (“Nextlink”) for designated radio frequency spectrum in 40mid-sized metropolitan markets. The initial lease term isIn December 2017, Vivint Wireless entered into a Termination Agreement with Verizon Communications Inc. (“Verizon”) pursuant to which the parties agreed, among other things, to terminate certain spectrum leases, including the 40 aforementioned leasing agreements, between Vivint Wireless and Nextlink, a subsidiary of Verizon, in exchange for seven years, with an optioncash consideration. Subsequent to obtain title of the applicable spectrum licenses atyear ended December 31, 2018, the end ofCompany consummated the initial term for a nominal fee. While licenses are issued for only a fixed time, such licenses are subject to renewaltransactions contemplated by the Federal Communications Commission (FCC). The Company intends to renew the licenses at the end of the initial term. License renewals within the industry have occurred routinely and at nominal cost. Moreover, the Company has determined that there are currently no legal, regulatory, contractual, competitive, economic or other factors that limit the useful life of the licenses. As a result, the Company treats these Spectrum licenses as an indefinite-lived intangible asset.Termination Agreement with Verizon. See Note 18 for further discussion.

As of December 31, 2016,2018, future minimum lease payments were as follows (in thousands):

 

   Operating   Capital   Total 

2017

  $17,452   $10,513   $27,965 

2018

   15,322    6,117    21,439 

2019

   14,998    2,049    17,047 

2020

   13,521    17    13,538 

2021

   13,086    —      13,086 

Thereafter

   47,634    —      47,634 

Amounts representing interest

   —      (963   (963
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total lease payments

  $122,013   $17,733   $139,746 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Build-to-Suit Lease Arrangements—In June 2016, the Company entered into anon-cancellable lease, whereby the Company will occupy a new building being constructed in Logan, UT as a location to further sales recruitment and training, as well as research and development. Because of its involvement in certain aspects of the construction per the terms of the lease, the Company is deemed the owner of the building for accounting purposes during the construction period. Accordingly, as of December 31, 2016, the Company recorded abuild-to-suit lease asset of $5.0 million included in property and equipment, net, and a corresponding $4.6 millionbuild-to-suit lease liability included in other long-term obligations and building costs paid by the Company of $0.4 million. Construction on the new building is expected to be completed during the first quarter of 2017.

   Operating   Capital   Total 

2019

  $16,709   $8,193   $24,902 

2020

   15,478    5,209    20,687 

2021

   14,926    363    15,289 

2022

   13,655    7    13,662 

2023

   13,701    —      13,701 

Thereafter

   28,824    —      28,824 

Amounts representing interest

   —      (459   (459
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total lease payments

  $103,293   $13,313   $116,606 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

In addition to the commitments mentioned above, the Company had otheroff-balance sheet purchase obligations of $61.4$59.5 million as of December 31, 20162018 that consisted of commitments related to software licenses, marketing activities, and other goods and services.

NOTE 14—RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS14. Related Party Transactions

Transactions with Vivint Solar

The Company and Vivint Solar, Inc. (“Solar”) have entered into agreements under which the Company subleased corporate office space through October 2014, and providesprovided certain other ongoing administrative services to Solar.Solar through September 2017 and the Sales Dealer

Agreement (as defined below). During the year ended December 31, 2016, 20152018, 2017 and 20142016 the Company charged $4.6$17.3 million, $7.1$2.8 million and $8.5$4.6 million, respectively of general and administrativenet expenses to Solar in connection with these agreements. The balance due from Solar in connection with these agreements and other expenses paid on Solar’s behalf was $0.2 million and $1.9 millionimmaterial at both December 31, 20162018 and December 31, 2015, respectively, and is included in prepaid expenses and other current assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

On December 27, 2012, the Company executed a Subordinated Note and Loan Agreement with Solar. The terms of the agreement stated that Solar may borrow up to $20.0 million, bearing interest on the outstanding balance at an annual rate of 7.5%, which interest was due and payable semi-annually on June 1 and December 1 of each year commencing on June 1, 2013. On October 10, 2014, in connection with the completion of its initial public offering, Solar repaid loans to APX, the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary, and to the Company’s parent entity. The Company’s parent entity, in turn, returned a portion of such proceeds to APX as a capital contribution. These transactions resulted in the receipt by APX of an aggregate amount of $55.0 million. These variable interests represent the Company’s maximum exposure to loss from direct involvement with Solar.2017.

Also in connection with Solar’s initial public offering in 2014, the Company entered into a number of agreements with Solar related to services and other support that it has provided and will provide to Solar including:

 

A Master Intercompany Framework Agreement which establishesestablished a framework for the ongoing relationship between the Company and Solar and contains master terms regarding the protection of each other’s confidential information, and master procedural terms, such as notice procedures, restrictions on assignment, interpretive provisions, governing law and dispute resolution;

 

ANon-Competition Agreement in which the Company and Solar each definedefined their current areas of business and their competitors, and agreeagreed not to directly or indirectly engage in the other’s business for three years;

 

A Transition Services Agreement pursuant to which the Company willagreed to provide to Solar various enterprise services, including services relating to information technology and infrastructure, human resources and employee benefits, administration services and facilities-related services;

 

A Product Development and Supply Agreement pursuant to which one of Solar’s wholly owned subsidiaries will,would, for an initial term of three years, subject to automatic renewal for successiveone-year one -year periods unless either party elects otherwise, collaborate with the Company to develop certain monitoring and communications equipment that will be compatible with other equipment used in Solar’s energy systems and will replace equipment Solar currently procures from third parties;

 

A Marketing and Customer Relations Agreement which governs various cross-marketing initiatives between the Company and Solar, in particularly the provision of sales leads from each company to the other; and

 

A Trademark License Agreement pursuant to which the licensor, a special purpose subsidiary majority-owned by the Company and minority-owned by Solar, will grant Solar a royalty-free exclusive license to the trademark “VIVINT SOLAR” in the field of selling renewable energy or energy storage products and services.

In November 2016, the Company and Solar amended the Marketing and Customer Relations Agreement with Solar to update certain terms and conditions governing existing cross-marketing initiatives and to implement new cross-marketing initiatives including a three-month pilot program with the purpose of exploring potential opportunities for each company to offer, sell and integrate the other company’s respective products and services with its standard product offering.

In 2017, the Company and Solar entered into a Sales Dealer Agreement (the “Sales Dealer Agreement”), pursuant to which each party will act as anon-exclusive dealer for the other party to market, promote and sell each other’s products. The agreement has an initial two -year term, which will be automatically renewed for successive one -year terms unless written notice of termination is provided by one of the parties to the other no less than 90 days prior to the end of the then current term. The products, territories and consideration that is payable by each party to the other will be determined in accordance with the agreement. The Sales Dealer Agreement governs and replaces substantially all of the activities that were previously undertaken under the Marketing and Customer Relations Agreement described above, including the pilot program. The Company and Solar also agreed to extend the term of thenon-solicitation provisions under the existingNon-Competition Agreement to match the term of the Sales Dealer Agreement.

Other Related-party Transactions

On September 3, 2014, APX paid a dividend in the amount of $50.0 million to Holdings, its sole stockholder, which in turn paid a dividend in the amount of $50.0 million to its stockholders.

The Company incurred additional expenses during the years ended December 31, 2016, 20152018, 2017 and 20142016 of approximately $4.2$2.7 million, $2.5$3.5 million, $3.1$4.2 million, respectively, for other related-party transactions including contributions to the charitable organization Vivint Gives Back, legal fees, and other services. Accrued expenses and other current liabilities at December 31, 20162018 and 20152017 included net payables associated with these related-party transactions of $2.5$0.2 million and $1.7$1.4 million, respectively.

On November 16, 2012, the Company was acquired by an investor group comprised of certain investment funds affiliated with Blackstone Capital Partners VI L.P., and certainco-investors and management investors through certain mergers and related reorganization transactions (collectively, the “Merger”). At the time of the Merger, a portion of the purchase price was placed in escrow to cover potential adjustments to the total purchase consideration associated with certain indemnities and adjustments to tangible net worth. In April 2015, the parties to the Merger reached an agreement regarding the amount to be paid from escrow. As the Company had previously recorded expenses related to thesepre-merger costs, this agreement resulted in a reduction to general and administrative expenses of $12.2 million, with the offset to additionalpaid-in capital.

In connection with the Merger, the Company entered into a support and services agreement withengaged Blackstone Management Partners L.L.C. (“BMP”), an affiliate of Blackstone. Under the support and services agreement, the Company paid BMP, at the closing of the Merger, a transaction fee of approximately $20 million as consideration for BMP’s performance of due diligence investigations, financial and structural analysis, providing corporate strategy and other advice and negotiation assistance in connection with the Merger. In addition, the Company engaged BMP to provide monitoring, advisory and consulting services on an ongoing basis. In consideration for these services, the Company agreed to pay an annual monitoring fee equal to the greater of (i) a minimum base fee of $2.7 million subject to adjustments if the Company engages in a business combination or disposition that is deemed significant and (ii) the amount of the monitoring fee paid in respect of the immediately preceding fiscal year, without regard to any post-fiscal year“true-up” adjustments as determined by the agreement. The Company incurred expenses for such services of approximately $3.7$4.1 million, $3.6$3.5 million and 3.2$3.7 million during the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, 2015respectively. Accrued expenses and 2014,other current liabilities at December 31, 2018 and 2017 included a liability of $4.8 million and $0.9 million, respectively, to BMP in connection with this agreement.regards to the monitoring fee.

Under the support and services agreement, the Company also engaged BMP to arrange for Blackstone’s portfolio operations group to provide support services customarily provided by Blackstone’s portfolio operations group to Blackstone’s private equity portfolio companies of a type and amount determined by such portfolio services group to be warranted and appropriate. BMP will invoice the Company for such services based on the time spent by the relevant personnel providing such services during the applicable period but in no event shall the Company be obligated to pay more than $1.5 million during any calendar year. During the years ended December 31, 2016, 20152018, 2017 and 20142016 the Company incurred no costs associated with such services.

During the year ended December 31, 2018, Blackstone Advisory Partners L.P. (“BAP”), an affiliate of Blackstone, participated as one of the initial purchasers of the 2020Term Loan in September 2018 and received fees at the time of closing of such issuances aggregating approximately $0.9 million.

During the year ended December 31, 2017, BAP participated as one of the initial purchasers of the 2022 notes in each of the May 2013, December 2013February 2017 issuance and July 2014 offeringsthe 2023 notes in the August 2017 issuance and received fees at the time of closing of such issuances aggregating approximately $0.6 million.

During the year ended December 31, 2016, BAP participated as one of the initial purchasers of the 2022 notes in each of the May 2016 and August 2016 offerings and received fees at the time of closing of such issuances aggregating approximately $0.5 million.

On May 2, 2016,In addition, GSO Capital Partners, an affiliate of Blackstone, is a participating lender in the Term Loan and as of December 31, 2018 had received in aggregate interest payments of approximately $0.9 million. As of December 31, 2018, GSO Capital Partners holds $75.1 million of outstanding aggregate principal of the Term Loan.

In September 2018, Vivint Smart Home, Inc. contributed $4.7 million to the Company and David Bywater, its former Chief Operating Officer, agreed that in connection with the appointment of Mr. Bywater as interim Chief Executive Officer of Vivint Solar, Inc., Mr. Bywater would take a leave of absence from the Company. On December 15, 2016, the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of the Company appointed Scott Hardy to serve as the Company’s Chief Operating Officer effective December 15, 2016. Mr. Hardy succeeded David Bywater, who notified the Company on December 15, 2016 of his intent to resign as the Company’s Chief Operating Officer.capital contribution.

In April 2016, Parent completed the first installment of an issuance and sale to certain investors of a series of preferred stock and contributed the net proceeds from such issuance of $69.8 million to the Company as an

equity contribution. In July 2016, Parent completed the final installment of the issuance and sale to certain investors of such series of preferred stock and, in August 2016, contributed the net proceeds from such issuance of $30.6 million to the Company as an equity contribution. Both issuances were private placements exempt from registration under the Securities Act.

The company incurred stock-based compensation expense of $2.2 million included in general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2016 related to an equity repurchase by 313 from one of the Company’s executives.

Long-term investmentsnotes receivables and other assets, includes amounts due fornon-interest bearing advances made to employees that are expected to be repaid in excess of one year. Amounts due from employees as of both December 31, 20162018 and 2015,2017, amounted to approximately $0.3 million. As of December 31, 20162018 and 2015,2017, this amount was fully reserved.

Prepaid expenses and other current assets at December 31, 20162018 and 20152017 included a receivable for $0.4$1.8 million and $0.2$0.5 million, respectively, from certain members of management in regards to their personal use of the corporate jet.

From time to time, the Company does business with a number of other companies affiliated with Blackstone.

Transactions involving related parties cannot be presumed to be carried out at anarm’s-length basis.

NOTE 15—SEGMENT REPORTING AND BUSINESS CONCENTRATIONS15. Segment Reporting and Business Concentrations

For the years ended December 31, 20162018, 2017 and 2015,2016, the Company conducted business through one operating segment, Vivint. Historically, the Company primarily operated in three geographic regions: United States, Canada and New Zealand. During the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company completed the 2016 Contract Sales and ceased operations in New Zealand. Historically, the Company’s operations in New Zealand were considered immaterial and reported in conjunction with the United States. Revenues and long-lived assets by geographic region were as follows (in thousands):

 

   United States   Canada   Total 

As of and for the

      

Year ended December 31, 2016

      

Revenue from external customers

  $700,471   $57,436   $757,907 

Property and equipment, net

   62,781    845    63,626 

Year ended December 31, 2015

      

Revenue from external customers

  $602,418   $51,303   $653,721 

Property and equipment, net

   55,103    171    55,274 

Year ended December 31, 2014

      

Revenue from external customers

  $529,521   $34,156   $563,677 

Property and equipment, net

   62,368    422    62,790 
   United States   Canada   Total 

Revenue from external customers

      

Year ended December 31, 2018

  $977,877   $72,564   $1,050,441 

Year ended December 31, 2017

  $816,026   $65,957   $881,983 

Year ended December 31, 2016

  $700,471   $57,436   $757,907 

NOTE 16—EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN16. Employee Benefit Plan

The Company offers eligible employees the opportunity to defer a percentage of their earned income into company-sponsored 401(k) plans.

The Company offers eligible employees the opportunity to contribute a percentage of their earned income into company-sponsored 401(k) plans.

Beginning in January 2018, participants in the 401(k) plans are eligible for the Company’s matching program. Under this new matching program, the Company matches an employee’s contributions to the 401(k) savings plandollar-for-dollar up to 1% of such employee’s eligible earnings and $0.50 for every $1.00 for the next 5% of such employee’s eligible earnings. The maximum match available under the 401(k) plan is 3.5% of the employee’s eligible earnings. For employees who have been employed by the Company for less than two years, matching contributions vest on the second anniversary of their date of hire. The Company’s matching contributions to employees who have been employed by the Company for two years or more are fully vested.

Matching contributions that were made to the plans during the year ended December 31, 2018 totaled $6.0 million. No matching contributions were made to the plans for the years ended December 31, 20162017 and 2015.2016.

NOTE 17—GUARANTOR AND17. Guarantor andNON-GUARANTORNon-Guarantor SUPPLEMENTAL FINANCIAL INFORMATIONSupplemental Financial Information

The 2019 notes, 2020 notes, 2022 private placement notes and the 2022 notesNotes were issued by APX. The 2019 notes, 2020 notes, 2022 private placement notesAPX and the 2022 notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally by Holdings and each of APX’s existing and future material wholly-owned U.S. restricted subsidiaries. APX’s existing and future foreign subsidiaries are not expected to guarantee the notes.Notes.

Presented below is the consolidating financial information of APX, subsidiaries of APX that are guarantors (the “Guarantor Subsidiaries”), and APX’s subsidiaries that are not guarantors (the“Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries”) as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 and for the years ended December 31, 2016, 20152018, 2017 and 2014.2016. The audited consolidating financial information reflects the investments of APX in the Guarantor Subsidiaries and theNon-Guarantor Subsidiaries using the equity method of accounting.

Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet

December 31, 20162018

(In thousands)

 

 Parent APX
Group, Inc.
 Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 Eliminations Consolidated  Parent APX
Group, Inc.
 Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 Eliminations Consolidated 

Assets

            

Current assets

 $—    $25,136  $143,954  $3,730  $(67,799 $105,021  $—    $12,951  $269,770  $103,451  $(262,674 $123,498 

Property and equipment, net

  —     —    62,781  845   —    63,626   —     —    72,937  464   —    73,401 

Subscriber acquisition costs, net

  —     —    974,975  77,459   —    1,052,434 

Capitalized contract costs, net

  —     —    1,047,532  68,243   —    1,115,775 

Deferred financing costs, net

  —    4,420   —     —     —    4,420   —    2,058   —     —     —    2,058 

Investment in subsidiaries

  —    2,228,903   —     —    (2,228,903  —     —    1,662,367   —     —    (1,662,367  —   

Intercompany receivable

  —     —    9,492   —    (9,492  —     —     —    6,303   —    (6,303  —   

Intangible assets, net

  —     —    443,189  32,203   —    475,392   —     —    236,677  18,408   —    255,085 

Goodwill

  —     —    809,678  25,555   —    835,233   —     —    809,678  25,177   —    834,855 

Long-term investments and other assets

  —    106  11,523  13  (106 11,536 

Long-term notes receivables and other assets, net

  —    106  102,695  17,124  (106 119,819 
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total Assets

 $—    $2,258,565  $2,455,592  $139,805  $(2,306,300 $2,547,662  $—    $1,677,482  $2,545,592  $232,867  $(1,931,450 $2,524,491 
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity

            

Current liabilities

 $—    $17,047  $160,956  $74,987  $(67,799 $185,191  $—    $36,988  $507,063  $182,159  $(262,674 $463,536 

Intercompany payable

  —     —     —    9,492  (9,492  —     —     —     —    6,303  (6,303  —   

Notes payable and revolving line of credit, net of current portion

  —    2,486,700   —     —     —    2,486,700   —    3,037,095   —     —     —    3,037,095 

Capital lease obligations, net of current portion

  —     —    7,368  567   —    7,935   —     —    5,570  1   —    5,571 

Deferred revenue, net of current portion

  —     —    53,991  4,743   —    58,734   —     —    306,653  16,932   —    323,585 

Accumulated losses of investee

 245,182     (245,182  —    1,396,601     (1,396,601  —   

Other long-term obligations

  —     —    47,080   —     —    47,080   —     —    90,209   —     —    90,209 

Deferred income tax liability

  —     —    106  7,204  (106 7,204   —     —    106  1,096  (106 1,096 

Total (deficit) equity

 (245,182 (245,182 2,186,091  42,812  (1,983,721 (245,182 (1,396,601 (1,396,601 1,635,991  26,376  (265,766 (1,396,601
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ (deficit) equity

 $—    $2,258,565  $2,455,592  $139,805  $(2,306,300 $2,547,662  $—    $1,677,482  $2,545,592  $232,867  $(1,931,450 $2,524,491 
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet

December 31, 20152017

(In thousands)

 

 Parent APX
Group, Inc.
 Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 Eliminations Consolidated  Parent APX
Group, Inc.
 Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 Eliminations Consolidated 

Assets

            

Current assets

 $—    $2,537  $91,555  $6,540  $(53,066 $47,566  $—    $4,150  $284,293  $49,935  $(162,413 $175,965 

Property and equipment, net

  —     —    55,012  262   —    55,274   —     —    77,345  736   —    78,081 

Subscriber acquisition costs, net

  —     —    728,547  62,097   —    790,644   —     —    1,214,678  93,880   —    1,308,558 

Deferred financing costs, net

  —    6,456   —     —     —    6,456   —    3,099   —     —     —    3,099 

Investment in subsidiaries

  —    2,070,404   —     —    (2,070,404  —     —    2,188,221   —     —    (2,188,221  —   

Intercompany receivable

  —     —    22,398   —    (22,398  —     —     —    6,303   —    (6,303  —   

Intangible assets, net

  —     —    519,301  39,094   —    558,395   —     —    350,710  26,741   —    377,451 

Goodwill

  —     —    809,678  24,738   —    834,416   —     —    809,678  27,292   —    836,970 

Long-term investments and other assets

  —    106  10,880  13  (106 10,893 

Long-term notes receivables and other assets, net

  —    106  78,173  10,550  (106 88,723 
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total Assets

 $—    $2,079,503  $2,237,371  $132,744  $(2,145,974 $2,303,644  $—    $2,195,576  $2,821,180  $209,134  $(2,357,043 $2,868,847 
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity

            

Current liabilities

 $—    $18,384  $143,896  $59,304  $(53,066 $168,518  $—    $28,805  $343,398  $128,581  $(162,413 $338,371 

Intercompany payable

  —     —     —    22,398  (22,398  —     —     —     —    6,303  (6,303  —   

Notes payable and revolving line of credit, net of current portion

  —    2,138,112   —     —     —    2,138,112   —    2,820,297   —     —     —    2,820,297 

Capital lease obligations, net of current portion

  —     —    11,169  2   —    11,171   —     —    10,791  298   —    11,089 

Deferred revenue, net of current portion

  —     —    40,960  3,822   —    44,782   —     —    248,643  15,912   —    264,555 

Accumulated losses of investee

 76,993   —     —     —    (76,993  —    653,526     (653,526  —   

Other long-term obligations

  —     —    10,530   —     —    10,530   —     —    79,020   —     —    79,020 

Deferred income tax liability

  —     —    106  7,524  (106 7,524   —     —    106  9,041  (106 9,041 

Total (deficit) equity

 (76,993 (76,993 2,030,710  39,694  (1,993,411 (76,993 (653,526 (653,526 2,139,222  48,999  (1,534,695 (653,526
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ (deficit) equity

 $—    $2,079,503  $2,237,371  $132,744  $(2,145,974 $2,303,644  $—    $2,195,576  $2,821,180  $209,134  $(2,357,043 $2,868,847 
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Condensed Consolidating Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

For the Year ended December 31, 2018

(In thousands)

  Parent  APX
Group, Inc.
  Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Eliminations  Consolidated 

Revenues

 $—    $—    $998,190  $54,818  $(2,567 $1,050,441 

Costs and expenses

  —     —     1,240,570   54,497   (2,567  1,292,500 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(Loss) income from operations

  —     —     (242,380  321   —     (242,059

Loss from subsidiaries

  (467,914  (211,665  —     —     679,579   —   

Other expense (income), net

  —     256,249   (35,936  7,153   —     227,466 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

  (467,914  (467,914  (206,444  (6,832  679,579   (469,525

Income tax expense (benefit)

  —     —     512   (2,123  —     (1,611
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net loss

 $(467,914 $(467,914 $(206,956 $(4,709 $679,579  $(467,914
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax effects:

      

Foreign currency translation adjustment

  (2,218  (2,218  —     (2,218  4,436   (2,218
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive loss, net of tax effects

  (2,218  (2,218  —     (2,218  4,436   (2,218
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

 $(470,132 $(470,132 $(206,956 $(6,927 $684,015  $(470,132
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Condensed Consolidating Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

For the Year ended December 31, 2017

(In thousands)

  Parent  APX
Group, Inc.
  Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Eliminations  Consolidated 

Revenues

 $—    $—    $841,658  $43,015  $(2,690 $881,983 

Costs and expenses

  —     —     997,247   42,919   (2,690  1,037,476 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(Loss) income from operations

  —     —     (155,589  96   —     (155,493

Loss from subsidiaries

  (410,199  (165,497  —     —     575,696   —   

Other expense (income), net

  —     244,702   13,545   (4,619  —     253,628 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(Loss) income before income taxes

  (410,199  (410,199  (169,134  4,715   575,696   (409,121

Income tax expense (benefit)

  —     —     (228  1,306   —     1,078 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

 $(410,199 $(410,199 $(168,906 $3,409  $575,696  $(410,199
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax effects:

      

Foreign currency translation adjustment

  3,155   3,155   —     3,155   (6,310  3,155 

Unrealized gain on marketable securities

  (1,693  (1,693  (1,693  —     3,386   (1,693
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax effects

  1,462   1,462   (1,693  3,155   (2,924  1,462 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Comprehensive (loss) income

 $(408,737 $(408,737 $(170,599 $6,564  $572,772  $(408,737
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Condensed Consolidating Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

For the Year ended December 31, 2016

(In thousands)

 

 Parent APX
Group, Inc.
 Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 Eliminations Consolidated  Parent APX
Group, Inc.
 Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 Eliminations Consolidated 

Revenues

 $—    $—    $715,072  $45,539  $(2,704 $757,907  $—    $—    $715,072  $45,539  $(2,704 $757,907 

Costs and expenses

  —     —    787,138  44,575  (2,704 829,009   —     —    787,138  44,575  (2,704 829,009 
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

(Loss) income from operations

  —     —    (72,066 964   —    (71,102  —     —    (72,066 964   —    (71,102

Loss from subsidiaries

 (275,957 (69,637  —     —    345,594   —    (275,957 (69,637  —     —    345,594   —   

Other expense (income), net

  —    206,320  (1,207 (325  —    204,788   —    206,320  (1,207 (325  —    204,788 
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

(Loss) income before income tax expenses

 (275,957 (275,957 (70,859 1,289  345,594  (275,890

Loss before income taxes

 (275,957 (275,957 (70,859 1,289  345,594  (275,890

Income tax expense (benefit)

  —     —    545  (478  —    67   —     —    545  (478  —    67 
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net (loss) income

 $(275,957 $(275,957 $(71,404 $1,767  $345,594  $(275,957 $(275,957 $(275,957 $(71,404 $1,767  $345,594  $(275,957
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax effects:

      

Other comprehensive income, net of tax effects:

      

Foreign currency translation adjustment

  —    2,482   —    2,482  (2,482 2,482  2,482  2,482   —    2,482  (4,964 2,482 

Unrealized gain on marketable securities

  —    1,011  1,011   —    (1,011 1,011  1,011  1,011  1,011   —    (2,022 1,011 
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

��

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Comprehensive (loss) income

 $(275,957 $(272,464 $(70,393 $4,249  $342,101  $(272,464

Total other comprehensive income, net of tax effects

 3,493  3,493  1,011  2,482  (6,986 3,493 
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Comprehensive loss

 $(272,464 $(272,464 $(70,393 $4,249  $338,608  $(272,464
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Condensed Consolidating Statements of Operations and Comprehensive LossCash Flows

For the Year ended December 31, 20152018

(In thousands)

 

  Parent  APX
Group, Inc.
  Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Eliminations  Consolidated 

Revenues

 $—    $—    $622,507  $34,022  $(2,808 $653,721 

Costs and expenses

  —     —     730,322   34,882   (2,808  762,396 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Loss from operations

  —     —     (107,815  (860  —     (108,675

Loss from subsidiaries

  (279,107  (118,885  —     —     397,992   —   

Other expense, net

  —     160,222   9,763   96   —     170,081 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Loss before income tax expenses

  (279,107  (279,107  (117,578  (956  397,992   (278,756

Income tax expense (benefit)

  —     —     392   (41  —     351 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net loss

 $(279,107 $(279,107 $(117,970 $(915 $397,992  $(279,107
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax effects:

      

Foreign currency translation adjustment

  —     (13,293  2   (13,294  13,292   (13,293
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

 $(279,107 $(292,400 $(117,968 $(14,209 $411,284  $(292,400
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
  Parent  APX
Group, Inc.
  Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Eliminations  Consolidated 

Cash flows from operating activities:

      

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

 $—    $—    $(220,952 $453  $—    $(220,499

Cash flows from investing activities:

      

Capital expenditures

  —     —     (19,409  (3  —     (19,412

Proceeds from sale of intangibles

  —     —     53,693   —     —     53,693 

Proceeds from sale of capital assets

  —     —     127   —     —     127 

Investment in subsidiary

  (1,571  (201,292  —     —     202,863   —   

Acquisition of intangible assets

  —     —     (1,486  —     —     (1,486
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

  (1,571  (201,292  32,925   (3  202,863   32,922 

Cash flows from financing activities:

      

Proceeds from notes payable

  —     810,000   —     —     —     810,000 

Repayment on notes payable

  —     (522,191  —     —     —     (522,191

Borrowings from revolving line of credit

  —     201,000   —     —     —     201,000 

Repayment of revolving line of credit

  —     (261,000  —     —     —     (261,000

Proceeds from capital contribution

  4,700   4,700   204,421   —     (209,121  4,700 

Repayments of capital lease obligations

  —     —     (12,011  (343  —     (12,354

Financing costs

  —     (11,317  —     —     —     (11,317

Deferred financing costs

  —     (9,302  —     —     —     (9,302

Return of capital

  (3,129  (3,129  (3,129  —     6,258   (3,129
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

  1,571   208,761   189,281   (343  (202,863  196,407 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

  —     —     —     71   —     71 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net increase in cash

  —     7,469   1,254   178   —     8,901 

Cash:

      

Beginning of period

  —     3,661   (572  783   —     3,872 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

End of period

 $—    $11,130  $682  $961  $—    $12,773 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Condensed Consolidating Statements of Operations and Comprehensive LossCash Flows

For the Year ended December 31, 20142017

(In thousands)

 

  Parent  APX
Group, Inc.
  Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Eliminations  Consolidated 

Revenues

 $—    $—    $530,888  $35,911  $(3,122 $563,677 

Costs and expenses

  —     —     623,124   37,544   (3,122  657,546 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(Loss) income from operations

  —     —     (92,236  (1,633  —     (93,869

(Loss) income from subsidiaries

  (238,660  (93,850  —     —     332,510   —   

Other expense (income), net

  —     145,917   (1,676  36   —     144,277 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Loss from operations before income tax expense

  (238,660  (239,767  (90,560  (1,669  332,510   (238,146

Income tax (benefit) expense

  —     (1,107  779   842   —     514 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net loss

 $(238,660 $(238,660 $(91,339 $(2,511 $332,510  $(238,660
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax effects:

      

Foreign currency translation adjustment

  —     (11,333  (6,895  (4,438  11,333   (11,333
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

 $(238,660 $(249,993 $(98,234 $(6,949 $343,843  $(249,993
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
  Parent  APX
Group, Inc.
  Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Eliminations  Consolidated 

Cash flows from operating activities:

      

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

 $—    $—    $(313,290 $3,958  $—    $(309,332

Cash flows from investing activities:

      

Capital expenditures

  —     —     (20,391  —     —     (20,391

Proceeds from sale of capital assets

  —     —     776   —     —     776 

Investment in subsidiary

  1,151   (325,222  —     —     324,071   —   

Acquisition of intangible assets

  —     —     (1,745  —     —     (1,745

Other assets

  —     —     (301  —     —     (301
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

  1,151   (325,222  (21,661  —     324,071   (21,661

Cash flows from financing activities:

      

Proceeds from notes payable

  —     724,750   —     —     —     724,750 

Repayment on notes payable

  —     (450,000  —     —     —     (450,000

Borrowings from revolving line of credit

  —     196,895   —     —     —     196,895 

Repayment of revolving line of credit

  —     (136,895  —     —     —     (136,895

Proceeds from capital contribution

  —     —     326,373   —     (326,373  —   

Payment of intercompany settlement

  —     —     (2,983  —     —     (2,983

Intercompany receivable

  —      3,621   —     (3,621  —   

Intercompany payable

  —     —     —     (3,621  3,621   —   

Repayments of capital lease obligations

  —     —     (9,667  (340  —     (10,007

Financing costs

  —     (18,277  —     —     —     (18,277

Deferred financing costs

  —     (11,119  —     —     —     (11,119

Return of capital

  (1,151  (1,151  (1,151  —     2,302   (1,151
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

  (1,151  304,203   316,193   (3,961  (324,071  291,213 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

  —     —     —     132   —     132 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash

  —     (21,019  (18,758  129   —     (39,648

Cash:

      

Beginning of period

  —     24,680   18,186   654   —     43,520 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

End of period

 $—    $3,661  $(572 $783  $—    $3,872 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Condensed Consolidating Statements of Cash Flows

For the Year ended December 31, 2016

(In thousands)

 

 Parent APX
Group, Inc.
 Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 Eliminations Consolidated  Parent APX
Group, Inc.
 Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 Eliminations Consolidated 

Cash flows from operating activities:

            

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

 $—    $—    $(380,508 $14,802  $—    $(365,706 $—    $—    $(380,508 $14,802  $—    $(365,706

Cash flows from investing activities:

            

Subscriber acquisition costs—company owned equipment

  —     —    (5,243  —     —    (5,243

Subscriber acquisition costs – company owned equipment

  —     —    (5,243  —     —    (5,243

Capital expenditures

  —     —    (11,642  —     —    (11,642  —     —    (11,642  —     —    (11,642

Proceeds from sale of capital assets

  —     —    3,080  43   —    3,123   —     —    3,080  43   —    3,123 

Investment in subsidiary

 (100,407 (408,214  —     —    508,621   —    (100,407 (408,214  —     —    508,621   —   

Acquisition of intangible assets

  —     —    (1,385  —     —    (1,385  —     —    (1,385  —     —    (1,385
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

 (100,407 (408,214 (15,190 43  508,621  (15,147

Net cash used in investing activities

 (100,407 (408,214 (15,190 43  508,621  (15,147

Cash flows from financing activities:

            

Proceeds from notes payable

  —    604,000   —     —     —    604,000   —    604,000   —     —     —    604,000 

Repayment on notes payable

  —    (235,535  —     —     —    (235,535  —    (235,535  —     —     —    (235,535

Borrowings from revolving line of credit

  —    57,000   —     —     —    57,000   —    57,000   —     —     —    57,000 

Repayment of revolving line of credit

  —    (77,000  —     —     —    $(77,000  —    (77,000  —     —     —    (77,000

Proceeds from capital contribution

 100,407  100,407   —     —    (100,407 100,407  100,407  100,407   —     —    (100,407 100,407 

Payment of intercompany settlement

  —     —    3,000  (3,000  —     —     —     —    3,000  (3,000  —     —   

Intercompany receivable

  —     —    12,906   —    (12,906  —     —     —    12,906   —    (12,906  —   

Intercompany payable

  —     —    408,214  (12,906 (395,308  —     —     —    408,214  (12,906 (395,308  —   

Repayments of capital lease obligations

  —     —    (8,295 (20  —    (8,315  —     —    (8,295 (20  —    (8,315

Financing costs

  —    (9,036  —     —     —    (9,036  —    (9,036  —     —     —    (9,036

Deferred financing costs

  —    (9,241  —     —     —    (9,241  —    (9,241  —     —     —    (9,241
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) provided by financing activities

 100,407  430,595  415,825  (15,926 (508,621 422,280 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 100,407  430,595  415,825  (15,926 (508,621 422,280 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

  —     —     —    (466  —    (466  —     —     —    (466  —    (466
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash

  —    22,381  20,127  (1,547  —    40,961   —    22,381  20,127  (1,547  —    40,961 

Cash:

            

Beginning of period

  —    2,299  (1,941 2,201   —    2,559   —    2,299  (1,941 2,201   —    2,559 
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

End of period

 $—    $24,680  $18,186  $654  $—    $43,520  $—    $24,680  $18,186  $654  $—    $43,520 
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Condensed Consolidating Statements of Cash Flows

For the Year ended December 31, 2015

(In thousands)

  Parent  APX
Group, Inc.
  Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Eliminations  Consolidated 

Cash flows from operating activities:

      

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

 $—    $(1,052 $(267,327 $13,072  $—    $(255,307

Cash flows from investing activities:

      

Subscriber acquisition costs—company owned equipment

  —     —     (23,641  (1,099  —     (24,740

Capital expenditures

  —     —     (26,941  (41  —     (26,982

Proceeds from sale of capital assets

  —     —     480   —     —     480 

Investment in subsidiary

  —     (296,895  —     —     296,895   —   

Acquisition of intangible assets

  —     —     (1,363  —     —     (1,363

Proceeds from insurance claims

  —     —     2,984   —     —     2,984 

Change in restricted cash

  —     —     14,214   —     —     14,214 

Investment in convertible note

  —     —     —     —     —     —   

Other assets

  —     —     (208  —     —     (208
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

  —     (296,895  (34,475  (1,140  296,895   (35,615

Cash flows from financing activities:

      

Proceeds from notes payable

  —     296,250   —     —     —     296,250 

Borrowings from revolving line of credit

  —     271,000   —     —     —     271,000 

Repayment of revolving line of credit

  —     (271,000  —     —     —    $(271,000

Intercompany receivable

  —      11,601   —     (11,601  —   

Intercompany payable

  —     —     296,895   (11,601  (285,294  —   

Repayments of capital lease obligations

  —     —     (6,402  (12  —     (6,414

Deferred financing costs

  —     (5,436  —     —     —     (5,436
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) provided by financing activities

  —     290,814   302,094   (11,613  (296,895  284,400 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

  —     —     —     (1,726  —     (1,726
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash

  —     (7,133  292   (1,407  —     (8,248

Cash:

      

Beginning of period

  —     9,432   (2,233  3,608   —     10,807 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

End of period

 $—    $2,299  $(1,941 $2,201  $—    $2,559 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Condensed Consolidating Statements of Cash Flows

For the Year ended December 31, 2014

(In thousands)

  Parent  APX
Group, Inc.
  Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Eliminations  Consolidated 

Cash flows from operating activities:

      

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 $50,000  $(894 $(318,734 $9,991  $(50,000 $(309,637

Cash flows from investing activities:

      

Subscriber acquisition costs—company owned equipment

  —     —     (10,580  —     —     (10,580

Capital expenditures

  —     —     (30,315  (185  —     (30,500

Proceeds from sale of capital assets

  —     —     964   —     —     964 

Investment in subsidiary

  (32,300  (340,024  —     —     372,324   —   

Acquisition of intangible assets

  —     —     (9,649  —     —     (9,649

Net cash used in acquisitions

  —     —     (18,500  —     —     (18,500

Investment in marketable securities

  —     (60,000  —     —     —     (60,000

Proceeds from marketable securities

  —     60,069   —     —     —     60,069 

Proceeds from note receivable

  —     —     22,699   —     —     22,699 

Change in restricted cash

  —     —     14,375   —     —     14,375 

Investment in convertible note

  —     —     (3,000  —     —     (3,000

Other assets

  —     —     (2,153  (9  —     (2,162
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

  (32,300  (339,955  (36,159  (194  372,324   (36,284

Cash flows from financing activities:

      

Proceeds from notes payable

  —     102,000   —     —     —     102,000 

Borrowings from revolving line of credit

  —     20,000   —     —     —     20,000 

Proceeds from capital contribution

  32,300   32,300   —     —     (32,300  32,300 

Intercompany receivable

  —     —     10,658   —     (10,658  —   

Intercompany payable

  —     —     340,024   (10,658  (329,366  —   

Proceeds from contract sales

  —     —     2,261   —     —     2,261 

Acquisition of contracts

  —     —     (2,277  —     —     (2,277

Repayments of capital lease obligations

  —     —     (6,297  (3  —     (6,300

Deferred financing costs

  —     (2,927  —     —     —     (2,927

Payment of dividends

  (50,000  (50,000  —     —     50,000   (50,000
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

  (17,700  101,373   344,369   (10,661  (322,324  95,057 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

  —     —     —     (234  —     (234
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash

  —     (239,476  (10,524  (1,098  —     (251,098

Cash:

      

Beginning of period

  —     248,908   8,291   4,706   —     261,905 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

End of period

 $—    $9,432  $(2,233 $3,608  $—    $10,807 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

NOTE 18—SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Vivint Flex Pay

On January 3, 2017, the Company announced the introduction of the Vivint Flex Pay plan. Under the Vivint Flex Pay plan, the Company (i) launched a Consumer Financing Program in the first quarter of 2017, pursuant to which it will offer to qualified customers in the United States an opportunity to finance the purchase of products (the “Products”) used in connection with Vivint’s smart home and security services through a third party financing provider and (ii) offer retail installment contracts (“RICs”) with respect to the purchase of Products to certain of the Company’s customers who do not qualify to participate in the Consumer Financing Program, but qualify under Vivint’s historical underwriting criteria. Vivint may also establish credit programs either directly or through an affiliate or pursuant to an agreement with a third party to provide installment loans or similar products to customers that do not qualify to participate in the Consumer Financing Program. Alternatively, customers may purchase the Products with cash or credit card.

Under the Vivint Flex Pay plan, customers pay separately for the Products and Vivint’s smart home and security services. Under the Consumer Financing Program, qualified customers will be eligible for installment loans provided by a third party financing provider of up to $4,000 for either 42 or 60 months. In connection with the Consumer Financing Program, a subsidiary of the Company entered into an agreement (the “CFP Agreement”) with Citizens Bank, N.A. (“Citizens”) pursuant to which Citizens is the exclusive provider of installment loans under the Consumer Financing Program for Vivint’s customers who are eligible for such loans. Pursuant to the CFP Agreement, Vivint pays a monthly fee to Citizens based on the average daily balance of the loans provided by Citizens outstanding and Citizens and Vivint share liability for credit losses, with Vivint being responsible for approximately 5% to 100% of lost principal balances, depending on factors specified in the CFP Agreement. The initial term of the CFP Agreement is five years, subject to automatic,one-year renewals unless terminated by either party in accordance with its terms.

2022 Notes

On February 1, 2017, APX issued an additional $300.0 million aggregate principal amount of the 2022 notes at a price of 108.250%. The Company used the net proceeds from the offering of these 2022 notes to to redeem $300.0 million aggregate principal amount of the existing 2019 notes and pay the related redemption premium, and to pay all fees and expenses related thereto and will use any remaining proceeds for general corporate purposes.

APX Group Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets (unaudited)

(Inin thousands, except share andper-share amounts)

 

  June 30, 2017 December 31, 2016   March 31, 2019 December 31, 2018 

ASSETS

      

Current Assets:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

  $1,470  $43,520   $3,691  $12,773 

Accounts and notes receivable, net

   26,182  12,891    55,348  48,724 

Inventories

   112,509  38,452    94,275  50,552 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

   14,773  10,158    15,128  11,449 
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

Total current assets

   154,934  105,021    168,442  123,498 

Property, plant and equipment, net

   65,659  63,626    64,614  73,401 

Subscriber acquisition costs, net

   1,170,287  1,052,434 

Capitalized contract costs, net

   1,092,865  1,115,775 

Deferred financing costs, net

   3,407  4,420    1,797  2,058 

Intangible assets, net

   426,616  475,392    235,583  255,085 

Goodwill

   836,115  835,233    835,404  834,855 

Long-term investments and other assets, net

   58,953  11,536 

Operating leaseright-of-use assets

   72,891   —   

Long-term notes receivables and other assets, net

   121,796  119,819 
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

Total assets

  $2,715,971  $2,547,662   $2,593,392  $2,524,491 
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

      

Current Liabilities:

      

Accounts payable

  $110,944  $49,119   $115,242  $66,646 

Accrued payroll and commissions

   54,201  46,288    37,281  65,479 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

   48,439  34,265    158,997  136,715 

Deferred revenue

   66,705  45,722    194,326  186,953 

Current portion of capital lease obligations

   8,731  9,797 

Current portion of operating lease liabilities

   11,749   —   

Current portion of finance lease liabilities

   7,114  7,743 
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

Total current liabilities

   289,020  185,191    524,709  463,536 

Notes payable, net

   2,511,225  2,486,700    2,956,702  2,961,947 

Notes payable, net—related party

   79,288  75,148 

Revolving credit facility

   100,000   —      40,000   —   

Capital lease obligations, net of current portion

   4,949  7,935 

Finance lease liabilities, net of current portion

   3,952  5,571 

Deferred revenue, net of current portion

   154,244  58,734    326,631  323,585 

Operating lease liabilities

   71,964   —   

Other long-term obligations

   58,930  47,080    73,390  90,209 

Deferred income tax liabilities

   7,452  7,204    1,120  1,096 
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

Total liabilities

   3,125,820  2,792,844    4,077,756  3,921,092 

Commitments and contingencies (See Note 10)

   

Commitments and contingencies (See Note 11)

   

Stockholders’ deficit:

      

Common stock, $0.01 par value, 100 shares authorized; 100 shares issued and outstanding

   —     —      —     —   

Additionalpaid-in capital

   732,841  731,920    737,072  736,333 

Accumulated deficit

   (1,115,245 (948,339   (2,193,169 (2,104,097

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

   (27,445 (28,763   (28,267 (28,837
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

Total stockholders’ deficit

   (409,849 (245,182   (1,484,364 (1,396,601
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ deficit

  $2,715,971  $2,547,662   $2,593,392  $2,524,491 
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

See accompanying notes to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements

APX Group Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations (unaudited)

(Inin thousands)

 

  Six Months Ended
June 30,
   Three Months Ended March 31, 
  2017 2016           2019                 2018         

Revenues:

      

Recurring and other revenue

  $399,641  $339,918   $276,249  $246,597 

Service and other sales revenue

   11,749  10,837 

Activation fees

   6,089  4,305 
  

 

  

 

 

Total revenues

   417,479  355,060 

Costs and expenses:

      

Operating expenses (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below)

   148,668  126,934    83,076  83,760 

Selling expenses

   81,073  66,223 

Selling expenses (exclusive of amortization of deferred commissions of $44,012 and $38,303, respectively, which are included in depreciation and amortization shown separately below)

   43,591  59,243 

General and administrative expenses

   77,763  66,550    46,339  50,967 

Depreciation and amortization

   156,965  132,581    131,221  124,258 

Restructuring and asset impairment recoveries

   —    (680
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

Total costs and expenses

   464,469  391,608    304,227  318,228 
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

Loss from operations

   (46,990 (36,548   (27,978 (71,631

Other expenses (income):

      

Interest expense

   108,639  92,865    63,748  58,790 

Interest income

   (104 (23   (23 (31

Other (income) loss, net

   10,197  4,753 

Other income, net

   (2,246 (45,240
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

Loss before income taxes

   (165,722 (134,143   (89,457 (85,150

Income tax expense (benefit)

   1,151  672 

Income tax benefit

   (301 (433
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

Net loss

  $(166,873 $(134,815  $(89,156 $(84,717
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

See accompanying notes to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements

APX Group Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss (unaudited)

(Inin thousands)

 

  Six Months Ended
June 30,
   Three Months Ended March 31, 
  2017 2016           2019                 2018         

Net loss

  $(166,873 $(134,815  $(89,156 $(84,717

Other comprehensive income, net of tax effects:

   

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax effects:

   

Foreign currency translation adjustment

   1,576  2,801    570  (659

Unrealized loss on marketable securities

   (258  —   
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

Total other comprehensive gain

   1,318  2,801 

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

   570  (659
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

Comprehensive loss

  $(165,555 $(132,014  $(88,586 $(85,376
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

See accompanying notes to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements

APX Group Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity (Deficit)

(In thousands)

   Common Stock   Additional
paid-in
capital
  Accumulated
deficit
  Accumulated
other
comprehensive
loss
  Total 

Balance December 31, 2017

  $—     $732,346  $(1,358,571 $(27,301 $(653,526

Net Loss

   —      —     (84,717  —     (84,717

Foreign currency translation adjustment

   —      —     —     (659  (659

Stock-based compensation

   —      205   —     —     205 

Return of capital to Vivint Smart Home, Inc.

   —      (966  —     —     (966

ASU2014-09 adoption

   —      —     (282,572  —     (282,572

ASU2016-01 adoption

   —      —     (680  680   —   
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance March 31, 2018

  $—     $731,585  $(1,726,540 $(27,280 $(1,022,235
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

   Common Stock   Additional
paid-in
capital
  Accumulated
deficit
  Accumulated
other
comprehensive
loss
  Total 

Balance December 31, 2018

  $—     $736,333  $(2,104,097 $(28,837 $(1,396,601

Net Loss

   —      —     (89,156  —     (89,156

Foreign currency translation adjustment

   —      —     —     570   570 

Stock-based compensation

   —      857   —     —     857 

Return of capital to Vivint Smart Home, Inc.

   —      (118  —     —     (118

ASU2016-02 adoption

   —      —     84   —     84 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance March 31, 2019

  $—     $737,072  $(2,193,169 $(28,267 $(1,484,364
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

APX Group Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (unaudited)

(Inin thousands)

 

  Six Months Ended
June 30,
   Three Months Ended March 31, 
  2017 2016       2019         2018     

Cash flows from operating activities:

      

Net loss

  $(166,873 $(134,815  $(89,156 $(84,717

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

      

Amortization of subscriber acquisition costs

   96,383  65,975 

Amortization of capitalized contract costs

   105,031  95,363 

Amortization of customer relationships

   47,328  54,073    18,632  21,084 

Depreciation and amortization of property, plant and equipment and other intangible assets

   13,254  12,533    7,558  7,811 

Amortization of deferred financing costs and bond premiums and discounts

   3,644  5,243    1,180  1,343 

Loss on sale or disposal of assets

   230  70 

Loss on early extinguishment of debt

   12,751  9,933 

Gain on fair value changes of equity securities

   (2,212 (332

Loss (gain) on sale or disposal of assets

   232  (50,459

Stock-based compensation

   886  2,830    857  204 

Provision for doubtful accounts

   9,726  7,717    5,918  3,968 

Deferred income taxes

   (450 487 

Restructuring and asset impairment recoveries

   —    (680

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

      

Accounts and notes receivable

   (22,640 (8,461

Accounts and notes receivable, net

   (10,424 (6,124

Inventories

   (72,914 (62,785   (43,668 5,914 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

   (4,604 (6,144   (3,678 (1,010

Subscriber acquisition costs—deferred contract costs

   (212,420 (214,594

Other assets

   (46,938 265 

Capitalized contract costs, net

   (80,614 (84,986

Long-term notes receivables, other assets, net andright-of-use assets

   2,756  (6,135

Accounts payable

   59,335  54,403    42,864  (25,551

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

   34,044  29,270 

Restructuring liability

   (46 (1,618

Accrued payroll and commissions, accrued expenses, other current and long-term liabilities, and current and long-term operating lease liabilities

   (8,113 30,252 

Deferred revenue

   116,043  14,725    9,820  33,793 
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

   (133,261 (171,573   (43,017 (59,582

Cash flows from investing activities:

      

Subscriber acquisition costs—company owned equipment

   —    (1,791

Capital expenditures

   (11,435 (4,526   (1,391 (6,407

Proceeds from the sale of capital assets

   319  1,925 

Proceeds from the sale of intangible assets

   —    53,693 

(Payments) proceeds from the sale of capital assets

   (51 149 

Acquisition of intangible assets

   (743 (505   (369 (849

Acquisition of other assets

   (143  —   
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

   (12,002 (4,897

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

   (1,811 46,586 

Cash flows from financing activities:

   

Repayment of notes payable

   (2,025  —   

Borrowings from revolving credit facility

   40,000  57,000 

Repayments on revolving credit facility

   —    (40,000

Repayments of finance lease obligations

   (2,136 (3,418

Return of capital

   (118 (966
  

 

  

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

   35,721  12,616 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

   25  (19
  

 

  

 

 

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

   (9,082 (399

Cash and cash equivalents:

   

Beginning of period

   12,773  3,872 
  

 

  

 

 

End of period

  $3,691  $3,473 
  

 

  

 

 

Supplementalnon-cash investing and financing activities:

   

Finance lease additions

  $93  $3,524 

Intangible assets acquisitions included within accounts payable

  $374  $403 

Capital expenditures included within accounts payable and accrued expenses and other current liabilities

  $2,213  $572 

See accompanying notes to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements

APX Group Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (unaudited) Continued

(In thousands)

   Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
   2017  2016 

Cash flows from financing activities:

   

Proceeds from notes payable

   324,750   500,000 

Repayment of notes payable

   (300,000  (235,535

Borrowings from revolving credit facility

   113,000   57,000 

Repayments on revolving credit facility

   (13,000  (77,000

Proceeds from capital contribution

   —     69,800 

Repayments of capital lease obligations

   (4,712  (3,956

Payments of other long-term obligations

   (1,164  —   

Financing costs

   (9,460  (8,274

Deferred financing costs

   (6,191  (6,277
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

   103,223   295,758 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

   (10  (441
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

   (42,050  118,847 

Cash and cash equivalents:

   

Beginning of period

   43,520   2,559 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

End of period

  $1,470  $121,406 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Supplementalnon-cash investing and financing activities:

   

Capital lease additions

  $1,155  $2,199 

Capital expenditures included within accounts payable and accrued expenses and other current liabilities

  $282  $997 

Change in fair value of marketable securities

  $193  $—   

Subscriber acquisition costs—company owned assets included within accounts payable and accrued expenses and other current liabilities

  $—    $1,641 

See accompanying notes to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements

APX Group Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

NOTE 1—BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES1. Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies

Unaudited Interim Financial Statements

The accompanying interim unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included in this prospectusQuarterly Report on Form10-Q have been prepared by APX Group Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) without audit. The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of APX Group Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) have been condensed or omitted pursuant to such rules and regulations. The information as of December 31, 20162018 included in the unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheets was derived from the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements. The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included in this prospectusQuarterly Report on Form10-Q were prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments (all of which are considered of a normal recurring nature) considered necessary to present fairly the Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows for the periods and dates presented. The results of operations for the three and six months ended June 30, 2017March 31, 2019 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 2017.2019.

These unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and notes should be read in conjunction with the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements and related notes as set forth in this prospectus.the Company’s Annual Report onForm 10-K/A for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) on March 8, 2019, which is available on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

Basis of Presentation

The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements of the Company are presented for APX Group Holdings, Inc. (“Holdings”) and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. The Company has prepared the accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements pursuant to GAAP. Preparing financial statements requires the Company to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts that are reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying disclosures. Although these estimates are based on the Company’s best knowledge of current events and actions that the Company may undertake in the future, actual results may be different from the Company’s estimates. The results of operations presented herein are not necessarily indicative of the Company’s results for any future period.

Vivint Flex Pay—On January 3, 2017, the Company announced the introduction of the

The Vivint Flex Pay plan (“Vivint Flex Pay”), which became the Company’s primary sales model beginning in March 2017. Under Vivint Flex Pay, customers pay separately for the products (including control panel, security peripheral equipment, smart home equipment, and related installationinstallation) (“Products”) and Vivint’s smart home and security services (“Services”). The customer has the following three options to pay for the Products: (i)(1) qualified customers in the United States may finance the purchase of Products through a third-party financing provider (“Consumer Financing Program”) (ii), (2) customers not eligible for the Consumer Financing Program, but who qualify under the Company’s underwriting criteria, may enter into a retail installment contract (“RIC”) directly with Vivint, or (iii)(3) customers may purchase the Products at the outset of the service contract with cashby check, automatic clearing house payments (“ACH”), credit or creditdebit card.

Although customers pay separately for the Products and Services under the Vivint Flex Pay plan, the Company has determined that the shift in model does not change the Company’s conclusion that the Product salessale of Products and Services are one combined unit of accounting.single performance obligation. As a result, all forms of transactions under Vivint Flex Pay create deferred revenue for the gross amount of Products sold. Gross

deferred revenues are reduced by imputed interest on the RICs and the present value of expected payments due to the third-party financing provider under the Consumer Financing Program. These deferred revenues are recognized in a pattern that reflects the estimated life of the subscriber relationships. The Company amortizes these deferred revenues over 15 years using a 240% declining balance method, which converts to a straight-line methodology after approximately nine years when the resulting amortization exceeds that from the accelerated method.

Under the Consumer Financing Program, qualified customers are eligible for installment loans provided by a third-party financing provider of up to $4,000 for either 42 or 60 months. The

For a certain third-party provider, the Company pays a monthly fee to the third-party financing provider based on the average daily outstanding balance of the installment loans. Additionally, the Company shares liability for credit losses depending on the credit quality of the customer. Because of the nature of these provisions under the Consumer Financing Program,with this third-party provider, the Company records a derivative liability at its fair value when the third-party financing provider originates installment loans to customers, which reduces the amount of estimated revenue recognized on the provision of the services. The derivative liability is reduced as payments are made fromby the Company to the third-party financing provider. Subsequent changes to the fair value of the derivative liability are realized through other loss/(income),income, net in the Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations. (See Note 7)8).

For a separate third-party financing provider, the Company receives net proceeds from installment loans (net of fees and expected losses) for which the Company has no further obligation to the third-party. The Company records these net proceeds to deferred revenue.

Retail Installment Contract Receivables

For customerssubscribers that enter into a RIC underto finance the Vivint Flex Pay plan,purchase of Products and related installation, the Company records a receivable for the amount financed. The RIC receivables are recorded at their present value, net of the imputed interest.interest discount. At the time of installation, the Company records a long-term note receivable within long-term investmentsnotes receivables and other assets, net on the condensed consolidated balance sheets for the present value of the receivables that are expected to be collected beyond 12 months of the reporting date. The unbilled receivable amounts that are expected to be collected within 12 months of the reporting date are included as a short-term notes receivable within accounts and notes receivable, net on the condensed consolidated balance sheets. The billed amounts of notes receivables are included in accounts receivable within accounts and notes receivable, net on the condensed consolidated balance sheets.

The Company imputes the interest on the RIC receivable using a risk adjusted market interest rate and records it as an adjustment to deferred revenue and as an adjustment to the face amount of the related receivable. The imputed interest discount considers a number of factors, including collection experience, aging of the remaining RIC receivable portfolios, credit quality of the subscriber base and other qualitative considerations, including macro-economic factors. The imputed interest income is recognized over the term of the RIC contract as recurring and other revenue on the condensed consolidated statement of operations.

When the Company determines that there are RIC receivables that have become uncollectible, the Companyit records an allowance for credit lossesadjustment to the imputed interest discount and bad debt expense. The estimate of allowance for credit losses considers a number of factors, including collection experience, aging ofreduces the remaining RICrelated note receivable portfolios, credit quality of the subscriber base and other qualitative considerations, including macro-economic factors.balance. Account balances arewritten-off if collection efforts are unsuccessful and future collection is unlikely based on the length of time from the day accounts become past due. As of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016 there was no allowance for credit losses associated with RIC receivables (See Note 3).

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable consists primarily of amounts due from customerssubscribers for recurring monthly monitoring servicesServices and the billed portion of RIC receivables. The accounts receivable are recorded at invoiced amounts and arenon-interest bearing and are included within accounts and notes receivable, net on the condensed consolidated balance sheets. Accounts receivable totaled $17.7$20.0 million and $12.9$16.5 million at June 30, 2017March 31, 2019 and December 31, 2016,2018, respectively net of the allowance for doubtful accounts of $3.8$5.8 million and $4.1$5.6 million at June 30, 2017March 31, 2019 and December 31, 2016,2018, respectively. The Company estimates this allowance based on historical collection experience and subscriber attrition rates. When the Company determines that there are accounts

receivable that are uncollectible, they are charged off against the allowance for doubtful accounts. As of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, no accounts receivable were classified as held for sale. The provision for doubtful accounts is included in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated statements of operations and totaled $9.7$5.9 million and $7.7$4.0 million for the three months ended June 30, 2017March 31, 2019 and 2016,2018, respectively.

The changes in the Company’s allowance for accounts receivable were as follows for the periods ended (in thousands):

 

  Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
  2017   2016   Three Months Ended
March 31, 2019
   Twelve Months Ended
December 31, 2018
 

Beginning balance

  $4,138   $3,541   $5,594   $5,356 

Provision for doubtful accounts

   9,726    7,717    5,918    19,405 

Write-offs and adjustments

   (10,065   (8,161   (5,704   (19,167
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Balance at end of period

  $3,799   $3,097   $5,808   $5,594 
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Revenue Recognition—Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue principallyoffers its customers smart home services combining Products, including a proprietary control panel, door and window sensors, door locks, security cameras and smoke alarms; installation; and a proprietaryback-end cloud platform software and Services. These together create an integrated system that allows the Company’s customers to monitor, control and protect their home (“Smart Home Services”). The Company’s customers are buying this integrated system that provides them with these Smart Home Services. The number and type of Products purchased by a customer depends on their desired functionality. Because the Products and Services included in the customer’s contract are integrated and highly interdependent, and because they must work together to deliver the Smart Home Services, the Company has concluded that installed Products, related installation and Services contracted for by the customer are generally not distinct within the context of the contract and, therefore, constitute a single, combined performance obligation. Revenues for this single, combined performance obligation are recognized on a straight-line basis over the customer’s contract term. The Company has determined that certain contracts that do not require a long-term commitment for monitoring services by the customer contain a material right to renew the contract, because the customer does not have to purchase Products upon renewal. Proceeds allocated to the material right are recognized over the period of benefit, which is generally three typesyears.

The majority of transactions: (i)the Company’s subscription contracts are between three and five years in length and arenon-cancelable. These contracts with customers generally convert intomonth-to-month agreements at the end of the initial term, and some customer contracts aremonth-to-month from inception. Payment for recurring and other revenue, which includes revenues for monitoring and other smart home services, recognitionSmart Home Services is generally due in advance on a monthly basis.

Sales of deferred revenue associated withProducts and otherone-time fees such as service fees or installation fees are invoiced to the sales of Productscustomer at the time of installation, imputed interest associated with the RIC receivables and recurring monthly revenue associated withsale. Revenues for wireless internet service provided by Vivint Wireless Inc. (“Wireless Internet” or “Wireless”), (ii) service and other sales, which includesnon-recurring service fees charged to subscribers provided on contracts, contract fulfillment revenues and sales of productsany Products or Services that are considered separate performance obligations are recognized when those Products or Services are delivered. Taxes collected from customers and remitted to governmental authorities are not part of the Company’s service offerings, and (iii) activation fees on subscriber contracts, which are amortized over the expected life of the customer.

Recurring and other revenue includes (i) the Company’s subscriber contracts associated with Services, which areincluded in revenue. Payments received or amounts billed directly to the subscriber in advance generally monthly, pursuant to the terms of subscriber contracts and recognized ratably over the service period, (ii) monthlyrevenue recognition ofare reported as deferred Product revenue and (iii) imputed interest associated with the RIC receivables, which is recognized over the initial term of the RIC.

Service and other sales revenue is recognized as services are provided or when title to the products and equipment sold transfers to the customer. Contract fulfillment revenue, included in service and other sales, is recognized when payment is received from customers who cancel their contractin-term. Revenue from sales of products that are not part of the service offering and sold after the initial point of installation is generally recognized upon delivery of products.

Activation fees represent upfrontone-time charges billed to subscribers at the time of installation and are deferred. The Company amortizes deferred activation fees over 15 years using a 240% declining balance method, which converts to a straight-line methodology after approximately nine years when the resulting amortization exceeds that from the accelerated method. The Company evaluates subscriber account attrition on a periodic basis, utilizing observed attrition rates for the Company’s subscriber contracts and industry information and, when necessary, makes adjustments to the estimated subscriber relationship period and amortization method. Activation fees are no longer charged under Vivint Flex Pay, as these fees will no longer be billed separately to subscribers at the time of installation.revenue.

Deferred Revenue—Revenue

The Company’s deferred revenues primarily consist of amounts for sales (including upfront proceeds) of Products andSmart Home Services. Deferred Product revenues are recorded atrecognized over the time of sale and deferred in a pattern that reflects the estimated lifeterm of the subscriber relationships. The Company amortizes these deferred revenues over 15 years using a 240% declining balance method,related performance obligation, which convertsis generally three to a straight-line methodology after approximately nine years when the resulting amortization exceeds that from the accelerated method. Deferred Service revenues represent the amounts billed, generally monthly, in advance and collected from customers for services yet to be performed.five years.

Subscriber AcquisitionCapitalized Contract Costs—Subscriber acquisition

Capitalized contract costs represent the costs directly related and incremental to the origination of new subscribers. A portioncontracts, modification of existing contracts or to the fulfillment of the related subscriber acquisitioncontracts. These include commissions, other compensation and related costs incurred directly for the origination and installation of new or upgraded customer contracts, as well as the cost of Products installed in the customer home at the commencement or modification of the contract. These costs are deferred and amortized on a straight-line basis over the expected period of benefit that the Company has determined to be five years. Amortization of capitalized contract costs is included in “Depreciation and Amortization” on the consolidated statements of operations. These deferred costs are periodically reviewed for impairment. Contract costs not directly related and incremental to the origination of new contracts, modification of existing contracts or to the fulfillment of the related subscriber contracts are expensed as incurred, which includesincurred. These costs

include those associated with thedirect-to-home sale housing, marketing and recruiting,non-direct lead generation costs, certain portions of sales commissions (residuals),and residuals, overhead and other costs considered not directly and specifically tied to the origination of a particular subscriber. The remaining portion of the costs is considered to be directly tied to subscriber acquisition and consists primarily of certain portions of sales commissions, equipment and installation costs. These costs are deferred and recognized in a pattern that reflects the estimated life of the subscriber relationships. The Company amortizes subscriber acquisition costs over 15 years using a 240% declining balance method, which converts to a straight-line methodology after approximately nine years when the resulting amortization exceeds that from the accelerated method. The Company evaluates subscriber account attrition on a periodic basis, utilizing observed attrition rates for the Company’s subscriber contracts and industry information and, when necessary, makes adjustments to the estimated subscriber relationship period and amortization method.

On the condensed consolidated statement of cash flows, subscriber acquisition costs that are comprised of equipment and related installation costs purchased for or used in subscriber contracts in which the Company retains ownership to the equipment are classified as investing activities and reported as “Subscriber acquisition costs—company owned equipment”. All other subscriber acquisitioncapitalized contract costs are classified as operating activities and reported as “Subscriber acquisition costs—“Capitalized contract costs – deferred contract costs” on the condensed consolidated statements of cash flows as these assets represent deferred costs associated with customersubscriber contracts.

Cash and Cash Equivalents—Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consists of highly liquid investments with remaining maturities when purchased of three months or less.

Inventories

Inventories, which are comprised of smart home and security system equipmentProducts and parts, are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value with cost determined under thefirst-in,first-out (FIFO)(“FIFO”) method. The Company adjusts the inventory balance based on anticipated obsolescence, usage and historical write-offs.

Property, Plant and Equipment and Long-lived Assets and Intangibles

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost and depreciated on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets or the lease term for assets under capitalfinance leases, whichever is shorter. Intangible assets with definite lives are amortized over the remaining estimated economic life of the underlying technology or relationships, which ranges from five to ten years. Definite-lived intangible assets are amortized on the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the asset or in a pattern in which the economic benefits of the intangible asset are consumed. Amortization expense associated with leased assets is included with depreciation expense. Routine repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred.

The Company periodically assesses potential impairment of itsreviews long-lived assets, including property, plant and equipment, capitalized contract costs, and definite-lived intangibles and performs anfor impairment review wheneverwhen events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying valueamount may not be recoverable. In addition,The Company considers whether or not indicators of impairment exist on a regular basis and as part of each quarterly and annual financial statement close process. Factors the Company periodically assessesconsiders in determining whether events or not indicators of impairment exist include market factors and patterns of customer attrition. If indicators of impairment are identified, the Company estimates the fair value of the assets. An impairment loss is recognized if the carrying amount of a long-lived asset is not recoverable and exceeds its fair value.

The Company conducts an indefinite-lived intangible impairment analysis annually as of October 1, and as necessary if changes in circumstance continuefacts and circumstances indicate that the fair value of the Company’s indefinite-lived intangibles may be less than the carrying amount. When indicators of impairment do not exist and certain

accounting criteria are met, the Company is able to supportevaluate indefinite-lived intangible impairment using a qualitative approach. When necessary, the Company’s quantitative impairment test consists of two steps. The first step requires that the Company compare the estimated fair value of its indefinite-lived intangibles to the carrying value. If the fair value is greater than the carrying value, the intangibles are not considered to be impaired and no further testing is required. If the fair value is less than the carrying value, an indefinite life of certain intangibleimpairment loss in an amount equal to the difference is recorded.

During the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2018, no impairments to long-lived assets or warrant a revision tointangibles were recorded.

The Company’s depreciation and amortization included in the estimated useful lifeconsolidated statements of definite-lived intangible assets.

Wireless Spectrum Licenses—The Company has capitalized, as an intangible asset, wireless spectrum licenses that its subsidiary acquired from a third party. The cost basisoperations consisted of the wireless spectrumfollowing (in thousands):

   Three Months Ended March 31, 
           2019                   2018         

Amortization of capitalized contract costs

  $105,028   $95,363 

Amortization of definite-lived intangibles

   20,272    22,720 

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

   5,921    6,175 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total depreciation and amortization

  $131,221   $124,258 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Leases

Effective January 1, 2019 the Company accounts for leases under Topic 842 (seeRecently Adopted Accounting Standards below). Under Topic 842, the Company determines if an arrangement is a lease at inception. Leaseright-of-use (“ROU”) assets represent the Company’s right to use an underlying asset includes the purchase price paid for the licenseslease term and lease liabilities represent the obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. Lease ROU assets and liabilities are recognized at the time of acquisition, plus costs incurred to acquirelease commencement date based on the licenses. The asset and related liability were recorded at the net present value of future cash outflows usinglease payments over the Company’slease term. In determining the present value of lease payments, the Company uses the implicit rate when available. When implicit rates are not available, the Company uses an incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at commencement date. The lease ROU asset also includes any lease payments made and is reduced by lease incentives. Lease expense for lease payments is recognized on a straight-line basis over the timelease term. The Company does not record lease ROU assets and liabilities for leases with terms of acquisition.12 months or less.

Leases are classified as either operating or finance at lease inception. Operating lease assets and liabilities and finance lease liabilities are stated separately on the condensed consolidated balance sheets. Finance lease assets are included in property, plant and equipment, net on the condensed consolidated balance sheets.

The Company has determined that the wireless spectrum licenses meet the definition of indefinite-lived intangible assets because the licenses may be renewed periodically for a nominal fee, provided thatlease agreements with lease andnon-lease components. For facility type leases, the Company continuesseparates the lease andnon-lease components. Generally, the Company accounts for the lease andnon-lease components as a single lease component for all other class of leases.

Prior to meet the serviceadoption of Topic 842, the Company’s leases were classified as either operating or capital leases. Capital lease liabilities were stated separately on the condensed consolidated balance sheets and geographic coverage provisions. The Company has also determined that therecapital lease assets were included in property, plant and equipment, net on the condensed consolidated balance sheets. Operating leases were not recognized in the balance sheet. Capital lease balances are currently no legal, regulatory, contractual, competitive, economic or other factors that limitpresented on the useful livessame lines as finance lease balances for comparative prior periods in the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements. SeeRecently Adopted Accounting Standards below and note 12 “Leases” for additional information related to the impact of these wireless spectrum licenses.adopting Topic 842.

Long-term Investments

The Company’s long-term investments are comprisedcomposed ofavailable-for-sale equity securities in both privately held and cost-based investments in otherpublic companies. As of June 30, 2017March 31, 2019 and December 31, 2016, cost-

based2018, the Company’s equity investments totaled $0.6$6.1 million and $0.4 million andavailable-for-sale securities totaled $4.2 million and $4.0$3.9 million, respectively.

The Company’s marketable equity securities have been classified and accounted for asavailable-for-sale.Management determines the appropriate classificationfair value measurement of its investments at the time of purchase and reevaluates the classificationsfair value measurement at each balance sheet date. Marketable equityEquity securities are classified as either short-term or long-term, based on the nature of each security and its availability for use in current operations. The Company’s marketable equity securities are carried at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses reported in other income or loss within the statement of operations.

The Company’s equity investments without readily determinable fair values totaled $0.7 million as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”) in equity, with the exception of unrealized losses believed to be other-than-temporary which are reported in earnings in the current period. The cost of securities sold is based upon the specific identification method.

March 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively. The Company performs impairment analyses of its cost based investments without readily determinable fair values when events occur or circumstances change that would, more likely than not, reduce the fair value of the investment below its carrying value. When indicators of impairment do not exist, and certain accounting criteria are met, the Company evaluates impairment using a qualitative approach. Additionally, increases or decreases in the carrying amount resulting from observable price changes in orderly transactions for the identical or a similar investment of the same issuer are adjusted through the statement of operations as needed. As of March 31, 2019 and December 31, 2016,2018, no indicators of impairment or changes in observable prices existed associated with these cost based investments.investments without readily determinable fair values.

Deferred Financing Costs—Costs

Certain costs incurred in connection with obtaining debt financing are deferred and amortized utilizing the straight-line method, which approximates the effective-interest method, over the life of the related financing. Deferred financing costs incurredassociated with draw downs onobtaining APX Group, Inc.’s (“APX”) revolving credit facility will beare amortized over the amended maturity dates discussed in Note 2. If such financing is paid off or replaced prior to maturity with debt instruments that have substantially different terms, the unamortized costs are charged to expense.3. Deferred financing costs included in the accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheets within deferred financing costs, net at June 30, 2017March 31, 2019 and December 31, 20162018 were $3.4$1.8 million and $4.4$2.1 million, net of accumulated amortization of $7.9$9.9 million and $6.9$9.6 million, respectively. Deferred financing costs included in the accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheets within notes payable, net at June 30, 2017March 31, 2019 and December 31, 20162018 were $37.3$30.1 million and $39.4$32.4 million, net of accumulated amortization of $40.4$56.8 million and $35.6$54.6 million, respectively. Amortization expense on deferred financing costs recognized and included in interest expense in the accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated statements of operations, totaled $5.9$2.5 million and $5.6$2.7 million for the sixthree months ended June 30, 2017March 31, 2019 and 20162018, respectively (See Note 2)3).

Residual Income PlanPlans

The Company has a program that allows certain third-party sales channel partners to receive additional compensation based on the performance of the underlying contracts they create (the “Channel Partner Plan”). The Company also has a residual sales compensation plan (the “Residual Plan”) under which the Company’s sales personnel (each, a “Plan Participant”) receive compensation based on the performance of the underlying contracts they create. The

For both the Channel Partner Plan and Residual Plan, the Company calculates the present value of the expected future residual payments and recognizesrecords a liability for this amount in the period the commissions are earned. Subsequent accretion and adjustments to the estimated liabilitysubscriber account is originated. These costs are recorded as interest and operating expense, respectively.to capitalized contract costs. The Company monitors actual payments and customer attrition on a periodic basis and, when necessary, makes adjustments to the liability. The amount included in accrued payroll and commissions was $1.6$3.1 million and $1.2$4.9 million at June 30, 2017March 31, 2019 and December 31, 2016,2018, respectively, and the amount included in other long-term obligations was $9.0$16.8 million and $6.6$17.6 million at June 30, 2017March 31, 2019 and December 31, 2016, respectively, representing the present value of the estimated amounts owed to third-party sales channel partners.2018, respectively.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company measures compensation costscost based on the grant-date fair value of the award and recognizes that cost over the requisite service period of the awards (See Note 9)10).

During the first quarter of 2017, the Company adopted Accounting Standard Update (“ASU”)2016-09. Under the provisions of ASU2016-09, the Company has elected to recognize the impact of forfeitures when they occur with no adjustment for estimated forfeitures and recognizes excess tax benefits as a reduction of income tax expense regardless of whether the benefit reduces income taxes payable. Additionally, the Company recognizes the cash flow impact of such excess tax benefits in operating activities in the condensed consolidated

statements of cash flows. The Company adopted ASU2016-09 on a modified retrospective basis for the income statement impact of forfeitures and income taxes and have retrospectively applied ASU2016-09 to its condensed consolidated statements of cash flows for the impact of excess tax benefits. Accordingly, the Company recognized an immaterial cumulative adjustment charge for the adoption of the impact of forfeitures to beginning retained earnings as of January 1, 2017. The Company recognized no cumulative adjustment benefit for the excess tax benefit for the exercise of equity grants from prior fiscal years due to a full valuation allowance recorded against the excess tax benefits.

Advertising Expense

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising costs were $21.1$12.7 million and $17.0$13.7 million for the sixthree months ended June 30, 2017March 31, 2019 and 2016.2018, respectively.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes based on the asset and liability method. Under the asset and liability method, deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets when it is determined that it is more likely than not that some portion, or all, of the deferred tax asset will not be realized.

The Company recognizes the effect of an uncertain income tax position on the income tax return at the largest amount that ismore-likely-than-not more likely than not to be sustained upon audit by the relevant taxing authority. An uncertain income tax position will not be recognized if it has less than a 50% likelihood of being sustained. The Company’s policy for recording interest and penalties is to record such items as a component of the provision for income taxes.

Changes in tax laws and rates could also affect recorded deferred tax assets and liabilities in the future. The Company records the effect of a tax rate or law change on the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities in the period of enactment. Future tax rate or law changes could have a material effect on the Company’s results of operations, financial condition, or cash flows.

Concentrations of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk consist principally of receivables and cash. At times during the year, the Company maintains cash balances in excess of insured limits. The Company is not dependent on any single customer or geographic location. The loss of a customer would not adversely impact the Company’s operating results or financial position.

Concentrations of Supply Risk

As of June 30, 2017,March 31, 2019, approximately 65%82% of the Company’s installed panels were were SkyControl panels and 34%17% were 2GIG Go!Control panels and 1% were other panels. In connection withDuring the 2GIG Sale in April 2013,three months ended March 31, 2018 the Company entered intotransitioned to a five-year supply agreement with 2GIG, pursuant to which they will be the exclusive providernew panel supplier. The loss of the Company’s control panel requirements, subject to certain exceptions as provided in the supply agreement. The loss of 2GIG as a supplier could potentially impact the Company’sits operating results or financial position.

Fair Value Measurement

Fair value is based on the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Assets and liabilities subject toon-going fair value measurement are categorized and disclosed into one of three categories depending on observable or unobservable inputs employed in the measurement. These two types of inputs have created the following fair value hierarchy:

Level 1:

Level 1:Quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for assets and liabilities.

Level 2: Observable prices that are based on inputs not quoted in active markets, but corroborated by market data.

Level 3: Unobservable inputs are used when little or no market data is available.

Level 2:Observable prices that are based on inputs not quoted in active markets, but corroborated by market data.
Level 3:Unobservable inputs are used when little or no market data is available.

This hierarchy requires the Company to minimize the use of unobservable inputs and to use observable market data, if available, when determining fair value. The Company recognizes transfers between levels of the

hierarchy based on the fair values of the respective financial measurements at the end of the reporting period in which the transfer occurred. There were no transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy during the sixthree months ended June 30, 2017March 31, 2019 and 2016.2018.

The carrying amounts of the Company’s accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued and other liabilities approximate their fair values due to their short maturities.

Goodwill

The Company conducts a goodwill impairment analysis annually in the fourth fiscal quarter, as of October 1, and as necessary if changes in facts and circumstances indicate that the fair value of the Company’s reporting units may be less than itstheir carrying amount.amounts. When indicators of impairment do not exist and certain accounting criteria are met, the Company is able to evaluate goodwill impairment using a qualitative approach. When necessary, the Company’s quantitative goodwill impairment test consists of two steps. The first step requires that the Company compare the estimated fair value of its reporting units to the carrying value of the reporting unit’s net assets, including goodwill. If the fair value of the reporting unit is greater than the carrying value of its net assets, goodwill is not considered to be impaired and no further testing is required. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than the carrying value of its net assets, the Company would be required to complete the second step of the test by analyzing the fair value of its goodwill. If the carrying value of the goodwill exceeds its fair value, an impairment charge is recorded. The Company’s reporting units are determined based on its current reporting structure, which as of December 31, 2018 and March 31, 2019 consisted of two reporting units. As of June 30, 2017,March 31, 2019, there were no changes in facts and circumstances since the most recent annual impairment analysis to indicate impairment existed.

Foreign Currency Translation and Other Comprehensive Income

The functional currenciescurrency of Vivint Canada, Inc. and Vivint New Zealand, Ltd. areis the Canadian and New Zealand dollars, respectively.dollar. Accordingly, Vivint Canada, Inc. assets and liabilities are translated from their respective functional currencies into U.S. dollars atperiod-end rates and Vivint Canada, Inc. revenue and expenses are translated at the weighted-average exchange rates for the period. Adjustments resulting from this translation process are classified as other comprehensive income (loss) and shown as a separate component of equity.

When intercompany foreign currency transactions between entities included in the consolidated financial statements are of a long term investment nature (i.e., those for which settlement is not planned or anticipated in the foreseeable future) foreign currency translation adjustments resulting from those transactions are included in stockholders’ deficit as accumulated other comprehensive loss.loss or income. When intercompany transactions are deemed to be of a short term nature, translation adjustments are required to be included in the condensed consolidated statement of operations. The Company has determined that settlement of Vivint Canada, Inc. intercompany balances is anticipated and therefore such balances are deemed to be of a short term nature. Translation gainsactivity included in the statement of operations in other loss, net related to intercompany balances were $2.5 million and $4.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2017 and 2016.was as follows: (in thousands)

   Three Months Ended March 31, 
       2019           2018     

Translation (gain) loss

  $(1,701  $2,075 

Letters of Credit

As of June 30, 2017March 31, 2019 and December 31, 2016,2018, the Company had $8.7$13.9 million and $5.7$13.8 million, respectively, of letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, all of which are undrawn.

Restructuring and Asset Impairment Charges

Restructuring and asset impairment charges represent expenses incurred in relation to activities to exit or disposedisposal of portions of the Company’s business that do not qualify as discontinued operations. Liabilities associated with restructuring are measured at their fair value when the liability is incurred. Expenses for related termination benefits are recognized at the date the Company notifies the employee, unless the employee must provide future service, in which case the benefits are expensed ratably over the future service period. Liabilities related to termination of a contract are measured and recognized at fair value when the contract does not have any future economic benefit to the entity and the fair value of the liability is determined based on the present value of the remaining obligation. The Company expenses all other costs related to an exit or disposal activity as incurred (See Note 13)15).

NewRecent Accounting Pronouncements—In May 2014, the FASB originally issued ASU2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) which clarifies the principles used to recognize revenue for all entities. This guidance requires companies to recognize revenue when they transfer goods or services to a customer in an amount that reflects the consideration to which they expect to be entitled. In August 2015, the

FASB issued ASU2015-14 which deferred the effective date of ASU2014-09 by one year. In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU2016-08 to clarify the implementation guidance on principal versus agent considerations as it relates to Topic 606. In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU2016-10 to clarify the implementation guidance on identifying performance obligations and licensing as it relates to Topic 606. This update reduces the complexity when applying the guidance for identifying performance obligations and improves the operability and understandability of the license implementation guidance. In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU2016-12 to clarify the implementation guidance on Topic 606, which amends the guidance on transition, collectability,non-cash consideration and the presentation of sales and other similar taxes.

The Company currently plans to adopt Topic 606 at the beginning of 2018 using the modified retrospective approach with the cumulative effect of initially applying the new standard recognized at the date of initial application and providing certain additional disclosures. However, a final decision regarding the adoption method has not been made at this time. The Company’s final determination will depend on a number of factors, such as the significance of the impact of the new standard on the Company’s financial results, and system readiness, including the Company’s ability to accumulate and analyze the information necessary to assess the impact on prior period financial statements, as necessary.

The Company is in the early stages of evaluating the impact of the new standard on its accounting policies, processes, and system requirements. The Company has assigned internal resources in addition to the engagement of third-party service providers to assist in the evaluation. Furthermore, the Company has made and will continue to make investments in systems to enable timely and accurate reporting under the new standard. The Company expects the standard to have an effect on the subscriber acquisitions costs, net and deferred revenues included in our condensed consolidated balance sheets and the recognition of revenues and amortization of subscriber acquisition costs on the consolidated statement of operations. The Company does not expect the standard to have a significant impact to the consolidated statements of changes in equity or the consolidated statements of cash flows.

While the Company continues to assess the potential impacts of the new standard, including the areas described above, and anticipate this standard could have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements, the Company does not know or cannot reasonably estimate quantitative information related to the impact of the new standard on the financial statements at this time.

In June 2016, the FASBFinancial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASUAccounting Standard Update (“ASU”)2016-13, “Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326)” which modifies the measurement of expected credit losses of certain financial instruments. This update is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2019 and must be applied using a modified-retrospective approach, with early adoption permitted. The Company does not believeis evaluating the adoption of ASU2016-13 will haveand plans to provide additional information about its expected impact at a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.future date.

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842)” to increase transparency and comparability among organizations as it relates to lease assets and lease liabilities. The update requires that lease assets and lease liabilities be recognized on the balance sheet, and that key information about leasing arrangements be disclosed. Prior to this update, GAAP did not require operating leases to be recognized as lease assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet. This update is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2018 and must be applied using a

The Company adopted ASU2016-02 as of January 1, 2019, utilizing the modified retrospective approach with early adoption permitted.

The Company is in the initial stages of evaluating the impact of ASU2016-02 on its accounting policies, processes, and system requirements.using certain practical expedients. The Company’s current operating lease portfolio is primarily comprised of network, real estate, and equipment leases. Upon adoption of thisthe standard resulted in recording ROU assets of $75.5 million and lease liabilities of $85.9 million as of January 1, 2019. The ROU assets are lower than the lease liabilities as existing deferred rent and lease incentive liabilities were recorded against the ROU assets at adoption in accordance with the standard. The standard did not materially affect the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of operations or its condensed consolidated statements of cash flows. The standard also resulted in a reassessment that a sale would have occurred at January 1, 2019 for the Company’sbuild-to-suit building. As a result, the Company expectsclassifies the balance sheetleasing arrangement as an operating lease. The recognition of the sale-leaseback transaction resulted in an immaterial amount recorded to include a right of use asset and liability related to substantially all operating lease arrangements. The Company has assigned internal resources to perform the evaluation. Furthermore, the Company has made and will continue to make investments in systems to enable timely and accurate reporting under the new standard.

While the Company continues to assess the potential impacts of ASU2016-02, including the areas described above, and anticipate this standard could have a material impactopening equity. See Note 6 for additional information on the consolidated financial statements, the Company does not know or cannot reasonably estimate quantitativesale-leaseback transaction. See Note 12 “Leases” for additional information related to the impact of adopting this standard.

2. Revenue and Capitalized Contract Costs

Customers are typically invoiced for Smart Home Services in advance or at the new standard ontime the financial statementsCompany delivers the related Smart Home Services. The majority of customers pay at thisthe time of invoice via credit card, debit card or ACH. Deferred revenue relates to the advance consideration received from customers, which precedes the Company’s satisfaction of the associated performance obligation. The Company’s deferred revenues primarily result from customer payments received in advance for recurring monthly monitoring and other Smart Home Services, or otherone-time fees, because these performance obligations are satisfied over time.

NOTE 2—LONG-TERM DEBT

On November 16, 2012, APX issued $1.3 billion aggregate principal amount of notes, of which $925.0 million aggregate principal amount of 6.375% senior secured notes due 2019 (the “2019 notes”) mature on December 1,

During the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company recognized revenues of $86.4 million and $59.8 million, respectively, that were included in the deferred revenue balance as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

Transaction Price Allocated to the Remaining Performance Obligations

As of March 31, 2019, approximately $2.2 billion of revenue is expected to be recognized from remaining performance obligations for subscription contracts. The Company expects to recognize approximately 63% of the revenue related to these remaining performance obligations over the next 24 months, with the remaining balance recognized over an additional 36 months.

Timing of Revenue Recognition

The Company considers Products, related installation, and its proprietaryback-end cloud platform software and services an integrated system that allows the Company’s customers to monitor, control and protect their homes. These Smart Home Services are securedaccounted for as a single performance obligation that is recognized over the customer’s contract term, which is generally three to five years.

Capitalized Contract Costs

Capitalized contract costs generally include commissions, other compensation and related costs paid directly for the generation and installation of new or modified customer contracts, as well as the cost of Products installed in the customer home at the commencement or modification of the contract. The Company defers and amortizes these costs for new or modified subscriber contracts on a first-priority lienstraight-line basis by substantially allover the expected period of benefit of five years.

3. Long-Term Debt

The Company’s debt at March 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 consisted of the tangible and intangible assets whether now owned or hereafter acquired by the Company, subject to permitted liens and exceptions, and $380.0following (in thousands):

  March 31, 2019 
  Outstanding
Principal
  Unamortized
Premium
(Discount)
  Unamortized
Deferred
Financing
Costs (1)
  Net Carrying
Amount
 

Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facilities

 $40,000  $—    $—    $40,000 

8.75% Senior Notes due 2020

  679,299   1,958   (4,678  676,579 

8.875% Senior Secured Notes Due 2022

  270,000   (2,006  (564  267,430 

7.875% Senior Secured Notes Due 2022

  900,000   19,028   (11,983  907,045 

7.625% Senior Notes Due 2023

  400,000   —     (3,712  396,288 

Senior Secured Term Loan—noncurrent

  797,850   —     (9,202  788,648 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Long-Term Debt

  3,087,149   18,980   (30,139  3,075,990 

Senior Secured Term Loan—current

  8,100   —     —     8,100 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Debt

 $3,095,249  $18,980  $(30,139 $3,084,090 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

  December 31, 2018 
  Outstanding
Principal
  Unamortized
Premium
(Discount)
  Unamortized
Deferred
Financing
Costs (1)
  Net Carrying
Amount
 

8.75% Senior Notes due 2020

 $679,299  $2,230  $(5,380 $676,149 

8.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2022

  270,000   (2,122  (602  267,276 

7.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2022

  900,000   20,178   (12,799  907,379 

7.625% Senior Notes Due 2023

  400,000   —     (3,922  396,078 

Senior Secured Term Loan—noncurrent

  799,875   —     (9,662  790,213 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Long-Term Debt

  3,049,174   20,286   (32,365  3,037,095 

Senior Secured Term Loan—current

  8,100   —     —     8,100 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Debt

 $3,057,274  $20,286  $(32,365 $3,045,195 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)

Unamortized deferred financing costs related to the revolving credit facilities included in deferred financing costs, net on the condensed consolidated balance sheets at March 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 were $1.8 million and $2.1 million, respectively.

Notes Payable

2020 Notes

As of March 31, 2019, APX had $679.3 million outstanding aggregate principal amount of 8.75% senior notes due 2020 (the “2020 notes”), mature on with a maturity date of December 1, 2020.

During 2013,2022 Private Placement Notes

As of March 31, 2019, APX completed two offerings of additional 2020 notes under the indenture dated November 16, 2012. On May 31, 2013, the Company issued $200.0had $270.0 million of 2020 notes at a price of 101.75% and on December 13, 2013, APX issued an additional $250.0 million of 2020 notes at a price of 101.50%.

During 2014, APX issued an additional $100.0 million of 2020 notes at a price of 102.00%.

In October 2015, APX issued $300.0 millionoutstanding aggregate principal amount of 8.875% senior secured notes due 2022 (the “2022 private placement notes”), pursuant to a note purchase agreement dated as of October 19, 2015 in a private placement exempt from registration under the Securities Act.. The 2022 private placement notes will mature on December 1, 2022, unless on September 1, 2020 (the 91st day prior to the maturity of the 2020 notes) more than an aggregate principal amount of $190.0 million of such 2020 notes remain outstanding or have not been refinanced as permitted under the note purchase agreement for the 2022 private placement notes, in which case the 2022 private placement notes will mature on September 1, 2020. The 2022 private placement notes are secured, on a pari passu basis, by the collateral securing obligations under the 2019 notes, the 2022 private placement notes, and the 2022 notes (as defined below), and the 2023 notes (as defined below), and the revolving credit facilities and the Term Loan (as defined below), in each case, subject to certain exceptions and permitted liens.

In May 2016,2022 Notes

As of March 31, 2019, APX issued $500.0had $900.0 million outstanding aggregate principal amount of 7.875% senior secured notes due 2022 (the “2022 notes” and, together with the 2019 notes, the 2020 notes and the 2022 private placement notes, the “notes”), pursuant to an indenture dated as of May 26, 2016 among APX, the guarantors party thereto and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee and collateral agent.. The 2022 notes will mature on December 1, 2022, or on such earlier date when any outstanding pari passu lien indebtedness matures as a result of the operation of any “Springing Maturity” provision set forth in the agreements governing such pari passu lien indebtedness. The 2022 notes are secured, on a pari passu basis, by the collateral securing obligations under the 2019 notes and 2022 private placement notes, and the revolving credit facilities and the Term Loan, in all cases, subject to certain exceptions and permitted liens.

2023 Notes

As of March 31, 2019, APX used a portion of the net proceeds from the issuance of the 2022 notes to repurchase approximately $235had $400.0 million outstanding aggregate principal amount of the outstanding 20197.625% senior notes due 2023 (the “2023 notes” and, together with the 2020 notes, the 2022 notes and the 2022 private placement notes, in privately negotiated transactions and repaid borrowings under the existing revolving credit facility.“Notes”) with a maturity date of September 1, 2023.

In August 2016, APX issued an additional $100.0 million aggregate principal amount of the 2022 notes at a price of 104.00%.

In February 2017, APX issued an additional $300.0 million aggregate principal amount of the 2022 notes at a price of 108.25%. A portion of the net proceeds from the offering of these 2022 notes were used to redeem $300.0 million aggregate principal amount of the existing 2019 notes and pay the related redemption premium, and to pay all fees and expenses related thereto and any remaining proceeds will be used for general corporate purposes.

In accordance with ASC470-50 Debt—Modifications and Extinguishments, the Company performed an analysis on acreditor-by-creditor basis for the May 2016 issuance to determine if the repurchased 2019 notes and 2022 private placement notes were substantially different than the 2022 notes issued in May 2016. As a result of this analysis for the May 2016 issuance, during the three and six months ended June 30, 2016, the Company recorded $10.1 million of other expense and loss on extinguishment, consisting of $1.0 million of original issue discount and deferred financing costs associated with the 2019 notes and 2022 private placement notes, and $9.0 million of the $15.7 million of total costs incurred in conjunction with issuance of the 2022 notes. The original unamortized portion of deferred financing costs associated with new creditors and creditors under both the 2019 notes and the 2022 notes, whose debt instruments were not deemed to be substantially different, will be amortized to interest expense over the life of the 2022 notes.

The Company performed the same analysis on acreditor-by-creditor basis for the February 2017 issuance to determine if the repurchased 2019 notes were substantially different than the 2022 notes issued in February 2017. As a result of this analysis for the February 2017 issuance, during the six months ended June 30, 2017, the Company recorded $12.8 million of other expense and loss on extinguishment, consisting of $3.3 million of original issue discount and deferred financing costs associated with the 2019 notes and $9.5 million of the $15.6 million of total costs incurred in conjunction with issuance of the 2022 notes. The original unamortized portion of deferred financing costs associated with new creditors and creditors under both the 2019 notes and the 2022 notes, whose debt instruments were not deemed to be substantially different, will be amortized to interest expense over the life of the 2022 notes.

The following table presents deferred financing cost activity for the six months ended June 30, 2017 (in thousands):

   Unamortized Deferred Financing Costs 
   Balance
December 31,
2016
   Additions   Rolled
Over
  Early
Extinguishment
  Amortized  Balance
June 30,
2017
 

Revolving Credit Facility

  $4,420   $—     $—    $—    $(1,013 $3,407 

2019 Notes

   11,693    —      (1,476  (3,259  (1,310  5,648 

2020 Notes

   15,053    —      —     —     (1,923  13,130 

2022 Private Placement Notes

   903    —      —     —     (76  827 

2022 Notes

   11,714    6,077    1,476   —     (1,567  17,700 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Deferred Financing Costs

  $43,783   $6,077   $—    $(3,259 $(5,889 $40,712 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally by APX and each of APX’s existing restricted subsidiaries that guarantee indebtedness under APX’s revolving credit facility or our other indebtedness. Interest accrues at the rate of 6.375% per annum for the 2019 notes, 8.75% per annum for the 2020 notes, 8.875% per annum for the 2022 private placement notes, and 7.875% per annum for the 2022 notes and 7.625% per annum for the 2023 notes. Interest on the 2020 notes, 2022 private placement notes and 2022 notes is payable semiannually in arrears on each June 1 and December 1. Interest on the 2023 notes is payable semiannually in arrears on each March 1 and September 1. APX may redeem the notesNotes at the prices and on the terms specified in the applicable indenture, or the note purchase agreement.

Term Loan

In September 2018, APX entered into a credit agreement (the “September 2018 issuance”) for total term loans of $810.0 million (the “Term Loan”). The Company is required to make quarterly amortization payments under the Term Loan in an amount equal to 0.25% of the aggregate principal amount of Term Loan outstanding on the closing date thereof. The remaining principal amount outstanding under the Term Loan will be due and payable in full on March 31, 2024, or earlier if certain springing maturity conditions apply. The net proceeds from the Term Loan were usedin-part to redeem in full the entire $269.5 million outstanding aggregate principal amount of the 2019 notes and pay the related accrued interest and redemption premium, to repurchase approximately $250.7 million aggregate principal amount of the outstanding 2020 notes, to repay the outstanding borrowings under the revolving credit facility and to pay fees and expenses related to the Term Loan and the transactions described above.

Borrowings under the Term Loan bear interest at a rate per annum equal to an applicable margin plus, at the Company’s option, either (1) the base rate determined by reference to the highest of (a) the federal funds rate plus 0.50%, (b) the prime rate of Bank of America, N.A. and (c) the LIBOR rate determined by reference to the costs of funds for U.S. dollar deposits for an interest period of one month, plus 1.00% or (2) the LIBOR rate determined by reference to the London interbank offered rate for dollars for the interest period relevant to such borrowing. The applicable margin for base rate-based borrowings is 4.0% per annum and the applicable margin for LIBOR rate-based borrowings is 5.0% per annum. APX may prepay the Term Loan at the prices and on the terms specified in the credit agreement covering the Term Loan.

Deferred financing costs are amortized to interest expense over the life of the issued debt. The following table presents deferred financing activity for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and year ended December 31, 2018 (in thousands):

  Unamortized Deferred Financing Costs 
  Balance December 31,
2018
  Additions  Early Extinguishment  Amortized  Balance March 31,
2019
 

Revolving Credit Facility

 $2,058  $—    $—    $(261 $1,797 

2020 Notes

  5,380   —     —     (702  4,678 

2022 Private Placement Notes

  602   —     —     (38  564 

2022 Notes

  12,799   —     —     (816  11,983 

2023 Notes

  3,922   —     —     (210  3,712 

Term Loan

  9,662    —     (460  9,202 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Deferred Financing Costs

 $34,423  $—    $—    $(2,487 $31,936 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

  Unamortized Deferred Financing Costs 
  Balance December 31,
2017
  Additions  Early Extinguishment  Amortized  Balance December 31,
2018
 

Revolving Credit Facility

 $3,099  $—    $—    $(1,041 $2,058 

2019 Notes

  2,877   —     (1,877  (1,000  —   

2020 Notes

  11,209   —     (2,330  (3,499  5,380 

2022 Private Placement Notes

  752   —     —     (150  602 

2022 Notes

  16,067   —     —     (3,268  12,799 

2023 Notes

  4,762   —     —     (840  3,922 

Term Loan

  —     10,275   —     (613  9,662 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Deferred Financing Costs

 $38,766  $10,275  $(4,207 $(10,411 $34,423 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Revolving Credit Facility

On November 16, 2012, APX entered into a $200.0 million senior secured revolving credit facility, with a five year maturity. On March 6, 2015, APX amended and restated the credit agreement governing the revolving credit facility to provide for, among other things, (1) an increase in the aggregate commitments previously available to APX thereunder from $200.0 million to $289.4 million (“Revolving Commitments”) and (2) the extension of the maturity date with respect to certain of the previously available commitments. On August 10, 2017, APX further amended and restated the credit agreement governing the revolving credit facility to provide for, among other things, (1) an increase in the aggregate commitments previously available to the Company from $289.4 million to $324.3 million and (2) the extension of the maturity date with respect to certain of the previously available commitments.

Borrowings under the amended and restated revolving credit facility bear interest at a rate per annum equal to an applicable margin plus, at APX’s option, either (1) the base rate determined by reference to the highest of

(a) the Federal Funds rate plus 0.50%, (b) the prime rate of Bank of America, N.A. and (c) the LIBOR rate determined by reference to the costs of funds for U.S. dollar deposits for an interest period of one month, plus 1.00% or (2) the LIBOR rate determined by reference to the London interbank offered rate for dollars for the interest period relevant to such borrowing. The applicable margin for base rate-based borrowings (1)(a) under the Series A Revolving Commitments of approximately $247.5$267.0 million is and, when in effect, the Series CD Revolving Commitments of approximately $20.8$15.4 million is currentlywas 2.0% per annum and (b) under the Series B Revolving Commitments of approximately $21.2 million is currentlywas 3.0% and (2)(a) the applicable margin for LIBOR rate-based borrowings (a) under the Series A Revolving Commitments is, and, when in effect, the Series CD Revolving Commitments is currently 3.0% per annum and (b) under the Series B Revolving Commitments is currently 4.0%. The applicable margin for borrowings under the revolving credit facility is subject to one step-down of 25 basis points based on APX meeting a consolidated first lien net leverage ratio test at the end of each fiscal quarter. Outstanding borrowings under the amended and restated revolving credit facility are allocated on apro-rata basis between each Series based on the total Revolving Commitments.

In addition to paying interest on outstanding principal under the revolving credit facility, APX is required to pay a quarterly commitment fee (which will be subject to one interest rate step-down of 12.5 basis points, based on APX meeting a consolidated first lien net leverage ratio test) to the lenders under the revolving credit facility in respect of the unutilized commitments thereunder. APX also pays customary letter of credit and agency fees.

APX is not required to make any scheduled amortization payments under the revolving credit facility. The Series D Revolving Commitments of $15.4 million expired effective April 1, 2019 and the principal amount outstanding under the revolving credit facility will be due and payable in full on (1) with respect to thenon-extended commitments under the Series C Revolving Credit Facility, November 16, 2017 and (2) with respect to the extended commitments under the Series A Revolving Credit Facility and Series B Revolving Credit Facility on March 31, 2019.2021.

As of June 30, 2017 and DecemberMarch 31, 2016,2019 there were $100.0was $40.0 million and $0 of outstanding borrowings under the revolving credit facility.

The Company’s debt at June 30, 2017 and As of December 31, 2016 consisted2018, there were no outstanding borrowings under the revolving credit facility. As of March 31, 2019 the Company had $249.7 million of availability under the revolving credit facility (including the Series D Revolving Commitments scheduled to terminate effective April 1, 2019 and after giving effect to $13.9 million of letters of credit outstanding and $40.0 million of borrowings).

Guarantees

All of the following (in thousands):obligations under the credit agreement governing the revolving credit facility, the credit agreement governing the Term Loan and the debt agreements governing the Notes are guaranteed by APX Group Holdings, Inc. and each of APX Group, Inc.’s existing and future material wholly-owned U.S. restricted subsidiaries. However, such subsidiaries shall only be required to guarantee the obligations under the debt agreements governing the Notes for so long as such entities guarantee the obligations under the revolving credit facility, the credit agreement governing the Term Loan or the Company’s other indebtedness.

   June 30, 2017 
   Outstanding
Principal
   Unamortized
Premium
(Discount)
  Unamortized
Deferred
Financing
Costs(1)
  Net Carrying
Amount
 

Series C Revolving Credit Facility Due 2017

  $7,200   $—    $—    $7,200 

Series A, B Revolving Credit Facilities Due 2019

   92,800    —     —     92,800 

6.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2019

   419,465    —     (5,648  413,817 

8.75% Senior Notes due 2020

   930,000    5,129   (13,130  921,999 

8.875% Senior Secured Notes Due 2022

   270,000    (2,764  (827  266,409 

7.875% Senior Secured Notes Due 2022

   900,000    26,700   (17,700  909,000 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Long-Term Debt

  $2,619,465   $29,065  $(37,305 $2,611,225 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

   December 31, 2016 
   Outstanding
Principal
   Unamortized
Premium
(Discount)
  Unamortized
Deferred
Financing
Costs(1)
  Net Carrying
Amount
 

6.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2019

  $719,465   $—    $(11,693 $707,772 

8.75% Senior Notes due 2020

   930,000    5,848   (15,053  920,795 

8.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2022

   270,000    (2,960  (903  266,137 

7.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2022

   600,000    3,710   (11,714  591,996 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Long-Term Debt

  $2,519,465   $6,598  $(39,363 $2,486,700 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)Unamortized deferred financing costs related to the revolving credit facilities included in deferred financing costs, net on the condensed consolidated balance sheets at June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016 was $3.4 million and $4.4 million, respectively.

NOTE 3—RETAIL INSTALLMENT CONTRACT RECEIVABLES4. Retail Installment Contract Receivables

Certain subscribers have the option to purchase Products under a RIC, payable over either 42 or 60 months. Short-term RIC receivables are recorded in accounts and notes receivable, net and long-term RIC receivables are recorded in long-term investmentsnotes receivables and other assets, net in the condensed consolidated unaudited balance sheets.

The following table summarizes the installmentRIC receivables (in thousands):

 

   June 30, 2017 

RIC receivables, gross

  $80,608 

Deferred interest

   (24,889
  

 

 

 

RIC receivables, net of deferred interest

   55,719 

Classified on the condensed consolidated unaudited balance sheets as:

  

Accounts and notes receivable, net

  $8,478 

Long-term investments and other assets, net

   47,241 
  

 

 

 

RIC receivables, net

  $55,719 
  

 

 

 

   March 31, 2019  December��31, 2018 

RIC receivables, gross

  $173,254  $175,250 

Deferred interest

   (29,612  (34,163
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

RIC receivables, net of deferred interest

  $143,642  $141,087 

Classified on the condensed consolidated unaudited balance sheets as:

   

Accounts and notes receivable, net

  $35,370  $32,185 

Long-term notes receivables and other assets, net

   108,272   108,902 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

RIC receivables, net

  $143,642  $141,087 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Activity in the deferred interest for the RIC receivables was as follows (in thousands):

 

  Six months ended
June 30, 2017
   Three months ended
March 31, 2019
 Twelve months ended
December 31, 2018
 

Deferred interest, beginning of period

  $—     $34,163  $36,048 

Bad debt expense

   —   

Write-offs, net of recoveries

   (234   (6,923 (26,360

Change in deferred interest on short-term and long-term RIC receivables

   25,123    2,372  24,475 
  

 

   

 

  

 

 

Deferred interest, end of period

  $24,889   $29,612  $34,163 
  

 

   

 

  

 

 

Since the inception of RICs and during the three and six months ended June 30, 2017 theThe amount of RIC imputed interest income recognized in recurring and other revenue was $1.1$3.5 million and $1.2$3.3 million during the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

NOTE 4—BALANCE SHEET COMPONENTS

5. Balance Sheet Components

The following table presents material balance sheet component balances (in thousands):

 

  June 30,
2017
   December 31,
2016
   March 31, 2019 December 31, 2018 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

       

Prepaid expenses

  $11,680   $7,983   $12,984  $7,183 

Deposits

   2,474    1,046    1,353  904 

Other

   619    1,129    791  3,362 
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

 

Total prepaid expenses and other current assets

  $14,773   $10,158   $15,128  $11,449 
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

 

Subscriber acquisition costs

    

Subscriber acquisition costs

  $1,588,310   $1,373,080 

Capitalized contract costs

   

Capitalized contract costs

  $2,445,784  $2,361,795 

Accumulated amortization

   (418,023   (320,646   (1,352,919 (1,246,020
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

 

Subscriber acquisition costs, net

  $1,170,287   $1,052,434 

Capitalized contract costs, net

  $1,092,865  $1,115,775 
  

 

  

 

 

Long-term notes receivables and other assets

   

RIC receivables, gross

  $137,884  $143,065 

RIC deferred interest

   (29,612 (34,164

Security deposits

   7,126  6,586 

Investments

   6,099  3,865 

Other

   299  467 
  

 

  

 

 

Total long-term notes receivables and other assets, net

  $121,796  $119,819 
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

 

Accrued payroll and commissions

       

Accrued commissions

  $35,127   $22,187   $11,432  $28,726 

Accrued payroll

   19,074    24,101    25,849  36,753 
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

 

Total accrued payroll and commissions

  $54,201   $46,288   $37,281  $65,479 
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

       

Accrued interest payable

  $17,259   $16,944   $55,157  $28,885 

Accrued taxes

   10,305    3,376 

Current portion of derivative liability

   6,785    —      70,137  67,710 

Spectrum license obligation

   3,712    —   

Accrued payroll taxes and withholdings

   3,547    4,793 

Service warranty accrual

   8,825  8,813 

Current portion of notes payable

   8,100  8,100 

Loss contingencies

   2,231    2,571    2,131  3,131 

Blackstone monitoring fee, a related party

   1,125    1,389 

Other

   3,475    5,192    14,647  20,076 
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

 

Total accrued expenses and other current liabilities

  $48,439   $34,265   $158,997  $136,715 
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

 

   June 30,
2017
   December 31,
2016
 

Deferred revenue

    

Subscriber deferred revenues

  $37,277   $34,682 

Deferred product revenues

   18,819    —   

Deferred activation fees

   10,609    11,040 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred revenue

  $66,705   $45,722 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred revenue, net of current portion

    

Deferred product revenues

  $98,800   $975 

Deferred activation fees

   55,444    57,759 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred revenue, net of current portion

  $154,244   $58,734 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NOTE 5—PROPERTY PLANT AND EQUIPMENT6. Property Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

  June 30,
2017
   December 31,
2016
   Estimated
Useful Lives
  March 31, 2019   December 31, 2018   Estimated Useful
Lives
 

Vehicles

  $30,916   $31,416   3-5 years  $44,594   $45,050    3 - 5 years 

Computer equipment and software

   39,814    27,006   3-5 years   55,459    53,891    3 - 5 years 

Leasehold improvements

   18,095    17,717   2-15 years   27,609    26,401    2 - 15 years 

Office furniture, fixtures and equipment

   14,619    13,508   7 years   19,918    19,532    7 years 

Buildings

   702    702   39 years

Build-to-suit lease building

   8,247    5,004   10.5 years   —      8,247    10.5 years 

Construction in process

   3,397    9,908      4,205    2,975   
  

 

   

 

     

 

   

 

   

Property, plant and equipment, gross

   115,790    105,261      151,785    156,096   

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

   (50,131   (41,635     (87,171   (82,695  
  

 

   

 

     

 

   

 

   

Property, plant and equipment, net

  $65,659   $63,626     $64,614   $73,401   
  

 

   

 

     

 

   

 

   

Property, plant and equipment, net includes approximately $18.2$22.2 million and $21.2$26.2 million of assets under finance or capital lease obligations at June 30, 2017March 31, 2019 and December 31, 2016,2018, respectively, net of accumulated amortization of $13.3$23.2 million and $10.9$22.2 million, at June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively. Depreciation and amortization expense on all property, plant and equipment $9.7was $5.9 million and $8.1$6.2 million for the sixthree months ended June 30, 2017March 31, 2019 and 2016,2018, respectively. Amortization expense relates to assets under finance or capital leases and is included in depreciation and amortization expense.

In June 2016,As a result of implementing ASU2016-02, effective January 1, 2019 the Company entered into anon-cancellable lease, whereby the Company will occupy a new building constructed in Logan, UT as a location to further sales recruitment and training, as well as conduct research and development (the “Logan Facility”). Because of its involvement in certain aspects of the construction of the Logan Facility, per the terms of the lease, the Company was deemed the owner of the building for accounting purposes during the construction period. Accordingly, the Company recorded aCompany’sbuild-to-suit lease assetleasing arrangement was considered a sale-leaseback and is classified as an operating lease. This resulted in a reduction to property, plant and equipment, net of $6.1 million and a correspondingbuild-to-suit lease liability duringreduction of $6.6 million related the construction period.

In April 2017, construction on the Logan Facility was completed and the Company commenced occupancy. In accordance with ASC840-40 Sale-Leaseback Transactions, the building did not qualify for sale-leaseback treatment. As such, the Company will retain the building asset and correspondingfinancing lease obligation onwithin accrued expenses and other current liabilities and other long-term obligations. See Note 12 “Leases” for additional information related to the balance sheet. Accordingly, the Company has aimpact of adopting ASUbuild-to-suit2016-02. building asset, which totaled $8.2 million

7. Goodwill and $5.0 million, respectively, netIntangible Assets

Goodwill

As of accumulated depreciation of $0.2 million and $0 as of June 30, 2017March 31, 2019 and December 31, 2016, respectively. See Note10-Commitments and Contingencies for more information onbuild-to-suit arrangements.

NOTE 6—GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Goodwill

As of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016,2018, the Company had a goodwill balance of $836.1$835.4 million and $835.2$834.9 million, respectively. The change in the carrying amount of goodwill during the sixthree months ended June 30, 2017March 31, 2019 was the result of foreign currency translation adjustments.

Intangible assets, net

The following table presents intangible asset balances (in thousands):

 

 June 30, 2017 December 31, 2016    March 31, 2019 December 31, 2018   
 Gross
Carrying
Amount
 Accumulated
Amortization
 Net
Carrying
Amount
 Gross
Carrying
Amount
 Accumulated
Amortization
 Net
Carrying
Amount
 Estimated
Useful Lives
  Gross
Carrying
Amount
 Accumulated
Amortization
 Net
Carrying
Amount
 Gross
Carrying
Amount
 Accumulated
Amortization
 Net
Carrying
Amount
 Estimated
Useful Lives
 

Definite-lived intangible assets:

              

Customer contracts

 $967,702  $(588,747 $378,955  $965,179  $(539,910 $425,269  10 years  $965,670  $(737,443 $228,227  $964,100  $(717,648 $246,452   10 years 

2GIG 2.0 technology

 17,000  (11,877 5,123  17,000  (10,479 6,521  8 years  17,000  (15,603 1,397  17,000  (15,292 1,708   8 years 

Other technology

 2,917  (1,042 1,875  7,067  (4,984 2,083  5-7 years  2,917  (1,771 1,146  2,917  (1,667 1,250   5 - 7 years 

Space Monkey technology

 7,100  (3,167 3,933  7,100  (2,268 4,832  6 years  7,100  (6,019 1,081  7,100  (5,756 1,344   6 years 

Patents

 9,620  (4,766 4,854  8,724  (3,913 4,811  5 years  12,245  (9,136 3,109  12,123  (8,415 3,708   5 years 
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Total definite-lived intangible assets:

 $1,004,339  $(609,599 $394,740  $1,005,070  $(561,554 $443,516   $1,004,932  $(769,972 $234,960  $1,003,240  $(748,778 $254,462  

Indefinite-lived intangible assets:

              

Spectrum licenses

 $31,253  $—    $31,253  $31,253  $—    $31,253  

IP addresses

 $564  $—    $564  $564  $—    $564   564   —    564  564   —    564  

Domain names

 59   —    59  59   —    59   59   —    59  59   —    59  
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Total Indefinite-lived intangible assets

 31,876   —    31,876  31,876   —    31,876   623   —    623  623   —    623  
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Total intangible assets, net

 $1,036,215  $(609,599 $426,616  $1,036,946  $(561,554 $475,392   $1,005,555  $(769,972 $235,583  $1,003,863  $(748,778 $255,085  
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

During the year ended December 31, 2016, a subsidiary of the CompanyVivint Wireless entered into leasing agreements with a third partyNextlink Wireless, LLC (“Nextlink”) for designated radio frequency spectrum in 40mid-sized metropolitan markets. The lease term iswas for seven years, with an option to become the licensor of record with the Federal Communications Commission (“FCC”) with respect to the applicable spectrum licenses at the end of this term for a nominal fee. The Company acquired $31.3 million of spectrum licenses, measured using the present value of the lease payments, and recorded an intangible asset and a corresponding liability within other long-term obligations. While licenses are issued for only a fixed time, such licenses are subject to renewal by the FCC.

On January 10, 2018, Vivint Wireless and Verizon consummated the transactions contemplated by a termination agreement to which the parties agreed, among other things, to terminate the spectrum leases between Vivint Wireless and Nextlink, a subsidiary of Verizon, in exchange for a cash payment by Verizon to Vivint Wireless. The Company intends to renewcalculation of the licensesgain recorded for the three months ended March 31, 2018 included cash proceeds of $55.0 million, extinguishment of the spectrum license liability of $27.9 million, offset by thewrite-off of the spectrum license asset in the amount of $31.3 million and regulatory costs associated with the FCC atsale of $1.2 million for a total net gain on sale of $50.4 million which is included in other income, net in the endcondensed consolidated statement of the initial term. License renewals within the industry have occurred routinely and at nominal cost. Moreover, the Company has determined that there are currently no legal, regulatory, contractual, competitive, economic or other factors that limit the useful life of the licenses. As a result, the Company treats the wireless licenses as an indefinite-lived intangible asset.operations.

Amortization expense related to intangible assets was approximately $50.7$20.3 million and $58.5$22.7 million duringfor the sixthree months ended June 30, 2017March 31, 2019 and 2016,2018, respectively.

As of June 30, 2017,March 31, 2019, the remaining weighted-average amortization period for definite-lived intangible assets was 5.34.0 years. Estimated future amortization expense of intangible assets, excluding approximately $0.2$0.3 million in patents currently in process, is as follows as of June 30, 2017March 31, 2019 (in thousands):

 

2017—Remaining Period

  $50,945 

2018

   90,275 

2019

   78,452 

2019—Remaining Period

  $59,216 

2020

   67,579    67,990 

2021

   58,542    58,709 

2022

   48,759 

2023

   28 

Thereafter

   48,726    —   
  

 

   

 

 

Total estimated amortization expense

  $394,519   $234,702 
  

 

   

 

 

NOTE 7—FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS8. Financial Instruments

Cash, Cash Equivalents and MarketableEquity Securities

Cash equivalents andavailable-for-sale equity securities with readily available determinable fair values (“Corporate Securities”) are classified as level 1 assets, as they have readily available market prices in an active market. The Company held no money market funds as of June 30, 2017. As of March 31, 2019 and December 31, 2016,2018, the Company held $42.3 millionan immaterial amount of money market funds. As of June 30, 2017March 31, 2019 and December 31, 2016,2018, the company held $4.2$5.4 million and $4.0$3.2 million, respectively, of corporate securitiesCorporate Securities classified as level 1 investments.

The following tables set forth the Company’s cash and cash equivalents andavailable-for-sale securities’ Corporate Securities’ adjusted cost, gross unrealized gains, gross unrealized losses, gross realized gains, gross realized losses and fair value by significant investment category recorded as cash and cash equivalents or long-term investmentsnotes receivables and other assets, net as of June 30, 2017March 31, 2019 and December 31, 20162018 (in thousands):

 

  June 30, 2017  March 31, 2019 
  Adjusted Cost   Unrealized
Gains
   Unrealized
Losses
   Fair Value   Cash and Cash
Equivalents
   Long-Term
Investments
and Other
Assets, net
  Adjusted Cost Unrealized Gains Unrealized
Losses
 Fair Value Cash and Cash
Equivalents
 Long-Term Notes
Receivables and
Other Assets, net
 

Cash

  $1,470   $—     $—     $1,470   $1,470   $—    $3,599  $—    $—    $3,599  $3,599  $—   

Level 1:

                  

Money market funds

 92   —     —    92  92   —   

Corporate securities

   4,018    193    —      4,211    —      4,211  3,181  2,212   —    5,393   —    5,393 
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Subtotal

   4,018    193    —      4,211    —      4,211  3,273  2,212   —    5,485  92  5,393 
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total

  $5,488   $193   $—     $5,681   $1,470   $4,211  $6,872  $2,212  $—    $9,084  $3,691  $5,393 
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

  December 31, 2016  December 31, 2018 
  Adjusted Cost   Unrealized
Gains
   Unrealized
Losses
   Fair Value   Cash and Cash
Equivalents
   Long-Term
Investments
and Other
Assets, net
  Adjusted Cost Unrealized Gains Unrealized
Losses
 Fair Value Cash and Cash
Equivalents
 Long-Term Notes
Receivables and
Other Assets, net
 

Cash

  $1,191   $—     $—     $1,191   $1,191   $—    $6,681  $—    $—    $6,681  $6,681  $—   

Level 1:

                  

Money market funds

   42,329    —      —      42,329    42,329    —    6,092   —     —    6,092  6,092   —   

Corporate securities

   3,007    1,011    —      4,018    —      4,018  3,485   —    (304 3,181   —    3,181 
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Subtotal

   45,336    1,011    —      46,347    42,329    4,018  9,577   —    (304 9,273  6,092  3,181 
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total

  $46,527   $1,011   $—     $47,538   $43,520   $4,018  $16,258  $—    $(304 $15,954  $12,773  $3,181 
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

The corporate securitiesCorporate Securities represents the Company’s investment of $3.0 million in preferredpublicly traded common stock of a privately heldnon-affiliated company (“investee”) not affiliated with the Company. On October 28, 2016 the investee began

trading shares publicly and the Company’s preferred stock was converted to publicly traded common stock. As a result, the Company classified the investment as an available for sale security.. During the three and six months ended June 30, 2017,March 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company recorded an unrealized lossgain s of $0.4$2.2 million and a unrealized gain of $0.2$0.3 million, respectively, associated with the change in fair value of the investee’s stock. As of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, accumulated other comprehensive income associated with unrealized gains and losses for the change in fair value of the investment totaled $1.2 million and $1.0 million, respectively.

The carrying amounts of the Company’s accounts and notes receivable, accounts payable and accrued and other liabilities approximate their fair values due to their short maturities.values.

Long-Term Debt

Components of long-term debt including the associated interest rates and related fair values are as follows (in thousands, except interest rates):

 

  June 30, 2017   December 31, 2016   Stated Interest
Rate
   March 31, 2019   December 31, 2018   Stated
Interest
Rate
 

Issuance

  Face Value   Estimated Fair Value   Face Value   Estimated Fair Value     Face Value   Estimated
Fair Value
   Face Value   Estimated
Fair Value
 

2019 Notes

  $419,465   $431,462   $719,465   $743,783    6.375

2020 Notes

   930,000    962,550    930,000    946,275    8.75   679,299    669,110    679,299    643,568    8.75

2022 Private Placement Notes

   270,000    279,297    270,000    280,372    8.875   270,000    271,323    270,000    257,073    8.875

2022 Notes

   900,000    978,750    600,000    655,140    7.875   900,000    904,410    900,000    855,000    7.875

2023 Notes

   400,000    342,120    400,000    326,000    7.625

Term Loan

   805,950    805,950    807,975    807,975    N/A 
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

Total

  $2,519,465   $2,652,059   $2,519,465   $2,625,570     $3,055,249   $2,992,913   $3,057,274   $2,889,616   
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

The fair values of the 2019 notes, the 2020 notes, the 2022 private placement notes, and the 2022 notes, werethe 2023 notes, all of which are fixed-rate debt considered Level 2 measurements as the values were determined using observable market inputs, such as current interest rates, prices observable from less active markets, as well as prices observable from comparable securities. The Term Loan is floating-rate debt and approximates the carrying value as interest accrues at floating rates based on market rates.

Derivative Financial Instruments

Under the Consumer Financing Program, the Company pays a monthly fee to a third-party financing provider based on the average daily outstanding balance of the installment loans and shares the liability for credit losses, depending on the credit quality of the customer. Because of the nature of certain provisions under the Consumer Financing Program, the Company records a derivative liability that is not designated as a hedging instrument and is adjusted to fair value, measured using the present value of the estimated future payments. Changes to the fair value are recorded through other loss (income),income, net in the Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations. The following represent the contractual obligations with the third-party financing provider under the Consumer Financing Program that are components of the derivative:

 

The Company pays a monthly fee based on the average daily outstanding balance of the installment loans

 

The Company shares the liability for credit losses depending on the credit quality of the customer

 

The Company pays transactional fees associated with customer payment processing

DuringThe derivative is classified as a Level 3 instrument. The derivative positions are valued using a discounted cash flow model, with inputs consisting of available market data, such as market yield discount rates, as well as unobservable internally derived assumptions, such as collateral prepayment rates, collateral default rates and loss severity rates. These derivatives are priced quarterly using a credit valuation adjustment methodology. In summary, the three and six months ended June 30, 2017,fair value represents an estimate of the present value of the cash flows the Company realized no gains or loss on its derivative instruments.will be obligated to pay to the third-party financing provider for each component of the derivative.

The following table summarizes the fair value measured using Level 2 fair value inputs, and the notional amount of the Company’s outstanding derivative instrument as of June 30, 2017March 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 (in thousands):

 

  June 30, 2017   March 31, 2019   December 31, 2018 
  Fair Value   Notional
Amount
 

Consumer Financing Program Contractual Obligations

  $16,092   $68,076 

Consumer Financing Program Contractual Obligations:

    

Fair value

  $120,671   $117,620 

Notional amount

   385,955    368,708 

Classified on the condensed consolidated unaudited balance sheets as:

        

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

   6,785      70,137    67,710 

Other long-term obligations

   9,307      50,534    49,910 
  

 

     

 

   

 

 

Total Consumer Financing Program Contractual Obligation

  $16,092     $120,671   $117,620 
  

 

     

 

   

 

 

NOTE 8—INCOME TAXESChanges in Level 3 Fair Value Measurements

The following table summarizes the change in the fair value of the Level 3 outstanding derivative liability instrument for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and the twelve months ended December 31, 2018 (in thousands):

   Three months ended
March 31, 2019
   Twelve months ended
December 31, 2018
 

Balance, beginning of period

  $117,620   $46,496 

Additions

   16,480    93,095 

Settlements

   (14,856   (34,587

Losses included in earnings

   1,427    12,616 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

  $120,671   $117,620 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

9. Income Taxes

In order to determine the quarterly provision for income taxes, the Company uses an estimated annual effective tax rate, which is based on expected annual income and statutory tax rates in the various jurisdictions in which the Company operates. Certain significant or unusual items are separately recognized in the quarter during which they occur and can be a source of variability in the effective tax rates from quarter to quarter.

The Company’s effective income tax benefit rate for the sixthree months ended June 30, 2017March 31, 2019 and 20162018 was approximately a negative 0.7%0.34% and a negative 0.5%0.51%, respectively. Income tax expense for the sixthree months ended June 30, 2017March 31, 2019 was affected by an intraperiod tax allocation dueyear to unrealized gainsdate projected loss in Canada and losses on investments held byestimated minimum state taxes in the Company and prior yearreturn-to-provision true up adjustments on the Canadian tax return.US. Both the 20172019 and 20162018 effective tax rates are less thandiffer from the statutory rate primarily due to the combination of not benefiting from expectedpre-tax US losses, a result of changes to the valuation allowance, and recognizing current state income tax expense for minimum state taxes.

Significant judgment is required in determining the Company’s provision for income taxes, recording valuation allowances against deferred tax assets, and evaluating the Company’s uncertain tax positions. In evaluating the ability to realize its deferred tax assets, in full or in part, the Company considers all available positive and negative evidence, including past operating results, forecasted future earnings, and prudent and feasible tax planning strategies. Due to historical net losses incurred and the uncertainty of realizing the deferred tax assets, for all the periods presented, the Company has maintained a fulldomestic valuation allowance against the deferred tax assets that remain after offset by domestic deferred tax assets. The Company has not recordedliabilities, and the company currently anticipates recording a valuation allowance against itsnet foreign deferred tax assets due to being in a net deferred tax liability position.by the end of the current year.

During the first quarter of 2017, the Company adopted ASU2016-09. Under the provisions of ASU2016-09, the Company recognizes the impact of stock-based compensation award forfeitures when they occur with no adjustment for estimated forfeitures

10. Stock-Based Compensation and recognizes excess tax benefits as a reduction of income tax expense regardless of whether the benefit reduces income taxes payable. The Company recognized no cumulative adjustment benefit for the excess tax benefit for the exercise of equity grants from prior fiscal years due to a full valuation allowance recorded against the excess tax benefits.Equity

NOTE 9—STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION AND EQUITY

313 Incentive Units

The Company’s indirect parent, 313 Acquisition LLC (“313”), which is majority owned by Blackstone, has authorized the award of profits interests, representing the right to share a portion of the value appreciation on the initial capital contributions to 313 (“Incentive Units”). In March 2015, a total of 4,315,106 Incentive Units

previously issued to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and President were voluntarily relinquished. The Company recorded all unrecognized stock-based compensation associated with such Incentive Units at the time the Incentive Units were relinquished. As of June 30, 2017, 85,812,836March 31, 2019, 84,132,816 Incentive Units had been awarded, and were outstanding, to current and former members of senior management and a board member, of which 42,169,456 were outstanding to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and President. TheIn June 2018, the Incentive Units areand SARs (defined below) vesting terms were modified (“Modification”). Prior to the Modification, the Incentive Units were subject to time-based and performance-based vesting conditions, with(1) one-third subject to ratable time-based vesting over a five year period from the applicable vesting reference date and(2) two-thirds subject to the achievement of certain investment return thresholds by The Blackstone Group, L.P. and its affiliates (“Blackstone”). Pursuant to the Modification the Incentive Units are subject to time-based and performance-based vesting conditions, with(1) one-third subject to ratable time-based vesting over a five year period from the applicable vesting reference date,(2) one-third subject to the achievement of certain investment return thresholds by Blackstone and(3) one-third subject to ratable time-based vesting over a five year period from the applicable vesting reference date or June 2018 for those granted prior to the modification. The Company has not recorded any expense related to the performance-based portion of the awards, as the achievement of the vesting condition is not yet deemed probable. The fair value of stock-based awards is measured at the grant date, or the Modification date, and is recognized as expense over the employee’s requisite service period. The grant date fair value was primarily determined using a Monte Carlo simulation valuation approach with the following assumptions: expected volatility varies from 55% to 125%; expected exercise term between 3.96 and 6.00 years; and risk-free rates between 0.62% and 1.18%2.61%.

Vivint Stock Appreciation Rights

The Company’s subsidiary, Vivint Group, Inc. (“Vivint Group”), has awarded Stock Appreciation Rights (“SARs”) to various levels of key employees and board members, pursuant to an omnibus incentive plan. The purpose of the SARs is to attract and retain personnel and provide an opportunity to acquire an equity interest of Vivint Group. ThePrior to the Modification in June 2018, the SARs arewere subject to time-based and performance-based vesting conditions, with(1) one-third subject to ratable time-based vesting over a five year period from the applicable vesting reference date and(2) two-thirds subject to the achievement of certain investment return thresholds by 313.Blackstone. Pursuant to the Modification the Incentive Units are subject to time-based and performance-based vesting conditions, with(1) one-third subject to ratable time-based vesting over a five year period from the applicable vesting reference date,(2) one-third subject to the achievement of certain investment return thresholds by Blackstone and(3) one-third subject to ratable time-based vesting over a five year period from the applicable vesting reference date or June 2018 for those granted prior to the modification. The Company has not recorded any expense related to the performance-based portion of the awards, as the achievement of the vesting condition is not yet deemed probable. In connection with this plan, 24,646,06236,576,342 SARs were outstanding as of June 30, 2017.March 31, 2019. In addition, 53,621,891 SARs have been set aside for funding incentive compensation pools pursuant to long-term sales and installation employee incentive plans established by the Company. On April 1, 2015, a new plan was created and all issued and outstanding Vivint, Inc. (“Vivint”) SARs werere-granted and all reserved SARs were converted under the new Vivint Group plan. The Company assessed the conversion of the SARs as a modification of equity instruments. The restructuring did not change the fair value of the existing awards and as such, no incremental compensation expense was incurred as a result of the restructuring.

The fair value of the Vivint Group awards is measured at the grant date, or the Modification date, and is recognized as expense over the employee’s requisite service period. The fair value is determined using a Black-Scholes option valuation model with the following assumptions: expected volatility varies from 55% to 125%, expected dividends of 0%; expected exercise term between 6.00 and 6.47 years; and risk-free rates between 0.61% and 1.77%2.61%. Due to the lack of historical exercise data, the Company used the simplified method in determining the estimated exercise term, for all Vivint Group awards.

WirelessRestricted Stock Appreciation RightsUnits

TheIn March 2019 and June 2018, the Company’s subsidiary, Vivint Wireless, hasGroup, awarded SARs236,111 and 360,000 Restricted Stock Units (“RSUs”), respectively, to various key employees,certain board members, pursuant to an omnibus incentive plan.

The purpose of the SARsRSUs is to attractcompensate board members for their board service and retain personnel and provide an opportunity to acquire an equity interestalign their interests of Vivint Wireless.those of the Company’s shareholders. The SARsRSUs are subject to a fivethree year time-based ratable vesting period. In connection with this plan, 17,500 SARs were outstanding as of June 30, 2017. The Company does not intend to issue any additional Wireless SARs.

The fair value of the Vivint Wireless awards is measured at the grant date and is recognized as expense over the employee’s requisite service period. The fair value is determined using a Black-Scholes option valuation model with the following assumptions: expected volatility of 65%, expected dividends of 0%; expected exercise term between 6.00 and 6.50 years; and risk-free rates between 1.51% and 1.77%. Due to the lack of historical exercise data, the Company used the simplified method in determining the estimated exercise term, for all Vivint Wireless awards.

Stock-based compensation expense in connection with all stock-based awards is presented as follows (in thousands):

 

  Six Months
Ended June 30,
   Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
  2017   2016     2019       2018   

Operating expenses

  $40   $31   $43   $18 

Selling expenses

   110    (239   87    45 

General and administrative expenses

   736    3,038    727    141 
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total stock-based compensation

  $886   $2,830   $857   $204 
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Stock-based compensation expense presentedThe increase in selling expenses was negativetotal stock-based compensation for the sixthree months ended June 30, 2016March 31, 2019 was primarily due to a retrospective adjustmentthe Modification in the grant-date fair value of a series of stock-based awards. Stock-based compensation expense included in generalJune 2018.

11. Commitments and administrative expenses for both the three and six months ended June 30, 2016 included $2.2 million of compensation related to an equity repurchase by 313 from one of the Company’s executives.Contingencies

Capital Contribution—IndemnificationIn April 2016, APX Parent Holdco, Inc. (“Parent”), the parent company of the Company, completed the first installment of an issuance and sale to certain investors of a series of preferred stock and contributed the net proceeds from such issuance of $69.8 million to the Company as an equity contribution. In July 2016, Parent completed the final installment of the issuance and sale to certain investors of such series of preferred stock and, in August 2016, contributed the net proceeds from such issuance of $30.6 million to the Company as an equity contribution. Both issuances were private placements exempt from registration under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

NOTE 10—COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

IndemnificationSubject to certain limitations, the Company is obligated to indemnify its current and former directors, officers and employees with respect to certain litigation matters and investigations that arise in connection with their service to the Company. These obligations arise under the terms of its certificate of incorporation, its bylaws, applicable contracts, and Delaware and California law. The obligation to indemnify generally means that the Company is required to pay or reimburse thethese individuals’ reasonable legal expenses and possibly damages and other liabilities incurred in connection with these matters.

Legal

The Company is named from time to time as a party to lawsuits arising in the ordinary course of business related to its sales, marketing, and the provision of its services and equipment claims. Actions filed against the Company include commercial, intellectual property, customer, and labor and employment related claims, including complaints of alleged wrongful termination and potential class action lawsuits regarding alleged violations of federal and state wage and hour and other laws. In general, litigation can be expensive and disruptive to normal business operations. Moreover, the results of legal proceedings are difficult to predict and the costs incurred in litigation can be substantial. The Company believes the amounts provided in its financial statements are adequate in light of the probable and estimated liabilities. Factors that the Company considers in the determination of the likelihood of a loss and the estimate of the range of that loss in respect of legal matters include the merits of a particular matter, the nature of the matter, the length of time the matter has been pending, the procedural posture of the matter, how the Company intends to defend the matter, the likelihood of settling the matter and the anticipated range of a possible settlement. Because such matters are subject to many uncertainties, the ultimate outcomes are not predictable and there can be no assurances that the actual amounts required to satisfy alleged liabilities from the matters described above will not exceed the amounts reflected in the Company’s financial statements or that the matters will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

The Company regularly reviews outstanding legal claims and actions to determine if reserves for expected negative outcomes of such claims and actions are necessary. The Company had reserves for all such matters of

approximately $2.2$2.1 million and $2.6$3.1 million as of June 30, 2017March 31, 2019 and December 31, 2016,2018, respectively. In conjunction with one of the settlements, the Company is obligated to pay certain future royalties, based on sales of future products.Products.

Operating Leases

The Company leases office and warehouse space certain equipment, towers, wireless spectrum, software and an aircraft under operating leases with related and unrelated parties expiring in various years through 2028. The leases require the Company to pay additional rent for increases in operating expenses and real estate taxes and contain renewal options. The Company’sTotal rent expense for all operating lease arrangements and related terms consisted ofleases for the following (in thousands):three months ended March 31, 2018 was $4.3 million.

   Rent Expense
   For the six months ended,    
   June 30,
2017
   June 30,
2016
   Lease Term

Arrangement

           

Warehouse, office space and other

  $5,885   $5,593   11-15 years

Wireless towers and spectrum

   2,344    2,367   1-10 years
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total Rent Expense

  $8,229   $7,960   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Capital Leases

The Company also enters into certain capital leases with expiration dates through June 2021.July 2022. On an ongoing basis, the Company enters into vehicle lease agreements under a Fleet Lease Agreement. The lease agreements are typically 36 monthsmonth leases for each vehicle and the average remaining life for the fleet is 1410 months, as of June 30, 2017.March 31, 2019. As of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016,2018, the capital lease obligation balance was $13.7 million$13.3 million.

See Note 12 “Leases” for additional information related to the impact of adopting Topic 842.

12. Leases

The Company has operating leases for corporate offices, warehouse facilities, research and $17.7 million, respectively.development and other operating facilities, an aircraft, and other operating assets. The Company has finance leases for vehicles, office equipment and other warehouse equipment. The leases have remaining terms of 1 year to 9 years, some of which include options to extend the leases for up to 10 years, and some of which include options to terminate the leases within 1 year.

Spectrum Licenses—During the year ended December 31, 2016, a subsidiaryThe components of the Company entered into leasing agreements with a third party for designated radio frequency spectrum in 40mid-sized metropolitan markets. The initiallease expense were as follows (in thousands):

   Three Months Ended
March 31, 2019
 

Operating lease cost

  $4,298 

Finance lease cost:

  

Amortization ofright-of-use assets

  $1,376 

Interest on lease liabilities

   154 
  

 

 

 

Total finance lease cost

  $1,530 
  

 

 

 

Supplemental cash flow information related to leases was as follows (in thousands):

   Three Months Ended
March 31, 2019
 

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:

  

Operating cash flows from operating leases

  $(4,375

Operating cash flows from finance leases

   (154

Financing cash flows from finance leases

   (2,136

Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for lease obligations:

  

Operating leases

  $584 

Finance leases

   230 

Supplemental balance sheet information related to leases was as follows (in thousands, except lease term is for seven years, with an option to become the licensorand discount rate):

   March 31,
2019
 

Operating Leases

  

Operating leaseright-of-use assets

  $72,891 

Current operating lease liabilities

  $11,749 

Operating lease liabilities

   71,964 
  

 

 

 

Total operating lease liabilities

  $83,713 
  

 

 

 

Finance Leases

  

Property, plant and equipment, gross

  $45,440 

Accumulated depreciation

   (23,205
  

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

  $22,235 
  

 

 

 

Current finance lease liabilities

  $7,114 

Finance lease liabilities

   3,952 
  

 

 

 

Total finance lease liabilities

  $11,066 
  

 

 

 

Weighted Average Remaining Lease Term

  

Operating leases

   7 years 

Finance leases

   1.5 years 

Weighted Average Discount Rate

  

Operating leases

   7

Finance leases

   4

Maturities of record with the FCC with respect to the applicable spectrum licenses at the endlease liabilities were as follows (in thousands):

   Operating
Leases
   Finance
Leases
 

Year Ending December 31,

    

2019 (excluding the three months ended March 31, 2019)

  $13,163   $5,827 

2020

   16,345    5,167 

2021

   15,649    384 

2022

   14,514    38 

2023

   14,553    —   

Thereafter

   32,404    —   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total lease payments

   106,628    11,416 

Less imputed interest

   (22,915   (350
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $83,713   $11,066 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of this initial term for a nominal fee. While licenses are issued for only a fixed time, such licenses are subject to renewal by the Federal Communications Commission (FCC). The Company intends to renew the licenses at the end of the initial term. License renewals within the industry have occurred routinely and at nominal cost. Moreover,March 31, 2019, the Company has determinedan additional facility operating lease that there are currently no legal, regulatory, contractual, competitive, economic or other factors that limit the useful lifehas not yet commenced of the licenses. As$0.6 million. The operating lease will commence in fiscal year 2019 with a result, the Company treats these Spectrum licenses as an indefinite-lived intangible asset.lease term of 5 years.

Build-to-Suit Lease Arrangements—In June 2016, the Company entered into anon-cancellable lease, whereby the Company will occupy the Logan Facility. In 2016, because of its involvement in certain aspects of the construction of the Logan Facility, per the terms of the lease, the Company was deemed the owner of the building for accounting purposes during the construction period. Accordingly, the Company recorded abuild-to-suit lease asset and a correspondingbuild-to-suit lease liability during the construction period.

In April 2017, construction on the Logan Facility was completed and the Company commenced occupancy. In accordance with ASC840-40 Sale-Leaseback13. Related Party Transactions the building did not qualify for sale-leaseback treatment. As such, the Company will retain the building asset and corresponding lease obligation on the balance sheet. Accordingly, the Company has abuild-to-suit building asset, which totaled $8.2 million and $5.0 million, respectively, net of accumulated depreciation of $0.2 million and $0 as of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively.

NOTE 11—RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Transactions with Vivint Solar

The Company has negotiated and entered into a number of agreements with its sister company, Vivint Solar, Inc. (“Solar”) have. Some of those agreements related to Solar’s use of certain of the Company’s information technology and infrastructure services; however, Solar stopped using such services in July 2017. In August 2017, the Company entered into agreementsa sales dealer agreement with Solar, pursuant to which each company will act as a

non-exclusive dealer for the other party to market, promote and sell each other’s products. The agreement has an initial term of two years and replaces substantially all of the activities being undertaken under which the parties’ former marketing and customer relations agreement. The Company subleased corporate office space through October 2014, and provides certain other ongoing administrative servicesSolar also agreed to Solar.extend the term of thenon-solicitation provisions under an existingnon-competition agreement to match the term of the sales dealer agreement. During the sixthree months ended June 30, 2017March 31, 2019 and 2016,2018, the Company charged $1.1$2.4 million and $2.8$1.0 million, respectively, of general and administrativenet expenses to Solar in connection with these agreements. The balance due from Solar in connection with these agreements and other expenses paid on Solar’s behalf was $0.2 millionimmaterial at both June 30, 2017March 31, 2019 and December 31, 2016,2018, respectively, and is included in prepaid expenses and other current assets in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheets.

Also in connection with Solar’s initial public offering, the Company entered into a number of agreements with Solar related to services and other support that it has provided and will provide to Solar including:

A Master Intercompany Framework Agreement which establishes a framework for the ongoing relationship between the Company and Solar and contains master terms regarding the protection of each other’s confidential information, and master procedural terms, such as notice procedures, restrictions on assignment, interpretive provisions, governing law and dispute resolution;

ANon-Competition Agreement in which the Company and Solar each define their current areas of business and their competitors, and agree not to directly or indirectly engage in the other’s business for three years;

A Transition Services Agreement pursuant to which the Company will provide to Solar various enterprise services, including services relating to information technology and infrastructure, human resources and employee benefits, administration services and facilities-related services;

A Product Development and Supply Agreement pursuant to which one of Solar’s wholly owned subsidiaries will, for an initial term of three years, subject to automatic renewal for successiveone-year periods unless either party elects otherwise, collaborate with the Company to develop certain monitoring and communications equipment that will be compatible with other equipment used in Solar’s energy systems and will replace equipment Solar currently procures from third parties;

A Marketing and Customer Relations Agreement which governs various cross-marketing initiatives between the Company and Solar, in particularly the provision of sales leads from each company to the other; and

A Trademark License Agreement pursuant to which the licensor, a special purpose subsidiary majority-owned by the Company and minority-owned by Solar, will grant Solar a royalty-free exclusive license to the trademark “VIVINT SOLAR” in the field of selling renewable energy or energy storage products and services.

In November 2016, the Company amended the Marketing and Customer Relations Agreement with Solar to update certain terms and conditions governing existing cross-marketing initiatives and to implement new cross-marketing initiatives, including a pilot program with the purpose of exploring potential opportunities for each company to offer, sell and integrate the other company’s respective products and services with its standard product offering. The pilot program is still ongoing.

Other Related-party Transactions

Long-term investments and other assets, includes amounts due fornon-interest bearing advances made to employees that are expected to be repaid in excess of one year. Amounts due from employees as of both June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, amounted to approximately $0.3 million. As of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, this amount was fully reserved.

Prepaid expenses and other current assets at June 30, 2017March 31, 2019 and December 31, 20162018 included a receivable for $0.2 million and $0.4$1.8 million, respectively, from certain members of management in regards to their personal use of the corporate jet.

The Company incurred additional expenses of $0.8$0.4 million and $1.2$0.6 million during the sixthree months ended June 30, 2017March 31, 2019 and 2016,2018, respectively, for other related-party transactions including contributions to the charitable organization Vivint Gives Back, legal fees, and other services. Accrued expenses and other current liabilities at June 30, 2017March 31, 2019 and December 31, 2016,2018, included a net payable to Vivint Gives Back for $0.7associated with these related-party transactions of $0.1 million and $1.8$0.2 million, respectively.

On November 16, 2012, the Company was acquired by an investor group comprised of certain investment funds affiliated with Blackstone Capital Partners VI L.P., and certainco-investors and management investors through certain mergers and related reorganization transactions (collectively, the “Merger”). In connection with the Merger, the Company engaged Blackstone Management Partners L.L.C. (“BMP”) to provide monitoring, advisory and consulting services on an ongoing basis. In consideration for these services, the Company agreed to pay an annual monitoring fee equal to the greater of (i) a minimum base fee of $2.7 million, subject to adjustments if the Company engages in a business combination or disposition that is deemed significant and (ii) the amount of the monitoring fee paid in respect of the immediately preceding fiscal year, without regard to any post-fiscal year“true-up” adjustments as determined by the agreement. The Company incurred expenses for such services of approximately $2.4$1.0 million and $1.9$1.2 million during the sixthree months ended June 30, 2017March 31, 2019 and 2016,2018, respectively. Accrued expenses and other current liabilities at June 30, 2017March 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, included a liability for $1.1 million to BMP in regards to the monitoring fee.fee for $1.0 million and $4.8 million, respectively.

Under the support and services agreement, the Company also engaged BMP to arrange for Blackstone’s portfolio operations group to provide support services customarily provided by Blackstone’s portfolio operations group to Blackstone’s private equity portfolio companies of a type and amount determined by such portfolio services group to be warranted and appropriate. BMP will invoice the Company for such services based on the time spent by the relevant personnel providing such services during the applicable period but in no event shall the Company be obligated to pay more than $1.5 million during any calendar year. During the three and six months ended June 30, 2017March 31, 2019 and 20162018 the Company incurred no costs associated with such services.

An affiliate of Blackstone Advisory Partners L.P. participated as one of the initial purchasersarrangers in the issuance of 2022 notesTerm Loan in May 2016, as well as the issuance of additional 2022 Notes in August 2016 and February 2017September 2018 and received approximately $0.9 million of total fees at the time of closing of such issuances aggregating approximately $0.7 million.associated with this issuance.

In April 2016, Parent completedSeptember 2018, GSO Capital Partners, an affiliate of Blackstone, participated as a lender in the first installmentTerm Loan. As of an issuanceMarch 31, 2019 and sale to certain investorsDecember 31, 2018, GSO Capital Partners held $79.3 million and $75.1 million, respectively, of a seriesoutstanding aggregate principal of preferred stock andthe Term Loan.

In September 2018, Vivint Smart Home, Inc. contributed the net proceeds from such issuance of $69.8$4.7 million to the Company as an equitya capital contribution. In July 2016, Parent completed the final installment of the issuance and sale to certain investors of such series of preferred stock and, in August 2016, contributed the net proceeds from such issuance of $30.6 million to the Company as an equity contribution. Both issuances were private placements exempt from registration under the Securities Act.

From time to time, the Company does business with a number of other companies affiliated with Blackstone.

Transactions involving related parties cannot be presumed to be carried out at anarm’s-length basis.

NOTE 12—EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN14. Employee Benefit Plan

The Company offers eligible employees the opportunity to contribute a percentage of their earned income into company-sponsored 401(k) plans. No

Since January 2018, participants in the 401(k) plans have been eligible for the Company’s matching program. Under this matching program, the Company matches an employee’s contributions to the 401(k) savings plandollar-for-dollar up to 1% of such employee’s eligible earnings and $0.50 for every $1.00 for the next 5% of such employee’s eligible earnings. The maximum match available under the 401(k) plan is 3.5% of the employee’s eligible earnings. For employees who have been employed by the Company for less than two years, matching contributions vest on the second anniversary of their date of hire. The Company’s matching contributions to employees who have been employed by the Company for two years or more are fully vested.

Matching contributions that were made to the plans forduring the three and six months ended June 30, 2017March 31, 2019 and 2016.

2018 totaled $1.9 million and $1.6 million, respectively.

NOTE 13—RESTRUCTURING AND ASSET IMPAIRMENT CHARGES15. Restructuring and Asset Impairment Charges

DuringIn July 2018, the year ended December 31, 2015, the boardCompany announced a number of directors approved a plancost reduction initiatives that are expected to transitionreduce certain of the Company’s Wireless Internet business fromGeneral and Administrative, Customer Service, and Sales Support fixed costs. The Company completed the majority of these cost reduction initiatives in the second and third quarters of 2018, with the remainder by the end of 2018. In addition to resulting in meaningful cost reductions, the Company’s initiatives are expected to streamline operations, focus engineering and innovation and provide a 5Ghz to a 60Ghz-based network technology (the “Wireless Restructuring”) andbetter focus on driving customer satisfaction.

As part of these initiatives, the Company ceasedand Best Buy agreed in principle to end thebuild-outco-branded of 5Ghz networks and stoppedBest Buy Smart Home by Vivint arrangement, which resulted in the installationelimination of new customers. During 2016,in-store sales positions. In addition, the Company shifted to test installations of the new 60Ghz technology. In connection with the Wireless Restructuring, the Company recorded restructuringeliminated other general and asset impairment charges consisting of asset impairments, the costs of employee severance, and other contract termination charges.administrative positions.

Restructuring and asset impairment charges and recoveries for the six months ended June 30, 2017 and 2016 were as follows (in thousands):

   Six Months Ended 
     June 30,  
2017
     June 30,  
2016
 

Wireless restructuring and asset impairment (recoveries) charges:

    

Recoveries of impaired assets

  $—     $(710

Contract termination costs

   —      4 

Employee severance and termination benefits charges

   —      26 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total wireless restructuring and asset impairment recoveries

  $—     $(680

The following table presents accrued restructuring activity for the sixthree months ended June 30, 2017March 31, 2019 and the twelve months ended December 31, 2018 (in thousands):

 

   Contract
termination
costs
 

Accrued restructuring balance as of December 31, 2016

  $649 

Cash payments

   (46
  

 

 

 

Accrued restructuring balance as of June 30, 2017

  $603 
  

 

 

 
   Contract
termination
costs
  Employee severance
and termination
benefits
  Total 

Accrued restructuring balance as of December 31, 2017

  $558  $—    $558 

Restructuring expenses

   —     4,683   4,683 

Cash payments

   (91  (4,341  (4,432
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Accrued restructuring balance as of December 31, 2018

   467   342   809 

Cash payments

   (23  (257  (280
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Accrued restructuring balance as of March 31, 2019

  $444  $85  $529 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Contract termination costs represent ongoing contractual commitments related to the 2015 restructuring of the Company’s Wireless Internet Business. Additional charges may be incurred in the future for facility-related or other restructuring activities as the Company continues to align resources to meet the needs of the business.

NOTE 14—SEGMENT REPORTING AND BUSINESS CONCENTRATIONS

16. Segment Reporting and Business Concentrations

For the sixthree months ended June 30, 2017March 31, 2019 and 2016,2018, the Company conducted business through one operating segment, Vivint. Historically, theThe Company primarily operated in threetwo geographic regions: United States Canada and New Zealand. During the three months ended September 30, 2016, the Company sold all of its New Zealand subscriber contracts and ceased operations in that geographical region. Historically, the Company’s operations in New Zealand were considered immaterial and reported in conjunction with the United States.Canada. Revenues and long-lived assetsdisaggregated by geographic region were as follows (in thousands):

 

   United States   Canada   Total 

Revenue from external customers

      

Six months ended June 30, 2017

   386,765    30,714    417,479 

Six months ended June 30, 2016

   328,181    26,879    355,060 

Property, plant and equipment, net

      

As of June 30, 2017

  $64,821   $838   $65,659 

As of December 31, 2016

   62,781    845    63,626 

   United States   Canada   Total 

Revenue from external customers

      

Three months ended March 31, 2019

  $258,436   $17,813   $276,249 

Three months ended March 31, 2018

   228,542    18,055    246,597 

NOTE 15—GUARANTOR AND17. Guarantor andNON-GUARANTORNon-Guarantor SUPPLEMENTAL FINANCIAL INFORMATIONSupplemental Financial Information

The 2019 notes, 2020 notes, 2022 private placement notes and 2022 notesNotes were issued by APX. The 2019 notes, 2020 notes, 2022 private placement notesAPX and 2022 notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally by Holdings and each of APX’s existing and future material wholly-owned U.S. restricted subsidiaries. APX’s existing and future foreign subsidiaries are not expected to guarantee the notes.Notes.

Presented below is the condensed consolidating financial information of APX, subsidiaries of APX that are guarantors (the “Guarantor Subsidiaries”), and APX’s subsidiaries that are not guarantors (the“Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries”) as of June 30, 2017March 31, 2019 and December 31, 20162018 and for the three and six months ended June 30, 2017March 31, 2019 and 2016.2018. The unaudited condensed consolidating financial information reflects the investments of APX in the Guarantor Subsidiaries and theNon-Guarantor Subsidiaries using the equity method of accounting.

Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet

June 30, 2017March 31, 2019

(Inin thousands)

(unaudited)

 

 Parent APX
Group, Inc.
 Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 Eliminations Consolidated  Parent APX
Group, Inc.
 Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 Eliminations Consolidated 

Assets

            

Current assets

 $—    $4,454  $232,076  $24,318  $(105,914 $154,934  $—    $2,919  $335,398  $119,909  $(289,784 $168,442 

Property, plant and equipment, net

  —     —    64,820  839   —    65,659   —     —    64,188  426   —    64,614 

Subscriber acquisition costs, net

  —     —    1,084,164  86,123   —    1,170,287 

Capitalized contract costs, net

  —     —    1,027,364  65,501   —    1,092,865 

Deferred financing costs, net

  —    3,407   —     —     —    3,407   —    1,797   —     —     —    1,797 

Investment in subsidiaries

  —    2,210,678   —     —    (2,210,678  —     —    1,650,064   —     —    (1,650,064  —   

Intercompany receivable

  —     —    6,303   —    (6,303  —     —     —    6,303   —    (6,303  —   

Intangible assets, net

  —     —    397,007  29,609   —    426,616   —     —    218,194  17,389   —    235,583 

Goodwill

  —     —    809,678  26,437   —    836,115   —     —    809,678  25,726   —    835,404 

Long-term investments and other assets

  —    106  53,603  5,350  (106 58,953 

Operating leaseright-of-use assets

  —     —    72,661  230   —    72,891 

Long-term notes receivables and other assets

  —    106  104,486  17,310  (106 121,796 
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total Assets

 $—    $2,218,645  $2,647,651  $172,676  $(2,323,001 $2,715,971  $—    $1,654,886  $2,638,272  $246,491  $(1,946,257 $2,593,392 
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity

            

Current liabilities

 $—    $17,269  $277,575  $100,090  $(105,914 $289,020  $—    $63,260  $558,398  $192,835  $(289,784 $524,709 

Intercompany payable

  —     —     —    6,303  (6,303  —     —     —     —    6,303  (6,303  —   

Notes payable and revolving credit facility, net of current portion

  —    2,611,225   —     —     —    2,611,225   —    3,075,990   —     —     —    3,075,990 

Capital lease obligations, net of current portion

  —     —    4,488  461   —    4,949 

Finance lease obligations, net of current portion

  —     —    3,952   —     —    3,952 

Deferred revenue, net of current portion

  —     —    144,026  10,218   —    154,244   —     —    309,896  16,735   —    326,631 

Operating lease liabilities

  —     —    71,878  86   —    71,964 

Other long-term obligations

  —     —    58,930   —     —    58,930   —     —    73,043  347   —    73,390 

Accumulated losses of investee

 409,849     (409,849  —   

Accumulated losses of investee, net

 1,484,364     (1,484,364  —   

Deferred income tax liability

  —     —    106  7,452  (106 7,452   —     —    106  1,120  (106 1,120 

Total (deficit) equity

 (409,849 (409,849 2,162,526  48,152  (1,800,829 (409,849 (1,484,364 (1,484,364 1,620,999  29,065  (165,700 (1,484,364
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ (deficit) equity

 $—    $2,218,645  $2,647,651  $172,676  $(2,323,001 $2,715,971  $—    $1,654,886  $2,638,272  $246,491  $(1,946,257 $2,593,392 
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet

December 31, 20162018

(Inin thousands)

 

 Parent APX
Group, Inc.
 Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 Eliminations Consolidated  Parent APX
Group, Inc.
 Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 Eliminations Consolidated 

Assets

           

Current assets

 $—    $25,136  $143,954  $3,730  $(67,799 $105,021  $—    $12,951  $269,770  $103,451  $(262,674 $123,498 

Property, plant and equipment, net

  —     —     62,781   845   —     63,626   —     —    72,937  464   —    73,401 

Subscriber acquisition costs, net

  —     —     974,975   77,459   —     1,052,434 

Capitalized contract costs, net

  —     —    1,047,532  68,243   —    1,115,775 

Deferred financing costs, net

  —     4,420   —     —     —     4,420   —    2,058   —     —     —    2,058 

Investment in subsidiaries

  —     2,228,903   —     —     (2,228,903  —     —    1,662,367   —     —    (1,662,367  —   

Intercompany receivable

  —     —     9,492   —     (9,492  —     —     —    6,303   —    (6,303  —   

Intangible assets, net

  —     —     443,189   32,203   —     475,392   —     —    236,677  18,408   —    255,085 

Goodwill

  —     —     809,678   25,555   —     835,233   —     —    809,678  25,177   —    834,855 

Long-term investments and other assets

  —     106   11,523   13   (106  11,536 

Long-term notes receivables and other assets

  —    106  102,695  17,124  (106 119,819 
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total Assets

 $—    $2,258,565  $2,455,592  $139,805  $(2,306,300 $2,547,662  $—    $1,677,482  $2,545,592  $232,867  $(1,931,450 $2,524,491 
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity

           

Current liabilities

 $—    $17,047  $160,956  $74,987  $(67,799 $185,191  $—    $36,988  $507,063  $182,159  $(262,674 $463,536 

Intercompany payable

  —     —     —     9,492   (9,492  —     —     —     —    6,303  (6,303  —   

Notes payable and revolving credit facility, net of current portion

  —     2,486,700   —     —     —     2,486,700   —    3,037,095   —     —     —    3,037,095 

Capital lease obligations, net of current portion

  —     —     7,368   567   —     7,935   —     —    5,570  1   —    5,571 

Deferred revenue, net of current portion

  —     —     53,991   4,743   —     58,734   —     —    306,653  16,932   —    323,585 

Accumulated Losses of Investee

  245,182      (245,182  —   

Accumulated Losses of Investee, net

 1,396,601     (1,396,601  —   

Other long-term obligations

  —     —     47,080   —     —     47,080   —     —    90,209   —     —    90,209 

Deferred income tax liability

  —     —     106   7,204   (106  7,204   —     —    106  1,096  (106 1,096 

Total (deficit) equity

  (245,182  (245,182  2,186,091   42,812   (1,983,721  (245,182 (1,396,601 (1,396,601 1,635,991  26,376  (265,766 (1,396,601
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ (deficit) equity

 $—    $2,258,565  $2,455,592  $139,805  $(2,306,300 $2,547,662  $—    $1,677,482  $2,545,592  $232,867  $(1,931,450 $2,524,491 
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

For the SixThree Months Ended June 30, 2017March 31, 2019

(Inin thousands)

(unaudited)

 

 Parent APX
Group, Inc.
 Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 Eliminations Consolidated   Parent APX
Group, Inc.
 Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 Eliminations Consolidated 

Revenues

 $—    $—    $395,515  $23,315  $(1,351 $417,479   $—    $—    $263,539  $12,912  $(202 $276,249 

Costs and expenses

  —     —    445,668  20,152  (1,351 464,469    —     —    291,509  12,920  (202 304,227 
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

(Loss) income from operations

  —     —    (50,153 3,163   —    (46,990

Loss from operations

   —     —    (27,970 (8  —    (27,978

Loss from subsidiaries

 (166,873 (47,496  —     —    214,369   —      (89,156 (25,981  —     —    115,137   —   

Other expense (income), net

  —    119,377  1,741  (2,386  —    118,732    —    63,175  (52 (1,644  —    61,479 
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

(Loss) income before income tax expenses

 (166,873 (166,873 (51,894 5,549  214,369  (165,722   (89,156 (89,156 (27,918 1,636  115,137  (89,457

Income tax (benefit) expense

  —     —    (269 1,420   —    1,151 

Income tax expense (benefit)

   —     —    182  (483  —    (301
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net (loss) income

 $(166,873 $(166,873 $(51,625 $4,129  $214,369  $(166,873   (89,156 (89,156 (28,100 2,119  115,137  (89,156
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax effects:

      

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax effects:

       

Net (loss) income

 $(166,873 $(166,873 $(51,625 $4,129  $214,369  $(166,873   (89,156 (89,156 (28,100 2,119  115,137  (89,156

Foreign currency translation adjustment

  —    1,576   —    1,576  (1,576 1,576    570  570   —    570  (1,140 570 

Unrealized gain on marketable securities

  —    (258 (258  —    258  (258
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

  —    1,318  (258 1,576  (1,318 1,318 

Total other comprehensive income

   570  570   —    570  (1,140 570 
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Comprehensive (loss) income

 $(166,873 $(165,555 $(51,883 $5,705  $213,051  $(165,555  $(88,586 $(88,586 $(28,100 $2,689  $113,997  $(88,586
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

For the SixThree Months Ended June 30, 2016March 31, 2018

(Inin thousands)

(unaudited)

 

  Parent  APX
Group, Inc.
  Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Eliminations  Consolidated 

Revenues

 $—    $—    $337,256  $19,155  $(1,351 $355,060 

Costs and expenses

  —     —     373,319   19,640   (1,351  391,608 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Loss from operations

  —     —     (36,063  (485  —     (36,548

Loss from subsidiaries

  (134,815  (32,494  —     —     167,309   —   

Other expense (income), net

  —     102,321   (1,428  (3,298  —     97,595 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(Loss) income before income tax expenses

  (134,815  (134,815  (34,635  2,813   167,309   (134,143

Income tax expense

  —     —     185   487   —     672 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

 $(134,815 $(134,815 $(34,820 $2,326  $167,309  $(134,815
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax effects:

      

Net (loss) income

 $(134,815 $(134,815 $(34,820 $2,326  $167,309  $(134,815

Foreign currency translation adjustment

  —     2,801   —     2,801   (2,801  2,801 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income

  —     2,801   —     2,801   (2,801  2,801 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Comprehensive (loss) income

 $(134,815 $(132,014 $(34,820 $5,127  $164,508  $(132,014
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   Parent  APX
Group, Inc.
  Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Eliminations  Consolidated 

Revenues

  $—    $—    $233,788  $13,465  $(656 $246,597 

Costs and expenses

   —     —     305,221   13,663   (656  318,228 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(Loss) income from operations

   —     —     (71,433  (198  —     (71,631

Loss from subsidiaries

   (84,717  (26,320  —     —     111,037   —   

Other expense (income), net

   —     58,397   (46,970  2,092   —     13,519 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Loss before income tax expenses

   (84,717  (84,717  (24,463  (2,290  111,037   (85,150

Income tax expense (benefit)

   —     —     172   (605  —     (433
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net loss

   (84,717  (84,717  (24,635  (1,685  111,037   (84,717

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax effects:

       

Net loss

   (84,717  (84,717  (24,635  (1,685  111,037   (84,717

Foreign currency translation adjustment

   (659  (659  —     (659  1,318   (659
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive loss

   (659  (659  —     (659  1,318   (659
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

  $(85,376 $(85,376 $(24,635 $(2,344 $112,355  $(85,376
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Statements of Cash Flows

For the SixThree Months Ended June 30, 2017March 31, 2019

(Inin thousands)

(unaudited)

 

 Parent APX
Group, Inc.
 Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 Eliminations Consolidated   Parent APX
Group, Inc.
 Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 Eliminations Consolidated 

Cash flows from operating activities:

             

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

 $—    $—    $(136,796 $3,535  $—    $(133,261  $—    $—    $(43,058 $41  $—    $(43,017

Cash flows from investing activities:

             

Capital expenditures

  —     —    (11,435  —     —    (11,435   —     —    (1,391  —     —    (1,391

Proceeds from sale of assets

  —     —    319   —     —    319 

Proceeds from sale of capital assets

   —     —    (51  —     —    (51

Investment in subsidiary

  —    (129,560  —     —    129,560   —      (118 (46,487  —     —    46,605   —   

Acquisition of intangible assets

  —     —    (743  —     —    (743   —     —    (369  —     —    (369

Acquisition of other assets

  —     —    (143  —     —    (143
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

  —    (129,560 (12,002  —    129,560  (12,002   (118 (46,487 (1,811  —    46,605  (1,811

Cash flows from financing activities:

             

Proceeds from notes payable

  —    324,750   —     —     —    324,750 

Repayment on notes payable

  —    (300,000  —     —     —    (300,000   —    (2,025  —     —     —    (2,025

Borrowings from revolving credit facility

  —    113,000   —     —     —    113,000    —    40,000   —     —     —    40,000 

Repayments on revolving credit facility

  —    (13,000  —     —     —    (13,000

Intercompany receivable

  —     —    3,189   —    (3,189  —   

Intercompany payable

  —     —    129,560  (3,189 (126,371  —   

Repayments of capital lease obligations

  —     —    (4,549 (163  —    (4,712

Payments of other long-term obligations

  —     —    (1,164  —     —    (1,164

Financing costs

  —    (9,460  —     —     —    (9,460

Deferred financing costs

  —    (6,191  —     —     —    (6,191

Proceeds from capital contribution

   —     —    46,369   —    (46,369  —   

Repayments of finance lease obligations

   —     —    (2,064 (72  —    (2,136

Return of capital

   118  118  (118  —    (236 (118
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

  —    109,099  127,036  (3,352 (129,560 103,223    118  38,093  44,187  (72 (46,605 35,721 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

  —     —     —    (10  —    (10   —     —     —    25   —    25 
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

  —    (20,461 (21,762 173   —    (42,050

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

   —    (8,394 (682 (6  —    (9,082

Cash and cash equivalents:

             

Beginning of period

  —    24,680  18,186  654   —    43,520    —    11,130  682  961   —    12,773 
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

End of period

 $—    $4,219  $(3,576 $827  $—    $1,470   $—    $2,736  $—    $955  $—    $3,691 
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Statements of Cash Flows

For the SixThree Months Ended June 30, 2016March 31, 2018

(Inin thousands)

(unaudited)

 

  Parent  APX
Group, Inc.
  Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Eliminations  Consolidated 

Cash flows from operating activities:

      

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

 $—    $—    $(176,661 $5,088  $—    $(171,573

Cash flows from investing activities:

      

Subscriber acquisition costs—company owned equipment

  —     —     (1,791  —     —     (1,791

Capital expenditures

  —     —     (4,526  —     —     (4,526

Investment in subsidiary

  (69,800  (187,004  —     —     256,804   —   

Acquisition of intangible assets

  —     —     (505  —     —     (505

Proceeds from sale of assets

  —     —     1,925   —     —     1,925 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

  (69,800  (187,004  (4,897  —     256,804   (4,897

Cash flows from financing activities:

      

Proceeds from notes payable

  —     500,000   —     —     —     500,000 

Repayment on notes payable

  —     (235,535  —     —     —     (235,535

Borrowings from revolving credit facility

  —     57,000   —     —     —     57,000 

Repayments on revolving credit facility

  —     (77,000  —     —     —     (77,000

Intercompany receivable

  —     —     6,621   —     (6,621  —   

Intercompany payable

  —     —     187,004   (6,621  (180,383  —   

Proceeds from capital contributions

  69,800   69,800   —     —     (69,800  69,800 

Repayments of capital lease obligations

  —     —     (3,955  (1  —     (3,956

Financing costs

  —     (8,274  —     —     —     (8,274

Deferred financing costs

  —     (6,277  —     —     —     (6,277
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

  69,800   299,714   189,670   (6,622  (256,804  295,758 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

  —     —     —     (441  —     (441
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

  —     112,710   8,112   (1,975  —     118,847 

Cash and cash equivalents:

      

Beginning of period

  —     2,299   (1,941  2,201   —     2,559 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

End of period

 $—    $115,009  $6,171  $226  $—    $121,406 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

NOTE 16—SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
   Parent  APX
Group, Inc.
  Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Eliminations  Consolidated 

Cash flows from operating activities:

       

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

  $—    $—    $(59,159 $(423 $—    $(59,582

Cash flows from investing activities:

       

Capital expenditures

   —     —     (6,407  —     —     (6,407

Investment in subsidiary

   966   (16,450  —     —     15,484   —   

Acquisition of intangible assets

   —     —     (849  —     —     (849

Proceeds from sale of intangibles

   —     —     53,693   —     —     53,693 

Proceeds from sale of capital assets

   —     —     149   —     —     149 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

   966   (16,450  46,586   —     15,484   46,586 

Cash flows from financing activities:

       

Borrowings from revolving credit facility

   —     57,000   —     —     —     57,000 

Repayments on revolving credit facility

   —     (40,000  —     —     —     (40,000

Proceeds from capital contributions

   —     —     17,416   —     (17,416  —   

Repayments of capital lease obligations

   —     —     (3,305  (113  —     (3,418

Return of capital

   (966  (966  (966  —     1,932   (966
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

   (966  16,034   13,145   (113  (15,484  12,616 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

   —     —     —     (19  —     (19
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

   —     (416  572   (555  —     (399

Cash and cash equivalents:

       

Beginning of period

   —     3,661   (572  783   —     3,872 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

End of period

  $—    $3,245  $—    $228  $—    $3,473 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

2023 Notes

18. Subsequent Events

On AugustMay 10, 2017,2019, APX issued $400$225.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 7.625%8.5% Senior Secured Notes due 2023 (the “2023 Notes”2024 (“2024 notes”) at par.in a private placement. APX used the net proceeds from the 2023 Notes2024 notes offering to redeem $150$225.0 million aggregate principal amount of the outstanding 2019its 2020 notes, and to pay the related accrued interest and redemption premium, and to pay all fees and expenses related thereto and any remaining net proceeds for general corporate purposes, includingthereto. The indenture governing the repayment2024 notes contains covenants similar to the 2022 notes. An affiliate of outstanding borrowings under the Company’s revolving credit facility. Blackstone Advisory Partners L.P. participatedacted as one of the initial purchasers in the offering of the 2023 Notes.connection with this offering.

Sales Dealer Agreement.

On August 16, 2017, the Company entered into a Sales Dealer agreement with Solar, pursuant to which each party will act as a non-exclusive dealer for the other party to market, promote and sell each other’s products. The agreement will have a two-year term, which will be automatically renewed for successive one-year terms unless written notice of termination is provided by one of the parties to the other no less than 90 days prior to the end of the then current term. The products, territories and consideration that is payable by each party to the other will be determined in accordance with the agreement.

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 20. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Delaware Registrants

APX Group, Inc., APX Group Holdings, Inc., Smartrove Inc., Vivint Group, Inc. and Vivint Wireless, Inc. (collectively, the “Delaware Corporations”) are incorporated under the laws of Delaware.

Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”)

Section 145(a) of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful.

Section 145(b) of the DGCL provides that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Delaware Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

Section 145(c) of the DGCL provides that to the extent that a present or former director or officer of a corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Section 145(a) and (b), or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.

Section 145(d) of the DGCL provides that any indemnification under Section 145(a) and (b) (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the present or former director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because such person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 145(a) and (b). Such

II-1


determination shall be made, with respect to a person who is a director or officer of the corporation at the time of

II-1


such determination (1) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (2) by a committee of such directors designated by majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum; or (3) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (4) by the stockholders.

Section 145(e) of the DGCL provides that expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer or director of the corporation in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized in Section 145. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents of the corporation or by persons serving at the request of the corporation as directors, officers, employees or agents of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the corporation deems appropriate.

Section 145(f) of the DGCL provides that the indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, Section 145 shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. A right to indemnification or to advancement of expenses arising under a provision of the certificate of incorporation or a bylaw shall not be eliminated or impaired by an amendment to the certificate of incorporation or the bylaws after the occurrence of the act or omission that is the subject of the civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding for which indemnification or advancement of expenses is sought, unless the provision in effect at the time of such act or omission explicitly authorizes such elimination or impairment after such action or omission has occurred.

Section 145(g) of the DGCL provides that a corporation shall have the power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under Section 145.

Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL enables a corporation in its certificate of incorporation or an amendment thereto to eliminate or limit the personal liability of a director to the corporation or its stockholders of monetary damages for violations of the directors’ fiduciary duty of care, except (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL (providing for liability of directors for unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock purchases or redemptions) or (iv) for any transaction from which a director derived an improper personal benefit.

Section 174 of the DGCL provides, among other things, that a director, who willfully or negligently approves of an unlawful payment of dividends or an unlawful stock purchase or redemption, may be held liable for such actions. A director who was either absent when the unlawful actions were approved or dissented at the time, may avoid liability by causing his or her dissent to such actions to be entered in the books containing the minutes of the meetings of the board of directors at the time such action occurred or immediately after such absent director receives notice of the unlawful acts.

Organizational Documents of Delaware Registrants

The certificate of incorporation and/or bylaws of each of the Delaware Corporations provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, the corporation shall indemnify any current or former director, officer,

employee

 

II-2


employee or agent of the corporation against all expenses, liabilities and losses reasonably incurred or suffered by him or her in connection with any action, suit or proceeding brought by or in the right of the corporation or otherwise, to which he or she was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party by reason of his or her current or former position with the corporation or by reason of the fact that he or she is or was serving, at the request of the corporation, as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

AP AL LLC, Farmington IP LLC, IPR LLC, Space Monkey, LLC, Vivint Data Management, LLC and Vivint FireWild, LLC (collectively, the “Delaware LLCs”) are limited liability companies organized under the laws of Delaware.

Delaware Limited Liability Company Act

Section 18-108 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act empowers a Delaware limited liability company to indemnify and hold harmless any member or manager or other person from and against any and all claims and demands whatsoever.

In accordance with these provisions, the limited liability company agreement of each Delaware LLC states that to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the company shall indemnify a member, manager, an officer, a person to whom the managers delegate management responsibilities, any affiliate, officer, director or shareholder of a member, or manager, or any employee or agent of the company or of the indemnified party from any loss, damage or claim incurred by the indemnified party by reason of any act performed or omitted to be performed by the indemnified party in good faith in connection with the business of the company including expenses (including legal fees) incurred by such indemnified person in defending any claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding; provided however, that an indemnified party shall not be indemnified for any loss, damage or claim incurred by such party by reason of gross negligence or willful misconduct with such acts or omissions.

Utah Registrants

Smart Home Pros, Inc. and Vivint, Inc. (collectively, the “Utah Corporations”) are incorporated under the laws of Utah.

Section 16-10a-902 of the Utah Revised Business Corporation Act (the “Revised Act”) provides that a corporation may indemnify any individual who was, is, or is threatened to be made a named defendant or respondent (a “Party”) in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative and whether formal or informal (a “Proceeding”), because he or she is or was a director of the corporation or, while a director of the corporation, is or was serving at its request as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee, fiduciary or agent of another corporation or other person or of an employee benefit plan (an “Indemnifiable Director”), against any obligationliability incurred with respect to a Proceeding, including any judgment, settlement, penalty, fine or reasonable expenses (including attorneys’ fees), incurred in the Proceeding if his or her conduct was in good faith, he or she reasonably believed that his or her conduct was in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation, and, in the case of any criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such conduct was unlawful; provided, however, that (i) pursuant to Subsection 902(4): (i)902(5) indemnification under Section 902 in connection with a Proceeding by or in the right of the corporation is limited to payment of reasonable expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with the Proceeding, and (ii) pursuant to Subsection 902(4) the corporation may not indemnify an Indemnifiable Director in connection with a Proceeding by or in the right of the corporation in which the Indemnifiable Director was adjudged liable to the corporation, or in connection with any other Proceeding charging that the Indemnifiable Director derived an improper personal benefit, whether or not involving action in his or her official capacity, in which Proceeding he or she was adjudged liable on the basis that he or she derived an improper personal benefit.

Section 16-10a-903 of the Revised Act provides that, unless limited by its articles of incorporation, a Utah corporation shall indemnify an Indemnifiable Director who was successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the

II-3


defense of any Proceeding, or in the defense of any claim, issue or matter in the Proceeding, to which he or she

II-3


was a Party because he or she is or was an Indemnifiable Director of the corporation, against reasonable expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with the Proceeding or claim with respect to which he or she has been successful.Section 16-10a-907 of the Revised Act permits Utah corporations to indemnify officers and advance expenses to the same extent as a director and in some cases to a greater extent than a director.

The articles of incorporation and bylaws of eachVivint, Inc. provide that the corporation shall indemnify any individual made party to a proceeding because the individual is or was a director of the Utah Corporations indemnifies its officers and directorscorporation, against all reasonable expenseliability incurred by them in defending claims or suits, irrespectivethe proceeding, but only if the corporation has authorized the payment in accordance withSection 16-10a-906(4) of the timeRevised Act and a determination by the board of the occurrence of the claims or causes of action in such suits, made or brought against them as officers or directors of the corporation and against all liabilityhas been made in such suits, exceptaccordance with those procedures set forth in such cases as involve gross negligenceSection 16-10a-906(2) that the individual’s conduct was in good faith, the individual reasonably believed that the individual’s conduct was in, or willful misconductnot opposed to, the corporation’s best interest, and in the performancecase of their duties.a criminal proceeding, the individual had no reasonable cause to believe the individual’s conduct was unlawful. Under the bylaws of Vivint, Inc., the corporation may not indemnify such individual in connection with a proceeding by or in the right of the corporation in which the individual was adjudged liable to the corporation, or in connection with any other proceeding charging that the individual derived an improper personal benefit, whether or not involving action in the individual’s official capacity, in which proceeding he or she was adjudged liable on the basis that he or she derived an improper benefit.

The bylaws of Smart Home Pros, Inc. provide that the corporation shall indemnify its directors, officers, employees, fiduciaries and agents to the full extent permitted by the Revised Act or any successor statute. In particular, the corporation shall indemnify an individual made a party to a proceeding because he or she is or was a director, against liability incurred in the proceeding if the individual’s conduct was in good faith, the individual reasonably believed that the individual’s conduct was in, or not opposed to, the corporation’s best interest, and in the case of a criminal proceeding, the individual had no reasonable cause to believe the individual’s conduct was unlawful. Under the bylaws of Smart Home Pros, Inc., the corporation may not indemnify such individual in connection with a proceeding by or in the right of the corporation in which the individual was adjudged liable to the corporation, or in connection with any other proceeding charging that the individual derived an improper personal benefit, whether or not involving action in the individual’s official capacity, in which proceeding he or she was adjudged liable on the basis that he or she derived an improper benefit. Such indemnification extends to the payment of judgments against such officers and directors and to reimbursement of amounts paid in settlement of such claims or actions and may apply to judgments in favor of the corporation or amounts paid in settlement to the corporation. Such indemnification also extends to the payment of counselattorneys’ fees and expenses of such officers and directors in suits against them where successfully defended by them or where unsuccessfully defended, if there is no finding or judgment that the claim or action arose from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such officers or directors.reasonably incurred. Such right of indemnification is not exclusive of any right to which such officer or director may be entitled as a matter of law and shall extend and apply to the estates of deceased officers and directors.

313 Aviation, LLC and Vivint Purchasing, LLC are limited liability companies organized under the laws of the State of Utah.

Utah Revised Uniform Limited Liability Company Act

Sections48-2c-1802 and48-2c-1807Section 48-3a-408 of the Utah Revised Uniform Limited Liability Company Act empowersrequires a Utah limited liability company to indemnify any manager or other person from and against liability incurred in any proceeding ifby reason of such person’s former or present capacity as a member or manager so long as such person has not violated the general statutory rules governing: (i) his conduct wasprohibited distributions (set forth in good faith,Section 48-3a-405); (ii) he reasonably believed that his conduct wasmanagement of a Utah limited liability company (set forth in or not opposed to, the company’s best interests,Section 48-3a-407); and (iii) in the casestandard of any criminal proceeding, he had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. for members and managers of a Utah limited liability company, including fiduciary duties of care and loyalty (set forth inSection 48-3a-409).

A Utah limited liability company may not indemnifyalso advance reasonable expenses, including attorney’s fees, to a manager underSection 48-2c-1802or other person in connection with a proceeding byclaim if the manager or other person promises to repay such advances in the rightevent it is ultimately determined they are not entitled indemnification. A Utah limited liability company may also purchase or maintain insurance on behalf of a manager or other person for claims involving bad faith, willful misconduct, or recklessness even if pursuant to Subsection48-3a-112(3)(g)the Utah limited liability company’s operating agreement could not eliminate or limit such person’s liability to such Utah company in which the manager was adjudged liable to the company or in connection with any other proceeding charging that the manager derived an improper personal benefit, whether or not involving action in his official capacity, in which proceeding he was adjudged liable on the basis that he derived an improper personal benefit.for such conduct.

In accordance with this provision, the

II-4


The operating agreementsagreement of 313 Aviation, LLC and Vivint Purchasing, LLC provideprovides that the company shall indemnify any manager and may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that the person is or was, or is or was serving at the request of, a manager, director, officer, employee or authorized representative of the company. Such indemnification is available, provided that, the indemnified person acted in good faith and in a manner the indemnified person reasonably believed to be not opposed to the best interests of the company and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the indemnified person’s conduct was unlawful.

The operating agreement of Vivint Purchasing, LLC provides that the company shall indemnify its member and those authorized officers, agents and employees of the Company identified in writing by its member for all costs, losses, liabilities and damages paid or accrued by the company’s member (as the member or as an officer, agent or employee) or any such officer, agent or employee in connection with the business of the company, except to the extent prohibited by the laws of the state of Utah. In addition, the operating agreement of Vivint Purchasing, LLC permits the company to advance costs of defense of any proceeding to its member or any such officer, agent or employee upon receipt by the company of an undertaking by or on behalf of such person to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that the person is not entitled to be indemnified by the company.

Louisiana Registrants

Vivint Louisiana LLC is a limited liability company organized under the laws of Louisiana.

Louisiana Limited Liability Company Law

Under Section 1314 and 1315 of the Louisiana Limited Liability Company Act, as codified in Chapter 22 of Title 12 of the Louisiana Revised Statutes, a limited liability company may, and shall have the power to, indemnify and hold harmless any member or manager from and against claims and demands, for breach of any duty provided for in R.S. 12:1314, if done and under R.S. 12:1314, the member may be indemnified if he acted in good faith, and with due care, as long as said member or manager was not grossly negligent, violated a criminal law, or received a financial benefit to which the member or manager was not entitled.

II-4


In accordance with these provisions, the articles of organization of Vivint Louisiana LLC (the “Company”) provide the Company shall indemnify to the full extent permitted by law any person who is made or threatened to be made a party to any action, suit or proceeding (whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative) for judgments, settlements, penalties, fines, or expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred because he or she is or was a Member, officer, employee or agent of the Company or because he or she serves or served any other enterprise at the request of the Company.

II-5


Item 21. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) Exhibits

 

Exhibit No.

  

Description

    3.1  Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of APX Group, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registration Statement on FormS-4 of APX Group Holdings, Inc. and the other registrants listed therein (File Number:333-216972))
    3.2  Bylaws of the APX Group, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Registration Statement on FormS-4 of APX Group Holdings, Inc. and the other registrants listed therein (File Number:(File Number: 333-191132)333-191132-02))
    3.3  Certificate of Incorporation of APX Group Holdings, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to the Registration Statement on FormS-4 of APX Group Holdings, Inc. and the other registrants listed therein (File Number:333-191132)333-191132-02))
    3.4  Bylaws of APX Group Holdings, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.4 to the Registration Statement on FormS-4 of APX Group Holdings, Inc. and the other registrants listed therein (File Number:(File Number: 333-191132)333-191132-02))
    3.5  Articles of Organization of 313 Aviation, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.5 to the Registration Statement on FormS-4 of APX Group Holdings, Inc. and the other registrants listed therein (File Number:333-191132)333-191132-02))
    3.6  Operating Agreement for 313 Aviation, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.6 to the Registration Statement on FormS-4 of APX Group Holdings, Inc. and the other registrants listed therein (File Number:333-191132)333-191132-02))
    3.7  Articles of Incorporation of Smart Home Pros, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.7 to the Registration Statement on FormS-4 of APX Group Holdings, Inc. and the other registrants listed therein (File Number:333-191132)333-191132-02))
    3.7.1  Articles of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation of Smart Home Pros, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.7.1 to the Registration Statement on FormS-4 of APX Group Holdings, Inc. and the other registrants listed therein (File Number:333-212390))
    3.8  Bylaws of Smart Home Pros, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.8 to the Registration Statement on FormS-4 of APX Group Holdings, Inc. and the other registrants listed therein (File Number:(File Number: 333-191132)333-191132-02))
    3.9  Articles of Incorporation of Vivint, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.9 to the Registration Statement on FormS-4 of APX Group Holdings, Inc. and the other registrants listed therein (File Number:333-191132)333-191132-02))
    3.10  Bylaws of Vivint, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.10 to the Registration Statement on FormS-4 of APX Group Holdings, Inc. and the other registrants listed therein (File Number:Number: 333-191132)333-191132-02))

II-5


Exhibit No.

Description

    3.11  Articles of Organization of Vivint Purchasing, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.11 to the Registration Statement on FormS-4 of APX Group Holdings, Inc. and the other registrants listed therein (File Number:333-191132)333-191132-02))
    3.12  Operating Agreement of Vivint Purchasing, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.12 to the Registration Statement on FormS-4 of APX Group Holdings, Inc. and the other registrants listed therein (File Number:333-191132)333-191132-02))

II-6


Exhibit No.

Description

    3.13  Certificate of Formation of AP AL LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.13 to the Registration Statement on FormS-4 of APX Group Holdings, Inc. and the other registrants listed therein (File Number:333-191132)333-191132-02))
    3.14  Limited Liability Company Agreement of AP AL LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.14 to the Registration Statement on FormS-4 of APX Group Holdings, Inc. and the other registrants listed therein (File Number:333-191132)333-191132-02))
    3.15  Certificate of Incorporation of Vivint Wireless, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.15 to the Registration Statement on FormS-4 of APX Group Holdings, Inc. and the other registrants listed therein (File Number:333-191132)333-191132-02))
    3.16  Bylaws of Vivint Wireless, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.16 to the Registration Statement on FormS-4 of APX Group Holdings, Inc. and the other registrants listed therein (File Number:333-191132)333-191132-02))
    3.17  Certificate of Formation of Farmington IP LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.17 to the Registration Statement on FormS-4 of APX Group Holdings, Inc. and the other registrants listed therein (File Number:333-201060))
    3.18  Limited Liability Company Agreement of Farmington IP LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.18 to the Registration Statement on FormS-4 of APX Group Holdings, Inc. and the other registrants listed therein (File Number:333-201060))
    3.19  Certificate of Formation of IPR LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.19 to the Registration Statement on FormS-4 of APX Group Holdings, Inc. and the other registrants listed therein (File Number:333-201060))
    3.20  Limited Liability Company Agreement of IPR LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.20 to the Registration Statement on FormS-4 of APX Group Holdings, Inc. and the other registrants listed therein (File Number:333-201060))
    3.21  Limited Liability Company Agreement of Smartrove LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.21 to the Registration Statement on FormS-4 of APX Group Holdings, Inc. and the other registrants listed therein (File Number:333-201060))
    3.22  Conversion Agreement of Smartrove LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.22 to the Registration Statement on FormS-4 of APX Group Holdings, Inc. and the other registrants listed therein (File Number:333-201060))
    3.23  Bylaws of Smartrove Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.23 to the Registration Statement on FormS-4 of APX Group Holdings, Inc. and the other registrants listed therein (File Number:Number: 333-201060))
    3.24  Certificate of Formation of Vivint Data Management, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.24 to the Registration Statement on FormS-4 of APX Group Holdings, Inc. and the other registrants listed therein (File Number:333-201060))

II-6


Exhibit No.

Description

    3.24.1  Certificate of Amendment to the Certificate of Formation of Space Monkey, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.7.1 to the Registration Statement on FormS-4 of APX Group Holdings, Inc. and the other registrants listed therein (File Number:333-212390))
    3.25  Limited Liability Company Agreement of Vivint Data Management, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.25 to the Registration Statement on FormS-4 of APX Group Holdings, Inc. and the other registrants listed therein (File Number:333-201060))
    3.26  Certificate of Formation of Vivint FireWild, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.26 to the Registration Statement on FormS-4 of APX Group Holdings, Inc. and the other registrants listed therein (File Number:333-201060))

II-7


Exhibit No.

Description

    3.27  Limited Liability Company Agreement of Vivint FireWild, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.27 to the Registration Statement on FormS-4 of APX Group Holdings, Inc. and the other registrants listed therein (File Number:333-201060))
    3.28  Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Vivint Group, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.28 to the Registration Statement on FormS-4 of APX Group Holdings, Inc. and the other registrants listed therein (File Number:333-201060))
    3.29  Bylaws of Vivint Group, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.29 to the Registration Statement on FormS-4 of APX Group Holdings, Inc. and the other registrants listed therein (File Number:333-201060))
    3.30  Certificate of Filing of Vivint Louisiana LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.30 to the Registration Statement on FormS-4 of APX Group Holdings, Inc. and the other registrants listed therein (File Number:333-201060))
    3.31  Articles of Organization of Vivint Louisiana LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.31 to the Registration Statement on FormS-4 of APX Group Holdings, Inc. and the other registrants listed therein (File Number:333-201060))
    4.1  Indenture, dated as of November 16, 2012, among APX Group, Inc., the guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee, relating to the Company’s 6.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2019 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registration Statement on FormS-4 of APX Group Holdings, Inc. and the other registrants listed therein (File Number:333-191132))
    4.2First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 20, 2012, among 313 Aviation, LLC and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee, relating to the Company’s 6.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2019 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Registration Statement on FormS-4 of APX Group Holdings, Inc. and the other registrants listed therein (File Number:333-191132))
    4.3Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 14, 2013, among Vivint Wireless, Inc. and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee, relating to the Company’s 6.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2019 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Registration Statement on FormS-4 of APX Group Holdings, Inc. and the other registrants listed therein (File Number:333-191132))
    4.4Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 18, 2014, among the guarantors party thereto and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee, relating to the Issuer’s 6.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2019 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Registration Statement on FormS-4 of APX Group Holdings, Inc. and the other registrants listed therein (FileNumber: 333-201060))

II-7


Exhibit No.

Description

    4.5Form of Note relating to Company’s 6.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2019 (attached as exhibit to Exhibit 4.1) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Registration Statement on FormS-4 of APX Group Holdings, Inc. and the other registrants listed therein (File Number:333-191132))
    4.6Indenture, dated as of November  16, 2012, among APX Group, Inc., the guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee, relating to the Company’s 8.75% Senior Notes due 2020 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the Registration Statement on FormForm S-4 of APX Group Holdings, Inc. and the other registrants listed therein (File Number:Number: 333-191132)333-191132-02))
    4.74.2  First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December  20, 2012, among 313 Aviation, LLC and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee, relating to the Company’s 8.75% Senior Notes due 2020 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to the Registration Statement on FormS-4 of APX Group Holdings, Inc. and the other registrants listed therein (File Number:333-191132)333-191132-02))
    4.84.3  Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May  14, 2013, among Vivint Wireless, Inc. and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee, relating to the Company’s 8.75% Senior Notes due 2020 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to the Registration Statement on FormS-4 of APX Group Holdings, Inc. and the other registrants listed therein (File Number:333-191132)333-191132-02))
    4.94.4  Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May  31, 2013, among APX Group, Inc., the guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee, relating to the Company’s 8.75% Senior Notes due 2020 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.8 to the Registration Statement on FormS-4 of APX Group Holdings, Inc. and the other registrants listed therein (File Number:333-191132)333-191132-02))
    4.104.5  Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December  13, 2013, among APX Group, Inc., the guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee, relating to the Company’s 8.75% Senior Notes due 2020 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Current Report on Form8-K of APX Group Holdings, Inc. filed on December 13, 2013 (File Number:Number: 333-191132-02))
    4.114.6  Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July  1, 2014, among APX Group, Inc., the guarantors party theretonamed therein and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee, relating to the Company’s 8.75% Senior Notes due 2020 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Current Report on Form8-K of APX Group Holdings, Inc. filed on July 1, 2014 (File Number:333-191132-02))
    4.124.7  Sixth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December  18, 2014, among APX Group, Inc., the guarantors party theretonamed therein and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee, relating to the Issuer’sCompany’s 8.75% Senior Notes due 2020 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Registration Statement onForm S-4 of APX Group Holdings, Inc. and the other registrants listed therein (File Number:333-201060))
    4.13Form of Note relating to Company’s 8.75% Senior Notes due 2020 (attached as exhibit to Exhibit 4.6) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.94.12 to the Registration Statement on FormS-4 of APX Group Holdings, Inc. and the other registrants listed therein (File Number:333-191132)333-191132-02))

II-8


Exhibit No.

Description

    4.144.8  Form of Note relating to Company’s 8.75% Senior Notes due 2020 (attached as exhibit to Exhibit 4.5) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 of APX Group Holdings, Inc. and the other registrants listed therein (File Number: 333-191132-02))
    4.9Indenture, dated as of May  26, 2016, among APX Group, Inc., the guarantors named thereinparty thereto and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee and collateral agent, relating to the Company’s 7.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2022 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Current Report on Form8-K of APX Group Holdings, Inc. filed on May 26, 2016 (File Number:333-191132-02))
    4.154.10  First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of August  17, 2016, among APX Group, Inc., the guarantors named thereinparty thereto and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee and collateral agent, relating to the Company’s 7.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2022 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Current Report on Form8-K of APX Group Holdings, Inc. filed on August 17, 2016 (File Number:333-191132-02))

II-8


Exhibit No.

Description

    4.164.11  Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of February  1, 2017, among APX Group, Inc., the guarantors named thereinparty thereto and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee and collateral agent, relating to the Company’s 7.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2022 filed on February 1, 2017 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Current Report on Form8-K of APX Group Holdings, Inc. filed on February 1, 2017 (File Number:333-191132-02)333-191132-01))
    4.174.12  Registration Rights Agreement, dated February 1, 2017, among APX Group, Inc., the guarantors named therein and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, relating to the Company’s 7.875% Senior Notes due 2022 filed on February 1, 2017 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Current Report on Form8-K of APX Group Holdings, Inc. filed on February 1, 2017 (FileNumber: 333-191132-02))
    4.18Indenture, dated as of August  10, 2017, among APX Group, Inc., the guarantors party thereto and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee, relating to the Company’s 7.625% Senior Notes due 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Current Report on From8-K of APX Group Holdings, Inc. filed on August 10, 2017((incorporated2017 (File Number:333-191132-02))
    4.13Indenture, dated as of May  10, 2019, among APX Group, Inc., the guarantors party thereto and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee and collateral agent, relating to the Company’s 8.500% Senior Secured Notes due 2024 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Current Report on Form8-K of APX Group Holdings, Inc. filed on May 10, 2019 (File Number:333-191132-02))
    4.194.14  Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of AugustMay  10, 2017,2019, by and among APX Group, Inc., the guarantors listed on Schedule I thereto and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, relating toas representative of the Company’s 7.625% Seniorseveral initial purchasers of the Notes due 2023 filed on August 10, 2017((incorporated(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Current Report on Form8-K of APX Group Holdings, Inc. filed on May 10, 2019 (File Number:333-191132-02))
    5.1*  Opinion of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP
    5.2*  Opinion of Durham JonesSnell & Pinegar, P.C.Wilmer L.L.P.
    5.3*  Opinion of Taylor, Porter, Brooks & Phillips L.L.P.
  10.1  Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of August 10, 2017June  28, 2013, among APX Group, Inc., the other guarantors party thereto, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and the other lenders and parties thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registration Statement on FormS-4 of APX Group Holdings, Inc. and the other registrants listed therein (File Number:333-191132-02))
  10.2Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of March  6, 2015, among APX Group, Inc., the other guarantors party thereto, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and the other lenders and parties thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form8-K of APX Group Holdings, Inc. filed on March 11, 2015. (File Number:333-191132)333-191132-02))

II-9


Exhibit No.

Description

  10.210.3  Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of August  10, 2017, by and among APX Group, Inc., APX Group Holdings, Inc., the other guarantors party thereto, each lender from time to time party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, L/C issuer and swing line lender (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form8-K of APX Group Holdings, Inc. filed on August 10, 2017 (File Number:333-191132-02))
  10.4Security Agreement, dated as of November  16, 2012, among the grantors named therein and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registration Statement on FormS-4 of APX Group Holdings, Inc. and the other registrants listed therein (File Number:333-191132)333-191132-02))
  10.310.5  Security Agreement, dated as of November  16, 2012, among the grantors named therein and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registration Statement on FormS-4 of APX Group Holdings, Inc. and the other registrants listed therein (File Number:333-191132)333-191132-02))
  10.410.6  Intercreditor Agreement and Collateral Agency Agreement, dated as of November  16, 2012, among 313 Group Inc., the other grantors named therein, Bank of America, N.A., as Credit Agreement Collateral Agent, Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Notes Collateral Agent, and each Additional Collateral Agent from time to time party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registration Statement on FormS-4 of APX Group Holdings, Inc. and the other registrants listed therein (File Number:333-191132)333-191132-02))
  10.5*10.7Credit Agreement, dated as of September  6, 2018, among APX Group, Inc., APX Group Holdings, Inc., the other guarantors party thereto, each lender from time to time party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form8-K of APX Group Holdings, Inc. filed on September 6, 2018 (File Number333-191132-02))
  10.8Security Agreement, dated as of September  6, 2018, among the grantors identified therein and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Quarterly Report on Form10-Q of APX Group Holdings, Inc. for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2018 (File Number333-191132-02))
  10.9Collateral Agent Joinder Agreement No. 1, dated as of September  6, 2018 to the Intercreditor and Collateral Agency Agreement dated as of November  16, 2012, among APX Group, Inc., the grantors party thereto, Bank of America, N.A. as the Credit Agreement Collateral Agent, Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Notes Collateral Agent, and each additional collateral agent from time to time party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Quarterly Report on Form10-Q of APX Group Holdings, Inc. for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2018 (File Number333-191132-02))
  10.10Transaction Agreement, dated September  16, 2012, by and among 313 Acquisition LLC, 313 Group, Inc., 313 Solar, Inc., 313 Technologies, Inc., APX Group, Inc., V Solar Holdings, Inc. and 2GIG Technologies, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Registration Statement on FormS-4 of APX Group Holdings, Inc. and the other registrants listed therein (File Number:333-191132-02))
  10.11**  Management Subscription Agreement(Co-Investment Units), dated as of November  16, 2012, between 313 Acquisition LLC and Todd Pedersen (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Registration Statement on FormS-4 of APX Group Holdings, Inc. and the other registrants listed therein (File Number:333-191132)333-191132-02))

 

II-9II-10


Exhibit No.

  

Description

  10.6*10.12**  Management Subscription Agreement(Co-Investment Units), dated as of November  16, 2012, between 313 Acquisition LLC and Alex Dunn (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Registration Statement on FormS-4 of APX Group Holdings, Inc. and the other registrants listed therein (File Number:333-191132)333-191132-02))
  10.7*10.13**  Management Subscription Agreement (Incentive Units), dated as of November  16, 2012, between Acquisition LLC and Todd Pedersen (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Registration Statement on FormS-4 of APX Group Holdings, Inc. and the other registrants listed therein (File Number:333-191132)333-191132-02))
  10.8*10.14**  Management Subscription Agreement (Incentive Units), dated as of November  16, 2012, between Acquisition LLC and Alex Dunn (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Registration Statement on FormS-4 of APX Group Holdings, Inc. and the other registrants listed therein (File Number:333-191132)333-191132-02))
  10.9*10.15**  Form of Management Subscription Agreement (Incentive Units) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Registration Statement on FormS-4 of APX Group Holdings, Inc. and the other registrants listed therein (File Number:333-191132)333-191132-02))
  10.10*10.16**  Form of Management Subscription Agreement(Co-Investment Units) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Registration Statement on FormS-4 of APX Group Holdings, Inc. and the other registrants listed therein (File Number:333-191132)333-191132-02))
  10.11*10.17**  Amended and Restated 313 Acquisition LLC Unit Plan dated as of November 16, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form8-K of APX Group Holdings, Inc. filed on September 23, 2016 (File Number:333-191132-02))
  10.12*10.18**  Form of Aircraft Time-Sharing Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1210.18 to the Registration StatementAnnual Report on FormS-4 10-K/A of APX Group Holdings, Inc. andfor the other registrants listed thereinfiscal year ended December 31, 2018 (File Number:333-191132) 333-191132-02))
  10.13*10.19**  Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of August 7, 2014,March  4 2019, between APX Group, Inc. and Alex Dunn (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.110.19 to the QuarterlyAnnual Report on Form10-Q 10-K/A of APX Group Holdings, Inc. for the quarterfiscal year ended June 30, 2014December 31, 2018 (File Number:No. 333-191132-02)) filed on August 8, 2014)
  10.14*10.20**  Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of August 7, 2014,March  4, 2019, between APX Group, Inc. and Todd Pedersen (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.210.20 to the QuarterlyAnnual Report on Form10-Q10-K/A of APX Group Holdings, Inc. for the quarterfiscal year ended June 30, 2014December 31, 2018 (FileNo. Number: 333-191132-02) filed on August 8, 2014))
  10.15*10.21**  Employment Agreement, dated as of March  8, 2016, by and between APX Group, Inc. and Mark Davies (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the Annual Report on Form10-K of APX Group Holdings, Inc. for the fiscal year ended December  31, 2015 (File NumberNo. 333-191132-02)) filed on March 11, 2016)
  10.16*10.22**  Employment Agreement, dated as of March  8, 2016, by and between APX Group, Inc. and Todd Santiago (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the Annual Report on Form10-K of APX Group Holdings, Inc. for the fiscal year ended December  31, 2015 (File NumberNo. 333-191132-02)) filed on March 11, 2016)
  10.17*10.23**  Employment Agreement, dated as of March  8, 2016, by and between APX Group, Inc. and Matthew Eyring (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the Annual Report on Form10-K of APX Group Holdings, Inc. for the fiscal year ended December  31, 2016 (File NumberNo. 333-191132-02)) filed on March 13, 2017)

II-10


Exhibit No.

Description

  10.18*10.24**  Form of Letter Amendment, dated March  8, 2016, to Management Subscription Agreement (Incentive Units) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1910.20 to the Annual Report onForm10-K of APX Group Holdings, Inc. for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015 (File NumberNo. 333-191132-02)) filed on March 11, 2016)
  10.1910.25**  Form of Outside Director Offer Letter (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form10-Q of APX Group Holdings, Inc. for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2015 (File Number:333-191132-02))

II-11


Exhibit No.

Description

  10.2010.26**  Form of Retention Award Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Quarterly Report on Form10-Q of APX Group Holdings, Inc. for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2018 (File Number333-191132-02))
  10.27**Vivint Group, Inc. Amended and Restated 2013 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Quarterly Report on Form10-Q of APX Group Holdings, Inc. for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2018 (File Number333-191132-02))
  10.28**Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under the Vivint Group, Inc. Amended and Restated 2013 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Quarterly Report on Form10-Q of APX Group Holdings, Inc. for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2018 (File Number333-191132-02))
  10.29Form of Note Purchase Agreement, relating to the Company’s 8.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2022 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form8-K of APX Group Holdings, Inc. filed on October 19, 2015 (File Number:333-191132-02))
  12.1*10.30  ComputationSecond Amended and Restated Consumer Financing Services Agreement, dated May  31, 2017, between Citizens Bank, N.A. and APX Group, Inc. (Portions of Ratiothis exhibit have been omitted pursuant to an order granting confidential treatment) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to the Annual Report on Form10-K of EarningsAPX Group Holdings, Inc. for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017 (File Number333-191132-02))
  10.31**Incentive Compensation Plan adopted on March  4, 2019 (incorporated by reference to Fixed ChargesExhibit 10.31 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K/A of APX Group Holdings, Inc. for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018 (File Number: 333-191132-02)
  21.1*  Subsidiaries of APX Group Holdings, Inc.
  23.1*  Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
  23.2  Consent of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP (included as part of its opinion filed as Exhibit 5.1 hereto)
  23.3  Consent of Durham JonesSnell & Pinegar, P.C.Wilmer L.L.P. (included as part of its opinion filed as Exhibit 5.2 hereto)
  23.4  Consent of Taylor, Porter, Brooks & Phillips, L.L.C. (included as part of its opinion filed as Exhibit 5.3 hereto)
  24.1  Power of Attorney (included in signature pages of this registration statement)
  25.1*  FormT-1 Statement of Eligibility under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 of Wilmington Trust, National Association as trustee under the Indenture, dated AugustMay  10, 2017,2019, among APX Group, Inc., the guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust, National Association as trustee, relating to the Company’s 7.625%8.50% Senior Secured Notes due 20232024
  99.1*  Form of Letter of Transmittal
  99.2*  Form of Letter to Brokers, Dealers, Commercial Banks, Trust Companies and Other Nominees
  99.3*  Form of Letter to Clients
  99.4*  Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery
101.1*  The following materials are formatted in XBRL (eXtensible Business Reporting Language): (i) the Consolidated Balance Sheets, (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Operations, (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss, (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity, (v) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, (vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, and (vii) document and entity information. (A)

 

II-12


*

Filed herewith.

**

Identifies exhibits that consist of a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

(A)

Pursuant to Rule 406T of RegulationS-T, the Interactive Data files on Exhibit 101.1 hereto are deemed not filed or part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 133,1933, as amended, are deemed not filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and otherwise are not subject to liability under those sections.

(b)

Financial Statement SchedulesSchedules. Financial schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or not required, or because the information is included herein in our financial statements and/or the notes related thereto.

II-11


Item 22. Undertakings.

(a) Each of the undersigned registrants hereby undertakes:

(1) toTo file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

(i) toTo include any prospectus required by Sectionsection 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act;

(ii) toTo reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20 percent20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement; and statement.

(iii) toTo include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement;

(2) that,That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof;thereof.

(3) toTo remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering;offering.

(4) that,That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser, if the registrants are subject to Rule 430C, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use; anduse.

(5) that,That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrantsregistrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, eachsecurities:

Each of the undersigned registrants undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrants pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the

II-13


securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrants will be sellers to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

(i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

(ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

(iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

(iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

II-12


(b) Each of the undersigned registrants hereby undertakes to respond to requests for information that is incorporated by reference into the prospectus pursuant to Items 4, 10(b), 11 or 13 of this form, within one business day of receipt of such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or equally prompt means. This includes information contained in documents filed subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement through the date of responding to the request.

(c) Each of the undersigned registrants hereby undertakes to supply by means of a post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and included in the registration statement when it became effective.

(d) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers, or controlling persons of each of the registrants pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, each of the registrants has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrants of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrants in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person of the registrants in connection with the securities being registered, the registrants will, unless in the opinion of their counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by them is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

II-13II-14


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Provo, State of Utah, on August 30, 2017.June 13, 2019.

 

APX GROUP, INC.
By: 

  /s/ Mark J. Davies

Name:    Mark J. Davies
Title:      Chief Financial Officer

SIGNATURES AND POWERS OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Mark Davies and Shawn Lindquist and each of them, the true and lawfulattorneys-in-fact and agents of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign this Registration Statement and any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement, including any filings pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to suchattorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and anything necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that saidattorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute, or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

Title

Date

/s/ Todd R. Pedersen

Todd R. Pedersen

Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)

June 13, 2019

/s/ Mark J. Davies

Mark J. Davies

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

June 13, 2019

/s/ Patrick E. Kelliher

Patrick E. Kelliher

Chief Accounting Officer

June 13, 2019

/s/ Alex J. Dunn

Alex J. Dunn

President and Director

June 13, 2019

/s/ David F. D’Alessandro

David F. D’Alessandro

Director

June 13, 2019

/s/ Bruce McEvoy

Bruce McEvoy

Director

June 13, 2019

II-15


Signature

Title

Date

/s/ Paul S. Galant

Paul S. Galant

Director

June 13, 2019

/s/ Peter F. Wallace

Peter F. Wallace

Director

June 13, 2019

/s/ Jay D. Pauley

Jay D. Pauley

Director

June 13, 2019

/s/ Joseph S. Tibbetts, Jr.

Joseph S. Tibbetts, Jr.

Director

June 13, 2019

II-16


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Provo, State of Utah, on June 13, 2019.

APX GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
By:

  /s/ Mark J. Davies

 Name:    Mark J. Davies
 Title:      Chief Financial Officer

SIGNATURES AND POWERS OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Mark Davies and Shawn Lindquist and each of them, the true and lawfulattorneys-in-fact and agents of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign this Registration Statement and any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement, including any filings pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to suchattorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and anything necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that saidattorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute, or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/S/    TODDs/ Todd R. PEDERSENPedersen

Todd R. Pedersen

  

Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal (Principal Executive Officer)

 August 30, 2017June 13, 2019

/S/    MARKs/ Mark J. DAVIESDavies

Mark J. Davies

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

 August 30, 2017June 13, 2019

/S/    PATRICKs/ Patrick E. KELLIHERKelliher

Patrick E. Kelliher

  Chief Accounting Officer August 30, 2017June 13, 2019

/S/    ALEXs/ Alex J. DUNNDunn

Alex J. Dunn

  President and Director August 30, 2017June 13, 2019

/S/    DAVIDs/ David F. D’ALESSANDROD’Alessandro

David F. D’Alessandro

  Director August 30, 2017June 13, 2019

/S/    BRUCE MCEVOYs/ Bruce McEvoy

Bruce McEvoy

  Director August 30, 2017June 13, 2019

 

II-14II-17


Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/S/    PAULs/ Paul S. GALANTGalant

Paul S. Galant

  Director August 30, 2017June 13, 2019

/S/    PETERs/ Peter F. WALLACEWallace

Peter F. Wallace

  Director August 30, 2017June 13, 2019

/S/    JAYs/ Jay D. PAULEYPauley

Jay D. Pauley

  Director August 30, 2017June 13, 2019

/S/    JOSEPHs/ Joseph S. TIBBETTS, JR.Tibbetts, Jr.

Joseph S. Tibbetts, Jr.

  Director August 30, 2017June 13, 2019

 

II-15II-18


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Provo, State of Utah, on August 30, 2017.June 13, 2019.

 

APX GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.

313 AVIATION, LLC

By:APX GROUP, INC., as sole member
By: 

/s/  /s/ Mark J. Davies

 Name:    Mark J. Davies
 Title:      Chief Financial Officer

SIGNATURES AND POWERS OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Mark Davies and Shawn Lindquist and each of them, the true and lawfulattorneys-in-fact and agents of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign this Registration Statement and any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement, including any filings pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to suchattorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and anything necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that saidattorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute, or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/S/    TODDs/ Todd R. PEDERSENPedersen

Todd R. Pedersen

  

Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

 August 30, 2017June 13, 2019

/S/    MARKs/ Mark J. DAVIESDavies

Mark J. Davies

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

 August 30, 2017June 13, 2019

/S/    PATRICKs/ Patrick E. KELLIHERKelliher

Patrick E. Kelliher

  

Chief Accounting Officer

 August 30, 2017June 13, 2019

/S/    ALEXs/ Alex J. DUNNDunn

Alex J. Dunn

  

President and Director

August 30, 2017

/S/    DAVID F. D’ALESSANDRO

David F. D’Alessandro

 DirectorAugust 30, 2017

/S/    BRUCE MCEVOY

Bruce McEvoy

DirectorAugust 30, 2017June 13, 2019

 

II-16II-19


Signature

Title

Date

/S/    PAUL S. GALANT

Paul S. Galant

DirectorAugust 30, 2017

/S/    PETER F. WALLACE

Peter F. Wallace

DirectorAugust 30, 2017

/S/    JAY D. PAULEY

Jay D. Pauley

DirectorAugust 30, 2017

/S/    JOSEPH S. TIBBETTS, JR.

Joseph S. Tibbetts, Jr.

DirectorAugust 30, 2017

II-17


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Provo, State of Utah, on August 30, 2017.June 13, 2019.

 

313 AVIATION,SMART HOME PROS, INC.
By:

  /s/ Dale R. Gerard

Name:Dale R. Gerard
Title:Senior Vice President of Finance, Treasurer

SIGNATURES AND POWERS OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Mark Davies and Shawn Lindquist and each of them, the true and lawfulattorneys-in-fact and agents of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign this Registration Statement and any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement, including any filings pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to suchattorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and anything necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that saidattorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute, or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

Title

Date

/s/ Todd R. Pedersen

Todd R. Pedersen

Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)

June 13, 2019

/s/ Dale R. Gerard

Dale R. Gerard

Senior Vice President of Finance, Treasurer (Principal Financial Officer)

June 13, 2019

/s/ Patrick E. Kelliher

Patrick E. Kelliher

Chief Accounting Officer

June 13, 2019

/s/ Alex J. Dunn

Alex J. Dunn

President and Director

June 13, 2019

II-20


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Provo, State of Utah, on June 13, 2019.

VIVINT, INC.

By:

  /s/ Dale R. Gerard

Name:Dale R. Gerard
Title:Senior Vice President of Finance, Treasurer

SIGNATURES AND POWERS OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Mark Davies and Shawn Lindquist and each of them, the true and lawfulattorneys-in-fact and agents of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign this Registration Statement and any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement, including any filings pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to suchattorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and anything necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that saidattorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute, or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

Title

Date

/s/ Todd R. Pedersen

Todd R. Pedersen

Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)

June 13, 2019

/s/ Dale R. Gerard

Dale R. Gerard

Senior Vice President of Finance, Treasurer (Principal Financial Officer)

June 13, 2019

/s/ Patrick E. Kelliher

Patrick E. Kelliher

Chief Accounting Officer

June 13, 2019

/s/ Alex J. Dunn

Alex J. Dunn

President and Director

June 13, 2019

II-21


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Provo, State of Utah, on June 13, 2019.

VIVINT PURCHASING, LLC
By: VIVINT, GROUP, INC., as sole member
By: 

  /s/ Dale R. Gerard

Name:Dale R. Gerard
Title:Senior Vice President of Finance, Treasurer

SIGNATURES AND POWERS OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Mark Davies and Shawn Lindquist and each of them, the true and lawfulattorneys-in-fact and agents of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign this Registration Statement and any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement, including any filings pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to suchattorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and anything necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that saidattorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute, or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

Title

Date

/s/ Todd R. Pedersen

Todd R. Pedersen

Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)

June 13, 2019

/s/ Dale R. Gerard

Dale R. Gerard

Senior Vice President of Finance, Treasurer

(Principal Financial Officer)

June 13, 2019

/s/ Patrick E. Kelliher

Patrick E. Kelliher

Chief Accounting Officer

June 13, 2019

/s/ Alex J. Dunn

Alex J. Dunn

President and Director

June 13, 2019

II-22


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Provo, State of Utah, on June 13, 2019.

AP AL LLC
By:VIVINT, INC., as sole member
By:

  /s/ Dale R. Gerard

Name:Dale R. Gerard
Title:Senior Vice President of Finance, Treasurer

SIGNATURES AND POWERS OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Mark Davies and Shawn Lindquist and each of them, the true and lawfulattorneys-in-fact and agents of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign this Registration Statement and any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement, including any filings pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to suchattorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and anything necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that saidattorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute, or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

Title

Date

/s/ Todd R. Pedersen

Todd R. Pedersen

Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)

June 13, 2019

/s/ Dale R. Gerard

Dale R. Gerard

Senior Vice President of Finance, Treasurer (Principal Financial Officer)

June 13, 2019

/s/ Patrick E. Kelliher

Patrick E. Kelliher

Chief Accounting Officer

June 13, 2019

/s/ Alex J. Dunn

Alex J. Dunn

President and Director

June 13, 2019

II-23


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Provo, State of Utah, on June 13, 2019.

VIVINT WIRELESS, INC.
By:

  /s/ Dale R. Gerard

Name:Dale R. Gerard
Title:Senior Vice President of Finance, Treasurer

SIGNATURES AND POWERS OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Mark Davies and Shawn Lindquist and each of them, the true and lawfulattorneys-in-fact and agents of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign this Registration Statement and any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement, including any filings pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to suchattorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and anything necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that saidattorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute, or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

Title

Date

/s/ Todd R. Pedersen

Todd R. Pedersen

Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

June 13, 2019

/s/ Dale R. Gerard

Dale R. Gerard

Senior Vice President of Finance, Treasurer

(Principal Financial Officer)

June 13, 2019

/s/ Patrick E. Kelliher

Patrick E. Kelliher

Chief Accounting Officer

June 13, 2019

/s/ Alex J. Dunn

Alex J. Dunn

President and Director

June 13, 2019

II-24


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Provo, State of Utah, on June 13, 2019.

VIVINT GROUP, INC.
By:

  /s/ Mark J. Davies

 Name:    Mark J. Davies
 Title:      Chief Financial Officer

SIGNATURES AND POWERS OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Mark Davies and Shawn Lindquist and each of them, the true and lawfulattorneys-in-fact and agents of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign this Registration Statement and any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement, including any filings pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to suchattorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and anything necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that saidattorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute, or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/S/    TODDs/ Todd R. PEDERSENPedersen

Todd R. Pedersen

  

Chief Executive Officer

and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)

 August 30, 2017June 13, 2019

/S/    MARKs/ Mark J. DAVIESDavies

Mark J. Davies

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

 August 30, 2017June 13, 2019

/S/    PATRICKs/ Patrick E. KELLIHERKelliher

Patrick E. Kelliher

  

Chief Accounting Officer

 August 30, 2017June 13, 2019

/S/    ALEXs/ Alex J. DUNNDunn

Alex J. Dunn

  

President and Director

 August 30, 2017June 13, 2019

/s/ David F. D’Alessandro

David F. D’Alessandro

Director

June 13, 2019

/s/ Bruce McEvoy

Bruce McEvoy

Director

June 13, 2019

 

II-18II-25


Signature

Title

Date

/s/ Jay D. Pauley

Jay D. Pauley

Director

June 13, 2019

/s/ Peter F. Wallace

Peter F. Wallace

Director

June 13, 2019

/s/ Paul S. Galant

Paul S. Galant

Director

June 13, 2019

/s/ Joseph S. Tibbetts, Jr.

Joseph S. Tibbetts, Jr.

Director

June 13, 2019

II-26


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Provo, State of Utah, on August 30, 2017.June 13, 2019.

 

SMART HOME PROS, INC.FARMINGTON IP LLC
By:IPR LLC, as sole member
By:AP AL LLC, its sole member
By:VIVINT, INC., as sole member
By: 

/s/    Mark J. Davies  /s/ Dale R. Gerard

 Name:    Mark J. DaviesDale R. Gerard
 Title:      Chief Financial OfficerSenior Vice President of Finance, Treasurer

SIGNATURES AND POWERS OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Mark Davies and Shawn Lindquist and each of them, the true and lawfulattorneys-in-fact and agents of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign this Registration Statement and any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement, including any filings pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to suchattorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and anything necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that saidattorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute, or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/S/    TODDs/ Todd R. PEDERSENPedersen

Todd R. Pedersen

  

Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal
(Principal Executive Officer)

 August 30, 2017June 13, 2019

/S/    MARK J. DAVIESs/ Dale R. Gerard

Mark J. DaviesDale R. Gerard

  

Chief Financial OfficerSenior Vice President of Finance, Treasurer

(Principal Financial Officer)

 August 30, 2017June 13, 2019

/S/    PATRICKs/ Patrick E. KELLIHERKelliher

Patrick E. Kelliher

  

Chief Accounting Officer

 August 30, 2017June 13, 2019

/S/    ALEXs/ Alex J. DUNNDunn

Alex J. Dunn

  

President and Director

 August 30, 2017June 13, 2019

 

II-19II-27


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Provo, State of Utah, on August 30, 2017.June 13, 2019.

 

VIVINT, INC.IPR LLC
By:AP AL LLC, its sole member
By:VIVINT, INC., as sole member
By: 

/s/    Mark J. Davies  /s/ Dale R. Gerard

 Name:    Mark J. DaviesDale R. Gerard
 Title:      Chief Financial OfficerSenior Vice President of Finance, Treasurer

SIGNATURES AND POWERS OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Mark Davies and Shawn Lindquist and each of them, the true and lawfulattorneys-in-fact and agents of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign this Registration Statement and any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement, including any filings pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to suchattorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and anything necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that saidattorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute, or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/S/    TODDs/ Todd R. PEDERSENPedersen

Todd R. Pedersen

  

Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal
(Principal Executive Officer)

 August 30, 2017June 13, 2019

/S/    MARK J. DAVIESs/ Dale R. Gerard

Mark J. DaviesDale R. Gerard

  

Chief Financial OfficerSenior Vice President of Finance, Treasurer

(Principal Financial Officer)

 August 30, 2017June 13, 2019

/S/    PATRICKs/ Patrick E. KELLIHERKelliher

Patrick E. Kelliher

  

Chief Accounting Officer

 August 30, 2017June 13, 2019

/S/    ALEXs/ Alex J. DUNNDunn

Alex J. Dunn

  

President and Director

 August 30, 2017June 13, 2019

 

II-20II-28


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Provo, State of Utah, on August 30, 2017.June 13, 2019.

 

VIVINT PURCHASING, LLC
By:  VIVINT, INC., as sole member
By:

/s/    Mark J. Davies

Name:    Mark J. Davies
Title:      Chief Financial Officer

SIGNATURES AND POWERS OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Mark Davies and Shawn Lindquist and each of them, the true and lawfulattorneys-in-fact and agents of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign this Registration Statement and any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement, including any filings pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to suchattorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and anything necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that saidattorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute, or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

Title

Date

/S/    TODD R. PEDERSEN

Todd R. Pedersen

Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)

August 30, 2017

/S/    MARK J. DAVIES

Mark J. Davies

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

August 30, 2017

/S/    PATRICK E. KELLIHER

Patrick E. Kelliher

Chief Accounting Officer

August 30, 2017

/S/    ALEX J. DUNN

Alex J. Dunn

President and Director

August 30, 2017

II-21


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Provo, State of Utah, on August 30, 2017.

AP AL LLC
By:  VIVINT, INC., as sole member
By:

/s/    Mark J. Davies

Name:    Mark J. Davies
Title:      Chief Financial Officer

SIGNATURES AND POWERS OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Mark Davies and Shawn Lindquist and each of them, the true and lawfulattorneys-in-fact and agents of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign this Registration Statement and any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement, including any filings pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to suchattorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and anything necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that saidattorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute, or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

Title

Date

/S/    TODD R. PEDERSEN

Todd R. Pedersen

Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)

August 30, 2017

/S/    MARK J. DAVIES

Mark J. Davies

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

August 30, 2017

/S/    PATRICK E. KELLIHER

Patrick E. Kelliher

Chief Accounting Officer

August 30, 2017

/S/    ALEX J. DUNN

Alex J. Dunn

President and Director

August 30, 2017

II-22


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Provo, State of Utah, on August 30, 2017.

VIVINT WIRELESS, INC.
By:  

/s/    Mark J. Davies

Name:    Mark J. Davies
Title:      Chief Financial Officer

SIGNATURES AND POWERS OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Mark Davies and Shawn Lindquist and each of them, the true and lawfulattorneys-in-fact and agents of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign this Registration Statement and any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement, including any filings pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to suchattorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and anything necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that saidattorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute, or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

Title

Date

/S/    TODD R. PEDERSEN

Todd R. Pedersen

Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

August 30, 2017

/S/    MARK J. DAVIES

Mark J. Davies

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

August 30, 2017

/S/    PATRICK E. KELLIHER

Patrick E. Kelliher

Chief Accounting Officer

August 30, 2017

/S/    ALEX J. DUNN

Alex J. Dunn

President and Director

August 30, 2017

II-23


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Provo, State of Utah, on August 30, 2017.

VIVINT GROUP, INC.

By:  

/s/    Mark J. Davies

Name:    Mark J. Davies

Title:      Chief Financial Officer

SIGNATURES AND POWERS OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Mark Davies and Shawn Lindquist and each of them, the true and lawfulattorneys-in-fact and agents of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign this Registration Statement and any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement, including any filings pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to suchattorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and anything necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that saidattorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute, or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

Title

Date

/S/    TODD R. PEDERSEN

Todd R. Pedersen

Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)

August 30, 2017

/S/    MARK J. DAVIES

Mark J. Davies

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

August 30, 2017

/S/    PATRICK E. KELLIHER

Patrick E. Kelliher

Chief Accounting Officer

August 30, 2017

/S/    ALEX J. DUNN

Alex J. Dunn

President and Director

August 30, 2017

/S/    DAVID F. D’ALESSANDRO

David F. D’Alessandro

Director

August 30, 2017

/S/    BRUCE MCEVOY

Bruce McEvoy

Director

August 30, 2017

II-24


Signature

Title

Date

/S/    JAY D. PAULEY

Jay D. Pauley

Director

August 30, 2017

/S/    PETER F. WALLACE

Peter F. Wallace

Director

August 30, 2017

/S/    PAUL S. GALANT

Paul S. Galant

Director

August 30, 2017

/S/    JOSEPH S. TIBBETTS, JR.

Joseph S. Tibbetts, Jr.

Director

August 30, 2017

II-25


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Provo, State of Utah, on August 30, 2017.

FARMINGTON IP LLC
By:  IPR LLC, as sole member
By:AP AL LLC, its sole member
By:VIVINT, INC., as sole member
By:

/s/    Mark J. Davies

Name:    Mark J. Davies
Title:      Chief Financial Officer

SIGNATURES AND POWERS OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Mark Davies and Shawn Lindquist and each of them, the true and lawfulattorneys-in-fact and agents of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign this Registration Statement and any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement, including any filings pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to suchattorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and anything necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that saidattorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute, or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

Title

Date

/S/    TODD R. PEDERSEN

Todd R. Pedersen

Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)

August 30, 2017

/S/    MARK J. DAVIES

Mark J. Davies

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

August 30, 2017

/S/    PATRICK E. KELLIHER

Patrick E. Kelliher

Chief Accounting Officer

August 30, 2017

/S/    ALEX J. DUNN

Alex J. Dunn

President and Director

August 30, 2017

II-26


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Provo, State of Utah, on August 30, 2017.

IPR LLC
By:  AP AL LLC, its sole member
By:VIVINT, INC., as sole member
By:

/s/    Mark J. Davies

Name:    Mark J. Davies
Title:      Chief Financial Officer

SIGNATURES AND POWERS OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Mark Davies and Shawn Lindquist and each of them, the true and lawfulattorneys-in-fact and agents of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign this Registration Statement and any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement, including any filings pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to suchattorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and anything necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that saidattorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute, or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

Title

Date

/S/    TODD R. PEDERSEN

Todd R. Pedersen

Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)

August 30, 2017

/S/    MARK J. DAVIES

Mark J. Davies

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

August 30, 2017

/S/    PATRICK E. KELLIHER

Patrick E. Kelliher

Chief Accounting Officer

August 30, 2017

/S/    ALEX J. DUNN

Alex J. Dunn

President and Director

August 30, 2017

II-27


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Provo, State of Utah, on August 30, 2017.

SMARTROVE INC.
By: 

/s/  /s/ Dale R. Gerard

 Name:Dale R. Gerard
 Title:Senior Vice President of Finance,
Treasurer and Director

SIGNATURES AND POWERS OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Mark Davies and Shawn Lindquist and each of them, the true and lawfulattorneys-in-fact and agents of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign this Registration Statement and any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement, including any filings pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to suchattorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and anything necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that saidattorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute, or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/S/    DALEs/ Dale R. GERARDGerard

Dale R. Gerard

  

Senior Vice President of Finance,
Treasurer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer and
Principal Financial Officer)

 August 30, 2017June 13, 2019

/S/    MARKs/ Mark J. DAVIESDavies

Mark J. Davies

  

Director

 August 30, 2017June 13, 2019

 

II-28II-29


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Provo, State of Utah, on August 30, 2017.June 13, 2019.

 

VIVINT FIREWILD, LLC
By: VIVINT WIRELESS, INC., as sole member
By: 

/s/    Mark J. Davies  /s/ Dale R. Gerard

 Name:    Mark J. DaviesDale R. Gerard
 Title:      Chief Financial OfficerSenior Vice President of Finance, Treasurer

SIGNATURES AND POWERS OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Mark Davies and Shawn Lindquist and each of them, the true and lawfulattorneys-in-fact and agents of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign this Registration Statement and any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement, including any filings pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to suchattorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and anything necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that saidattorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute, or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/S/    TODDs/ Todd R. PEDERSENPedersen

Todd R. Pedersen

  

Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

 August 30, 2017June 13, 2019

/S/    MARK J. DAVIESs/ Dale R. Gerard

Mark J. DaviesDale R. Gerard

  

Chief Financial OfficerSenior Vice President of Finance, Treasurer

(Principal Financial Officer)

 August 30, 2017June 13, 2019

/S/    PATRICKs/ Patrick E. KELLIHERKelliher

Patrick E. Kelliher

  

Chief Accounting Officer

 August 30, 2017June 13, 2019

/S/    ALEXs/ Alex J. DUNNDunn

Alex J. Dunn

  

President

 August 30, 2017June 13, 2019

 

II-29II-30


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Provo, State of Utah, on August 30, 2017.June 13, 2019.

 

VIVINT LOUISIANA LLC
By: Vivint, Inc.VIVINT, INC., as sole member
By: 

/s/    Mark J. Davies  /s/ Dale R. Gerard

 Name:    Mark J. DaviesDale R. Gerard
 Title:      Chief Financial OfficerSenior Vice President of Finance, Treasurer

SIGNATURES AND POWERS OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Mark Davies and Shawn Lindquist and each of them, the true and lawfulattorneys-in-fact and agents of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign this Registration Statement and any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement, including any filings pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to suchattorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and anything necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that saidattorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute, or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/S/    TODDs/ Todd R. PEDERSENPedersen

Todd R. Pedersen

  

Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

 August 30, 2017June 13, 2019

/S/    MARK J. DAVIESs/ Dale R. Gerard

Mark J. DaviesDale R. Gerard

  

Chief Financial OfficerSenior Vice President of Finance, Treasurer

(Principal Financial Officer)

 August 30, 2017June 13, 2019

/S/    PATRICKs/ Patrick E. KELLIHERKelliher

Patrick E. Kelliher

  

Chief Accounting Officer

 August 30, 2017June 13, 2019

/S/    ALEXs/ Alex J. DUNNDunn

Alex J. Dunn

  

President

 August 30, 2017June 13, 2019

 

II-30II-31


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Provo, State of Utah, on August 30, 2017.June 13, 2019.

 

SPACE MONKEY, LLC
By: VIVINT GROUP,SMART HOME, INC., as sole member
By: 

/s/    Mark J. Davies  /s/ Dale R. Gerard

 Name:    Mark J. DaviesDale R. Gerard
 Title:      Chief Financial OfficerSenior Vice President of Finance, Treasurer

SIGNATURES AND POWERS OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Mark Davies and Shawn Lindquist and each of them, the true and lawfulattorneys-in-fact and agents of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign this Registration Statement and any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement, including any filings pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to suchattorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and anything necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that saidattorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute, or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/S/    TODDs/ Todd R. PEDERSENPedersen

Todd R. Pedersen

  

Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

 August 30, 2017June 13, 2019

/S/    MARK J. DAVIESs/ Dale R. Gerard

Mark J. DaviesDale R. Gerard

  

Chief Financial OfficerSenior Vice President of Finance, Treasurer

(Principal Financial Officer)

 August 30, 2017June 13, 2019

/S/    PATRICKs/ Patrick E. KELLIHERKelliher

Patrick E. Kelliher

  

Chief Accounting Officer

 August 30, 2017June 13, 2019

/S/    ALEXs/ Alex J. DUNNDunn

Alex J. Dunn

  

President

 August 30, 2017

/S/    DAVID F. D’ALESSANDRO

David F. D’Alessandro

Director

August 30, 2017

/S/    BRUCE MCEVOY

Bruce McEvoy

Director

August 30, 2017June 13, 2019

II-31


Signature

Title

Date

/S/    PAUL S. GALANT

Paul S. Galant

Director

August 30, 2017

/S/    PETER F. WALLACE

Peter F. Wallace

Director

August 30, 2017

/S/    JAY D. PAULEY

Jay D. Pauley

Director

August 30, 2017

/S/    JOSEPH S. TIBBETTS, JR.

Joseph S. Tibbetts, Jr.

Director

August 30, 2017

 

II-32